Uploaded by uyhoangquoc

API spec 6A

advertisement
Specification for Wellhead and
Tree Equipment
API SPECIFICATION 6A
TWENTY-FIRST EDITION, NOVEMBER 201 8
API MONOGRAM PROGRAM EFFECTIVE DATE: NOVEMBER 201 9
Special Notes
AP I
p u b l i cati o n s
l o cal ,
s tate ,
an d
n e ce s s ari l y
f e d e ra l
Neither API nor any of API’
an y
warran t y
u s e fu l n e s s
re s u l ts
of
of
AP I
th e
l i ab i l i t y
h avi n g
AP I
or
Th e s e
re g ard i n g
wh e n
of
is
th i s
wi t h
are
wh e re
s p e ci f i cati o n
s ci e n ti f i c,
g e n e ral
be
or
h e re i n ,
o th e r
W i th
co n s u l tan ts ,
i m pl i e d ,
or
p ro ce s s
or
n atu re .
re s p e ct
to
p arti cu l ar
ci rcu m s tan ce s ,
re vi e we d .
s u bco n tracto rs ,
or
an yo n e
of
g u aran t e e
fo r
wh i ch
i n te n d e d
by
re l i a b i l i t y
l oss
th i s
pu b l i s h e d
an d
a
wi t h
as s u m e
an y
d i s cl o s e d
in
as s i g n e e s
co m m i tte e s ,
re s p e ct
l i ab i l i t y
th i s
to
or
or
o th e r
accu rac y,
re s p o n s i b i l i t y
p u b l i cat
re p re s e n t
th e
as s i g n e e s
m ake
co m p l e te n e s s ,
fo r
an y
u se,
or
or
th e
wo u l d
n ot
ion. Neither API nor any of API’
t h at
u se
of
th i s
p u b l i cati o n
s
ri g h ts .
p u b l i cat i o n s
n ot
co n t ai n e d
u sed
or
of
sh ou l d
e xp re s s
co n s u l tan ts ,
an d
warran t y,
p u b l i cat i o n s
bu s i n e s s ,
be
e i th e r
i n fo rm ati o n
re s p o n s i b i l i t y
p racti ce s .
U s e rs
m ay
accu rac y
j u ri s d i ct i o n
p u b l i cat i o n s
an y
p ri vate l y o wn e d
re p re s e n ta ti o n ,
an y
of
p ro b l e m s
re g u l ati o n s
em p l o ye e s ,
i n f o rm ati o n
u se,
p u b l i cati o n s
e n s u re
s
s u bc o n tracto rs ,
u po n
an d
re pre s e n tati o n ,
th e
s u ch
e m p l o ye e s ,
i n f ri n g e
or
ad d re s s
l a ws
in
to
th e s e
sh ou l d
e n g i n e e ri n g ,
n ot
th e
b ro a d
to
i n h i bi t
re l y
wi th
re s u l ti n g
p u b l i cati o n s
an d
so.
E ve ry
in
th i s
f ro m
e f fo rt
h as
th e m ;
p u b l i cati o n
i ts
u se
be e n
m ad e
h o we ve r,
or
an d
fo r
th e
h e re b y
th e
by
th e
I n s t i tu te
I n s ti tu te
m ake s
e xp re s s l y
vi o l ati o n
of
an y
to
no
d i s cl ai m s
au t h o ri ti e s
m a y co n f l i ct.
i n te n d e d
an y wa y t o
do
co n tai n e d
co n n e cti o n
f aci l i tate
n ot
to
d at a
d am ag e
p u b l i cat i o n
are
in
or
d e s i ri n g
th e
avai l ab i l i t y
o b vi ate
sh ou l d
an yo n e
e x cl u s i ve l y
s afe t y j u d g m e n t
th e
be
fro m
on
th e
sh ou l d
of
n ee d
u sed .
u si n g
p ro ve n ,
fo r
Th e
an y o th e r
u sed
in
e n g i n e e ri n g
sou n d
f o rm u l ati o n
i n f o rm ati o n
be
sou n d
app l yi n g
an d
o p e rati n g
e n g i n e e ri n g
j u d g m en t
an d
p u b l i cat i o n
of
AP I
p rac ti ce s .
co n tai n e d
e m p l o yi n g
in
th e
th i s
d o cu m e n t.
i n fo rm ati o n
Sou n d
co n tai n e d
h e re i n .
An y
m an u f actu re r
s tan d ard
n ot
is
solel y
re p re s e n t,
Al l
ri g h ts
No
fo r
p art o f th i s
m ate ri al s
t h at
s u ch
wo rk m ay b e
m e ch an i cal ,
C o n tact th e
or
co n f o rm i n g
o r g u aran t e e
e l e ctro n i c,
p u b l i s h e r.
e q u i pm e n t
re s p o n s i b l e
warran t,
re s e rve d .
an y m e an s ,
m arki n g
to
AP I
co n f o rm an ce
th e
p ro d u cts
re p ro d u ce d ,
ph o to co p yi n g ,
p u bl i s h e r,
in
al l
app l i ca b l e
do
fact
tran s l ate d ,
re co rd i n g ,
P u bl i s h i n g
in
wi th
co n f o rm
s to re d
o r o th e rwi s e ,
S e rvi ce s ,
1 220
th e
L
in
to
th e
of
re q u i re m e n ts
th at
St re e t,
a re tri e val
NW,
s tan d ard .
app l i cab l e
s ys te m ,
wi th o u t p ri o r wri tte n
Copyright © 2018 American Petroleum Institute
iii
m arki n g
re q u i re m e n ts
AP I
an
AP I
o r tran s m i tte d
DC
AP I
d oes
s tan d ard .
p e rm i s si o n
W as h i n g to n ,
of
fro m
2 00 05.
by
th e
Foreword
N o th i n g
fo r
th e
sh ou l d
of
co n t ai n e d
an yt h i n g
l e tte rs
Th e
in
an y AP I
m an u factu re ,
s al e ,
p u b l i cat i o n
or
co n tai n e d
in
u se
th e
of
is
an y
to
be
co n s tru e d
m e th o d ,
p u b l i cati o n
be
as
g ra n ti n g
a p p aratu s ,
co n s tru e d
as
or
an y ri g h t ,
p ro d u ct
i n s u ri n g
b y i m p l i cati o n
co ve re d
an yo n e
by
ag ai n s t
l e tte rs
or
o th e rwi s e ,
p a te n t .
l i ab i l i t y f o r
N e i th e r
i n fri n g e m e n t
p a te n t .
ve rb a l
f o rm s
u sed
to
e xp re s s
th e
pro vi s i o n s
in
th i s
s p e ci f i cati o n
are
as
f o l l o ws :
— the term “shall” denotes a minimum requirement in order to conform to the
s ta n d ard ;
— the term “should” denotes a recommendation or that which is advised but not required in order to
co n fo rm
to
th e
s tan d ard ;
— the term “may” is used to expres
s
p e rm i s s i o n
or a
p ro vi s i o n
th at
is
o p ti o n al ;
— the term “can” is used to express possibility or capability.
Th i s
d o cu m e n t
p arti ci p at i o n
i n te rp re tat i o n
wh i ch
th i s
Fo r
on
AP I
th e
al l
th e
M o n o g ram
AP I
of
AP I
pu b l i s h e d
S u g g e s te d
NW,
th e
co n te n t
was
1 220
o r an y p art
pro g ram
e x te n s i o n
is
of
p ro d u ce d
of
to
of
2
p ri n te d
S t an d ard s
re vi s i o n s
are
DC
th e
be
1 220
i n vi t e d
2 0005,
or
an d
co m m e n ts
be
d i re c te d
an d
th i s
te l e p h o n e
L
S tre e t,
an d
sh ou l d
be
as
an d
to
be
th e
to
A
DC
th e
fo r
th i s
of
to
d ate
at l e as t
th e
catal o g
of
of
of
p ro ce d u re s
to
an d
th e
u n d er
Am e ri can
re pro d u ce
or
d i re cto r.
s h al l
b e co m e
e f fe cti ve
p u b l i cati o n .
ev e ry 5
p u b l i cati o n
AP I
co n ce rn i n g
S tan d ard s ,
th e
s tan d ard
th e
th e
p e rm i s s i o n
a d d re s s e d
n o t i f i cati o n
Q u e s ti o n s
D i re ct o r
o r wi th d rawn
S tatu s
app ro p ri at e
co n ce rn i n g
R e q u e s ts
re g i s tran ts ,
682 - 8 0 00 .
iv
q u e s ti o n s
al s o
c ycl e .
s u b m i tte d
e n s u re
s tan d ard .
vo l u n t ari l y fro m
W as h i n g t o n ,
s tan d ard s @ api . o rg .
th at
AP I
wri ti n g
re affi rm ed ,
re vi e w
an
20005.
sh ou l d
u sed
(20 2)
NW,
in
P ro g ram
m ay b e
re vi s ed ,
to
DC
h e re i n
AP I Q R
bu t
p ro ce d u re s
d e s i g n ate d
W as h i n g to n ,
ad d e d
D e p artm e n t,
is
pu b l i s h ed
co ve r
re vi e we d
m ay
an d
sh ou l d
NW,
l i ce n s e e s
are
s tan d ard i z ati o n
p u b l i cat i o n
m ate ri al
on
an n u a l l y b y AP I ,
W as h i n g to n ,
th i s
S tre e t,
th e
ye ars
AP I
p ro ce s s
d e ve l o pe d
L
P ro g ra m
d ate
s tan d ard s
up
u n d er
d e ve l o p m e n tal
I n s ti tu te ,
G en e ral l y,
f ro m
th e
p u b l i cat i o n
P e tro l e u m
tran s l ate
was
in
ye ars .
can
be
p u b l i cat i o n s
A o n e - ti m e
as ce rtai n e d
an d
m ate ri al s
2 000 5.
S t an d ard s
D e p artm e n t,
AP I ,
1 220
L
S tre e t,
Contents
1
2
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.3.1
4.3.2
4.3.3
4.3.4
5
5.1
5.1 .1
5.1 .2
5.1 .3
5.1 .4
5.1 .5
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
6
6.1
6.2
6.2.1
6.2.2
6.2.3
6.3
6.3.1
6.3.2
6.3.3
6.3.4
6.3.5
6.4
6.4.1
6.4.2
6.4.3
6.4.4
6.5
6.5.1
6.5.2
6.5.3
6.5.4
6.5.5
7
7.1
Scope................................................................................................................................................... 1
Normative References ....................................................................................................................... 1
Terms, Definitions, Abbreviated Terms, and Symbols .................................................................. 4
Terms and Definitions ....................................................................................................................... 4
Abbreviated Terms ........................................................................................................................... 1 5
Symbols ............................................................................................................................................ 1 6
Application and Performance ......................................................................................................... 1 7
Applicability ...................................................................................................................................... 1 7
Performance Requirements —General ........................................................................................... 22
Service Conditions ........................................................................................................................... 22
Pressure Ratings .............................................................................................................................. 22
Temperature Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 23
Material Classes ............................................................................................................................... 23
Product Specification Level ............................................................................................................ 25
Design ............................................................................................................................................... 26
Design Methods ............................................................................................................................... 26
End and Outlet Connectors ............................................................................................................ 26
Hangers, Back-pressure Valves, Lock Screws, and Stems ......................................................... 27
Bodies, Bonnets, and Other End Connectors ............................................................................... 27
Other Parts ........................................................................................................................................ 28
Equipment-specific Requirements ................................................................................................. 28
Design Tolerances ........................................................................................................................... 28
Design Documentation .................................................................................................................... 28
Design Review and Verification ...................................................................................................... 28
Design Validation ............................................................................................................................. 28
Materials ............................................................................................................................................ 28
General .............................................................................................................................................. 28
Written Specifications ..................................................................................................................... 29
Applicability ...................................................................................................................................... 29
Metallic Requirements ..................................................................................................................... 29
Nonmetallic Requirements .............................................................................................................. 29
Bodies, Bonnets, and End and Outlet Connectors ...................................................................... 30
Materials ............................................................................................................................................ 30
Material Qualification Testing ......................................................................................................... 31
Processing ........................................................................................................................................ 33
Heat-treating ..................................................................................................................................... 33
Chemical Composition .................................................................................................................... 34
Qualification Test Coupons ............................................................................................................ 35
General .............................................................................................................................................. 35
Equivalent Round ............................................................................................................................. 36
Processing ........................................................................................................................................ 38
Material Qualification ....................................................................................................................... 39
Production Heat-treating Equipment ............................................................................................. 40
General .............................................................................................................................................. 40
Instrument Accuracy ....................................................................................................................... 40
Instrument Calibration ..................................................................................................................... 40
Production Type Equipment —Batch-type Furnaces .................................................................... 40
Production Type Equipment –Continuous-type Furnaces ........................................................... 41
Welding ............................................................................................................................................. 41
General .............................................................................................................................................. 41
v
7.2
7.2.1
7.2.2
7.3
7.3.1
7.3.2
7.3.3
7.3.4
7.3.5
7.3.6
7.3.7
7.3.8
7.4
7.4.1
7.4.2
7.4.3
7.4.4
7.5
7.5.1
7.5.2
7.5.3
8
8.1
8.1 .1
8.1 .2
8.1 .3
8.1 .4
8.1 .5
8.1 .6
8.2
8.2.1
8.2.2
8.2.3
8.3
8.3.1
8.3.2
8.3.3
8.3.4
9
9.1
9.1 .1
9.1 .2
9.2
9.2.1
9.2.2
9.2.3
9.2.4
9.2.5
9.2.6
9.2.7
9.2.8
9.3
9.3.1
9.3.2
9.3.3
Nonpressure-containing Welds Other Than Weld Overlays ........................................................ 41
Welding Procedure/Performance ................................................................................................... 41
Application ........................................................................................................................................ 42
Pressure-containing Fabrication Welds ........................................................................................ 42
General .............................................................................................................................................. 42
Joint Design ...................................................................................................................................... 42
Materials ............................................................................................................................................ 42
Welding Procedure Qualifications ................................................................................................. 42
Welder Performance Qualification ................................................................................................. 44
Welding Requirements .................................................................................................................... 44
Post-weld Heat-treatment ................................................................................................................ 45
Welding Controls ............................................................................................................................. 45
Pressure-containing Repair Welds ................................................................................................ 46
General .............................................................................................................................................. 46
Welding Procedure Qualifications ................................................................................................. 46
Weld Repair of Castings .................................................................................................................. 46
Bolt Hole, Tapped Hole, and Machined Blind Hole Repair .......................................................... 46
Weld Overlay .................................................................................................................................... 47
Corrosion-resistant Overlay (Including Ring Grooves) ............................................................... 47
Weld Overlay for Other Than Corrosion Resistance .................................................................... 49
Repair of Weld Overlays .................................................................................................................. 49
Bolting ............................................................................................................................................... 50
Closure Bolting ................................................................................................................................ 50
Tensile Stress ................................................................................................................................... 50
Quality ............................................................................................................................................... 50
Studded Outlet Connection ............................................................................................................ 50
Closure Bolting Records ................................................................................................................. 50
Closure Bolting Marking.................................................................................................................. 51
Impact Test Marking ........................................................................................................................ 51
Closure Bolting for Flanged and Studded End and Outlet Connectors ..................................... 51
General .............................................................................................................................................. 51
Design ............................................................................................................................................... 51
Materials ............................................................................................................................................ 51
Other Closure Bolting ...................................................................................................................... 54
General .............................................................................................................................................. 54
Design ............................................................................................................................................... 54
Materials ............................................................................................................................................ 54
Quality ............................................................................................................................................... 55
Packing Mechanisms, Fittings, Boundary Penetrations, and Ports ........................................... 55
Packing Mechanisms for Lock Screws, Alignment Pins, and Retainer Screws ........................ 55
Performance Requirements ............................................................................................................ 55
Design ............................................................................................................................................... 55
Fittings and Pressure Boundary Penetrations ............................................................................. 55
General .............................................................................................................................................. 55
Performance Requirements ............................................................................................................ 55
Design ............................................................................................................................................... 55
Materials ............................................................................................................................................ 56
Marking ............................................................................................................................................. 56
Storing and Shipping ....................................................................................................................... 56
Testing............................................................................................................................................... 56
Quality Requirements ...................................................................................................................... 56
Test, Gauge, Vent, and Injection Connector Ports ....................................................................... 56
Sealing............................................................................................................................................... 56
Vent and Injection Connector Ports ............................................................................................... 56
Test and Gauge Connector Ports ................................................................................................... 56
vi
10
1 0.1
1 0.2
1 0.2.1
1 0.2.2
1 0.3
1 0.3.1
1 0.3.2
1 0.3.3
1 0.3.4
1 0.4
1 0.4.1
1 0.4.2
1 0.4.3
1 0.4.4
1 0.4.5
1 0.4.6
1 0.4.7
1 0.4.8
1 0.4.9
1 0.4.1 0
11
1 1 .1
1 1 .1 .1
1 1 .1 .2
1 1 .1 .3
1 1 .1 .4
1 1 .2
1 1 .2.1
1 1 .2.2
1 1 .2.3
1 1 .2.4
1 1 .2.5
1 1 .2.6
1 1 .3
1 1 .3.1
1 1 .3.2
1 1 .3.3
1 1 .3.4
1 1 .3.5
1 1 .3.6
1 1 .4
1 1 .4.1
1 1 .4.2
1 1 .4.3
12
1 2.1
1 2.2
1 2.3
1 2.4
1 2.5
1 2.6
1 2.7
1 2.8
1 2.9
Quality Control ................................................................................................................................. 58
Application ........................................................................................................................................ 58
Measuring and Testing Equipment ................................................................................................ 58
General .............................................................................................................................................. 58
Pressure-measuring Devices .......................................................................................................... 58
Personnel Qualifications ................................................................................................................. 59
Nondestructive Examination Personnel ........................................................................................ 59
Visual Examination Personnel ........................................................................................................ 59
Welding Inspectors .......................................................................................................................... 59
Other Personnel ............................................................................................................................... 59
Requirements ................................................................................................................................... 60
General .............................................................................................................................................. 60
Bodies, Bonnets, End and Outlet Connectors, and Clamp Hub End Connectors .................... 60
Stems................................................................................................................................................. 73
Valve Bore Sealing Mechanisms and Choke Trim ........................................................................ 74
Ring Gaskets and Nonintegral Metal Seals ................................................................................... 74
Nonmetallic Seals ............................................................................................................................ 77
Assembled Equipment —General ................................................................................................... 78
Mandrel-type Hangers ..................................................................................................................... 79
Slip-type Hangers ............................................................................................................................. 83
Bullplugs, Valve-removal Plugs, Back-pressure Valves, and Fittings ....................................... 84
Factory Acceptance Testing ........................................................................................................... 85
General .............................................................................................................................................. 85
Scope and Applicability................................................................................................................... 85
Measurement, Monitoring, and Recording Equipment ................................................................ 87
Test Sequence .................................................................................................................................. 87
Leak Detection .................................................................................................................................. 87
Hydrostatic Testing .......................................................................................................................... 87
Hydrostatic Testing —General Requirements ............................................................................... 87
Hydrostatic Test Acceptance Criteria ............................................................................................ 88
Hydrostatic Shell Test ..................................................................................................................... 88
Hydrostatic Seat Tests and Functional Tests —Valves ................................................................ 90
Conditional Hydrostatic Body Test —PSL 1 , PSL 2, and PSL 3 ................................................... 91
Hydrostatic Testing of Back-pressure Valves .............................................................................. 92
Gas Testing —PSL 3G and PSL 4 .................................................................................................... 92
Gas Testing —General Requirements ............................................................................................ 92
Gas Test Acceptance Criteria —General Requirements ............................................................... 93
Gas Body Test .................................................................................................................................. 93
Gas Seat Test —Valves .................................................................................................................... 93
Gas Backseat Test —Gate Valves ................................................................................................... 94
Conditional Gas Body Test ............................................................................................................. 95
Drift Testing ...................................................................................................................................... 96
Full-bore Valves ............................................................................................................................... 96
Valves with Nonstandard Bore Sizes ............................................................................................. 97
Tree Assemblies ............................................................................................................................... 97
Equipment Marking .......................................................................................................................... 97
Marking Requirements .................................................................................................................... 97
Marking Method ................................................................................................................................ 97
Nameplates ....................................................................................................................................... 97
Hidden Marking ................................................................................................................................ 97
Thread Marking ................................................................................................................................ 98
Size Marking ..................................................................................................................................... 99
Temperature Marking....................................................................................................................... 99
Hardness Tests ................................................................................................................................ 99
Ring Grooves .................................................................................................................................... 99
vi i
1 2.1 0
13
1 3.1
1 3.2
1 3.3
1 3.4
1 3.5
1 3.6
14
1 4.1
1 4.1 .1
1 4.1 .2
1 4.1 .3
1 4.1 .4
1 4.1 .5
1 4.1 .6
1 4.2
1 4.2.1
1 4.2.2
1 4.2.3
1 4.2.4
1 4.2.5
1 4.2.6
1 4.3
1 4.3.1
1 4.3.2
1 4.3.3
1 4.3.4
1 4.3.5
1 4.3.6
1 4.4
1 4.4.1
1 4.4.2
1 4.4.3
1 4.4.4
1 4.4.5
1 4.4.6
1 4.5
1 4.5.1
1 4.5.2
1 4.5.3
1 4.5.4
1 4.5.5
1 4.5.6
1 4.6
1 4.6.1
1 4.6.2
1 4.6.3
1 4.6.4
1 4.6.5
1 4.6.6
1 4.7
1 4.7.1
1 4.7.2
1 4.7.3
Clamp Hub End Connectors ........................................................................................................... 99
Storing and Shipping ....................................................................................................................... 99
Draining after Testing ...................................................................................................................... 99
Corrosion Protection ....................................................................................................................... 99
Sealing-surface Protection ........................................................................................................... 1 00
Assembly and Maintenance Instructions .................................................................................... 1 00
Ring Gaskets .................................................................................................................................. 1 00
Age Control and Storage of Nonmetallic Seals .......................................................................... 1 00
Equipment-specific Requirements ............................................................................................... 1 00
Integral, Blind, and Test Flanges .................................................................................................. 1 00
General Application ....................................................................................................................... 1 00
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 01
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 05
Quality Control/Testing ................................................................................................................. 1 05
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 05
Storing and Shipping ..................................................................................................................... 1 06
Ring Gaskets .................................................................................................................................. 1 06
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 06
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 06
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 07
Quality Control/Testing ................................................................................................................. 1 08
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 08
Storing and Shipping ..................................................................................................................... 1 08
Threaded Connectors .................................................................................................................... 1 08
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 08
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 08
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 09
Quality Control/Testing ................................................................................................................. 1 09
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 09
Storing and Shipping ..................................................................................................................... 1 09
Tees and Crosses .......................................................................................................................... 1 09
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 09
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 1 0
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 1 0
Quality Control/Testing ................................................................................................................. 1 1 0
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 1 0
Storing and Shipping ..................................................................................................................... 1 1 1
Bullplugs ......................................................................................................................................... 1 1 1
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 1 1
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 1 1
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 1 2
Quality Control/Testing ................................................................................................................. 1 1 2
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 1 2
Storing and Shipping ..................................................................................................................... 1 1 2
Valve-removal Plugs ...................................................................................................................... 1 1 2
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 1 2
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 1 2
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 1 3
Quality Control/Thread Gauging .................................................................................................. 1 1 3
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 1 3
Storing and Shipping ..................................................................................................................... 1 1 4
Top Connectors .............................................................................................................................. 1 1 4
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 1 4
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 1 4
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 1 4
vi i i
1 4.7.4
1 4.7.5
1 4.7.6
1 4.8
1 4.8.1
1 4.8.2
1 4.8.3
1 4.8.4
1 4.8.5
1 4.8.6
1 4.9
1 4.9.1
1 4.9.2
1 4.9.3
1 4.9.4
1 4.9.5
1 4.9.6
1 4.1 0
1 4.1 0.1
1 4.1 0.2
1 4.1 0.3
1 4.1 0.4
1 4.1 0.5
1 4.1 0.6
1 4.1 1
1 4.1 1 .1
1 4.1 1 .2
1 4.1 1 .3
1 4.1 1 .4
1 4.1 1 .5
1 4.1 1 .6
1 4.1 2
1 4.1 2.1
1 4.1 2.2
1 4.1 2.3
1 4.1 2.4
1 4.1 2.5
1 4.1 2.6
1 4.1 3
1 4.1 3.1
1 4.1 3.2
1 4.1 3.3
1 4.1 3.4
1 4.1 3.5
1 4.1 3.6
1 4.1 4
1 4.1 4.1
1 4.1 4.2
1 4.1 4.3
1 4.1 4.4
1 4.1 4.5
1 4.1 4.6
1 4.1 5
1 4.1 5.1
1 4.1 5.2
1 4.1 5.3
Quality Control/Testing/Welding .................................................................................................. 1 1 4
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 1 5
Storage and Shipping .................................................................................................................... 1 1 5
Crossover Connectors .................................................................................................................. 1 1 5
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 1 5
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 1 9
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 20
Quality Control/Testing ................................................................................................................. 1 20
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 20
Storing and Shipping ..................................................................................................................... 1 20
Other End Connectors ................................................................................................................... 1 20
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 20
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 20
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 21
Quality Control/Testing ................................................................................................................. 1 21
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 21
Storing and Shipping ..................................................................................................................... 1 21
Spools (Adapter and Spacer) ........................................................................................................ 1 21
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 21
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 21
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 22
Quality Control/Testing ................................................................................................................. 1 22
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 22
Storing and Shipping ..................................................................................................................... 1 22
Valves .............................................................................................................................................. 1 22
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 22
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 26
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 28
Quality Control/Testing ................................................................................................................. 1 29
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 29
Storing and Shipping ..................................................................................................................... 1 30
Back-pressure Valves .................................................................................................................... 1 30
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 30
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 31
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 31
Quality Control/Testing ................................................................................................................. 1 31
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 31
Storing and Shipping ..................................................................................................................... 1 31
Casing and Tubing Hangers (Slip- and Mandrel-type) ............................................................... 1 31
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 31
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 32
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 35
Quality Control/Testing ................................................................................................................. 1 37
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 37
Storing and Shipping ..................................................................................................................... 1 38
Casing and Tubing Heads ............................................................................................................. 1 39
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 39
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 39
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 43
Quality Control/Testing ................................................................................................................. 1 43
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 43
Storing and Shipping ..................................................................................................................... 1 44
Chokes ............................................................................................................................................ 1 44
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 44
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 46
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 47
ix
1 4.1 5.4
1 4.1 5.5
1 4.1 5.6
1 4.1 6
1 4.1 6.1
1 4.1 6.2
1 4.1 6.3
1 4.1 6.4
1 4.1 6.5
1 4.1 6.6
1 4.1 7
1 4.1 7.1
1 4.1 7.2
1 4.1 7.3
1 4.1 7.4
1 4.1 7.5
1 4.1 7.6
1 4.1 8
1 4.1 8.1
1 4.1 8.2
1 4.1 8.3
1 4.1 8.4
1 4.1 8.5
1 4.1 8.6
15
1 5.1
1 5.1 .1
1 5.1 .2
1 5.2
1 5.2.1
1 5.2.2
1 5.2.3
1 5.2.4
1 5.2.5
1 5.2.6
1 5.2.7
1 5.2.8
1 5.3
1 5.3.1
1 5.3.2
1 5.3.3
1 5.3.4
1 5.3.5
1 5.3.6
1 5.3.7
1 5.4
1 5.4.1
1 5.4.2
1 5.4.3
1 5.4.4
1 5.4.5
1 5.4.6
Quality Control/Testing ................................................................................................................. 1 47
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 47
Storing and Shipping ..................................................................................................................... 1 48
Actuators ........................................................................................................................................ 1 48
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 48
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 48
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 49
Quality Control/Testing ................................................................................................................. 1 50
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 51
Storage and Shipping .................................................................................................................... 1 52
Safety Valves, Shutdown Valves, and Actuators ........................................................................ 1 52
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 52
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 52
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 55
Quality Control/Testing ................................................................................................................. 1 55
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 55
Storage and Shipping .................................................................................................................... 1 56
Tree Assemblies ............................................................................................................................. 1 56
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 56
Design ............................................................................................................................................. 1 56
Materials .......................................................................................................................................... 1 56
Quality Control/Testing/Assembly ............................................................................................... 1 57
Marking ........................................................................................................................................... 1 57
Storing and Shipping ..................................................................................................................... 1 57
Records ........................................................................................................................................... 1 57
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 57
NACE MR01 75/ISO 1 51 56 Record Requirements ....................................................................... 1 57
Record Control ............................................................................................................................... 1 57
Records Maintained by Manufacturer .......................................................................................... 1 57
Records of Pressure Tests ........................................................................................................... 1 57
Body, Bonnet, End and Outlet Connectors, Stem, Valve Bore Sealing Mechanism,
Mandrel Tubing Hanger, Mandrel Casing Hanger, Slip Bowl, and Slip Segment
Records ........................................................................................................................................... 1 58
Ring Gaskets and Nonintegral Metal Seals Records ................................................................. 1 59
Closure Bolting Records ............................................................................................................... 1 59
Nonmetallic Sealing Material Records ......................................................................................... 1 59
Bullplugs, Valve-removal Plugs, and Back-pressure Valve Records ....................................... 1 60
Assembled Equipment Records ................................................................................................... 1 60
Choke Trim Records ...................................................................................................................... 1 60
Records Furnished to Purchaser ................................................................................................. 1 60
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 60
Body, Bonnet, End and Outlet Connectors, Stem, Valve Bore Sealing Mechanism,
Mandrel Tubing Hanger, Casing Hanger, and Back-pressure Valve Records ......................... 1 61
Ring Gasket and Nonintegral Metal Seals Records ................................................................... 1 61
Closure Bolting Records ............................................................................................................... 1 61
Nonmetallic Sealing Material Records ......................................................................................... 1 61
Slip Hanger Records ...................................................................................................................... 1 61
Assembled Equipment Records ................................................................................................... 1 61
SSV, USV, and BSDV Records ...................................................................................................... 1 62
General ............................................................................................................................................ 1 62
Shipping Report ............................................................................................................................. 1 62
Test Data Sheet .............................................................................................................................. 1 62
Records Furnished to Purchaser ................................................................................................. 1 62
Minimum Contents of Manufacturer’s Operating Manual .......................................................... 1 64
Failure Reporting ........................................................................................................................... 1 64
x
Annex A
API Monogram Program Use of the API Monogram by Licensees .................... 1 65
Annex B
Purchasing Guidelines ........................................................................................... 1 69
Annex C
Conversion Procedures —Units of Measure ......................................................... 1 88
Annex D
Dimensional Tables—SI Units ................................................................................. 1 92
Annex E
Dimensional Tables—USC Units ............................................................................. 254
Annex F
Design Validation Procedures for PR2 (PR2F Level) .......................................... 31 6
Annex G
Design and Rating of Equipment for Use at Elevated Temperatures ................ 348
Annex H
Recommended Assembly of Closure Bolting ...................................................... 352
Annex I
Recommended Bolt Lengths ................................................................................. 357
Annex J
Weld-neck Flanges ................................................................................................... 366
Annex K
Top Connectors ...................................................................................................... 370
Annex L
Segmented Flanges ................................................................................................ 383
Annex M
Heat-treat Equipment Survey .................................................................................. 392
Bibliography.................................................................................................................................................. 394
( i n f o rm ati ve )
( i n fo rm ati ve )
( i n fo rm ati ve )
( n o rm ati ve )
( n o rm ati ve )
( i n fo rm ati ve )
( i n fo rm ati ve )
( i n fo rm ati ve )
( i n fo rm ati ve )
( n o rm ati ve )
( i n fo rm ati ve )
( i n fo rm ati ve )
( n o rm ati ve )
Figures
Figure 1 —Typical Wellhead Assembly Nomenclature ............................................................................... 1 9
Figure 2 —Typical Wellhead Assembly Nomenclature ............................................................................... 20
Figure 3 —Typical Tree Nomenclature .......................................................................................................... 21
Figure 4 —Equivalent Round Models ............................................................................................................ 37
Figure 5 —Test and Gauge Connector Ports for 1 03.5 MPa and 1 38.0 MPa (1 5,000 psi and 20,000 psi)
Rated Working Pressure ........................................................................................................................ 57
Figure 6 —Ring Gasket Hardness Test Location ......................................................................................... 76
Figure 7 —Crossover Spool with Restricted-area Packoff Supported by the Lower Head ................... 1 1 7
Figure 8 —Crossover Spool with Restricted-area Packoff Supported by the Upper Spool .................. 1 1 7
Figure 9 —Multistage Crossover Spool ...................................................................................................... 1 1 8
Figure 1 0 —Crossover Adapter ................................................................................................................... 1 1 8
Figure 1 1 —Single-string and Dual-string Multiple Valve Assemblies .................................................... 1 23
Figure 1 2 —Regular Swing Check Valve .................................................................................................... 1 24
Figure 1 3 —Full-opening Swing Check Valve ............................................................................................ 1 25
Figure 1 4—Regular Lift Check Valve ......................................................................................................... 1 25
Figure 1 5 —Typical Reduced-opening Vertical Bore................................................................................. 1 41
Figure 1 6—Typical Adjustable Choke ........................................................................................................ 1 45
Figure 1 7—Typical Positive Choke ............................................................................................................ 1 45
Figure 1 8—Example of a Safety Valve Shipping Report .......................................................................... 1 62
Figure 1 9 ―Example of a Safety Valve Factory Acceptance Test Data Sheet ........................................ 1 63
Figure B.1 —Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —General .......................................................................... 1 70
Figure B.2 —Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Casing-head Housing .................................................. 1 71
Figure B.3 —Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Casing-head Spool ....................................................... 1 72
Figure B.4 —Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Tubing-head Spool ....................................................... 1 73
Figure B.5 —Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Crossover Flange ......................................................... 1 74
Figure B.6 —Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Tubing-head Adapter ................................................... 1 74
Figure B.7—Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Tree and Choke ............................................................ 1 75
Figure B.8—Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Multistage Crossover Spool ....................................... 1 76
Figure B.9 —Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Wellhead Safety Valves ............................................... 1 78
Figure B.1 0 —Equipment Data Sheet —Boarding Shutdown Valves ....................................................... 1 78
Figure B.1 1 —Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Choke Sizing ............................................................... 1 79
Figure B.1 2 —Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Actuator and Bonnet ................................................. 1 80
xi
—
—
Figure B.1 5 —Recommended Minimum PSL for Primary Parts ............................................................... 1 84
Figure F.1 —Test Procedure ........................................................................................................................ 321
Figure F.2 —Load Cycle Testing for Hangers ............................................................................................ 337
Figure F.3 —Group 2 and Group 3 Hangers ............................................................................................... 338
Figure F.4 —Group 3 Hangers with Crossover Seal .................................................................................. 339
Figure F.5 —Pressure/Temperature Cycles for Group 3 Slip and Mandrel-type Hangers without
Bottom Casing Packoff ......................................................................................................................... 341
Figure F.6 —Pressure/Temperature Cycles for Group 3 Slip and Mandrel-type Hangers
with Bottom Casing Packoff Tested Separately ................................................................................ 342
Figure F.7 —Pressure/Temperature Cycles for Group 3 Slip and Mandrel-type Hangers
with Bottom Casing Packoff Tested Concurrently ............................................................................ 342
Figure F.8 —Pressure/Temperature Cycles for Group 3 Slip and Mandrel-type Hangers with Bottom
Casing Packoff Tested Concurrently .................................................................................................. 343
Figure H.1 —Recommended Bolting Make-up Patterns ............................................................................ 353
Figure I.1 ―Flange Bolting Configurations ................................................................................................ 357
Figure I.2 ―Studded Bolting Configurations ............................................................................................. 357
Figure J.1 —Weld-neck Flange Dimensions ............................................................................................... 367
Figure J.2 —Recommended Weld End Preparation for Type 6B and 6BX Weld-end Flanges .............. 369
Figure K.1 —Top Connector for Tree —SI Units ......................................................................................... 372
Figure K.2 —Top Connector for Tree —USC Units ..................................................................................... 376
Figure K.3 —Back-up Ring for Seal —SI Units ............................................................................................ 380
Figure K.4 —Back-up Ring for Seal —USC Units ....................................................................................... 382
Figure M.1 —Thermocouple Locations —Rectangular Furnace (Working Zone) .................................... 392
Figure M.2 —Thermocouple Locations —Cylindrical Furnace (Working Zone) ...................................... 393
Figure B.1 3 Typical Wellhead and Tree Configuration for a 34.5 MPa (5000 psi) Rated Working
Pressure ................................................................................................................................................. 1 81
Figure B.1 4 Typical Wellhead and Tree Configuration for a 69.0 MPa (1 0,000 psi) Rated Working
Pressure ................................................................................................................................................. 1 82
Tables
Table 1 ―Pressure Ratings for Internal Threaded End or Outlet Connectors ......................................... 23
Table 2―Temperature Ratings ..................................................................................................................... 23
Table 3 ―Material Requirements ................................................................................................................... 24
Table 4—Applicability of Product Specification Levels ............................................................................. 26
Table 5―Minimum PSL .................................................................................................................................. 26
Table 6―Tolerances, Unless Otherwise Stated .......................................................................................... 28
Table 7―Standard and Nonstandard Material Applications for Bodies, Bonnets,
and End and Outlet Connectors ............................................................................................................ 30
Table 8―Standard Material Property Requirements for Bodies, Bonnets, .............................................. 31
Table 9―Charpy V-notch Impact Requirements—1 0 mm x 1 0 mm .......................................................... 32
Table 10―Adjustment Factors for Subsize Impact Specimens (PSL 1 to PSL 3) ................................... 32
Table 11―Steel Composition Limits for Bodies, Bonnets, and End and Outlet Connector Materials .... 34
Table 12―Phosphorus and Sulfur Concentration Limits .......................................................................... 35
Table 13―Maximum Tolerance Range Limits for Alloying Elements (PSL 3 and PSL 4) ....................... 35
Table 14―Chemical Composition of the Nickel-based Alloy UNS N06625 .............................................. 48
Table 15―Minimum Requirements for Closure Bolting ............................................................................. 50
Table 16―Acceptable Closure Bolting for 6B and 6BX Flanged and Studded Connections ................ 52
Table 17―Allowable Closure Bolting by Temperature Class .................................................................... 53
Table 18―Threads for Closure Bolting Used on 6B and 6BX Flanged and ............................................. 53
Table 1 9 ―Casting Specification Level Cross-reference to PSL ............................................................... 60
Table 20 ―Minimum Hardness Values ......................................................................................................... 62
Table 21 ―Maximum Length of Elongated Indication ................................................................................. 68
Table 22―Requirements for Welding Bodies, Bonnets, and End and Outlet Connectors .................... 69
Table 23 ―Maximum Length of RT Discontinuities ..................................................................................... 71
Table 24―Maximum Length of UT Discontinuities ..................................................................................... 71
Table 25 ―Requirements for Stems .............................................................................................................. 73
xi i
Table 26―Requirements for Valve Bore Sealing Mechanisms and Choke Trim ..................................... 75
Table 27―Hardness Requirements .............................................................................................................. 76
Table 28― Acceptance Criteria for the Ring Gasket Surface Finish ......................................................... 77
Table 29 ―Physical Property Data for Qualification of Homogeneous Elastomers ................................ 78
Table 30 —Applicability of Factory Acceptance Testing ............................................................................ 86
Table 31 —Summary of Factory Acceptance Testing Requirements by Equipment Type and PSL ...... 86
Table 32 —Pressure-holding Periods for Hydrostatic Testing ................................................................... 89
Table 33 —Hydrostatic Shell Test Pressure ................................................................................................. 90
Table 34―Drift Diameter for Individual Valves and Trees ......................................................................... 96
Table 35―Guide to Marking Requirements ................................................................................................. 98
Table 36―Rated Working Pressures and Size Ranges of Flanges......................................................... 1 01
Table 37—Marking for Blind and Test Flanges ......................................................................................... 1 05
Table 38—Marking for Studded and Flanged Outlet Connectors ........................................................... 1 06
Table 39―Marking for Ring Gaskets .......................................................................................................... 1 08
Table 40 —Marking for Tees and Crosses .................................................................................................. 1 1 0
Table 41 —Recommended Bullplug Installation Procedure ..................................................................... 1 1 1
Table 42 —Marking for Top Connectors ..................................................................................................... 1 1 6
Table 43 —Performance Requirements for Crossover Connectors ........................................................ 1 1 9
Table 44—Marking for Crossover Connectors .......................................................................................... 1 20
Table 45 —Performance Requirements for Other End Connectors ......................................................... 1 21
Table 46—Marking for Spools ..................................................................................................................... 1 22
Table 47—Operating Cycle Requirements for Valves .............................................................................. 1 26
Table 48—Marking for Valves ..................................................................................................................... 1 30
—
Table 50 ―Performance Requirements for Slip Hangers ......................................................................... 1 33
Table 51 —Performance Requirements for Mandrel Hangers .................................................................. 1 33
Table 52 —Marking for Hangers .................................................................................................................. 1 38
Table 53 —Performance Requirements for Group 1 Tubing-head Adapters .......................................... 1 39
Table 54—Performance Requirements for Group 2 Tubing-head Adapters .......................................... 1 39
Table 55 —Marking for Wellhead Equipment ............................................................................................. 1 43
Table 56—Marking for Wellhead Connectors ............................................................................................ 1 44
Table 57—Performance Requirements for Chokes .................................................................................. 1 46
Table 58—Marking for Chokes .................................................................................................................... 1 47
Table 59 ―Marking for Choke Beans .......................................................................................................... 1 48
Table 60 —Performance Requirements for Actuators .............................................................................. 1 49
Table 61 —Marking for Actuators ................................................................................................................ 1 51
Table 62―Summary of Validation Requirements for Safety Valves ....................................................... 1 53
Table 63 —Marking for Safety Valves ......................................................................................................... 1 56
Table 64―Marking for Trees ....................................................................................................................... 1 57
Table B.1 —Relative Corrosivity of Retained Fluids as Indicated by CO 2 Partial Pressure .................. 1 87
Table B.2—Recommended Service Limits for Castings .......................................................................... 1 87
Table C.1 —Pressure Rating Conversion between SI and USC for API 6A Equipment ......................... 1 89
Table C.2—Conversions for the Radius at Back Face ............................................................................. 1 89
Table C.3—Rounding Values for Hole Sizes and Tolerances .................................................................. 1 90
Table D.1―Type 6B Flanges for 13.8 MPa ................................................................................................. 1 94
Table D.2―Type 6B Flanges for 20.7 MPa ................................................................................................. 1 96
Table D.3―Type 6B Flanges for 34.5 MPa ................................................................................................. 1 98
Table D.4―Type 6BX Flanges for 69.0 MPa .............................................................................................. 200
Table D.5―Type 6BX Flanges for 103.5 MPa ............................................................................................ 202
Table D.6―Type 6BX Flanges for 138.0 MPa ............................................................................................ 204
Table D.7―Type 6BX Large-bore Flanges for 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, and 34.5 MPa ................................ 206
Table D.8―Type R Ring Grooves ............................................................................................................... 208
Table D.9―Type R Ring Gaskets ................................................................................................................ 21 0
Table D.10―Type RX Ring Gaskets ........................................................................................................... 21 2
Table D.11―Type BX Ring Grooves ........................................................................................................... 21 4
Table D.12―Type BX Ring Gaskets ........................................................................................................... 21 6
Tabl e 49
M arking for Actu ated Valves (Assemblies of Actu ators with Valves Prepared for Actuators) ..... 1 30
xi i i
Table D.13―Flanged Crosses and Tees .................................................................................................... 21 8
Table D.14―Studded Crosses and Tees ................................................................................................... 222
Table D.1 5 —Bullplugs ................................................................................................................................. 226
Table D.16―VR Plug Dimensions, 13.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa ................................. 228
Table D.17―VR Preparation Dimensions, 13.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa ..................... 230
Table D.18―VR Plug Thread Gauging Dimensions, 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa .... 232
Table D.1 9―VR Preparation Thread Gauging Dimensions, 1 3.
... 233
Table D.20―HPVR Plug Dimensions, 103.5 MPa and 138.0 MPa ............................................................ 234
Table D.21―HPVR Preparation Dimensions, 103.5 MPa and 138.0 MPa ................................................ 236
Table D.22―Flanged Full-bore Gate Valves .............................................................................................. 238
Table D.23―Flanged Plug and Ball Valves ................................................................................................ 240
Table D.24―Flanged Swing and Lift Check Valves .................................................................................. 242
Table D.25 —Center Spacing of Conduit Bores for Dual Parallel Bore Valves for 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa,
34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa ........................................................................................................................ 244
Table D.26—Center Spacing of Conduit Bores for Triple, Quadruple, and Quintuple Parallel Bore
Valves for 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa ................................................................... 246
Table D.27—Maximum Hanger Outside Diameter for Wellheads ............................................................ 248
Table D.28―Minimum Vertical Full -opening Wellhead Body Bores and Maximum Casing Sizes ...... 249
Table D.29―Pipe Thread Counterbore and Standoff Dimensions .......................................................... 250
Table D.30 —Gauging of Casing and Tubing Threads .............................................................................. 252
Table E.1―Type 6B Flanges for 2000 psi .................................................................................................. 256
Table E.2―Type 6B Flanges for 3000 psi .................................................................................................. 258
Table E.3―Type 6B Flanges for 5000 psi .................................................................................................. 260
Table E.4―Type 6BX Flanges for 10,000 psi ............................................................................................. 262
Table E.5―Type 6BX Flanges for 15,000 psi ............................................................................................. 264
Table E.6―Type 6BX Flanges for 20,000 psi ............................................................................................. 266
Table E.7―Type 6BX Large-bore Flanges for 2000 psi, 3000 psi, and 5000 psi .................................... 268
Table E.8―Type R Ring Grooves ............................................................................................................... 270
Table E.9―Type R Ring Gaskets ................................................................................................................ 272
Table E.10―Type RX Ring Gaskets ............................................................................................................ 274
Table E.11―Type BX Ring Grooves ........................................................................................................... 276
Table E.12―Type BX Ring Gaskets ............................................................................................................ 278
Table E.13―Flanged Crosses and Tees .................................................................................................... 280
Table E.14―Studded Crosses and Tees .................................................................................................... 284
Table E.1 5 —Bullplugs .................................................................................................................................. 288
Table E.16―VR Plug Dimensions, 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi, and 10,000 psi ................................... 290
Table E.17―VR Preparation Dimensions, 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi, and 10,000 psi ....................... 292
Table E.18―VR Plug Thread Gauging Dimensions, 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi, and 10,000 psi ...... 294
Table E.1 9―VR Preparation Thread Gauging Dimensions, 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi, and 1 0,000 psi
Table E.20―HPVR Plug Dimensions, 15,000 psi and 20,000 psi ............................................................. 296
Table E.21 —HPVR Preparation Dimensions, 1 5,000 psi and 20,000 psi ................................................ 298
Table E.22 —Flanged Full-bore Gate Valves .............................................................................................. 300
Table E.23 —Flanged Plug Valves and Ball Valves ................................................................................... 302
Table E.24 —Flanged Swing and Lift Check Valves .................................................................................. 304
Table E.25 —Center Spacing of Conduit Bores for Dual Parallel Bore Valves for 2000 psi, 3000 psi,
5000 psi, and 1 0,000 psi ....................................................................................................................... 306
Table E.26 —Center Spacing of Conduit Bores for Triple, Quadruple, and Quintuple Parallel Bore
Valves for 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi, and 1 0,000 psi .................................................................... 308
Table E.27—Maximum Hanger Outside Diameter for Wellheads ............................................................ 31 0
Table E.28―Minimum Vertical Full -opening Wellhead Body Bores and Maximum Casing Sizes ....... 31 1
Table E.29―Pipe Thread Counterbore and Standoff Dimensions .......................................................... 31 2
Table E.30 —Gauging of Casing and Tubing Threads .............................................................................. 31 4
Table F.1 —Ambient Temperature Gas Leakage Acceptance Criteria..................................................... 31 8
Table F.2 —Standard Test Fluids for Nonmetallic Seals ........................................................................... 323
Table F.3 —Nominal End Connector Sizes ................................................................................................. 326
Table F.4—Nominal Pipe Sizes ................................................................................................................... 326
8 M Pa, 20.7 M Pa, 34.5 M Pa, an d 69. 0 M Pa
...... 295
xi v
Table F.5 —Scaling for Nonmetallic Seals .................................................................................................. 327
Table F.6—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Valves..................................................... 330
Table F.7—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Actuators ............................................... 333
Table F.8—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Chokes ................................................... 334
—
Table F.9 Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Casing-head Housings, Casing-head ........ 336
Table F.1 0 —Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 2 Slip-type Hangers ................ 337
Table F.1 1 —Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 3 Slip-type Hangers ................ 338
Table F.1 2 —Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 4 Slip-type Hangers ................ 339
Table F.1 3 —Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 1 Mandrel-type Hangers ......... 340
Table F.1 4—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 2 Mandrel-type Hangers ......... 340
Table F.1 5 —Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 3 Mandrel-type Hangers ......... 341
Table F.1 6—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 4 Mandrel-type Hangers ......... 343
Table F.1 7—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 5 Mandrel-type Hangers ......... 344
Table F.1 8—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Packing Mechanisms ......................... 345
Table F.1 9 —Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 2 Tubing-head Adapters ......... 345
Table F.20 —Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Other End Connectors ....................... 346
Table G.1 —Temperature Ratings................................................................................................................ 348
Table G.2 —Optional Pressure-temperature Ratings for 6B Flanges ...................................................... 348
Table G.3 —Optional Material De-rating Factors for Elevated Temperature ........................................... 351
Table G.4—Optional Material De-rating Factors for Elevated Temperature ........................................... 351
Table H.1 ―Recommended Torques for Flange Bolting (SI Units) .......................................................... 354
Table H.2—Recommended Torques for Flange Bolting (USC Units) ...................................................... 355
Table I.1 ―Stud Bolt Length Table for 6B Flange Connectors with “R” and “RX” Gaskets ................. 359
Table I.2 ―Stud Bolt Length Table for 6BX Flange Connectors .............................................................. 360
Table I.3
―Tap End Stud Length Table for 6B Studded Flange Connectors with “R” and “RX” Gaskets .....362
Table I.4―Tap End Stud Length Table for 6BX Studded Flange Connectors ....................................... 363
Table I.5 ―Stud Bolt Length Table for 6B Flange Connectors with “R” Gaskets (USC Units) ............. 364
Table I.6―Tap End Stud Length Table for 6B Studded Flange Connectors with “R” Gaskets ........... 365
Table K.1 —Standard Top Connector Sizes ............................................................................................... 371
Table K.2—Top Connector Body, Inside and Outside Diameter Combinations .................................... 371
Table K.3—Dimensions for Top Connectors —SI Units ............................................................................ 373
Table K.4—Dimensions for Top Connectors —USC Units ....................................................................... 377
Table K.5—Seals for Top Connector Plugs for H 2 S Service .................................................................... 381
Table K.6—Back-up Ring for Seal —SI Units ............................................................................................. 381
Table K.7—Back-up Ring for Seal —USC Units ......................................................................................... 382
Table L.1 ―Dimensions for 34.5 MPa Rated Working Pressure, Segmented Flanges for Dual
Completion............................................................................................................................................. 384
Table L.2 —Dimensions for Type RX Ring Grooves and Ring Gasket Used on Segmented Flanges for
Dual Completion .................................................................................................................................... 388
xv
Introduction
Th e
I n te rn ati o n a l
f racti o n s
Th e
in
f racti o n s
d i m en si on s
bee n
i n ch
An
It
an d
th i s
th e
U n i ts
th e i r
d e ci m al
s p e ci f i cati o n
th e
al s o
wh e n
t h at
(SI )
is
u sed
u sed
u s e rs
in
of
in
th i s
s p e ci f i cati o n .
H o we ve r,
n o m i n al
s i ze s
are
s h o wn
as
re s p o n s i b i l i t y o f
s ys te m
tab l e s
th i s
on
to
are
th e
e q u al
o ri g i n al
e n s u re
m e an s
th at
s p e ci fi cati o n
s p e ci f i cati o n
e q u i pm e n t
wh e re
th e
b as e d
an d
i n te rch a n g e ab l e .
f racti o n al
i n ch
i n te rch an g e abi l i t y
M e tri c
d esi g n s.
of
co n ve rs i o n s
F u n cti o n a l
p ro d u cts
an d
d i m en si on s
m an u f actu re d
in
i n ch
h ave
m e tri c
or
C.
Th i s
al te rn a ti ve
ap p l i cabl e
e q u i val e n ts
are
m e tri c
An n e x
ap p l i cat i o n s .
acce p ti n g ,
p arti cu l arl y
of
s ys t e m .
i n to
see
n e ce s s ary
i n d i vi d u al
S ys te m
i n ch
co n ve rt e d
s ys t e m s ;
f ro m
is
in
“―” symbol
is
fo r
th e
th e re
ve n d o r to
is
or
is
th e
be
ap p l i ca b l e
aware
n ot
e n g i n e e ri n g
i n n o vati ve
or
th at
i n te n d e d
si ze,
f u rth e r
to
xvi
or
i n h i bi t
s o l u ti o n s
d e ve l o p i n g
i d e n ti f y an y vari at i o n s
val u e ,
from
fo r
a
d i f f e ri n g
ve n d o r
th e
do es
re q u i re m e n ts
f ro m
i n d i vi d u al
te ch n o l o g y.
th i s
or d i m en si o n
W h e re
s p e ci f i cati o n
o f f e ri n g ,
n ot
can
or
an d
al t e rn at i ve
p ro vi d e
be
th e
a p p l i cat i o n .
an
ap p l y.
Th i s
is
n ee d ed
p u rch as e r
can
be
o ff e re d ,
d e tai l s .
it
S p e ci fi cati o n
1
fo r We l l h e ad
an d
Tre e
Eq u i pm en t
S cope
Th i s
s p e ci f i cati o n
i d e n ti f i e s
re q u i re m e n ts
f u n cti o n al
i n te rch an g e ab i l i t y,
s h i p m e n t,
an d
p u rch as i n g
d esi g n ,
of
an d
g i ve s
m ate ri al s ,
we l l h e ad
an d
re co m m e n d ati o n s
te s t i n g ,
tre e
i n s p e cti o n ,
e q u i pm e n t
fo r
fo r
th e
p e rf o rm an ce ,
we l d i n g ,
u se
in
m arki n g ,
th e
d i m e n s i o n al
h an d l i n g ,
p e tro l e u m
an d
an d
s to ri n g ,
n a tu ra l
g as
i n d u s tri e s .
Th i s
of
s p e ci f i cati o n
we l l h e ad
i n s tal l a ti o n
th e
s co p e
Th i s
Th i s
an d
an d
of
d o es
tre e
s e rvi ce
th i s
is
s p e ci f i cati o n
an d
ad d i ti o n al
app l y
to
(e. g .
fi e l d
u se
e x ce p t
ru n n i n g
or
fo r
to ol s ,
fi e l d
we l d
te s t
te s ti n g .
re p ai r
to o l s ,
in
was h
Th i s
s p e ci f i cati o n
c o n j u n cti o n
to o l s ,
we ar
wi t h
al s o
d oes
n ot
app l y
m an u factu ri n g .
bu s h i n g s ,
an d
to
To ol s
l u bri cato rs )
re pa i r
u sed
are
fo r
o u ts i d e
s tan d ard .
s p e ci f i cati o n
PSL 3,
n ot
e q u i pm e n t
PSL
ap p l i ca b l e
to
e s tab l i s h e s
4.
A
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
s u p p l e m e n tal
re q u i re m e n ts
of
e q u i pm e n t
g as
i d e n ti fi e d
fo r
d e s i g n ati o n
te s ti n g .
Th e
fo u r
of
4. 1
p ro d u ct
PSL
PSL
in
3G
an d
S e cti o n
s p e ci f i cati o n
ap p l i e s
d e s i g n ati o n s
to
PSL
d efi n e
3
1 4.
l e ve l s
( P S Ls ) :
p ro d u cts
d i f f e re n t
th at
l e ve l s
PSL
h ave
of
1 ,
P SL
s ati s fi e d
te ch n i ca l
2,
th e
q u al i t y
re q u i re m e n ts .
If
p ro d u ct
is
su ppl i e d
re q u i re m e n ts
S u b j e ct
th e
m atte r
i m p act
2
Th e
of
of
An n e x
of
b e ari n g
An n e x e s
ch an g e s
th e
M
AP I
o n o g ram
an d
m an u factu re d
at
a
faci l i ty
l i ce n s e d
by
AP I ,
th e
A a p pl y.
on
B,
C,
u s e rs
D,
of
E,
th i s
F,
G,
H,
I,
J,
K,
L,
an d
M
h as
be e n
arra n g e d
in
a
wa y
th at
m i n i m i ze s
d o cu m e n t.
N orm ati ve Refere n ces
f o l l o wi n g
re fe re n ce s ,
d o cu m e n t
b e co m e
re vi s i o n
re f e re n ce d
onl y
th e
( i n cl u d i n g
m an d ato ry
( wh e re
no
d o cu m e n ts
e d i ti o n
an y
u pon
ci te d
a m e n d m e n ts )
th e
e ff e cti ve
e f fe cti ve
d ate
is
Pipe, and Drill Stem Elements
AP I
R e co m m e n d e d
AP I
S p e ci f i cati o n
5B,
AP I
S p e ci f i cati o n
5C T,
AP I
S tan d ard
6 AC R A,
AP I
S t an d ard
6 AV 1 ,
AP I
S t an d ard
6 X,
are
P racti c e
5 A3 ,
i n d i s p e n s ab l e
ap p l i e s .
For
app l i e s ,
d at e
u n d at e d
e xce p t
s p e ci fi e d
fo r
th at
by
th e
a p p l i cati o n
re f e re n ce s ,
n ew
th e
th e
e d i ti o n s
pu bl i sh er
or
of
l a te s t
m ay
1 2
th i s
d o cu m e n t.
ed i ti o n
be
u sed
m o n th s
of
on
f ro m
th e
Fo r
i ss u e
th e
d at e d
re f e re n ce d
an d
d ate
s h al l
of
th e
s p e ci f i e d ) .
Recommended Practice on Thread Compounds for Casing, Tubing, Line
Threading, Gauging, and Inspection of Casing, Tubing, and Line Pipe Threads
Casing and Tubing
Age-hardened Nickel-based Alloys for Oil and Gas Drilling and Production Equipment
Validation of Safety and Shutdown Valves for Sandy Service
Design Calculations for Pressure-containing Equipment
Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Systems for Fixed and
Floating Offshore Petroleum Facilities for Unclassified and Class 1, Division 1 and Division 2 Locations
AP I
R e co m m e n d e d
AP I
S p e ci f i cati o n
P racti c e
1 6 A,
1 4F,
Specification for Drill-through Equipment
1
2
AP I
Equipment
AP I
S p e ci f i cati o n
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Design and Operation of Subsea Production Systems—Subsea Wellhead and Tree
1 7D ,
Carbon Steel, Alloy Steel, Stainless Steel, and Nickel Base Alloy Castings for Use in
the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industry
AP I
S p e ci f i cati o n
2 0 A,
AP I
S p e ci f i cati o n
20E ,
AP I
S p e ci f i cati o n
20F,
1
AS M E
B1 . 1
AS M E
B1 . 2 ,
,
Alloy and Carbon Steel Bolting for Use in the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries
Corrosion-resistant Bolting for Use in the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries
Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form)
Gages and Gaging for Unified Inch Screw Threads
Screw Thread Gaging Systems for Acceptability: Inch and Metric Screw Threads (UN, UNR,
UNJ, M, and MJ)
AS M E
B1 . 3 ,
AS M E
B1 . 5,
AS M E
B1 . 8,
AS M E
B1 . 2 0. 1 ,
Acme Screw Threads
Stub Acme Screw Threads
Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V, Nondestructive Examination
AS M E
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels
AS M E
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
Alternative Rules
AS M E
: 20 04
wi th
2005
an d
2006
ad d e n d a
, Section VIII, Division 2,
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, Qualification Standard for Welding, Brazing, and Fusing
Procedures; Welders; Brazers; and Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Operators
AS M E
2
AS N T
S N T - TC - 1 A
,
Personnel Qualification and Certification in Nondestructive Testing
Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for
High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications
3
AS T M
A1 9 3 /A1 9 3 M
,
Standard Specification for Carbon Steel, Alloy Steel, and Stainless Steel Nuts for Bolts
for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both
Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for LowTemperature Service
Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products
Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Steel Forgings
Standard Specification for High-Temperature Bolting Materials, with Expansion
Coefficients Comparable to Austenitic Stainless Steels
AS T M
A1 9 4 /A1 9 4 M ,
AS T M
A3 2 0 /A3 2 0 M ,
AS T M
A3 7 0 ,
AS T M
A3 8 8 /A3 8 8 M ,
AS T M
A4 5 3 /A4 5 3 M ,
1
Am e ri can
S o ci e ty o f
M e ch an i cal
E n g i n e e rs ,
Two
P ark Ave n u e ,
N e w Yo rk,
N e w Yo rk 1 0 0 1 6 ,
www. as m e . o rg .
2
Am e ri can
S o ci e ty fo r N o n d e s tru cti ve
Te s ti n g ,
1 71 1
Arl i n g ate
Lan e ,
C o l u m bu s ,
Oh i o
43 2 2 8,
www. as n t. o rg .
3
AS TM
I n te rn ati o n al ,
1 00
B arr H arb o r D ri ve ,
W e s t C o n s h o h o cke n ,
P e n n s yl van i a,
1 9428,
www. as tm . o rg .
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
3
Standard Practice for Castings, Carbon, Low-Alloy, and Martensitic Stainless Steel,
Ultrasonic Examination Thereof
Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property—Compression Set
Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers—Tension
Standard Test Method for Rubber Property—Effect of Liquids
Standard Test Methods for Rubber O-Rings
Standard Test Method for Rubber Property—International Hardness
Standard Practice for Rubber and Rubber Latices—Nomenclature
Standard Test Method for Rubber Property—Durometer Hardness
Standard Test Method for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials
Standard Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness of Metallic Materials
Standard Test Method for Rockwell and Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials by Portable
Hardness Testers
Standard Test Methods for Vickers Hardness and Knoop Hardness of Metallic Materials
Standard Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals Relationship Among Brinell Hardness,
Vickers Hardness, Rockwell Hardness, Superficial Hardness, Knoop Hardness, Scleroscope Hardness, and
Leeb Hardness
Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Examination for General Industry
Standard Reference Radiographs for Heavy-Walled (2 to 41/2 in. (50.8 to 114 mm)) Steel
Castings
Standard Reference Radiographs for Heavy-Walled (41/2 to 12 in. (114 to 305 mm)) Steel
Castings
Standard Practice for Fabrication and Control of Metal, Other than Aluminum, Reference
Blocks Used in Ultrasonic Testing
Standard Reference Radiographs for Steel Castings up to 2 in. (50.8 mm) in Thickness
Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Testing
AS TM
A6 0 9 /A6 0 9 M ,
AS TM
D 3 95,
AS TM
D 41 2,
AS TM
D 4 71 ,
AS TM
D 1 41 4,
AS TM
D 1 41 5,
AS TM
D 1 41 8,
AS TM
D 2 2 40 ,
AS TM
E1 0,
AS TM
E 1 8,
AS TM
E1 1 0,
AS TM
E 92,
AS TM
E 1 40 ,
AS TM
E 1 6 5 /E 1 6 5 M ,
AS TM
E 1 86,
AS TM
E280,
AS T M
E 428,
AS T M
E 446,
AS T M
E 709,
Metallic materials—Charpy pendulum impact test—Part 1: Test method
Quality requirements for fusion welding of metallic materials
Industrial valves—Pressure testing of metallic valves
Metallic materials—Brinell hardness test
4
I SO
1 48-1
I SO
3834
I SO
52 0 8,
I SO
6506
,
( al l
p arts ) ,
( al l
p arts ) ,
4
I n te rn ati o n al
O rg an i z ati o n
www. i s o . o rg .
fo r
S tan d ard i z ati o n ,
Ch em i n
de
B l an d o n n e t
8,
CP
401 ,
1 21 4
Ve rn i e r,
G e n e va,
S wi tz e rl an d ,
4
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Metallic materials—Vickers hardness test
Metallic materials—Rockwell hardness test
Metallic materials—Tensile testing—Part 1: Method of test at room temperature
Qualification testing of welders—Fusion welding
I SO
6507
( al l
p arts ) ,
I SO
6508
( al l
p arts ) ,
I SO
6892-1 ,
I SO
9606
I SO
971 2,
( al l
p arts ) ,
Non-destructive testing—Qualification and certification of NDT personnel
Welding personnel—Qualification testing of welding operators and weld setters for mechanized
and automatic welding of metallic materials
I SO
1 4732,
Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials—Welding
procedure specification
I SO
1 56 0 9
( al l
p arts ) ,
Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials—Welding
procedure test—Part 1: Arc and gas welding of steels and arc welding of nickel and nickel alloys
I SO
1 56 1 4- 1 ,
Specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials—Welding
procedure test—Part 7: Overlay welding
I SO
1 56 1 4- 7,
I SO
1 8265,
Metallic materials—Conversion of hardness values
Sampling procedures for inspection by attributes—Part 1: Sampling schemes indexed by
acceptance quality limit (AQL) for lot-by-lot inspection
I SO
2859-1 : 1 999,
Petroleum and natural gas industries—Materials for use in H2S-containing
environments in oil and gas production
5
N AC E
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
Heat Treatment of Steel Raw Materials
6
S AE
AM S - H - 6 8 7 5
S AE
AS 5 6 8 A,
S AE
AM S 2 7 5 0 ,
3
,
1 51 56
,
Aerospace Size Standard for O-Rings
Pyrometry
Term s , D efi n i ti on s , Abbrevi ated Te rm s , an d S ym bol s
3. 1
Term s an d D efi n i ti on s
F o r th e
p u rp o s e s
of
th i s
d o cu m e n t,
th e
fo l l o wi n g
t e rm s
an d
d e fi n i ti o n s
ap p l y.
3.1 .1
accessible wetted surface
W ette d
N O TE
s u rf ace
Th i s
f o r p u rp o s e s
e xcl u d e s
te s t
of
p o rts ,
n o n d e s tru cti ve
co n tro l
line
po rts ,
e x am i n ati o n
l o ckd o wn
(N D E)
th at
s cre w h o l e s ,
an d
can
be
vi e we d
o th e r pe n e trati o n s
3.1 .2
actuator
M e ch an i s m
f o r th e
re m o te
o r au to m ati c
o p e rat i o n
of
a
va l ve
o r ch o ke .
5
N AC E
I n te rn ati o n al ,
1 583 5
P ark Te n
P l ace ,
H o u sto n ,
Te xas
7 70 8 4 ,
www. n ace . o rg .
6
S AE
I n te rn ati o n al ,
400
C o m m o n we al th
D ri ve ,
W arre n d al e ,
P e n n s yl van i a
b y d i re ct
1 5 0 96,
www. s ae . o rg .
line
o f th e s e
of
typ e s .
si g h t.
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
5
3.1 .3
annular packoff
M e ch an i s m
th at
h an g e r
th e
an d
s e al s
o ff
i n si d e
an n u l ar
d i am e te r
p re s s u re
of
th e
b e twe e n
h ead
or
th e
s poo l
o u ts i d e
th ro u g h
d i am e te r
wh i ch
th e
of
a
s u s pen d e d
tu b u l ar
m em be r
t u bu l ar
p as s e s
m em ber
or
or
h an g e r
is
su spen d e d .
3.1 .4
back-pressure valve
U n i d i re cti o n a l
p re ve n ts
we l l
or
b i d i re cti o n al
fl u i d s
f ro m
ch e ck
fl o wi n g
ou t
val ve
of
th e
th at
is
i n s tal l e d
th ro u g h
th e
tre e ,
i n to
th e
tu b i n g
h an g e r,
an d
we l l .
3.1 .5
ball valve
Val ve
wi th
a s p h e ri cal
cl o s u re
m em b e r th at
ro tat e s
on
an
ax i s
p e rp e n d i cu l ar to
th e
d i re ct i o n
of
fl o w .
3.1 .6
blind flange
F l an g e
o ff
wi th
no
a fl an g e d
N O TE
th ro u g h - b o re ,
o r s tu d d e d
A bl i n d
fl an g e
en d
wi th
a
wh i ch
m ay
o r o u tl e t
te s t
an d
or
m ay
n ot
i n cl u d e
a
te s t
an d
g au g e
co n n e cto r
p o rt ,
u sed
to
cl ose
co n n e cto r.
g au g e
co n n e cto r po rt
is
s o m e ti m e s
cal l e d
a
te s t fl an g e .
3.1 .7
boarding shutdown valve
BSDV
Au to m ati c
cl o s e s
on
N O TE
val ve
l oss
W h e re
as s e m b l y
of
i n s ta l l e d
b e t we e n
an
u n d e rwate r
p ro d u c t i o n
s ys te m
an d
a
s u rf ace
faci l i t y
th at
p o we r s u p pl y.
u sed
in
th i s
s p e ci fi cati o n ,
th e
te rm
is
u n d e rs to o d
to
i n cl u d e
a
BSDV
val ve
an d
BSDV
actu ato r.
3.1 .8
body
An y
p o rt i o n
e xpos e d
to
of
we l l h e ad
an d
co n tai n
an d
we l l
tre e
b o re
e q u i pm e n t
p re s s u re
th at
an d
i n cl u d e s
on e
or
m o re
en d
co n n e cto rs
an d
is
d esi g n ed
to
be
fl u i d .
3.1 .9
bonnet
P re s s u re - co n ta i n i n g
c l o s u re
fo r a b o d y,
o th e r th an
an
en d
o r o u tl e t
c o n n e cto r .
3.1 .1 0
bottom casing packoff
M ech an i sm
h an g er an d
th at
s eal s
off
an n u l ar
press u re
th e i n s i d e d i am eter of th e spoo l
betwe en
th e
or tu bi n g -h ead
o u ts i d e
d i am eter
ad apter pl aced
of
a
su s pen d e d
tu bu l ar
o ver th e s u s pen d e d
m em ber
or
tu bu l ar or h an g er.
3.1 .1 1
bullplug
P re s s u re - co n ta i n i n g
co u n te rb o re
a n d /o r
c l o s u re
te s t
an d
fo r
a
g au g e
f em al e - th re a d e d
co n n e ct o r
en d
or
o u tl et
co n n e cto r
th at
m ay
h a ve
an
i n te rn a l
p o rt.
3.1 .1 2
casing-head housing
E q u i pm en t attach ed
to th e u pperm ost e n d
of th e s u rface
cas i n g
th at s erves to s u spe n d
an d
se al
a cas i n g
stri n g .
3.1 .1 3
casing-head spool
E q u i pm e n t
attach e d
to
a n o th e r cas i n g
h e ad
t h at
s e rve s
to
s u spe n d
an d
s e al
a s e co n d ary c as i n g
s tri n g .
6
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
3.1 .1 4
casting (noun)
O b j e ct
N O TE
at
o r n e ar f i n i s h e d
P arts
m ad e
by
s h ap e
o b t ai n e d
h o t i s o s tati c
p re s si n g
b y s o l i d i f i cati o n
are
not
of
co n s i d e re d
a fl u i d
to
be
a
s u b s tan ce
in
a
m ol d .
cas ti n g .
3.1 .1 5
certificate of conformance
D o cu m e n t
co n tai n i n g
re q u i re m e n ts
of
th i s
th e
s tate m e n t
by
th e
m an u factu re r
ce rti f yi n g
th at
th e
e q u i pm e n t
m e e ts
th e
s p e c i f i cati o n .
3.1 .1 6
check valve
Val ve
th at
o pp o s i te
p e rm i ts
fl u i d
to
fl o w i n
on e
d i re cti o n
an d
i n cl u d e s
a m e ch an i s m
to
au t o m ati cal l y p re ve n t
fl o w i n
th e
d i re ct i o n .
3.1 .1 7
choke
E q u i pm e n t
u sed
to
re s tri ct
an d
co n tro l
th e
f l o w rate
an d
pre s s u re
of
fl u i d s .
3.1 .1 8
choke bean
flow bean
R e p l ace ab l e
o ri f i ce
p art
u s ed
in
p o s i ti ve
ch o ke s
to
co n tro l
f l o w rate .
3.1 .1 9
choke trim
P re s s u re - co n tro l l i n g
ch o ke
p art,
i n cl u d i n g
ch o ke
be an s ,
u sed
to
co n tro l
o r re g u l ate
th e
fl o w o f
fl u i d s .
3.1 .20
clamp hub
P ro tru d i n g
ri m
wi th
an
e x te rn al
an g l e d
sh o u l d er
an d
a
s e al i n g
m e ch an i s m
u sed
to
j oi n
p re s s u re - co n t ai n i n g
e q u i p m e n t.
3.1 .21
closure bolting
T h re ad e d
f as te n e r
E XAM P LE
S tu d s ,
u sed
n u ts ,
to
as s em b l e
bo l ts ,
an d
we l l
b o re
p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
p arts
or j oi n
en d
o r o u tl e t co n n e cto rs .
caps cre ws .
3.1 .22
corrosion-resistant alloy
CRA
N o n f e rro u s - b as e d
co bal t ,
N O TE
ch ro m i u m ,
Th i s
al l o y i n
an d
d e fi n i ti o n
is
wh i ch
an y
m o l yb d e n u m
d i ffe re n t fro m
on e
or
th e
e xce e d s
th at
in
50
N AC E
su m
%
of
th e
m as s
s p e ci f i e d
am o u n t
of
th e
e l e m e n ts
ti tan i u m ,
n i ckel ,
frac ti o n .
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
1 51 5 6 .
3.1 .23
corrosion-resistant ring groove
Ri n g
g ro o ve
l i n ed
wi th
a
C R A to
re s i s t
m e tal - l o s s
co rro s i o n .
3.1 .24
critical dimensions
T o l e ran ce d
e q u i p m e n t.
d i m en si on s
of
f e atu re s
d e te rm i n e d
by
th e
m an u f actu re r
to
be
e s s e n ti a l
to
th e
f u n cti o n
of
th e
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
7
3.1 .25
cross
P re s s u re - co n ta i n i n g
p art
wi th
a m inim um
o f fo u r e n d
c o n n e ct o rs .
3.1 .26
crossover connector
P ro d u ct
wi th
a
re s tri cte d - a re a
s e al i n g
m e an s
an d
wi t h
a
to p
co n n e ct o r
p re s s u re
rati n g
c ro s s o ve r
s poo l s,
abo ve
th at
of
th e
l o we r co n n e ct o r.
N O TE
an d
Typ e s
of
cro s s o ve r
cro ss o ve r tu b i n g - h e ad
co n n e cto rs
m ay
i n cl u d e
cro s s o ve r
s poo l s ,
m u l ti s tag e
cro ss o ve r
ad ap te rs ,
ad ap te rs .
3.1 .27
date of manufacture
Date of manufacturer’
s
f i n al
acce ptan ce
of
fi n i s h ed
e q u i pm e n t .
3.1 .28
end connector
outlet connector
An y
i n te g ra l
fl o w o f
f e atu re
re tai n e d
of
fl u i d
N O TE
1
En d
o u tl e t,
an d
s tu d d e d
an d
N O TE
2
A bo n n et
a
bod y
b e t we e n
o u tl e t
u sed
th e
as
a
j oi n ed
c o n n e cto rs
o r th ro u g h - b o l te d
m e an s
to
e q u i p m e n t,
i n cl u d e ,
bu t
are
j oi n
to g e t h e r
and
p ro vi d e s
n ot
l i m i te d
to ,
e q u i pm e n t
a
s e al
i n te rn al
th at
at t h e
or
co n tai n s
p re s s u re ,
p e rm i ts
j o i n t.
e xte rn al
th re ad ,
c l am p
h u b,
s tu d d e d
fl an g e .
co n n e cto r o r a we l d
p re p arati o n
is
n o t an
en d
co n n e cto r.
3.1 .29
equipment
An y p ro d u ct
i n cl u d e d
in
th e
s co pe
of
th i s
s p e ci f i cati o n .
3.1 .30
equivalent round
ER
S tan d ard
fo r
co m p ari n g
ch aracte ri s ti cs
wh e n
va ri o u s
s h ap e d
h e at - tre ati n g
s e cti o n s
l o w- a l l o y an d
to
ro u n d
m arte n s i ti c
b ars ,
in
d e te rm i n i n g
co rro s i o n - re s i s t an t
th e
re s p o n s e
to
h ard e n i n g
s te e l .
3.1 .31
exposed bolting
B o l ti n g
th at
p ro te cto rs ,
can
be
e xp o s e d
o r o th e rwi s e
d i re ctl y
denied
to
d i re ct
a
sou r
e n vi ro n m e n t
atm o s p h e ri c
or
th at
is
b u ri e d ,
i n s u l ate d ,
e q u i ppe d
wi t h
f l an g e
e x p o s u re .
3.1 .32
fitting
T yp e
of
p re s s u re
m o n i to ri n g ,
N O TE
b o u n d ary
o r te s t i n g
A fi tti n g
is
n ot
p e n e trati o n
th at
is
u sed
fo r
th e
p u rp o s e
of
l u b ri cati o n ,
m ai n te n an c e ,
ve n ti n g ,
an o th e r p art.
an
end
co n n e cto r.
3.1 .33
flange
P ro tru d i n g
e q u i p m e n t,
ri m
wi th
wi t h
h o l es
to
d i m en si on s
acce pt
b o l ts
s p e ci f i e d
in
an d
th i s
h avi n g
3.1 .34
forging (noun)
Sh aped
m e tal
p art
fo rm e d
b y th e
fo rg i n g
a
s e al i n g
s p e ci f i cat i o n .
m e th o d .
m e ch an i s m
u sed
to
j oin
p re s s u re - co n ta i n i n g
8
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
3.1 .35
full overlay
R e f e rri n g
are
we l d
to
a
we l d i n g
o ve rl a i d
or
p ro c e d u re ,
we l d
cl ad
we l d i n g
wi th
o p e rati o n s ,
or
a co rro s i o n - re s i s tan t
e q u i pm e n t
wh e re
al l
re tai n e d
f l u i d - we tte d
s u rf ace s
al l o y.
3.1 .36
full-bore valve
Val ve
wh o s e
cl o s u re
m e ch an i s m
h as
a b o re
d i m en si on
th e
s am e
as
o r l arg e r th a n
th e
val ve
bod y .
3.1 .37
fusion face
S u rf ace
of
th e
b as e
m e tal
t h at
wi l l
be
m e l te d
d u ri n g
we l d i n g .
3.1 .38
gate valve
Val ve
as s e m b l y wi th
a
cl o s u re
m e ch an i s m
o pe rati n g
wi th i n
th e
b o d y,
90°
to
th e
co n d u i t,
to
af f e ct
a cl o s u re .
3.1 .39
hanger mandrel
P o rti o n
th e
of
u p pe r
a
cas i n g
en d
of
or
tu b i n g
h an g e r
th a t
is
attach e d
by
a
th re ad e d
co n n e cto r
to
th e
tu b u l ar
s tri n g
an d
f o rm s
th at t u b u l a r s tri n g .
3.1 .40
hanger (mandrel-type)
M e ch an i s m
f em al e
u sed
th re a d
to
s u pp o rt
attach e d
to
a
th e
cas i n g
or
tu bi n g
s tri n g
in
a
cas i n g
or
tu b i n g
h e ad
by
m e an s
of
a
m al e
or
cas i n g .
3.1 .41
hanger (slip-type)
M e ch an i s m
u sed
to
s u p p o rt
a cas i n g
s tri n g
in
a cas i n g
h ead
b y g ri p p i n g
th e
pi pe
wi th
we d g e - t yp e
m e m b e rs .
3.1 .42
heat
heat lot
M ate ri al
o ri g i n ati n g
re m e l te d
f ro m
a
f i n al
m e l t,
or
fo r
re m e l te d
al l o ys ,
th e
ra w
m ate ri al
o ri g i n at i n g
f ro m
a
si n g l e
i n g o t.
3.1 .43
heat-treat lot, batch furnace
M ate ri al
p l ace d
i n cl u d i n g
th e
on
s am e
l o ad i n g
or
q u e n ch i n g
carr yi n g
d e vi ce s
an d
m o ve d
th ro u g h
a
h e at - tre at
c yc l e
in
th e
s am e
f u rn ace ,
p ract i ce .
3.1 .44
heat-treat lot, continuous furnace
G ro u p
of
tre atm e n t
p i e ce s
of
pro ce s s
m ate ri al
u si n g
th e
wi th
s am e
th e
s am e
pro ce s s
n o m i n al
s i ze
t h at
is
m o ve d
s e q u e n ti al l y
th ro u g h
th e
h e at -
p aram e te rs .
3.1 .45
heat-treatment
heat-treat
S p e ci f i e d ,
p h ys i cal
ti m e d
s e q u e n ce
o r m e ch an i cal
of
co n tro l l e d
h e at i n g
an d
co o l i n g
of
m ate ri al s
fo r
th e
p u rp o s e
of
ch an g i n g
p ro p e rti e s .
3.1 .46
heat-affected zone
HAZ
P o rti o n
bee n
of
th e
al te re d
b as e
b y th e
m e tal
h e at
th at
of
h as
we l d i n g
n ot
be e n
m e l te d ,
o r cu tt i n g .
bu t
wh o s e
m e ch an i cal
p ro p e rti e s
or
m i cro s tru ctu re
h as
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
9
3.1 .47
heat-sensitive lock-open device
D e vi ce
u n ti l
i n s ta l l e d
e xp o se d
on
to
a
s u rf ace
s u ff i ci e n t
s af e ty
h e at
to
val ve
cau s e
( S S V)
th e
actu ato r
d e vi ce
to
to
re l e as e
m ai n tai n
an d
th e
SSV
al l o w t h e
SSV
val ve
in
val ve
to
a
fu l l - o p e n
pos i ti o n
cl o s e .
3.1 .48
hot isostatic pressing
S p e ci al
f o rm i n g
N O TE
Th i s
s u b j e cti n g
p ro ce s s
p ro ce s s
th e
u sed
take s
co n tai n e r to
to
p l ac e
high
co m p act
wi th i n
a
an d
fl e xi b l e ,
te m p e r atu re
an d
m e tal l u rg i cal l y b o n d
m e tal
m e tal
co n tai n e r wh o s e
p re s s u re
in
an
p o wd e r .
co n te n ts
au to cl ave .
are
I t p ro d u ce s
fo rm e d
a
i n to
th e
fu l l y wro u g h t
d e s i re d
sh ap e
by
s tru ctu re .
3.1 .49
hydrostatic test
An y p re s s u re
test
pe rf o rm ed
wi t h
a
l i q u i d - s tate
te s t
fl u i d .
3.1 .50
instrument flange
S p ace r
f l an g e
d i am e te r to
wi th
th e
a
th ro u g h - b o re
an d
on e
or
m o re
te s t
an d
g au g e
co n n e cto r
p o rts
f rom
th e
o u ts i d e
t h ro u g h - b o re .
3.1 .51
job-lot traceability
Ab i l i t y to
trace
p arts
as
o ri g i n ati n g
f ro m
a j ob
l ot
th a t
i d e n ti f i e s
th e
i n cl u d e d
h e at( s ) .
3.1 .52
linear indication
S u rf ace
N DE
i n d i cati o n
wh o s e
l e n g th
is
e q u al
to
o r g re ate r t h an
th re e
ti m e s
i ts
wi d th .
3.1 .53
lock screw
tie-down screw
T h re ad e d
h an g e rs
pi n
e xte n d i n g
o r e n e rg i z e
th ro u g h
th e
wal l
of
a
cas i n g - h e a d
or
tu bi n g - h e ad
co n n e cto r
u sed
to
l o ck
d o wn
s e al s .
3.1 .54
loose connector
loose flange
C o n n e cto r,
as - m an u factu re d ,
th at
is
n ot
i n te n d e d
to
be
m ad e
i n te g ra l
wi t h
e q u i pm e n t
co n f o rm i n g
to
th i s
s p e ci f i cati o n .
E XAM P LE
Typ e s
of
l o os e
co n n e cto rs
are
bl i n d ,
th re ad e d ,
we l d - n e ck,
fl an g e d ,
s tu d d e d ,
o r o th e r e n d
co n n e cto rs .
3.1 .55
manufacturer
O rg an i z at i o n
th at p ro d u ce s
e q u i pm e n t
th at
m e e ts
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
th i s
s p e ci f i cati o n .
3.1 .56
multistage crossover spool
F l an g e d
or
o th e r
capab i l i t y to
co n n e cte d
su spen d
an d
e q u i pm e n t
s e al
aro u n d
wi th
m o re
m u l ti p l e
th a n
on e
i n n e r s t ri n g s
re s tri cte d - are a
of
cas i n g
s e al i n g
o r tu b i n g
at
m e an s
s e ve ra l
to
p ro vi d e
s u i tab l e
s tag e s .
3.1 .57
objective evidence
D o cu m e n te d
p e rf o rm an ce
fi e l d
e x p e ri e n ce ,
ch aracte ri s ti c s ,
as
te s t
d at a,
p u b l i cati o n s ,
app l i ca b l e .
f i n i te
el em en t
an a l ys i s ,
or
cal cu l ati o n s
th at
co n f i rm
1 0
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
3.1 .58
other end connector
OEC
En d
o r o u tl e t
co n n e cto r o f
a
d esi g n
n ot
f u l l y s p e ci f i e d
in
th i s
o r o th e r
re fe re n ce
AP I
s p e ci f i cati o n .
3.1 .59
part
I n d i vi d u al
pi ece
E XAM P LE
N O TE
u sed
B o d y,
in
th e
b o n n e t,
A p art m ay al s o
as s e m b l y o f
g ate ,
be
s tu d ,
a p i e ce
si n g l e
h an d wh e e l ,
not i n
fi n i s h e d
e q u i pm e n t
e tc . ,
are
u n i ts .
p arts
of
a
val ve .
fo rm .
3.1 .60
partial overlay
R e f e rri n g
we tte d
to
a
we l d i n g
s u rf ace s
are
p ro ce d u re ,
we l d
o ve rl ai d
we l d i n g
or
we l d
o p e rati o n s
c l ad
wi t h
or
e q u i pm e n t
wh e re
a c o rro s i o n - re s i s ta n t
som e,
bu t
n ot
al l ,
re t ai n e d
fl u i d -
a l l o y.
3.1 .61
plug valve
Val ve assem bl y wi th a cl osu re m ech an ism
E XAM P LE
Pl u g s
m ay be
s trai g h t
m ou n ted across th e con du i t so th at,
wh en rotated 90°, i t effects a closure.
o r tap e re d .
3.1 .62
post-weld heat-treatment
An y h e at- tre atm e n t
s u bs e q u e n t
to
we l d i n g
fo r th e
p u rp o s e
of
s tre s s
re l i e f .
3.1 .63
pressure boundary penetration
D e vi ce
th at p e n e trate s
d i re ctl y i n t o
or
co m m u n i cate s
wi th
th e
we l l
b o re .
3.1 .64
pressure-containing part
P art
wh o s e
E XAM P LE
b o u n d ary,
fai l u re
to
B o d i es ,
are
f u n cti o n
b o n n e ts ,
as
i n te n d e d
o n e - p i e ce
p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
re s u l ts
s te m s ,
an d
in
a
th at
re l e as e
seg m en t
of
of
re tai n e d
m u l ti p i e c e
fl u i d
to
s te m s
th e
th at
atm o s p h e re .
p as s e s
th ro u g h
th e
p re s s u re
p arts .
3.1 .65
pressure-containing weld
C l o s u re
we l d
th at
is
p art
of
th e
p re s s u re
e n ve l o p e
of
th e
part
an d
m o ve m e n t
of
p re s s u ri ze d
co n tri b u te s
to
th e
re te n ti o n
3.1 .66
pressure-controlling part
P art
i n te n d e d
E XAM P LE
to
co n tro l
Val ve
b o re
o r re g u l ate
s e al i n g
th e
m e ch an i s m s ,
ch o ke
tri m ,
an d
fl u i d s .
h an g e rs .
3.1 .67
pressure integrity
S tru ctu ra l
an d
l e ak- re s i s tan t
capab i l i t y o f
a p ro d u ct
to
c o n tai n
ap p l i e d
p re s s u re .
3.1 .68
primary equipment
P i e ce s
of
e q u i pm e n t
th at c an n o t
n o rm al l y b e
i s o l ate d
fro m
we l l
fl u i d
or
we l l
p re s s u re .
of
p re s s u re .
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 1
3.1 .69
prolongation
E x te n s i o n
wo rki n g ,
of
a
co l d
p i e ce
of
wo rki n g ,
raw
m ate ri al
or
an
e x te n s i o n
of
a
p ro d u ct i o n
p art
m ad e
i n te g ral l y
d u ri n g
f o rg i n g ,
hot
o r c as ti n g .
3.1 .70
proration bean
T yp e
of
N O TE
p e ri o d
p o s i t i ve
ch o ke
P ro rati o n
by a
is
a
be an
s yste m
of
of
fi xe d
l e n g th
al l o cati n g
th e
u sed
to
am o u n t
re g u l ate
of
oil
or
th e
g as
fl o w o f
a
we l l
fl u i d
or
fro m
fi e l d
is
a
we l l .
al l o we d
to
pro d u ce
wi th i n
a
g i ve n
re g u l ato ry ag e n cy.
3.1 .71
purchaser
O rg an i z ati o n
th at b u ys
eq u i pm en t
from
th e
m an u factu re r .
3.1 .72
rated working pressure
M ax i m u m
i n te rn a l
p re s s u re
th at
th e
e q u i pm e n t
is
s p e c i fi e d
to
co n ta i n
an d /o r c o n tro l
wh e n
in
o p e rati o n .
3.1 .73
reduced-opening valve
Val ve
th e
wi t h
an
m inim um
o pe n i n g
b o re
as
t h ro u g h
th e
s p e ci f i e d
in
val ve
b o re
s e al i n g
m e ch an i s m ,
wh e re
th at
open i n g
is
s m al l e r
in
are a
th a n
1 4. 1 1 .
3.1 .74
relevant indication
1
S u rf ace
N O TE
N DE
An
i n d i cati o n
i n d i c ati o n
wi t h
m aj o r d i m e n s i o n s
n o t as s o ci ate d
wi th
g re ate r
a s u rface
ru p tu re
th an
is
n ot
1 .6
mm
/
(
1 6
co n s i d e re d
to
in. ).
be
a
re l e van t i n d i cati o n .
3.1 .75
repair weld
Wel d i n g
u sed
to
re s to re
a p art
to
d esi g n
re q u i re m e n ts
o r to
i m p ro ve
ap p e ara n ce .
3.1 .76
restricted-area sealing means
P acko ff
o r o th e r d e vi ce
N O TE
Th i s
al s o
be
d e vi ce
a s e al
u se d
s e rve s
th at e n cl o s e s
to
to
i s o l ate
limit
an
are a at
p re s s u re - i n d u ce d
a p re s s u re - co n tai n m e n t
h i g h e r p re s s u re
l o ad s
on
fro m
c o n n e cto rs
are a s m al l e r th an
th e
on e
or
at
are as
ad j ace n t
l o we r p re s s u re .
of
ri n g
a
l o we r - pre s su re
rati n g .
It
m ay
g as ke t o r co n n e cto r s e al .
3.1 .77
retained fluid
Actu a l
fl u i d
p ro d u ce d
by a
we l l
o r i n j e cte d
i n to
a
we l l .
3.1 .78
rounded indication
S u rf ace
N DE
i n d i cati o n
th a t
is
ci rcu l ar
o r e l l i p t i cal ,
h a vi n g
a
l e n g th
l ess
th an
3
ti m e s
i ts
wi d th .
3.1 .79
safety valve
S u rf ace
s af e ty
th i s
va l ve
d efi n e d
in
N O TE
A s afe ty val ve
( S S V)
or
u n d e rwat e r
s af e t y
val ve
( U S V)
or
b o ard i n g
s h u t d o wn
val ve
( B S D V) ,
s p e ci f i cati o n .
is
an y o n e
of
th e
val ve s
of
3. 1 . 87
ass e m b l e d
wi th
th e
c o rre s p o n d i n g
actu ato r o f
3. 1 . 86.
as
1 2
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
3.1 .80
safety valve actuator
An y o n e
of
th e
actu ato rs
of
3 . 1 . 8 6.
3.1 .81
sandy service
Ap p l i cati o n
wh e re
th e
re t ai n e d
fl u i d
co u l d
co n t ai n
p art i cu l ate s
s u ch
as
s an d .
3.1 .82
secondary equipment
P i e ce
of
e q u i pm e n t
th a t
ca n
n o rm al l y b e
i s o l ate d
fro m
th e
we l l
fl u i d
or
we l l
p re s s u re .
3.1 .83
serialization
As s i g n m e n t
of
a unique
co d e
to
an
i n d i vi d u al
p art
an d /o r p i e ce
of
eq u i pm en t
to
m ai n tai n
re co rd s .
3.1 .84
shell test
H yd ro s ta ti c
te s t
re q u i re d
b y th i s
s p e c i fi cati o n
th at e x ce e d s
th e
rate d
wo rki n g
p re s s u re .
3.1 .85
slip bowl
P i e ce
of
e q u i pm e n t
b e twe e n
th e
we d g e
t yp e
m e m b e rs
an d
cas i n g - h e ad
b o wl .
3.1 .86
SSV actuator
USV actuator
BSDV actuator
D e vi ce
p o we r
t h at
is
cau s e s
l ost
th e
S S V/U S V/B S D V
to
open
wh e n
p o we r
is
s u ppl i e d
an d
to
cl o s e
au t o m ati cal l y
wh e n
o r re l e as e d .
3.1 .87
SSV valve
USV valve
BSDV valve
P o rti o n
of
th e
S S V/U S V/B S D V th at co n tai n s
th e
we l l
s tre am
an d
s h u ts
o ff
f l o w wh e n
cl o s e d .
3.1 .88
stainless steel
S te e l
co n tai n i n g
N O TE
m o re
th an
O th e r e l e m e n ts
1 1
m ay b e
%
m as s
ad d e d
to
fracti o n
s e cu re
ch ro m i u m
s p e ci al
to
re n d e r th e
s te e l
co rro s i o n - re s i s ta n t.
p ro pe rti e s .
3.1 .89
studded connector
En d or o u tl et co n n ector i n
wh i ch
th read - an ch ored
stu d s screwed i n to tapped h ol es repl ace th e h ol es for bol t stu ds.
3.1 .90
substantive change
C h an g e
i d e n ti fi e d
b y th e
m an u factu re r th at af f e cts
th e
p e rf o rm an ce
of
th e
p ro d u ct
in
th e
i n te n d e d
3.1 .91
surface safety valve
SSV
Au to m ati c
N O TE
we l l h e a d
W h e re
u sed
val ve
in
th i s
a s s e m b l y th at cl o s e s
sp e ci fi cati o n ,
th e
te rm
is
u po n
l oss
u n d e rs to o d
of
to
p o we r s u pp l y.
i n cl u d e
an
SSV
val ve
an d
S S V actu ato r.
s e rvi ce .
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 3
3.1 .92
supply pressure rating
M ax i m u m
h yd rau l i c
or
p n e u m ati c
p re s s u re
u sed
to
o p e rate
an
actu ato r.
3.1 .93
swab valve
crown valve
U p pe rm o s t
val ve
on
th e
ve rti cal
b o re
of
th e
tre e
ab o ve
th e
fl o wl i n e
o u tl e t .
3.1 .94
tee
P re s s u re - co n ta i n i n g
of
th e
te e ,
N O TE
an d
Te e s
on e
p art
wi th
o pe n i n g
m ay b e
th re e
is
e q u i p pe d
at
en d
90°
wi th
to
co n n e cto rs ;
th e
th re ad s ,
line
of
fl an g e s ,
t wo
th e
o pe n i n g s
o p pos i te
on e
a n o th e r
fo rm
th e
ru n
p o rti o n
ru n .
s tu d s ,
o r o th e r e n d
co n n e cto rs .
3.1 .95
test agency
I n d e pe n d e n t
p art y
S S V/U S V/B S D V
th at
p ro vi d e s
val ve - val i d ati o n
a
te s t
t e s ti n g
f aci l i t y
an d
re q u i re m e n ts
ad m i n i s te rs
of
AP I
a
te s ti n g
p ro g ram
th at
m e e ts
th e
6 AV1 .
3.1 .96
test and gauge connector port
P o rt
in
we l l h e ad
an d
tre e
e q u i pm e n t
f o r attach m e n t
of
a f i tti n g
(see
3 . 1 . 3 2) .
3.1 .97
threaded flange
F l an g e
h avi n g
th re ad e d
a
s e al i n g
fa ce
on
on e
si d e
an d
a
f e m al e
th re ad
on
th e
o th e r
fo r
j oi n i n g
f l an g e d
co n n e cto rs
to
co n n e cto rs .
3.1 .98
top connector
tree cap
U p p e rm o s t
p art
of
a tre e
th at
a l l o ws
acce s s
to
th e
ve rti cal
b o re s
of
th e
tre e .
3.1 .99
tree
As s e m b l y
attach e d
N O TE
of
to
e q u i p m e n t,
th e
Th i s
is
i n cl u d i n g
tu b i n g - h e a d
u p p e rm o s t co n n e cto r o f
s o m e ti m e s
re fe rre d
to
as
a
th e
ad a p te rs ,
tu b i n g
“ch ri s tm as
h e ad ,
tre e .
va l ve s ,
u sed
to
te e s ,
cro s s e s ,
co n tro l
we l l
to p
co n n e cto rs ,
an d
ch o ke s
p ro d u cti o n .
”
3.1 .1 00
tubing hanger mandrel
M e ch an i s m
th e
u sed
to
s u p p o rt
a
tu bi n g
s tri n g
in
a
tu b i n g
h e ad
b y m e an s
of
a m al e
or
f em al e
th re ad
attach e d
to
tu bi n g .
3.1 .1 01
tubing-head adapter
E q u i pm e n t
th a t
ad ap ts
th e
u p p e rm o s t
co n n e cto r o f
a t u bi n g
h e ad
to
th e
l o we rm o s t
va l ve
of
th e
tre e .
3.1 .1 02
tubing-head spool
P i e ce
th e
of
e q u i pm e n t
tu bi n g
an d
to
attach e d
s e al
th e
to
th e
u p p e rm o s t
an n u l ar s p ace
cas i n g
b e t we e n
th e
h e ad
tu bi n g
or
s m al l e s t
an d
cas i n g .
cas i n g
s tri n g
th at
s e rve s
to
s u s pe n d
1 4
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
3.1 .1 03
underwater safety valve
USV
Au to m ati c
N O TE
val ve
W h e re
as s e m b l y i n s tal l e d
u sed
in
th i s
at
sp e ci fi cati o n ,
an
th e
u n d e rwate r
te rm
is
we l l h e a d
u n d e rs to o d
to
l o cati o n
i n cl u d e
a
th at
U SV
cl o s e s
val ve
on
an d
l oss
of
p o we r s u p p l y.
U S V actu ato r.
3.1 .1 04
user
U ser of
th i s
s p e ci f i cat i o n .
3.1 .1 05
valve bore sealing mechanism
I n te rn a l
va l ve
E XAM P LE
p arts
G ate s ,
th at
cl ose
o ff
th e
f l o w th ro u g h
bal l s ,
pl u g s,
p o p pe ts ,
fl ap p e rs ,
th e
an d
va l ve
bo re .
th e i r re s pe cti ve
s e ats .
3.1 .1 06
valve-removal plug
T h re ad e d
pl u g
th a t
can
be
i n s tal l e d
in
th e
we l l h e ad
to
e n ab l e
g at e
val ve
re m o val
u n d er
p re s s u re .
3.1 .1 07
visible leakage
Le akag e
of
tes t
fl u i d
seen
d u ri n g
a
p re s s u re
te s t,
ei th er
th ro u g h
d i re ct
o b s e rvat i o n
or
wi t h
th e
u se
of
vi d e o
e q u i p m e n t.
N O TE
Le akag e
m ay b e
o bs e rve d
th ro u g h
o r p as t
a p re s s u re
bo u n d ary o r at
an
i n te rface .
3.1 .1 08
wear bushing
R e tri e va b l e
cas i n g
c yl i n d ri ca l
d e vi c e
th at
p ro te cts
th e
i n t e rn a l
s u rf ace s
of
we l l h e ad
equ i pm en t
an d
th e
to p
of
th e
l as t
s u spe n d e d .
3.1 .1 09
weld-neck flange
F l an g e
wi th
a n e ck o n
th e
side
o pp o s i te
th e
s e al i n g
f ace
te rm i n ati n g
in
a
we l d
p re p arati o n .
3.1 .1 1 0
well bore
C avi t y th at
co n t ai n s
re tai n e d
fl u i d .
3.1 .1 1 1
wellhead
Al l
p e rm an e n t
e q u i pm e n t
b e t we e n
th e
u pp e rm o s t
p o rti o n
of
th e
s u rf ace
cas i n g
an d
th e
tu b i n g - h e ad
ad ap te r
co n n e cto r.
3.1 .1 1 2
wetted surface
An y s u rf ace
th at
h as
co n t act
wi th
p re s s u ri z e d
we l l
fl u i d ,
e i th e r
by d esi g n
o r b e ca u s e
of
i n te rn a l
s e al
l e akag e .
3.1 .1 1 3
wrought
P ro d u ct,
s tru ctu re ,
o r m ate ri al
th a t
co n t ai n s
no
cas t
d e n d ri t i c
e l e m e n ts .
3.1 .1 1 4
yield strength
S tre s s
is
l e ve l
re l e as e d
at
wh i ch
b as e d
on
m ate ri al
th e
0. 2
p l as t i cal l y d e f o rm s
%
o ff s e t m e th o d
in
an d
d o es
n ot
acco rd an ce
re tu rn
wi th
I SO
to
i ts
o ri g i n al
6892 -1
or
d i m en si on s
AS TM
A3 7 0 .
wh e n
th e
l o ad
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
3. 2
Ab bre vi ated Term s
AQ L
acce p tan ce
BSD V
b o ard i n g
BS L
bol ti n g
CRA
co rro s i o n - re s i s tan t
CSL
cas ti n g
D AC
d i s tan ce
ER
e q u i val e n t
H
h yd ro g e n
2
S
q u al i ty l i m i t
s h u td o wn
va l ve
s p e ci f i cati o n
l e ve l
al l o y
s p e ci f i cati o n
am p l i tu d e
l e ve l
cu rve
ro u n d
s u l fi d e
H AZ
h e at- aff e cte d
H BW
B ri n e l l
H R BW
R o ckwe l l
h ard n e s s
s cal e
B
H RC
R o ckwe l l
h ard n e s s
s cal e
C
H PVR
h i g h - p re s s u re
H VO F
h i g h - ve l o ci t y
MT
m ag n e ti c
NA
n ot
N DE
n o n d e s tru cti ve
N PT
Am e ri can
NS
n o n s tan d ard
OD
o u ts i d e
OEC
o th e r e n d
PM R
zon e
h ard n e s s
val ve
re m o val
o x yg e n
p arti c l e
(pl u g )
fu e l
test
ap p l i cab l e
e x am i n ati o n
n at i o n al
s tan d ard
tap e r
d i am e te r
co n n e ct o r
per manufacturer’s requirement
PQR
p ro ce d u re
q u al i fi cati o n
re co rd
PR
p e rfo rm an ce
psi
pou n d s
p e r s q u are
i n ch
( g au g e )
psi a
pou n d s
p e r s q u are
i n ch
ab s o l u te
PSL
p ro d u ct
s p e c i f i cati o n
re q u i re m e n t
l e ve l
pi p e
th re ad
1 5
1 6
AP I
PT
p e n e tran t
Q TC
q u a l i f i cati o n
RM S
ro o t
ROE
rad i u s
RT
rad i o g rap h i c
SCC
s tre s s
SI
I n te rn a ti o n al
SSC
s u l fi d e
SS V
s u rf ace
s af e ty val ve
TPI
th re ad s
p e r i n ch
UNS
u n i fi e d
U SC
US
U SV
u n d e rwate r s af e ty val ve
UT
u l tras o n i c
VR
val ve
WPQ
we l d e r p e rf o rm an ce
q u al i fi cati o n
WPQR
we l d e r p e rf o rm an ce
q u al i fi cati o n
WPS
we l d i n g
3. 3
A
s
E
ty
R
m
R
ty
S
A
S
e
S
E
tes t
m e an
of
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
test
co u p o n
s q u are
e xp o s u re
te s t
co rro s i o n
cracki n g
S ys te m
s tre s s
of
U n i ts
cracki n g
n u m b e ri n g
s ys te m
C u s t o m ary
te s t
re m o val
(pl u g )
p ro ce d u re
re co rd
s p e ci f i cati o n
S ym bol s
s tre s s
are a
e l e vat e d - te m p e ratu re
u l ti m ate
te n s i l e
d e - rate d
te n s i l e
m ate ri al
m ax i m u m
ve s s e l
wal l
s tre n g th
s tre n g th
ro o m - tem p e ratu re
al l o wa b l e
yi e l d
yi e l d
s tre n g th
s tre s s
yi e l d
al l o wa b l e
s tre n g th
e q u i val e n t
s tre s s
at
th e
m ost
highly
s tre s s e d
d i s tan ce
i n to
th e
p re s s u re
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
S
m i n im um
my
S
m ate ri al - s p e ci f i e d
Y
T
yi e l d
r

s tre n g th
re d u ct i o n
rati o
at
te m p e ratu re
Ap pl i cabi l i ty
Th i s
Th e
n o m e n cl atu re
s p e ci f i cati o n
pl u g s ,
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
ri n g
bl i n d ,
g as ke ts
th re ad e d
te e s
an d
(see
test
(see
g ate ,
si n g l e
an d
actu ate d
va l ve s
d efi n e d
(see
s p e ci f i c
( a p p l i cab l e
s h o wn
in
F i g u re
1 ,
F i g u re
2,
an d
F i g u re
3.
e q u i p m e n t:
p ro d u ct- s p e ci f i c s e cti o n s
re feren ced
as
fo l l o ws ) :
p ro d u ct- s p e ci fi c
re feren ced
as
fo l l o ws ) :
1 4. 1 ) ;
1 4. 3 ) ;
1 4. 6) ;
( s tan d ard )
( see
m an u factu re r- d efi n e d
( n o n s tan d ard )
e xce p t
an d
bal l
m u l ti p l e
val ve s
p re p are d
1 4. 7) ;
—
( a d ap t e r an d
pl u g ,
fo l l o wi n g
e q u i pm e n t i s
1 4. 4 ) ;
(see
co n n e ct o rs
t yp e s
th e
AP I
f l an g e s
(see
cro s s o ve r co n n e ct o rs
( al l
—
to
fo r typ i cal
1 4. 2 ) ;
pl u g s
co n n e cto rs
spool s
s p e ci fi cati o n
1 4. 5) ;
co n n e ctors
o th e r e n d
thi s
g as ke ts
an d
cro s s e s
in
a p p l i cab l e
an d
co n n e cto rs
an d
to p
be
(see
va l ve - re m o val
to p
u se d
co n n e cto rs
bu l l p l u g s
va l ve s
—
—
—
—
s h al l
co n n ectors ,
i n te g ral ,
pl u g s
—
—
—
—
c)
yi e l d
s tre n g t h
Ap pl i cati on an d P erform an ce
N O TE
b)
m inim um
yi e l d
to rq u e
4. 1
a)
ro o m - tem p e ratu re
th i ckn e s s
Y
4
s p e ci fi e d
1 7
(see
(si n g l e-
(see
(see
1 4. 9 ) ;
val ve s )
va l ve s ;
val ve s ;
( m an u al
an d
re m o te ) ;
fo r actu a to rs ;
si n g l e-
1 4. 1 0 ) ;
b ac k- p re s s u re
s ecti o n s
1 4. 7) ;
o r d o u b l e - s tu d d e d ,
(OECs)
s p ace r)
( ap pl i cab l e
(see
1 4. 1 1 ) :
o r m u l ti s tag e )
(see
1 4. 8) ;
1 8
AP I
—
—
d)
ch e ck val ve s
b ack- p re s s u re
cas i n g
—
—
an d
tu bi n g
val ve s
l i ft- t yp e ) ;
(see
h an g e rs
1 4. 1 2 ) ;
(see
1 4. 1 3 ) :
m an d re l - t yp e ;
cas i n g
f)
ch o ke s
g)
actu ato rs
h)
s af e ty val ve s ,
an d
tu b i n g
(fi xe d ,
h e ad s
(h ou si n g s
m an u al l y act u ate d ,
( f o r va l ve s
s u rf ace
an d
s h u td o wn
s af e ty val ve
ch o ke s )
val ve s ,
( S S V)
u n d e rwate r s afe t y val ve
b o ard i n g
i)
tre e
j)
o th e r:
—
—
—
—
an d
s l i p- t yp e ;
e)
—
—
—
( s wi n g -
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
s h u td o wn
as s e m b l i e s
p acki n g
fi tti n g s
te s t,
(see
p re s s u re
g au g e ,
we l d - n e ck
ve n t,
(see
an d
actu ate d )
1 4. 1 4) ;
( see
1 4. 1 5 ) ;
1 4. 1 6 ) ;
actu at o rs
as s e m b l i e s ,
(see
va l ve s
as s e m b l i e s ,
( B S D V)
(see
1 4. 1 7) :
p re p are d
val ve s
as s e m b l i e s ,
fo r actu ato rs ,
p re p are d
va l ve s
an d
f o r actu ato rs ,
p re p are d
actu at o rs ;
an d
f o r actu at o rs ,
act u ato rs ;
an d
actu at o rs ;
1 4. 1 8 ) ;
m e ch an i s m s
an d
ad ap t e rs )
re m o te l y
( U S V)
val ve
an d
al i g n m e n t
b o u n d ary p e n e trati o n s
an d
f l an g e s
f o r l o ck s cre ws ,
i n j e cti o n
(see
An n e x
(see
co n n e cto r p o rts
J).
pi n s ,
an d
S e cti o n
(see
re t ai n e r s cre ws
9) ;
S e cti o n
9) ;
(see
S e cti o n
9) ;
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 9
Key
1
b ack- p re s s u re
val ve
p re p arati o n
1 2
ad ap te r
2
s u bs u rfac e
s afe ty val ve
co n tro l
line
3
s u bs u rfac e
s afe ty val ve
co n tro l
line
1 3
an n u l ar cas i n g
1 4
cas i n g
4
tu b i n g - h e ad
1 5
th re ad e d
5
6
l o ck s cre w
1 6
bu l l pl u g
tu b i n g
1 7
cas i n g - h e ad
7
e xte n d e d
8
s tu d d e d
1 8
s u rface
1 9
we l l h e ad
9
val ve - re m o val
p re p arati o n
20
tu b i n g
p acko ff
1 0
b o tto m
1 1
tu b i n g - h e ad
packo ff
21
tu b i n g
h an g e r ( s l i p
22
tu b i n g
o u tl e t
ad ap te r
h an g e r p acko ff
n e ck tu b i n g
si de
h an g e r wi th
o u tl e t
cas i n g
spool
Figure 1
s u b s u rface
s afe ty val ve
co n tro l
l i ne
sp o o l
( d o u b l e - s tu d d e d )
p acko ff
h an g e r ( s l i p
o u tl e t
s tyl e )
co n n e cti o n
h ou si ng
casi n g
s u p po rt
—Typical Wellhead Assembly Nomenclature
pl ate
o r l an d i n g
re tai n e r
s tyl e )
b as e
20
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Key
1
b ack- p re s s u re
4
tu b i n g - h e ad
5
l o ck s cre w
1 0
b o tto m
1 1
tu b i n g - h e ad
1 3
an n u l ar casi n g
1 4
casi n g
1 5
th re ad e d
1 6
bu l l pl u g
1 7
casi n g - h e ad
1 8
s u rface
22
tu b i n g
val ve
p re p arati o n
ad ap te r
cas i n g
packo ff
spo ol
p acko ff
h an g e r ( s l i p
o u tl e t
s tyl e )
co n n e c ti o n
h ou si n g
cas i n g
—
23
s tu d d e d
24
e xte n d e d
s i d e - o u tl e t co n n e cto r
25
an n u l ar tu b i n g
26
tu b i n g
27
fl an g e d
28
casi n g
29
casi n g - h e ad
30
i n n e r c as i n g
31
i n te rm e d i ate
32
fl an g e d
33
tu b i n g
34
wrap - aro u n d
n e ck tu b i n g
h an g e r s e al
h an g e r s e al
h an g e r m an d re l
o u tl e t
co n n e cto r
h an g e r m an d re l
en d
s po o l
cas i n g
co n n e c to r
h an g e r m an d re l
s e al s
h an g e r p acko ff
Figure 2 Typical Wellhead Assembly Nomenclature
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
21
Key
1
g au g e
val ve
7
te e
2
bo n n et
3
b l an ki n g
8
wi n g
9
ch o ke
4
5
bod y
1 0
s u rface
to p
1 1
SSV
6
s wab
1 2
m as te r val ve
nut
pl u g
co n n e cto r
o r c ro wn
val ve
1 3
val ve
( m an u al
o r actu ate d )
s afe ty val ve
actu ato r
—
Figure 3 Typical Tree Nomenclature
tu b i n g - h e ad
ad ap te r
1 4
i n s tru m e n t
1 5
cl o s u re
fl an g e
1 6
te s t p o rt - p re ss u re
b o l ti n g
b o u n d ary p e n e trati o n
22
AP I
4. 2
Al l
P erform an ce Req u i rem en ts
e q u i pm e n t
re l e van t
th e
tes t
N O TE
PR1
d es i g n ed
to
p e rf o rm
acco rd i n g
s p e ci f i e d
in
S e cti o n
1 4
1
are
P R2
An n e x B
s h al l
val i d a ti o n
3
two
wi t h
th e
m ate ri al
p e rfo rm an ce
wh i l e
cl as s
(see
re q u i re m e n ts
to
in
th e
th e
4. 3 . 3)
(PR1
an d
re q u i re m e n ts
p re s s u re
f o r wh i ch
PR2)
th at
of
an d
S e cti o n
th e y are
are
4
te m p e ratu re
an d
S e ct i o n
ran g e s
an d
5
an d
u sed
th e
wi t h
rate d .
s p e ci fi c
an d
unique
to
th e
p ro d u c t
in
th e
co n d i ti o n .
See
or
N O TE
are
co n s i s te n t
Th e re
2
d esi g n
G en eral
be
as - s h i p pe d
N O TE
—
re q u i re m e n ts
fl u i d s
s h al l
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
PR2F
fo r o th e r re q u i re m e n ts
ap p l y
to
p ro d u cts
co m p l e te d
is
a
in
d e s i g n ati o n
wh e n
acco rd an ce
i d e n ti fyi n g
th at
m ay b e
s p e ci f i e d
wi t h
on e
s p e ci fi e d
in
An n e x
s p e ci fi c
S e cti o n
F
of
by th e
1 4.
th i s
val i d ati o n
to
p u rch as e r.
E q u i pm e n t
s p e ci f i cat i o n ,
PR2.
O th e r
i d e n ti f i e d
i n cl u d i n g
m e th o d s
of
as
PR2F
cri te ri a
val i d ati n g
s h al l
h ave
fo r s cal i n g .
p r o d u cts
to
P R2
p o s si b l e .
4. 3
S ervi ce C on d i ti on s
4.3.1
Pressure Ratings
4.3.1 .1
General
E q u i p m e n t,
—
—
—
—
—
—
M Pa
(2000
ps i ) ;
20. 7
M Pa
(3000
ps i ) ;
3 4. 5
M Pa
(5000
ps i ) ;
69. 0
M Pa
(1 0, 000
psi ) ;
1 03. 5
M Pa
(1 5, 0 0 0
psi ) ;
1 38. 0
M Pa
(20, 000
psi ) .
rate d
4.3.1 .3
Desi g n s
n ot
o r o th e r
N O TE
s h al l
be
d esi g n e d
to
o p e rate
at
o n l y th e
fo l l o wi n g
rate d
wo rki n g
p re s s u re s :
Threaded Equipment Limitations
E q u i pm e n t
( bu t
actu at o rs ,
1 3. 8
4.3.1 .2
an d
e x ce p t
d esi g n ed
wo rki n g
wi th
i n te rn a l l y
p re s s u re s
in
th re ad e d
T ab l e
1 .
en d
T abl e
1
an d
s h al l
o u tl e t
n ot
co n n e cto rs
ap p l y to
tu b i n g
s h al l
an d
be
l i m i te d
cas i n g
to
th e
th re ad
si zes
h a n g e rs .
Design Inputs
s h al l
acco u n t
l i m i te d
to )
app l i ca b l e
Th e
s p e ci al
c ap aci ty
e xp l i ci tl y ad d re s s e d
fo r
th e
p re s s u re
fo r
b y th i s
e f f e cts
rati n g
of
p re s s u re
ch an g e s
in
co n tai n m e n t
cro s s o ve r
an d
o th er
co n n e cto rs ,
p re s s u re - i n d u ce d
p re s s u ri z i n g
wi t h
l o ad s,
t e m p o rary
i n cl u d i n g
te s t
pl u g s,
co n d i t i o n s .
e xte rn al
l o ad i n g
s pe ci fi cati o n
(e . g .
( see
ben d i n g
B. 2) .
m o m e n ts ,
te n s i o n s ,
e tc. )
on
th e
rati n g
of
e q u i pm e n t
is
not
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
23
Table 1 ―Pressure Ratings for Internal Threaded End or Outlet Connectors
Nominal Sizes of Pipe,
Tubing, or Casing
Type of Thread
Rated Working Pressure
in.
M Pa
psi
69. 0
1 0 , 0 00
3 4. 5
5000
69. 0
1 0 , 0 00
3 4. 5
5000
20. 7
3000
3 4. 5
5000
3 4. 5
5000
20. 7
3000
1 3. 8
2000
1
/2
N PT
3
1
/4 to
1
/2
1
/2
3
Li n e
p i pe
/4 to
2
1
2
/2
to
6
1
Tu b i n g ,
n o n u ps e t,
an d
e xte rn al
u ps e t
ro u n d
th re ad
1 . 050
to
4
1
4
C as i n g
/2 to
ro u n d ,
4.3.2
bu ttre s s ,
s h al l
m ax i m u m
ag re e d
an d
e xtre m e
/4
3
/4
to
1 3
1 6
to
20
/8
l i ne)
Temperature Ratings
E q u i pm e n t
an d
1 0
3
1 1
(8
/2
3
be
d esi g n ed
te m p e ratu re s
b e t we e n
th e
to
o p e ra te
as
s h o wn
p u rc h as e r an d
in
in
on e
or
T abl e
m o re
2,
or
of
to
th e
s p e ci f i e d
m inim um
te m p e ratu re
an d
m ax i m u m
cl as s e s
wi t h
te m p e ratu re
m inim um
rati n g s
as
m an u factu re r.
Table 2 ―Temperature Ratings
Temperature Range
Temperature
Class
°C
°F
min.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
K
L
N
P
S
T
U
V
N O TE
can
be
Minim um
s u bj e cte d .
d i re ctl y co n t act
Desi g n
for
te m p e ratu re
acco u n t f o r th e
4.3.3
4.3.3.1
e ff e cts
th e
rat i n g s
of
m ax.
60
82
46
82
46
60
29
82
1 8
min.
–
–
–
–
m ax.
75
1 80
50
1 80
50
1 40
20
1 80
60
0
1 40
1 8
82
0
1 80
1 8
1 21
0
250
2
1 21
35
250
tem p e rat u re
M axi m u m
is
th e
l o we s t
tem p e ratu re
is
am bi e n t
th e
tem pe rat u re
h i g h est
to
wh i ch
tem pe ratu re
of
th e
th e
e q u i pm e n t
fl u i d
th at
can
e q u i pm e n t.
abo ve
tem p e ratu re
1 21
on
°C
(250
m ate ri al
°F) ,
e. g .
s tre n g th
cl as s i f i cati o n s
(see
An n e x
G
X
an d
Y
(see
T ab l e
fo r g u i d e l i n es ) .
Material Classes
General
E q u i pm e n t
s h al l
be
d esi g n ed
wi th
m ate ri al s
th at
m eet
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
s p e ci f i e d
in
Tabl e
3.
G.1 ),
s h al l
24
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Table 3 ―Material Requirements
Body, Bonnet, End and Outlet
Connectors
Material Class
AA
G e n e ral
s e rvi ce
C arb o n
s te e l
BB
G e n e ral
s e rvi ce
G e n e ral
C arb o n
s e rvi ce
DD
S o u r s e rvi ce
EE
S o u r s e rvi ce
FF
S o u r s e rvi ce
HH
S o u r s e rvi ce
or
a
a
or
s tai n l e s s
C arb o n
s te e l
l o w- al l o y
s te e l ,
or
s tai n l e s s
s te e l
o r CRA
d
o r l o w- al l o y s te e l
o r CR A
C arb o n
o r l o w- al l o y s te e l
o r CRA
s te e l
or CRA
b, d
l o w- al l o y
s te e l ,
or
s tai n l e s s
d
S tai n l e s s
s te e l
or CRA
S tai n l e s s
s te e l
or CRA
C arb o n
b, d
b, d
b, c, d
CRA
or
or CRA
d
d
C arb o n
S tai n l e ss
a
s te e l ,
d
or CRA
S tai n l e ss
a
l o w- al l o y
or CRA
s te e l
CC
or
Mandrel Hangers, Valve Bore Sealing
Mechanisms, Choke Trim, and Stems
o r l o w- al l o y s te e l
S tai n l e s s
s te e l
or CRA
S tai n l e s s
s te e l
or CRA
CRA
d
o r CRA
b, d
b, d
b, d
b, c, d
F O O TN O TE S
a
As
b
In
c
d e fi n e d
acco rd an ce
CRA req u i red
d
CRA
4.3.3.2
Fo r
as
wi t h
on
d e fi n e d
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
N AC E
retai n ed
in
1 51 56.
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
fl u i d - wetted
3. 1 . 22;
N AC E
1 51 56.
s u rfaces
on l y;
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
CRA cl ad d i n g
1 51 56
d e fi n i ti o n
of l o w-al l o y or s tai n l es s
of CRA d oes
s teel
is
perm i tted
(s ee 7. 5. 1 . 2) .
n o t appl y.
Material Classes for Sour Service
m ate ri al
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
N O TE
b y N AC E
1
cl as s e s
1 51 56
C h o o si n g
DD,
EE,
fo r m ate ri al
m ate ri al
cl as s
FF ,
an d
HH,
p ro ce s s i n g
an d
th e
an d
s p e ci fi c
m an u f actu re r
m ate ri al
m ate ri al s
s h al l
p ro p e rt i e s
fo r
s p e ci fi c
m e et
(e. g .
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
N AC E
h ard n e s s ) .
co n d i ti o n s
is
u l ti m ate l y
th e
re s p o n s i bi l i ty
of
th e
p u rch as e r.
M ateri al
cl as s es
al l o wabl e
u n i ts
co n s i s te n t
M R 0 1 7 5/I SO
parti al
( s ee
Tabl e
rate d
N AC E
for
N AC E
AP I
by
H 2S
is
i n cl u d e ,
—
—
—
—
in
th e
part( s )
H
H 2S
2
S
m axi m u m
re q u i re s
by
pre s s u re
pres s u re ,
in
wi th
th e
parti al
2
S) ,
as
m arki n g s
no
p arti al
N AC E
pre s s u re
p art
wh e n
of
th e
a val u e
an d
is
pres s u re
as se m bl y.
l i m i t s h al l
d es i g n ati o n
s p eci fi e d
prefi x e s.
M R 0 1 75 /I SO
e q u i pm e n t
al l o wab l e
m arke d
n o t l i m i te d
to ,
te m pe ratu re ;
co n ce n trati o n ;
s u l fu r.
1 51 56
th e
s e ve ral
pH ;
e l e m e n tal
be
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
i n fl u e n ce d
b u t are
d
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
6A
N AC E
ch l o ri d e
parti al
i n cl u d e
(H
W h ere
s h al l
be
1 51 56
W h en
b e m arke d
at
th e
in
an d
m arki n g
b y N AC E
no
H
2
S
m arked .
th e
rate d
pou n d s
lim it is
Th e
m axi m u m
d efi n ed
m axi m u m
d es i g n ate d
wo rki n g
th e
M R 0 1 75 /I SO
1 51 56
al l o wab l e
tem pe ratu re
pre s s u re
p er sq u are
is
in
b y N AC E
rati n g
m arke d
in
i n ch .
p arti al
pre s s u re
wh e n
u se d
wi th i n
th e
e n vi ro n m e n tal
l i m i ts
s p e ci fi e d
in
1 51 56.
“FF” woul
2
2
wo rki n g
s h al l
s u l fi d e
accord an ce
l i m i ti n g
i n ch ,
kP a
s p e ci fi e d
s p e ci fi e d
in
HH
F-
1 0
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
in
th e
be
an d
h yd ro g en
“F 1 0” on equipment with the rated working pressure marked in megapascals indicates material class
1
at
E XAM P LE
N O TE
th e
FF ,
of
rated
fo r
s h al l
p er s q u are
E XAM P LE
FF
th e
1 51 56
2)
E E,
pres s u re
wi th
pres s u re
po u n d s
DD,
parti al
on
a
wi th
te e
m an u factu re r
1 51 56
o th e r
th e
to
d e fi n e
facto rs ,
fo l l o wi n g :
wi th
a pH
≥
to
a
bo d y
co n s tru cte d
fro m
a
m ate ri al
th at
d o es
n ot
h ave
an
H
2
S
limit
3. 5.
m ark
th e
some
on l y
th e
e n vi ro n m e n tal
of
th e
l i m i ts
fo r
H
2
S
p arti al
l i m i ts
wh i ch
p re s s u re
fo r H 2 S
are
s e rvi ce .
g i ve n
in
an d
n ot
th e
R e s i s tan ce
N AC E
o th e r
to
p aram e te rs
c racki n g
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
cau s e d
1 51 56.
Th e s e
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
N O TE
3
In
m aki n g
e n vi ro n m e n tal
N O TE
as
4
facto rs
O th e r
cath o d i c
4.3.3.3
fo rm s
N AC E
of
1 51 56
a
1 51 56.
1 51 56,
ap p l i cati o n s ,
be
fo r
s u pp l i e d
4.3.4
th e
we l d i n g ,
ap pro ve d
is
fro m
th e
in
re s p o n s i bi l i ty
An n e x
th e
of
th e
p u rch as e r
to
co n s i d e r
th e
vari o u s
B.
p re s e n ce
of
ch l o ri d e s
( s u ch
as
s e awate r)
an d
or
h yd ro g e n
(s u ch
i n cl u d e
u se
of
by
th e
of
th e
d e s cri b e d
of
p ro vi s i o n s
s o u r - s e rvi ce
u se
of
m ate ri al s
th e
ap p l i cati o n .
re g ard l e s s
i n cl u d e s
s p e ci fi c
an d
m ate ri al s
n ot
to
m ate ri al
p u rch as e r
an d
m e an s
in
as
in
m ate ri al
e va l u ate
cl as s
s h al l
ZZ,
m ai n tai n
te s ti n g
is
cl ass
or
o u ts i d e
co n d i ti o n s
N AC E
an d
th e
of
th at
fl u i d
ad d re s s e d
m arke d
p u rc h as e r
Fo r
by
appl i cati o n
d o c u m e n te d
th e
e xce e d i n g
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
fi e l d
p aram e te rs
th e
l i m i ts
1 5 1 5 6.
h i s to ry
d e fi n e d
d e fi n e d
Fo r
s u ch
fo r
in
th e
N ACE
in
N AC E
s o u r - s e rvi ce
ZZ.
d e te rm i n e
th e
m an u f actu re r
trace ab l e
app l i cabi l i t y
s h al l
re c o rd s
m e et
to
of
th e
m ate ri al
d o cu m e n t
d o cu m e n te d
s p e ci f i cati o n s
th e
m ate ri al s
of
P S L.
Application
be
PSL
an d
d oes
in
n ot
d e fi n e
d i f f e re n t
m an u f actu re d
te s ti n g
ap p l i e d
s u p p l e m e n tal
4.3.4.2
s h al l
P ro d u cts
q u al i t y,
re q u i re m e n ts
to
al l
d e s i g n at i o n
ad d i t i o n
to
l e ve l s
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
p ro d u cts
app l y to
to
fo r
a
d e s i g n ate d
p ro d u cts
of
th e
as
PSL
o f th i s
3G
t e ch n i cal
PSL
in
( PSL 1 ,
Tabl e
q u al i t y
of
th i s
P SL
re q u i re m e n ts
s p e ci f i cati o n
2,
P SL
3,
as
s h al l
an d
PSL
i d e n ti f i e d
s at i s f y
4) ,
th e
wh e n
in
th i s
m ate ri al ,
a p p l i cab l e .
4.
s pe ci fi cati o n .
s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts
of
re q u i re m e n ts
of
ap p l y
g as
to
P SL
3
p ro d u cts
th at
h ave
s a ti s fi e d
th e
P SL
3
te s ti n g .
Minimum PSL
m i n im um
PSL
re q u i re d
fo r
m ate ri al
cl as s
an d
rate d
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
co m b i n ati o n s
s h al l
co n fo rm
to
5.
N O TE
An n e x B
cro s s o ve r
m an d re l
h e ad
can
th e
re s p o n s i b i l i t y
or
s h al l
N O TE
Fo r
or
i n te n d e d
d e s i g n ati o n s
T abl e
Th i s
th e
s p e ci f i cati o n .
Th e
re s u l t
it
l i ste d
Product Specification Level
4.3.4.1
A
fo r
e q u i p m e n t m ay be
co n s tru cti o n ,
P S Ls
m ay
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
PSL
cracki n g
m ate ri al s
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
s h al l
s e l e cti o n s ,
vari ab l e s
Material Class ZZ
N O TE
d ata
of
m ate ri al
p ro d u cti o n
p ro te cti o n ) .
q u al i fi cati o n
It
th e
an d
25
p ro vi d e s
co n n e cto rs ,
h an g e rs ,
ad ap te r
g u i del i n es
th e
p l ace d
P SL
o ve r
th e
PSL
sh ou l d
th e
(n o t
be
re q u i re m e n ts )
s h al l
be
b as e d
s u spe n d e d
fo r s e l e cti n g
b as e d
on
th e
h a n g e r.
on
th e
p re s s u re
an
acce p tabl e
P S L.
h i g h e r- p re s s u re
rati n g
an d
rati n g
m ate ri al
an d
cl as s
of
m ate ri al
th e
spoo l
cl as s .
or
For
tu b i n g -
26
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Table 4—Applicability of Product Specification Levels
Equipment Category
and Type (Reference Section)
P l u g s,
F l an g e s
Ri n g
C o n n e cto rs ,
(bl i n d ,
b
g as ke ts
Th re ad e d
Te e s
cro s s e s
b
( s ee
Val ve - re m o val
To p
(see
b
pl u g s
(s e e
( a d ap te r,
S e g m e n te d
N o n i n te g ral
fl an g e s
m e tal
C as i n g
a
S l i p - typ e
an d
(s e e
M an d re l - typ e
a
1 ,
1 4. 4 )
(s ee
1 ,
2,
2,
a
Tu b i n g
,
4
1 4. 1 0 )
1 ,
J.1 )
L. 1 )
(s e e 1 0 . 4 . 5 )
e
3
2,
2,
an d
d
e
C h o ke s
,
Ad ap te rs
4
3,
4
1 ,
2,
3,
4
Actu ato rs
1 ,
2,
3,
4
Tre e
1 ,
2,
3,
2,
3,
(see
2,
1 ,
2,
3
1 ,
2,
3
2,
an d
Tu b i n g
e
( s ee
1 4. 1 5 )
e
3
3
po s i ti ve )
e
,
4
,
4
,
4
NA
1 4. 1 2 )
1 4. 1 7)
an d
e
3
e
,
1 ,
2,
3
1 ,
2,
3
,
4
4
e
,
4
H e ad s
1 4. 1 4)
1 ,
2,
3
e
e
,
4
,
4
O th e r E q u i p m e n t
4
( s ee
Te s t
an d
NA
1 4. 1 6 )
b
(see
m e ch an i s m s
P re s s u re
4
b
a s s e m bl i e s
P acki n g
1 ,
(s e e 1 4. 1 1 )
1 4. 1 4)
(se e
2,
H an g e rs
1 4. 1 3 )
(s ee
1 ,
actu ate d )
1 ,
1 4. 1 7)
C as i n g
H ou si n g s
b
(s e e
( ad j u s tabl e
4
4
1 4. 1 1 )
1 4. 1 1 )
val ve s
c
Applicable
PSLs
C h o ke s
(s e e
fo r/an d
U S Vs
(see
an d
b al l )
(s e e
B ack- p re s s u re
4
,
3,
3
( pre pare d
B S D Vs
,
pl u g ,
C h e ck val ve s
4
S S Vs
e
3
2,
1 ,
1 4. 1 3 )
(see
2,
1 ,
1 4. 9)
(se e
(see
se al s
1 4. 8 )
(see
(see
a
e
3
( g ate ,
Val ve s
3,
NA
1 4. 6 )
1 ,
( s ee
a
s p ace r)
a
Val ve s
4
NA
1 4. 2 )
1 4. 3 )
1 4. 7 )
c o n n e cto rs
W e l d - n e ck fl an g e s
3,
NA
C ro s s o ve r c o n n e c to rs
Spoo l s
2,
1 4. 5)
c o n n e c to rs
O th e r e n d
an d
(s e e
(s e e
Val ve s
1 ,
1 4. 1 )
1 0. 4. 5
a
Equipment Category
and Type (Reference Section)
G as ke ts
(s e e
c o n n e cto rs
an d
B u l l pl u g s
a
te s t)
Applicable
PSLs
b
NA
1 4. 1 8 )
(s e e
g au g e
p o rts
b
(s e e
NA
9. 1 )
bo u n d ary p e n e trati o n s
b
(s ee
NA
9. 2)
NA
9. 3)
F O O TN O TE S
a
b
c
d
e
G as
te s ti n g
is
Th e re
is
on l y
PS L 1
is
n ot
PSL
1
an d
n ot
on e
ap pl i cab l e
PSL
Fo r pro d u ct s
re q u i re d ,
l e ve l
2
are
e l i g i bl e
so PSL
3G
o f re q u i re m e n ts
to
n ot
S S Vs
an d
appl i cabl e
fo r g as
t es ti n g ,
d e si g n at i o n
fo r t h e s e
is
n o t ap pl i cab l e .
p ro d u cts ,
so
P S Ls
are
n ot
appl i cabl e
( N A) .
U S V s.
to
B S DVs.
PSL
3G
d e s i g n at i o n
an d
m arki n g
m ay app l y.
Table 5―Minimum PSL
Rated Working Pressure
Material Class
1 3. 8
MPa
(2000
AA,
BB,
DD,
5
ps i )
MPa
(5000
psi )
69. 0
MPa
(1 0, 0 00
1 03. 5
ps i )
MPa
(1 5 , 0 00
ps i )
1 38. 0
MPa
(2 0, 0 00
ps i )
PSL
1
PSL
1
PSL
1
PSL
2
PSL
2
PSL
3
FF
PSL
1
PSL
1
PSL
1
PSL
2
PSL
3
PSL
3
PSL
3
PSL
3
PSL
3
PSL
3
PSL
3
PSL
4
ZZ
D es i g n M eth od s
5.1 .1
End and Outlet Connectors
an d
o u tl e t
re q u i re m e n ts
N O TE
AP I
(3 000
3 4. 5
D es i g n
5. 1
En d
psi )
MPa
CC
EE,
HH,
20. 7
1
6 AF ,
of
co n n e cto rs
S e cti o n
I n fo rm ati o n
AP I
6 AF 1 ,
on
an d
s h al l
be
an
i n te g ra l
p art
of
th e
bod y
or
attach e d
by
we l d i n g
t h at
m e e ts
th e
7.
d esi g n
AP I
an al ys i s
6 AF 2 .
an d
l o ad
cap aci ti e s
of
fl an g e s
sp e ci fi e d
in
th i s
s pe ci fi cati o n
can
be
fo u n d
in
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
Desi g n
of
1 6B
s p e ci f i cati o n
N O TE
2
an d
s h al l
C l am ps
s p e ci fi cati o n
5.1 .2
wi th
m e e ti n g
cl am p
C as i n g
h an g e rs ,
s
5.1 .3
bo d i e s ,
acco rd an ce
tu b i n g
h an g e rs,
of
AP I
m e e ti n g
b ack- pres s u re
p erform an ce
d o cu m e n t
s tre s s
an d
wi th
l e ve l s
o th e r m e th o d s
N O TE
hub
an d
1 6A
th e
co n n e cto rs
d i m e n s i o n al
are
acce p tabl e
re q u i re m e n ts
u se d
on
e q u i pm e n t
re q u i re m e n ts
fo r
i n s tal l ati o n
o f AP I
of
AP I
on
s p e ci f i e d
in
th i s
1 6 A.
e q u i pm e n t
s p e ci fi e d
in
th i s
1 6 A.
val ve s,
l ock s cre ws ,
ch aracteri sti cs
e n g i n e e ri n g
p racti ce s
an d
an d
an d
s ervi ce
acce ptan ce
s te m s
s h al l
co n d i ti on s
cri te ri a
on
in
be
d es i g n ed
accord an ce
wh i ch
th e
to
s ati s f y th e
wi th
d es i g n
is
4. 3 .
Th e
b as e d .
6 X.
cal cu l a te d
an al ys i s
d esi g n
Th e
5.1 .3.3
by
th e
th e
b y th e
an d
d esi g n s
of
o th e r
m e th o d s
m e th o d s
t h an
in
b e ari n g
in
s tre s s
be
s p e ci f i e d
5. 1 . 3. 2,
5. 1 . 3. 2,
m an u factu re r s h al l
l o cal i z e d
th o se
g i ve n
th i s
s p e ci f i cati o n )
an d
5. 1 . 3. 4.
5. 1 . 3. 3,
u sed
val u e s
in
5. 1 . 3. 3,
to
are
an d
5. 1 . 3. 4
j u s ti f y th e s e
o u ts i d e
th e
e x ce e d
s h al l
th e
be
d es i g n ed
al l o wa b l e
in
s tre s s e s ,
s tre s s e s .
s co p e
o f th i s
s pe ci fi cati o n .
ca l cu l ati o n s
u se
of
vo n
fo r
M i ses
p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
e q u i va l e n t s tr e s s
e q u i pm e n t
s h al l
be
s h al l
co n f o rm
to
th e
d es i g n
m e th o d o l o g y
of
p e rm i tte d .
Distortion Energy Theory
u sed,
d esi g n
kn o wn
wa l l
l i m i te d
cal cu l ati o n s
as
d i s co n t i n u i ti e s
ve s s e l
(i n
o r m o re
API Standard 6X
u sed,
( al s o
b o n n e ts
on e
i d e n ti f i e d
F ati g u e
5.1 .3.2
an d
re q u i re m e n ts
co n n e cto rs
cl am p
s tre n g th
General
OECs,
If
o u tl e t
m ate ri al
Bodies, Bonnets, and Other End Connectors
5.1 .3.1
If
th e
an d
th e
en d
d o cu m e n te d
m an u f actu re r s h al l
AP I
hub
en d
to
Hangers, Back-pressure Valves, Lock Screws, and Stems
manufacturer’
If
1 6BX
co n f o rm
27
th e
an d
s tre s s
th i ckn e s s
b y th e
fo r
p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
m ax i m u m
d i s to rti o n
co n ce n trati o n s
m ay
cri t e ri o n
be
in
si ze d
by
E q u at i o n
e q u i pm en t
e n e rg y
are
th e o ry
o u ts i d e
co m b i n i n g
th e
of
co n f o rm
f ai l u re ) .
s co pe
tri a x i al
s h al l
of
th i s
s tre s s e s
to
Ru l es
m e th o d .
b as e d
on
th e
fo r
vo n
M i ses
th e
u se
H o we ve r,
th e
h yd ro s tati c
yi e l d
an d
b as i c
sh el l
cri te ri o n
i m p act
te s t
p re s s u re
1 :
S S
E
of
p re s s u re -
(1 )
Y
wh e re
S
is
E
th e
m axi m u m
ve s s e l
S
is
Y
5.1 .3.4
If
th e
wal l ,
Th e
s tre s s
d i s t o rti o n
m inim um
yi e l d
at
th e
m ost
e n e rg y th e o ry
highl y
s tre s s e d
d i s tan c e
i n to
th e
p re s s u re
m e th o d ;
s tre n g th .
Experimental Stress Analysis
BPVC
wi th
an al ys i s
20 05
an d
is
u sed
2006
as
an
ad d e n d a ,
al t e rn ati ve
S e c ti o n
VI I I ,
to
5. 1 . 3. 2
D i vi s i o n
2,
or
5. 1 . 3. 3 ,
Ap p e n d i x
it
s h al l
co n fo rm
to
6.
Tapped Holes for Studded Connections Other Than Flanges
s tu d
can
s tre s s
: 2004
5.1 .3.5
th at
e q u i val e n t
b y th e
m ate ri a l - s p e ci f i e d
e xpe ri m e n tal
AS M E
al l o wa b l e
co m p u te d
th re ad - a n ch o ri n g
be
tran s f e rre d
to
co n f i g u rat i o n
th e
s tu d
s h al l
th ro u g h
be
d esi g n ed
a f u l l y e n g ag e d
to
n u t.
s u s tai n
a
te n s i l e
l o ad
e q u i va l e n t
to
th e
l o ad
28
AP I
5.1 .4
Al l
Other Parts
o th e r
p re s s u re - co n ta i n i n g
manufacturer’
s h al l
s
d o cu m e n te d
d o cu m e n t
e n g i n e e ri n g
p arts
an d
p e rf o rm an ce
p racti ce s
al l
p re s s u re - co n tro l l i n g
ch aracte ri s ti cs
an d
acce p tan ce
5.1 .5
Equipment-specific Requirements
N O TE
E q u i pm e n t- s pe ci fi c re q u i re m e n ts
5. 2
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
are
s p e ci fi e d
in
an d
th e
cri te ri a
S e cti o n
p arts
s e rvi ce
on
wh i ch
s h al l
be
d esi g n ed
co n d i ti o n s
th e
d esi g n
in
is
4. 3 .
to
Th e
s ati s f y
th e
m an u f actu re r
b as e d .
1 4.
D es i g n Tol eran ces
U n l ess
o th e rwi s e
d i m en si on s
s p e ci f i e d
i n cl u d e d
in
th i s
in
th e
ap p ro p ri ate
tab l e
or
f i g u re ,
th e
to l e ran ce s
in
Tabl e
6
s h al l
app l y
to
s p e ci f i cati o n .
Table 6―Tolerances, Unless Otherwise Stated
SI
Dimension
Tolerance
USC
Dimension
Tolerance
mm

x. x

x. xx
5. 3
D o cu m e n tati o n
of
d es i g n s
re q u i re m e n ts
m ate ri al ,
re tai n e d
s h al l
fo r 5
m edi a
ye ars
s h al l
i n cl u d e
i n cl u d e ,
e n vi ro n m e n tal ,
d o cu m e n tati o n
x. xx
0. 1 3
x. xx x



0. 02

0. 005

an d
s h al l
n ot
o th e r
be
afte r th e
bu t
cl e ar,
l as t
unit
m e th o d s ,
as s u m p ti o n s ,
be
to ,
l i m i te d
p e rti n e n t
l e g i bl e ,
of
th a t
th o s e
re q u i re m e n ts
re pro d u ci b l e ,
m od el ,
si ze ,
on
an d
an d
ca l cu l a ti o n s ,
cri te ri a
fo r
s i ze ,
wh i ch
th e
re tri e vab l e .
rate d
wo rki n g
an d
te s t
d esi g n
an d
d esi g n
Des i g n
re q u i re m e n ts .
o p e rati n g
is
p re s s u re s ,
b as e d .
Des i g n
d o cu m e n tati o n
p re s s u re
is
s h al l
be
m an u f actu re d .
D es i g n Revi ew an d Veri fi cati on
Desi g n
d o cu m e n tati o n
cre ate d
5. 5

0. 5
D es i g n Docu m en tati on
Desi g n
5. 4
in.
th e
o ri g i n al
s h al l
be
re vi e we d
an d
ve ri f i e d
by
an y q u al i f i e d
i n d i vi d u al
o th e r
th an
th e
i n d i vi d u al
wh o
d esi g n .
D es i g n Val i d ati on
M an u f actu re rs
Desi g n
s h al l
val i d ati o n
d o cu m e n t
s h al l
be
th ei r
d esi g n
p e rf o rm e d
in
va l i d ati o n
acco rd an ce
p ro ce d u re s
wi th
an d
An n e x
F
th e
re s u l ts
wh e n
of
d esi g n
s p e ci fi e d
by
va l i d ati o n .
th e
m an u f actu re r
or
p u rch as e r.
6
6. 1
M ateri al s
G en eral
Bod i es,
b o n n e ts ,
p e n e trati o n s ,
an d
en d
ri n g
p re s s u re - co n tro l l i n g
S e cti o n
M ate ri al
an d
o u tl e t
g as ke ts
p arts
s h al l
co n n e cto rs ,
s h al l
be
m eet
m ad e
of
th e
cl am p
hub
end
re q u i re m e n ts
m ate ri al s
t h at
of
s ati s f y
co n n e cto rs ,
S e cti o n
6. 2 . 1
6.
an d
h an g e rs ,
O th e r
th e
p re s s u re
b o u n d ary
p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
re q u i re m e n ts
of
S e cti o n
4
an d
an d
5.
re q u i re m e n ts
in
S e cti o n
6
s h al l
ap p l y
to
carb o n
s te e l s ,
l o w- al l o y
s te e l s ,
an d
m arte n s i ti c
s tai n l e s s
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
s te e l s
( o th e r
s tai n l e s s
th an
s te e l s )
Ag e - h ard e n e d
in
AP I
6. 2
al l o ys
co n f o rm
fo r actu ato rs
a p pl i cab l e
s h al l
to
be
fo r
AP I
as
t yp e s ) .
Oth er
re q u i re m e n ts
al l o y
of
p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
s ys te m s
S e cti o n
an d
4,
( i n cl u d i n g
S e cti o n
5,
p re ci p i tati o n - h ard e n i n g
an d
p re s s u re - co n tro l l i n g
S e cti o n
p arts
6.
th at
are
a d d re s s e d
6 AC R A.
s p e ci f i e d
in
1 4. 1 6. 3 .
Wri tten S peci fi cati on s
6.2.1
Al l
s ati s f y th e
n i cke l - b as e d
6 AC R A s h al l
M ate ri al s
p re c i p i t ati o n - h ard e n i n g
s h al l
29
Applicability
m e tal l i c
an d
n o n m e tal l i c
p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
or
p re s s u re - co n tro l l i n g
p arts
s h al l
re q u i re
a
wri tte n
m ate ri a l
s p e ci f i cati o n .
6.2.2
Metallic Requirements
The manufacturer’
co n n e cto rs ,
wi th
—
—
—
acce p t/re j e ct
m e ch an i cal
m ate ri al
—
—
—
—
f o rm i n g
—
—
p ro ce d u re ,
m e l ti n g
m ate ri al s
m an d re l
fo r
h an g e rs
bod i es,
s h al l
b o n n e ts ,
d efi n e
th e
an d
o u tl e t
fo l l o wi n g ,
en d
al o n g
i n cl u d i n g
c yc l e
ti m e ,
q u e n ch i n g
p racti ce ,
an d
te m p e ratu re s
wi th
to l e ra n ce s
wi t h
t o l e ra n ce s ;
p racti ce ( s ) ;
p racti ce ( s ) ,
h e at- tre ati n g
i n cl u d i n g
e q u i pm e n t
h ot
wo rki n g ,
h ot
i s o s tati c
p re s s i n g ,
an d
co l d
wo rki n g
p racti ce s ;
cal i b rat i o n .
Nonmetallic Requirements
wri tte n
—
m e tal l i c
an d
re q u i re m e n ts ;
N o n m e tal l i c
—
fo r
m e ch an i s m s ,
m ed i a;
co m p o s i ti o n
al l o wab l e
s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts
s e al i n g
q u al i f i cati o n ;
m ate ri al
6.2.3
s p e ci f i e d
b o re
p ro p e rt y re q u i re m e n ts ;
co o l i n g
N DE
wri tte n
val ve
cri te ri a:
h e at- tre atm e n t
an d
—
s
s te m s ,
p re s s u re - co n t ai n i n g
m ate ri al
d efi n e
th e
s
or
s
s e al s
wri tte n
in
co n tact
s p e ci f i e d
b as e
p o l ym e r( s )
N O TE
R e fe re n ce
to
(see
g e n e ri c
AS T M
b as e
p h ys i cal
p ro p e rt y re q u i re m e n ts ;
m ate ri al
q u al i f i cati o n
an d
th at
ag e - co n tro l
s h al l
D 1 41 8) ,
p o l ym e r d o e s
m eet
th e
re q u i re m e n ts .
if
app l i ca b l e ;
not
app l y to
e q u i pm e n t
g raph i te
cl as s
wi th
re tai n e d
re q u i re m e n t
fo l l o wi n g :
g e n e ri c
s to rag e
p re s s u re - co n tro l l i n g
pecifications. The manufacturer’
m ate ri al .
re q u i re m e n t;
fo r
fl u i d s
s h al l
n o n m e tal l i c
h a ve
m ate ri al s
30
AP I
6. 3
B od i es , Bon n ets , an d E n d an d O u tl et C on n ectors
6.3.1
Materials
6.3.1 .1
Al l
Application
bo d i e s,
6. 3. 1 . 2)
b o n n e ts ,
m ate ri al s .
6.3.1 .2
e q u al
to
s tan d ard
—
—
—
—
—
—
m ate ri al s
th at o f
N o n s tan d ard
i n cl u d e
an d
end
S tan d ard
an d
o u tl e t
m ate ri al
co n n e cto rs
q u a l i f i cati o n
s h al l
te s ti n g
be
s h al l
f abri cate d
f ro m
s a ti s f y th e
re q u i re m e n ts
s tan d ard
or
of
n o n s tan d ard
(see
6. 3. 2.
Nonstandard Materials
N o n s tan d ard
a
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
th e
m ate ri al s
m ate ri al .
m inim um
te n s i l e
yi e l d
fo r
p arts
s h o wn
l o we s t- s tre n g th
s h al l
be
s tre n g th
m ate ri al s
N o n s t an d ard
re q u i re m e n ts
(see
in
T abl e
s tan d ard
wi t h
m ate ri al
7
s h al l
m ate ri a l
p ro p e rt i e s
s h al l
h ave
p e rm i tte d
co n f o rm
th at
a
s p e ci f i e d
m inimum
do
not
m eet
al l
the manufacturer’
to
yi e l d
s tre n g t h
at
l e as t
f o r th at ap p l i cati o n .
th e
s
re q u i re m e n ts
wri tte n
of
Tab l e
s p e ci f i cati o n
t h at
8
fo r
s h al l
f o r:
6. 3 . 2. 2) ;
s tre n g t h ;
h ard n e s s ;
i m p act
s tre n g th ,
as
app l i cab l e
(see
a m inim um
of
1 5
%
e l o n g at i o n ;
a m inim um
of
20
%
re d u ct i o n
of
6. 3. 2. 3) ;
are a.
Table 7―Standard and Non standard Material Applications for Bodies, Bonnets,
and End and Outlet Connectors
Material Designations for Pressure Ratings
1 3. 8
MPa
(2000
20. 7
ps i )
MPa
(3000
3 4. 5
psi )
MPa
(5000
69. 0
psi )
MPa
(1 0, 0 00
a
1 03. 5
ps i )
MPa
(1 5, 000
1 38. 0
ps i )
MPa
(2 0, 0 00
ps i )
Body , Bonnet
b
Part
3 6 K,
6 0 K,
45K
7 5 K,
3 6 K,
NS
6 0 K,
45K
7 5 K,
3 6 K,
NS
6 0 K,
45K
7 5 K,
3 6 K,
NS
6 0 K,
45 K
7 5 K,
4 5 K,
60K
NS
7 5 K,
NS
NS
7 5 K,
NS
6 0 K,
75 K
NS
Integral End Connector
F l an g e d
6 0 K,
7 5 K,
NS
6 0 K,
7 5 K,
NS
6 0 K,
7 5 K,
NS
Th re ad e d
6 0 K,
7 5 K,
NS
6 0 K,
7 5 K,
NS
6 0 K,
7 5 K,
NS
O th e r
c
PMR
PMR
45K
45 K
PMR
6 0 K,
7 5 K,
7 5 K,
NS
NA
NA
NA
P MR
PMR
P MR
Loose Connector
W e l d - n e ck
Bl i n d
Th re ad e d
O th e r
45K
6 0 K,
7 5 K,
NS
6 0 K,
7 5 K,
NS
6 0 K,
7 5 K,
NS
6 0 K,
7 5 K,
NS
6 0 K,
7 5 K,
NS
6 0 K,
7 5 K,
NS
c
PMR
PMR
PMR
6 0 K,
7 5 K,
NS
7 5 K,
NS
7 5 K,
NS
6 0 K,
7 5 K,
NS
7 5 K,
NS
7 5 K,
NS
NA
NA
NA
P MR
PMR
P MR
F O O TN O TE S
a
b
“NS” indicates non
If
en d
wi th
c
As
co n n e cto rs
S e ct i o n
s peci fi e d
st an d ard
are
of
th e
m ate ri al s
m at e ri al
7.
by th e
m an u factu re r.
as
s pe ci fi e d
d e s i g n ati o n
in
6. 3 . 1 . 2.
i n d i cate d ,
d esi g n
is
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
S ecti o n
5
an d
we l d i n g
is
in
acco rd an c e
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
31
Table 8―Standard Material Property Requirements for Bodies, Bonnets,
and End and Outlet Connectors
0.2 % Offset Yield
Strength
Material
Designation
Tensile Strength
Elongation in
50 mm (2 in.)
Reduction
in Area
min.
min.
min.
%
%
min.
M P a (psi )
6.3.2
If
(psi )
36K
2 48
(36, 000)
48 3
( 70 , 0 0 0 )
21
No
re q u i re m e n t
45K
31 0
( 45 , 0 0 0 )
48 3
( 70 , 0 0 0 )
1 9
32
60K
41 4
(60 , 0 00 )
586
( 85 , 0 00 )
1 8
35
75K
51 7
( 75 , 0 0 0 )
655
(95 , 0 00 )
1 7
35
Material Qualification Testing
6.3.2.1
General
m inim um
te s ts
MPa
s h al l
te n s i l e
be
a n d /o r
p e rf o rm e d
i m p act
on
6.3.2.2
Tensile Testing
6.3.2.2.1
Test Method
Ten s i l e
te s ts
acco rd an ce
s h al l
wi th
A m inim um
of
re q u i re m e n ts
on e
of
be
th e
p e rf o rm e d
p ro ce d u re s
te n s i l e
T abl e
p ro p e rti e s
s p e ci m e n s
test
at
a
a
re q u i re d
be
in
fo r
q u a l i f i cati o n
t e m p e ratu re
s p e ci fi e d
s h al l
are
f ro m
I SO
b e twe e n
6892- 1
p e rf o rm e d .
Th e
m ate ri al
te s t
4
°C
o r AS TM
re s u l ts
to
co u p o n
of
be
q u al i fi e d
(QTC )
an d
50
°C
as
fo r
s e rvi c e ,
d e s cri b e d
( b e t we e n
40
th e
in
6. 4.
°F
an d
re q u i re d
1 20
° F)
in
A3 7 0 .
th e
te n s i l e
te s t( s )
s h al l
s ati s f y
th e
app l i cab l e
8.
6.3.2.2.2 Retesting
If
th e
re s u l ts
s p e ci m e n s
be
of
th e
te n s i l e
rem o ve d
p e rf o rm e d
to
f ro m
q u al i f y
te s t( s )
th e
th e
do
n ot
re q u i re d
s ati s f y
l o cati o n
m ate ri al ,
an d
th e
a p p l i cab l e
wi th i n
th e
th e
re s u l t s
of
re q u i re m e n ts ,
s am e
e ach
QTC
of
wi th
th e s e
no
two
ad d i ti o n a l
ad d i ti o n al
te s ts
s h al l
te s ts
on
te n s i l e
h e at - tre atm e n t
s at i s f y
th e
m ay
app l i ca b l e
re q u i re m e n ts .
6.3.2.3
Impact Testing
6.3.2.3.1
I m p act
Test Specimens
te s t
p ro d u ce d
If
1 0
s u bs i ze
mm
x
Fo r P S L
of
a
f ro m
s h al l
s p e ci m e n s
1 0
4,
QTC
th at h e at
mm
be
an d
are
s p e ci m e n s
su bs i ze
u sed
s h al l
u sed,
to
th e
m u l ti p l i e d
s p e ci m e n s
q u al i f y
co n f o rm
s h al l
to
a
C h arp y
b y th e
n ot
be
h eat
th e
an d
V - n o tch
bo d i e s ,
i m p act
ad j u s tm e n t
u sed .
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
b o n n e ts ,
o f T abl e
re q u i re m e n ts
facto r l i s te d
in
an d
en d
an d
o u tl et
co n n e cto rs
9.
Tabl e
s h al l
1 0.
be
e q u al
to
th at
of
th e
32
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Table 9 ―Charpy V-notch Impact Requirements —1 0 mm x 1 0 mm
Minimum Average Impact Value,
Transverse Direction
Longitudinal Direction
Wrought or Cast Material, Weld
Alternate Method for Wrought Products
Qualification
Only
PSL 1 and PSL 2
PSL 3 and PSL 4
PSL 1 and PSL 2
PSL 3 and PSL 4
J
Temperature
Class
Test
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
K
L
N
P
S
T
U
V
–
–
–
–
°C
60
(
46
(
46
(
29
(
( ° F)
( ft- l b )
75 )
20
(1 5)
20
(1 5)
27
(20)
27
(20)
50)
20
(1 5)
20
(1 5)
27
(20)
27
(20)
50)
20
(1 5)
20
(1 5)
27
(20)
27
(20)
20)
20
20
(1 5)
27
27
(20)
20
(1 5)
27
(20)
20
(1 5)
27
(20)
20
(1 5)
27
(20)
20
(1 5)
27
(20)
1 8
(0)
1 8
(0)
1 8
(0)
1 8
(0)
—
—
—
—
(1 5)
―
―
―
―
(20)
Table 1 0 ―Adjustment Factors for Subsize Impact Specimens (PSL 1 to PSL 3)
Minimum Average Impact Value
Transverse Direction
Longitudinal Direction
Wrought and Castings
Wrought
Adjustment
Factor
Specimen Dimension
a
J
1 0
mm
x 1 0
mm
( fu l l
si ze )
1
(n on e)
( ft- l b )
J
( ft- l b )
20
(1 5)
27
(20)
1 0
mm
x 7. 5
mm
0. 833
1 7
(1 3 )
23
(1 7)
1 0
mm
x 6. 7
mm
0. 780
1 6
(1 2)
21
(1 6)
1 0
mm
x 5. 0
mm
0. 667
1 3
(1 0)
1 8
(1 3 )
1 0
mm
x 3. 3
mm
0. 440
9
(7)
1 2
1 0
mm
x 2. 5
mm
0. 333
7
(5)
9
(9)
(7)
FO O TN O TE
a
C as ti n g s
h ave
no
d i re cti o n al i ty .
6.3.2.3.2 Test Method
I m p act
te s ts
u si n g
th e
N O TE
1
To
s h al l
R e fe r to
q u al i f y
th e s e
s h o wn
i m p act
te s ts
p e rf o rm e d
val u e
re s u l ts
sh al l
2
fo r
in
f al l
be
a
be l o w
W h e re
no
W h en
te m p e ratu re
9
f o r th at
s h al l
th e
wi th
u si n g
th e
I SO
be
te s t e d
of
re q u i re d
ac ce p tan ce
rati n g ,
p ro ce d u re s
1 48- 1 ,
i m p act
te m p e ratu re
app l i cab l e
t wo - th i rd s
b e l o w th e
acco rd an ce
s p e ci f i e d
a s tri ke r wi th
in
AS T M
a rad i u s
of
8
A3 7 0
mm
or
s h al l
I SO
be
1 48-1
u sed.
fo r fu rth e r d e tai l s .
T abl e
s ati s f y
in
t e ch n i q u e .
1 48 -1
s p e ci m e n s
s h al l
i m p act
N O TE
I SO
m ate ri al
te m p e ratu re
T h re e
be
C h arp y V- n o tch
to
q u al i f y
a
h e at
re q u i re m e n ts
th at
re q u i re d
m inim um
cri te ri a are
te s ts
s h al l
be
p e rf o rm e d
at
or
bel ow
th e
l o we s t
ra n g e .
as
of
a
of
m ate ri al .
Tab l e
9
m inim um
or
I m p act
Tabl e
ave rag e .
1 0.
No
p ro pe rti e s
In
no
m o re
as
cas e
th an
d e te rm i n e d
s h al l
on e
of
an
th e
f ro m
i n d i vi d u al
t h re e
te s t
ave rag e .
s h o wn
in
Tab l e
9,
i m p act
te s ti n g
is
not
re q u i re d .
6.3.2.3.3 Retesting
If
a
te s t
Q TC ,
f ai l s ,
wi t h
no
o r e x ce e d i n g
th e n
a
re te s t
ad d i ti o n al
th e
of
th re e
ad d i t i o n al
h e at- tre atm e n t,
re q u i re d
m i n im um
s p e ci m e n s
m ay
ave rag e
be
m ad e ,
va l u e
of
re m o ve d
e ach
Tabl e
9
of
f ro m
wh i ch
o r Tab l e
th e
re q u i re d
s h al l
e xh i b i t
l o cati o n
an
wi th i n
i m p act
th e
val u e
s am e
e q u al
to
1 0.
6.3.2.3.4 Specimen Orientation
Th e
val u e s
l i s te d
in
Tabl e
9
an d
T abl e
1 0
s h al l
be
th e
m inim um
acce p tabl e
val u e s
fo r
wro u g h t
p ro d u cts
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
te s te d
in
th e
tra n s ve rs e
W ro u g h t
p ro d u cts
m eet
re q u i re m e n ts
th e
C as ti n g s
6.3.3
h ave
Fo r
PSL
1 ,
( C S L)
PSL
2
al l
2
N O TE
1
N O TE
2
6
PSL
3,
al l
re q u i re m e n ts
Th e
to
6.3.3.2
PSL
4,
th i s
p ro d u cti o n
1 ,
P SL
2,
fo r
an d
l o n g i tu d i n al
Tab l e
we l d
q u al i f i cati o n s .
d i re cti o n
i n s te ad
of
th e
tra n s ve rs e
d i re cti o n
an d
s h al l
1 0.
of
th e
tran s ve rs e
d i re cti o n
of
T ab l e
9
an d
T abl e
1 0
s h al l
ap p l y.
Fo r
th e
PSL
ad d i ti o n
6.3.4
4,
th at
u sed
6
in
d o es
in
o f c as ti n g
Th e
re q u i re m e n ts
S e cti o n
s am p l i n g
b o n n e ts ,
1 0.
fo r
an d
AP I
not
an d
en d
cas ti n g
in
AP I
bo d i e s,
S e cti o n
an d
2 0 A,
as
b o n n e ts ,
1 0.
o u tl e t
p racti ce s
Th e
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
be
s h al l
q u al i fi e d
m eet
to
th e
cas ti n g
ap p l i cab l e
s p e ci f i cati o n
a m inim um .
an d
en d
cas ti n g
an d
o u tl e t
p racti ce s
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
be
s h al l
q u al i fi e d
m eet
to
th e
CSL
3
2 0 A.
ap pl y as
S e cti o n
1 0
fo r
on l y
PSL
wro u g h t m ate ri al
1
an d
PSL
2
is
pe rm i tte d .
bo d i es ,
bo n n e ts ,
an d
en d
an d
ou tl et
co n n e cto rs
is
p racti ce s .
3,
an d
s tru ctu re
PSL
4,
al l
th ro u g h o u t
wro u g h t
(see
m ate ri al s
s h al l
be
f o rm e d
u si n g
h ot
wo rki n g
p ract i ce s
th at
6 . 4. 3 . 1 . 3 ) .
2,
an d
PSL
m e l ti n g
th e
3,
th e
p rac ti ce
m an u factu re r s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts
m an u factu re r s h al l
s h al l
d o cu m e n t
th e
s p e ci f y m e l ti n g
be
i d e n t i cal
m e l ti n g
to
practi ce s .
th os e
p racti ce
fo r
u sed
PSL
1 ,
fo r P S L
PSL
4
2,
an d
PSL
3
wi th
th e
m ate ri al .
Heat-treating
6.3.4.1
Equipment
h e at- tre a tm e n t
re q u i re m e n ts
co n f o rm
to
6.3.4.2
o p e rat i o n s
s p e ci f i e d
An n e x
by
s h al l
th e
be
p e rf o rm e d
m an u factu re r.
Th e
u si n g
e q u i pm e n t
re q u i re m e n ts
fo r
q u al i f i e d
th e
in
h e a t- tre ati n g
acco rd an ce
fu rn ace
wi t h
s u rve y
th e
s h al l
M.
Temperature
PSL
1 ,
PSL
2,
an d
PSL
3,
h e at- tre atm e n t
s p e ci f i cati o n s .
Fo r P S L 4,
f o l l o wi n g
Th e
th e
te m p e ratu re
te m p e ratu re
N O TE
1
Th e
h e at
f o l l o wi n g
an d
For
al l o y
u si n g
si n k
a
p arts
th at
do
Th e
4
m ate ri al s
s h al l
cl as s e s :
p art.
at
te m p e ratu re
an d
t h e rm al
c ycl e s
s h al l
co n f o rm
to
th e
m an u fact
urer’
s
ap p l y.
fo r P S L
co n tact
n i cke l - b as e d
th e
s h al l
ti m e
re q u i re m e n ts
l e ve l s
Fo r
m o n i to re d
as
bod i e s ,
S e cti o n
Melting Practices
P SL
—
th e
val u e s
cas ti n g s
of
s e cti o n
PSL
wro u g h t
Fo r P S L 1 ,
—
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
m o n i to r co n tro l
a
6.3.3.3
—
in
an d
an d
Forging Practices
p ro d u ce
Fo r
9
f o u n d r y q u a l i f i cati o n
Fo r P S L
i n te n d e d
u sed
S e cti o n
f o u n d ry q u al i f i cat i o n
Al l
te s te d
Tab l e
d i re cti o n al i t y;
cas ti n g s
of
an d
app l i cab l e
Fo r
be
of
fo r cas ti n g s
Casting Practices
re q u i re m e n ts
l e ve l
m ay
an d
Processing
6.3.3.1
Fo r
no
d i re cti o n ,
33
of
p arts
th at
PSL
s h al l
are
1 ,
be
PSL
2,
an d
d e t e rm i n e d
p ro c e s s e d
in
P SL
3
by u si n g
acco rd an ce
s h al l
a
wi th
ap p l y
h e at
AP I
wi th
th e
ad d i t i o n
th at
th e
s i n k.
6 AC R A,
te m p e ratu re
l e ve l s
m ay
be
th e rm o co u p l e .
be
m ad e
carb o n
of
s te e l ,
th e
s am e
al l o y
s te e l ,
cl as s
of
m ate ri al
s tai n l e s s
s te e l ,
if
th e
p arts
are
t i tan i u m - b as e d
m ad e
al l o y,
of
an
al l o y
n i cke l - co pp e r
of
th e
al l o ys ,
al l o ys .
n ot
m eet
on e
e q u i va l e n t
of
th e
ro u n d
p re ce d i n g
(ER)
s e cti o n
cl as s e s ,
of
al l
th e
h e at
h e at
s i n ks
s i n k s h al l
s h al l
be
be
m ad e
d e te rm i n e d
f rom
in
th e
s am e
acco rd an ce
al l o y
wi th
34
AP I
th e
m e th o d s
si n g l e
p art
N O TE
are
Th e
25
2
in
As
of
a
6. 4. 2.
ER
an
al te rn ati ve ,
a
of
th e
h e at
si n k
s h al l
be
g re at e r
th an
or
e q u al
to
th e
l arg e s t
ER
of
an y
l o ad .
p ro d u cti o n
p art
m ay
s e rve
as
th e
h e at
s i n k,
p ro vi d e d
al l
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
6 . 3. 4. 2
s ati s fi e d .
tem p e ratu re - s e n s i n g
mm
(1
in. )
6.3.4.3
to
ti p
an y e x te rn al
of
th e
or
i n t e rn a l
th e rm o co u p l e
s h al l
be
wi th i n
th e
p art
or
h e at
si n k
an d
be
no
cl o s e r
th an
s u rf ace .
Quenching (for Quenched and Tempered Materials)
6.3.4.3.1
Th e
Th e
h e at- tre atm e n t
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Water Quenching
te m p e ratu re
q u en ch i n g ,
th e
of
th e
wate r
te m pe ratu re
s h al l
of th e
n ot
e x ce e d
wate r s h al l
38
°C
n o t exce e d
(1 00
49
° F)
°C
at
(1 20
th e
° F)
s tart
of
th e
q u e n ch .
at an y ti m e d u ri n g
For
b at h - t yp e
th e q u e n ch
cycl e .
6.3.4.3.2 Other Quenching Media
Th e
te m p e ratu re
wri tte n
6.3.5
of
o th e r
q u e n ch i n g
m edi a,
s u ch
as
oi l
or
p o l ym e r,
meet the manufacturer’s
s h al l
Chemical Composition
6.3.5.1
Th e
ran g e
s p e ci f i cati o n .
General
m an u f actu re r
m ate ri al .
M ate ri al
m ate ri al s )
6.3.5.2
Bod i es,
in
s h al l
acco rd a n ce
wi th
th e
n o m i n al
s h al l
a
be
ch e m i cal
d e te rm i n e d
co m p o s i ti o n ,
on
a
h e at
i n cl u d i n g
b as i s
(or
n at i o n al l y o r i n te rn ati o n al l y re co g n i z e d
Composition Limits —Requirements
b o n n e ts ,
s tai n l e s s
s te e l s
T abl e
an d
1 1
s p e ci f y
co m p o s i t i o n
an d
en d
( o th e r
th an
Tabl e
an d
o u tl et
co n n e cto r s
m an u factu re d
p re ci p i ta ti o n - h ard e n i n g
t yp e s )
s h al l
a
co m p o s i ti o n
re m e l t- i n g o t
t o l e ran ce s ,
b as i s
fo r
of
th e
re m e l t - g rad e
s t an d ard .
f ro m
carb o n ,
co n f o rm
to
th e
l o w- al l o y,
an d
co m p o s i ti o n a l
m arte n s i ti c
l i m i ts
g i ve n
1 2.
Table 1 1 ―Steel Composition Limits for Bodies, Bonnets , and End and Outlet Connector Materials
Composition Limits
Alloying
Element
%
Carbon and
Low-alloy Steels
m as s
fracti o n
45K Material for Weldneck Flanges
Martensitic
Stainless Steels
a
b
c
C arb o n
0 . 45
m ax.
0. 1 5
m ax.
0. 35
m ax.
M an g an e s e
1 . 80
m ax.
1 . 00
m ax.
1 . 05
m ax.
S i l i co n
1 . 00
m ax.
1 . 50
m ax.
1 . 35
m ax.
0. 05
m ax.
0. 05
m ax.
P h o s ph o ru s
S u l fu r
N i cke l
1 . 00
d
d
d
d
m ax.
e
NA
C h ro m i u m
2. 75
m ax.
1 1 .0
M o l yb d e n u m
1 . 50
m ax.
1 . 00
Van ad i u m
0. 30
m ax.
NA
–
1 4. 0
NA
m ax.
NA
NA
NA
F O O TN OTE S
a
Al l o y
of
re s i d u al
carbo n
an d
q u an ti ti e s
i ro n
co n tai n i n g
o f o th e r e l em e n ts ,
a
m axi m u m
e xce pt
of
th os e
2
%
m as s
fracti o n
i n te n ti o n al l y ad d ed
in
carbo n ,
1 . 65
%
m as s
s p eci fi c q u an t i ti e s
fracti o n
m an g an e s e,
fo r d e o xi d ati o n
an d
( u s u al l y s i l i c o n
an d /o r al u m i n u m ) .
b
S te e l
co n tai n i n g
ch rom i u m ,
c
Fo r
th e
d
e
of
re d u ct i o n
s peci fi e d
See
1 . 00
e ach
Tabl e
m ax.
3. 00
l e ss
b u t m o re
t h an
th an
of
m axi m u m
5
t h at
0. 01
%
%
(1 . 05
m as s
s p eci fi e d
be l o w
%)
is
fracti o n
t o tal
fo r carbo n
th e
s pe ci fi e d
pe rm i tte d
up
to
al l o yi n g
e l e m e n t s,
or
s teel s
wi t h
l e ss
th an
1 1
%
m ass
fract i o n
s te e l .
carbo n
m axi m u m
a m axi m u m
of
(0. 3 5
1 . 35
%) ,
an
i n cre as e
of
0 . 06
%
m an g an e s e
abo ve
%.
1 2.
n i cke l
m ax.
is
is
fo r s o u r - s e rvi ce
acce p tabl e .
app l i cati o n s
m e et i n g
N AC E
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
1 51 56.
F o r n o n s o u r s e rvi c e ,
a n i cke l
co n te n t
in
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
35
Table 1 2 ―Phosphorus and Sulfur Concentration Limits
Part
Product
Specification
Level
N O TE
Tab l e
p u rp o s e l y
1 1
an d
o m i tte d
fro m
re q u i re m e n ts
If
th e
Tab l e
co m p o s i ti o n
is
of
i n d u s try s t an d ard
If
th e
fracti o n
Phosphorus
Sulfur
PSL
1
0 . 0 40
m ax.
0 . 0 40
m ax.
PSL
2
0 . 0 40
m ax.
0 . 0 40
m ax.
PSL
3
0. 025
m ax.
0. 025
m ax.
PSL
4
0. 01 5
m ax.
0. 01 0
m ax.
do
tab l e s
s p e ci f i e d
e l e m e n ts
6.3.5.3
m as s
not
to
ap p l y
p ro vi d e
to
o th e r
th e
al l o y
s ys te m s .
m an u factu re r
wi th
C o m p o s i ti o n
fre e d o m
to
u se
l i m i ts
al l o y
of
o th e r
s ys te m s
al l o y
fo r
s ys te m s
th e
are
m u l ti p l i ci ty
of
e n co u n te re d .
th o s e
th e
1 2
th e s e
%
s p e ci f i e d
as
are
by
re fe re n ce
re s i d u a l /trace
wi th i n
th e
to
a
re co g n i z e d
e l e m e n ts
l i m i ts
of
th i s
be
i n d u s try
re p o rte d ,
s tan d ard ,
p ro vi d e d
it
th e
s h al l
n ot
be
re s i d u a l /trace
n e ce s s ary
el em en t
th at
l i m i ts
s p e ci f i cati o n .
Tolerance Ranges
m an u f actu re r
re f e re n ce
i n d u s try
a
th e
s p e ci f i e s
re co g n i z e d
s tan d ard .
s tan d ard ,
N O TE
to
If
th e
to l e ran ce
Th e s e
a
app l y
fo r
PSL
s tan d ard ,
m an u f actu re r
ran g e s
to l e ran ce s
m ate ri al
i n d u s try
s h al l
o n l y to
th e
s p e ci f i e s
m eet
th e
th e
3
or
PSL
m ate ri al
a
m ate ri a l
co ve re d
in
wi t h
ch e m i cal
m eet
th e
ch e m i s try
re q u i re m e n ts
m ate ri al s
4
s h al l
in
Tab l e
Tab l e
co m p o s i ti o n
to l e ra n ce
n ot
co ve re d
ran g e s
by
a
re q u i re m e n ts
of
th e
by
re fe re n ce d
re co g n i z e d
i n d u s t ry
1 3.
1 1 .
Table 1 3―Maximum Tolerance Range Limits for Alloying Elements (PSL 3 and PSL 4)
Maximum Tolerance Range for Alloying Elements
a
Element
%
m as s
fracti o n
Carbon and Low-alloy
Steel
Martensitic
Stainless Steels
45K Material for Weldneck Flanges
C arb o n
0. 08
0. 08
NA
M an g an e s e
0. 40
0 . 40
NA
S i l i co n
0. 30
0. 35
NA
N i cke l
0. 50
1 . 00
NA
C h ro m i u m
0. 50
NA
NA
M o l yb d e n u m
0. 20
0. 20
NA
Van ad i u m
0. 1 0
0. 1 0
NA
F O O TN O TE
a
6. 4
p ro p e rti e s
N O TE
1
N O TE
For
t o tal
2
of
th e
al l o wabl e
e xh i b i te d
of
th e
AP I
is
6H T
th e
parts
vari ati o n
fo r th e
Q TC s
it
in
an y o n e
e l em e n t
an d
s h al l
n ot
e xce e d
th e
m axi m u m
s peci fi e d
in
Tabl e
1 1 .
s h al l
al l
l o cati o n s
g u i d an ce
an d
m e ch an i cal
q u al i fi cati o n
in
a
re p re s e n t
th e
p ro p e rti e s
of
th e
t h e rm al
re s p o n s e
of
th e
m ate ri a l
q u al i fi e s .
h ard e n ab i l i ty
at
re q u i re d
h e a t- tre ate d
th e
p arts
p ro vi d e s
th e
a s tan d ard
m ate ri al
on
actu al
ach i e vi n g
20H
by
p ro d u cti o n
D epen d i n g
p ro p e rti e s
AP I
th e
General
com p ri s i n g
g o al
are
Qu al i fi cati on Tes t C ou pon s
6.4.1
Th e
Val u e s
of
a
g i ve n
th ro u g h o u t
g o od
m ate ri al ,
p racti ce s
p ro pe rti e s
at
o f b atc h - typ e
co n ti n u o u s
th e
Q TC
re s u l ts
might
n ot
al ways
co rre s p o n d
to
th e
th e i r cro s s - se cti o n .
f u rn ace ,
fo r
th e
h e at - tre atm e n t
d e p th
be l o w
th e
of
parts
su rface
wi th
l arg e
cro s s - s e cti o n ,
e s tab l i s h e d
by
th e
wi th
th e
m an u factu re r.
h e at- tre atm e n t s e rvi ce s .
th e
QTC
s h al l
co n s i s t
of
a
s acri fi ci al
p ro d u cti o n
p art
or
a
36
AP I
p ro l o n g a ti o n
re m o ve d
f ro m
q u a l i f y o n l y p ro d u ct i o n
p art s
N O TE
p art,
3
Fo r
th e
N O TE
wh i ch
Th e
Q TC
4
it
A
is
a
s acri fi ci al
be
a
ER
p arts ,
e x te n s i o n
re q u i re d
of
6.4.2.2
T yp i ca l
u sed,
b ar
p art
of
be
is
a
th e
u s ab l e
m ill
tre p an n e d
s am e
p art
or
p ro l o n g at i o n
QTC
s h al l
co re
or
p ro l o n g ati o n
re m o ve d
fro m
a
p ro d u cti o n
o r s m al l e r E R .
d e pe n d i n g
an d
p ro d u ce d
fro m
i n te g ral l y
on
th e
s h ap e s ,
an d
s h ap e
or
cro s s - s e cti o n
as
o th er
t h at
varyi n g
of
th e
th e
si ze
s am e
att ach e d
a n y re - te m p e ri n g
cro s s - s e cti o n
com p l e x
l arg e s t
parts
re m ai n
re l i e f ,
s am e
a
an d
s h al l
s t o ck,
th e
wi t h
th e
it
s tre s s
f o r a s e parate
a QTC
b as i c
ap p l y as
An
an d
l o cati o n
of
th e
te s t
s p e ci m e n
fro m
d u ri n g
th e
m ate ri al
bu t
an d
h e at - tre at
h e at- t re atm e n t
th at
ca n
wi th
a
be
l o t.
o p e rat i o n s ,
e x ce p t
re q u i re d .
u n i f o rm
cro s s - s e cti o n ,
th e
ra w m ate ri a l .
cro s s - s e cti o n ,
p art ,
al l
o r re - ag i n g
raw
of
h e at
th e
it
is
n ot
e x te n s i o n
n e ce s s ary t h at
s h al l
m e et
or
th e
e x ce e d
p ro l o n g a ti o n
th e
m inimum
Q TC .
f o r a p art
m odel s
fo r
i l l u s trate d
s h al l
be
d e te rm i n e d
PSL
d e te rm i n i n g
in
u si n g
th e
ER
m e th o d s
F i g u re
g i ve n
in
6 . 4. 2. 2 .
th e
ER
of
s i m pl e
soli d
an d
hollow
p arts
an d
m o re
co m p l i cate d
p arts
4.
t yp e part sh al l be d eterm i n ed by u si n g a th i ckn ess,
ER d eterm i n ati on
for th es e parts s h al l
be i n
accord an ce wi th
QTC
s h al l
T
,
eq u al to th at of th e th i ckes t fl an g e of th at
th e m eth o d s for com pl ex- sh aped
parts.
Size Requirements
6.4.2.3.1
Fo r
m ay
Q TC
h avi n g
p ro d u cti o n
s h ap e .
ER Methods
6.4.2.3
it
is
h ave
Th e ER of a stu d d e d
part.
th e
s acri f i ci al
an d
Selection
s i ze
s h al l
if
parts
Th e
si ze
Equivalent Round
6.4.2.1
Th e
sh al l
p ro d u cti o n
6.4.2
part
p art.
i d e n t i cal
o n l y,
q u a l i f y o n l y m ate ri al
h e at- tre a tm e n t,
tu bu l ar
an
p ro d u cti o n
p ro l o n g ati o n
p ro l o n g a ti o n
Fo r
h e at - tre atm e n t
an
m ay q u al i fy o n l y p ro d u cti o n
s h al l
p o s t- we l d
Fo r
p ro d u cti o n
s e l e cte d .
Q TC
Wh en
b atch
a
h avi n g
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Castings
1 ,
q u al i f i e s
P SL
as
2,
an d
P SL
d e te rm i n e d
3,
by
th e
ER
of
th e
be
e q u al
to
or
g re ate r
using the actual dimensions of the part in the “as
th an
th e
- h e a t-
d i m en si on s
of
th e
p art
treated” condition.
6.4.2.3.2 Forgings
Fo r
PSL
1
an d
o r g re at e r th a n
Fo r
ER
PSL
as
N O TE
Fo r
1
th e
PSL
3,
2
for
2,
for
2,
for
p arts
l arg e r th an
p arts
wi th
of
p arts
re g ard l e s s
A Q TC
p arts
re g ard l e s s
d i m en si on s
3,
fo r
d i m en si on s
PSL
A Q TC
m i n im um ,
N O TE
an d
th e
m inim um ,
1
PSL
th an
Fo r
a
P SL
an
th e
wi th
of
63
an
l arg e r th an
ER
si ze,
1 25
of
it
ER
l ess
th an
63
mm
(2. 5
in. ),
th e
ER
of
th e
Q TC
s h al l
be
e q u al
to
q u al i f i e s .
of
63
mm
(2 . 5
in. )
or
l arg e r,
th e
Q TC
si ze
s h al l
be
63
mm
(2. 5
in. )
s i ze .
(2 . 5
of
it
ER
p art
an
p art
mm
ER
an
th e
wi t h
of
p art
p art
wi th
of
in.)
l ess
ER
m ay b e
th an
1 25
u s ed
mm
(5
wh e n
re q u i re d
in. ),
th e
ER
l arg e r,
th e
QTC
b y th e
of
th e
m a n u factu re r o r p u rc h as e r.
QTC
s h al l
s h al l
be
be
e q u al
to
or
g re ate r
q u al i f i e s .
of
1 25
wi th
mm
(5
mm
th e
in.)
(5
in. )
or
e xce pti o n
ER
m ay be
fo r bod i e s
u s ed
wh e n
n oted
s i ze
in
s p e ci fi e d
th e
1 25
mm
(5
in. )
ER
f o l l o wi n g .
b y th e
m an u factu re r o r pu rch as e r .
as
a
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
Rou n d
H e x ag o n
ER
a
Wh en
L
=
is
s p e ci m e n
b
c
Wh en
On
L
ER
l e ss
l ess
T
Wh ere
Bo d i es
T
th an
re m o val .
th an
m u l ti fl an g e d
d
e
is
T
,
D
p arts ,
=
co n si d e r
,
S q u are
T
1 .1
s e cti o n
co n s i d e r as
a
ER
as
p l ate
a
of
p l ate
T
R e ctan g l e
=
L
of
s cre we d
ER
=
o r P l at e
S i m pl e
T
1 .5
ER
Are a
i nsi de
d as h e d
l i n es
is
th e
H o l l o w S h ap e
=
1
th i ckn e s s .
/4
2
T
T
e n ve l o pe
T
s h al l
be
th e
th i ckn e s s
o f th e
th i cke st
an d
o pen
T
2
,
fl an g e .
th e l arg er of th e two i n d i cated d i m en si on s sh al l
be u sed .
en ds.
1
al l
i n tern al
an d
e xtern al
su rfaces d u ri n g
h eat-treatm en t are
wi th i n
1 3 mm
(
1
/2 i n . )
of th e
fi n al
su rfaces,
ER = 1
an d e xte rn al
su rfaces d u ri n g
h eat- treatm en t are n ot wi th i n
1 3 mm
(
/2 i n . )
of th e fi n al s u rfaces,
th en
.
W h en
d u ri n g
h e at-
ER = 2
b) General flanged bodies for complex-shaped wellhead parts
f
1
Th i s
are a
is
th e
ce n te r co re
/4
T
e n ve l o p e
fo r te s t s pe ci m e n
c) Keel block configuration,
equals
Figure 4 —Equivalent Round Models
ER
For
PSL
tre at
is
3,
fo r
bod i e s
g re at e r
th an
th at
454
re q u i re
kg
a
(1 000
yi e l d
l b) ,
s tre n g th
th e
QTC
of
ER
75K
or
s h al l
2. 3
g re a te r
be
th e
an d
s am e
.
re m o val .
R
wh e re
or
T
T
/4
1
al l i n tern al
te s t
a) Simple geometric ER sections/shapes having length, L
FO O TN O TE
Wh en
fo r
th i ckn e s s .
i s th e th i ckn ess wh en th e part i s h eat-treate d as i n
wi th
T
1 . 25
37
th e
g re ater
part’ s
th an
we i g h t
th e
p art
it
q u al i fi es
38
AP I
bu t
is
n ot
re q u i re d
g re ate r th an
—
d esi g n
1 25
s p e ci fi e d
a
mm
cri t e ri a
in
6. 3
q u al i fi cati o n
acce ptan ce
a
q u al i f i cati o n
wh i ch e ve r
a
(1 0
in. ) ,
wi t h
th e
f o l l o wi n g
is
th e
S e c ti o n
or
th e
5
in. )
ER
Q TC
s h al l
be
p e rm i tte d
fo r
p a rts
wi th
an
th at:
s tre s s
wh e re
s acri f i ci al
a n al ys i s
i d en ti fi e d
th i s
d i s tri b u t i o n
th e
or
a
p art
at
b y th e
a
an d
m e ch an i cal
is
at
of
to
63
d e m o n s trate s
p ro p e rti e s
va l i d ate
mm
d i s tri b u ti o n
p art
a
u sed
d e pth
s tre s s
s acri f i ci al
s p e ci f i cati o n
th at
are
th e
l o we r
p art
m e e ts
t h an
th e
th e
d esi g n
re q u i re m e n ts
is
d e p th
u sed
of
in
to
63
(2. 5
th e
th e
in. )
d esi g n
d o cu m e n t
mm
(2. 5
m e ch an i cal
or
in. )
T/4 ,
is
th at
l ess,
at
s ati s f y
th e
th e
cri t i cal
d o cu m e n tati o n ;
th at
or
p ro pe rti e s
wh i ch e ve r
th e
T /4
of
p art
th e
m ee ts
th i cke s t
th e
C h arp y
s e cti o n
of
i m p act
th e
p arts ,
an d
f o rg i n g
s am e
a
th e
f o rg i n g
l ess;
p ro vi d e d
e x ce pti o n .
QTC;
of
as
of
q u al i f i cati o n
u si n g
mm
p ro vi d e s
f o rg i n g
cri te ri a
re q u i re m e n ts
—
25 0
in. )
of
f o r th e
cro s s - s e cti o n ( s )
—
(5
d o cu m e n tati o n
acce ptan ce
—
e xce e d
At the manufacturer’s option, a 1 25 mm (5
E XC E P T I O N
ER
to
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
or
s a cri f i ci al
h e at - tre at
p art
th at
g e o m e try,
s h al l
q u al i f y
m ate ri al
al l
g ra d e ,
th e
an d
p ro d u cti o n
h e at- tre at
p arts
c o ve re d
p aram e te rs
by
as
t he
an al ys i s
d e fi n e d
by
th e
m an u f actu re r.
N O TE
3
A Q TC
Fo r P S L
6.4.3
4,
a p ro l o n g a ti o n
no
cas e
s am e
p ri m ary
g rad e
s h al l
[e . g .
re m o ve d
m e l t;
in.)
o r p ro d u cti o n
ER
p art
m ay b e
s h al l
u se d
be
wh e n
s p e ci fi e d
b y th e
m an u fac tu re r o r p u rch as e r .
u sed .
a
m el t
si n g l e
no
th e
wo rk rati o
AP I
6.4.3.3.1
B atch
h as
re m e l t
u si n g
rem e l t - g rad e
n ot
i n g ot
al l o yi n g
e l e ctro d e
s h al l
a
or
m el ti n g
e x p e ri e n ce d
m ay
be
s h al l
p ro ce s s )
u sed
be
th e
to
i d e n t i cal
q u al i f y
p e rf o rm e d
m ate ri al
p ract i ce ( s )
vac u u m - d e g as s e d
u sed
to
o th er
on
m e l ti n g
t h an
s h al l
th at
n ot
p ract i ce ( s ) ] .
re m e l t - g rad e
th e s e
fab ri cate
cl e an e r
m ate ri al
i n d i vi d u a l
p arts
h avi n g
QTC
as
a
th at
i n g o ts .
P SL
th e
m ate ri al
m ate ri al
R em e l t - g rad e
m ate ri a l
re m e l t
of
q u al i f y
4
is
from
m ate ri al
th e
H o we ve r,
s h al l
be
it
f rom
s am e
re m e l t -
q u al i f i e d
on
a
u se
th e
s am e
f o u n d ry
p ract i ce ( s )
fo r
th e
th o s e
u sed
fo r
th e
p arts
it
q u al i f i e s
re p re s e n tat i o n .
m an u f actu re r
6.4.3.3
th at
a
Hot Working Practices
p ro ce s s i n g
Wel d i n g
p ro c e s s e d
b as i s .
accu rate
6.4.3.1 .3
6.4.3.2
be
f ro m
ad d i t i o n al
m an u f actu re r
N O TE
Q TC
m ad e
Casting Practices
e n s u re
h ot
th e
QTC
( co n s u m abl e
6.4.3.1 .2
Th e
a
p ri m ary
f rom
re m e l t- i n g o t
Th e
(1 0
Melting Practices
q u al i fi e s
to
mm
Melting, Casting, and Hot Working
6.4.3.1 .1
th e
250
Processing
6.4.3.1
In
l arg e r th an
of
20B
s h al l
u se
p ro d u cti o n
th e
an d
p art( s )
AP I
on
th e
p art ( s )
it
20C
it
Q TC
h ot
q u al i fi e s .
wo rk
Th e
rati o s
to ta l
h ot
th at
wo rk
are
rati o
e q u al
fo r
to
th e
or
Q TC
l ess
s h al l
t h an
n ot
q u al i f i e s .
p ro vi d e
g u i d an ce
on
h ot
wo rk rati o s .
Welding
on
th e
Q TC
s h al l
n ot
be
p e rm i tte d ,
e xce p t
fo r
attach m e n t- t yp e
we l d s .
Heat-treating
Batch-type Furnace Heat-treatment
h e at- tre atm e n t
s h al l
be
p e rf o rm e d
u si n g
e q u i pm e n t
q u a l i fi e d
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
6. 5 .
th o s e
e x ce e d
u sed
th e
in
to ta l
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
Fo r
it
PSL
1
an d
q u al i f i e s .
th e
QTC
PSL
Th e
is
n ot
th at
fo r
of
th e
m ate ri al .
Fo r
PSL
m ate ri al
454
th e
kg
QTC .
3,
Fo r
PSL
4
l b) ,
n ot
co rre s p o n d i n g
Th e
th e
as
th e
lim it
75 K
QTC
or
of
th e
( as
s am e
app l i ca b l e )
s h al l
th a t
be
s am e
s p e ci fi e d
h e at - tre atm e n t
te m p e ratu re
n ot
u se
g re ate r
s h al l
th e
be
a
te m p e ratu re s
fo r
th e
h i g h er
s h al l
wh e re
h e at- tre ate d
in
t h at
e xce e d
th e
th e
QTC
n ot
p e rm i tte d
of
of
75 K
th e
be
by
it
q u al i fi e s ,
s h al l
be
l o we r
th e
th e
wi th i n
th an
1 4
h e at - tre at
as
th e
p art( s )
p ro ce d u re ( s ) .
1 4
°C
If
au s te n i t i z i n g ,
°C
(25
(2 5
° F)
° F)
p ro ce d u re
of
be l o w
fo r
th at
p art( s ) .
or
bod y
h e at - tre at
p ro ce s s i n g
h e at - tre at i n g
p art( s )
th at f o r th e
we i g h t
s am e
th e
s h al l
d e s i g n ati o n
th e
s p e ci f i e d
as
fo r
p art( s )
t h an
n ot
m ate ri a l
an d
l ot
h e at - tre atm e n t
s
g re ate r
d u ri n g
f u rn ace
an d
fo r
bo d i e s
h e at - tre a t
an d
s am e
is
th at
u se
g re ate r
q u e n ch
tan k
a
th an
as
th e
q u al i f i e s .
ad d re s s e d
m e ch an i cal
e ach
b atch
e xp e ri e n ce
treated using the manufacturer’
te m p e ratu re
h a n g e rs
p ro d u cti o n
to
p art
e ach
s p e ci fi cal l y
or
s h al l
h e at -
te m p e ri n g
at
of
th at i t
o n l y,
p ro l o n g a ti o n
be
u ppe r
ti m e
m an d re l
p arts
p arts
N O TE
Th e
Th e
c yc l e
fo r
(1 000
QTC
ag e - h a rd e n i n g
d e s i g n at i o n
p ro d u cti o n
F o r al l
or
p art( s ) .
Th e
th e
s h al l
h e at- tre at e d
s o l u ti o n - tre ati n g ,
th o s e
2,
Q TC
39
t e s ti n g
p art
q u e n ch
s h al l
fo r
s h al l
h e at- tre atm e n t
u n d er P SL
be
e ach
be
u sed
re q u i re m e n ts
3,
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
p e rfo rm e d
h e a t- tre at
fo r m u l ti p l e
of PSL 4
do
pe r
l o t.
h e at
of
pe r
PSL
PSL
PSL
l o t.
from
1 ,
th e
PSL 2 ,
s h al l
app l y.
te s ti n g
or
s am e
an d
2
Th e
p ro l o n g ati o n s
b atch e s
n o t ap pl y to
an d
h e at - tre at
I n d i vi d u a l
q u e n ch
1
f u rn ace
P SL
s h al l
u se
p ro d u ct i o n
a
p art s
l o ad .
3.
6.4.3.3.2 Continuous-type Furnace Heat-treatment
C o n ti n u o u s
Fo r
th e
m ate ri al
m ate ri al
6.4.4
h e at- tre at e d
it
s h al l
in
a
be
p e rf o rm e d
co n ti n u o u s
u si n g
f u rn ace ,
e q u i pm e n t
th e
Q TC
q u al i f i e d
s h al l
be
in
f ro m
acco rd an ce
th e
s am e
wi th
h eat
6. 5 .
an d
h e at - tre at
l ot
as
q u al i fi e s .
Material Qualification
6.4.4.1
If
h e at- tre atm e n t
Tensile and Impact Test Specimens
te n s i l e
an d /o r
h e at- tre atm e n t
N O TE
1
i m p act
te s t
s p e ci m e n s
are
re q u i re d ,
th e y
s h al l
be
re m o ve d
f rom
a
Q TC
af te r
th e
f i n al
Q TC
c yc l e .
M u l ti p l e
Q TC s
m ay
be
u sed ,
p ro vi d e d
th at
al l
th e
ap p l i cab l e
Q TC
re q u i re m e n ts
of
th i s
s pe ci fi cati o n
are
s ati s fi e d .
Test
s p e ci m e n s
s h al l
1
th e
ce n te r
s e cti o n
N O TE
fro m
of
2
4
T
be
Fo r
Q TC s
f ro m
(see
l arg e r
s h al l
fo r
a
F i g u re
th an
th e
be
th e
Q TC
ro o t are
If
p art
a
p ro d u cti o n
AS T M
N O TE
si ze
A3 7 0
p h ys i cal
Q TC ,
th e
3
th e
is
u sed
as
s t an d ard - s i z e d ,
th e
s u b si z e
Q TC
of
i n s tan ce
th e
th at
s p e ci m e n s
/
4
a
T
s p e ci fi e d
th an
f ro m
f ro m
QT C ,
fo r a QTC
1 2. 5
QTC
QTC
s u ch
mm
th at
wi t h i n
3
6. 4. 2. 3 ,
th e
th e
be
th e i r
mm
QTC
en ds
te s t
of
it
(0 . 50 0
is
not
re q u i re d
s u ch
th e
l o n g i tu d i n al
(
/
8
in. )
of
ce n t e rl i n e
th e
axi s
is
m i d - th i ckn e s s
wh o l l y
of
wi th i n
th e
th i cke s t
th at
s p eci m e n s
in.)
n e ce s s ary
i f th e
s pe ci fi e d
th e
th at
th e
Q TC
te n s i l e
te s t
si ze
s p e ci m e n s
we re
be
re m o ve d
s p e ci m e n
u sed .
g au g e
l e n g th
an d
QTC .
f o r th at p ro d u cti o n
s tan d ard - s i z e d
in
in
wo u l d
th e
pre ve n ts
re fe re n ce d
or
4) .
s i ze
re m o ve d
l e as t
re q u i re m e n ts
co n f i g u rati o n
In
at
sol i d
s u rface
1
C h arp y V- n o tch
m e e ti n g
th e
1
farth e r fro m
s p e ci m e n s
re m o ve d
e n ve l o pe
a h o l l o w QTC
a l o cati o n
Test
/
co re
s h al l
p art
d i am e te r
as
be
re m o ve d
d e fi n e d
te n s i l e
in
f ro m
a
s e cti o n
of
th e
p art
6. 4. 2 .
s p e ci m e n s
s h al l
be
u sed ,
u n l ess
th e
th e i r u s e .
s p e ci m e n s
AS TM
A3 7 0
can n o t
m ay b e
be
u sed .
u sed
b e cau s e
of
th e
p h ys i cal
co n fi g u rati o n
of
th e
40
AP I
S tan d ard - s i z e d
i n s u ff i ci e n t
i m p act
m ate ri al ,
s p e ci m e n s ,
in
wh i ch
1 0
cas e
mm
x
1 0
th e
n e xt
s u ch
th a t
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
mm
in
s m al l e r
cro s s - s e cti o n ,
s h al l
s tan d ard - s i z e d
1
I m p act
U n l ess
s p e ci m e n s
s p e ci f i e d
°F
s h al l
be
re m o ve d
o th e rwi s e ,
an d
1 20
te n s i l e
( b e t we e n
40
6.4.4.2
Hardness Testing
At l e as t on e R ockwe l l
Th e
Q TC
th e
b y th e
p ro ce d u re s
6. 5
or Bri n el l
ten s i l e
I SO
al l
h e at-
p ro d u cti o n
of
th i s
p arts
acco rd an ce
Au to m ati c
m e an s
of
6.5.2
of
p ri o r
i m pact
( al l
to
tes t
p arts )
- tre a ti n g
s h al l
s u i tabl e
an
6. 5. 4
ER
be perform ed
h ard n e s s
sp eci m e n s .
or I SO
be
e q u i pm e n t
e q u al
p arts
an d
an d
to
6508
on
te s t i n g
a
e n ve l o p e .
te m p e ratu re
b e t we e n
( al l
p arts ) ,
th e QTC after th e fi n al
s h al l
H ard n e s s
p l ace d
in
s h al l
s h al l
be
be
th e
s am e
te s ti n g
s h al l
be
o r AS T M
E1 0,
AS T M
co n s i d e re d
th e
p e rf o rm e d
f u rn ace s
i n s tru m e n ts
th e
be
o r g re ate r t h an
h e at- tre at
re co rd i n g
p ro te cti ve
co n tro l l i n g
an d
4
°C
an d
50
°C
h e at-tre atm en t cycl e.
h e at - tre atm e n t
p erform e d
E 1 8,
in
c ycl e s
acco rd an ce
o r AS T M
wi th
E1 1 0.
e ti n g
th e
f u rn ace
t h at
s h al l
ER
wi th
h ave
be
wo rki n g
e q u i pm e n t
of
th e
h e at - tre at i n g
be e n
th a t
s u bj e ct
is
ro u ti n e l y
e q u i pm e n t
s u rve ye d
in
u sed
to
p ro ce s s
Q TC .
th at
acco rd an ce
h as
be e n
wi th
ca l i b rate d
An n e x
M.
u se d .
zo n e ( s )
an d
p ro t e cte d
f ro m
f u rn ace
atm o s p h e re s
by
d e vi ce s .
re co rd i n g
i n s tru m e n ts
u sed
fo r
th e
h e at - tre atm e n t
p ro ce s s e s
s h al l
be
accu rate
to
±
1
%
ran g e .
Instrument Calibration
T em p e ratu re - co n tro l l i n g
E q u i pm e n t
u sed
to
an d
cal i b rat e
re co rd i n g
th e
i n s tru m e n ts
p ro d u cti o n
s h al l
e q u i pm e n t
s h al l
be
be
cal i b rate d
accu rate
to
at
±
l e as t
0. 25
%
o n ce
of
e ve r y
fu l l - s cal e
3
m o n th s .
ran g e .
Production Type Equipment —Batch-type Furnaces
6.5.4
6.5.4.1
Temperature Tolerance
6.5.4.1 .1
Austenitizing, Normalizing, Annealing, or Solution Annealing Furnaces
tem p e ratu re
s o l u ti o n
th e
th e
at
an y
an n e al i n g
f u rn ace
te m p e ratu re
th an
at
T
Instrument Accuracy
6.5.3
afte r
c ycl e s
p ro d u cti o n
co n tro l l i n g
th e i r f u l l - s cal e
Th e
p e rf o rm e d
4
is
u sed.
s p e c i f i cati o n .
h avi n g
wi th
T h e rm o co u p l e s
or
/
th e
th e re
be
treating of parts, QTCs shall be performed with “production type” equipment me
H e at- tre atm e n t
of
h ard n ess tes t s h al l
an d
6506
“Production type” heat
Th e
wi th i n
wh e re
s h al l
General
re q u i re m e n ts
in
be
is
e x ce pt
o btai n ab l e
P rod u cti on H eat-treati n g E q u i pm en t
6.5.1
Fo r
in
s h al l
n o tch
u s ed ,
°F) .
h e at- tre atm e n t
e xpe ri e n ce d
te s t i n g
th e
be
s p e ci m e n
is
po i n t
s h al l
wo rki n g
re ach e d ,
te m p e ratu re
in
n ot
th e
zo n e
none
wo rki n g
vary
of
to l e ra n ce .
by
h as
th e
zo n e
m o re
been
of
th an
±
a
fu rn ace
1 4
b ro u g h t
te m p e ratu re
°C
up
re ad i n g s
(±
to
u sed
25
fo r
° F)
au s te n i ti z i n g ,
f ro m
th e
t e m p e ratu re .
s h al l
e xce e d
th e
n o rm al i z i n g ,
f u rn ace
B e f o re
s e t- po i n t
th e
set -poi n t
an n e al i n g ,
te m p e ratu re
f u rn ace
te m p e ratu re
s et- po i n t
by
m o re
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
41
6.5.4.1 .2 Tempering, Aging, or Stress-relieving Furnaces
F u rn ace s
(± 1 5
° F)
th at
are
u sed
from
th e
f u rn ace
te m p e ratu re .
e x ce e d
th e
B e fo re
fo r
th e
s e t- p o i n t
tem p e ri n g ,
s e t- poi n t
f u rn ace
ag i n g ,
s e t- poi n t
te m p e ratu re
an d /o r
t e m p e ratu re
b y m o re
s tre s s - re l i e vi n g
af te r
th e
te m p e ratu re
th an
th e
is
f u rn ace
re ach e d ,
te m p e ratu re
s h al l
n ot
wo rki n g
n on e
of
vary
zon e
th e
by
h as
m o re
bee n
th an
±
b ro u g h t
te m p e ratu re
8
up
re ad i n g s
°C
to
s h al l
to l e ra n ce .
6.5.4.1 .3 Multiple Use Furnaces
Fo r
fu rn ace s
s u pp l i e r
s h al l
u sed
s h al l
co n fo rm
6.5.4.2
Th e
to
th e
te m p e ratu re s
6.5.4.3
Wh en
th e
of
a
ti m e
Th e
f u rn ace
of
th e
fu rn ace
S AE
S AE
is
re p ai re d
n ot
AM S 2 7 5 0
a
new
an d
s p e ci f i e d
fo r
in
i d e n ti f i e d
e ach
in
6 . 5 . 4. 1 . 1
o pe rat i o n .
6. 5. 4. 1 . 1
an d
Th e
6. 5. 4. 1 . 2 ,
an d
fu rn ace
as
6 . 5. 4. 1 . 2,
th e
te m p e ratu re
app ro p ri ate
h e at- tre atm e n t
u n i f o rm i t y
f o r th e
p ro ce s s
s u rve y
u sed.
b atch - t yp e
wi th
fu rn ace
An n e x
s h al l
be
s u rve ye d
wi th i n
1
ye ar
p ri o r
to
u se
of
th e
f u rn ace
M.
or
fu rn ace
re q u i re
q u al i t y
cal i b rati o n
is
to
th e
s u rve y
a
s e cti o n s
f u rn ace
re b u i l t,
s u b j e ct
a
new
an d
R e pa i rs
ca l i b rati o n
n e w te m p e ratu re
on
f u rn ace
is
re q u i re d .
s u rve y
te m p e ratu re
f o l l o wi n g .
as s u ran ce
re q u i re d
Al l
f u rn ace
on
th e
s h al l
re pa i rs
th at
be
th e
do
carri e d
f u rn ace
not
out
to
af f e ct
b e fo re
th e
th e
th e
co n d i t i o n
f u rn ace
it
t e m p e ratu re
was
in
is
at
to l e ran ce
ca l i b rati o n .
an d
f u rn ace
re pa i rs
m ake
s h al l
re tu rn
re pai rs
s u rve y an d
m o d i f i cati o n s
o rg an i z ati o n
b as e d
or
s u rve y
th at
an d
re pa i rs
s h al l
m o d i fi cati o n s
d e te rm i n ati o n
o r m o d i f i cati o n s
in
be
s h al l
wh e t h e r
acco rd a n ce
u sed
be
an
to
d e t e rm i n e
d o cu m e n te d ,
ad d i t i o n al
wi th
S AE
an d
f u rn ace
AM S 2 7 5 0
or
Production Type Equipment –Continuous-type Furnaces
AM S 2 7 5 0
or
f u rn ace s
S AE
C o n ti n u o u s - typ e
s h al l
be
o pe ra te d ,
m ai n tai n e d ,
m o d i fi e d ,
acco rd a n ce
wi t h
an d
re p a i re d
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
S AE
AM S - H - 6 8 7 5 .
fu rn ace s
s h al l
be
s u rve ye d
in
An n e x
M.
Wel d i n g
7. 1
G en eral
S e cti o n
7
s h al l
ve l o ci t y o x yg e n
7. 2
not
appl y
fu e l
to
m ate ri al
s u rf ace
p ro p e rt y
co n tro l s ,
s u ch
as
t h e rm al
s p ra y
p ro ce s s e s
[e . g .
high-
( H VO F ) ] .
N on pres s u re-con tai n i n g Wel d s O th er Th an Wel d O verl ays
7.2.1
Welding Procedure/Performance
PSL
1 ,
acco rd an ce
—
—
e ach
acco rd an ce
p re vi o u s
C o n ti n u o u s - typ e
Fo r
o pe ra ti o n s
ran g e
AM S - H - 6 8 7 5 .
6.5.5
7
wi th i n
in
s h al l
re s p o n s i b l e
s u rve y
re q u i re m e n ts
h e at- tre atm e n t,
wh e th e r
th e
te m p e ratu re
Furnace Repairs
fo r
th e
h e at - tre atm e n t
th e
Temperature Uniformity Survey Frequency
f o r h e at- tre atm e n t
u sed
fo r
d efi n e
AS M E
I SO
I SO
PSL
wi th
2,
th e
BPVC
,
1 56 0 9
9606
PSL
3,
an d
PSL
4,
we l d i n g
p ro ce d u re s
an d
p e rf o rm an ce
q u al i fi cati o n s
s h al l
be
in
p arts
of
fo l l o wi n g :
S e cti o n
I X,
( p ro ce d u re s ) ,
or
a p p l i cab l e
[ we l d e r p e rf o rm an ce
p arts
q u al i fi cati o n
of
I SO
1 56 1 4
(W P Q ) ] .
( q u a l i f i cati o n
t e s ti n g ) ,
an d
ap p l i cab l e
42
AP I
7.2.2
Application
Fo r P S L
—
1 ,
P SL
Wel d i n g
2,
PSL
s h al l
be
3,
an d
For
we l d i n g
acti vi t i e s
s h al l
be
p e rf o rm e d
sh ou l d
to
in
we
in
fo l l o w
ad h e re d
P SL
p e rf o rm e d
N o n p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
—
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
4,
in
th e
f o l l o wi n g
acco rd an ce
s h al l
wi th
ap p l y.
q u al i f i e d
p ro ce d u re s
lds shall meet the manufacturer’
acco rd an ce
re q u i re m e n ts
ad d i ti o n
to
wi t h
in
I SO
th e
s p e ci f i c
q u al i fi e d
re l e va n t
d esi g n
we l d i n g
p arts
re q u i re m e n ts
s
as
of
I SO
by
q u al i f i e d
we l d i n g
p e rs o n n e l .
re q u i re m e n ts .
p ro ce d u re s ,
3 834.
e s tab l i s h e d
As
in
a
th i s
we l d i n g
wo rk
m inim um ,
an d
I SO
re l ate d
3 8 3 4 - P art
3
s p e ci f i cati o n .
7.3 Pressure-containing Fabrication Welds
7.3.1
General
F ab ri cat i o n
7.3.2
Fo r
we l d i n g
s h al l
PSL
7.3.3
1 ,
PSL
1 ,
we l d i n g
PSL
2,
P SL
P SL
1 ,
of
7.3.4
P SL
2,
pl u g s.
3,
an d
PSL
4,
d esi g n
of
g ro o ve
an d
fi l l e t
we l d s
wi th
to l e ran ce s
s h al l
be
d o cu m e n te d
th e
3,
an d
P SL
(W P S ) .
Wel d i n g
we l d i n g
4,
Th e
we l d i n g
co n s u m ab l e s
m an u f actu re r
co n s u m ab l e s
s h al l
s h al l
s h al l
h a ve
be
a
co n f o rm
wri tte n
s to re d
to
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
p ro ce d u re
an d
u sed
fo r
as
s to rag e
of
th e
an d
we l d i n g
co n tro l
re co m m e n d e d
by
of
th e
co n s u m abl e .
PSL
2,
PSL
3,
an d
PSL
re c o rd
4,
th e
(PQR) ,
d e p o s i te d
s h al l
we l d
m eet
or
m e tal
e x ce e d
m e ch an i cal
th e
p ro p e rti e s ,
m e ch an i c al
as
d e te rm i n e d
p ro pe rti e s
s pe ci fi e d
b y th e
fo r
th e
p art.
Welding Procedure Qualifications
Written Procedure
Fo r P S L
1 ,
BPVC
P SL
Wel d i n g
,
2,
s h al l
in
Th e
be
PQR
an d
( AS M E
re co rd
al l
q u al i fi cat i o n
th i s
an d
P SL
BPVC
or
I SO
,
in
4,
th e
f o l l o wi n g
acco rd an ce
1 56 0 9.
Th e
S e cti o n
IX
or
BPVC
,
t e s ti n g .
of
S e cti o n
an d
B o th
S e cti o n
s p e ci fi cati o n ,
I X)
or
W PS
W PS,
be
wri t te n
an d
q u al i f i e d
1 56 1 4- 1 .
Th e
q u al i fi e d
by
u se
WPS
of
s h al l
in
a cco rd an ce
we l d i n g
wi t h
p ro ce d u re
d e s c ri b e
al l
th e
to
W P QR
as
e s s e n t i al ,
p e rf o rm an ce
e s s e n ti al
th e
PQR
(i f
q u al i f i cati o n
re q u i re d )
s h al l
be
re co rd
vari ab l e s
m ai n tai n e d
as
of
(W P Q R )
th e
we l d
re co rd s
in
(I SO
1 561 4- 1 )
p ro ce d u re
(I S O
1 561 4 - 1 )
is
e q u i val e n t to
P QR
( AS M E
BPVC
,
u sed
acco rd an ce
1 5.
re fe re n ce
AS M E
te s t
vari ab l e s .
we l d e r
an d
app l y.
s h al l
I SO
s u pp l e m e n tary
th e
s h al l
wi th
W PS
s u pp l e m e n tar y e s s e n t i a l
e s s e n ti al
re q u i re m e n ts
In
3,
p e rf o rm e d
IX
AS M E
n o n e s s e n ti a l ,
s h al l
PSL
S e ct i o n
re q u i re d
N O TE
P SL
q u al i f i cati o n
th e
7.3.4.1
th e
va l ve - re m o val
Deposited Weld Metal Properties
p ro ce d u re
fo r
an d
s p e ci f i cati o n s .
co n s u m abl e s .
7.3.3.2
—
s
s p e ci fi cati o n
m an u f actu re r o f
—
bu l l p l u g s
Welding Consumables
p ro ce d u re
d esi g n
on
Materials
7.3.3.1
Fo r
p e rf o rm e d
Joint Design
in the manufacturer’
Fo r
n ot be
S e cti o n
I X) .
wi th
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
7.3.4.2
Base Metal Groupings
Fo r P S L
—
1 ,
For
P SL
2,
we l d i n g
PSL
3,
For
we l d i n g
PSL
te s t
we l d m e n t
a
PSL
th e
te s t
1
an d
3
an d
th e
7.3.4.4
1 ,
For
2,
m ate ri al
For
if
acco rd an ce
4,
in
BPVC
,
b y th e
ap p l i cabl e
h e at- tre atm e n t
h e at- tre ate d
ad d i t i o n
be
in
to
th e
s
th e
is
S e ct i o n
I X,
b as e
m ate ri al ( s )
n ot
l i s te d
in
m an u factu re r.
p arts
re q u i re d
co n d i t i o n .
wri tte n
of
I SO
1 561 4,
g ro u p i n g
s h al l
be
as
d efi n e d
by
P o s t - we l d
th e
W PS,
al l
te s ti n g
h e at- tre atm e n t
of
th e
s h al l
te s t
be
don e
we l d m e n t
wi t h
th e
s h al l
be
s p e ci f i cati o n s .
re q u i re m e n ts
s am e
l o we r al l o wab l e
PSL
an d
fo r
tem p e ratu re
te m p e ratu re
be
E 92
Vi cke rs
PSL
ran g e
l i m i ts
1
an d
P SL
as
th at
s p e ci fi e d
s h al l
n ot
2,
e xce e d
th e
28
p o s t- we l d
on
°C
th e
(50
h e at- tre atm e n t
W PS.
Th e
of
d i f f e re n ce
°F) .
N O TE
1
E 1 40 .
When
s h al l
O th e r
a
be
s cal e
2
be
Fo r
( al l
in
f o l l o wi n g
an d
s h al l
HH,
be
an d
on
CC,
th e
p arts ) ,
fo r
th e
te s ts
an d
N AC E
co n ve rs i o n
s h al l
b as e - m ate ri al
m e th o d ;
s h al l
acro s s
be
of
or
th e
re co rd e d
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
m an u f actu re r
an d
R o ckwe l l
R e s u l ts
ap p l y.
h ard n e s s
wi th
th e
we l d
s h al l
p e rf o rm e d
acco rd a n ce
m e th o d .
u se d
co rre l ati o n s
o th e r
an d
re p o rte d
e xam p l e ,
in
I SO
h ard n e s s
s p e ci f y
to
we l d
p art
an d
of
b as e - m ate ri al
th e
PQR.
h e at-
H ard n e s s
te s t
1 51 56.
H AZ
6507
c o n ve rte d
as
th e
h ard n e s s
cro s s - s e cti o n
( al l
p arts ) ,
R o ckwe l l
re ad i n g s
C,
fo r
in
u si n g
as
te s ti n g
th e
98
N
ap p l i cab l e .
m ate ri al s
l o cat i o n s .
acco rd an ce
wi t h i n
wi th
m e th o d
AS T M
th e
or
E 1 40
s co p e
of
m ay
be
t h an
e s tab l i s h e d
AS T M
s h al l
be
fo r
E 1 40
b as e d
or
on
i n d i vi d u al
I SO
m ate ri al s
1 8265
va l i d at e d
th at
are
co n ve rs i o n
te s t
re s u l ts .
o u ts i d e
is
u sed ,
Th e
th e
s co p e
th e
of I SO
1 8265
co n ve rs i o n
m e as u re d
h ard n e s s
or
m e th o d
an d
te s t
p are n th e s e s .
20. 0
m e as u re m e n t
H RC
val u e
an d
(22 8
te s t
H BW ) ,
wh e re
20. 0
H RC
is
th e
co n ve rte d
h ard n e s s
val u e
an d
228
H BW
is
s cal e .
Hardness Testing for Minimum Mechanical Properties
s p e ci fi e d
PSL
we l d s,
Th e
FF,
BB,
kg f
be
d o cu m e n te d
o ri g i n al
For
be
AA,
1 0
co n ve rs i o n
sh al l
N O TE
7.3.4.5
th e
ap p l i ca ti o n .
AS TM
th e
s h al l
6508
s h al l
4,
EE,
p e rf o rm ed
I SO
1 8265
P SL
DD,
c l as s e s
s h al l
AS T M
I SO
an d
cro s s - s e cti o n
re s u l ts
or
th e i r
3,
( H AZ )
E1 8
N O TE
wi t h
ap p l y.
AS M E
s p e ci f i cal l y q u al i fi e d
p o s t- we l d
s h al l
AS T M
Wh en
wi th
s h al l
1 561 4.
p o s t - we l d
cl as s e s
zo n e
m ate ri al
T e s ti n g
—
P SL
P SL
l o cati o n s
—
2,
th e
u p p e r an d
af f e cte d
or
f o l l o wi n g
Hardness Testing
Fo r P S L
—
P SL
in
we l d m e n t
b e t we e n
—
in
I SO
th e
acco rd an ce
be
ccordance with the manufacturer’
For
—
of
4,
Heat-treatment
Fo r
in
p arts
P SL
in
s h al l
p ro ce d u re s
b y app l i cab l e
7.3.4.3
an d
p ro ce d u re s
P - n u m b e r g ro u p i n g
—
43
1 ,
PSL
2,
a m in im u m
th re e
m an u factu re r o r p u rch as e r ,
PSL
wi th
te sts
th e
3,
an d
PSL
4,
for
th e
of th ree h ard n ess tes ts i n
h ard n e s s
Th e s e
acco rd an ce
b y th e
m ay
te s ts
be
m e th o d s
s h al l
u sed
s h o wn
to
in
be
m ad e
q u al i fy
th e
p u rp o s e s
we l d
of
th e wel d m etal
b y th e
1 0. 4. 2. 4. 2.
f o l l o wi n g
s am e
m e tal
wi th
s h al l
h ard n e s s
sh al l
m e th o d s
a
a p p l y.
i n s p e cti o n
be m ad e an d
as
h ard n e ss
u sed
l o we r
to
an d
i n s p e ct
th an
q u al i f yi n g
record ed
th at
p ro d u cti o n
as part of th e P QR .
p ro d u ct i o n
e s tab l i s h e d
in
we l d s .
1 0. 4. 2 . 4. 3
in
44
AP I
7.3.4.6
Impact Testing
Fo r P S L
—
—
If
1 ,
P SL
i m p act
2,
A3 7 0
rad i u s
of
R e s u l ts
8
If
a
of
te s t
of
wh i ch
For P SL
If
i m p act
f ro m
th e
1
/
wi th i n
4
o ri e n t e d
—
—
2,
wi th
s h al l
an d
te s ti n g
is
re q u i re d
of
m e tal
th e
H AZ
s p e ci m e n s
Th e
an d
th e
m e tal
an d
PSL
b e co m e
o r AS TM
of
BPVC
th re e
,
i m p act
S e ct i o n
val u e
e q u al
th e
fo r
one
of
th e
th e
b as e
f ro m
3
an d
f ro m
PSL
th e
—
1 ,
P SL
,
4,
of
th e
te s t
we l d
e ach ) :
1 00
to
te s ti n g
c h e m i cal
s u pp l i e r
m e et
PQR.
th e
An y
p e rfo rm e d
u si n g
I SO
m inim um
re te s ts
s p e ci m e n s
rem o ve d
ad d i ti o n a l
wi th
or
no
e xce e d i n g
i m p act
t wo
T
is
an d
%
s e ts
th e
we l d
do
in
acco rd a n ce
1 48- 1 ,
a
s tri ke r
wi t h
wi t h
a
of
re q u i re m e n ts
i m p act
te s t i n g
of
th e
sh al l
b as e
be
in
th e
f ro m
th e
re q u i re d
h e at - tre atm e n t
re q u i re d
l o cat i o n
m ay
m inim um
be
wi th i n
m ad e ,
ave rag e
th e
e ach
val u e
pe r
of
re q u i re m e n ts
th re e
At
th i ckn e s s
as
te s t
s p e ci m e n s
l e as t
of
ap p l y.
one
th e
f ace
we l d .
s h al l
of
Th e
be
e ach
ro o t
re m o ve d :
s p e ci m e n
of
th e
n o tch
te s t
we l d
one
set
s h al l
be
s h al l
be
f o l l o ws :
m e tal ;
as
n ot
te s t
H AZ.
l o ca te d
i n cl u d e
re q u i re m e n ts
an al ys i s
o r b y te s ti n g
IX
of
P SL
3,
IX
or I SO
1 ,
P SL
2,
PSL
m u ch
ap p l y to
H AZ
PSL
m ate ri al
as
pos s i bl e .
1 .
7. 3 . 4 . 7
an d
or
do
of
an d
P SL
I SO
n o t ap pl y
4,
th e
s h al l
to
PSL
we l d e rs
9606.
b as e
be
1
an d
R e co rd s
m ate ri al s
p art
of
of
an d
th e
an d
fi l l e r
m e tal
fo r
th e
s h al l
be
PQR.
PSL 2.
we l d i n g
we l d e r
o p e rat o rs
W PQ
s h al l
te s ts
be
s h al l
q u al i f i e d
be
in
in
acco rd an ce
acco rd a n ce
wi th
wi t h
AS M E
9 606.
3,
s h al l co n form
W e l d e rs
an d
in
th e
we l d s
P re h e ati n g
of
P SL
4,
th e
f o l l o wi n g
s h al l
to th e q u al i fi e d W PS an d s h al l
o p e rato rs
s h al l
co n s i d e re d
p art
h ave
app l y.
be perform ed
acce s s
to ,
an d
s h al l
b y q u al i fi e d
co n fo rm
wel d e rs/we l d i n g
to ,
th e
we l d i n g
operators .
p aram e te rs
as
W PS.
t h at
manufacturer’
an d
we l d i n g
are
m an u f actu re r to
—
be
W h en
Welding Requirements
W el d i n g
Al l
2,
S e cti o n
S e ct i o n
d e fi n ed
—
s h al l
th e
b as e - m ateri al
wh e re
e ac h ) :
i m p act
re q u i re m e n ts
BPVC
PSL
Fo r P S L
—
s h al l
I X)
ad d i ti o n al
Welder Performance Qualification
7.3.6
of
to
m ate ri al ,
th e
m ate ri al ,
( th re e
( th re e
fo l l o wi n g
set
s u rf ace
s p e ci m e n s
ad d i ti o n al
4,
7.3.5
,
H AZ
p art
ad d i t i o n al
Th e
BPVC
te s ti n g
t e ch n i q u e .
A3 7 0 .
N O TE
AS M E
th e
V- n o tch
Chemical Analysis
o bta i n e d
Fo r
ap p l y.
m ate ri a l ,
b as e - m ate ri al
s h al l
AS M E
PSL
s u rf ace
to
C h arp y
we l d
an
3,
T
b as e
th e
s h al l
1 0.
P SL
we l d
th e
re te s t
e xh i b i t
f o l l o wi n g
fo r
1 48- 1
a
th e
u si n g
re s u l t s
( pe r
4,
u sed .
th e
I SO
o r T ab l e
n o rm al
7.3.4.7
be
of
th e n
P SL
1 48-1
in
co u p o n
an d
re q u i re d
s h al l
we l d
N O TE
Fo r
9
is
te s ti n g
fai l s ,
3,
I SO
R e co rd s
te s t
T abl e
or
mm
acco rd an ce
s am e
PSL
te s ti n g
AS T M
m ate ri al .
—
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
d e s cri b e
th e
as s e m b l i e s
s
wri tte n
or
of
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
p arts ,
pro c e d u re s .
if
d esi g n
f o r th e
re q u i re d
by
of
a
i n te n d e d
th e
p ro d u ct i o n
p art
s h al l
be
s p e ci f i e d
by
th e
we l d .
W PS,
sh al l
be
p e rf o rm e d
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
th e
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
7.3.7
Post-weld Heat-treatment
Fo r P S L
—
—
1 ,
Wel ds
In
be
—
—
m ay
cas e
2,
Th e
th e
be
l o cal l y
of
s h al l
be
p o s t - we l d
l o w- a l l o y
q u e n ch e d
te m p e ri n g
f o l l o wi n g
s h al l
fo r P SL
1
s h al l
f u rn ace
p o s t - we l d
M.
a
on
th e
N O TE
Fo r P S L
Th e
3
l o ca l
ban d ,
on
m ate ri al
Th e
an d
as
P SL
4,
th e
th at
p ro d u cti o n
N OTE 2
n ot
th e
of
p art
be
PSL
s h al l
be
Th e ad d i ti on al
1
an d
co n tro l l i n g
For
P SL
th e
we l d i n g
acti vi t i e s
2
ra n g e
en d
50
of
mm
s te e l s ,
th e
s h al l
be
s h al l
co n s i s t
s p e ci f i e d
th e
(2
we l d ,
in. ),
h e at- tre atm e n t
s h al l
s h al l
s h al l
W PS .
s p e ci f y
p ro ce d u re s
fo r
th e
u se
of
po s t- we l d
h e at- tre at m e n t
tem p e ratu re
s h al l
in
of
th e
s h al l
p e rf o rm e d
h e ati n g
a
q u al i f i e d
be
th e
wh i ch e ve r
is
re q u i re m e n ts
of
e q u i pm e n t
ci rcu m f e re n ti al
W PS.
wi d e s t
l ess.
wi th
Th e
wi d th
H e ati n g
of
by
m e e ti n g
b an d
m i n im um
th e
we l d
d i re ct
aro u n d
wi d t h
pl u s
f l am e
th e
th e
of
th e
ei th er
th e
i m pi n g e m e n t
do
n o t ap p l y to
PSL
1 .
ap p l y.
th e
e q u al
P SL 2
ap p l y.
h e at- tre atm e n t
on
to
W PS.
of
th e
Th e
p ro d u cti o n
we l d m e n t
s tre s s - re l i e vi n g
o r g re ate r th an
th at
of
th e
s h al l
be
h e at- tre atm e n t
te s t
in
th e
s am e
ti m e ( s )
at
te m p e ratu re
te m p e ratu re
of
we l d .
post- wel d h eat-treatm en t req u i rem en ts o f P SL 3 an d PSL 4 d o n ot appl y to PS L 1
2,
th e
s
f o l l o wi n g
we l d i n g
q u al i f i cati o n
p e rf o rm e d
sh ou l d
fo l l o w
in
of
th i s
s h al l
an d PSL 2.
co n tro l
s ys te m
acco rd an ce
re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
wi t h
in
th e
be
s h al l
i n cl u d e
o p e rato rs
I SO
an d
q u al i fi e d
re l e van t
a d h e re d
to
p arts
in
p ro ce d u re s
th e
u se
we l d i n g
of
I SO
ad d i ti o n
to
of
fo r
m o n i to ri n g ,
p ro ce d u re s ,
3 83 4.
u p d at i n g ,
an d
W PS.
As
s p e ci f i c
a
we l d i n g
m ini m um ,
re q u i re m e n ts
wo rk
I SO
as
an d
re l ate d
3 8 3 4 - P art
3:
e s tab l i s h e d
in
cal i b rat e d
in
s p e ci f i cat i o n .
I n s tru m e n ts
to
i n d i cate
t e m p e ratu re ,
ccordance with the manufacturer’
Fo r P S L
In
ap p l y.
we l d e rs /we l d i n g
Standard Quality Requirements
—
m an u factu re r
q u al i f i e d
p e rm i tte d .
f o l l o wi n g
p o s t- we l d
p arts
t e m p e re d
h e at- tre atm e n t
or
or
po s t- we l d
s p e ci f i e d
— The manufacturer’
a
a p pl i cab l e
Welding Controls
Fo r P S L
—
Th e
th e
ap p l y.
th e
side
th e
ad d i ti o n al
an d
h e a t- tre atm e n t
wi t h i n
e ach
of
s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts
ran g e
p o s t - we l d
te m p e ratu re
Ad d i ti o n al l y,
7.3.8
An n e x
t h i ckn e s s
1
wi th
ap p l y.
of
at
acco rd a n ce
te m p e ratu re .
re q u i re m e n ts
Ad d i ti o n al l y,
in
h e at- tre at e d .
Ad d i ti o n al l y,
n o m i n al
—
ap p l y.
h e a t- tre atm e n t.
re q u i re m e n ts
co n tro l l e d
—
s h al l
h e at- tre atm e n t
b e l o w th e
we l d
—
f o l l o wi n g
p o s t- we l d
th e
Fo r P S L
—
th e
P o s t- we l d
l o cal
—
45
3
an d
ad d i ti o n
we l d i n g
P SL
to
4,
th e
th e
s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts
p aram e te rs
eq u i pm en t
f o l l o wi n g
trace ab l e
s h al l
to
a
be
s
fo r
vo l t ag e ,
wri tte n
an d
am p e rag e
s h al l
be
s e rvi ce d
an d
s p e ci f i cati o n s .
ap p l y.
PSL
s e rvi ce d
n ati o n al l y o r
1 /P S L
an d
2,
i n s tru m e n ts ,
m e te rs ,
an d
calibrated to the manufacturer’
i n t e rn at i o n al l y re co g n i z e d
s ta n d ard
s
g au g e s
wri tte n
s p e ci f i e d
u sed
to
co n fi rm
s p e c i f i cati o n s
b y th e
by
m an u factu re r.
46
AP I
—
Th e
cal i b ra ti o n
e s tabl i s h e d
s h o rte n e d
u sed,
Th e
on
th e
an d
we l d i n g
a
m ax i m u m
I n te rval s
re c o rd e d
fre q u e n c y,
ad d i ti o n al
re q u i re m e n ts
of
m ay be
h i s to ry.
W ri tte n
h ard n e s s
re s u l ts .
co n tro l
re q u i re m e n ts
6
m o n th s
l e n g th e n e d
re co rd s
of
PSL 3
s h al l
an d
u n ti l
re co rd e d
( 6 - m o n th
d o cu m e n t
P SL
4
do
cal i b rati o n
m axi m u m
th e
cal i b rati o n
n o t ap pl y to
h i s to r y
i n cre m e n t)
PSL 1
or
d at e ,
an d
can
be
s h al l
be
p ro ce d u re
PSL
2.
Wel d i n g
we l d i n g
s h al l
7.4.2.2
b as e
q u al i fi e d
ap p l y to
P SL
1 ,
PSL
2,
PSL
3,
an d
PSL
4,
u n l ess
o th e rwi s e
n oted .
7.4.2.4
m ate ri al
in
d efi n e
th e
acco rd an ce
re q u i re m e n ts
i m p act
s e l e cte d
WPS
wi th
th e
an d
N DE
s p e ci f i e d
re q u i re m e n ts .
W PS.
s tre n g th
(i f
fo r
m ate ri al
re q u i re d ) ,
an d
co m p o s i t i o n ,
m ate ri al
h e at - tre atm e n t
co n d i t i o n
d e s i g n ati o n
s h al l
be
as
kn o wn
s p e ci f i e d
p ri o r
to
in
th i s
s e l e cti n g
an d
th e
acce s s
f o r re pai r s h al l
e n s u re
co m p l e te
fu s i o n .
Procedure Qualification Record
Th e W P S
7.4.2.5
s e l e cte d
s h al l
be
s u pp o rte d
by a PQR
as
d e s cri b e d
in
7. 3 . 4.
Repair Welding
we l d i n g
7.4.2.6
T h e re
p e rf o rm e d
s h al l
Fusion
Th e W PS
R e p ai r
be
pro ce d u re s
W PS.
7.4.2.3
of
bu l l pl u g s ,
va l ve - re m o val
pl u g s,
an d
b ack- p re s s u re
val ve s
s h al l
n ot
be
al l o we d .
Access
s h al l
7.4.2.7
be
acce s s
to
e val u ate ,
re m o ve ,
an d
i n s pect
th e
n o n co n f o rm i n g
co n d i t i o n
(see
Welder/Welding Operator Qualification
we l d e r/we l d i n g
o pe rat o r s h al l
possess
a va l i d
q u al i f i cati o n
in
acco rd an ce
Weld Repair of Castings
Wel d
re p ai r f o r cas ti n g s
Wel d
re p ai rs
7.4.4
s h al l
Base Material
s p e ci f i cati o n ,
7.4.3
7. 4
General
re p ai r
Th e
of
Welding Procedure Qualifications
7.4.2.1
Th e
be
General
7.4.2
Al l
b as e d
s h al l
m an u f actu re r.
P res s u re-con tai n i n g Repai r Wel d s
7.4.1
Th e
i n te rval s
th e
accu rac y,
N O TE
7. 4
by
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
s h al l
be
s h al l
co n f o rm
d o cu m e n te d
in
to
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
acco rd an ce
wi th
AP I
of
AP I
2 0 A,
2 0 A.
Bolt Hole, Tapped Hole, and Machined Blind Hole Repair
Fo r P S L
2
an d
PSL
3,
th e
f o l l o wi n g
s h al l
ap pl y.
CSL
3.
wi t h
7. 3 . 5.
al s o
1 0. 4. 2. 1 5) .
a
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
—
Th e
we l d e r/we l d i n g
u si n g
—
Th e
s h al l
to
co n f i rm
be
cro s s - s e cti o n e d
com p l e te
e val u at i o n
b)
s h al l
Th e
h ol e
h ol e
wi th
d i am e te r
Th e
d e p th - t o - d i am e te r
tes t
On e
i n cl u d e
q u al i fi cati on
a
p e rf o rm
th ro u g h
fu s i o n .
sh al l
Th e re pai r- wel d
a)
o p e rato r
an
ad d i t i o n al
re pai r- we l d i n g
p e rfo rm an ce - q u al i f i cati o n
te s t
h ol e.
re p ai r- we l d i n g - q u al i f i c ati o n
or
Th i s
—
a m o ck- u p
47
to t al
sh al l
s h al l
of
d epth
e ach
of
be res tri cted
fo r th e
of
q u al i fi e d
of
of
th e
th e
th e
by
h ol e
fo u r
th e
b y th e fo l l o wi n g
d i am e te r u s e d
th e
te s t
h ole
test
h ol e
ra d i o g rap h y
in
t wo
in
p l ace s
m atch i n g
acco rd an ce
90°
ap art
s e g m e n ts
wi th
an d
s h al l
be
1 0. 4. 2. 1 6
m acro - e tch e d
m acro - e tch e d .
h ole.
essen ti al
p e rf o rm an ce - q u al i f i cat i o n
d i am e te r g re ate r th an
rati o
be
ce n t e rl i n e
s u rf ace
th e
u sed
h ol e
th e
s h al l
te s t
f o r th e
q u al i f y
is
th e
te s t
al l
vari abl es for perform an ce con trol s.
m inim um
s h al l
re p a i rs
be
to
d i am e te r
co n s i d e re d
h ol es
wi th
q u al i f i e d .
An y
q u al i f i e d .
a
s am e
or
s m al l e r
d e p t h - to - d i am e te r rati o .
c)
Th e
p e rfo rm an ce - q u al i f i cati o n
o th e r
be
―
Th e
Fo r P S L
1
Th e
we l d
2
of
e s s e n t i al
7. 3 . 4,
th e
of
bo l t
h ole
s h al l
h a ve
s trai g h t
co n f i g u rati o n
of
p aral l e l
th e
wal l s .
If
p e rf o rm an ce
an y tap e r,
te s t,
th at
co u n t e rb o re ,
co n f i g u rati o n
or
s h al l
vari ab l e .
7. 3 . 7 ,
an d
re p ai r re q u i re m e n ts
re p ai r
h ol e
e n h an ce
h ol es,
7. 3 . 8
of
PSL
tap p e d
re p ai r re q u i re m e n ts
of
s h al l
2
an d
h ol es,
PSL
4
al s o
P SL
an d
do
ap pl y.
3
do
n ot
app l y to
m ach i n e d
n ot
ap p l y to
bl i n d
PSL 1 ,
PSL 1
h ol es
PSL
2,
an d
s h al l
an d
PSL
n ot
PSL
4.
be
p e rm i tte d .
3.
Corrosion-resistant Overlay (Including Ring Grooves)
7.5.1 .1
General
p ro vi s i o n s
h an g e rs ,
N O TE
Th e s e
7. 5. 1
hub
s h al l
en d
ap p l y
to
co n n e cto rs ,
re q u i re m e n ts
do
n ot
u se
an d
app l y
to
of
en d
h ard
co rro s i o n - re s i s tan t
an d
we l d
o u t l e t co n n e cto rs
faci n g
or
to
th e
we l d
o ve rl a y
( i n cl u d i n g
o ve rl ay
of
fo r
ri n g
val ve
bo d i e s,
b o n n e ts ,
m an d re l
g ro o ve s ) .
b o re
s e al i n g
m e ch an i s m s ,
ch o ke
s te m s .
Welding Procedure/Performance Qualification
7.5.1 .2.1
General
Q u al i f i cati o n
7.5.1 .2.2
Fo r P S L
Th e
fo r we l d
o ve rl a y s h al l
co n f o rm
to
AS M E
BPVC
,
S e ct i o n
I X,
f o r we l d
o ve rl a y o r t o
I SO
1 56 1 4 - 7.
Thickness
1 ,
P SL
2,
PSL
m inim um
eq u i pm en t
g ro o ve s
in
th i ckn e s s
as
of
cl am p
o r val ve
7.5.1 .2
—
an
h ol e
Th e
to
Weld Overlay
7.5.1
tri m ,
u sed
co n s i d e re d
4,
N O TE
Th e
is
re q u i re m e n ts
N O TE
7.5
ai d
al l
p art i a l
al l
e s tab l i s h e d
an d
th i ckn e s s
an d
fo r
3,
o th e r
of
fu l l
o ve rl a y
o th e r
b y th e
P SL
ri n g
we l d
th e
4,
th e
f o l l o wi n g
fi n i s h e d
o ve rl a y
g ro o ve
s h al l
s u rf ace s
p ro ce d u re
ap p l y.
co rro s i o n - re s i s tan t
e q u i pm e n t
e q u i pm e n t
s h al l
be
s h al l
3
s h al l
be
mm
be
q u a l i f i cati o n .
3
(0. 1 2
e q u al
we l d
mm
in. )
to
o ve rl a y
(0. 1 2
or
fo r
in. ).
th e
g re at e r
ap p l i e d
Th e
o u te r
th an
to
m ate ri al
m ini m um
23°
th e
cl as s
th i ckn e s s
s u rf ace .
th i ckn e s s
Th e
fo r
HH
ri n g
m inim um
re q u i re m e n ts
48
—
AP I
Th e
m inim um
eq u i pm en t
p ro ce d u re
th i ckn e s s
s h al l
be
of
e q u al
th e
to
fi n i s h e d
or
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
co rro s i o n - re s i s tan t
g re at e r
th a n
th e
we l d
t h i ckn e s s
o ve rl a y
ap p l i e d
re q u i re m e n ts
to
p art i a l
e s tabl i s h e d
by
o ve rl a y
th e
we l d
q u a l i f i cati o n .
7.5.1 .2.3 Chemical Analysis
Fo r P S L
—
1 ,
BPVC
P SL
C h e m i cal
,
th e
2,
PSL
an al ys i s
S e ct i o n
IX
m inim um
3,
s h al l
or
C h e m i cal
cri te ri a
m e tal
an a l ys i s
—
For
th e
T abl e
N O TE
d e p th
at th a t
be
I SO
on
is
to
f o l l o wi n g
p e rf o rm e d
th e
d esi g n
cl ad
al l o y
th e
Th e
of
th e
as
UNS
s h al l
we l d
wh e n
we l d
s pe ci fi e d
E i th e r Fe 5
th e
o th e r
o r Fe1 0
m ay b e
b y th e
th e
o ve rl a y
f rom
eddy
th e
th e
or
ch e m i cal
re q u i re m e n ts
p e rfo rm e d
be
s p e ci f i e d
f ace
H al l
th e
be
s h al l
l i m i ts
fu s i o n
cu rre n t
Th e
wi th
s h al l
q u al i f i e d
wi th i n
if
th e
e ff e ct
at
in
th an
by
th e
7. 5. 1 . 2. 2.
p ro d u cti o n
of
AS M E
l ess
e s tab l i s h e d
m e th o d s
co m p o s i ti o n
of
or
acce ptan c e
acco u n t
th e
fo r
d e pos i te d
th e
we l d
m an u f actu re r.
ch e m i cal
co m p o s i ti o n
u se d
fo r an y m ate ri al
s h al l
m eet
on e
of
th e
cl as s e s
g i ve n
in
Rou g h
an a l ys i s
1 51 56
m ach i n i n g
e xpos e d
cl as s .
―C h em i cal C om pos i ti on of th e N i ckel
co m p o s i ti o n s
ch e m i cal
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
—
an d
i n te rface .
Fe 5
I ro n
5. 0
I ro n
1 0. 0
are
th e
to l e ra n ce s
th e
re q u i re d
o ve rl a y
ap p ro ve d
l a ye r m e e ts
Composition
Element
th at
of
-based Alloy UNS N06625
Class
Fe 1 0
For
p art
th e
acco rd a n ce
th e
th i ckn e s s
m e as u re d
u si n g
in
of
1 4.
Table 1 4
—
m e tal
s am p l i n g
fi n i s h e d
N 0 662 5,
ap p l y.
m inim um
t h i ckn e s s
a p pro xi m ate
be
on
C h e m i cal
a cce p tabl e
fo r
s h al l
n i cke l - b as e d
th e
q u al i f i e d .
th e
l o cati o n
4,
1 561 4 - 7.
al so
m e as u re m e n ts
p e n e trati o n
P SL
th i ckn e s s
m an u f actu re r b as e d
—
an d
to
s h al l
co n fo rm
co n fo rm
%
to
to
th e
th e
m as s
fracti o n
m ax.
m ax.
re q u i re m e n ts
s p e ci f i cati o n
of
l i m i ts
N AC E
of
th e
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
co rre s p o n d i n g
1 51 56,
N AC E
m ate ri al ( s ) .
an d
d i l u ti o n
fi n i s h e d
m ach i n i n g
e s ta b l i s h e d
th ro u g h
to l e ran ce s
s h al l
be
co n tro l l e d
to
e n s u re
th a t
th e
q u al i fi cati o n .
7.5.1 .2.4 Mechanical Properties
Fo r P S L
—
Th e
1 ,
P SL
b as e
2,
PSL
m e tal
h e at- tre atm e n t.
p ro p e rt i e s
—
If
th e
an d
an d
m ate ri al
Th e
cri te ri a,
th e
m ate ri al
a
P SL
4,
s h al l
th e
te n s i l e
re s u l ts
is
as
n ot
te s t
f o l l o wi n g
re ta i n
m an u f actu re r
re co rd
o ve rl a y
d esi g n
3,
an d
th e
s h al l
p art
s h al l
m inim um
s p e ci f y
of
th e
i m p act
m e ch an i cal
th e
m e th o d s
p ro pe rt y
to
re q u i re m e n ts
e n s u re
th e s e
af te r
re q u i re d
p o s t- we l d
m e ch an i cal
PQR.
co n s i d e re d
an
ap p l y.
te s t
as
of
p art
th e
of the manufacturer’s or this specification’s
o ve rl a y m ate ri al
s h al l
n ot
be
re q u i re d .
— Other than ring grooves, if the overlay material is considered as part of the manufacturer’s design criteria
or
of
wh e re
th e
d i m en si on s
fo r
o ve rl a y m ate ri a l
th e
s h al l
p ro d u ct
be
are
s p e c i fi e d
in
this
s p e c i f i cati o n ,
m e ch an i c al
tes ti n g
per
S e cti o n
6
re q u i re d .
— If overlay material is only part of the manufacturer’s design criteria, acceptance criteria for mechanical
te s ti n g
an d
of
th e
s p e ci fi e d
o ve rl a y
b y th e
m ate ri al
s h al l
m an u factu re r.
be
as
s p e ci fi e d
in
S e cti o n
6,
or
as
e s tabl i s h e d
by
d esi g n
an al ys i s
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
49
7.5.1 .2.5 Weld Conformance with NACE MR01 75/ISO 1 51 56
Fo r
PSL
N AC E
1 ,
PSL
2,
PSL
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
3,
an d
PSL
4,
we l d s
fo r
u se
in
H
2
S
s e rvi ce
s h al l
co n f o rm
to
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
1 51 56.
7.5.1 .2.6 Guided-bend Tests
Fo r
BPVC
PSL
AS M E
1 ,
PSL
,
2,
P SL
S e cti o n
3,
IX
an d
or
PSL
I SO
4,
g u i d e d - be n d
1 561 4-7
to
t e s ts
co n f i rm
we l d
an d
acce pt an ce
o ve rl a y/b as e
cri t e ri a
m ate ri al
s h al l
bo n d
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
i n te g ri t y.
7.5.1 .2.7 Welder Performance Qualification
Fo r
P SL
960 6 ;
2,
PSL
or I SO
N O TE
Th e
7.5.1 .3
3,
an d
PSL
4,
W P Qs
s h al l
co n f o rm
to
BPVC
AS M E
,
S e cti o n
I X;
th e
re l e van t
p arts
of
I SO
1 4 732 .
s u p pl e m e n tal
re q u i re m e n ts
of 7. 5. 1 . 2. 7
do
n ot
ap p l y to
PSL
1 .
Base Material Conformance with NACE MR01 75/ISO 1 51 56
For
P SL
th e
b as e
1 ,
P SL
2,
m ate ri al
P SL
s h al l
3,
an d
P SL
co n f o rm
4,
to
wh ere
N AC E
th e
bas e
m ateri al
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
is
1 51 56
req u i red
afte r
to
we l d
m eet
o ve rl a y
N AC E
an d
M R0 1 75/I SO
an y
1 5 1 56 ,
s u bs e q u e n t
h e at -
tre atm e n ts .
7.5.1 .4
Fo r
Mechanical Properties
PSL
afte r
2,
PSL
p o s t- we l d
p ro p e rt i e s
N O TE
an d
Th e
7.5.1 .5
an d
PSL
4,
th e
re co rd
th e
m e ch an i cal
re s u l ts
p ro p e rty
b as e
Th e
as
m ate ri al
s h al l
m an u factu re r
p art
of
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
re tai n
s h al l
th e
Fo r P S L
th re e
7. 5. 1 . 4
do
n o t ap pl y to
2,
P SL
3,
an d
te s t i n g .
o r m o re
PSL
Tes t
te s t
4,
re s u l ts
W el d
P SL
P SL
overl ay for
q u al i fi cati o n
H ard
2,
3,
f aci n g
or
e q u al
Th e
m an u f actu re r
re s u l ts
7.5.3
For
m e ch an i cal
m e th o d s
to
p ro p e rt y
e n s u re
re q u i re m e n ts
th es e
m e ch an i c al
PSL
1 .
s h al l
wi th i n
to
3
be
pe rf o rm e d
mm
o r g re ate r
p art
of
th e
o th er th an
th an
of
th os e
we l d
th e
s h al l
co vered
wi th
o ve rl a y
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
s p e ci f y
re q u i re m e n ts
f o l l o wi n g
acco rd an ce
afte r p o s t - we l d
s h al l
th e
4,
o ve rl ay
(0. 1 2
92
by
u se
Th e
in
of
th e
th e
H RBW
of 7. 5 . 1 . 5
we l d
an d
do
m e tal
o ri g i n al
as
b as e
re co rd e d
n o t ap pl y to
p art
of
th e
m ate ri al .
as
p art
of
p ro ce d u re
Th e
th e
ave ra g e
PQR.
PSL 1 .
ap p l y.
AS M E
fo r
1 51 56.
in. )
BPVC
7. 5. 1
s h al l
,
in
req u i re
S e cti on
a
wel d i n g
I X or I SO
h yd ro g e n - s u l f i d e
b as e
m ate ri al
s h al l
proce d u re/perform an ce
1 5 61 4- 7.
s e rvi c e
re ta i n
th e
s h al l
co n f o rm
m inim um
to
th e
m e ch an i cal
h e at- tre atm e n t.
m e th o d s
to
e n s u re
th e s e
m e ch an i ca l
p ro p e rti e s
an d
re co rd
th e
PQR.
Repair of Weld Overlays
PSL
u si n g
as
P SL
t yp e s
N AC E
p ro p e rt y re q u i re m e n ts
—
g ro o ve
o ve rl a y i n
o th e r
of
ri n g
an d
pu rpos es
fo r we l d
re q u i re m e n ts
fo r
be
be
Weld Overlay for Other Than Corrosion Resistance
1 ,
te s ti n g
s h al l
te s t i n g
s h al l
7.5.2
Fo r P S L
h ard n e s s
h ard n e s s
l o cati o n s
Th e
—
th e
PQR.
N O TE
—
m inim um
s p e ci f y
Hardness Testing for Ring Groove Overlay
q u a l i f i cati o n
of
3,
h e a t- tre at m e n t.
th e
1 ,
P SL
2,
P SL
3,
o ve rl a y m ate ri a l ,
an d
s h al l
PSL
be
4,
re p ai rs
acce pta b l e
of
we l d
o ve rl a ys ,
o n l y p ro vi d e d
th at:
i n cl u d i n g
as s o ci ate d
b as e
m e tal
bu i l d - u p
50
AP I
—
th e
—
o ri g i n al
wh e n
th e
d esi g n
we l d
th e
8
re q u i re m e n ts
m an u f actu re
cri te ri a
fi n i s h ed
—
a p pl i cab l e
p art
an d
is
o ve rl a y
in
d e t e rm i n e s
p ro ve s
th ro u g h
co n f o rm an ce
re pa i rs
re q u i re m e n ts
of
an d
I SO
( see
th at
th e
a s s o ci ate d
1 51 56
( al l
7. 5. 1 )
th e
d esi g n
wi t h
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
are
o ve rl a y
an al ys i s
d i m en si on s
b as e
p arts )
ad h e re d
m e tal
m ate ri al
th e
of
an d /o r
fu n cti o n a l i t y
th i s
bu i l d - u p
( N AC E
to ;
b as e
of
th e
m e tal
bu i l d -u p
fi n i s h e d
p art
is
p art
p ro vi d e d
of
th e
th at
th e
s p e ci f i ca t i o n ;
fo r
u se
in
h yd ro g e n - s u l f i d e
s e rvi ce
co n f o rm
to
M R0 1 75) .
B ol ti n g
8. 1
C l os u re B ol ti n g
8.1 .1
Tensile Stress
Th e
m ax i m u m
o pe rat i n g
s e cti o n a l
te n s i l e
co n d i t i o n s ,
are a o f
S 
A
0. 83
th e
s tre s s
an d
fo r
cl o s u re
h yd ro s t ati c
bo l ti n g ,
s h al l
n ot
bo l ti n g
sh el l
te s t
e xce e d
s h al l
be
p re s s u re .
th e
d e te rm i n e d
Bo l ti n g
al l o wab l e
te n s i l e
co n s i d e ri n g
s tre s s e s ,
s tre s s ,
S
A
b as e d
,
g i ve n
i n i ti a l
on
in
th e
b o l t - u p,
m inim um
E q u at i o n
rate d
cro s s -
(2) :
S
(2)
Y
wh e re
S
Y
is
B o l ti n g
th e
th e
bo l ti n g
s tre s s e s
s e al
are a,
F ati g u e
8.1 .2
Quality
bo l ti n g
s p e ci f i cati o n
s h al l
be
d e te rm i n e d
g as ke t l o ad s ,
N O TE
C l o s u re
m ate ri a l - s p e ci f i e d
an al ys i s
s h al l
l e ve l s
is
an d
be
th e
q u al i fi e d
s h al l
s co p e
an d
be
as
yi e l d
co n s i d e ri n g
an y ad d i ti o n a l
o u ts i d e
( B S Ls )
m inim um
s tre n g th .
al l
l o ad i n g
m e ch an i cal
o f th i s
th e
cl o s u re ,
th e rm al
i n cl u d i n g
p re s s u re
acti n g
o ve r
l o ad s .
s p e ci fi c ati o n .
m an u f actu re d
s p e ci f i e d
on
an d
in
Tabl e
in
acco r d an ce
wi th
AP I
20E
or
AP I
2 0 F.
B o l ti n g
1 5.
Table 1 5 ―Minimum Requirements for Closure Bolting
API 20E
API 20F
PSL
1
B S L- 1
B S L- 2
PSL
2
B S L- 1
B S L- 2
PSL
3
B S L- 1
PSL
4
B S L-
B S L- 2
2 (bolt nominal diameter ≤ 2
1
/2 i n . )
B S L-
2 (bolt nominal diameter ≤ 2
1
PSL
8.1 .3
Th e
B S L- 3
4
(bol t
n o m i n al
re q u i re m e n ts
of
H
fo r
8.1 .4
Closure Bolting Records
B S L- 2
or
re co rd
s tu d d e d
An n e x
an d
th e
2
/2 i n . )
1
/2 i n . )
B S L- 3
( bol t
n o m i n al
d i am e te r >
2
/2 i n . )
Studded Outlet Connection
f l an g e d
If
d i am e te r >
1
B S L- 3
is
co n n e cto rs
s peci fi e d
re q u i re m e n ts
of
AP I
cl o s u re
as
per
T ab l e
20 E
b o l ti n g
s p e ci f i e d
or
1 5,
AP I
in
s h al l
cl o s u re
20 F,
ap p l y
onl y
to
th o s e
u sed
to
co n n e ct
6B
an d
6BX
1 4. 1 .
as
bo l ti n g
re co rd s
ap p l i ca b l e .
s h al l
be
m ai n tai n e d
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
8.1 .5
Closure Bolting Marking
C l o s u re
b o l ti n g
8.1 .6
If
s h al l
be
m arke d
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
AP I
20E
an d
AP I
2 0 F,
as
ap p l i cab l e .
Impact Test Marking
th e
i m p act
te m p e ratu re ,
th e
51
g rad e
Cel si u s
te s t
tem p e ratu re
e x p re s s e d
as
re q u i re d
( o r d e g re e s
in
is
d i f f e re n t
d e g re e s
by
th e
AS TM
F ah re n h e i t) ,
from
Cel si u s
(or
th at
s p e ci f i cat i o n .
fo r al l
s p e ci f i e d
d e g re e s
by
th e
F ah re n h e i t) ,
Th e
i m p act
co rro s i o n - re s i s tan t
al l o y
AS TM
s h al l
te s t
be
s p e ci f i cati o n ,
te m p e ratu re s ,
( C R A)
th e
m e tal - s tam p e d
m ate ri al
e xp re s s e d
s tu d s
act u al
d i re ctl y
s h al l
in
test
u n d er
d e g re e s
be
m e tal -
6 BX
f l an g e d
stamped directly under the “CRA” marking.
8.2 Closure Bolting for Flanged and Studded End and Outlet Connectors
8.2.1
Th e
an d
General
re q u i re m e n ts
s tu d d e d
of
8. 2
co n n e cto rs
N O TE
1
F o r c l o su re
N O TE
2
F o r cal cu l ati o n s
8.2.2
Th e
m eet
T h re ad s
8.2.3
th e
s h al l
Bo l ti n g
in
as se m b l y,
an d
s h al l
app l y
on l y
to
th o s e
u sed
to
co n n e ct
6B
an d
1 4. 1 .
see
An n e x H .
re co m m e n d ati o n s
o f s tu d
bo l t
l e n g th ,
se e
An n e x I .
fo r
cl o s u re
re q u i re m e n t s
be
in
b o l ti n g
of
th e
acco rd an c e
s h al l
be
as
ap p l i cabl e
wi th
AS M E
s h o wn
AS T M
B1 . 1 ,
in
T abl e
1 6,
T abl e
1 7,
an d
Tab l e
1 8.
C l o s u re
bo l ti n g
s p e ci f i cati o n .
C l as s
2
or 3.
General
s h al l
Al t e rn at i ve
th e
B o l ti n g
EE,
b o l ti n g
Materials
8.2.3.1
an d
bo l ti n g
cl o s u re
s p e ci f i e d
Design
re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
fo r
as
th at
or
or
8.2.3.2
AS TM
m ate ri al s
re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
be
q u a l i t y re q u i re m e n ts
FF,
8. 2. 3 . 2
m ee t th e
is
i d e n ti f i e d
HH,
as
in
acce p tab l e
of
by
ad d i t i o n
ap p l i cab l e
if
AS TM
th e y m e e t
th e
s peci fi cati o n s
m e ch an i cal
as
s h o wn
in
re q u i re m e n ts
Tabl e
of
1 6
T abl e
an d
1 6
Tab l e 1 7.
an d
Tabl e
1 7,
8. 3 . 4.
e xp o s e d
as s e m b l e d
8. 2. 3. 3,
of th e
th e
to
bo l ti n g
by
th e
m an u f actu re r
p u rch as e r
wi t h
or
u sed
i n s u l ate d
on
e q u i pm e n t
f l an g e s ,
s h al l
wi th
s ati s f y
m ate ri al
th e
cl as s
DD,
re q u i re m e n ts
of
8. 2. 3. 5.
Exposed Bolting
A4 5 3 /A4 5 3 M
h ard n e s s
of
H RC
E n vi ro n m e n tal
CRA
an d
N O TE
1
ASTM
A4 5 3 /A4 5 3 M
G rad e
35
an d
m ate ri al
m ate ri al s
G rad e
660D
s o l u ti o n - tre ate d
l o we r,
l i m i ts
m ay
660 D
an d
a
s p e ci f i e d
be
u sed ,
b o l ti n g ,
an d
m inim um
in
0. 2
N AC E
th at
o f fs e t
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
pro vi d e d
e xce p t
a g e - h ard e n e d
%
th e y
th e
s ati s fy
m axi m u m
yi e l d
bo l ti n g
s tre n g th
1 51 56
th e
s h al l
s h al l
of
be
725
acce p tab l e
M Pa
at
(1 05, 000
a
psi ) .
a p p l y.
m i nim um
h ard n e s s
s h al l
m e ch an i cal
m eet
N AC E
re q u i re m e n ts
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
of
1 5 1 56
re q u i re m e n ts .
N O TE
th e
2
N AC E
p re s e n ce
M R0 1 75
o f ch l o ri d e s
p ro vi d e s
(s u ch
as
m ate ri al
u s ag e
s e awate r)
an d
l i m i ts
fo r
H 2S
o r h yd ro g e n
e n vi ro n m e n ts .
( s u ch
as
cath o d i c
O th e r
fo rm s
p ro te cti o n ) .
of
cracki n g
m ay
re s u l t
fro m
52
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Table 1 6―Acceptable Closure Bolting for 6B and 6BX Flanged and Studded Connections
ASTM Bolting Standard(s) and 0.2 % Offset Yield Strength
Pressure
Rating
Nominal
Size
M P a (psi )
(i n . )
A1 93 GR. B7 (≤ 2.5")
A320 GR. L7 (≤ 2.5")
A320 GR. L43 (≤ 4.0")
725
MPa
si ze s
Al l
si ze s
Al l
si ze s
(20 00 )
1
/1
,
6
2
9
2
/1
6
/1
6
/1
,
6
3
Studs, Bolts, and Cap Screws
/1
69. 0
6
1
5
/8
(1 0, 000)
1
7
/1
6
5
9,
1 1 ,
1 3
3
1 8
21
/1
1
2
/1
6
,
2
/1
6
/1
,
6
1 03. 5
4
/1
1
/1
,
6
1 3
1
/1
6
,
2
1 38. 0
2
/1
6
,
3
1
4
/1
/1
6
,
Nuts
1 1 ,
/1

=
6
6
7
/1
6
,
1 3
/8
Al l










U n acce p tab l e

NA
NA


U n acce p tab l e

NA
NA



U n acce p tab l e

U n acce p tab l e
,

,

NA

9

G r.
L4 3
acce p tab l e .

on l y
AS TM
Al l
rati n g s
N O TE

1
5
p re s s u re

U n acce p tab l e
NA
1
A1 9 4 /A1 9 4 M

G r.
B7M

only
AS TM
A1 9 4 /A1 9 4 M
si zes
G R.
2H ,
8. 2 . 3 . 5 )
(1 05
1
9
(2 0, 0 00 )
MPa

NA
NA
725
/8
/4
1 3
ks i )
U n acce p tab l e
3
1 8
(80
NA
NA

9,
5
1 1 ,
NA

/8
(1 5, 000)
7
MPa
6
1
5
550
NA

,
1
3
ks i )
NA

6
9
1
an d
/4
1 3
1
(9 5
NA

/8 ,
1
/4 ,
MPa



1
4
655

,
1
8. 2. 3. 2
CRA

34. 5
(50 0 0 )
1 3
ks i )
(S ee

20. 7
(3000)
1
(1 05
A1 93 GR. B7 (˃ 2.5") A1 93 GR. B7M (≤ 4.0") A453 GR. 660D (≤ 4.0")
A320 GR. L7 (˃ 2.5") A320 GR. L7M (≤ 2.5")

1 3. 8
Al l
H 2S-Exposed Bolting
Nonexposed Bolting
2H M, 7,
7M
G R.
2H M,
7M
ks i )
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
53
Table 1 7― Allowable Closure Bolting by Temperature Class
Temperature Class
I m p act
te s ti n g
of
s tu d s ,
P, S, T, U
b o l ts ,
an d
a
No
s cre ws
Ye s
re q u i re d
A1 9 3 /A1 9 3 M
G R.
B7
A3 2 0 /A3 2 0 M
G R.
L7
A3 2 0 /A3 2 0 M
Acce p tabl e
an d
AS TM
g rad e s
K, L
b o l ti n g
fo r s tu d s ,
G R.
A3 2 0 /A3 2 0 M
A3 2 0 /A3 2 0 M
L4 3
A3 2 0 /A3 2 0 M
G R.
G R.
G R.
L7
L4 3
L7 M
s tan d ard s
b o l ts ,
A1 9 3 /A1 9 3 M
an d
G R.
B7M
A4 5 3 /A4 5 3 M
G R.
660D
s cre ws
A3 2 0 /A3 2 0 M
A4 5 3 /A4 5 3 M
G R.
G R.
L7 M
CRA
660D
—
—
CRA
Acce p tabl e
AS TM
g rad e s
s tan d ard s
fo r n u ts
AS TM
an d
A1 9 4 /A1 9 4 M
AS TM
A1 9 4 /A1 9 4 M
b
G R.
2H ,
2H M, 7,
7M
G R.
2H ,
2H M, 7,
7M
F O O TN OTE S
a
b
I m pact tes t i n g
is
re q u i re d
I m pact
is
n ot
te s ti n g
fo r al l
re q u i re d
stu d s,
bo l ts ,
an d
s cre ws
l arg e r t h an
2. 50
i n.
t h re ad
si ze
re g ard l e s s
of
tem p e ratu re
rati n g .
for n u ts .
Table 1 8―Threads for Closure Bolting Used on 6B and 6BX Flanged and
Studded End or Outlet Connectors
ASME B1 .1 Thread Designation
N o m i n al
Th re ad
S i z e - TP I
S e ri e s
1
/2 - 1 3
UNC
/8 - 1 1
UNC
5
3
/4 - 1 0
UNC
7
/8 - 9
1 -8
UNC
UNC
1
1
/8 - 8
UN
/4 - 8
UN
/8 - 8
UN
/2 - 8
UN
/8 - 8
UN
/4 - 8
UN
/8 - 8
UN
1
1
3
1
1
1
5
1
3
1
7
1
2-8
UN
1
2
/4 - 8
UN
/2 - 8
UN
/4 - 8
UN
1
2
3
2
3-8
8.2.3.3
AS TM
Exposed Bolting (Low-strength)
A1 9 3 /A1 9 3 M
(80, 000
AS TM
UN
ps i )
fo r th e
A3 2 0 /A3 2 0 M
( 80 , 0 0 0 ps i )
for
th e
G rad e
f l an g e s
G rad e
fl an g es
B7M
s h al l
l i s te d
L7 M
l i sted
in
s h al l
in
be
Tabl e
be
Tabl e
acce p tab l e
1 6
acce p tab l e
1 6
at
fo r N AC E
for
N AC E
a
m inim um
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
at
a
m inim um
0. 2
%
o ffs e t
yi e l d
1 51 56
e xpo s e d
0. 2
o f fs e t
%
M R 0 1 75/I SO 1 5 1 5 6
yi e l d
expos ed
s tre n g th
bo l ti n g
s tre n g th
bol ti n g
of
550
M Pa
( l o w- s tre n g th ) .
550
M Pa
(l o w-stre n g th )
of
o n l y.
Only flanges having a bolt nominal diameter ≤ 63.5 mm (≤ 2.5 in.) are acceptable for this grade of bolting.
54
AP I
8.2.3.4
AS TM
bo l t
Nonexposed Bolting
A1 9 3 /A1 9 3 M
≤
d i am ete r
d i am e te r s h al l
AS TM
63. 5
G rad e
mm
re q u i re
A3 2 0 /A3 2 0 M
N O TE
o f th e
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
B o l ti n g
b o l t.
8.2.3.5
≤
B7
s h al l
2. 5
in. )
i m p act
G rad e
m ake - u p
B o l ti n g
(
wi th
acce p tab l e
wi th
fo r
n o n e xp o s e d
te m peratu re
cl as s
P,
s e rvi ce
S,
T,
an d
fo r
U.
al l
Al l
f l an g e s
b ol ti n g
re q u i ri n g
>
63. 5
a
mm
n o m i n al
(>
2. 5
in. )
te s ti n g .
L7
an d
be
an d
o r L43
s h al l
co n n e cti o n
d i am e te rs
be
acce pt a b l e
cap aci ty
g re ate r th an
38
can
mm
be
fo r
affe cte d
(1 . 50
in. )
n o n e xpo s e d
by
are
s e rvi ce
m i s m atc h i n g
th e
typ i cal l y affe cte d
fo r
al l
s tre n g th
m o re
f l an g e s .
of
th an
th e
nut
to
th e
s tre n g th
s m al l e r b o l ti n g .
Exposed Nuts
AS TM
A1 9 4 /A1 9 4 M
G rad e s
2H M
an d
7M
s h al l
be
acce p tabl e
n u ts
m ay
fo r
al l
f l an g e
s i ze s
an d
rate d
wo rki n g
p re s s u re s .
N O TE
AS TM
A4 5 3 /A4 5 3 M
o n l y i f p ro vi s i o n s
8.2.3.6
AS TM
be
m ad e
A4 5 3 /A4 5 3 M
on
wh e re
N O TE
1
it
G rad e
is
an d
ro u ti n e
to
E n vi ro n m e n tal l y
accu m u l ati o n
CRA
of
ass i s te d
fro m
high
6 AC R A ad d re s s e s
O th er C l os u re Bol ti n g
in
th e
e q u i pm e n t
cracki n g ,
d e p o s i te d
s u ch
s al t o n
al te rn ati ve ,
an d
be
u sed
wi th
N AC E
ag e - h ard e n e d
l o ad - b e ari n g
ap p l i cat i o n s
cl e an /was h
8. 3
8.3.1
AP I
ch l o ri d e s
s o l u ti o n - tre ate d
an d
co as tal
2
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
1 51 56
e xp o s e d
b o l ti n g
p re s e n ce
wi th
as
co n n e cto rs
of
in
s al t
bo l ti n g
th e
as
s tate d
fo l l o wi n g
in
8. 2. 3. 2
sh ou l d
n ot
s i tu at i o n s :
a i r;
u n tre ate d /ra w s e awate r .
s tre ss
co rro s i o n
h i g h l y s tre ss e d
h i g h e r- s tre n g th
c racki n g
(SCC) ,
au s te n i ti c s tai n l e s s
C R A m ate ri al s
m ay
s te e l
s u i tab l e
re s u l t
bo l ti n g ,
fro m
s u ch
th e
as
p re s e n ce
G rad e
or
660D.
fo r s o u r e xp o s u re .
General
Th i s
s e cti o n
s h al l
a p pl y
to
cl o s u re
b o l ti n g
fo r
u ses
o th e r
th an
AP I
f l an g e d
an d
s tu d d e d
co n n e cti o n s
s p e ci f i e d
1 4. 1 .
8.3.2
Th e
Th e
Design
d esi g n
8.3.3
of
I m p act
34
b o l ti n g
s h al l
be
pe r 8 . 1
an d
manufacturer’
s
re q u i re m e n ts .
re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
be
s p e ci f i e d
by
th e
m an u factu re r.
C arb o n
or
a l l o y- s te e l
bo l ti n g
s h al l
n ot
H RC.
te s ti n g
Fo r e xpo s e d
N O TE
o th e r cl o s u re
Materials
m ate ri al
e x ce e d
as
or
g al l i n g .
660D
N O TE
in
6 60 D
p re ve n t
p re s s u re - co n ta i n i n g
we t/d r y o f fs h o re
—
G rad e
to
Special Caution for Offshore Bolting Service
u sed
—
are
fo r cl o s u re
s e rvi ce ,
C arb o n
h yd ro g e n
s te e l
ch arg i n g
bo l ti n g
m ate ri al s
b o l ti n g
d u ri n g
can
s h al l
s h al l
be
pl ati n g
m e et
be
in
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
acco rd an ce
s u s ce p ti b l e
o pe rati o n s
to
wi th
o f T ab l e
N AC E
e n vi ro n m e n tal l y
o r d u ri n g
e xp o s u re
to
1 7.
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
as s i s te d
m ari n e
cracki n g
1 51 56.
due
e n vi ro n m e n ts .
to
m ate ri al
p ro ce s s i n g
s u ch
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
8.3.4
55
Quality
Q u al i t y c o n tro l
re q u i re m e n t s
f o r o th e r cl o s u re
b o l ti n g
s h al l
be
as
s p e ci fi e d
in
8. 1 . 2.
9 Packing Mechanisms, Fittings, Boundary Penetrations, and Ports
9.1
Packing Mechanisms for Lock Screws, Alignment Pins, and Retainer Screws
9.1 .1
Performance Requirements
P acki n g
m e ch an i s m s
capab l e
of
wh i ch
th e y are
9.1 .2
Th e
re q u i re m e n ts
f u n cti o n
to
of
a p pl i cab l e
4. 2
PR1
an d ,
or
wh e n
PR2
i n stal l e d
in
re q u i re m e n ts
e q u i p m e n t,
fo r
th e
s h al l
be
e q u i pm e n t
in
p acki n g
m e ch an i s m s
s h al l
be
capa b l e
of
m ai n tai n i n g
a
l e ak - ti g h t
s e al
at
th e
rate d
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
of
h e ad .
Lo ck
Tubing-head Requirement
s cre ws ,
9.1 .2.3
N O TE
if
i n s tal l e d
wo rki n g
in
tu b i n g
pre s su re
h e ad s ,
s h al l
of th e s po ol
h ave
acti n g
ad e q u ate
on
th e
fu l l
n u m b e r,
are a o f th e
s i ze ,
an d
s tre n g th
to
h ol d
a
l o ad
l arg es t tu b i n g - h an g er pri m ary s e al .
Penetrations
Th i s
s u ch
s pe ci fi cati o n
p e n e trati o n s
re s p o n s i b i l i t y
d esi g n
9.1 .2.4
of
th e
is
n ot
are
app l i cab l e
m ad e
in
m an u factu re r
to
th e
d esi g n
f l an g e d
to
e n s u re
o f l o ck - s cre w p e n e trati o n s .
co n n e ct o rs
th at
th e
as
s p e ci f i e d
p e n e trati o n s
do
in
n ot
th i s
cau s e
s p e ci f i cati o n ,
th e
f l an g e
it
s h al l
s tre s s e s
to
be
th e
e x ce e d
cri te ri a.
Trapped Pressure
A m e an s
pi n ,
g e n e ral
u sed .
eq u i val e n t to th e
th e
th e
i n te n d e d
Packing Mechanism
9.1 .2.2
If
m eet
th e i r
Design
9.1 .2.1
th e
s h al l
p e rfo rm i n g
an d
s h al l
be
p ro vi d e d
in
re ta i n e r s cre w ca n
th e
be
we l l h e a d
ve n te d
i n s ta l l ati o n
p ri o r to
s u ch
th at
an y p re s s u re
be h i n d
a
l o ck s cre w,
al i g n m e n t
re l e as e .
9.2 Fittings and Pressure Boundary Penetrations
9.2.1
General
P re s s u re
p re s s u re
b o u n d ary
an d
p e n e trati o n s
s h al l
N O TE
F i tti n g s
9.2.2
Performance Requirements
P re s s u re
i n s tal l e d
are
a typ e
b o u n d ary
in
f o r th e
9.2.3
Design
N O TE
Th e
d esi g n
of
p re s s u re
p e n e trati o n s
e q u i p m e n t,
re q u i re m e n ts
be
capa b l e
of
m ai n tai n i n g
a
l e ak - ti g h t
s e al
at
th e
rate d
wo rki n g
te m p e ratu re s .
s h al l
be
eq u i pm en t
o f p re s s u re
in
b o u n d ary
s h al l
be
capa b l e
wh i ch
p e n e trati o n .
cap ab l e
of
of
m e e ti n g
p e rfo rm i n g
th e y are
th e i r
th e
g e n e ra l
i n ten d ed
re q u i re m e n ts
f u n ct i o n
to
u se d .
bo u n d ary p e n e trati o n s
is
o u ts i d e
th e
s co p e
o f th i s
of
4. 2
ap p l i cab l e
s p e ci fi cati o n .
an d ,
PR1
or
wh e n
PR2
56
AP I
9.2.4
Materials
M ate ri al
re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
co m p ati b l e
EE,
be
FF,
an d
HH
fo r
wi th
p re s s u re
th e
e q u i pm e n t
bo d y
s h al l
9.2.5
Marking
N O TE
Th e re
9.2.6
Storing and Shipping
S to ri n g
an d
are
no
m arki n g
sh i ppi n g
sh al l
be
in
Testing
N O TE
As s e m b l e d
9.2.8
Quality Requirements
q u al i t y
an d
re q u i re m e n ts
is
acco rd a n ce
wi th
p re s s u re - te s te d
re q u i re m e n ts
wri tte n
th e
s h al l
be
b o u n d ar y
of
N AC E
as
s p e ci f i e d
p e n e trati o n s
by
u sed
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
th e
in
m an u factu re r
m ate ri al
an d
cl as s e s
DD ,
1 5 1 56.
fo r
wi th
p re s s u re
s p e ci f i cati o n s .
S e ct i o n
al l
p re ss u re
b o u n d a ry
Th e
1 3.
m ate ri al
b o u n d ary p e n e trati o n s
p e n e trati o n s
p ro p e rt i e s
s h al l
s h al l
be
i n s tal l e d
co n tro l l e d
co n f o rm
to
th e
acco rd i n g
in
to
1 1 . 2.
acco rd a n ce
re q u i re m e n ts
wi th
of
6. 1
Tes t, G au g e, Ven t, an d I n j ecti on C on n ector P orts
9.3.1
Al l
co n tro l
m eet
p e n e trati o n s
P re s s u re
6. 2.
9. 3
of
eq u i pm en t
m an u f actu re r ’ s
th e
b o u n d ary
m ate ri a l .
re q u i re m e n ts .
9.2.7
Th e
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Sealing
te s t,
th e
9.3.2
Ve n t
ve n t,
in
an d
wh i ch
g au g e
co n n e cto rs
t h e y are
s h al l
p ro vi d e
a
l e ak - ti g h t
s e al
at
th e
h yd ro s tati c
te s t
p re s s u re
i n s ta l l e d .
Vent and Injection Connector Ports
an d
9.3.3
i n j e cti o n
po rt s
s h al l
m e et
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
th e
m an u f actu re r ’ s
s p e ci f i cati o n s .
Test and Gauge Connector Ports
9.3.3.1
Test
i n j e cti o n ,
eq u i pm e n t
an d
69.0 MPa (1 0,000 psi) and Below
g au g e
co n n e cto r
p o rts
fo r
69. 0
M Pa
(1 0, 000
ps i )
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
an d
b e l o w s h al l
m eet
on e
of
th e
f o l l o wi n g :
1
—
co n fo rm
to
th e
re q u i re m e n t
—
co n fo rm
to
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
9.3.3.2
1 4. 3
of
an d
s h al l
n ot
be
l ess
th an
/
2
in.
n o m i n al
si ze;
9. 3. 3. 2.
1 03.5 MPa and 1 38.0 MPa (1 5,000 psi and 20,000 psi)
9.3.3.2.1
Test
of
an d
e q u i pm e n t
General
g au g e
s h al l
co n n e ct o r
s ati s f y th e
p o rts
fo r
re q u i re m e n ts
u se
of
on
1 03. 5
9. 3. 3. 2.
M Pa
an d
1 3 8. 0
M Pa
( 1 5, 00 0
ps i
an d
20, 0 00
ps i )
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
9.3.3.2.2
57
Design
C o n n e cto rs
s h al l
co n f o rm
to
th e
d i m en si on s
in
acco rd an ce
D i m e n s i on s
in
wi th
m i l l i m e te rs ;
D i m e n s i on s
in
i n ch e s ;
F i g u re
s u rface
s u rface
5.
ro u g h n e s s
in
ro u g h n e s s
in
m i cro m e te rs
m i cro i n ch e s
Key
a
b
c
1
M i n o r d i am e te r o f 1
D ri l l
1 5. 5
fo r ve n t
mm
/8 - 1 2
U N F- 2 B
th re ad .
o p ti o n al .
(0 . 6 1
in.)
minimum
th re ad
l e n g th
o r u n d e rcu t to
th re ad
re l i e f as
o p ti o n .
—
Figure 5 Test and Gauge Connector Ports for 1 03.5 MPa and 1 38.0 MPa
(1 5,000 psi and 20,000 psi) Rated Working Pressure
Al l
p ara l l e l
s h al l
P arts
be
t h re ad s
C l as s
attach e d
s h al l
be
in
acco rd a n ce
wi t h
AS M E
B1 . 1 .
M al e
t h re ad s
s h al l
be
2B.
to
co n n e cto r s
s h al l
co n f o rm
to
th e
d esi g n
m e th o d s
of
5. 1 . 1
or 5. 1 . 3.
C l as s
2 A;
f e m al e
th re ad s
58
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
9.3.3.2.3 Materials
Fo r
1 03. 5
s h al l
be
N AC E
or
1 38. 0
H R BW
of
fi tti n g s
m ate ri al
wi th
(1 5, 0 00
For
psi
m ate ri al
or
20, 000
cl as s e s
psi )
DD,
rate d
E E,
wo rki n g
FF,
an d
p re s s u re
HH,
th e
app l i cat i o n s ,
m ate ri a l
s h al l
th e
al s o
m ate ri al s
co n fo rm
to
1 51 56.
e xpos e d
cl as s
m an u f actu re d
M Pa
m i n im um .
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
P o rti o n s
Fo r
M Pa
78
HH,
d i re ctl y t o
re ta i n e d
sou r
e n vi ro n m e n t s h a l l
fl u i d - we t te d
s u rf ace s
up
to
m eet
an d
N AC E
i n cl u d i n g
M R0 1 75/I SO
th e
s e al
are a
1 51 56.
of
te s t
p o rts
s h al l
be
C R A m ate ri a l s .
9.3.3.2.4 Testing
Th i s
s p e ci f i cati o n
h yd ro s tati ca l l y
d oes
te s t e d
in
n ot
re q u i re
as s em b l e d
e q u i pm e n t
e q u i p m e n t,
fu rn i s h ed
th e
u n d er
e q u i pm e n t
s h al l
9. 3
be
to
be
p re s s u re - te s te d ;
d esi g n e d
fo r
th e
h o we ve r,
h yd ro s tati c
sh el l
if
te s t
p re s s u re .
9.3.3.2.5 Marking
N O TE
Th e re
are
no
re q u i re m e n ts
fo r m arki n g
te s t an d
g au g e
co n n e cto r po rts .
9.3.3.2.6 Storage and Shipping
C o n n e cto r p o rts
10
sh al l
be
s to re d
an d
sh i pped
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
S e ct i o n
1 3.
Qu al i ty C on trol
1 0. 1
Appl i cati on
E q u i pm e n t
S e cti o n
Th e
m an u factu re d
m an u factu re r
s h al l
q u a l i t y m an ag e m e n t
1 0. 2
to
th i s
s p e c i fi cati o n
s h al l
m eet
th e
q u al i t y
co n tro l
an d
re co rd
re q u i re m e n ts
of
1 0.
h ave
a
q u al i t y
m an ag e m e n t
s ys t e m
th at
co n f o rm s
to
an
i n te rn ati o n a l l y
re co g n i z e d
s tan d ard .
M eas u ri n g an d Tes ti n g E q u i pm en t
1 0.2.1 General
E q u i pm e n t
u sed
cal i b rate d ,
an d
co n s i s te n t
wi th
th e
to
i n s p e c t,
ad j u s te d
at
n ati o n a l l y
accu rac y re q u i re d
te s t ,
or
s p e ci f i e d
or
e xam i n e
i n te rva l s
i n te rn at i o n al l y
b y th i s
in
m ate ri al
or
acco rd an ce
re co g n i z e d
o th e r
wi th
e q u i pm e n t
s h al l
d o cu m e n te d
s tan d ard s
s p e ci f i e d
by
be
i d e n ti f i e d ,
m an u f actu re r
th e
co n tro l l e d ,
i n s tru cti o n s ,
m an u f actu re r,
to
an d
m ai n tai n
s p e ci f i cati o n .
1 0.2.2 Pressure-measuring Devices
1 0.2.2.1 Type and Accuracy
Test
are
20
p re s s u re - m e as u ri n g
u sed
%
N O TE
an d
in
l i eu
80
%
p re s s u re
of
th e
P re s su re
re co rd i n g .
d e vi ce s
of
fu l l - s cal e
re co rd i n g
s h al l
be
tran s d u ce rs ,
accu rate
t h e y s h al l
to
be
at
l e as t
s e l e cte d

2
%
s u ch
of
th at
f u l l - s cal e
th e
test
ran g e .
If
p re s s u re
p re s s u re
is
g au g e s
i n d i cate d
wi th i n
va l u e .
d e vi ce s
(se e
1 5. 2. 1 )
are
o u ts i d e
th e
s co p e
of
1 0. 2. 2
u n l ess
u sed
fo r bo th
m e as u re m e n t
an d
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
59
1 0.2.2.2 Calibration Procedure
P re s s u re - m e as u ri n g
d e ad - we i g h t
p o i n ts
of
te s t e r
d e vi ce s
to
at
s h al l
l e as t
be
th re e
p e ri o d i cal l y
e q u i d i s ta n t
cal i b rate d
p o i n ts
of
wi th
fu l l
a
s cal e
m as te r
p re s s u re - m e as u ri n g
( e x cl u d i n g
z e ro
an d
fu l l
s cal e
d e vi ce
as
or
a
re q u i re d
cal i b rati o n ) .
1 0.2.2.3 Calibration Intervals
C al i b rat i o n
m ay b e
C al i b rat i o n
th e
i n te rva l s
l e n g th en ed
i n te rval s
m an u factu re r.
i n te rva l
1 0. 3
to
n ot
s h al l
an d
be
e s tab l i s h e d
s h al l
s h al l
be
be
a
E x te n s i o n
e x ce e d
1
m ax i m u m
of
b as e d
s h o rte n e d
i n te rva l s
on
b as e d
of
3
re pe a tab i l i t y
on
re co rd e d
m o n th s
s h al l
be
u n ti l
l i m i te d
an d
re co rd e d
to
d e g re e
ca l i b rati o n
of
ca l i b ra ti o n
3 - m o n th
u s ag e .
C a l i b rati o n
i n te rval s
h i s to r y.
h i s to ry
i n cre as e s ,
wi th
can
be
e s tab l i s h e d
a
m ax i m u m
s
d o cu m e n te d
by
cal i b rati o n
ye a r.
P ers on n el Qu al i fi cati on s
1 0.3.1 Nondestructive Examination Personnel
P e rs o n n e l
p ro g ram
—
—
—
I SO
p e rf o rm i n g
th at i s
971 2,
AS N T
b as e d
N DE
on
be
q u al i fi e d
re q u i re m e n ts
in
acco rd an ce
s p e ci f i e d
in
th e
the manufacturer’
wi t h
trai n i n g
f o l l o wi n g :
or
S N T - T C - 1 A,
a n ati o n al
s h al l
th e
or
o r i n te rn ati o n al
s tan d ard
th at
is
e q u i val e n t
to
I SO
9 71 2
or
AS N T
S N T- T C - 1 A.
1 0.3.2 Visual Examination Personnel
P e rs o n n e l
p e rf o rm i n g
acco rd an ce
wi t h
th e
vi s u al
i n s p e cti o n
m an u f actu
rer’
s
fo r
acce ptan ce
d o cu m e n te d
s h al l
take
p ro ce d u re s
an d
th at
p as s
m eet
an
th e
an n u a l
vi s i o n
app l i cab l e
e x am i n at i o n
re q u i re m e n ts
of
in
th e
f o l l o wi n g :
—
—
—
I SO
971 2,
AS N T
or
SN T
a n ati o n al
S N T - T C - 1 A,
or
o r i n te rn ati o n al
s tan d ard
th at
is
e q u i val e n t
to
I SO
9 71 2
or
AS N T
S N T- T C - 1 A.
1 0.3.3 Welding Inspectors
P e rs o n n e l
certi fi e d
—
—
—
—
p erform i n g
as
vi s u al
i n s pecti on s
of
we l d i n g
o pe rati on s
an d
co m pl e te d
wel d s
s h al l
be
q u al i fi e d
an d
fo l l o ws :
AW S
QC1
o r e q u i va l e n t ce rti f i e d
AW S
QC1
o r e q u i va l e n t s e n i o r c e rt i f i e d
AW S
QC1
o r e q u i va l e n t ce rti f i e d
we l d i n g
i n s p e cto r ce rt i f i e
we l d i n g
i n s p e cto r,
we l d i n g
as s o ci ate
i n s p e cto r,
we l d i n g
d by the manufacturer’
or
s
or
i n s p e cto r,
d o cu m e n te d
or
trai n i n g
p ro g ram .
1 0.3.4 Other Personnel
Al l
a
o th e r
p e rs o n n e l
p e rf o rm i n g
m e as u re m e n ts ,
ccordance with the manufacturer’
s
d o cu m e n te d
i n s p e cti o n s ,
p ro c e d u re s
or
an d
t e s ts
fo r
acce p tan ce
re q u i re m e n ts .
s h al l
be
q u al i f i e d
in
60
AP I
1 0. 4
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Req u i rem en ts
1 0.4.1 General
1 0.4.1 .1 Materials
Q u al i f i cati o n
re q u i re m e n ts
bod i e s ,
b o n n e ts ,
va l ve s ;
p re s s u re
en d
an d
s h al l
o u tl e t
b o u n d ary
be
as
p ro vi d e d
co n n e cto rs ;
p e n e trati o n s ;
in
ri n g
cl am p
S e c ti o n
6
g as ke ts ;
hub
en d
fo r
m an d re l
bu l l p l u g s
tu b i n g
h an g e rs
an d
val ve - re m o val
an d
QTC s .
co n n e cto rs ;
an d
cas i n g
pl u g s ;
h an g e rs ;
b ack- p re s s u re
1 0.4.1 .2 Procedures
Al l
q u al i t y
co n tro l
app ro p ri at e
N DE
p ro ce d u re s
n o rm ati ve
s h al l
re fe re n ce
e ff e cti ve n e s s .
AS N T
wo rk
s h al l
be
m e th o d o l o g y an d
Al l
be
s u pp o rte d
s tan d a rd
NDE
controlled by the manufacturer’
q u an ti ta ti ve
( s u ch
p ro ce d u re s
SN T- TC - 1 A o r I SO
o r q u al i tati ve
wi t h
as
a
AP I
s h al l
d o cu m e n te d
20D
be
or
o th e r
a p pro ve d
s
acce p tan ce
d o cu m e n te d
q u al i f i cati o n
app l i cab l e
by
a
l e ve l
p ro ce d u re s ,
wh i ch
i n cl u d e
cri te ri a.
re co rd
s ta n d ard )
III
as
to
e x am i n e r
re q u i re d
by
d e m o n s trate
q u al i f i e d
in
th e
th e
s p e ci f i e d
p ro ce d u re
acco rd an ce
wi th
9 71 2.
1 0.4.1 .3 Acceptance Status
Th e
acce ptan ce
p arts ,
s tatu s
o r m ate ri al s
or
in
of
al l
e q u i p m e n t,
re c o rd s
trace ab l e
p arts ,
to
th e
an d
m ate ri al s
e q u i p m e n t,
s h al l
p arts ,
be
i n d i ca te d
e i th e r
on
th e
e q u i p m e n t,
o r m ate ri al s .
1 0.4.1 .4 Material Classes DD, EE, FF, and HH
E ach
be
p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
h ard n e s s
s ati s f i e d
te s te d
( e xce p t
re q u i re m e n ts
of
or
p re s s u re - co n tro l l i n g
i n d i vi d u al l y
fo r
ri n g
1 0. 4. 1
to
co n f i rm
g as ke ts ,
s at i s f y th i s
wh i ch
th at
m ay
re q u i re m e n t,
p art
th e
fo r
u se
N AC E
be
s am p l e d
ad d i t i o n al
in
m ate ri al
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
in
te s ti n g
cl as s e s
1 51 56
acco rd an c e
or
e xam i n ati o n
DD,
EE,
h ard n e s s
wi th
is
FF,
1 0. 4. 5. 5) .
n ot
an d
val u e s
If
HH
h ave
th e
s h al l
be e n
o th e r
re q u i re d .
1 0.4.2 Bodies, Bonnets, End and Outlet Connectors, and Clamp Hub End Connectors
1 0.4.2.1 Castings
P ro d u ct i o n
in
cas ti n g s
acco rd an ce
wi th
s h al l
T ab l e
m eet
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
AP I
2 0 A an d
th i s
s p e ci fi cat i o n .
Th e
AP I
1 9.
Table 1 9―Casting Specification Level Cross-reference to PSL
API 6A
API 20A
PSL
1
CSL
2
PSL
2
CSL
3
PSL
3
CSL
3
PSL
4
NA
1 0.4.2.2 Tensile Testing
Fo r P S L
1 ,
P SL
2,
PSL
3,
an d
P SL
4,
ten si l e
te s ti n g
s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
6. 3. 2. 2.
20A CSL
s h al l
be
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
61
1 0.4.2.3 Impact Testing
Fo r P S L
1 ,
P SL
2,
PSL
3,
an d
P SL
4,
i m p act
te s ti n g
s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
PSL
3,
6. 3. 2. 3 .
1 0.4.2.4 Hardness Testing
1 0.4.2.4.1 Application
Th e
re q u i re m e n ts
Ad d i ti o n al l y,
th e
th e
1 0 . 4. 1 . 4
s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts
of
ap p l y.
1 0. 4. 2. 4
s h al l
ap p l y
to
PSL
1 ,
2,
PSL
an d
PSL
4,
e x ce pt
as
n o te d
in
f o l l o wi n g .
a)
For
PSL
1 ,
bod i es,
co n n e cto rs
p re s s u re ,
l i m i t) ,
b)
For P SL
N O TE
c)
th e
en d
te s t
th e
bo d i e s,
be
P SL
s h al l
3,
an d
P SL 4,
2
W h e re
3
Th i s
en d
be
in
4,
m u l ti p l e
p art
o u tl et
th e
en d
to
on
h ard n e s s
co n n e cto r
re p re s e n t
an d
n ot
an d
h ard n e s s
P SL
HH
en d
s h al l
l e ve l
m ate ri al
are
ps i ,
II,
4. 0
cl as s
an d
an d
AQ L
cl am p
5000
hub
ps i )
( acce ptan ce
e q u i p m e n t,
e ach
en d
wo rki n g
q u al i t y
p re s s u re -
te s te d .
te s te d .
be
perform ed
con n ector
be
co n n e cto rs ,
3 000
1 .
tes t sh al l
each
en d
l oose
psi ,
2859 - 1 : 1 9 99,
FF,
app l y to
face s
al l
re q u i re m e n t d o e s
c o n n e cto rs ,
be
te s t
s tem s ,
(20 00
i n d i vi d u al l y h ard n e s s
h ard n ess
tes ts
M Pa
I SO
EE,
be
s h al l
n ot
3 4. 5
wi th
DD,
s h al l
p arts
ad d i ti o n al
u se d
ad d i ti o n al
an d
al l
For
co n n e cto rs ,
an d
acco rd an ce
ad d i ti on al l y on e
wi th
m ay b e
o u tl e t
M Pa,
re q u i re m e n t d o e s
co n n e cto r f ace ,
p u n ch
an d
20. 7
e x ce pti o n .
PSL
ad d i ti o n al
an d
en d
en d
M P a,
f o l l o wi n g
co n n ectors)
h ard n e s s
s h al l
bo n n e ts ,
1 3. 8
p re s s u re - co n t ro l l i n g
Th i s
For PSL 3
N O TE
or
2,
1
an d
N O TE
wi t h
s am p l i n g
wi th
co n tai n i n g
If
of
face.
p e rf o rm e d
l o c ate d
on
th e
on
on
e ach
W h en
th e
s am e
it
fi n i s h e d
is
n e are s t
fi n i s h e d
n ot
part (bod y,
poss i bl e
acce s s i b l e
m ach i n e d
to
bon n et,
h ard n ess
s u rf ace .
s u rfac e ,
a
si n g l e
co n n e cto rs .
app l y to
cl am p
hub
P SL
1
en d s
an d
PSL 2.
h a ve
d i f fe re n t
m ate ri al
d e s i g n at i o n s ,
e ach
p art
te s te d .
1 0.4.2.4.2 Test Method
H ard n e s s
o r AS T M
N O TE
I SO
I SO
1
te s t i n g
E1 0
H ard n e s s
6508
( al l
1 8265
s co pe
of
2
AS TM
E 1 40 .
Wh en
a
or
te s te rs
65 0 8,
m e e ti n g
E1 8,
E 1 40
co rre l ati o n s
co n ve rs i o n
be
s h al l
b as e d
be
h e at- tre atm e n t
te s t
p e rf o rm e d
or I SO
o r AS TM
AS T M
O th e r
s h al l
T e s ts
p arts )
be
as
s h al l
in
acco rd a n ce
p arts
th e
1
re q u i re m e n ts
app l i cabl e ,
be
u se d
wi t h
th ro u g h
m ay b e
fo r
th e
3
p ro ce d u re s
o r AS TM
of
AS TM
u sed
s p e ci fi e d
E1 8
E1 1 0
an d
fo r h ard n e s s
co n ve rs i o n
of
in
I SO
6506,
p arts
1
t h ro u g h
4
( R o ckwe l l ) .
I SO
6506
( al l
p arts )
or
AS TM
E1 0,
or
te s ti n g .
h ard n e s s
re ad i n g s
fo r
m ate ri al s
wi th i n
th e
th e i r ap p l i cati o n .
N O TE
an d
s h al l
( B ri n e l l ) ,
l o ca ti o n .
o th e r
on
th an
be
at
a
e s tab l i s h e d
AS T M
d o cu m e n t e d
p e rf o rm e d
c yc l e
m ay
l o cati o n
( i n cl u d i n g
al l
E 1 40
te s t
fo r
i n d i vi d u al
co n ve rs i o n
is
m ate ri al s
u sed ,
th e
th at
are
o u ts i d e
co n ve rs i o n
th e
m e th o d
s co pe
of
s h al l
be
I SO
1 8 26 5
or
d o cu m e n te d
re s u l ts .
determined by the manufacturer’
s tre s s - re l i e vi n g
h e at- tre atm e n t
s
s p e ci f i ca ti o n s
c ycl e s )
an d
al l
an d
e xt e ri o r
fo l l o wi n g
th e
m ach i n i n g
at
l as t
th e
62
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 0.4.2.4.3 Acceptance Criteria
P arts
r
m an u f actu re d
f rom
n o n s tan d ard ,
equirements of the manufacturer’
P arts
m an u factu re d
from
s
s tan d ard
h i g h - s tre n g th
wri tte n
m ate ri al s
s h al l
m eet
th e
m inim um
h ard n e s s
s p e c i f i cati o n .
m ate ri al s
s h al l
m eet
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
o f Tab l e
20.
―
Table 20 Minimum Hardness Values
Material Designation
Fo r
p arts
va l u e
of
m an u factu re d
Tab l e
acce ptab l e
6. 3. 2 . 2
B ri n e l l
f o r th e
H
20,
B W c,
a
R
R

of
m, m i n .
m , QTC
H BW
1 40
45K
H BW
1 40
60K
H BW
1 74
75K
H BW
1 97
s h al l
va l u e
th e
36K
s tan d ard
m ate ri a l
h ard n e s s
m ate ri a l
min.
f ro m
th e
part
H
m ate ri al
be
th at
d oes
acce p tab l e
cal cu l ate d
in
Minimum Brinell Hardness
u si n g
if
n ot
th e
E q u a ti o n
co n f o rm
to
m e as u re d
3,
wi th
th e
s p e ci f i e d
h ard n e s s
re s u l ts
of
m inim um
e xce e d s
ten si l e
t e s ts
h ard n e s s
th e
m inim um
p e rf o rm e d
per
q u esti o n :

B W , QTC
(3)
wh e re
H
B W c,
min.
is
th e
th e
R
m,
R
H
m i n.
m, QTC
th e
m inim um
is
th e
ave rag e
th e
u l ti m ate
al l
te s ts
of
th e
B ri n e l l
c yc l e
acce p tabl e
ave rag e
am o n g
acce p tabl e
h e at- tre atm e n t
is
is
B W , QTC
m inim um
fi n al
u l t i m ate
te n s i l e
on
s tre n g th
d e te rm i n e d
h ard n e s s
th e
acco rd i n g
to
s tre s s - re l i e vi n g
te n s i l e
s tre n g t h
B ri n e l l
p e rf o rm e d
h ard n e s s
( i n cl u d i n g
val u e s
fo r
th e
H BW
m e th o d
fo r
th e
p art
afte r
c ycl e s ) ;
th e
f ro m
app l i ca b l e
th e
acco rd i n g
QT C
to
m ate ri al
te n s i l e
th e
d e s i g n ati o n ;
te s ts ;
H BW
m e th o d
o b s e rve d
QTC .
1 0.4.2.5 Dimensional Inspection
1 0.4.2.5.1 Application
D i m e n si o n al
Al l
end
C ri ti cal
For
an d
II,
o u tl e t
1
an d
1 .5
For P S L
3
s h al l
be
co n n e cto r
d i m en si on s
PSL
l e ve l
i n s p e cti o n
P SL
on
al l
p e rf o rm e d
th re ad s
p arts
s h al l
2,
o th e r
4,
s am p l i n g
p arts .
co ve re d
be
f e atu re s
on
by
Th e
1 4. 3
m an u factu re r s h al l
of
th i s
s p e ci fi cat i o n
s p e ci f y cri ti cal
on
al l
p arts
d i m en si on s.
s h al l
s h al l
be
ch e cke d
on
s am p l e
p arts
in
acco rd a n ce
wi th
I SO
AQ L.
an d
PSL
s h al l
be
i n s p e cte d .
ve ri fi e d .
n ot
be
a l l o we d ;
al l
p arts
s h al l
be
d i m e n s i o n al l y i n s p e ct e d .
285 9 - 1 : 1 999,
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
63
1 0.4.2.5.2 Inspection Method and Acceptance Criteria
If
a
in
th re ad
AP I
N O TE
g au g e
5B.
1
Fo r
D . 2 9 /Tab l e
p racti ce s
N O TE
Th e
u sed
s h al l
th re ad s
E. 29
as
2
g au g e s
is
T h re ad s
an d
s p e ci fi e d
Th re ad e d
an d
en d
g au g i n g
an d
D . 3 0 /T abl e
Acce p tan ce
in
AP I
en d
an d
5B
s h al l
co n fo rm
acco rd an ce
E. 30.
wi th
Fo r
to
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
at h an d - ti g h t
th i s
s p e ci fi cati o n ,
th re ad s
fo r
wo rki n g
g au g e s
as
s ti p u l ate d
as s e m b l y.
u se
m an u factu re d
in
g au g i n g
p racti ce s
acco rd an ce
wi th
as
i l l u s trate d
AP I
5B,
u se
in
Tab l e
g au g i n g
5B .
o u tl e t
co n n e c to rs
i l l u s trate d
co n n e cto r
AP I
in
it
fo r s tan d o f f
D . 3 0 /Tab l e
p racti ce s
cri te ri a
i n s p e cti o n ,
i n s p e ct e d
m an u fa ctu re d
Tab l e
o u tl e t
E. 30,
fo r
be
or
Tab l e
th re ad s
AS M E
f o r cri ti cal
in
m ay
s h al l
B1 . 20. 1 ,
d i m en si on s
be
i n s p e c te d
D . 2 9 /Tab l e
be
as
in
E. 29
fo r
an d
s tan d o ff
Tab l e
acco rd an ce
at
h an d - ti g h t
D . 3 0 /Tab l e
wi th
Tab l e
E. 30 ,
as s e m b l y
by
o r acco rd i n g
D . 2 9 /Tab l e
u se
to
E. 29
AP I
an d
of
th e
5 B.
T abl e
app l i ca b l e .
s h al l
be
as required by the manufacturer’
s
wri tte n
s p e c i f i cati o n .
1 0.4.2.6 Visual Examination
1 0.4.2.6.1 Application
N O TE
Vi s u al
Fo r P S L
1
e xam i n ati o n
an d
P SL
2,
re q u i re m e n ts
e ach
p art
do
sh al l
n ot
be
app l y to
PSL 3
an d
PSL
4
e xce p t
fo r we l d s
(s e e
1 0. 4. 2. 1 3 ) .
vi s u al l y e x am i n e d .
1 0.4.2.6.2 Test Method and Acceptance Criteria
Fo r
PSL
s p e ci f i e d
1
an d
PSL
2,
AP I
2 0 A.
Vi s u a l
in
with the manufacturer’
Fo r P S L
—
—
1
an d
P SL
f o r cas ti n g s ,
f o r f o rg i n g s
in
vi s u al
s
2,
e x am i n ati o n s
e x am i n ati o n
wri t te n
th e
we l d
of
cas ti n g s
f o rg i n g s
an d
s h al l
we l d
be
p e rf o rm e d
p re p arati o n s
in
a cco rd an ce
s h al l
be
wi th
p e rf o rm e d
in
p ro ce d u re s
acco rd an ce
s p e c i f i cati o n s .
acce ptan ce
acco rd an ce
an d
of
wi th
cri t e ri a s h al l
AP I
pre p arati o n s ,
be
as
f o l l o ws :
2 0 A;
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
th e
m an u f actu re
r’
s
wri tte n
s p e ci f i cati o n s .
1 0.4.2.6.3 Supplemental Requirement
Fo r
PSL
2,
we t te d
f o r f e rro m ag n e ti c
N O TE
Th i s
an d
s e al i n g
m ate ri al s
s u p p l e m e n tal
s u rf ace s
an d
vi s u al
s h al l
1 0. 4. 2. 1 1
be
e xam i n e d
by
f o r n o n f e rro m ag n e ti c
e xam i n ati o n
re q u i re m e n t d o e s
s u rf ace
N DE
m ate ri al s ,
n o t ap p l y to
PSL
as
m e th o d s
d e s cri b e d
in
1 0. 4. 2. 1 0
ap p l i cabl e .
1 .
1 0.4.2.7 Chemical Analysis
Fo r
PSL
2,
P SL
3,
f o r rem e l t- g rad e
Th e
ch e m i cal
N O TE
an d
PSL
m ate ri al s )
com p o s i ti o n
C h e m i cal
an al ys i s
4,
in
c h e m i cal
an a l ys i s
acco rd an ce
s h al l
m eet
re q u i re m e n ts
th e
do
wi th
a
s h al l
be
p e rfo rm e d
re q u i re m e n t s
n o t ap pl y to
of
6. 3. 5
2,
P SL
3,
an d
PSL
4,
th e
fo l l o wi n g
a
h eat
b as i s
and the manufacturer’
PSL 1 .
1 0.4.2.8 Traceability
Fo r P S L
on
(or
n ati o n al l y o r i n te rn at i o n al l y re co g n i z e d
re q u i re m en ts
s h al l
a p pl y.
s
a
rem e l t - i n g o t
b as i s
s tan d ard .
wri tt e n
s p e ci fi cati o n .
64
AP I
—
—
J o b - l o t trace ab i l i t y s h a l l
be
I d e n ti f i cati o n
m ai n ta i n e d
d o cu m e n te d
—
s h al l
be
re q u i re d .
M an u f actu re r- d o cu m e n te d
Fo r
P SL
3
an d
on
m ate ri al s
an d
p arts
to
f aci l i tate
trace ab i l i t y,
as
re q u i re d
by
m ai n te n a n ce
or
m an u f actu re r re q u i re m e n ts .
re pl ace m e n t
tre at
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
of
trace ab i l i t y
i d e n t i f i cati o n
P SL
4
o n l y,
in
m arks
re q u i re m e n ts
an d
ad d i ti o n ,
i d e n ti f i cati o n
m an u f actu re d
s h al l
c o n tro l
p arts
i n cl u d e
p ro vi s i o n s
fo r
re co rd s .
s h al l
be
trace ab l e
to
a
s p e ci f i c
h e at
an d
h e at -
l o t.
N O TE
Th e
trace ab i l i ty re q u i re m e n ts
do
n o t ap pl y to
PSL 1 .
1 0.4.2.9 Serialization
Fo r P S L
E ach
3
an d
P SL
i n d i vi d u a l
trace ab i l i t y an d
N O TE
Th e
4,
p art
th e
fo l l o wi n g
a n d /o r
as s o ci at e d
s e ri al i z ati o n
p i e ce
re q u i re m e n ts
of
e q u i pm e n t
s h al l
s h al l
app l y.
be
as s i g n e d
an d
m arke d
wi th
a
unique
co d e
to
m ai n tai n
re co rd s .
re q u i re m e n ts
do
n ot
app l y to
PSL 1
an d
P SL
2.
1 0.4.2.1 0 Surface NDE —Ferromagnetic Materials
1 0.4.2.1 0.1 Castings
F o r cas ti n g s ,
Fo r
l ot
PSL
1 ,
s h al l
al l
be
m ach i n i n g
s u rf ace
1
Fo r
p art
PSL
be
ap p l y.
we tte d
s u rf ace s
an d
liqui d
p e n e tra n t
or
m ag n e ti c
p arti cl e
to
m eet
s u rf ace
by
If
s h al l
th e
cas ti n g
p e rf o rm e d
f ai l s
on
al l
al l
acce s s i b l e
cas ti n g s
th e
f ro m
th at
s e al i n g
s u rf ace s
m e th o d s
N DE
h e at
on
fo r
afte r
on e
f i n al
acce pt an ce
al l
cas t i n g
cri te ri a
acce s s i b l e
fro m
e ach
h e at - tre a tm e n t
(see
we tte d
an d
h e at
fi n al
1 0. 4. 2. 1 0 . 3 ) ,
s u rf ace s
an d
al l
s u rf ace s .
in
69 . 0
an d
be
m ach i n i n g
Fo r
n o te d
wi th
2
s h al l
s h al l
s e al i n g
As
PSL
acce s s i b l e
e xam i n e d
N DE
co n n e cto rs
f o l l o wi n g
o p e rat i o n s .
acce s s i b l e
N O TE
th e
Tab l e
M P a,
PSL
5,
P SL
1 03 . 5
1
d oes
M P a,
an d
3,
al l
acce s s i b l e
e x am i n e d
by
liquid
not
ap p l y
1 38. 0
we tte d
p e n e tran t
to
MPa
bo d i es ,
(1 0 , 00 0
s u rf ace s
or
bo n n e ts ,
ps i ,
an d
m ag n e ti c
end
1 5, 0 00
al l
an d
ps i ,
acce s s i b l e
p arti cl e
o u tl e t
an d
m e th o d s
co n n e cto rs ,
20, 000
psi )
s e al i n g
af te r
an d
wo rki n g
s u rf ace s
f i n al
c l am p
hub
en d
p re s s u re s .
of
e ach
h e at - tre atm e n t
fi n i s h ed
an d
f i n al
o p e rati o n s .
3,
ad d i ti o n al l y
al l
a cce s s i b l e
s u rf ace s
of
e ach
fi n i s h e d
p art
s h al l
be
i n s p e cte d .
S u rf ace
N DE
s h al l
be
performed on all surfaces prepared for “weld metal overlay ”
.
N O TE
2
Th e s e
ad d i ti o n al
re q u i re m e n ts
do
n ot
app l y to
PSL 1
an d
P SL
2.
1 0.4.2.1 0.2 Forgings
F o r f o rg i n g s ,
Fo r
PSL
fi n i s h ed
an d
f i n al
N O TE
1
2,
th e
PSL
p art
fo l l o wi n g
3,
s h al l
m ach i n i n g
Th i s
an d
be
s h al l
PSL
a p pl y.
4,
e xa m i n e d
al l
by
acce s s i b l e
liqu id
we tte d
p e n e tran t
o pe ra ti o n s .
re q u i re m e n t d o e s
n ot
appl y to
PSL
1 .
s u rf ace s
or
an d
m ag n e ti c
al l
acce s s i b l e
p arti cl e
m e th o d s
s e al i n g
af te r
s u rf ace s
f i n al
of
e ach
h e at - tre atm e n t
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
Fo r
PSL
3
an d
PSL
4,
a d d i ti o n al l y
al l
acce s s i b l e
s u rf ace s
of
e ach
fi n i s h ed
65
p art
NDE shall be performed on all surfaces prepared for “weld metal overlay ”
s h al l
be
i n s p e ct e d .
S u rf ace
p ro ce d u re s
s p e ci f i e d
.
N O TE
2
Th e s e
ad d i ti o n al
re q u i re m e n ts
do
n ot
app l y to
PSL 1
an d
P SL
2.
1 0.4.2.1 0.3 Test Method and Acceptance Criteria
Fo r P S L
in
P ro d s
If
1
AS T M
an d
s h al l
an y
n ot
(i . e.
p e n e tran t
Fo r P S L
be
3
al l
f e rro m ag n e ti c
are
an d
on
4,
( PT)
we tte d
to
m e th o d s ,
al l
m ate ri a l s
o r AS T M
be
p e rm e ab i l i t y
NDE
P SL
[P T] )
b e l i e ve d
m ag n e ti c
E1 65
test
p e rm i tte d
s u rf ace
AS TM
2,
( p e n e tran t
i n d i cati o n s
ru p tu re
in
P SL
E 1 65
s u rf ace s
n o n re l e van t
o r re m o ve d
on l y
th e
e x am i n e d
on
an d
th e
b as i s
s h al l
be
acco rd an ce
te s t
th at
wi th
[M T] ) .
to
in
in
are
n ot
th e y
co n fi rm
e xam i n e d
m e th o d
th e y
s tri n g e rs ) ,
re i n s p e cte d ,
f l u o re s ce n t
in
p arti cl e
s u rf ace s .
n o n m e tal l i c
m ate ri al s
we t
be
( m ag n e ti c
o r s e al i n g
vari at i o n s ,
f e rrom ag n e ti c
or
s h al l
E 70 9
as s o ci ate d
s h al l
wi th
a
e x am i n e d
s u rf ace
by
liquid
th e i r n o n re l e van c y.
acco rd an ce
AS TM
be
E 70 9
(M T)
wi th
p ro ce d u re s
fo r
al l
s p e ci f i e d
m ag n e ti c
p art i cl e
e x am i n ati o n s .
N O TE
Th e
—
Th e
AS TM
f o l l o wi n g
E 709
( M T)
acce p tan ce
we t
fl u o re s ce n t m e th o d
cri te ri a
s h al l
ap p l y
l i m i tati o n
f o r th e
does
AS T M
n ot
E 709
ap p l y to
(M T)
PSL
1
an d
P SL
2.
e xam i n ati o n :
3
—
no
re l e van t
no
m o re
i n d i cat i o n
wi th
a m aj o r d i m e n s i o n
e q u al
to
o r g re ate r th an
2
—
th an
te n
re l e va n t
i n d i cat i o n s
in
an y co n t i n u o u s
40
5
mm
(
/
1 6
in. );
2
cm
(6
in.
)
are a;
1
n o fou r (or m ore)
—
no
Th e
re l e van t
rel evan t ro u n d ed
i n d i cati o n s
acce ptan ce
cri t e ri a
in
in
/
i nd i cati on s i n a l i n e separated by l ess th an 1 . 6 m m (
p re s s u re - co n tact
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 1 . 3
s h al l
s e al i n g
1 6
i n . ) (ed g e- to-ed g e) ;
s u rf ace s .
ap p l y f o r t h e
AS T M
E1 65
( PT)
e xam i n ati o n .
1 0.4.2.1 1 Surface NDE —Nonferromagnetic Materials
1 0.4.2.1 1 .1 Castings
F o r cas ti n g s ,
N O TE
1
As
co n n e cto rs
Fo r
l ot
PSL
al l
be
o pe rat i o n s .
s h al l
be
fo l l o wi n g
n o te d
wi th
1 ,
s h al l
th e
69 . 0
in
Tab l e
M P a,
acce s s i b l e
If
th e
ap p l y.
PSL
al l
th e
f ai l s
1
d oe s
M P a,
we tte d
by
cas ti n g
on
5,
1 03 . 5
e x am i n e d
p e rf o rm e d
s h al l
to
an d
not
s u rf ace s
liquid
to
MPa
an d
al l
th e
f rom
bod i es,
(1 0 , 00 0
m e th o d
s u rf ace
th at
h e at
b o n n e ts ,
ps i ,
N DE
on
al l
end
1 5, 0 00
acce s s i b l e
p e n e tran t
m eet
c as ti n g s
app l y
1 38. 0
ps i ,
s e al i n g
afte r
acce pt an ce
o u tl e t
an d
c o n n e cto rs
20, 000
s u rf ace s
fi n al
acce s s i b l e
an d
fo r
psi )
on e
cas t i n g
h e at - tre at m e n t
cri t e ri a
we t te d
(see
an d
wo rki n g
an d
cl am p
f ro m
f i n al
1 0. 4. 2. 1 1 . 3 ) ,
s u rf ace s
an d
al l
hub
en d
p re s s u re s .
e ach
h e at
m ach i n i n g
s u rf ace
acce s s i b l e
NDE
s e al i n g
s u rf ace s .
Fo r
p art
Fo r
PSL
2
s h al l
PSL
an d
be
3
PSL
liquid
3,
al l
acce s s i b l e
p e n e tra n t
ad d i ti o n a l l y,
al l
i n s p e cte d
a cce s s i b l e
we tte d
s u rf ace s
af te r f i n al
s u rf ace s
of
an d
al l
e ach
fi n i s h e d
performed on all surfaces prepared for “weld metal overlay.”
N O TE
2
Th i s
ad d i ti o n al
re q u i re m e n t d o e s
n ot
acce s s i b l e
h e at - tre atm e n t
app l y to
P SL
1
an d
an d
p art
PSL 2.
f i n al
s h al l
s e al i n g
s u rf ace s
m ach i n i n g
be
of
e ac h
fi n i s h e d
o pe rati o n s .
i n s p e cte d .
S u rf ace
N DE
s h al l
be
66
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 0.4.2.1 1 .2 Forgings
F o r f o rg i n g s ,
Fo r
PSL
fi n i s h ed
2,
th e
fo l l o wi n g
PSL
p art
3,
s h al l
an d
be
s h al l
PSL
a p pl y.
4,
e xam i n e d
al l
by
acce s s i b l e
th e
liquid
we tte d
p e n e tra n t
s u rf ace s
m e th o d
an d
al l
afte r
acc e s s i b l e
f i n al
s e al i n g
h e at - tre a tm e n t
s u rf ace s
an d
fi n al
of
e ach
m ach i n i n g
o pe rat i o n s .
N O TE
Fo r
1
Th i s
P SL
3
re q u i re m e n t d o e s
an d
P SL
4,
n ot
appl y to
ad d i ti o n a l l y
al l
PSL
1 .
acce s s i b l e
s u r f ace s
of
e ach
fi n i s h e d
p art
NDE shall be performed on all surfaces prepared for “weld metal overlay ”
s h al l
be
i n s p e cte d .
S u rf ace
.
N O TE
2
Th e s e
ad d i ti o n al
re q u i re m e n ts
do
n ot
app l y to
PSL 1
an d
P SL
2.
1 0.4.2.1 1 .3 Test Method and Acceptance Criteria
Al l
n o n f e rro m ag n e ti c
Th e
—
—
acce ptan ce
no
re l e van t
no
m o re
no
re l e van t
no
fo u r
m ate ri al s
cri t e ri a
s h al l
s h al l
be
as
l i n e ar i n d i cati o n s
be
e xam i n e d
in
ac co rd an ce
wi th
p ro ce d u re s
—
te n
re l e va n t
in
AS T M
E1 65.
fo l l o ws :
al l o we d ;
2
th an
s p e ci f i e d
ro u n d e d
i n d i cati o n s
in
an y co n ti n u o u s
40
cm
2
(6
in.
)
are a;
3
—
ro u n d e d
i n d i cat i o n
wi t h
a m aj o r d i m e n s i o n
e q u al
to
o r g re ate r th an
5
mm
(
/
in. ) ;
1 6
1
(or
m o re )
re l e van t
ro u n d e d
i n d i cati o n s
in
a
line
s e parat e d
by
l ess
t h an
1 .6
mm
(
/
1 6
in. )
( e d g e - to -
ed g e) ;
—
no
re l e van t
i n d i cat i o n
in
pre s s u re - co n tact
s e al i n g
s u rf ace s .
1 0.4.2.1 2 Volumetric NDE
1 0.4.2.1 2.1 Application
Fo r
PSL
(1 0, 000
N DE,
N DE
( cas ti n g s ) ,
by
or
u l tras o n i c
1
P SL
Th e
3
m ach i n i n g
te m p e re d
p ro p e rt i e s
N O TE
2
PSL
4
or
e n ti re
b o n n e ts ,
vo l u m e
rad i o g rap h i c
vo l u m e tri c
re q u i re m e n ts
( ca s ti n g s
i n s p e cte d
o p e rat i o n s
e x cl u s i ve
bodi es,
th e
( U T)
p ro d u cts ,
Th e
fo r
cri te ri a,
s am p l i n g
an d
vo l u m e tri cal l y
to
h i g h e r,
acce p tan ce
N O TE
Fo r
2
ps i )
th e
an d
t h at
lim it
2
do
n o t ap pl y to
as
far
s tre s s - re l i e f
tre atm e n ts
s am p l i n g
re q u i re m e n ts
fo r P S L
If
s h al l
th e
on
do
rate d
h e at
PSL
3,
of
th e
re s u l ts
p e rf o rm e d
to
n o t ap pl y to
cas t i n g
an d
th e
1
f ro m
fo r
of
be
f ai l s
th at
to
m eet
of
69. 0
M Pa
to
vo l u m e tri c
th e
vo l u m e tri c
h e at.
vo l u m e
of
m e ch an i ca l
th e
af te r
e ach
e xa m i n ati o n .
PSL 2.
p art
p ro p e rti e s
h e at - tre atm e n t
h ard n e s s .
an d
p re s s u re
s u b j e cte d
PSL 4.
e n ti re
re d u ce
PSL
wo rki n g
s h al l
cas ti n g s
p racti cal ,
be
lot
s am p l e
al l
h e at- tre atm e n t
o r re - te m p e ri n g
3 /P S L 4
wi th
e ach
PSL 1 ,
as
af t e r
i n te rp re tati o n
i n s p e cti o n
of
f ro m
pe rf o rm e d
u l tras o n i c)
e ff e cti ve
vo l u m e tri c
be
fo rg i n g s )
or
co n n e cto rs
cas ti n g
e xam i n ati o n .
s h al l
fo r P S L
l oose
on e
(RT)
N DE
( ra d i o g rap h y
an d
of
For
fo r
s h al l
an d
be
p ri o r
q u e n ch - an d -
m e ch an i cal
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
67
1 0.4.2.1 2.2 Ultrasonic Examination Test Method
Fo r
th e
P SL
an d
an d
Fo r
AS TM
PSL
wi th
be
2
PSL
f l at- b o tt o m
—
an d
P SL
4
f l at- b o tto m
u sed )
cas t i n g s ,
p ro ce d u re
u l tras o n i c
s p e ci f i e d
e xam i n ati o n s
in
AS T M
A6 0 9
of
cas ti n g s
( e x ce pt
s h al l
th at
be
th e
p e rf o r m e d
i m m e rs i o n
in
acco rd a n ce
m e th o d
m ay
be
wi t h
u sed)
E 428 .
3
th e
3
h ol e
an d
f o rg i n g s ,
h ol e
AS T M
u l tras o n i c
p ro ce d u re s
e x am i n ati o n
s p e ci f i e d
in
of
AS T M
h ot
wo rke d
A3 8 8 /3 8 8 M
p arts
s h al l
( e xce p t
th at
be
p e rf o rm e d
th e
in
i m m e rs i o n
acco rd an ce
m e th o d
m ay
E 428.
1
C al i b rat i o n :
Th e
d i s tan ce
am p l i tu d e
cu rve
( D AC )
s h al l
be
b as e d
on
a
m ax i m u m
1 .6
mm
/
(
1 6
in. )
f l at-
1
b o tto m
h ol e
( s trai g h t - b e am
te ch n i q u e )
fo r
m e tal
th i ckn e s s e s
th ro u g h
1
3. 2
mm
38
mm
(1
/
2
in. ),
on
a
m ax i m u m
1
/
(
8
in. )
f l at- b o tto m
h ol e
fo r
m e tal
t h i ckn e s s e s
f ro m
38
mm
(1
/
2
in. )
t h ro u g h
1 50
mm
(6
in. ),
an d
1
on
a m axi m u m
N O TE
U l tras o n i c
6. 4
mm
(
/
in. )
4
e xam i n ati o n
d o es
f l at- b o tto m
not
ap pl y to
h ol e
f o r m e tal
t h i ckn e s s e s
e x ce e d i n g
1 50
mm
(6
in.).
PSL 1 .
1 0.4.2.1 2.3 Ultrasonic Examination Acceptance Criteria
Fo r P S L
—
—
no
2,
P SL
si n g l e
no
3,
an d
PSL
i n d i c ati o n
m u l ti p l e
4,
th e
fo l l o wi n g
e x ce e d i n g
i n d i cati o n s
s h al l
re fe re n ce
e xce e d i n g
50
a p pl y:
D AC ;
%
of
re f e re n ce
D AC ;
m u l ti p l e
i n d i cati o n s
are
d efi n e d
as
t wo
or
1
m o re
i n d i cati o n s
( e ach
e x ce e d i n g
50
%
of
th e
re fe re n ce
D AC )
wi th i n
1 3
mm
(
/
2
in. )
of
e ach
o th e r
in
an y
d i re cti o n .
For
PSL
s h al l
be
N O TE
4
o n l y,
fo u n d
Th i s
in
ad d i ti o n ,
o ve r
an
ad d i ti o n al
no
are a
co n t i n u o u s
twi ce
th e
cl u s te r
d i am e te r o f
re q u i re m e n t d o e s
not
app l y to
of
i n d i cat i o n s
th e
s e arch
P SL
2
on
th e
s am e
pl an e ,
re g ard l e s s
of
am p l i tu d e ,
be
p e rf o rm e d
u n i t.
or PSL 3.
1 0.4.2.1 2.4 Radiographic Examination Test Method
Fo r
in
PSL
2,
P SL
acco rd an c e
s e n s i ti vi t y
of
2
th i ckn e s s
ran g e
N O TE
R e al
1
3,
an d
wi th
%
PSL
( 2 - 2 T) .
l i m i tati o n
ti m e
2
R ad i o g rap h i c
rad i o g rap h i c
s p e ci fi e d
B o th
of
i m ag i n g
q u al i ty i n d i cato r o r e s s e n ti al
N O TE
4,
m e th o d s
X- ra y
in
an d
BPVC
e x am i n ati o n
AS M E
,
of
h ot
wo rke d
S e cti o n
g am m a- ra y
V,
s o u rce s
p arts
Arti cl e
s h al l
2
be
or
(or
acce p tab l e
an d
wi re
is
re co rd i n g /e n h an ce m e n t
d i s p l aye d
e xam i n ati o n
d oes
as
re q u i re d
n o t ap pl y to
BPVC
m e th o d s
b y AS M E
m ay
,
be
u sed
S e cti o n
p ro vi d e d
V,
Arti cl e
PSL 1 .
—
—
—
2
an d
P SL
no
cracks ,
l ap s ,
no
e l o n g at e d
3,
th e
fo l l o wi n g
acce ptan ce
cri te ri a
s h al l
ap p l y:
o r b u rs ts ;
i n d i cat i o n
s h al l
wi th
wi th i n
a
th e
m inim um
i n h e re n t
e ach .
1 0.4.2.1 2.5 Radiographic Examination Acceptance Criteria Forged Parts
Fo r P S L
cas ti n g s
e q u i va l e n t)
wi t h
a
l e n g th
g re at e r th a n
th at
g i ve n
in
Tabl e
21 ;
th e
2.
d e s i g n ate d
h ol e
i m ag e
68
AP I
Table 21
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
―Maximum Length of Elongated Indication
Thickness, T
Inclusion Length
mm
<
1 9. 0
1 9. 0
>
—
no
N O TE
g ro u p
1
Th e
Fo r P S L
—
—
—
of
4
i n d i cati o n s
PSL
o n l y,
2
th e
no
cracks ,
no
m o re
no
e l o n g ate d
an d
to
<
5 7. 0
in
PSL
a
3
>
line
th at
to
acce p tan ce
in.
6. 4
0. 25
0. 33
2. 25
2. 25
h ave
re q u i re m e n ts
mm
0 . 75
0 . 75
57. 0
fo l l o wi n g
l ap s ,
in.
an
do
0. 33
1 9. 0
ag g re g ate
n o t ap pl y to
cri te ri a
T
s h al l
T
0 . 75
l e n g th
g re ate r
th an
T
in
a l en g th
of
1 2
T
.
PSL 4.
ap p l y:
o r b u rs ts ;
1
th an
two
i n d i cat i o n s
s e parate d
by l ess
th an
1 3
mm
(
/
2
in. );
1
N O TE
2
Th e
i n d i cat i o n
PSL
4
e x ce e d i n g
re q u i re m e n ts
do
6. 4
n ot
mm
ap pl y to
(
/
in. ).
4
PSL
2
an d
PSL
3.
—
1 0.4.2.1 2.6 Radiographic Examination Acceptance Criteria Cast Parts
Fo r P S L
—
—
—
—
2
an d
P SL
AS T M
E1 86;
AS T M
E280;
AS T M
E 446;
m ax i m u m
3,
d e f e ct
th e
fo l l o wi n g
cl as s i f i cati o n
s h al l
as
ap p l y:
f o l l o ws :
T yp e
D e fe ct
M ax i m u m
D e f e ct
A
C l as s
2
B
2
C
2
( al l
t yp e s )
D
N on e
acce ptab l e
E
N on e
acce ptab l e
F
N on e
acce ptab l e
G
N on e
acce pta b l e
—
1 0.4.2.1 3 Weld NDE General
Fo r P S L
1 ,
P SL
2,
PSL
3,
an d
P SL
4,
th e
f o l l o wi n g
s h al l
ap p l y.
1
C o m p l e te d
s h al l
be
we l d s
e x am i n e d
[a
in
m inim um
of
acco rd an ce
1 2. 7
wi th
mm
th e
(
/
2
in.)
of
m e th o d s
s u rro u n d i n g
an d
b as e
acce pta n ce
m e tal
cri te ri a
of
an d
th e
Tabl e
e n ti re
22.
acce s s i b l e
we l d ]
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
69
Table 22 ―Requirements for Welding Bodies, Bonnets , and End and Outlet Connectors
Weld Type
Stages
P re s su re - co n tai n i n g
P re p arati o n
N o n p re s s u re -
co n tai n i n g
-
—
Vi s u al
-
Vi s u al
C o m p l e ti o n
-
S u rface
C o m p l e ti o n
-
Vo l u m e tri c
C o m p l e ti o n
-
H ard n e ss
-
N DE
N DE
te s t
-
Vi s u al
C o m p l e ti o n
-
H ard n e ss
P re p arati o n
-
S u rface
te s t
P arti al
we l d
m e tal
-
Vi s u al
C o m p l e ti o n
-
S u rface
C o m p l e ti o n
-
Vo l u m e tri c
C o m p l e ti o n
-
H ard n e ss
P re p arati o n
o ve rl ay
Fu l l
C o m p l e ti o n
C o m p l e ti o n
we l d
m e tal
o ve rl ay
-
-
S u rface
S u rface
P re p arati o n
-
Vi s u al
P re p arati o n
-
S u rface
N DE
N DE
te s t
-
Vi s u al
C o m p l e ti o n
-
S u rface
C o m p l e ti o n
-
Vo l u m e tri c
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 6
1 0. 4. 2. 1 6
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 7
1 0 . 4. 2. 6
1 0. 4. 2. 6
1 0. 4. 2. 1 4
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 4
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 7
1 0. 4. 2. 1 5
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 4
1 0. 4. 2. 1 4
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5
1 0. 4. 2. 1 5
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 6
1 0. 4. 2. 1 6
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 4
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 6
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 7
1 0. 4. 2. 1 7
—
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5
1 0. 4. 2. 1 0
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 0
1 0. 4. 2. 1 5
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5
—
—
1 0. 4. 2. 1 0
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 0
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 4
1 0. 4. 2. 1 4
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 4
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5
1 0. 4. 2. 1 5
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5
1 0. 4. 2. 1 8
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 8
1 0. 4. 2. 6
—
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 4
NDE
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 6
1 0. 4. 2. 1 7
—
—
—
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5
—
N DE
1 0. 4. 2. 6
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 4
1 0. 4. 2. 1 7
1 0 . 4. 2. 6
NDE
C o m p l e ti o n
1 0. 4. 2. 1 5
—
—
—
NDE
N DE
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5
—
—
—
—
—
re p ai rs
1 0. 4. 2. 1 4
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 4
—
NDE
PSL 4
1 0 . 4. 2. 6
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 4
—
—
—
—
Vi s u al
C o m p l e ti o n
—
—
—
—
—
re p ai rs )
P re s su re - co n tai n i n g
Reference
PSL 2
PSL 3
PSL 1
C o m p l e ti o n
P re p arati o n
( i n cl u d i n g
a, b
—
F O O TN O TE S
“Preparation” refers to surface preparation, joint preparation, fit
a
“Completion” refers to af
b
ter
to
m ach i n i n g
th at wo u l d
al l
lim it
we l d i n g ,
e ffe cti ve
p o s t - we l d
h e at - t re at ,
i n te rp re t ati o n
of
- u p,
an d
fo r
th e
u si n g
th e
d e p th
th e
s p e ci f i e d
of
fu s i o n
o ve rl a y
p e n e trat i o n
to
th i ckn e s s .
th e
pre h e at.
m ach i n i n g ,
e xce pt
fo r
vo l u m etri c
N DE
th at
s h al l
be
don e
pri o r
res u l ts .
The manufacturer’s written specification for corrosion
m e as u ri n g
an d
Th e
ap p ro x i m ate
- re s i s tan t
p ro d u cti o n
we l d
we l d
o ve rl a y
acce pt an ce
i n te rf ace
wh e n
s h al l
cri te ri a
th e
i n cl u d e
a
m e as u re m e n ts
we l d
q u al i f i cati o n
te ch n i q u e
s h al l
was
fo r
acco u n t
p e rf o rm ed
face .
1 0.4.2.1 4 Weld Examination —Visual
Th e
vi s u al
we l d
s p e ci fi e d
in
1 00
al l
%
of
e x am i n ati o n
Tab l e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
1 0. 4. 2. 1 4
s h al l
ap p l y
to
PSL
1 ,
PSL
2,
PSL
3,
an d
P SL
4
as
22.
we l d s
s h al l
be
vi s u al l y e xam i n e d
af te r p o s t - we l d
h e at- tre atm e n t
an d
m ach i n i n g
o p e rat i o n s .
1
E x am i n ati o n s
Th e
—
—
s h al l
acce p tan ce
Al l
i n cl u d e
cri te ri a
s h al l
p re s s u re - co n t ai n i n g
U n d e rcu t
s h al l
n ot
a
m inim um
be
as
we l d s
re d u ce
1 3
mm
(
/
2
in. )
of
ad j ace n t
b as e
m e tal
on
b o th
si d es
of
th e
we l d .
f o l l o ws .
s h al l
th e
of
h a ve
co m p l e te
th i ckn e s s
in
th e
j oi n t
are a
p e n e trat i o n .
( co n s i d e ri n g
b o th
si d es)
to
bel o w
th e
m inim um
th i ckn e s s .
—
1
S u rf ace
p o ro s i t y an d
e xp o s e d
s l ag
are
n ot
p e rm i tte d
on
or
wi th i n
3
mm
(
/
8
in. )
of
s e al i n g
s u rf ace s .
70
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 0.4.2.1 5 Weld NDE —Surface
1 0.4.2.1 5.1 Application
Th e
s u rf ace
Fo r P S L
N O TE
3
we l d
an d
Th e
1 00%
of
p arti cl e
e x am i n ati o n
P SL
s u rface
al l
4,
re q u i re m e n ts
m ag n e ti c
we l d
p arti c l e
e xam i n ati o n
p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
(i n
th e
cas e
n o n f e rro m ag n e ti c
of
1 0. 4. 2. 1 5
e x am i n at i o n
re q u i re m e n ts
f abri cati o n
f e r ro m ag n e ti c
m ate ri al s )
of
m e th o d s
do
s h al l
n ot
we l d s
be
ap p l y to
we l d
or
we l d i n g ,
PSL
pe rf o rm e d
ap p l y to
an d
m ate ri al s )
afte r al l
s h al l
PSL
3,
o n l y b y th e
sh al l
p e n e tran t
p o s t - we l d
PSL
an d
we t
PSL
4.
fl u o re s ce n t
m e th o d .
1 .
o ve rl a y
liquid
2,
be
(i n
e x am i n e d
th e
cas e
h e at- tre a tm e n t,
an d
by
of
e i th e r
m ag n e t i c
f e rro m ag n e ti c
m ach i n i n g
or
o p e rat i o n s .
1 0.4.2.1 5.2 Test Method/Acceptance —Magnetic Particle Examination
1
E x am i n ati o n s
M ag n e ti c
cri te ri a
—
—
no
s h al l
p art i cl e
as
i n cl u d e
a
m inim um
e xam i n at i o n
s h al l
of
be
1 3
mm
(
/
2
p e rf o rm e d
in. )
as
of
ad j ace n t
d e s cri b e d
b as e
in
m e tal
on
1 0 . 4. 2 . 1 0 . 3
b o th
wi th
si d es
ad d i t i o n al
we l d .
ac ce ptan ce
l i n e ar i n d i cati o n ;
1
ro u n d e d
i n d i cati o n
g re ate r
t h an
3
mm
(
5
/
8
in.)
fo r
we l d s
wh o s e
3
5
th e
fo l l o ws :
re l e van t
no
of
mm
d e p th
is
1 6
mm
(
/
in. )
8
or
l ess,
or
5
/
(
in. )
1 6
f o r we l d s
wh o s e
d e p th
is
g re a te r th an
1 6
mm
(
/
in. ) .
8
1 0.4.2.1 5.3 Test Method/Acceptance —Liquid Penetrant Examination
Li q u i d
p e n e tran t
e xam i n at i o n
s h al l
be
p e rf o rm e d
as
d e s cri b e d
in
1 0 . 4. 2 . 1 1 . 3
wi th
ad d i t i o n al
1
cri te ri o n
of
no
ro u n d e d
i n d i cati o n s
g re a te r
th an
3
mm
in. )
8
fo r
3
or 5
mm
(
acce pta n ce
5
/
(
we l d s
wh o s e
d e p th
is
1 6
mm
(
/
8
in. )
or
l ess,
5
/
in. )
1 6
f o r we l d s
wh o s e
d e pt h
is
g re ate r t h an
1 6
mm
(
/
in. ).
8
1 0.4.2.1 6 Weld NDE —Volumetric
1 0.4.2.1 6.1 Application
Th e
vo l u m e tri c
N O TE
1 00
al l
Th e
%
of
e ff e cti ve
25
%
of
e x am i n ati o n
vo l u m e tri c
al l
we l d i n g ,
we l d
we l d
th e
o ri g i n al
or
of
th e
we l d s
wal l
u l tras o n i c
re s u l ts
s h al l
an d
of
th i ckn e s s
m e th o d s
of
1 0. 4. 2. 1 6
re q u i re m e n ts
h e at - tre atm e n t,
i n te rp re t ati o n
rad i o g rap h y
e xam i n ati o n
p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
p o s t- we l d
re q u i re m e n ts
25
al l
n ot
app l y to
e x am i n e d
m ach i n i n g
th e
or
af te r
be
do
mm
(1
by
ap p l y to
PSL
e i th e r
o p e rat i o n s
e x am i n at i o n .
we l d i n g
s h al l
in. ),
an d
Al l
PSL
rad i o g rap h y
p ri o r
to
we l d s
wh i ch e ve r
p o s t- we l d
2,
3,
an d
P SL
4.
1 .
bu t
re p a i r
PSL
is
or
wh e re
l ess,
u l tras o n i c
m ach i n i n g
th e
s h al l
h e at- tre atm e n t.
re pa i r
be
m e th o d s
o p e rat i o n s
is
th at
g re ate r
e x am i n e d
E x am i n ati o n s
by
s h al l
af te r
lim it
t h an
e i th e r
i n cl u d e
1
at l e as t
1 3
mm
(
/
2
in. )
of
a d j ace n t
b as e
m e tal
on
al l
si d es
of
th e
we l d .
1 0.4.2.1 6.2 Test Method —Radiographic Examination
R ad i o g ra p h i c
S e cti o n
V,
e xam i n ati o n s
Arti cl e
B o th
X- ra y
R e al
ti m e
an d
2
an d
s h al l
be
e q u i val e n t)
g am m a- ray
i m ag i n g
q u a l i t y i n d i cato r
(or
p e rf o rm e d
wi t h
s o u rce s
in
are
wi re
is
d i s p l aye d
as
wi th
s e n s i ti vi t y o f
acce pta b l e
re co rd i n g /e n h a n ce m e n t
o r e s se n ti al
acco rd an ce
a m inim um
wi th i n
m e th o d s
re q u i re d
th e
m ay
2
th e
%
p ro ce d u re s
i n h e re n t
be
th i ckn e s s
BPVC
u sed
b y AS M E
s p e ci f i e d
in
AS M E
BPVC
( 2 - 2 T) .
p ro vi d e d
,
ran g e
th e
S e cti o n
V,
l i m i tati o n
d e s i g n at e d
Arti c l e
2.
of
h ole
e ach .
i m ag e
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
71
—
1 0.4.2.1 6.3 Acceptance Criteria Radiographic Examination
Th e
—
—
rad i o g rap h i c
no
t yp e
of
no
e l o n g at e d
e x am i n ati o n
crack,
zon e
of
acce pt an ce
i n com p l e te
d i s co n t i n u i t y t h at
h as
cri t e ri a s h al l
fu s i o n ,
a
or
l e n g th
be
as
f o l l o ws :
i n co m p l e te
g re ate r th an
p e n e trati o n ;
th at
g i ve n
in
Tab l e
23 ;
―
Table 23 Maximum Length of RT Discontinuities
Weld Thickness, T
≤
>
mm
1 9. 0
to
>
—
no
g ro u p
an y
—
to tal
ti m e s
no
of
l e n g th
l e n g th
ro u n d e d
57. 0
of
>

of
>
th e
i n d i cati o n
1 2
in
T
,
a
l on g est
in
line
e xce p t
≤
mm
in.
6. 4
0. 25
0 . 75
0. 75
5 7. 0
d i s co n ti n u i ti e s
we l d
th e
≤
in.
≤
1 9. 0
Discontinuity Length
to
0. 33
2. 2 5
2. 25
T
0. 33
1 9. 0
h avi n g
an
wh e re
th e
ag g re g ate d
d i s t an ce
T
0 . 75
l e n g th
b e t we e n
g re ate r
th an
s u cce s s i ve
th e
we l d
T
th i ckn e s s ,
d i s co n ti n u i t i e s
,
e xce e d s
in
si x
d i s co n t i n u i t y;
e x ce s s
of
th at s p e ci f i e d
in
AS M E
—
BPVC
,
S e ct i o n
VI I I ,
D i vi s i o n
1 ,
Ap p e n d i x
4.
1 0.4.2.1 6.4 Test Method Ultrasonic Examination
U l tras o n i c
S e cti o n
V,
e x am i n ati o n s
S u bs e ct i o n
A,
s h al l
be
Arti cl e
4
p e rf o rm e d
in
acc o rd an ce
wi t h
p ro ce d u re s
s p e ci f i e d
in
BPVC
AS M E
,
( o r e q u i va l e n t) .
—
1 0.4.2.1 6.5 Acceptance Criteria Ultrasonic Examination
D i s co n ti n u i ti e s
e x te n t
acce ptan ce
—
—
no
th at
n e ce s s ary
p ro d u c e
to
cri te ri a
re s p o n s e
th e
g re ate r
s h ap e ,
th a n
20
i d e n ti t y,
%
of
an d
th e
re f e re n ce
l o cati o n
an d
l e ve l
s h al l
e val u ate
be
i n ve s ti g at e d
th e m
in
te rm s
to
th e
of
th e
b e l o w:
l i n e ar i n d i cati o n
o th e r
i n d i cati o n s
T abl e
24
are
a
d e te rm i n e
i n te rp re te d
wi th
as
cracks ,
am p l i tu d e s
i n co m p l e te
e xce e d i n g
th e
j oi n t
p e n e trati o n ,
re fe re n ce
l e ve l
or
wh o s e
i n co m p l e te
l e n g th
fu s i o n ;
e x ce e d s
th o s e
g i ve n
in
u n acce pt ab l e .
1 0.4.2.1 6.6 Repair Welds
Fo r P S L
3
an d
PSL
4
o n l y,
al l
re p ai r
we l d s ,
if
th e
re p a i r e x ce e d s
20
%
of
th e
o ri g i n al
wal l
th i ckn e s s
2
(1
in. ),
wh i ch e ve r
e x am i n e d
N O TE
is
th e
s m al l e r,
or
if
th e
e x te n t
b y e i th e r ra d i o g raph y o r u l tras o n i c
Th i s
ad d i ti o n al
re p ai r we l d
vo l u m e tri c
Table 24
of
m e th o d s
we l d
N DE
>
mm
>
≤
≤
1 9. 0
1 9. 0
to
cavi t y
afte r
e x ce e d s
al l
a p pro x i m ate l y 6 5
we l d i n g
re q u i re m e n t d o e s
an d
p o s t - we l d
n o t ap pl y to
PSL
2.
57. 0
>
0 . 75
57. 0
>
Discontinuity Length
a
in.
≤
0. 75
to
mm
in.
6. 4
0. 25
0. 33
2. 2 5
2. 25
T
0. 33
1 9. 0
T
0. 75
F O O TN O TE
a
T
is
th e
h avi n g
th i ckn es s
of
th e
we l d
d i ffe re n t th i ckn es s e s
be i n g
at th e
e xam i n e d .
we l d ,
T
is
th e
If
a
we l d
j oi n s
th i n n e r of t h e
two
two
cm
or 25
m em be rs
th i ckn e s s e s .
mm
2
(1 0
in.
),
h e at- tre atm e n t.
―Maximum Length of UT Discontinuities
Weld Thickness, T
≤
th e
s h al l
be
72
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
—
1 0.4.2.1 7 Weld NDE Hardness
Th e
h ard n e s s
N O TE
Th e
AS TM
u n af f e cte d
H ard n e s s
Th e
or
we l d
s h al l
AS TM
b as e
N DE
be
E1 8.
m e tal s
val u e s
h ard n e s s
h ard n e s s
re q u i re m e n ts
of
1 0. 4. 2. 1 7
re q u i re m e n ts
access i bl e pres su re -co n tai n i n g ,
te s ti n g
E1 0
N DE
h ard n e s s
1 0 0 % of al l
H ard n e s s
we l d
s h al l
p e rf o rm e d
At
l e as t
aft e r al l
m eet
re co rd e d
in
th e
th e
in
on e
do
not
acco rd an ce
h ard n e s s
m ate ri a l
PQR
app l y
ap p l y to
to
P SL
1
PSL
an d
n o n press u re- co n tai n i n g ,
h e at- tre atm e n t
b as e
s h al l
s h al l
te s t
an d
wi th
s h al l
I SO
be
be
th e
b as i s
an d
PSL
4.
PSL 2.
an d
6506
re pai r wel d s s h al l
( al l
p e rf o rm e d
m ach i n i n g
re q u i re m e n ts
3
in
p arts )
b o th
or
th e
be h ard n ess teste d .
I SO
6508
we l d
an d
( al l
in
p arts ) ,
th e
or
ad j ace n t
o p e rati o n s .
of
1 0. 4. 2. 4.
fo r
acce ptan ce
if
th e
we l d
is
n ot
acce s s i b l e
fo r
te s ti n g .
1 0.4.2.1 8 Weld Overlay Volumetric Inspection
1 0.4.2.1 8.1 Application
Th e
we l d
N O TE
As
o ve rl a y vo l u m e tri c
1
far
Th e
as
si d es
N O TE
be
2
Th i s
e ffe cti ve n e s s
th e
e n t i re
e x am i n e d
m ach i n i n g
re q u i re m e n ts
o ve rl ay vo l u m e tri c i n s p e c ti o n
p racti cal ,
s h al l
p ri o r to
we l d
i n s p e cti o n
o p e rati o n s
m ay
vo l u m e
u si n g
re q u i re
of
th at
lim it
i n te rm e d i ate
1 0. 4. 2. 1 8
re q u i re m e n ts
we l d
u l tras o n i c
of
o ve rl a y
pl u s
e xam i n ati o n
e f fe cti ve
do
th e
af te r
o p e rati o n
to
ap p l y to
n o t ap p l y to
i n te rp re tat i o n
m ach i n i n g
s h al l
3
mm
P SL
(0. 1 2
1
an d
in. )
h e a t- tre atm e n t
of
th e
m eet
re s u l ts
s u rface
PSL
of
fo r
of
th e
fi n i s h
3
P SL
an d
PSL
4.
2.
ad j ace n t
b as e
m ech an i ca l
m e tal
on
p ro p e rt i e s
al l
an d
e xam i n ati o n .
re q u i re m e n ts
wi th o u t
l i m i ti n g
th e
re s u l ts .
of
1 0.4.2.1 8.2 Design Criteria
Th e
s u p p l i e r/m an u f actu re r
s h al l
d e te rm i n e
an d
d ocu m en t
if
th e
o ve rl a y
m ate ri al
is
co n s i d e re d
as
p art
of
th e
manufacturer’s or this specification’s design criteria.
— If the overlay material is not considered as part of the manufacturer’s or this
d esi g n
cri te ri a,
a
m e as u re m e n t
of
o ve rl ay
th i ckn e s s
an d
te s ti n g
of
bo n d
i n te g ri ty
s h al l
s
be
pecification’s
acco rd i n g
to
the manufacturer’s written specifications.
N O TE
Vi s u a l
—
If
th e
Ri n g
an d
g ro o ve s
PT
o ve rl ay
s h al l
is
d e fi n e d
be
th e
p art
of
in
th i s
s p e ci fi cati o n
re q u i re d
th e
do
i n s p e ct i o n
d esi g n
n o t re q u i re
te s ti n g
o f bon d
i n te g ri ty u s i n g
U T.
te ch n i q u e s .
cri te ri a,
vo l u m e tri c
e x am i n ati o n s
s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
1 0. 4. 2. 1 8. 3 .
1 0.4.2.1 8.3 Test Methods and Acceptance Criteria
Wel d
o ve rl ay
Secti on
Th e
—
—
V,
s h al l
acce p tan ce
no
si n g l e
no
m u l ti p l e
“
N O TE
be
Su bs ecti on
e xa m i n e d
A,
cri t e ri a s h al l
i n d i c ati o n
be
as
e xce e d i n g
i n d i cati o n s
M u l ti p l e
u si n g
u l tras o n i c
Arti cl e 4 te ch n i q u e
mm
(
/2 i n . )
i n d i cati o n s
o f e ach
re f e re n ce
e xce e d i n g
”
o th e r i n
is
e xa m i n ati o n
p e r f o rm e d
in
acco rd an ce
or tech n i q u e 2 except th at th e i m m ersi on
wi th
AS M E
BPVC
,
m eth od m ay be u sed .
f o l l o ws :
d e fi n e d
50
as
D AC ;
%
of
re f e re n ce
two
or
m o re
1
1 3
1
an y d i re cti o n .
D AC .
i n d i cati o n s
( e ach
e xce e d i n g
50
%
of
th e
re fe re n ce
D AC )
wi th i n
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
73
1 0.4.2.1 9 Repair Welds
Fo r P S L
—
Al l
2,
PSL
re pa i r
—
an d
we l d s
e x am i n i n g
—
3,
th e
PSL
s h al l
b as e
4,
th e
be
m e tal
fo l l o wi n g
e xam i n e d
o r we l d
re q u i re m e n ts
u si n g
th e
s h al l
s am e
ap pl y.
m e th o d s
an d
acce pta n ce
cri te ri a
as
u sed
fo r
m e tal .
1
E xam i n ati o n s
S u rf ace s
l e ve l s .
N O TE
s h al l
p re p are d
M eth od s
Th e
i n cl u d e
fo r
an d
re p ai r we l d
1 3
mm
we l d i n g
(
s h al l
acce pt an ce
re q u i re m e n ts
/
2
in. )
be
ad j ace n t
e xam i n e d
cri te ri a
do
of
s h al l
n o t ap pl y to
be
b as e
p ri o r
as
in
to
m e tal
we l d i n g
on
to
al l
si d es
e n s u re
of
th e
d e f e ct
we l d .
re m o val
to
acce p tab l e
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5.
PSL 1 .
1 0.4.3 Stems
1 0.4.3.1 Quality Control Requirements, Methods, and Acceptance Criteria
Q u al i t y c o n tro l
re q u i re m e n t s
fo r s tem s
s h al l
be
p e r T abl e
25
fo r P SL
1 ,
PSL
2,
P SL
3,
an d
PSL
4.
Table 25 ―Requirements for Stems
Parameter
Te n s i l e
I m p act
te s ti n g
te s ti n g
H ard n e s s
N AC E
te s ti n g
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
D i m e n s i o n al
Vi s u al
Reference
a, b
1 51 56
i n s p e cti on
e xam i n ati o n
C h e m i cal
PSL 1
PSL 2
PSL 3
PSL 4
1 0. 4. 2. 2
1 0. 4. 2. 2
1 0 . 4. 2. 2
1 0 . 4. 2. 2
1 0. 4. 2. 3
1 0. 4. 2. 3
1 0 . 4. 2. 3
1 0 . 4. 2. 3
1 0. 4. 2. 4
1 0. 4. 2. 4
1 0 . 4. 2. 4
1 0 . 4. 2. 4
1 0. 4. 1 . 4
1 0. 4. 1 . 4
1 0 . 4. 1 . 4
1 0 . 4. 1 . 4
1 0. 4. 2. 5
1 0. 4. 2. 5
1 0 . 4. 2. 5
1 0 . 4. 2. 5
1 0. 4. 2. 6
1 0. 4. 2. 6
—
—
1 0. 4. 2. 7
1 0 . 4. 2. 7
1 0 . 4. 2. 7
1 0. 4. 2. 8
1 0 . 4. 2. 8
1 0 . 4. 2. 8
1 0 . 4 . 2 . 1 0 /1 0 . 4. 2 . 1 1
1 0 . 4 . 2 . 1 0 /1 0 . 4 . 2 . 1 1
1 0 . 4 . 2 . 1 0 /1 0 . 4 . 2 . 1 1
—
an al ys i s
—
Trace ab i l i ty
S u rface
W el d
—
N DE
N DE
No
we l d i n g
No
p e rm i tte d
e xce p t
we l d
W el d
we l d i n g
No
p e rm i tte d
fo r
e xce p t
o ve rl ays
we l d
we l d i n g
No
p e rm i tte d
fo r
e xce p t
o ve rl ays
we l d
we l d i n g
p e rm i tte d
fo r
e xce p t
o ve rl ays
we l d
fo r
o ve rl ays
o ve rl ay
G e n e ral
1 0. 4. 3. 3
P re p arati o n
-
Vi s u al
P re p arati o n
-
S u rface
C o m p l e ti o n
-
Vi s u al
C o m p l e ti o n
-
S u rface
—
—
—
1 0 . 4 . 2 . 1 0 /1 0 . 4 . 2 . 1 1
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 4
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 4
1 0. 4. 2. 1 4
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5
1 0. 4. 2. 1 5
1 0 . 4. 2. 9
1 0 . 4. 2. 9
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 2
1 0. 4. 2. 1 2
—
N DE
1 0 . 4. 3. 3
1 0 . 4 . 2 . 1 0 /1 0 . 4 . 2 . 1 1
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 4
N DE
1 0 . 4. 3. 3
—
1 0. 4. 2. 6
N DE
S e ri al i z ati o n
Vo l u m e tri c
1 0. 4. 3. 3
—
—
—
—
1 0 . 4 . 2 . 1 0 /1 0 . 4 . 2 . 1 1
F O O TN O TE S
a
b
“Preparation” refers to surface preparation, joint preparation, fit
“Completion” refers to after
to
m ach i n i n g
th at wo u l d
lim it
al l
we l d i n g ,
e ffe cti ve
po s t - we l d
h e at - tre at ,
i n te rp re t ati o n
of
res u l ts .
- u p,
an d
an d
p re h e at .
m ach i n i n g ,
e xce p t
fo r
vo l u m e tri c
N DE
t h at
s h al l
be
d on e
pri o r
74
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 0.4.3.2 Volumetric NDE
1 0.4.3.2.1 Application
Th e
vo l u m e tri c
N O TE
E ach
Th e
re q u i re m e n ts
vo l u m e tri c
s te m ,
or
rad i o g rap h i c
re l i e f
N DE
b ar
N DE
fro m
tre atm e n ts )
an d
1 0. 4. 3 . 2
re q u i re m e n ts
wh i ch
te ch n i q u e s .
of
Th e
p ri o r
s tem s
do
are
i n s p e cti o n
to
not
s h al l
ap p l y to
P SL
m ach i n e d ,
s h al l
m ach i n i n g
ap p l y to
be
1
PSL
an d
s h al l
o p e rati o n s
t h at
an d
PSL
be
co n d u cte d
3
PSL
4.
2.
vo l u m e tri cal l y
afte r
lim it
f i n al
i n s p e cte d
h e at - tre a tm e n t
e ff e cti ve
i n te rp re t ati o n
u si n g
u l tras o n i c
( e x cl u s i ve
of
th e
of
or
s tre s s -
re s u l ts
of
th e
e x am i n ati o n .
1 0.4.3.2.2 Test Method and Acceptance Criteria
I n s p e cti o n
s h al l
i n s p e ct i o n
is
f ro m
th e
u si n g
be
o u ts i d e
th e
p e rf o rm e d
p e rf o rm e d ,
d i am e te r
s tra i g h t- b e am
in
e ach
acco rd an ce
s te m
an d
(or
en d s
te ch n i q u e
b ar
by
th e
s h al l
be
wi th
from
th e
m e th o d s
wh i ch
s te m s
s trai g h t- b e am
e x am i n e d
of
are
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 2
te ch n i q u e .
u si n g
th e
fo r
m ach i n e d )
S te m s
an g l e - b e am
wro u g h t
s h al l
th at
be
If
u l tras o n i c
u l tras o n i cal l y
p ro d u cts .
i n s p e cte d
can n o t
be
e x am i n e d
axi a l l y
te ch n i q u e .
1
Th e
D AC
s h al l
be
b as e d
on
a
m axi m u m
3. 2
mm
(
/
8
in. )
f l at- b o tto m
h ol e
( s trai g h t - b e am
te ch n i q u e )
an d
a
1
m ax i m u m
1 .6
Acce p tan ce
N O TE
mm
/
(
1 6
cri te ri a
Th e
in. )
s h al l
vo l u m e tri c
s i d e - d ri l l e d
be
N DE
in
h ol e,
acco rd an ce
re q u i re m e n ts
do
25
wi th
not
mm
(1
in.)
d e ep
1 0. 4. 2. 1 2. 3 ,
ap p l y to
P SL
1
( an g l e - b e am
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 2. 5,
an d
PSL
te ch n i q u e ) .
or 1 0 . 4. 2. 1 2. 6 .
2.
1 0.4.3.3 Weld NDE —General
Fo r
PSL
1 ,
P SL
o ve rl a y s h al l
2,
PSL
i n cl u d e
3,
an d
PSL
a t e ch n i q u e
4,
t
he manufacturer’
f o r m e as u ri n g
th e
s
wri tte n
s p e ci f i e d
s p e ci f i cati o n
fo r
co rro s i o n - re s i s tan t
we l d
o ve rl a y th i ckn e s s .
1 0.4.4 Valve Bore Sealing Mechanisms and Choke Trim
1 0.4.4.1 Application
Fo r
PSL
1 ,
PSL
m ech an i s m s
N DE
f i t,
is
n ot
2,
an d
PSL
ch o ke
re q u i re d
o r s h ri n k- f i t
on
j o i n t are
3,
an d
tri m .
b ra z e d ,
n ot
PSL
Fo r
4,
T abl e
ch o ke
p re s s - fi t,
26
tri m ,
or
l i s ts
on l y
th e
th e
s h ri n k- f i t
q u al i t y
s u rf ace
j o i n ts .
co n tro l
N DE
re q u i re m e n ts
an d
I n d i cat i o n s
th at
fo r
s e ri al i z at i o n
are
val ve
s h al l
re s tri cte d
to
b o re
a p p l y.
a
s e al i n g
S u rf ace
b ra z e d ,
p re s s -
re l e van t .
1 0.4.4.2 Weld NDE —General
If
e xam i n ati o n
e x am i n e d
in
is
re q u i re d ,
acco rd an ce
The manufacturer’
m e as u ri n g
th e
s
wri tte n
s p e ci f i e d
we l d i n g
wi th
th e
acti vi ti e s
m e th o d s
s p e ci f i cati o n
an d
fo r
s h al l
be
co n tro l l e d
acce p t an ce
cri te ri a
co rro s i o n - re s i s tan t
in
of
co n fo rm an ce
Tab l e
we l d
o ve rl a y
o ve rl a y th i ckn e s s .
1 0.4.5 Ring Gaskets and Nonintegral Metal Seals
1 0.4.5.1 Application
N O TE
P S Ls
are
n o t ap pl i cab l e
to
ri n g
j oi nt
g as ke ts
an d
n o n i n te g ral
m e tal
s e al s .
wi th
7. 3 . 8
an d
s h al l
be
te ch n i q u e
fo r
26.
s h al l
i n cl u d e
a
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
75
1 0.4.5.2 Tensile Testing
F o r n o n i n te g ra l
m e tal
s e al s ,
ten s i l e
te s ti n g
s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
6. 3 . 2. 2
if
te n s i l e
s tre s s
is
a
d esi g n
wi th
6. 3. 2. 3
if
te n s i l e
s tre s s
is
a
d esi g n
cri te ri o n .
N O TE
Te n s i l e
te s ti n g
re q u i re m e n ts
do
n o t ap pl y to
ri n g
g as ke ts .
1 0.4.5.3 Impact Testing
F o r n o n i n te g ra l
m e tal
s e al s ,
i m p act
te s ti n g
sh al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
cri te ri o n .
N O TE
I m p ac t
te s ti n g
re q u i re m e n ts
do
n o t ap pl y to
ri n g
g as ke ts .
Table 26―Requirements for Valve Bore Sealing Mechanisms and Choke Trim
Parameter
Te n s i l e
PSL 1
PSL 2
6. 3. 2. 2
6. 3. 2. 2
—
—
1 0. 4. 1 . 4
1 0 . 4. 1 . 4
—
—
te s ti n g
H ard n e s s
N AC E
a, b
te s ti n g
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
D i m e n s i o n al
C h e m i cal
1 51 56
i n s p e cti o n
—
an al ys i s
Trace ab i l i ty
S u rface
W el d
c
N DE
Vi s u al
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
e xam i n ati o n
s u rface
H ard n e s s
te s ti n g
R e p ai r we l d s
W el d
6. 3. 2. 2
6. 3. 2. 2
1 0 . 4. 2. 4
1 0 . 4. 2. 4
1 0 . 4. 1 . 4
1 0 . 4. 1 . 4
1 0 . 4. 2. 5
1 0 . 4. 2. 5
1 0 . 4. 2. 7
1 0 . 4. 2. 7
1 0 . 4. 2. 8
1 0 . 4. 2. 8
1 0 . 4 . 2 . 1 0 /1 0 . 4 . 2 . 1 1
1 0 . 4 . 2 . 1 0 /1 0 . 4 . 2 . 1 1
1 0 . 4. 2. 7
—
PSL 4
N DE
G e n e ral
N DE
Reference
PSL 3
1 0 . 4 . 4. 2
1 0 . 4 . 4. 2
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 4
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 4
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5
—
No
e xce p t
we l d
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 7
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 9
we l d i n g
p e rm i tte d
fo r
o ve rl ays
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 9
o ve rl ay
P re p arati o n
C o m p l e ti o n
-
-
S e ri al i z ati o n
S u rface
S u rface
—
—
N DE
N DE
—
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5
—
c
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 0
1 0. 4. 2. 1 0
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5
1 0. 4. 2. 1 5
1 0 . 4. 2. 9
1 0 . 4. 2. 9
—
F O O TN O TE S
a
b
“Preparation” refers to surface preparation, joint preparation, fit
“Completion” refers to after all welding,
to
c
m ach i n i n g
O n l y th e
t h at
s u rface
wo u l d
NDE
l i m i t e ffe cti ve
an d
po s t - we l d
h e at - tre at ,
i n te rpre tat i o n
s e ri al i z ati o n
are
re q u i re d
of
- u p,
an d
an d
pre h e at.
m ach i n i n g ,
e xce p t
fo r
vo l u m e tri c
N DE
th at
s h al l
be
don e
pri o r
res u l ts .
fo r ch oke
tri m
(s ee
1 0 . 4 . 4. 1 ) .
1 0.4.5.4 Dimensional Inspection
D i m e n s i o n al
acco rd i n g
S am p l i n g
to
i n s p e ct i o n
th i s
s h al l
s h al l
be
p e rf o rm e d
on
ri n g
g as ke ts
an d
n o n i n te g ral
m e tal
s p e c i fi cati o n .
be
The manufacturer’
in
s
acco rd an ce
d o cu m e n te d
wi th
th e
’
m an u f actu re r s
pro ce d u re s
s h al l
be
d o cu m e n te d
fo l l o we d .
re q u i re m e n ts .
s e al s
m an u f actu re d
76
AP I
Acce p tan ce
a
cri te ri a
fo r
ri n g
g as ke ts
ccordance with the manufacturer’
s h al l
s
be
in
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
acco rd an ce
d o cu m e n te d
wi th
1 4. 2 . 2 . 1 .
N o n i n te g ral
m e tal
s e al s
s h al l
be
in
re q u i re m e n ts .
1 0.4.5.5 Hardness Testing
1 0.4.5.5.1 Application
Th e
As
re q u i re m e n ts
a
m inim um ,
acco rd an ce
Fo r
wi th
n o n i n te g ral
s tag e
of
of
1 0. 4. 1 . 4
s am p l i n g
I SO
s h al l
app l y i n
be
2 859 - 1 : 1 9 99,
m e tal
m ach i n i n g
s h al l
s e al s ,
f o l l o wi n g
th e
th e
ad d i ti o n
p e rf o rm e d
l e ve l
II,
1 .5
h ard n e s s
l as t
on
to
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
co m p l e te d
ri n g
of
1 0. 4. 5. 5.
g as ke ts
an d
n o n i n te g ral
m e tal
s e al s
in
AQ L.
te s ti n g
m ay
h e a t - tre atm e n t
be
c ycl e
don e
on
( i n cl u d i n g
th e
ra w
m ate ri al
s tre s s - re l i e vi n g
or
at
an y
i n te rm e d i at e
h e at- tre a tm e n t) .
1 0.4.5.5.2 Test Method and Acceptance Criteria
A
m inim um
s p e ci f i e d
g as ke ts
in
of
on e
I SO
s h al l
be
h ard n e s s
6508
in
( al l
acco rd a n ce
with the manufacturer’
s
or
per
s am p l e
AS TM
wi th
E 1 8,
F i g u re
d o c u m e n te d
6.
p a rt
h ard n e s s
te s t l o cati o n
s h al l
be
p e rfo rm e d
g e o m e try p e rm i tti n g .
Th e
l o ca ti o n
fo r
Th e
in
a cco rd an ce
l o cati o n
n o n i n te g ra l
m e tal
of
th e
s e al s
wi th
p ro ce d u re s
h ard n e s s
s h al l
be
in
te s t
fo r ri n g
acco rd an ce
re q u i re m e n ts .
a) Octagonal
Key
1
te s t
p arts )
b) Oval
—
Figure 6 Ring Gasket Hardness Test Location
Th e
For
acce ptan ce
cri t e ri a
n o n i n te g ral
m e tal
fo r
ri n g
g as ke ts
s e al s ,
th e
s h al l
be
as
acce p t an ce
g i ve n
cri te ri
in
T abl e
27.
a shall be per the manufacturer’
re q u i re m e n ts .
Table 27
―Hardness Requirements
Maximum Hardness
Material
S o ft
H R BW
i ro n
C arb o n
S tai n l e s s
N i cke l
56
an d
l o w al l o ys
68
s te e l
83
al l o y U N S
N 0 8 82 5
92
a
O th e r C R As
FO O TN O TE
a
H ard n e s s
s h al l
m eet
th e
manufacturer’
s
wri t te n
s pe ci fi cati o n .
s
d o cu m e n te d
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
77
1 0.4.5.6 Surface Finish
S am p l i n g
s h al l
be
in
The manufacturer’
Acce p tan ce
cri te ri
s
cri t e ri a
acco rd an ce
d o cu m e n te d
fo r
ri n g
with the manufacturer’
pro ce d u re s
g as ke ts
are
a shall be per the manufacturer’
s
as
sh al l
be
g i ve n
d o cu m e n te d
re q u i re m e n ts .
f o l l o we d .
in
d o cu m e n te d
s
Tab l e
2 8.
Fo r
n o n i n te g ra l
m e tal
s e al s ,
th e
acce pt an ce
re q u i re m e n ts .
Table 28― Acceptance Criteria for the Ring Gasket Surface Finish
Ra
RMS
µm
µi n .
R
1 .6
63
RX
1 .6
63
BX
0. 8
32
Gasket Type
1 0.4.6 Nonmetallic Seals
1 0.4.6.1 Application
Th i s
s e cti o n
Fo r P S L
1 ,
s h al l
P SL
app l y to
2,
PSL
3,
p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
an d
P SL
4,
th e
an d
p re s s u re - co n tro l l i n g
re q u i re m e n ts
of
1 0. 4. 6
sh al l
se al s .
app l y.
1 0.4.6.2 Hardness Testing
S am p l i n g
s h al l
be
p e rf o rm ed
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
I SO
2 859- 1 : 1 99 9,
l e ve l
II,
2. 5
AQ L
fo r
O - ri n g s
an d
1 .5
AQ L
f o r o th e r s e al s .
H ard n e s s
AS TM
t e s ti n g
D 1 41 5.
s h al l
For
be
p e rf o rm e d
m ate ri al s
n ot
in
acco rd an ce
co ve re d
by
th e s e
wi t h
p ro ce d u re s
s tan d ard s ,
s pe ci fi e d
h ard n e s s
in
te s ti n g
AS T M
s h al l
D 22 40
or
be
pe r
th e
acco rd an ce
wi th
th i s
manufacturer’s specification.
Th e
h ard n e s s
s h al l
be
co n tro l l e d
in
acco rd a n ce
wi th
th e
’
m an u f actu re r s
wri t te n
s p e ci f i cati o n .
1 0.4.6.3 Dimensional Inspection
D i m e n s i o n al
i n s p e cti o n
s h al l
be
p e rf o rm e d
on
n o n m e tal l i c
s e al s
m an u factu re d
in
s p e ci f i cati o n .
S am p l i n g
O - ri n g s
E ach
If
s h al l
an d
p i e ce
1 .5
of
i n s p e cti o n
be
p e rf o rm e d
AQ L
th e
s am p l e
m e th o d s
on
n o n m e tal l i c
seal s
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
I SO
2859- 1 : 1 9 99,
l e ve l
II,
2. 5
AQ L
fo r
fo r o t h e r s e al s .
s h al l
p ro d u ce
be
d i m e n s i o n al l y i n s p e cte d
fe we r re j e cti o n s
th an
fo r co m p l i an ce
al l o we d
in
s am p l i n g ,
to
th e
s p e ci f i e d
b atch
t o l e ran ce s .
s h al l
be
acce pt e d .
1 0.4.6.4 Visual Examination
S am p l i n g
s h al l
be
p e rf o rm ed
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
I SO
2 859- 1 : 1 99 9,
l e ve l
II,
2. 5
AQ L
fo r
O - ri n g s
an d
1 .5
f o r o th e r s e al s .
E ach
If
p i e ce
of
i n s p e cti o n
th e
s am p l e
m e th o d s
s h al l
p ro d u ce
be
vi s u al l y i n s p e ct e d
re j e cti o n s
l ess
th an
a cco rd i n g
a l l o we d
in
to
manufacturer’
s am p l i n g ,
th e
s
b atc h
wri tte n
s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts .
be
acce p t e d .
AQ L
78
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 0.4.6.5 Documentation
N O TE
Fo r
1
Th e
P SL
2,
PSL
manufacturer’
an d
3
b atch
—
s
an d
s h e l f- l i fe
N O TE
2
—
Th e
4
P SL
4,
th e
a d d i t i o n al l y,
e x p i ra ti o n
s e al
s e al
PSL 1 .
s h al l
s u ppl i e r
ce rt i f y
th at
tion shall include manufacturer’
m ate ri a l s
s
p art
an d
n u m b e r,
en d
p ro d u cts
s p e ci f i cati o n
m eet
n u m b e r,
th e
f o l l o wi n g
d o cu m e n tat i o n
s h al l
be
i n cl u d e d :
d ate .
ad d i ti o n al
th e
d o cu m e n tati o n
f o l l o wi n g
s h al l
s u pp l i e r
p ro p e rti e s
P h ys i cal
T abl e
4,
C e rti f i ca
app l y to
d ate ;
o n l y,
P h ys i cal
—
PSL
n ot
n u m b e r.
Th e s e
Fo r P S L
an d
do
n u m b e r/trace ab i l i t y;
cu re /m o l d
—
3,
re q u i re m e n ts
s p e ci fi cati o n s .
co m p o u n d
Fo r P S L
—
d o cu m e n tati o n
p ro p e rt y
ad d i t i o n al
s u ppl y
s h al l
d ata
be
fo r
in
a
a
re q u i re m e n ts
do
d o cu m e n tati o n
co p y
of
te s t
n o t ap pl y to
s h al l
re s u l ts
of
be
th e
PSL
i n cl u d e d .
p h ys i ca l
ccordance with the manufacturer’
q u al i f i cati o n
of
2.
h om o g en eo u s
s
p ro p e rt i e s
wri tt e n
e l as t o m e rs
of
th e
co m p o u n d
s u ppl i e d .
s p e ci f i cati o n .
s h al l
i n cl u d e
th e
i te m s
g i ve n
in
29.
―
Table 29 Physical Property Data for Qualification of Homogeneous Elastomers
Data
H ard n e s s
Te n s i l e
Documentation in Accordance with
te s ti n g
AS TM
te s ti n g
E l o n g ati o n
C o m p re s s i o n
set
Mod u l u s
Fl u i d
P h ys i cal
wri tte n
N O TE
p ro p e rt y
d at a
fo r
i m m e rs i o n
o th e r
n o n m e tal l i c
s e al
D 1 41 4
o r AS TM
D 2240
AS TM
D 41 2
o r AS TM
D 1 41 4
AS TM
D 41 2
o r AS TM
D 1 41 4
AS TM
D395
o r AS TM
D 1 41 4
AS TM
D 41 2
o r AS TM
D 1 41 4
AS TM
D 471
o r AS TM
D 1 41 4
m ate ri al s
s h al l
m eet
th e
r e q u i re m e n ts
of
the manufacturer’
s
s p e ci f i cati o n .
3
Th e s e
ad d i ti o n al
d o cu m e n tati o n
re q u i re m e n ts
do
n o t ap pl y to
PSL
2
an d
PSL 3 .
—
1 0.4.7 Assembled Equipment General
1 0.4.7.1 Factory Acceptance Testing Requirements
Fo r
PSL
s h al l
Al l
1 ,
PSL
2,
PSL
3,
an d
P SL
4,
th e
f o l l o wi n g
f acto ry acce pt an ce
t e s ti n g
ap p l y.
h yd ro s ta ti c
N O TE
Th e
te s t i n g
s e q u e n ce
s h al l
o f g as
be
p e rf o rm e d
te s ti n g
m ay b e
p ri o r to
vari e d
an y g as
at
th e
te s ti n g .
o p ti o n
o f th e
m an u fac tu re r.
(see
S e cti o n
1 1 )
re q u i re m e n ts
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
Th e
d ri f t
te s t
s e q u e n ce
Fo r
th e
of
h yd ro s tat i c
p re s s u re
re co g n i z e d
vi d e o
If
s h al l
o th e r
or
be
g as
hold
as
p e rf o rm e d
te s ts
s h al l
te s ti n g ,
p e ri o d .
vi s i b l e
be
afte r
at t h e
vi s i b l e
Fl u i d
l e akag e .
th e
e q u i pm e n t
o p ti o n
of
l e akag e
re l e as e d
Vi s i b l e
th e
( see
bee n
as s e m b l e d ,
o p e rat e d ,
an d
te s te d .
Th e
m an u factu re r.
3 . 1 . 1 0 7)
d u ri n g
l e akag e
h as
79
s h al l
p re s s u re
s h al l
be
be
a n y re l e as e
bu i l d - u p
o bs e rve d
or
of
p re s s u re
d i re ctl y,
te s t
fl u i d
o bs e rve d
b l e e d - d o wn
i n cl u d i n g
th ro u g h
a
s h al l
d u ri n g
n ot
wi n d o w,
or
be
by
e q u i p m e n t.
vi d e o
e q u i pm en t
m ai n tai n e d
to
is
u se d
d e te rm i n e
in
p l ace
po s si bl e
of
d i r e ct
o b s e rvati o n ,
ad e q u ate
re s o l u ti o n
an d
b ri g h tn e s s
s h al l
be
l e akag e .
1 0.4.7.2 Traceability Record
For
PSL
s e al i n g
N O TE
3
an d
PSL
4,
m e ch an i s m s
Th e
a
re p o rt
s h al l
be
i d e n t i f yi n g
l i s te d
trace ab i l i ty re q u i re m e n ts
th e
trace ab l e
do
b o d y,
to
th e
n o t ap pl y to
b o n n e t,
s te m ,
en d
an d
o u tl e t
co n n e cto r,
an d
val ve
b o re
as s e m b l y.
PSL 1
an d
P SL
2.
1 0.4.7.3 Assembly Serialization
For
PSL
2,
ad ap te rs ,
N O TE
PSL
3,
h an g e rs ,
Th e
an d
PSL 4,
ch o ke s ,
s e ri al i z ati o n
an d
s e ri al i z at i o n
b ack- p re s s u re
re q u i re m e n ts
do
n ot
of
val ve s ,
val ve s
app l y to
we l l h e a d
s h al l
be
e q u i p m e n t,
te e s ,
cro s s e s ,
tu bi n g - h e ad
re q u i re d .
PSL 1 .
1 0.4.8 Mandrel-type Hangers
1 0.4.8.1 General
S e cti o n
1 0 . 4. 8
s h al l
ap p l y to
m an d re l - t yp e
h an g e rs ,
i n cl u d i n g
cas i n g
an d
tu b i n g
h an g e r m an d re l s .
1 0.4.8.2 Tensile Testing
For P S L
1 ,
P SL
2,
PSL
3,
an d
P SL
4,
ten s i l e
t e s ti n g
s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
6. 3 . 2. 2 .
an d
P SL
4,
i m p act
te s ti n g
s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
6. 3 . 2. 3 .
1 0.4.8.3 Impact Testing
For P S L
1 ,
P SL
2,
PSL
3,
1 0.4.8.4 Hardness Testing
1 0.4.8.4.1 Application
Th e
re q u i re m e n ts
Ad d i ti o n al l y,
E ach
p art
th e
s h al l
Ad d i ti o n al l y,
1 0. 4. 1 . 4
h ard n e s s
be
fo r
of
t e s ti n g
h ard n e s s
PSL
3
Th e
ad d i ti o n al
ap p l y.
re q u i re m e n ts
of
1 0. 4. 8. 4
s h al l
ap p l y t o
P SL
1 ,
PSL
2,
PSL
3,
an d
PSL
4.
te s te d .
an d
specified in the manufacturer’
N O TE
s h al l
PSL
s
4,
d esi g n
re q u i re m e n t
d oe s
a
m inim um
of
one
ad d i ti o n al
d o cu m e n t.
n ot
app l y to
P SL
1
an d
PSL 2.
h ard n e s s
te s t
s h al l
be
p e rf o rm e d
as
80
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 0.4.8.4.2 Test Method and Acceptance Criteria
H ard n e s s
I SO
te s ti n g
6508
( al l
’
m an u f actu re r s
tre atm e n t
be
p e rfo rm e d
or
AS T M
s p e ci f i cati o n s
c yc l e s )
Acce p tan ce
s h al l
p arts ) ,
an d
cri te ri a
al l
s h al l
in
E1 0
an d
acco rd an ce
or
AS T M
f o l l o wi n g
wi th
E 1 8.
th e
l as t
p ro ce d u re s
P e rf o rm
s p e ci f i e d
te s t
at
h e at - tre atm e n t
a
in
I SO
l o cati o n
( i n cl u d i n g
6506
( al l
p arts )
d e t e rm i n e d
al l
by
s tre s s - re l i e vi n g
or
th e
h e at-
e x te ri o r m ach i n i n g .
be
in
a
ccordance with the manufacturer’
s
s p e ci f i cati o n .
1 0.4.8.5 Dimensional Inspection
1 0.4.8.5.1 Application
D i m e n s i o n al
acco rd an ce
Th e
Al l
i n s p e cti o n
wi th
th i s
d i m e n s i o n al
te s ti n g
s u spe n s i o n ,
d i m en si on s
on
Ad d i ti o n al l y,
N O TE
Th e
l i ft ,
al l
ad d i ti o n al
be
3
p e rf o rm e d
Th e
re q u i re m e n ts
an d
p arts
fo r P SL
s h al l
s p e ci f i cati o n .
of
1 0 . 4. 8. 5
b ack- p re s s u re
s h al l
an d
be
PSL
on
ca s i n g
an d
m an u f actu re r s h al l
s h al l
val ve
tu b i n g
h an g e r
s p e ci f y cri ti ca l
ap p l y t o
th re ad s
or
P SL
1 ,
PSL
re te n ti o n
m an d re l s
m an u fa ctu re d
in
d i m en si on s.
2,
PSL
p ro fi l e s
3,
an d
s h al l
P SL
be
4.
g au g e d .
C ri ti c al
ve ri f i e d .
4,
re q u i re m e n t
d i m e n s i o n al
d oes
not
i n s p e ct i o n
app l y to
P SL
1
s h al l
an d
be
p e rf o rm e d
on
al l
p arts .
PSL 2.
1 0.4.8.5.2 Test Method and Acceptance Criteria
Th e
co n n e cto rs
p racti ce s
Acm e
an d
Acce p tan ce
an d
E. 30;
or
in
o th e r
manufacturer’
en d
s h al l
i l l u s trate d
s
wi th
g au g e d
p aral l e l
fo r
s tan d o ff
D . 2 9 /T abl e
th re ad
E. 29
p ro f i l e s
at
an d
h an d - ti g h t
Tab l e
s h al l
be
as s e m b l y
D . 3 0 /Tabl e
by
u se
of
th e
g au g e s
an d
g au g i n g
E. 30.
d i m e n s i o n al l y
i n s p e cte d
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
th e
s p e ci fi cati o n .
Th e
s p e ci f i cati o n s .
cri t e ri a
o u tl et
be
Tab l e
fo r
cri ti cal
co n n e cto r
AP I
5B;
or
d i m en si on s
t h re ad s
wi t h
s h al l
AS M E
be
B1 . 1 ,
s h al l
in
be
in
a
ccordance with the manufacturer’
acco rd an ce
AS M E
B1 . 2 ,
wi t h
an d
Tabl e
AS M E
D . 2 9 /T ab l e
B1 . 3,
as
E. 29
s
an d
T abl e
D . 3 0 /T abl e
ap p l i cab l e .
1 0.4.8.6 Visual Examination
Th e
vi s u al
N O TE
E ach
e xam i n at i o n
Th e
p art
Vi s u al
vi s u al
s h al l
e xam i n ati o n
be
of
1 0. 4. 8 . 6
re q u i re m e n ts
do
s h al l
app l y
n o t ap pl y to
to
PSL 3
PSL
an d
1
an d
PSL
P SL
2.
4.
vi s u al l y e x am i n e d .
exam i n ati o n
Acce p tan ce
re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
cri te ri a
be
perform e d
f o r f o rg i n g s
s h al l
on
be
fo rg i n g s
in
in
accord an ce
acco rd an ce
wi th
th e
wi th
th e
manufacturer’
manufacturer’
s
s
wri tte n
wri tte n
s p eci fi cati o n s .
s p e c i f i cati o n s .
1 0.4.8.7 Chemical Analysis
Th e
ch e m i cal
C h e m i cal
C h e m i cal
s p e ci f i e d
an al ys i s
an al ys i s
an al ys i s
b y th e
re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
s h al l
be
be
of
p e rfo rm e d
on
p e rf o rm e d
m an u f actu re r.
1 0 . 4. 8. 7
in
a
h eat
s h al l
of
a p pl y t o
P SL
1 ,
PSL
2,
P SL
3,
an d
PSL
4.
m ate ri al .
acco rd an ce
wi th
n at i o n al l y
or
i n te rn at i o n al l y
re co g n i z e d
s t an d ard s
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
Th e
ch e m i cal
co m p o s i ti o n
s h al l
m eet
th e
r
equirements of the manufacturer’
81
s
wri t te n
s p e c i fi cati o n .
1 0.4.8.8 Traceability
Fo r P S L
—
—
1
an d
P SL
th e
f o l l o wi n g
s h al l
J o b - l o t trace ab i l i t y s h a l l
be
I d e n ti f i cati o n
m ai n ta i n e d
d o cu m e n te d
—
2,
s h al l
be
re q u i re d .
N O TE
1
Th e
Fo r P S L
N O TE
3
2
Th e
of
PSL
an d
on
m ate ri al s
an d
p arts
to
f aci l i tate
trace ab i l i t y,
as
re q u i re d
by
m ai n te n a n ce
or
m an u f actu re r re q u i re m e n ts .
M an u f actu re r- d o cu m e n te d
re pl ace m e n t
ap p l y.
1
an d
PSL
PSL
trace ab i l i t y
i d e n t i f i cati o n
4,
3
PSL
p arts
an d
PSL
2
m arks
re q u i re m e n ts
i d e n ti f i cati o n
trace abi l i ty re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
4
an d
be
trac e ab l e
to
do
do
i n cl u d e
p ro vi s i o n s
fo r
re co rd s .
n o t ap pl y to
a s p e ci fi c
trace abi l i ty re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
c o n tro l
PSL
h e at a n d
n o t ap pl y to
3
an d
P SL
h e at - tre at
PSL
1
an d
4.
l o t.
P SL
2.
1 0.4.8.9 Serialization
Fo r P S L
N O TE
3
an d
Th e
P SL
4,
s e ri a l i z ati o n
s e ri al i z ati o n
re q u i re m e n ts
re q u i re m e n ts
do
n ot
s h al l
app l y to
be
PSL 1
in
acco rd a n ce
an d
P SL
wi th
1 0. 4. 2. 9.
2.
1 0.4.8.1 0 Surface NDE
Fo r
PSL
2,
P SL
f e rrom ag n e ti c
N O TE
Th e
3,
an d
m ate ri al s
s u rface
PSL
an d
N DE
4,
s u rf ace
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 1
re q u i re m e n ts
N DE
re q u i re m e n ts
f o r n o n f e rrom ag n e t i c
do
n o t ap p l y to
PSL
s h al l
be
m ate ri a l s ,
as
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
1 0 . 4. 2 . 1 0
fo r
a p p l i ca b l e .
1 .
1 0.4.8.1 1 Volumetric NDE
Fo r P S L
3
Fo r P S L
4,
1 )
an d
P SL
Acce p tan ce
of
cri t e ri a
th e
Acce p tan ce
—
—
N O TE
fo r
cri te ri a
i n d i cati o n
no
e l o n g at e d
no
m o re
th e
on
s e arch
no
N DE
vo l u m e tri c
i n d i cat i o n s
d i am e te r o f
—
vo l u m e tri c
ad d i t i o n al l y,
cl u s te r
2)
4,
N DE
U T:
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
re q u i re m e n ts
S am e
s am e
sh al l
s h al l
acce p tan ce
p l an e ,
be
in
i n cl u d e
cri te ri a
re g ard l e s s
acco rd a n ce
of
as
th e
PSL
wi th
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 2 .
f o l l o wi n g .
3,
am p l i tu d e ,
wi th
s h al l
th e
be
ad d i ti o n
fo u n d
t h at
o ve r
an
no
co n t i n u o u s
are a
t wi ce
th e
u n i t.
fo r th e
rad i o g rap h i c
i n te rp re te d
as
t e s ti n g
a crack ,
l ap ,
s h al l
be
as
f o l l o ws :
o r b u rs t;
1
i n d i cat i o n s
e x ce e d i n g
6.4
mm
/
(
4
in. );
1
Th e
th an
vo l u m e tri c
two
i n d i cat i o n s
N DE
s e parate d
re q u i re m e n ts
do
not
by l ess
ap p l y to
th an
P SL
1
1 3
an d
mm
PSL
(
/
in.).
2
2.
1 0.4.8.1 2 Weld NDE —General
Fo r
PSL
2
o n l y,
q u al i t y
1 0. 4. 2. 1 9.
R e p ai r
Fo r P S L
o n l y,
3
co n tro l
we l d i n g
g e n e ra l
s h al l
we l d
re q u i re m e n ts
be
NDE
in
s h al l
acco rd a n ce
re q u i re m e n ts
be
wi th
s h al l
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
1 0 . 4. 2 . 1 4,
1 0. 4. 2. 1 5,
7. 4.
be
in
acco rd a n ce
wi th
1 0. 4. 2. 1 3.
1 0 . 4. 2 . 1 6,
an d
82
AP I
Fo r
PSL
PSL 4
4,
s h al l
N O TE
no
we l d i n g
be
i d e n t i cal
Th e
we l d
N DE
e xc e p t
to
th e
o ve rl ay
s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts
re q u i re m e n ts
do
be
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
p e rm i tte d
fo r P SL
n o t ap pl y to
on
P SL
4.
Weld
N DE
re q u i re m e n ts
fo r
o ve rl ay
in
3.
PSL
1 .
1 0.4.8.1 3 Weld Examination —Visual
Fo r P S L
N O TE
2
an d
Th e
P SL
vi s u al
3,
vi s u al
we l d
we l d
e xam i n ati o n
e x am i n ati o n
re q u i re m e n ts
re q u i re m e n ts
do
not
s h al l
ap p l y to
PSL
be
1
in
an d
acco rd an ce
wi th
1 0 . 4. 2 . 1 4.
PSL 4.
1 0.4.8.1 4 Weld NDE —Surface
Fo r P S L
N O TE
2
an d
Th e
P SL
s u rface
3,
s u rf ace
we l d
N DE
we l d
NDE
re q u i re m e n ts
re q u i re m e n ts
do
n o t ap pl y to
s h al l
be
PSL 1
in
an d
acco rd an ce
PSL
wi t h
1 0. 4. 2. 1 5.
4.
1 0.4.8.1 5 Weld NDE —Volumetric
Fo r P S L
N O TE
2
an d
Th e
P SL
3,
vo l u m e tri c
vo l u m e tri c
we l d
N DE
we l d
NDE
re q u i re m e n ts
re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
do
PSL 1
n ot
ap p l y to
be
in
an d
acco rd a n ce
P SL
wi th
1 0. 4. 2. 1 6.
4.
1 0.4.8.1 6 Weld NDE —Hardness
1 0.4.8.1 6.1 Application
Th e
h ard n e s s
N O TE
1 00
Th e
%
of
al l
we l d
N DE
h ard n e s s
re q u i re m e n ts
we l d
acce s s i b l e
N DE
of
1 0 . 4. 8. 1 6
re q u i re m e n ts
do
pre s s u re - co n tai n i n g ,
n ot
s h al l
app l y to
ap p l y to
P SL
1
PSL
an d
2
an d
PSL
3.
PSL 4.
n o n p re s s u re - co n ta i n i n g ,
an d
re p a i r
we l d s
s h al l
be
te s te d .
1 0.4.8.1 6.2 Test Method and Acceptance Criteria
H ard n e s s
AS TM
At
te s ti n g
E1 0
l e as t
afte r al l
or
on e
h ard n e s s
h e a t- tre atm e n t
Acce p tan ce
Th e
s h al l
cri te ri a
h ard n e s s
h ard n e s s
be
p ro ce d u re s
p e rfo rm e d
s p e ci f i e d
in
te s t
s h al l
an d
m ach i n i n g
s h al l
be
re co rd e d
in
in
a
th e
be
in
acco rd an ce
I SO
6508
p e rf o rm e d
( al l
wi th
p a rts )
b o th
in
p ro ce d u re s
o r AS T M
th e
we l d
in
I SO
6506
( al l
p arts )
or
an d
in
th e
ad j ace n t
u n aff e cte d
b as e
m e tal s
o pe rat i o n s .
ccordance with the manufacturer’
PQR
s p e ci f i e d
E1 8.
s h al l
be
th e
basi s
fo r
s
s p e ci f i cati o n s .
acce ptan ce
if
th e
we l d
is
n ot
acce s s i b l e
fo r
te s ti n g .
1 0.4.8.1 7 Weld Overlay
Fo r
PSL
3
an d
P SL
4,
s u rf ace
NDE
1 0. 4. 2. 1 1
f o r n o n f e rro m ag n e ti c
N O TE
Th e
1
Fo r P S L
N O TE
2
2,
s u rface
P SL
Th e
3,
N DE
an d
s u rface
re q u i re m e n ts
PSL
N DE
( p re p arat i o n )
m ate ri al s
4,
s u rf ace
re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
fo r th e
N DE
re q u i re m e n ts
we l d
p re p arati o n
( co m p l e ti o n )
fo r th e
of
1 0 . 4. 2 . 1 0
fo r
fe rro m ag n e ti c
ap p l y.
we l d
do
not
ap pl y to
re q u i re m e n ts
co m p l e ti o n
do
n ot
of
ap pl y to
PSL 1
an d
1 0 . 4. 2. 1 5
PSL 1 .
PSL 2.
s h al l
a p p l y.
m ate ri al s
an d
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
Fo r P S L
N O TE
3
3
an d
Th e
P SL
4,
vo l u m e tri c
vo l u m e tri c
N DE
N DE
re q u i re m e n ts
re q u i re m e n ts
do
not
of
ap p l y to
1 0. 4. 2. 1 8
s h al l
P SL
PSL
1
an d
83
ap p l y.
2.
1 0.4.8.1 8 Repair Welds
Fo r P S L
N O TE
2
an d
Th e
P SL
3,
re p ai r we l d
re p ai r we l d
re q u i re m e n ts
re q u i re m e n ts
do
s h al l
n o t ap pl y to
be
PSL 1
in
acco rd an ce
an d
P SL
wi t h
1 0 . 4. 2 . 1 9 .
4.
1 0.4.9 Slip-type Hangers
1 0.4.9.1 Slip Bowls
1 0.4.9.1 .1 Tensile Testing
Ten s i l e
te s ti n g
of
sl i p
b o wl s
s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
6. 3 . 2. 2 .
1 0.4.9.1 .2 Hardness Testing
S am p l i n g
s h al l
H ard n e s s
I SO
6508
p e r th e
te s t i n g
( al l
manufacturer’
tre atm e n t
be
s
be
p e rf o rm e d
or
AS T M
s p e ci f i cati o n s
c yc l e s )
Acce ptan ce
s h al l
p arts ) ,
’
m an u factu re r s
an d
cri te ri a
al l
sh al l
in
E1 0
an d
re q u i re m e n ts .
acco rd an ce
or
AS TM
f o l l o wi n g
wi th
E 1 8.
th e
l as t
p ro ce d u re s
P e rf o rm
te s t
h e at - tre atm e n t
s p e ci f i e d
at
a
in
I SO
l o cati o n
( i n cl u d i n g
al l
6506
( al l
p arts )
d e t e rm i n e d
by
s tre s s - re l i e vi n g
or
th e
h e at-
e x te ri o r m ach i n i n g .
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
’
th e
m an u f actu re r s
s p e ci fi cati o n .
1 0.4.9.1 .3 Dimensional Inspection
M an u f actu re rs
s am p l e
b as i s
s h al l
in
i d e n ti f y
acco rd an c e
cri ti cal
wi th
d i m en si on s
I SO
fo r
d i m e n s i o n al
28 59- 1 : 1 99 9,
l e ve l
II,
1 .5
i n s p e cti o n .
AQ L
an d
Sli p
th e
b o wl s
s h al l
m an u f actu re r
be
’s
i n s p e cte d
on
a
s p e ci f i cati o n s .
1 0.4.9.1 .4 Visual Examination
E ach
sl i p
Vi s u al
b o wl
s h al l
e x am i n ati o n
be
vi s u al l y e xam i n e d .
s h al l
be
p e rf o rm e d
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
the manufacturer’
s
wri t te n
s p e c i f i cati o n s .
1 0.4.9.1 .5 Chemical Analysis
C h e m i cal
C h e m i cal
s p e ci fi e d
Th e
an al ys i s
an al ys i s
b y th e
ch e m i cal
sh al l
s h al l
be
p e r fo rm e d
be
on
p e rf o rm e d
a
in
h e at
of
m ate ri al .
acco rd an ce
wi th
n ati o n al l y
or
i n te rn ati o n al l y
re co g n i z e d
m an u factu re r.
com p o s i ti o n
s h al l
m eet
th e
r
equirements of the manufacturer’
s
wri t te n
s p e c i fi cati o n .
1 0.4.9.1 .6 Traceability
J o b - l o t trace ab i l i t y s h a l l
I d e n ti f i cati o n
s h al l
be
be
re q u i re d .
m ai n tai n e d
on
sl i p
b o wl s ,
as
s p e ci f i e d
b y th e
m an u factu re r
’s
re q u i re m e n ts .
s tan d ard s
84
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 0.4.9.2 Slip Segments
1 0.4.9.2.1 Dimensional Inspection
M an u f actu re rs
on
a
s h al l
s am p l e
i d en ti fy
b as i s
in
cri ti cal
d i m en si on s
a cco rd an ce
wi t h
fo r
I SO
d i m e n s i o n al
2859 -1 : 1 999,
i n s p e cti o n .
l e ve l
II,
Sl i p
1 .5
s e g m e n ts
AQ L
an d
s h al l
th e
be
i n s p e cte d
m an u f actu re r
’s
s p e ci f i cati o n s .
1 0.4.9.2.2 Visual Examination
E ach
set
Vi s u a l
of
sl i p
s e g m e n ts
e x am i n ati o n
s h al l
sh al l
be
be
vi s u al l y e x am i n e d .
p e rf o rm e d
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
th e
m
anufacturer’
s
wri t te n
s p e c i f i cati o n s .
1 0.4.9.2.3 Chemical Analysis
C h e m i cal
an al ys i s
C h e m i cal
s p e ci f i e d
Th e
s h al l
an al ys i s
b y th e
ch e m i cal
be
s h al l
p e rfo rm e d
be
on
p e rf o rm e d
a
in
h e at
of
m ate ri al .
acco rd an ce
wi th
n at i o n al l y
or
i n te rn at i o n al l y
re co g n i z e d
s t an d ard s
m an u f actu re r.
co m p o s i ti o n
s h al l
m eet
th e
r
equirements of the manufacturer’
s
wri t te n
s p e c i fi cati o n .
1 0.4.9.2.4 Traceability
J o b- l o t
trace ab i l i t y
m an u f actu re r
’s
s h al l
be
re q u i re d .
I d e n ti f i cati o n
s h al l
be
m ai n tai n e d
on
sl i p
s e g m e n ts ,
as
s p e ci f i e d
by
th e
re q u i re m e n ts .
1 0.4.9.2.5 Slip Hardening
Th e
h ard e n i n g
p ro ce s s
s h al l
be
in
a
ccordance with the manufacturer’
s
s p e ci fi cati o n .
1 0.4.9.2.6 Threaded Fasteners
T h re ad e d
f as te n e rs
FF,
s h al l
or H H
be
p as s i n g
in
th ro u g h
acco rd an ce
or
wi th
acti vati n g
N AC E
s e al s
in
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
sl i p
h a n g e rs
rate d
fo r
m ate ri al
cl as s e s
1 5 1 56 .
1 0.4.9.2.7 Records Control
R e co rd s
s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
PSL
1
of
1 5. 2.
1 0.4.1 0 Bullplugs, Valve-removal Plugs, Back-pressure Valves, and Fittings
1 0.4.1 0.1 Application
C as t
i ro n
Wel d
s h al l
re p ai r s h al l
R e q u i re m e n ts
N O TE
n ot
P S Ls
be
u sed .
n ot be
a l l o we d .
fo r f i tti n g s
are
s h al l
n o t ap pl i cab l e .
be
in
a
ccordance with the manufacturer’
s
d o cu m e n te d
p ro ce d u re s .
DD,
EE,
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
85
1 0.4.1 0.2 Tensile Testing
Ten s i l e
t e s ti n g
acco rd an ce
fo r
wi th
bu l l pl u g s ,
b ack- p re s s u re
va l ve
bod i e s ,
an d
val ve - re m o val
pl u g
bodi es
s h al l
be
in
pl u g
bo d i e s
s h al l
be
in
6. 3. 2. 2.
1 0.4.1 0.3 Impact Testing
I m p act
te s ti n g
acco rd an ce
fo r
wi th
bu l l pl u g s,
b ack- p re s s u re
val ve
bo d i e s ,
an d
va l ve - re m o va l
6. 3. 2. 3.
1 0.4.1 0.4 Hardness Testing
H ard n e s s
t e s ti n g
m ech an i s m s
acco rd an ce
N O TE
of
wi th
s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
val ve s
fo r
m ate ri al
wi th
1 0. 4. 2. 4.
c l as s e s
DD,
H ard n e s s
EE,
FF ,
te s ti n g
an d
HH
of
m e tal l i c
s h al l
be
va l ve
s e al
p e rfo rm e d
in
1 0 . 4. 1 . 4.
te s ti n g
1 5 1 56
a m i ni mu m
bod i es
b ack- p re s s u re
H ard n e s s
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
o b tai n
on
or
is
are
s p e ci fi e d
n ot
re q u i re d
e xcl u d e d
s tre n g th
by
fo r
th o s e
N AC E
m ate ri al s
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
th at
h ave
1 51 56,
or
no
fo r
h ard n e ss
th o s e
re s tri cti o n
m ate ri al s
th at
s p e ci fi e d
are
n ot
by
N AC E
h e at - tre ate d
to
l e ve l .
1 0.4.1 0.5 Dimensional Inspection
D i m e n s i o n al
be
i n s p e cti o n
s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
1 0 . 4. 2. 5 .
In
ad d i ti o n ,
al l
t h re ad s
or
re te n ti o n
p ro f i l e s
s h al l
g au g e d .
1 0.4.1 0.6 Visual Examination
Vi s u a l
e x am i n ati o n
s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
1 0. 4. 2. 6.
1 0.4.1 0.7 Chemical Analysis
C h e m i cal
an al ys i s
re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
1 0. 4. 2. 7.
1 0.4.1 0.8 Traceability
T race ab i l i t y re q u i re m e n ts
sh al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
1 0 . 4. 2. 8.
1 0.4.1 0.9 Factory Acceptance Testing for Back-pressure Valves
N O TE
See
1 1 . 2. 6.
1 1 Factory Acceptance Testing
1 1 .1 General
1 1 .1 .1 Scope and Applicability
Th i s
s e cti o n
E q u i pm e n t
F acto ry
of
s p e ci f i e s
l i s te d
in
acce pt an ce
p re s s u re
co l u m n
t e s ti n g
1
te s ti n g ,
of
fo r
Tabl e
d ri ft
30
actu ato rs
te s ti n g ,
s h al l
s h al l
be
be
an d
t e s te d
f u n cti o n al
in
te s t i n g
co n f o rm an ce
p e rf o rm e d
in
re q u i re m e n ts
wi t h
co n f o rm an ce
th e s e
wi th
fo r
p ro d u cti o n
u n i ts .
re q u i re m e n ts .
al l
ap p l i cab l e
re q u i re m e n ts
1 4. 1 6. 4.
N O TE
1
co l u m n
F acto ry
of
Tab l e
acce p tan ce
30.
te s ti n g
is
n ot
re q u i re d
fo r
th e
e q u i pm e n t
l i s te d
u n der
th e
N o n p re s s u re - te s te d
E q u i pm e n t
86
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Table 30 —Applicability of Factory Acceptance Testing
Pressure-tested Equipment
F acto ry acce p tan ce
te s ti n g
in
•
Val ve s
(
pl u g ,
an d
U S Vs ,
b al l
s p e ci fi cati o n
•
Lo o se
p e n e trati o n s
(
installed in
Lo o se
E l e ctri c
•
•
•
•
actu ato rs
actu ato rs
actu ato rs
tu bi n g
h e ad s
housings and adapters)
Ad ap te r an d
an d
we l d - n e ck fl an g e s
an d
we l d - n e ck O E C s
fi tti n g s
(
re q u i re m e n ts
pl u g s
and other pressure boundary
an d
tu bi n g
M an d re l - typ e
)
an d
( F AT)
s p e ci fi cati o n
)
for valves or chokes
P n e u m ati c
te s t,
Val ve - re m o val
b o u n d ary
C as i n g
(
te s ti n g
th i s
B u l l pl u g s
)
H yd rau l i c
te s t,
•
•
•
penetrations
•
val ve s
assembled equipment
Actu ato rs
in
co n n e cto rs
Bl i n d ,
C h o ke s
(
i d e n ti fi e d
val ve s
B S D Vs
F i tti n g s /p re s s u re
C as i n g
facto ry acce p tan ce
Bl i n d ,
C h e ck val ve s
B ac k- p re ss u re
Nonpressure-tested Equipment
No
i d e n ti fi e d
)
S S Vs ,
•
•
•
•
•
•
re q u i re m e n ts
flowline
G ate ,
•
•
•
•
th i s
( FAT)
s pace r s po o l s
S l i p - typ e
Ri n g
h an g e rs
h an g e rs
g as ke ts
O th e r m e tal
P acki n g
an d
h an g e rs
s e al s
m e ch an i s m s
fo r l o ck s cre ws ,
al i g n m e n t p i n s ,
re tai n e r s c re ws
R e p l ace m e n t p arts
S te m s
Te e s
an d
cro s s e s
Lo ck s cre ws
Val ve
C ro s s o ve r co n n e cto rs
To p
b o re
C h o ke
Tre e
N O TE
s e al i n g
plugs, balls, etc.
c o n n e cto rs
m e ch an i sm s
(
gates, seats,
)
tri m
as se m bl i e s
2
A s u m m ary o f th e
te s ti n g
re q u i re d
is
p ro vi d e d
in
Tabl e
31 .
Table 31 —Summary of Factory Acceptance Testing Requirements by Equipment Type and PSL
Hydrostatic Testing (PSL)
Shell
Seat
Function
Test
Test
Test
Equipment Type
Val ve s
(
flowline
)
1 ,
C h o ke s
Tre e
1 ,
as s e m bl i e s
C as i n g
2,
an d
h ou si n g s ,
tu bi n g
an d
1 ,
2,
2,
3,
3,
3,
4
1 ,
4
4
b
h e ad s ,
1 ,
2,
3,
4
1 ,
2,
3,
4
ad ap te rs
—
—
—
2,
3,
4
2,
—
—
—
3,
4
Gas Testing (PSL)
Valve
Backseat
Body
Seat Test
Test
Test
c
3G,
4
3G,
4
3G,
4
3G,
4
3G,
4
—
—
—
3G,
4
d
—
—
—
3G
,
4
Drift
Test
(PSL)
—
1 ,
2,
3,
4
1 ,
2,
3,
4
—
Ad apter and spacer spool s
Te e s
an d
c ro s s e s
C ro s s o ve r co n n e c to rs
To p
—
—



c o n n e c to rs
Actu ato rs

a, e
B ack- p re s s u re
val ve s
—
a
F O O TN O TE S
a
b
c
d
e

P S Ls
See
are
n o t app l i cabl e
1 1 . 2. 3. 3
B od y test
to
th i s
fo r t es t pre s s u re
p res s u re
=
rate d
e q u i p m e n t.
re q u i re m e n ts .
wo rki n g
pre s s u re .
O pti o n al .
See
=
1 4 . 1 6 . 4 fo r fact o ry
te s t
ap pl i es /P S L
acce pt an ce
d oes
n ot
app l y.
tes ti n g
re q u i rem e n ts .
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
87
1 1 .1 .2 Measurement, Monitoring, and Recording Equipment
Pressu re-m eas u ri n g
1 0 . 2. 2.
If
a
p re s s u re
p aral l e l
at th e
an d
Th e ran g e an d
wi th
en d
ch art
a
of
pressu re-record i n g
re s o l u ti o n
re co rd er
cal i b rate d
th e
N O TE
P re s su re
re q u i re d
to
h old
n ot
are
n ot
a s i g n i fi can t
cal i b rat e d
g au g e ,
s h al l
d e vi ces
s h al l
pre s s u re - m eas u ri n g
p re s s u re
p e ri o d
ch arts
p ro d u ce
is
of
be
wri tte n
re q u i re d
ch an g e
an d
on
fo r g as
in
to
m eet
th e
be
an d
th e
accu rac y
p re s s u re
th e
m ai n tai n e d
an d
cal i brated
press u re-reco rd i n g
i n d i cat e d
re q u i re d
by
th e
in
d e vi ces s h al l
by
1 0. 2. 2,
cal i b rate d
con form an ce
co n form
it
s h al l
g au g e
at
wi th
to 1 0. 2. 2.
be
th e
u sed
s t art
in
an d
ch art.
te s ti n g ,
co m p are d
wi th
wate r,
b e cau s e
a l arg e
vo l u m e
ch an g e
o f g as
is
p re s s u re .
1 1 .1 .3 Test Sequence
Th e
te s ts
s p e ci f i e d
in
th i s
s e cti o n
s h al l
s h al l
th e
be
p e rf o rm e d
in
a
s e q u e n ce
t h at
co n f o rm s
to
th e
f o l l o wi n g
re q u i re m e n ts .
a)
Th e
b)
Al l
h yd ro s ta ti c
N O TE
c)
h yd ro s ta ti c
Th e
D ri f t
te s ti n g
If
a
be
te s t
p re s s u re
s e q u e n ce
f u n cti o n al
d)
sh el l
of
o f g as
va l ve s
t e s ts
an d
te s ti n g
an d
be
pre s s u re
fu n cti o n al
m ay b e
tre e
fi rs t
vari e d
as s e m b l i e s
t e s ts
at
th e
s h al l
te s t
s h al l
pe rf o rm e d .
be
o p ti o n
be
p e rf o rm e d
o f th e
p ri o r to
an y g as
te s ti n g .
m an u fac tu re r.
p e rfo rm e d
l as t,
afte r
al l
re q u i re d
p re s s u re
te s ts
an d
te s ts .
co n d i ti o n al
co m p l e te d
p e n e trati o n s
bod y
at
a
te s t
ti m e
i n s tal l e d
is
app l i cab l e
wh e n
an d
th e
te s t
n o t re m o ve d
to
h yd ro s tati c
can
be
a n d /o r
p e rf o rm e d
g as
wi t h
te s ti n g
al l
(see
fi tti n g s
1 1 . 2. 5
an d
o th e r
an d
1 1 . 3. 6) ,
p re s s u re
it
s h al l
b o u n d ar y
afte rward s .
1 1 .1 .4 Leak Detection
Fo r
th e
h yd ro s tat i c
p re s s u re
co n s i d e re d
or
g as
hold
te s t i n g ,
p e ri o d .
l e akag e .
vi s i b l e
Fl u i d
Vi s i b l e
l e akag e
re l e as e d
l e akag e
s h al l
(s ee
d u ri n g
be
3 . 1 . 1 0 7)
p re s s u re
o b s e rve d
s h al l
be
a n y re l e as e
bu i l d - u p
d i re ctl y,
or
of
p re s s u re
i n cl u d i n g
te s t
fl u i d
o bs e rve d
b l e e d - d o wn
t h ro u g h
a
s h al l
wi n d o w,
or
d u ri n g
n ot
by
be
vi d e o
e q u i p m e n t.
Wh en
vi d e o
d e te rm i n e
1 1 .2
e q u i pm e n t
wh e th e r
is
u sed
l e akag e
in
p l ace
of
d i re c t
o bs e rvati o n ,
re s o l u ti o n
an d
b ri g h tn e s s
s h al l
be
s u f f i ci e n t
to
o ccu rs .
H yd ros tati c Tes ti n g
1 1 .2.1 Hydrostatic Testing —General Requirements
Al l
—
—
h yd ro s ta ti c
Te s t fl u i d
Al l
h old
be e n
te s t i n g
s h al l
be
p e ri o d s
i s o l ate d
of
1 1 .2
s h al l
wate r o r
s h al l
f ro m
n ot
th e
co n f o rm
wate r
s t art
wi th
u n ti l
p re s s u re
to
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
th i s
s e cti o n .
ad d i t i ve s .
th e
te s t
s o u rce
arti c l e
an d
an d
th e
th e
p re s s u re
e x te rn al
m e as u ri n g /re c o rd i n g
s u rf ace s
of
th e
sh el l
e q u i pm e n t
m em b e rs
h ave
h as
been
th o ro u g h l y d ri e d .
—
Al l
p re s s u re
d u ri n g
te s ti n g
as s e m b l y i s
s h al l
be
co n d u cte d
acce pta b l e .
p ri o r
to
th e
ad d i ti o n
of
b o d y- f i l l e r
g re as e .
Lu b ri cati o n
ap p l i e d
88
AP I
—
T e s ti n g
s h al l
co n s tru cte d
—
If
pos s i bl e ,
th e
be
of
al l
f i tti n g s
s e co n d ary
p re s s u re
te s t
of
Th i s
s h al l
d o es
p ri o r t o
m ate ri al ,
an d
s e al i n g
b o u n d ar y
1 1 . 2. 5
N O TE
p e rfo rm e d
wro u g h t
o th e r
d e vi ce
not
p re s s u re
was
h o we ve r,
m ay be
re m o ve d
p e n e tra ti o n
be
p ai n ti n g ;
te s ts
if
th e
co m p l e te d
b o u n d ary
or
n ot
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
p e n e trat i o n s
co m p ro m i se d
i n s tal l e d
b o d y an d
o th e r p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
p arts
are
afte r p ai n t i n g .
if
d u ri n g
th e
th e
sh ou l d
d esi g n
l as t
be
h as
i n s tal l e d
th at
d u ri n g
c apab i l i t y.
p re s s u re - h o l d i n g
If
t e s ti n g ,
an y
p e ri o d ,
wi th
fi tt i n g
or
a
co n d i ti o n al
co n d i t i o n al
h yd ro s tati c
p e rf o rm e d .
app l y to
d u al
b arri e r app l i c ati o n s
o r b u ri e d
ch e ck val ve s .
1 1 .2.2 Hydrostatic Test Acceptance Criteria
Th e
acce ptab l e
b o d y te s ts .
a)
Th e
b)
Fo r
e q u i pm e n t
M o n i to re d
M Pa
1 ,
s p e ci fi e d
PSL
s h al l
p re s s u re
(50 0
g re ate r
c)
cri te ri a
P SL
ps i ) ,
t h an
s h al l
%
n o t d ro p
Le akag e
p as t
th e
t h re a d e d
co n n e cti o n s
wo rki n g
th re a d
t h at
l ess,
th e
th e
te s t
th e
to
sh el l
t e s ts ,
acce p tan ce
wh i l e
tes t
s u b j e cte d
p re s s u re
e n ti r e
at
h old
p re s s u re .
s e at
cri t e ri a
to
th e
te s t
D u ri n g
an d
be
as
fo l l o ws .
pre s s u re .
s tart
p e ri o d .
te s ts ,
s h al l
of
th e
Th e
th e
te s t
i n i ti a l
e n t i re
by
m o re
te s t
h old
th an
p re s s u re
p e ri o d ,
5
%
or
s h al l
th e
3 . 45
n ot
be
m o n i to re d
pre s s u re .
h yd ro s tat i c
wo rki n g
vi s i b l e
s e co n d ar y p re s s u re - h o l d i n g
th e
p e rm i s s i b l e
ab o ve
no
th e
d u ri n g
s p e ci f i e d
is
a p pl i e d
4,
l e akag e
s peci fi e d
d u ri n g
at
wi th
be
P SL
var y f ro m
f i x tu re
l e ak
s h al l
an d
b e l o w th e
tes t
p re s s u re
3,
vi s i b l e
is
ab o ve
s h al l
a
n ot
wh i ch e ve r
5
be l o w
P SL
sh ow n o
p re s s u re
wi th
2,
sh el l
abo ve
p re s s u re
l e akag e .
Th i s
te s t
of
th e
s h al l
h ol d
a
th re ad e d
wo rki n g
h a ve
p e ri o d
we l l h e ad
p re s s u re
an
of
ad d i t i o n al
s h al l
be
of
hol d
th e
m em be r
th e
wh e n
th re ad .
p e ri o d
s am e
j oi n ed
Th re ad e d
p e rf o rm e d
d u rat i o n
as
at
th e
p e ri o d .
1 1 .2.3 Hydrostatic Shell Test
1 1 .2.3.1 Test Method —PSL 1 , PSL 2, PSL 3, and PSL 4
Fo r P S L
If
a
sh el l
1 ,
P SL
tes t
2,
is
PSL
3,
an d
s p e ci f i e d
in
PSL
T abl e
shipment from the manufacturer’
Th e
g e n e ra l
Val ve s
an d
re q u i re m e n ts
c h o ke s
a d i f f e re n ti a l
Th e
s h al l
p re s s u re
h yd ro s tati c
sh el l
of
be
1 1 .1
in
acro s s
te s t
s
4,
31 ,
an d
th e
b)
re d u cti o n
to
c)
s e co n d ar y p re s s u re - h o l d i n g
th e
pre s s u re
p re s s u re
in
0
th e
of
app l y.
e q u i pm e n t
h yd ro s ta ti c
s h al l
o pen
sh el l
s h al l
te s t
be
s h al l
d u ri n g
o f va l ve s
e q u i pm e n t
sh al l
te s ti n g ;
te s t
co n s i s t
of
th re e
s h al l
be
re d u ce d
to
0
psi g .
1 1 .2.3.2 Hold Periods
Th e
d u rati o n
of
p re s s u re - h o l d i n g
p e ri o d s
s h al l
be
fi rs t
sh el l
pre s s u re
as
p re s s u re
p arts :
p e ri o d .
art i cl e
th e
o r ch o ke s .
ps i g ;
te s t
h yd ro s t ati ca l l y
be
t e s te d
te s t
p ri o r
to
p e rf o rm e d .
ap p l y.
p o s i ti o n
m e ch an i s m s
fo r as s e m b l e d
p e ri o d ;
Af te r te s ti n g ,
1 1 . 2. 1
s h al l
p i e ce
Th e
p arti al l y
cl o s u re
p ri m ary p re s s u re - h o l d i n g
th e
f o l l o wi n g
e ac h
faci l i t y.
a)
of
th e
s p e ci f i e d
in
Tab l e
3 2.
s h al l
n ot
be
ap p l i e d
as
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
89
Table 32—Pressure-holding Periods for Hydrostatic Testing
PSL 1
Shell Test
(See 1 1 .2.3)
P ri m ary h o l d
pe ri o d
S e co n d ary h o l d
P ri m ary h o l d
Seat Test(s)
(See 1 1 .2.4)
S e co n d ary
p e ri o d
pe ri o d
h ol d
Te rti ary h o l d
p e ri o d
PSL 2
PSL 3
3
min
3
min
3
3
min
3
min
1 5
3
min
3
min
3
3
min
3
min
1 5
3
min
1 5
p e ri o d
—
PSL 3G
m in
3
min
m in
1 5
m in
PSL 4
3
min
min
1 5
min
3
m in
3
min
min
3
m in
1 5
min
min
3
m in
1 5
min
1 1 .2.3.3 Test Pressure
Fo r P S L
Th e
P SL
h yd ro s tati c
t yp e
a)
1 ,
in
2,
PSL
sh el l
acco rd a n ce
For
te s t
wi th
e q u i pm e n t
wo rki n g
3,
an d
p re s s u re
Tabl e
wi th
p re s s u re
For
a
cro s s o ve r
Te s t
co n n e cto r.
Th e
c)
on
i ts
a
two
h yd ro s tati c
b e an
ch o ke
s e al
p re s s u re
l o we r
Th e
fo r
of
th e
be
th e
s h al l
fo l l o wi n g
to
ap p l y.
be
b as e d
on
s u p pl e m e n tal
co n n e cto rs
u sed
te s t
h avi n g
d e te rm i n e
p re s s u re
be
ap p l i e d
s h al l
be
co n n e cto r
s h al l
be
re p l a ce ab l e
o u tl e t
s h al l
th e
rate d
d i f fe re n t
th e
wo rki n g
re q u i re m e n ts
rate d
p re s s u re
wo rki n g
h yd ro s tati c
an d
e q u i pm e n t
ap pl i e d .
sh el l
p re s s u re s ,
te s t
th e
p re s s u re
l o we s t
( e x ce p t
fo r
s h al l
be
i n si d e
te s te d
b as e d
an d
on
ab o ve
bel ow
th e
th e
rat e d
th e
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
re s tri ct e d - are a
re s tri cte d - are a
fo r
th e
u pp e r
of
th e
l o we r
p acko ff
p ac koff
wi th
te s t
p re s s u re
p re s s u re .
re m ai n d e r
th e
th e
o u tl e t
s h al l
i n l et
te s ts
f o l l o wi n g
re q u i re m e n t
wi th
co n n e cto r
an
sh el l
th e
c h o ke s ) .
wo rki n g
h avi n g
po i n t
co n n e cto r.
an d
p re s s u re
rate d
For
or
4,
s h al l
co n n e cto r,
co n n e cto r.
b as e d
33,
en d
rati n g
cro s s o ve r co n n e ct o rs
b)
PSL
of
th e
s e at
b o d y,
co n n e cto r.
wi t h
a
h i g h er
p e rf o rm e d .
or
fl o w
Th e
rate d
bod y
bean
s h al l
d o wn s tre am
fro m
T e m p o rary
wo rki n g
p o rt i o n
be
t e s te d
th e
s e at
s e al s
s h al l
a p pl y,
s e al
an d /o r
p re s s u re
f ro m
at
th e
th e
p o i n t,
a
b l an k
th a n
i n l et
sh el l
s h al l
th e
o u tl et
c o n n e cto r
te s t
be
s e at
be
at
c o n n e ct o r,
th e
p re s s u re
te s te d
m ay
to
th e
u sed
b o d y- to -
fo r
to
th e
i n l et
sh el l
te s t
f aci l i tate
te s ti n g .
d)
For
wi th
be
e)
tre e s ,
th e
sh el l
e q u i p m e n t,
te s t e d
E ach
e i th e r to
b o re
of
te s t
p re s s u re
e xcl u d i n g
th e
te s t
l oose
of
p re s s u re
m u l ti p l e - b o re
T abl e
33
co n n e cto rs ,
of
e q u i pm e n t
T abl e
s h al l
th at
33
be
h as
o r to
te s te d
wi th
bee n
rate d
one
e x ce p ti o n :
p re vi o u s l y
wo rki n g
tre e s
as s e m b l e d
h yd ro s tat i cal l y
sh el l
p re s s u re .
i n d i vi d u a l l y.
1 1 .2.3.4 Acceptance Criteria
Fo r P S L
1 ,
P SL
2,
PSL
3,
an d
P SL
4,
th e
acce ptan ce
cri te ri a
s h al l
be
as
s peci fi e d
in
1 1 . 2. 2.
e n t i re l y
te s t e d ,
s h al l
90
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Table 33 —Hydrostatic Shell Test Pressure
Hydrostatic Shell Test Pressure
Nominal Size of Flange
Working
Pressure
Rating
mm
5
3 46
an d
(1 3
Line Pipe
and Tubing
Threads
(i n . )
3
/8 )
42 5
s m al l e r
(1 6
an d
Casing Threads
mm
/4 )
1 1 4. 3
to
273 . 1
1
l arg e r
(4
298. 5
3
/2
to
1 0
(i n . )
to
339 . 7
3
/4 )
(1 1
40 6. 5
to
50 8 . 0
(1 6
to
20)
3
/4
to
1 3
/8 )
MPa
(psi )
M Pa
(psi )
M Pa
(psi )
M Pa
( ps i )
M Pa
(psi )
M Pa
( ps i )
M Pa
(psi )
1 3. 8
(2000)
27. 6
(4000)
20. 7
(3 000)
27. 6
(40 0 0 )
27. 6
(40 0 0 )
27. 6
(40 0 0)
1 5. 5
(2250)
20. 7
(3 000)
41 . 5
(6000)
31 . 0
(450 0 )
41 . 5
(6000)
41 . 4
(6000)
31 . 0
(450 0)
3 4. 5
(5000)
51 . 7
(7500)
51 . 7
(75 0 0 )
51 . 7
(750 0 )
51 . 7
(75 0 0 )
69. 0
(1 0, 000 )
1 03. 5
(1 5, 000 )
1 03. 5
(1 5, 0 00 )
1 03. 5
(1 5, 000 )
1 03. 5
(1 5, 0 00 )
1 55. 0
(22, 500)
1 55. 0
(22, 500)
1 38. 0
(20, 000 )
2 0 7. 0
(3 0, 000 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1 1 .2.4 Hydrostatic Seat Tests and Functional Tests —Valves
1 1 .2.4.1 Test Method —PSL 1
Fo r P S L
a)
b)
1 ,
Th e
th e
fo l l o wi n g
g e n e ral
H yd ro s ta ti c
be
ap p l i e d
si d e
N O TE
te s t
p re s s u re
on e
to
S p l i t- g ate
Th e
d)
Tes t
e)
S te ps
b)
For
b i d i re cti o n a l
pl u g
N O TE
2
val ve
s h al l
pre s s u re
a
PSL
1
s h al l
d)
be
val ve ,
s am e
n ot
sh al l
be
th a n
b o th
to
0
of
s e ats
th e
ra te d
cl o s e d
s h al l
f ro m
te s te d
an d
ap p l y.
th e
va l ve s
t e s te d
fo r l e akag e
th e
th e
wo rki n g
be
g at e ,
p re s s u re
bal l ,
te s te d
in
d o wn s tre am
or
th e
of
pl u g
th e
of
val ve .
th e
d i re cti o n
P re s s u re
val ve ,
wi th
i n d i cate d
on
th e
th e
s h al l
o th e r
b o d y,
si d e.
s i m u l tan e o u s l y.
p re s s u re
m o n i to re d
fo r
a m inim um
of
3
min.
ps i g .
re p e ate d .
s te ps
p ro ce d u re
h yd ro s tati c s e at
l ess
s h al l
co n n e cti o n ,
m ay h ave
be
1 1 . 2. 1
U n i d i re ct i o n al
re d u ce d
s h al l
an d
be
wh i ch
m o n i to re d
s h al l
th e
1 1 .1
i n cl u d i n g
val ve s
be
th ro u g h
u si n g
of
atm o s p h e re .
c)
f)
si d e,
f o r ch e ck val ve s ,
1
ap p l y.
re q u i re m e n ts
to
ve n te d
e x ce pt
s h al l
te s t
b)
th ro u g h
o u tl i n e d
m e th o d
e)
s h al l
be
p e rf o rm e d
on
th e
o th er
si d e
of
th e
g a te ,
b al l ,
or
ab o ve .
re q u i re m e n ts
do
n o t ap p l y to
PSL
2,
PSL 3,
PSL 3G ,
or PSL
4.
1 1 .2.4.2 Test Method —PSL 2, PSL 3, and PSL 4
Fo r P S L
2,
P SL
a)
Th e
b)
H yd ro s ta ti c
be
g e n e ral
ap p l i e d
3,
an d
PSL
4,
re q u i re m e n ts
te s t
to
p re s s u re
on e
si d e,
th e
of
fo l l o wi n g
1 1 .1
s h al l
an d
be
i n cl u d i n g
n ot
s h al l
1 1 . 2. 1
l ess
a p pl y.
s h al l
th an
co n n e cti o n ,
of
ap p l y.
th e
ra te d
th e
cl o s e d
wo rki n g
g at e ,
p re s s u re
bal l ,
or
of
pl u g
th e
of
va l ve .
th e
va l ve ,
P re s s u re
wi th
th e
s h al l
o th e r
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
si d e
ve n te d
e x ce pt
N O TE
c)
1
s p e ci fi e d
val ve ,
an d
PSL
N O TE
e)
Tes t
f)
g)
s h al l
in
Th e
va l ve s
s h al l
in
Tes t
i)
P re s s u re
a
4
a
ch e ck
3
fo r
s h al l
be
Tabl e
Th e
PSL
2,
a
val ve
be
is
a
val ve ,
an d
th e
te s te d
m o n i to re d
o pe n ed
wh i l e
val ve s
p re s s u re
ti m e
va l ve
is
to
s ti l l
or
in
th e
d i re cti o n
i n d i cate d
on
th e
b o d y,
si d e.
fo r
l e akag e ,
s h al l
s am e
be
u n d er
s u ppl y
be
n o t re q u i re d
th e
s h al l
a
s h al l
o n l y,
wh i l e
fo r
th e
p ri m ary
h old
p e ri o d
fu l l
d i ff e re n ti al
p re s s u re .
p re s s u re /e l e ctri c
cu rre n t
For
fo r
PSL
3
actu ate d
m e as u re d .
fo r P S L
si d e
of
m o n i t o re d
2.
th e
fo r
g ate ,
b al l ,
l e akag e ,
fo r
o r pl u g .
th e
s e co n d ary
h old
p e ri o d
th e
o p e rat i n g
th i rd
an d
ti m e
th e
be
o pen e d
o p e rat i n g
u n d e r fu l l
to
val ve
th e
s e co n d
fo r
be
si d e
of
ti m e
m an u al
d i ffe re n ti a l
s am e
s h al l
a
to rq u e
wh i l e
p re s s u re
th e
m o n i to re d
g ate ,
fo r
s ti l l
va l ve s
or
s h al l
b al l ,
u n d er
s u ppl y
be
fu l l
d i f f e re n ti al
p re s s u re /e l e ctri c
m e as u re d .
o r pl u g .
l e akag e ,
fo r
th e
t e rti ar y
h old
p e ri o d
m i n im um .
to
o pe n e d
s t e ps
p ro ce d u re
PSL 3,
4
re d u ce d
n ot
be
d o wn s tre am
s i m u l tan e o u sl y.
be
m an u al
o r actu ato r i n p u t
val ve s ,
ap p l i e d
as
th e
te s te d
s h al l
be
fo r
d i f f e re n ti al
an d
PSL
val ve s
be
s h al l
a s e co n d
ch e ck
an d
s h al l
f ro m
m i n im um .
m o n i to re d ,
s h al l
s am e
3
32,
b i d i re cti o n a l
th e
to rq u e
ap p l i e d
as
s e ats
va l ve
t o rq u e
u n d e r fu l l
be
th e
va l ve s
t e s te d
b o th
val ve s ,
o p e rat i n g
32,
PSL
s h al l
in
an d
be
m i n im um .
m o n i to re d ,
e x ce pt
Fo r
pre s s u re
u si n g
N O TE
be
pre s s u re
s p e ci fi e d
For
s h al l
fo r actu ate d
h)
N O TE
as
fo r
th e
Tabl e
val ve ,
Tes t
m o n i t o re d ,
32,
sh al l
m ay h ave
M e as u re m e n t o f
P re s s u re
U n i d i re ct i o n al
wh i ch
val ve s
o pe rati n g
s p e ci fi e d
cu rre n t
k)
o n l y,
wh i l e
p re s s u re .
j)
e x ce p t
4
2
be
Tabl e
pre s s u re
Th e
atm o s p h e re .
S p l i t- g ate
P re s s u re
d)
to
f o r ch e ck val ve s ,
91
0
u n d e r d i ffe re n ti al
b)
th ro u g h
o u tl i n e d
PSL 4
ps i g .
j)
p re s s u re
s h al l
be
afte r th e
p e rf o rm e d
te rti ary s e at
on
th e
te s t.
o th e r
si d e
of
th e
g ate ,
b al l ,
or
pl u g
ab o ve .
h yd ro s tati c
val ve
s e at
te s t
re q u i re m e n ts
do
n o t ap pl y to
as
s peci fi e d
PSL 1 .
1 1 .2.4.3 Acceptance Criteria
Fo r P S L
1 ,
P SL
Ad d i ti o n al l y,
2,
fo r
PSL
PSL
p re s s u re /e l e ctri c
3
3,
an d
cu rre n t
the manufacturer’
s
an d
P SL
PSL
fo r
s p e ci f i e d
4
4,
th e
acce ptan ce
val ve s
actu ate d
o n l y,
val ve s ,
th e
wh i l e
cri te ri a
s h al l
m e as u re d
o p e rati n g
be
o p e rati n g
u n d er
fu l l
t o rq u e
in
fo r
d i ff e re n ti al
1 1 . 2. 2.
m an u al
va l ve s
p re s s u re ,
s h al l
or
s u ppl y
be
wi th i n
re q u i re m e n ts .
1 1 .2.5 Conditional Hydrostatic Body Test —PSL 1 , PSL 2, and PSL 3
If
an y
f i tti n g
co n d i t i o n al
or
p re s s u re
h yd ro s ta ti c
b o u n d ary
bod y
tes t
p e n e trati o n
s h al l
be
was
n ot
p e rf o rm e d
i n s tal l e d
wi t h
al l
d u ri n g
f i tti n g s
th e
or
l as t
p re s s u re - h o l d i n g
p re s s u re
b o u n d ary
p e ri o d ,
a
p e n e trat i o n s
i n s tal l e d .
—
—
Th e
If
a
g e n e ral
re q u i re m e n ts
p re s s u re
m an u f actu re r,
b o u n d ar y
th e
of
1 1 .1
an d
p e n e trat i o n
1 1 . 2. 1
s h al l
co n tai n s
s e co n d ary b arri e r s h al l
n ot
be
ap p l y.
an
i n d epe n d e n t
u sed
d u ri n g
th e
s e co n d ar y
co n d i t i o n al
b arri e r
as
b o d y te s t.
d e fi n e d
by
th e
92
—
—
—
AP I
A si n g l e
p re s s u re - h o l d i n g
Th e
pre s s u re
te s t
Acce p tan ce
N O TE
1
te s t o f
th i s
A
N O TE
2
s h al l
cri te ri a
co n d i ti o n al
be
sh al l
g as
p e ri o d
no
be
bod y
of
l ess
in
no
l ess
th an
th a n
th e
co n fo rm i n g
3
rate d
co n f o rm an ce
te s t
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
wi th
to
m in
s h al l
wo rki n g
be
p e rf o rm e d .
p re s s u re
of
th e
e q u i p m e n t.
1 1 . 2. 2.
1 1 . 3. 6
m ay
be
p e rfo rm e d
in
l i eu
of
th e
co n d i ti o n al
h yd ro s tati c
bo d y
s e cti o n .
Th e
c o n d i ti o n al
h yd ro s tati c
b o d y te s t
re q u i re m e n ts
do
n o t app l y to
PSL 4
e q u i pm e n t.
1 1 .2.6 Hydrostatic Testing of Back-pressure Valves
E ach
th e
—
—
—
—
b ack- p re s s u re
b ack- p re s s u re
Th e
g e n e ral
Tes t
S e al s
1 1 .3
be
s h al l
be
of
th e
p re s s u re - h o l d i n g
Acce p tan ce
N O TE
s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts
pre s s u re
A si n g l e
val ve
h yd ro s tati ca l l y
t e s te d
by
ap p l yi n g
p re s s u re
acro s s
th e
fu l l
s e al i n g
b o re
of
val ve .
cri te ri a
m ay be
sh al l
G as Tes ti n g
—
rate d
in
an d
1 1 . 2. 1
wo rki n g
p e ri o d
be
re pl ace d
1 1 .1
is
s h al l
p re s s u re
re q u i re d
an d
co n f o rm an ce
ap p l y.
as
a
s h al l
wi th
m i n im um .
be
no
l ess
th an
3
m in.
1 1 . 2. 2.
afte r te s ti n g .
P S L 3G an d P SL 4
—
1 1 .3.1 Gas Testing General Requirements
Al l
—
g as
t e s ti n g
Th e
te s t
s h al l
co n f o rm
m edi u m
s h al l
to
th e
be
ai r,
re q u i re m e n ts
n i tro g e n ,
or
of
th i s
o th e r
s e cti o n .
g as
m i x tu re
th at
wi l l
re m ai n
in
th e
g as
p h as e
at
te s t
p re s s u re .
—
G as
te s ti n g
s u b m e rg e d
N O TE
1
b e ari n g s )
s h al l
in
—
be
p e ri o d s
s h al l
i s o l ate d
fro m
N O TE
2
p e rfo rm e d
—
If
3
th e
al l
o r th e
s tart
bod y
(e. g .
be
an d
te m p e ratu re
per
e l e ctri c
N O TE
u n ti l
th e
te s t
s o u rce
co n d u cte d
Te s ti n g
o th e r
are
arti c l e
an d
th e
pri or
to
s h al l
be
an d
if
th e
th e
to
fl u i d
te s te d
e q u i pm e n t
p re s s u re
ad d i ti o n
co m p l e te l y
of
are
co m p o n e n ts
th at l e akag e
is
to
bo d y- fi l l e r
th ru s t
s e al s ,
an d
e q u i pm e n t
h as
z e ro .
g re as e .
p ai n ti n g ,
co n s tru cte d
(e. g .
p arts ,
o b s e rvab l e .
m e as u ri n g /re c o rd i n g
bl e d
p ri o r to
d ri ve trai n
p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
e n s u re
s o u rce
p e rfo rm e d
p arts
val ve
re tai n e d
s u bm e rg e d
an d
p re ss u re - c o n tai n i n g
wi t h
m an u al
al l
p re s s u re
th e
an d
1 .
m o to rs )
co m p l e te l y
o u tl e t o f ve n t p o rts
pre s s u re
s h al l
am b i e n t
s u bm e rs i o n
acce p tab l e .
f i tti n g s
s e co n d ary
p re s s u re
g as
be
fro m
at
e xce pt i o n
of
Lu bri cati o n
wi th
e xce p ti o n
wro u g h t
ap pl i ed
d u ri n g
p e r N O TE
m ate ri al ,
te s ti n g
2.
m ay
be
afte r p ai n ti n g .
pos s i bl e ,
th e
N O TE
If
n ot
th e
te s ti n g
as s em b l y s h al l
wi th
c o m p o n e n ts
l e ak p o i n ts
be e n
pre s s u re
p e rf o rm e d
e xcl u d e d
H ol d
Al l
be
wat e r b ath ,
Actu ato r
m ay
o th e r po te n ti al
—
a
b o u n d ar y
b o d y te s t
Th i s
of
d o es
an d
s e al i n g
s h al l
app l y to
p re s s u re
re m o ve d
p e n e tra ti o n
1 1 . 3. 6
not
o th e r
d e vi ce
be
d u al
was
or
n ot
b o u n d ary
p e n e trat i o n s
co m p ro m i s e d
i n s tal l e d
d u ri n g
if
th e
th e
sh ou l d
d es i g n
l as t
o r b u ri e d
i n s tal l e d
th at
ch e ck val ve s .
d u ri n g
ca p ab i l i t y.
p re s s u re - h o l d i n g
p e rf o rm e d .
b arri e r app l i cati o n s
be
h as
If
p e ri o d ,
t e s ti n g ,
an y
a
wi th
f i tti n g
or
co n d i ti o n al
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
93
1 1 .3.2 Gas Test Acceptance Criteria —General Requirements
Th e
acce ptan ce
co n d i t i o n al
Fo r
PSL
s h al l
g as
3G
s p e ci f i e d
bel o w
s h al l
be
appl i e d
to
g as
bod y
t e s ts ,
s e at
te s ts ,
b acks e at
te s ts ,
an d
an d
PSL
4
g ate
val ve s ,
b al l
val ve s ,
pl u g
va l ve s ,
an d
s o ft- s e ate d
ch e ck
val ve s ,
th e
f o l l o wi n g
ap p l y.
a)
No
b)
Th e
vi s i b l e
l e akag e
m ax i m u m
vi s i b l e
c)
cri te ri a
b o d y t e s ts .
For
acce p tabl e
l e akag e
PSL
I SO
3G
52 08
( bu b bl e s)
in
th e
ap p e ar
re d u cti o n
wate r
b ath
m e tal - s e al i n g
R ate
s h al l
of
d u ri n g
ch e ck
in
th e
th e
th e
val ve s ,
wate r
g as
hold
th e
tes t
b ath
d u ri n g
p re s s u re
th e
s h al l
p re s s u re - h o l d i n g
be
2. 0
MPa
(300
p e ri o d .
ps i )
if
th e re
is
no
p e ri o d .
m axi m u m
al l o wab l e
l e akag e
s h al l
be
in
co n f o rm an ce
wi t h
C.
1 1 .3.3 Gas Body Test
1 1 .3.3.1 Test Method —PSL 3G and PSL 4
PSL 3G
of
—
—
—
—
th i s
an d
P SL
s e cti o n
Th e
in
g e n e ral
Val ve s
an d
4
e q u i pm e n t
ad d i ti o n
c h o ke s
g as
bod y te s t
Th e
te s t
pre s s u re
Th e
g as
s h al l
sh al l
s h al l
bo d y te s t
fo r
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
Th e
N O TE
to
wh i ch
of
be
1 1 .1
in
be
an d
th e
co n s i s t
n ot
a
g as
h yd ro s tati c
of
1 1 . 3. 1
a si n g l e
th an
do
is
s p e ci f i e d
s h al l
T abl e
31
s h al l
be
s u bj e cte d
to
th e
te s t
ap p l y.
po si ti o n
d u ri n g
p re s s u re - h o l d i n g
th e
in
te s t.
p arti al l y o p e n
l ess
re q u i re m e n ts
b o d y te s t
sh el l
rate d
n o t ap p l y to
wo rki n g
PSL
1
an d
t e s ti n g .
pe ri o d
p re s s u re
PS L
of
n ot
of
th e
l ess
th an
1 5
m in.
e q u i p m e n t.
2.
1 1 .3.3.2 Acceptance Criteria
Fo r P S L
3G
an d
P SL
4,
th e
acce ptan ce
cri te ri a
s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
1 1 . 3. 2.
1 1 .3.4 Gas Seat Test —Valves
1 1 .3.4.1 Test Method —PSL 3G and PSL 4
Fo r P S L
3G
an d
a)
Th e
b)
P ri m ary ( R W P )
1 )
g e n e ral
P SL
G as
to
th e
g as
g as
s e at
p re s s u re
to
on e
wat e r
b ath .
S p l i t- g ate
of
te s ti n g
1 1 .1
s h al l
an d
be
1 1 . 3. 1
p e rf o rm e d
s h al l
as
f o l l o ws .
ap p l y.
te s t:
s h al l
si d e,
fo r c h e ck val ve s ,
N O TE
s e at
re q u i re m e n ts
te s t
app l i e d
4,
be
n ot
i n cl u d i n g
l ess
U n i d i re ct i o n al
wh i ch
val ve s
s h al l
th an
th e
co n n e cti o n ,
be
m ay h ave
val ve s
te s te d
b o th
of
s h al l
f ro m
s e ats
rat e d
th e
be
th e
wo rki n g
cl o s e d
t e s te d
p re s s u re
g at e ,
in
th e
d o wn s t re am
te s te d
b al l ,
or
of
d i re ct i o n
si d e.
s i m u l tan e o u s l y.
th e
pl u g ,
val ve .
wi th
P re s s u re
th e
i n d i cat e d
on
o th e r
th e
s h al l
be
si d e
ve n t e d
b o d y,
e x ce pt
94
AP I
2)
Pressu re s h al l
be
3)
Te s t
s h al l
4)
Th e
pre s s u re
val ve ,
m on i tore d ,
e x ce pt
be
an d
re d u ce d
fo r
ch e ck
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
th e val ve sh al l
to
0
be m on i tore d for l e akag e,
for a m i n i m u m
of 1 5 m i n .
ps i g .
val ve s ,
s h al l
be
fu l l y
o pe n ed
an d
fu l l y
cl o s e d
b e t we e n
p ri m ary
an d
s e co n d ar y te s ts .
c)
S e co n d ary ( l o w- p re s s u re )
1 )
Th e
of
2)
3)
d)
app l i cab l e
th e
cl o s e d
Fo r P S L
3G
Fo r
PSL
4
th e
rat e d
4)
P re s s u re
5)
Te s t
For
a
te s t
g a te ,
th e
s p e ci f i e d
s e co n d ary
m o n i to re d ,
s h al l
s am e
be
val ve ,
s e at
an d
re d u ce d
s tep s
p ro ce d u re
b e l o w s h al l
s e co n d ar y s e at
s h al l
be
t e s t:
be
appl i e d
to
th e
s am e
si d e,
i n cl u d i n g
co n n e ct i o n ,
pl u g .
p re s s u re .
pre s s u re
th e
th e
or
wo rki n g
b i d i re cti o n al
u si n g
s e at
p re s s u re
b al l ,
val ve s ,
va l ve s ,
g as
b)
th e
to
0
an d
o u tl i n e d
te s t
te s t
pre s s u re
p re s s u re
val ve
s h al l
be
s h al l
s h al l
be
be
2. 0
M Pa (3 00
g re at e r
m o n i t o re d
th an
5
fo r l e akag e ,
psi )
%
±
1 0
an d
fo r a
%.
l ess
th an
m i n im um
of
1 0
1 5
%
of
m in.
ps i g .
c)
s h al l
be
p e rf o rm e d
on
th e
o th e r
si d e
of
th e
g at e ,
bal l ,
or
pl u g
p ri m ary g as
s e at
ab o ve .
1 1 .3.4.2 Acceptance Criteria
Fo r
PSL
3G
te s t
s h al l
Fo r
PSL
s e at
be
3G
te s t
an d
in
an d
s h al l
re d u cti o n
of
P SL
4
g ate
acco rd a n ce
PSL
be
g as
no
test
4
va l ve s ,
wi th
g at e
vi s i b l e
b al l
va l ve s ,
bal l
l e akag e
p re s s u re
val ve s ,
an d
pl u g
va l ve s ,
acce pta n ce
cri te ri a
fo r
th e
1 1 . 3. 2.
of
0. 2
in
va l ve s ,
th e
an d
wate r
M P a (30
pl u g
b at h
va l ve s ,
d u ri n g
th e
acce pta n ce
h ol d i n g
cri te ri a
p e ri o d s
wi th
fo r
a
th e
s e co n d ary
m axi m u m
g as
al l o wa b l e
ps i ) .
1 1 .3.5 Gas Backseat Test —Gate Valves
1 1 .3.5.1 Applicability
If
re q u i re d
For PS L
N O TE
1
N O TE
2
g at e
m an u f actu re r o r p u rch as e r,
val ve s ,
Fo r P S L
Th e
b acks e at
N O TE
4
b y th e
Th e
g as
g ate
b acks e at
wi th o u t
3
3G
a
b acks e at
val ve s ,
te s t
re s tri cti o n
b ack s e at
m ay
an d
g as
a g as
be
te s t
s h al l
b acks e at
p e rfo rm e d
an y l e akag e
te s t
th e
is
re q u i re m e n ts
in
te s t
be
s h al l
be
p e rf o rm e d
p e rf o rm e d
te s t i s
on
al l
as
g ate
s p e ci f i e d
in
th i s
s e cti o n .
va l ve s .
o p ti o n al .
co n j u n c ti o n
wi th
o th e r
g as
te s ts
if
th e
g as
p re ss u re
is
ap pl i e d
to
th e
s h al l
be
o b s e rvab l e .
do
n o t ap pl y to
PSL 1 ,
PSL
2,
o r P SL
3
(s e e
N O TE
1 ).
1 1 .3.5.2 Test Method —PSL 3G and PSL 4
Fo r P S L
3G
( wh e n
a)
Th e
b)
P ri m ary ( R W P )
1 )
g e n e ral
ap p l i cab l e )
G as
re q u i re m e n ts
te s t
app l i e d
g as
th e
of
PSL
1 1 .1
b acks e at te s t
p re s s u re
to
an d
s h al l
val ve
be
s u ch
4,
an d
—
n ot
g as
b acks eat
1 1 . 3. 1
s h al l
P SL
3G
l ess
th an
th at th e
an d
te s t i n g
be
pe rf o rm ed
as
fo l l o ws .
ap p l y.
P SL
th e
s h al l
4:
rat e d
bo d y c avi t y wi l l
wo rki n g
be
p re s s u re
p re s s u ri ze d .
of
th e
val ve .
P re s s u re
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
N O TE
be
2)
c)
1
If
b l an ke d
n e ce s s ary to
o ff an d
th e
Th e
are a
b e t we e n
bo x,
sh al l
be
3)
P re s s u re
4)
Tes t
th e
ve n te d
s h al l
pre s s u re
be
1 )
2
Th e
Th e
p ri m ary
be
g as
ap p l i ca b l e
te s t
fu l l
wi th
te s t
th e
p re s s u re
g ate
an d
th e
is
ap p l i e d
parti al l y o p e n
b ack se at,
to
th e
wh e n
or
b acks e at,
th e
o th e r
b o th
backs e at
m e an s
fo r
is
en d
c o n n e cto rs
m ay
e n g ag e d .
re packi n g
th e
s tu ff i n g
t e s t.
an d
re d u ce d
s e co n d ary g as
th e
p acki n g
th e
m o n i to re d ,
s h al l
th at
pre s su ri z e d
d u ri n g
S e co n d ary ( l o w- p re s s u re )
N O TE
e n s u re
val ve
95
th e
to
0
p re s s u re
s h al l
be
m o n i to re d
fo r l e akag e ,
fo r a
m i n im um
of
1 5
m in.
ps i g .
b acks e at
b acks e at
val ve
te s t
te s t
is
—
not
s p e ci f i e d
P SL
4
o n l y:
ap p l i cab l e
bel o w
to
s h al l
PSL 3G
be
val ve s .
ap p l i e d
s u ch
th at
th e
bod y
cavi t y
wi l l
be
p re s s u ri ze d .
2)
Th e
s e co n d ary
s e at
te s t
p re s s u re
s h al l
be
g r e at e r
th an
5
%
an d
l ess
th an
1 0
%
of
th e
rate d
wo rki n g
p re s s u re .
3)
P re s s u re
4)
Tes t
s h al l
pre s s u re
be
m o n i to re d ,
s h al l
be
an d
re d u ce d
th e
to
0
val ve
s h al l
be
m o n i t o re d
f o r l e ak ag e ,
fo r a
m inim um
of
5
m in.
ps i g .
1 1 .3.5.3 Acceptance Criteria
Fo r P S L
3G
an d
PSL
4
g ate
val ve s ,
acce p tan ce
cri te ri a
s h al l
be
in
acco rd a n ce
wi th
1 1 . 3. 2.
1 1 .3.6 Conditional Gas Body Test
1 1 .3.6.1 Applicability and Test Method —PSL 3G and PSL 4
If
an y
f i tti n g
p e ri o d ,
a
or
p re s s u re
co n d i ti o n al
b o u n d ary
g as
bo d y
p e n e tra ti o n
te s t
s h al l
be
was
n ot
p e rf o rm e d
i n s tal l e d
wi th
al l
d u ri n g
f i tti n g s
th e
or
l as t
g as
p re s s u re
te s t
p re s s u re - h o l d i n g
b o u n d ar y
p e n e trati o n s
i n s tal l e d .
—
—
Th e
If
g e n e ra l
a
re q u i re m e n ts
p re s s u re
m an u f actu re r,
—
—
p re s s u re
N O TE
l as t
1
A
2
g as
co n d i ti o n al
co n d i ti o n al
If
a
fi tti n g
te s t,
a
si n g l e
s h al l
g as
p e ri o d
be
no
bo d y
h yd ro s tati c
or
an d
p e n e trat i o n
Th e
o f th e
1 1 .1
1 1 . 3. 1
o th e r
l ess
te s t
bo d y
g as
n ot
be
th an
th e
an
be
i n d epe n d e n t
u sed
rate d
to
d u ri n g
Th e
h ol d
wo rki n g
1 1 . 3. 6
m ay
th e
s e co n d ar y
co n d i t i o n al
p e ri o d
p re s s u re
be
of
p e rfo rm e d
s h al l
th e
fo r
b arri e r
bo d y
be
no
as
l ess
th an
PSL
1 ,
PSL
2,
or
te s t
is
p e n e trati o n
s u ffi ci e n t
to
was
re m o ve d
ve ri fy
th e
s e al
s h al l
be
in
d u ri n g
b o th
i n te g ri ty
of
th e
al l
l as t
fi tti n g s
an d
P SL
4
g at e
val ve s ,
3
th e
m in.
PSL
3
h yd ro s tati c
an d
1 1 .3.6.2 Acceptance Criteria
3G
by
e q u i p m e n t.
p e n e trati o n s .
Fo r P S L
d efi n e d
te s t.
eq u i pm en t
in
of 1 1 . 2. 5.
bo u n d ary
bod y
ap p l y.
p e rf o rm e d .
co n fo rm i n g
te s t
p re s s u re
c o n d i ti o n al
s h al l
s h al l
co n tai n s
s e co n d ary b arri e r s h al l
p re s s u re - h o l d i n g
N O TE
l i eu
b o u n d ar y
th e
A si n g l e
te s t
of
acce p tan ce
cri te ri a
acco rd a n ce
wi th
1 1 . 3. 2.
te s t
p re ss u re
an d
th e
b o u n d ary
96
AP I
1 1 .4
D ri ft Tes ti n g
1 1 .4.1
Fo r
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
PSL
Full-bore Valves
1 ,
P SL
2,
PSL
com p l e te l y th ro u g h
th e
3,
an d
va l ve
PSL
bo re
4,
a
afte r th e
d ri f t
m an d re l
va l ve
h as
co n f o rm i n g
been
to
as s e m b l e d ,
T abl e
34
o p e rate d ,
fo r
val ve s
an d
s h al l
Table 34―Drift Diameter for Individual Valves and Trees
Di m en si on s
Nominal Bore
Size
m i l l i m e te rs
D1
L1
minimum
in.
in
+
–0
0 . 69
mm

( i n ch e s )
D2
+
–0
0. 0 27
in.

+
–0
0 . 69
mm

+
–0
0. 0 2 7
in.
mm
(i n . )
mm
(i n . )
mm
(i n . )

1 3
1
/1
76
(3 . 00)
45. 21
(1 . 78)
38. 6
(1 . 52)
6
76
(3 . 00)
51 . 56
(2. 03 )
48 . 3
(1 . 90)
/1
6
76
(3 . 00)
6 4. 2 6
(2. 53 )
59. 7
(2. 35)
/1
6
78
(3 . 06)
76. 96
(3 . 03 )
73 . 2
(2. 88)
79
(3 . 1 2)
78. 49
(3 . 09)
73 . 2
(2. 88)
1 03
(4. 0 6)
1 02. 36
(4. 0 3 )
97. 3
(3. 83 )
/8
1 05
(4. 1 2)
1 04. 8
(4. 0 9)
1 00. 8
(3. 97)
/4
1 08
(4. 25)
1 08. 0
(4. 22)
1 01 . 6
(4. 0 0 )
/8
1 30
(5. 1 2)
1 29. 29
(5. 09)
1 26. 2
(4. 9 7)
1 52
(6. 00)
1 5 1 . 64
(5. 97)
1 48. 8
(5. 85)
/8
1 56
(6. 1 2)
1 5 4. 69
(6. 09)
1 51 . 6
(5. 97)
/8
1 62
(6. 3 8)
1 61 . 04
(6. 3 4)
1 58. 0
(6. 22)
/8
1 68
(6. 62)
1 6 7. 39
(6. 59)
1 6 4. 3
(6. 47)
1 79
(7. 0 6)
1 78. 56
(7. 0 3 )
1 75. 5
(6. 91 )
6
1
2
/1
9
2
1
3
1
3
/8
1
4
/1
6
1
4
1
4
1
5
6
1
6
3
6
5
6
1
7
/1
6
1
7
/8
1 81
(7. 1 2)
1 8 0 . 85
(7. 0 9)
1 77. 0
(6. 97)
9
228
(9. 00)
2 2 7. 84
(8. 97)
2 2 4. 8
(8. 85)
1 1
279
(1 1 . 00)
2 78. 64
(1 0 . 97)
275. 6
(1 0. 85)
F O O TN O TE S
a
b
c
Fo r val ve s ,
Fo r tre e s ,
Fo r U SV
L
L
2
an d
2
=
=
val ve
1 0 65
BSDV
face - to - face
mm
( 42
val ve s
l e n g th .
in. ).
wi t h
n o n s tan d ard
b o re s ,
see
1 1 . 4. 2 .
be
p as s e d
p re s s u re - te s te d .
c
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
97
1 1 .4.2 Valves with Nonstandard Bore Sizes
For
U SV
by th e
an d
BS D V
val ve s
m an u factu re r,
th e
wi th
d ri f t
n o n s tan d ard
to o l
d i m en si on s
b o re
si ze s,
sh al l
be
d ri f t
as
te s ti n g
is
o pt i o n al .
Wh en
a
d ri f t
te s t
is
s p e ci f i e d
fo l l o ws :
wh e re
B
is
F
is
n o m i n al
th e
b o re
m axi m u m
D . 2 3 /T abl e
L L D
,
1
th e
2
,
1
f o l l o wi n g
si ze,
,
D
an d
s h al l
f ace - to - f ace
E . 23) ,
are
2
l e n g th
of
th e
va l ve
( fo r
val ve s
per
T abl e
D . 2 2 /Tabl e
E. 22
an d
Tabl e
an d
d ri ft
d i m en si on s
s h o wn
in
Tab l e
3 4,
a p p l y:
L ≥B
1
L ≥F
2
D
1
D
2
+
–
=
=
B–
0 . 76
D –
1
mm
3. 30
to l e ra n ce
fo r
to l e ran ce
fo r
mm
D
D
1
1
B–
(=
D –
(=
&
D
=
2
+0. 69
–
=
2
in.)
0. 1 3
1
D
&
0. 03
in. )
mm
(=
+0. 0 27
in. )
0
1 1 .4.3 Tree Assemblies
For
PSL
1 ,
PSL
2,
co m p l e te l y th ro u g h
12
PSL
th e
3,
m ai n
an d
PSL
bo re
of
4,
a
a tre e
d ri f t
m an d re l
co n f o rm i n g
to
T ab l e
34
fo r
tre e s
s h al l
be
p as s e d
as s e m b l y.
E q u i pm en t M arki n g
1 2. 1
M arki n g Req u i rem en ts
E q u i pm e n t
s h al l
req u i rem en ts
1 2. 2
in
be
1 4.
on
th e
e x te r i o r
Th e n om i n al
s u rf ace
as
s p e ci f i e d
s i ze for eq u i pm en t s h al l
in
T ab l e
be m arked
wi th
35
an d
th e
p ro d u ct- s p e ci f i c
U S Cu s tom ary ( U SC )
u n i ts.
M arki n g M eth od
M arki n g
u si n g
l o w- s tre s s
V- s tam p i n g
s h al l
N O TE
m e th o d
1 2. 3
m arke d
Secti on
Th e
be
( d o t,
p e rm i tte d
u sed
vi b rat i o n ,
onl y i n
fo r m arki n g
on
or
ro u n d e d
l o w- s tre s s
are as ,
n am e pl ate s
is
V)
s tam p s
s u ch
as
s h al l
th e
be
o u ts i d e
acce p tabl e .
d i am e te r o f
C o n ve n ti o n a l
s h arp
f l an g e s .
n o t s p e ci fi e d .
N am epl ates
U n l ess
n am e p l ate s
are
s p e ci f i e d ,
m arki n g
s h al l
be
ap p l i e d
on
th e
n am e pl ate
an d /o r
th e
bo d y
or
th e
co n n e cto r.
1 2. 4
H i d d en M arki n g
M arki n g
re q u i re d
on
a
co n n e cto r
co n n e cto r as s e m b l y s h al l
be
o u ts i d e
s tam p e d
in
d i am e te r
a vi s i b l e
th at
l o cati o n
wo u l d
be
n e ar th e
co ve re d
by
co n n e cto r.
cl am p s
or
o th e r
p arts
of
th e
98
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Table 35 ―Guide to Marking Requirements
Equipment Type
a, b, c
Nameplate Required?
Marking Requirements
O p ti o n al
1 4. 1 . 5
Loose Fittings and Connectors
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
I n te g ral ,
Ri n g
bl i n d ,
an d
te s t
fl an g e s
g as ke ts
Th re ad e d
Te e s
an d
N ot
co n n e cto rs
cro s s e s
B u l l pl u g s
Val ve - re m o val
To p
pl u g s
Spoo l s
( ad ap te r an d
1 4. 3 . 5
O p ti o n al
1 4. 4. 5
ap pl i cab l e
1 4. 5. 5
N ot
ap pl i cab l e
1 4. 6. 5
C ro s s o ve r c o n n e cto rs
co n n e c to rs
1 4. 2. 5
N ot
c o n n e cto rs
O th e r e n d
ap pl i cab l e
O p ti o n al
O p ti o n al
1 4. 7. 5
O p ti o n al
1 4. 8. 5
N ot
s pace r)
ap pl i cab l e
1 4. 9. 5
O p ti o n al
1 4. 1 0. 5
as se m b l i e s
O p ti o n al
1 4. 1 1 . 5
fo r actu ato r
O p ti o n al
1 4. 1 1 . 5
Valves
•
•
C o m p l e te
P re p are d
Back-pressure Valves
Slip-type and Mandrel-type Hangers
Casing and Tubing Heads
Chokes
•
•
•
N ot
ap pl i cab l e
1 4. 1 2. 5
N ot
ap pl i cab l e
1 4. 1 3. 5
as s e m b l i e s ,
ad j u s tab l e
O p ti o n al
1 4. 1 5. 5
C h o ke
as s e m b l i e s ,
p o s i ti ve
O p ti o n al
1 4. 1 5. 5
C h o ke
b e an s ,
p o s i ti ve
( fi xe d )
ch o ke s
N ot
S afe ty val ve s
( S S V,
S afe ty val ve s
p re p are d
S afe ty val ve
U S V,
actu ato rs
B S D V)
fo r actu ato r
( S S V,
U S V,
B S D V)
Tree Assemblies
Other
•
1 4. 1 4. 5
C h o ke
Actuators (for Valves and Chokes)
Safety Valves
•
•
•
O p ti o n al
F i tti n g s /p re s s u re
b o u n d ary p e n e trati o n s
ap pl i cab l e
1 4. 1 5. 5
O p ti o n al
1 4. 1 6. 5
R e q u i re d
1 4. 1 7. 5
R e q u i re d
1 4. 1 7. 5
R e q u i re d
1 4. 1 7. 5
O p ti o n al
1 4. 1 8. 5
N ot
ap pl i cab l e
S e cti o n
9
F O O TN O TE S
a
V al ve s
th at s ati s fy t h e
re q u i re m e n ts
b
c
1 2. 5
Th e
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
M arki n g
of th i s
re q u i rem e n ts
of AP I
6F A can
be
m arke d
per th e
re q u i rem e n ts
th e re i n
in
ad d i t i o n
to
th e
s e cti o n .
fo r fe at u re s
th at d o
n o t e xi s t
on
a p ro d u ct i s
n o t ap pl i cab l e .
PSL 3 products may be marked “PSL 3G” when the additional requirements of gas testing have been satisfied
Th read M arki n g
th re ad
line
t yp e
m arki n g
s h al l
p i pe :
i n cl u d e
LP
cas i n g
( s h o rt
th re a d ) :
cas i n g
(l on g
cas i n g
( b u ttre s s ) :
BC
cas i n g
( e xtre m e
XC
th re ad ) :
l i n e) :
STC
LC
tu b i n g
( n o n u p s e t) :
NU
tu b i n g
( e xte rn al - u ps e t) :
EU
th e
f o l l o wi n g ,
as
ap p l i cab l e :
.
S P E C I FI C ATI O N FO R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 2. 6
Th e
S i ze M arki n g
s i ze
1 2. 7
m arki n g
s h al l
i n cl u d e
th e
1 2. 8
h ard n e s s
1 2. 9
a)
te s ts
te s t
f o l l o wi n g
T yp e
6B
if
app l i ca b l e ,
th e
re s tri cte d
o r o ve rs i z e
b o re .
or m axi m u m
an d m i n i m u m
tem peratu re rati n g s s h al l
be at l ocati o n s peci fi ed .
are
s h al l
be
re q u i re d
fo r
s tam p e d
on
bod i es,
th e
p art
b o n n e ts ,
a d j ace n t
or
to
en d
th e
an d
tes t
o u tl et
l o ca ti o n
co n n e cto rs ,
or
th e
d o cu m e n te d
actu a l
b y th e
val u e
of
th e
m an u f actu re r.
s h al l
ap p l y.
f l an g e d
an d
s tu d d e d
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
be
m ark
ed “R XX,” where “XX” is the ring groove number.
This applies to connectors to be assembled with either “R” or “RX” ring gaskets.
1
N OTE 2
c)
an d ,
Ri n g G rooves
N O TE
b)
si ze
H ard n es s Tes ts
h ard n e s s
Th e
n o m i n al
Tem peratu re M arki n g
Tem peratu re cl asses (s ee 4. 3. 2)
If
99
Som e pre vi ou s ed i ti on s o f th i s speci fi cati on
i n cl u d ed e xtra-d ee p ri n g
g roo ves fo r u se on l y wi th
Type RX g askets.
End connectors with RX 201 , RX 205, RX 21 0, or RX 21 5 ring grooves shall be marked “RX ZZZ,” where
“ZZZ” is the ring groove number.
Type 6BX flanged and studded connectors shall be marked “BX YYY,” where “YYY” is the ring groove
n u m b e r.
d)
Ri n g
g ro o ve
m arki n g
on
T yp e
1 6 A cl am p
e)
Ri n g
g ro o ve
m arki n g
on
T yp e
1 7S S
f)
If
e q u i pm e n t
h as
m e tal - o ve rl ai d ,
an d
hub
1 7S V
C l am p
13
ri n g
be
s h al l
in
be
g ro o ve s ,
acco rd an ce
in
th e
wi th
acco rd an ce
ri n g
AP I
wi th
g ro o ve
1 6 A.
AP I
t yp e
1 7D .
an d
n u m ber
s h al l
- re s i s ta n t a l l o y.
C l am p H u b E n d C on n ectors
hub
en d
co n n e ct o rs
s h al l
be
m arke d
wi t h
th e
si ze
an d
p re s s u r
e rating followed by “API 1 6A ”
.
S tori n g an d S h i ppi n g
1 3. 1
Al l
s h al l
co n n e c to rs
co rro s i o n - re s i s tan t
be followed by “CRA” to designate a corrosion
1 2. 1 0
co n n e ct o rs
D rai n i n g after Tes ti n g
e q u i pm e n t
1 3. 2
s h al l
be
d rai n e d
an d
l u b ri cate d
af te r te s ti n g
C o rro s i o n
p ro te cti o n
on
fl an g e
s h al l
f ace s ,
be
ap p l i e d
we l d
to
b e ve l
e xpos e d
en d s ,
ru n o f f
at
te m p e ratu re s
C o rro s i o n
p ro te cti o n
is
l ess
n ot
th an
50
re q u i re d
°C
on
( b are )
e xp o s e d
the manufacturer’s documented requirements
N O TE
p ri o r to
s to rag e
or
s h i p m e n t.
C orrosi on P rotecti on
ch ro m i u m
re s i s t
an d
.
C o rro s i o n
(1 25
m e tal l i c
s te m s ,
° F) .
C R A s u rface s .
an d
s u rf ace s
i n te rn al
p ro te ct i o n
of
s te e l s
s u rf ace s
p ro vi d e d
by
a
of
wi th
th e
l ess
th an
e q u i pm e n t
co rro s i o n
i n h i b i to r
1 5
%
u si n g
s h al l
1 00
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 3.3 Sealing-surface Protection
E xpo s e d
s e al i n g
s u rf ace s
an d
s e al s
s h al l
be
pro te cte d
f ro m
d am ag e
o r d e te ri o rat i o n
fo r s h i pp i n g .
1 3.4 Assembly and Maintenance Instructions
Th e
m an u f actu re r s h al l
an d
m ai n te n an ce
of
f u rn i s h
we l l h e ad
to
th e
an d
p u rch as e r
tre e
s u i tab l e
e q u i p m e n t,
if
d ra wi n g s
an d
i n s tru cti o n s
co n ce rn i n g
fi e l d
as s e m b l y
re q u e s te d .
1 3.5 Ring Gaskets
Lo o s e
ri n g
g as ke ts
s h al l
be
bo xe d
or
wrap p e d
d u ri n g
s h i p pi n g
an d
s to ra g e .
1 3.6 Age Control and Storage of Nonmetallic Seals
Th e
a)
f o l l o wi n g
s h al l
The manufacturer’
eq u i pm en t
—
ag e
—
p ro te cte d
—
s tre s s
—
s to re d
—
wri tte n
th e
P ackag i n g
cau s e
N O TE
tem p e ratu re
fro m
s p e ci f i e d
fo l l o wi n g
fro m
an d
s to rag e
re q u i re m e n ts
m inim um
f or
n o n m e tal l i c
s e al s
t h at
are
n ot
as s e m b l e d
i n to
p ro vi s i o n s :
l oo ps
l arg e
to
avo i d
The manufacturer’
eq u i pm en t
s h al l
s to rag e
s
rad i o g rap h i c
typ i cal l y
d i am e te r
° F) ;
wri tte n
s p e ci f i e d
p ro ce d u re
s h al l
to
n ot
i m pos e
te n s i l e
or
co m p re s s i ve
s tre s s e s
s u f fi ci e n t
d am ag e .
ava i l abl e
an d
o r twi s ti n g ,
a
(1 2 0
d am ag e .
s e al s
o r o th e r
c re as i n g
i n cl u d e
u n ti l
are
°C
l i q u i d s;
n o n m e tal l i c
i nsi d e
49
l i g h t;
wi th
an d
of
e x ce e d
b e l o w) ;
d e fo rm ati o n
R e co m m e n d ati o n s
of
to
te xt
co n tact
ozon e
p e rm an e n t
not
n atu ral
(see
awa y fro m
ri n g s
i m pos e d
d u ri n g
d i re ct
co n d i ti o n s
p ro te cte d
d esi g n ,
c)
s
i n cl u d e
co n tro l ;
m ax i m u m
—
to
s h al l
i n d o o r s to rag e ;
—
b)
ap p l y.
fro m
re l ati ve l y
bu t i t
is
s e al
s m al l
not
p o ss i b l e
re q u i re m e n ts
d ocu m en t
m an u factu re rs .
cro s s - s e c ti o n
fo r
th e
to
ach i e ve
th i s
n o n m e tal l i c
p re s e rvati o n
W h e re
m ay
of
be
app l i cabl e ,
fo rm e d
c o n d i ti o n
s e al s
s e al s
i n to
fo r
b y fo rm i n g
th at
are
as s e m b l e d
a
th re e
g i ve n
e q u al
j u st
two
l o o ps .
as s e m b l e d
in
PSL
4
s e al
su per
i n to
p ro d u ct
d e l i ve ry.
1 4 Equipment-specific Requirements
1 4.1 Integral, Blind, and Test Flanges
1 4.1 .1 General Application
1 4.1 .1 .1 Flange Types and Uses
N OTE 1
Th ree types of en d an d ou tl et fl ang es are covered by th i s speci fi cati on : Types 6B, 6BX, an d seg m en ted (see Ann ex L) .
N O TE
2
Typ e s
N O TE
3
Typ e
6B
6B
an d
6 B X fl an g e s
m ay b e
u sed
as
m ay b e
th re ad e d
u sed
as
fl an g e s .
i n te g ral ,
So m e
bl i n d ,
typ e
o r we l d - n e ck fl an g e s .
6 B X bl i n d
fl an g e s
m ay b e
u sed
as
te s t
fl an g e s .
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 01
1 4.1 .1 .2 Studded End Connectors
N O TE
S tu d d e d
co n n e cti o n s
i n te n d e d
M P a,
fo r
1 03. 5
b o l te d
wi th
o u tl e t
rate d
as s e m bl y
M P a,
co n n e cti o n s
wo rki n g
to
an d
6B
1 38. 0
are
p re s s u re
of
of
th e
1 3. 8
th ro u g h - b o l te d
M Pa
(1 0, 000
ri n g - j o i n t
M P a,
20. 7
fl an g e s .
psi ,
typ e
an d
are
M P a,
an d
34. 5
S tu d d e d
1 5, 0 0 0
psi ,
o u tl e t
an d
d es i g n e d
MPa
c o n n e cti o n s
2 0, 0 0 0
psi )
are
wi th
(2 0 0 0
wi th
a
ps i ,
fl at
rate d
i n te n d e d
face .
3000
fo r
ps i ,
S tu d d e d
an d
wo rki n g
5 000
p re s s u re
as s e m b l y
to
o u tl e t
ps i )
of
are
69. 0
6BX
th ro u g h -
rate d
wo rki n g
fl an g e s .
1 4.1 .2 Design
1 4.1 .2.1 Pressure Ratings and Size Ranges of Flange Types
N O TE
Typ e s
p re s s u re s
as
6B
an d
s h o wn
in
6BX
Tab l e
are
d esi g n ed
fo r
u se
in
th e
co m bi n ati o n s
of
n o m i n al
si z e
ran g e s
an d
36.
Table 36―Rated Working Pressures and Size Ranges of Flanges
Flange Size Range
Rated Working
Pressure
mm
Type 6B
M P a (psi )
Type 6BX
1
1 3. 8
(200 0 )
52
to
540
(2
1
/1
to
6
21
(3000 )
52
to
527
(2
3
/4 )
1
20. 7
(i n . )
679
to
762
(26
3
/1
to
6
20
/4 )
679
to
762
(26
1
3 4. 5
69. 0
1 03. 5
1 38. 0
(50 0 0 )
52
to
2 79
(1 0, 000 )
(1 5 , 0 0 0 )
(2 0 , 0 0 0 )
(2
to
30)
/4
to
30)
5
/1
—
—
—
/4
3
6
to
1 1 )
3 46
to
540
(1 3
1
/8
to
21
1 3
46
to
540
(1
/1
6
to
21
1 3
46
to
476
(1
to
346
/1
(1
/4 )
3
6
to
1 8
1 3
46
/4 )
1
/4 )
5
/1
6
to
1 3
/8 )
1 4.1 .2.2 Type 6B Flanges
1 4.1 .2.2.1 General
N O TE
up
Typ e
b o l ti n g
Th e
6B
fo rce
T yp e
6B
fl an g e s
re acts
fl an g e
on
are
th e
s h al l
of
th e
ri n g
m e tal l i c
be
of
j oi n t
ri n g
th e
typ e
an d
are
n ot
d esi g n ed
fo r
face - to - face
m ake - u p.
Th e
co n n e cti o n
m ake -
g aske t.
th ro u g h - b o l te d
o r s tu d d e d
d esi g n .
1 4.1 .2.2.2 Dimensions
Th e
a)
f o l l o wi n g
S tan d ard
—
s h al l
ap p l y.
d i m en si on s:
Di m en si on s
(1 3. 8
M P a) /Tabl e
N O TE
—
b)
1
E. 3
I n te g ra l
f l an g e
as
T yp e
en d
6B
E. 1
(5000
R ai s e d
Di m en si on s
s e rve
fo r
M P a) /T ab l e
face
f o r ri n g
o u tl e t
bl i n d ,
ps i ) ,
an d
T ab l e
th re ad e d
D. 2
(20. 7
fl an g e s
s h al l
M P a) /T abl e
be
E. 2
in
acco rd a n ce
(300 0
ps i ) ,
wi t h
T abl e
Tab l e
D. 3
D. 1
( 3 4. 5
psi ) .
an d /o r co u n te rb o re
g ro o ve s
e x ce p ti o n s :
or
i n te g ral ,
(2 0 00
s h al l
Wh en
co n f o rm
f l an g e s
co n n e cto rs ,
are
th e y
are
s h al l
o p ti o n al .
to
T abl e
we l d e d
co n f o rm
D. 8
to
to
( T yp e
R ) /Tab l e
e q u i pm e n t
th e
E. 8
co ve re d
i n te g ral
f l an g e
( T yp e
by
R) .
th i s
s p e ci f i cati o n
d i m en si on s
in
Tab l e
an d
D.1
1 02
AP I
(1 3. 8
M P a) /Tabl e
M P a) /T ab l e
N O TE
2
E. 3
Typ e
co u n te rb o re s ,
co u n te rb o re s ,
D. 1
(1 3. 8
(5000
E. 1
(5 000
6B
or
(2 000
ps i ) ,
fl an g e s
an d
to
re ce s s e s
E. 1
ps i ) ,
Tab l e
as
end
re c e i ve
are
D. 2
(20. 7
M P a) /T abl e
E. 2
(3 000
psi ) ,
T ab l e
D. 3
(3 4. 5
app l i ca b l e .
u sed
re ce s s e s
M P a) /Tab l e
as
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
n ot
(2 00 0
co n n e cto rs
cas i n g
co ve re d
p si ) ,
Tab l e
an d
by
th i s
D. 2
on
cas i n g
tu b i n g
an d
s p e ci fi cati o n
(20 . 7
tu b i n g
h an g e rs .
Th e
an d
M P a) /Tab l e
m ay
E. 2
h e ad s
m ay
d i m e n s i on s
e xce e d
(3 0 0 0
p si ) ,
th e
of
B
Tab l e
h ave
e n tran c e
be ve l s ,
s u ch
e n tran ce
b e ve l s ,
d i m en si o n
D. 3
(3 4. 5
g i ve n
in
Tab l e
M P a) /Tab l e
E. 3
ps i ) .
c)
T h re ad e d
fl an g e s :
T h re ad s
d)
W e l d - n e ck f l an g e s :
Fo r
s h al l
co n f o rm
to
we l d - n e ck f l an g e s ,
th e
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
re q u i re m e n ts
of
of
4. 3 . 1 . 2.
An n e x
J
s h al l
ap p l y.
1 4.1 .2.2.3 Flange Face
Th e
f l an g e
m ay be
fron t
E. 1
f ace
s h al l
be
fu l l y m ach i n ed
face
wi th i n
(2 000
ps i ) ,
1 °
an d
T abl e
fl at
or
ra i s e d
or s p ot- face d
th e
D. 2
th i ckn ess
(20. 7
on
th e
at th e
ri n g - j o i n t
bo l t h ol e s .
after faci n g
M P a) /T abl e
E. 2
sh al l
si d e
Th e
an d
con form
(3000
s h al l
fl an g e
psi ) ,
to
be
fu l l y m ach i n e d .
Th e
fl an g e
back face o r s p ot face s s h al l
th e
Tab l e
d i m en s i o n s
D. 3
(3 4. 5
of
Tabl e
M P a) /Tabl e
be
b ack f ace
p aral l e l
D. 1
(1 3. 8
E. 3
(50 00
to
th e
M P a) /Tabl e
ps i ) .
1 4.1 .2.2.4 Gaskets
T yp e
6B
f l an g e s
s h al l
u se
T yp e
R
o r T yp e
RX
g as ke ts
in
acco rd a n ce
wi th
1 4. 2 .
1 4.1 .2.2.5 Corrosion-resistant Ring Grooves
N O TE
Typ e
6B
fl an g e s
C R A o ve rl a y th i ckn e s s
m ay b e
of
th e
m an u factu re d
ri n g
g ro o ve s
wi th
sh al l
co rro s i o n - re s i s tan t
co n f o rm
to
o ve rl ays
in
th e
ri n g
g ro o ve s .
7. 5 . 1 . 2 . 2 .
1 4.1 .2.2.6 Ring Groove Surface
Al l
23 °
s u rf ace s
on
R
ri n g
g ro o ve s
s h al l
h ave
a s u rf ace
fi n i s h
no
ro u g h e r t h an
1 .6
µm
Ra
(63
µi n .
R M S) .
1 4.1 .2.3 Type 6BX Flanges
1 4.1 .2.3.1 General
N O TE
1
Typ e
co n n e cti o n
6 B X fl an g e s
m ake - u p
bo l ti n g
Th i s
s u p p o rt p re ve n ts
Th e
T yp e
N O TE
2
6BX
are
d am ag e
fl an g e
F ace - to - face
o f th e
fo rc e
s h al l
to
be
can
th e
of
co n tact i s
ri n g - j o i n t
re act
fl an g e
th e
on
typ e
th e
an d
rai s e d
o r g as ke t
fro m
th ro u g h - b o l te d
n o t n e ce s s ary
fo r th e
are
d esi g n ed
face
of
th e
e xce s s i ve
o r s tu d d e d
wi th
fl an g e
bo l t
a
rai s e d
wh e n
face .
th e
D e pen d i n g
g as ke t
h as
on
bee n
to l e ran ce s ,
pro p e rl y
th e
s e ate d .
to rq u e .
des i g n .
p ro p e r fu n cti o n i n g
o f Typ e
6 B X fl an g e s .
1 4.1 .2.3.2 Dimensions
Th e
a)
f o l l o wi n g
S tan d ard
—
s h al l
ap p l y.
d i m en si on s:
Di m en si on s
50 0 0
psi ) ,
psi ) ,
T abl e
fo r
6BX
Tab l e
D. 6
i n te g ra l
D. 4
(1 38. 0
(69. 0
f l an g e s
s h al l
M P a) /T abl e
M P a ) /Tab l e
E. 6
co n f o rm
E. 4
to
( 1 0, 000
(20, 000
psi ) ,
Tabl e
psi ) ,
as
D. 7
Tab l e
(1 3. 8
D. 5
app l i cab l e .
–
3 4. 5
(1 03 . 5
M P a) /T abl e
M P a) /T abl e
E. 7
E. 5
(2000
to
(1 5, 0 00
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
—
Di m en si on s
to
5000
psi ) ,
Tab l e
N O TE
to
—
N O TE
c)
6BX
ps i ) ,
Tab l e
fo r i n te g ra l
Typ e
6BX
or
co u n te rb o re s ,
an d
f l an g e s
are
s h al l
M P a) /Tab l e
M P a) /Tab l e
n ot
bl i n d
T abl e
D. 6
f o r ri n g
co u n te rb o re s ,
(69. 0
E. 6
co n fo rm
E. 4
(20, 000
avai l ab l e
in
al l
to
(1 0, 000
psi ) ,
th e
T abl e
psi ) ,
as
s am e
D. 7
Tabl e
(1 3. 8
D. 5
–
3 4. 5
(1 03. 5
M P a) /T ab l e
M P a ) /T abl e
E. 7
E. 5
(2000
(1 5, 000
app l i cab l e .
p re s s u re
rati n g s
an d
s i zes
as
th e
i n te g ral
fl an g e s
s pe ci fi cati o n .
fo r
Di m en si on s
E x ce pti o n s
(1 3 8. 0
500 0
ps i ) ,
we l d - n e ck
D. 4
fl an g e s
b y th i s
(1 5, 0 0 0
b)
D. 6
Di m en si on s
(2000
6BX
Tab l e
Th e s e
co ve re d
—
fo r
psi ) ,
1 03
(1 3 8. 0
g ro o ve s
te s t
f l an g e s
(69. 0
M P a) /Tab l e
s h al l
s h al l
M P a) /T abl e
co n f o rm
E. 6
to
co n f o rm
E. 4
(20, 000
T abl e
to
Tab l e
(1 0, 000
ps i ) ,
D. 1 1
ps i ) ,
as
D. 7
T abl e
(1 3. 8
D. 5
–
34. 5
(1 03. 5
M P a) /Tab l e
E. 7
M P a) /Tab l e
E. 5
app l i cab l e .
( T yp e
B X) /Tab l e
E. 1 1
( Typ e
B X) .
f l an g e s :
fl an g e s
u se d
re ce s s e s
re ce s s e s
W e l d - n e ck fl an g e s :
an d
D. 4
For
to
as
en d
re c e i ve
are
c o n n e cto rs
cas i n g
n o t co ve re d
an d
b y th i s
we l d - n e ck f l an g e s ,
th e
on
cas i n g
tu b i n g
an d
tu b i n g
h an g e rs .
s p e ci fi cati o n
an d
re q u i re m e n ts
Th e
h e ad s
m ay e xce e d
of
m ay
d i m e n s i on s
An n e x
J
th e
s h al l
B
of
h ave
e n tran ce
b e ve l s ,
s u ch
e n tr an ce
b e ve l s ,
d i m en si on
o f th e
tab l e s .
h a ve
fl a t
ap p l y.
1 4.1 .2.3.3 Flange Face
Th e
f l an g e
f ace
F ro n t
face s
wi th i n
1 °.
N O TE
Th e
Th e
T abl e
ps i ) ,
D. 6
th e
be
af te r
T abl e
(1 38. 0
ri n g - j o i n t
fu l l y
b ack face
th i ckn e s s
5000
on
s h al l
m ay b e
f aci n g
D. 4
si d e
m ach i n e d .
co n f o rm
E. 6
e x ce pt
o r s po t - face d
th e
E. 4
(20, 000
rai s e d ,
n u t - b e ari n g
to
M P a) /Tab l e
M P a) /Tab l e
be
Th e
fu l l y m ach i n e d
s h al l
(69. 0
s h al l
ps i ) ,
at
th e
d i m en si on s
(1 0, 0 00
as
fo r
s tu d d e d
s u rf ace
ps i ) ,
bo l t
of
s h al l
fl an g e s ,
be
p aral l e l
wh i ch
to
m ay
th e
f l an g e
f ace s .
g as ke t
f ace
h oles.
T abl e
Tabl e
D. 7
(1 3. 8
–
D. 5
(1 03. 5
we l d
o ve rl ays
3 4. 5
M P a) /T abl e
M P a) /T abl e
E. 5
E. 7
(2000
(1 5, 00 0
to
ps i ) ,
a p pl i cab l e .
1 4.1 .2.3.4 Gaskets
T yp e
6BX
f l an g e s
s h al l
u se
BX
g as ke ts
in
acco rd a n ce
wi th
1 4. 2.
1 4.1 .2.3.5 Corrosion-resistant Ring Grooves
N O TE
Typ e
6 B X fl an g e s
C R A o ve rl a y th i ckn e s s
m ay b e
of
th e
m an u fac tu re d
ri n g
g ro o ve s
wi th
s h al l
co rro s i o n - re s i s tan t
co n f o rm
to
in
th e
ri n g
g ro o ve s .
7. 5. 1 . 2. 2 .
1 4.1 .2.3.6 Ring Groove Surface
Al l
23 °
s u rf ace s
on
BX
ri n g
g ro o ve s
s h al l
h a ve
a
s u rf ace
fi n i s h
no
ro u g h e r th an
0. 8
µm
Ra
(32
µi n .
R M S) .
1 4.1 .2.4 Segmented Flanges
N O TE
Th e
d i m en s i o n s
fo r s e g m e n te d
fl an g e s
fo r d u al
co m pl e ti o n
are
fo u n d
in
An n e x L .
1 4.1 .2.5 Studded Outlet Connectors
1 4.1 .2.5.1 General
N O TE
Tab l e
Typ i cal
u s ag e
D . 1 4 /Tab l e
E. 1 4
i n cl u d e s
s tu d d e d
fo r i l l u s trati o n . )
cro s s e s
an d
te e s ,
casi n g
an d
tu b i n g
sp o o l s ,
an d
m u l ti pl e
val ve
b l o cks .
(See
1 04
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 4.1 .2.5.2 Dimensions
R e f e rri n g
D. 3
to
( 3 4. 5
(69. 0
B
:
E. 6
:
bo re
T h re ad e d
psi ) ,
ps i ) ,
th e
E. 1
Tabl e
(20 00
D. 7
T abl e
fo l l o wi n g
D. 5
–
psi ) ,
( 1 3. 8
Tabl e
34. 5
(1 03 . 5
d i m en si on s
D. 2
(20. 7
M P a) /T abl e
M P a) /Tab l e
s h al l
ap p l y to
M P a) /T abl e
E. 7
E. 5
(2000
(1 5, 0 00
s tu d d e d
o u tl e t
E. 2
to
(3 000
5000
psi ) ,
psi ) ,
psi ) ,
T ab l e
T ab l e
Tabl e
D. 6
D. 4
(1 38. 0
co n n e ct o rs :
b o re ;
bol t
o u tl e ts
c i rcl e ;
in
B
d i m en si o n
bol t
h o l es
of
An n e x
tab l e s
(1 0 , 000
ps i ) ,
b o l ts .
S tu d d e d
m axi m u m
M P a) /T abl e
(5000
b o l ts ;
d i am e te r o f
N O TE
E. 4
d i am e te r o f
n u m ber o f
(1 3. 8
E. 3
(2 0, 00 0
m axi m u m
BC
th e
D. 1
M P a) /T ab l e
M P a) /T abl e
—
—
—
—
T ab l e
M P a) /T abl e
cas i n g
s h al l
D,
does
or
n ot
tu b i n g
co n f o rm
An n e x
s poo l s
m ay
h ave
a
p re parati o n
fo r
a
val ve - re m o val
pl u g ,
in
wh i ch
cas e
th e
be
l i s te d
ap p l y.
to
E,
AS M E
or
B1 . 1 ,
An n e x
L.
C l as s
Th e
2B
or
3 B.
m i n im um
T h re ad s
d e p th
of
pe r
fu l l
i n ch
( TP I )
t h re ad
s h al l
s h al l
be
as
as
s p e ci f i e d
in
in
1 4. 1 . 2 . 6. 2 .
Ri n g
—
—
g ro o ve
d i m en si on s
T abl e
D . 8 /Tab l e
T abl e
D . 1 1 /Tab l e
s h al l
E. 8
co n fo rm
fo r 6 B
E. 1 1
to :
s tu d d e d
fo r 6 BX
o u tl e t
s tu d d e d
co n n e ct o rs ;
o u tl et
or
co n n e c to rs .
1 4.1 .2.5.3 Outlet Face
Th e
6B
o u tl e t
or
f ace
6BX
N O TE
It
s h al l
fl an g e .
is
co u n te rb o re
be
Th e
fu l l y
ra i s e d
p e rm i s s i b l e
d i m en s i o n s
fo r
as
m ach i n e d
face
th e
an d
s h al l
be
d i am e te r
s h al l
n ot
o u tl e t
s pe c i fi e d
face
b y th e
to
be
in
of
s u ffi ci e n t
be
a
re q u i re d
ci rcu l ar
s i ze
to
fo r 6 B
al l o w
as s e m b l y
or 6BX
co u n te rb o re
th at
acco rd an ce
wi th
s tu d d e d
acce p ts
of
th e
co rre s p o n d i n g
co n n e c to rs .
th e
m ati n g
fl an g e ,
wi th
m an u factu re r.
1 4.1 .2.5.4 Gaskets
S tu d d e d
o u tl e t
co n n e cti o n s
s h al l
u se
R,
RX
or BX
g as ke ts
in
1 4. 2.
1 4.1 .2.5.5 Corrosion-resistant Ring Grooves
S tu d d e d
o u tl et
co n n e c to rs
C R A o ve rl a y th i ckn e s s
of
m ay
th e
be
ri n g
m an u factu re d
g ro o ve s
s h al l
wi t h
co rro s i o n - re s i s tan t
co n f o rm
to
we l d
o ve rl a ys
in
th e
ri n g
g ro o ve s .
7. 5. 1 . 2. 2 .
1 4.1 .2.5.6 Ring Groove Surface
Th e
23°
s u rf ace
on
R
ri n g
Th e
23°
s u rf ace
on
BX
g ro o ve s
ri n g
s h al l
g ro o ve s
h ave
s h al l
a s u rf ace
h ave
fi n i s h
a s u rf ace
no
fi n i s h
ro u g h e r t h an
no
1 .6
ro u g h e r t h an
µm
0. 8
Ra
µm
(63
Ra
µi n .
(32
R M S) .
µi n .
RM S) .
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 05
1 4.1 .2.6 End and Outlet Bolting
1 4.1 .2.6.1 Hole Alignment
En d
an d
o u tl e t
bo l t
h ol es
fo r f l an g e s
s h al l
be
e q u al l y s p ace d
an d
s h al l
s trad d l e
co m m o n
ce n te rl i n e s .
1 4.1 .2.6.2 Stud Thread Engagement
S tu d
t h re a d - e n g ag e m e n t
o u ts i d e
d i am e te r o f
th e
l en g th
i n to
th e
bod y
fo r
s tu d d e d
f l an g e s
s h al l
S e ct i o n
8.
be
a
m i n im um
of
on e
ti m e s
th e
s tu d .
1 4.1 .2.6.3 Closure Bolting
Al l
en d
an d
o u tl et
al l o w as s e m b l y o f
s tu d
l e n g th
N O TE
s h al l
cl o s u re
th e
al s o
bo l ti n g
s h al l
co rre s p o n d i n g
i n cl u d e
R e co m m e n d e d
s tu d
m eet
6B
al l o wan ce
l e n g th s
or
re q u i re m e n ts
6BX
fo r th e
fo r o u tl e t
fl an g e
s tan d o ff
co n n e cto rs
of
wi th
are
fu l l
fo r th e
th re ad
R
p ro vi d e d
or RX
in
Th e
s tu d
l e n g th
e n g ag e m e n t
of
s h al l
th e
n u t.
be
s u f fi ci e n t
For 6B
to
o u t l e ts ,
g as ke t.
An n e x I .
1 4.1 .3 Materials
M ate ri al
re q u i re m e n ts
M ate ri al
re q u i re m e n ts
6B
or
6BX
fo r f l an g e s
fo r
s h al l
s tu d d e d
co n f o rm
o u tl et
to
th e
co n n e ct o rs
re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
be
as
in
S e ct i o n
s p e ci f i e d
in
6.
S e ct i o n
6
fo r
fl an g e .
1 4.1 .4 Quality Control/Testing
Lo o s e
fl a n g e s
s h al l
n ot
re q u i re
a
h yd ro s tati c
sh el l
test
p ri o r to
f i n al
acce pta n ce .
1 4.1 .5 Marking
Bl i n d
an d
te s t
fl an g e s
sh al l
be
m arke d
as
s p e ci f i e d
in
S e cti o n
1 2
an d
Tab l e
3 7.
Table 37—Marking for Blind and Test Flanges
Required Markings
AP I
Required Location(s)
6A or 6A
Te m p e ratu re
M ate ri al
P ro d u ct
D ate
cl ass ( e s )
o r rati n g s
c l as s
s pe ci fi cati o n
l e ve l
( P SL)
o f m an u fac tu re
Manufacturer’
S e ri al
Ou ts i d e
s
n am e
n u m b e r ( i f app l i cab l e )
N o m i n al
bo re
End
o u tl e t co n n e cto r s i z e
an d
R ate d
Ri n g
d i am e te r o f co n n e cto r
o r m ark
s i ze
wo rki n g
g ro o ve
H ard n e ss
p re s s u re
typ e
te s t
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
an d
val u e s
n u m ber
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
(see
1 2. 8)
Ad j ace n t
to
te s t
l o cati o n
th e
co rre s p o n d i n g
1 06
AP I
I n te g ra l
s tu d d e d
an d
fl an g e d
o u tl et
co n n e c to rs
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
s h al l
be
m arke d
as
s p e ci f i e d
in
S e c ti o n
1 2
an d
T abl e
38.
Table 38—Marking for Studded and Flanged Outlet Connectors
Required Markings
AP I
Required Location(s)
6A or 6A
N o m i n al
bo re
En d
o u tl e t co n n e cto r s i z e
an d
R ate d
Ri n g
si ze
wo rki n g
g ro o ve
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
O u ts i d e
d i am e te r o f fl an g e
o r face
o f s tu d d e d
o u tl e t
p re s s u re
typ e
an d
n u m be r
1 4.1 .6 Storing and Shipping
Al l
f l an g e s
1 4. 2
s h al l
be
s to re d
an d
s h i p pe d
in
acco rd a n ce
wi th
S e cti o n
1 3.
Ri n g G as kets
1 4.2.1 General
T yp e s
6BX
R
or RX
f l an g e s
N O TE
RX
ad d i ti o n al
Ri n g
an d
t yp e
BX
cl e aran ce
g as ke ts
s e al i n g
g as ke ts
wi t h
s h al l
BX
g as ke ts
be twe e n
h ave
a
re l ati o n s h i p
u sed
th e
p ro vi d e
th e
l i m i te d
in
be
on
6B
fl an g e s
wi th
t yp e
R
g ro o ve s .
On l y BX
g as ke ts
s h al l
be
u sed
wi th
g ro o ve s .
a
p re s s u re - e n e rg i z e d
s e al
bu t
are
n ot
i n te rch an g e ab l e .
RX
g as ke ts
p ro vi d e
fl an g e s .
am o u n t o f
g ro o ve s
an d
p o s i t i ve
i n te rf e re n ce ,
th e re fo re
g as ke ts
wh i ch
s h al l
n ot
e n s u re s
be
t h at
th e
g as ke ts
are
co i n e d
i n to
a
re u s e d .
1 4.2.2 Design
1 4.2.2.1 Dimensions
Ri n g
g as ke ts
s h al l
D . 1 0 /T abl e
E. 1 0,
d i am e te r to
a
co n fo rm
an d
T ab l e
m ax i m u m
of
to
th e
d i m en si on s
D . 1 2 /Tab l e
0. 38
mm
E. 1 2
(0. 01 5
an d
an d
to l e ran ce s
s h al l
be
f l at
s p e ci fi e d
wi t h i n
a
in
Tabl e
to l e ran c e
D . 9 /Tab l e
of
0. 2
%
of
E. 9,
ri n g
T abl e
o u ts i d e
in.).
1 4.2.2.2 R and RX Gaskets
For oval type R gaskets, the surface finish shall be no rougher than 1 .6 μm Ra (63 μin
.
R M S)
on
th e
rad i u s e d
s u rf ace s .
For octagonal type R and RX gaskets, all 23° surfaces shall have a surface finish no rougher than 1 .6 μm Ra
(63 μin
.
RM S) .
1 4.2.2.3 BX Gaskets
Al l
23 °
E ach
s u rf ace s
BX
on
g as ke t
D . 1 2 /T abl e
E. 1 2.
BX
g as ke ts
s h al l
h a ve
s h al l
on e
h a ve
a s u rf ace
fi n i s h
p re s s u re - p as s ag e
no
h ol e
ro u g h e r t h an
d ri l l e d
0.8
th ro u g h
µm
i ts
Ra
(32
h ei g h t
µi n .
as
R M S) .
s h o wn
in
T abl e
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 4.2.3
1 07
Materials
1 4.2.3.1
General
1 4.2.3.1 .1
Gasket Material
Ri n g
g as ke t m ate ri al
s h al l
m eet
th e
Ri n g
g as ke t m ate ri al
s h al l
c o n fo rm
re q u i re m e n ts
to
t
of
S e cti o n
he manufacturer’
s
6.
wri tte n
s p e c i f i cati o n .
1 4.2.3.1 .2 Coatings and Platings
C o ati n g
N O TE
an d
p l ati n g
C o ati n g s
th i ckn e s s e s
an d
p l ati n g s
s h al l
m ay
be
be
0 . 01 3
e m p l o ye d
mm
to
(0. 0005
ai d
th e
in. )
s e al
m axi m u m .
e n g ag e m e n t
wh i l e
m i n i m i zi n g
g al l i n g
an d
to
e xte n d
s h e l f l i fe .
1 4.2.3.2 Material Qualification Testing
Th e
―
―
―
f o l l o wi n g
re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
ap p l y:
te n s i l e
te s ti n g :
n on e
re q u i re d ;
i m p act
te s ti n g :
n on e
re q u i re d ;
h ard n e s s
re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
be
as
g i ve n
in
Tab l e
27.
1 4.2.3.3 Processing
1 4.2.3.3.1
Th e
a)
Melting, Casting, and Hot Working
f o l l o wi n g
M e l ti n g
p racti ce s :
g as ke ts .
Th e
b an d i n g ,
b)
C as ti n g
c)
H ot
f rom
re q u i re m e n ts
pi pi n g ,
s h al l
C e n tri f u g al
tu b i n g
u se
s h al l
s e l e ct
p rac ti ce s
an d
th at
s p e ci f y th e
p ro d u ce
m e l ti n g
p racti ce ( s )
h om og en eou s
u sed
m ate ri al ,
to
fabri cate
fre e
from
ri n g
cracks ,
fl ake s .
p racti ce s :
p i e rce d
ap p l y.
m an u factu re r
sh op
an d
pract i ce s :
wo rki n g
Th e
m el t
s h al l
cas t i n g
W ro u g h t
o r p i pe ,
s h al l
p ro d u cts
ro l l e d
ri n g s ,
be
th e
s h al l
o n l y acce pt ab l e
be
o r ro l l e d
h ot
an d
wo rke d
we l d e d
m e th o d
of
th ro u g h o u t.
cas ti n g
Ri n g
ri n g
g as ke ts .
g as ke ts
m ay
be
m ad e
b ar o r p l at e .
1 4.2.3.3.2 Heat-treating
Al l
h e at- tre at i n g
H e at- tre atm e n t
Ri n g
g as ke ts
p ro ce s s i n g
of
p arts
s h al l
o p e rati o n s
s h al l
p ri o r t o
be
th e
be
s h al l
e i th er
fi n a l
p e rf o rm e d
be
in
a
e q u i p m e n t m e e ti n g
th e
ccordance with the manufacturer’
an n e al e d ,
m ach i n i n g .
wi t h
n o rm al i z e d ,
or
re q u i re m e n ts
s
wri tt e n
s o l u ti o n - tre ate d
as
of
6. 5.
s p e ci fi cati o n .
th e
l as t
s tag e
of
m ate ri al
1 08
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 4.2.3.3.3 Chemical Composition
Th e
ch e m i s try o f
ri n g
g as ke ts
s h al l
be
a
s described in the manufacturer’
s
wri tte n
s p e ci f i cati o n .
1 4.2.4 Quality Control/Testing
Th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
1 0. 4. 5
s h al l
ap p l y.
1 4.2.5 Marking
Ri n g
g as ke ts
s h al l
be
m arke d
as
s p e c i fi e d
in
Tab l e
39 .
Table 39 ―Marking for Ring Gaskets
Marking Requirement
D ate
Marking
o f m an u fac tu re
Manufacturer’
Ri n g
g as ke t
Ri n g
s
n am e
typ e
an d
g aske t m ate ri al
S o ft
( M o n th /Ye ar)
O u ts i d e
d i am e te r o f g as ke t
P MR
O u ts i d e
d i am e te r o f g as ke t
O u ts i d e
d i am e te r o f g as ke t
o r m ark
Example: “
n u m be r
Location
BX 1 55
”
co d e :
i ro n
Ou tsi d e d i am eter of g asket,
D
g as ke t
C arb o n
o r l o w- al l o y s te e l
S
typ e
wi th o u t
304
S tai n l e s s
s te e l
S304
31 6
S tai n l e s s
s te e l
S31 6
an d
n u m b e r,
fol l o wi n g
wi th
or
a d as h
E xam p l e s :
“R
D”
“RX 39 S31 6”
“BX
825”
24-
N i cke l
al l o y U N S
N 0 8 82 5
825
1 69-
O th e r C R A
m ate ri al s
(U N S
n u m b e r)
1 4.2.6 Storing and Shipping
G as ke ts
1 4.3
s h al l
be
s to re d
an d
sh i pped
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
S e cti o n
1 3.
Threaded Connectors
1 4.3.1 General
Th e
re q u i re m e n ts
app l y o n l y to
O th e r l o o s e
fo r
th o se
i n te g ral
th at
th re ad e d
are
end
en d
an d
th re ad e d
an d
o u tl e t
o u tl et
co n n e cto rs ,
acco rd i n g
to
co n n e cto rs
AP I
s h al l
i n cl u d i n g
th o s e
on
tu b i n g
an d
cas i n g
h an g e rs ,
s h al l
5B.
be
s p e ci f i e d
b y th e
m an u f actu re r .
1 4.3.2 Design
1 4.3.2.1 General
I n te rn a l
an d
app l i cab l e
a)
T h re ad
b)
as
I n te rn a l
th re ad
d i m en si on s
an d
to l e ra n ce s
s h al l
co n fo rm
to
AP I
5B
or
AS M E
B1 . 20. 1 ,
if
1 4. 3. 2. 3) .
l en g th s:
e x te rn al
an d
e x te rn al
(se e
th re ad
Th e
as
s ti p u l at e d
an d
l e n g th
s p e ci fi e d
in
AP I
e xte rn a l
of
in
i n te rn al
th e
th re ad s
f i g u re
s h al l
bel on g i n g
not
to
be
l ess
T abl e
th an
th e
D . 2 9 /Tab l e
e f f e cti ve
E. 29
an d
5B.
N PT
th re ad s
m e e ti n g
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
AS M E
B1 . 20. 1 .
t h re ad
T abl e
l e n g th ,
L
2
,
of
D . 3 0 /Tab l e
th e
E. 30
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 09
1
N O TE
1
P i pe
N O TE
2
Al th o u g h
sl i g h t
vari ati o n
th re ad s ,
in
g e n e ral - pu rp o s e
line
th re ad
p i pe
fo rm
th re ad s
can
in
( i n ch ) ,
m ay b e
ac co rd an ce
i n cre as e
we ar an d
u sed
wi th
fo r l i n e
AP I
5B
pi pe
an d
th re ad
N PT
te n d e n cy fo r g al l i n g
s i zes
th re ad s
afte r s e ve ral
38
are
mm
(1
/2
b as i cal l y
in.)
an d
s m al l e r.
i n te rch an g e ab l e ,
th e
m ake - u p s .
1 4.3.2.2 Thread Clearance
A
cl e aran ce
of
m inim um
J
l e n g th ,
,
as
i l l u s trate d
in
AP I
5B,
s h al l
be
p ro vi d e d
on
al l
i n te rn a l
th re ad e d
e q u i p m e n t.
1 4.3.2.3 Thread Counterbores
En d
an d
o u tl e t
cou n te rbo re .
m inim um
E. 30.
an
d e pth
I n te rn al
T abl e
co n n e cto rs ,
I n tern al
P
of
/2 ,
th re ad s ,
D . 2 9 /Tab l e
e q u i pp e d
th re ad s,
as
i l l u s trate d
f u rn i s h e d
E. 29
an d
wi t h
fu rn i s h e d
wi t h
T ab l e
in
a
i n te rn al
wi th o u t
th e
th re ad s ,
a
fi g u re
be l o n g i n g
cou n te rbore ,
D . 3 0 /T abl e
m ay b e
co u n terb ore ,
E. 30
shou l d
an d
th e
to
s u pp l i e d
sh ou l d
Tabl e
co n form
bottom
or
th e
D . 29 /Tabl e
to
of
wi t h
h ave
wi t h o u t
o u te r
E . 29
a
th re a d - e n tran ce
an g l e s
an d
of
Tab l e
th e co u n te rbore d i m e n s i o n s
th e
cou n terbo re
s h ou l d
be
4 5°
to
a
D . 3 0 /Tabl e
s pe ci fi e d
in
ch am fered
at
an g l e of 4 5 ° .
N OTE
As an
al te rn ati ve ,
co u n te rbo re d i m e n si on s m ay be
as speci fi ed
in
API
5B.
1 4.3.2.4 Thread Alignment
T h re ad s
of
th e
s h al l
al i g n
pro j e cte d
wi t h
th e
ax i s
of
th e
en d
co n n e cto r
wi th i n
a
to l e ra n ce
of

5. 0
m m /m
(

0. 06
i n . /f t)
or
0. 3°
ax i s .
1 4.3.2.5 End/Outlet Coupling Diameter
Th e
o u tl e t
th re ad e d
co u p l i n g
p art
at
d i am eter for th e
th e
d i am e te r
rate d
s p eci fi e d
s h al l
wo rki n g
be
of
pre s s u re.
s u ffi ci e n t
Th i s
d i am e te r
to
d i am eter s h al l
p ro vi d e
n o t be
l es s
fo r
th e
th an
th e
s tru ctu ral
tabu l ate d
i n te g ri t y
j oint
th re ad .
1 4.3.3 Materials
M ate ri al
re q u i re m e n ts
fo r th re ad e d
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
co n fo rm
to
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
1 4.3.4 Quality Control/Testing
T h re ad e d
co n n e cto rs
sh al l
m e et
sh al l
be
th e
app l i cabl e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
1 0 . 4. 2.
1 4.3.5 Marking
T h re ad e d
co n n e cto rs
m arke d
as
s p e ci f i e d
in
1 2. 5
an d
1 2. 6 .
1 4.3.6 Storing and Shipping
T h re ad e d
1 4.4
co n n e cto rs
sh al l
be
s to re d
an d
s h i p pe d
in
a cco rd an ce
Tees and Crosses
1 4.4.1 General
N O TE
R e q u i re m e n ts
fo r te e s
an d
c ro s s e s
are
g i ve n
in
1 4 . 4.
wi th
S e cti o n
1 3.
in
S e ct i o n
6.
of
th e
or co u pl i n g
1 1 0
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 4.4.2 Design
1 4.4.2.1 Nominal Size and Pressure Rating
N o m i n al
T abl e
si zes
an d
D . 1 4 /Tab l e
p re s s u re
E . 1 4,
wi t h
rati n g s
th e
fo r
tees
fo l l o wi n g
an d
3
mm
[ + 0 . 8 /0
mm]
1
(3
s h al l
o ve rs i z e
be
as
s peci fi e d
e n tran ce
b o re s
in
of
Tab l e
81
mm
D . 1 3 /Tab l e
[+ 0 . 8 /0
E. 1 3
an d
mm]
an d
1 08
an d
1 03
mm
1
/
(3
cro s s e s
e xce p ti o n :
in.
1 6
[+ 0 . 0 3 /0
in. ]
an d
4
/
4
in.
[+ 0 . 0 3 /0
in.])
are
al l o wab l e
fo r
79
mm
1
/
in.
8
(2000
an d
an d
psi ;
4
/
3 000
Tab l e
in. )
1 6
ps i
n o m i n al
an d
D . 2 3 /Tab l e
5000
si zes
ps i )
fo r
fo r
rate d
u se
wi th
wo rki n g
val ve s
p re s s u re s
wi th
o ve rs i z e
of
1 3. 8
b o re s
M P a;
as
20. 7
l i s te d
in
M Pa
T abl e
3 4. 5
M Pa
D . 2 2 /T abl e
an d
E. 22
E. 23.
1 4.4.2.2 End Connectors
Al l
en d
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
co n f o rm
to
1 4. 1
or 1 4. 9 .
1 4.4.2.3 Dimensions
B o re
an d
ce n te r- to - face
D . 1 4 /T abl e
d i m en si on s
s h al l
co n f o rm
to
th o s e
s h o wn
in
T abl e
D . 1 3 /Tabl e
E. 1 3
E . 1 4.
1 4.4.3 Materials
M ate ri al s
f o r te e s
an d
cro s s e s
s h al l
co n fo rm
to
S e ct i o n
6.
1 4.4.4 Quality Control/Testing
Te e s
an d
cro s s e s
s h al l
s u c ce s s fu l l y co m p l e te
s h al l
be
th e
t e s ts
re q u i re d
an d
d e s cri b e d
in
S e cti o n
1 1 .
1 4.4.5 Marking
Te e s
an d
cro s s e s
m arke d
as
s p e ci f i e d
in
S e ct i o n
1 2
an d
T ab l e
40.
Table 40—Marking for Tees and Crosses
Required Markings
AP I
Required Location(s)
6A or 6A
Te m p e ratu re
M ate ri al
P ro d u ct
D ate
cl ass ( e s )
s pe ci fi cati o n
S e ri al
En d
rati n g s
l e ve l
( P S L)
n am e
n u m be r (i f
an d /o r b o d y
si ze
an d
(i f
N am e pl ate
an d /o r b o d y
o r m ark
app l i cab l e )
ap p l i cab l e )
o u tl e t co n n e cto r s i z e
an d
R ate d
Ri n g
N am e pl ate
o f m an u factu re
Manufacturer’s
B o re
or
cl as s
wo rki n g
g ro o ve
H ard n e s s
an d
val u e s
n u m be r
N e ar e ach
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
(s e e
1 2. 8)
co n n e cto r
re q u i rem e n t m arki n g
is
n ot
re q u i re d
fo r te e s
co n n e cto r o r th re ad
Ad j ace n t
F O O TN O TE
P e rfo rm an ce
d i am e te r o f e ach
p re s s u re
typ e
te s t
o u ts i d e
an d
cros s e s .
to
te s t
l o cati o n
an d
T abl e
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 1 1
1 4.4.6 Storing and Shipping
Tees
an d
cro s s e s
s h al l
be
s to re d
an d
s h i pp e d
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
S e cti o n
1 3.
1 4.5 Bullplugs
1 4.5.1 General
Bu l l pl u g s
s h al l
m eet
th e
ap p l i ca b l e
re q u i re m e n ts
s p e ci f i e d
fo r l o o s e
co n n e cto rs .
1 4.5.2 Design
1 4.5.2.1 General
Th e
m ate ri al s
wo rki n g
an d
p re s s u re
d esi g n
an d
of
bu l l p l u g s
e x te rn al
l o ad
an d
th re a d e d
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
be
co n s i d e re d
in
d e te rm i n i n g
th e
cap aci t y.
1 4.5.2.2 Dimensions
Bu l l pl u g s
s h al l
s h al l
co n fo rm
co n f o rm
to
to
th e
d i m en si on s
an d
t o l e ra n ce s
in
T ab l e
D . 1 5 /Tabl e
E. 1 5.
Th re ad e d
co n n e cto rs
1 4. 3 .
1
Th i s
s p e ci f i cati o n
N O TE
s h al l
O th e r s i z e s
are
a p pl y to
o u ts i d e
bu l l pl u g s
th e
s co p e
/
in.
2
o f th i s
line
pi pe
or N PT
si ze
an d
l arg e r
up
to
4
in.
line
pi pe
si ze.
s p e ci fi cati o n .
1 4.5.2.3 Rated Working Pressure
1
Th e
rate d
T abl e
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
fo r
bu l l p l u g s
wi th
line
pi p e
or
N PT
th re a d s
/
in.
2
to
4
in.
s h al l
be
as
s pe ci fi e d
in
1 .
N O TE
B u l l pl u g s
p re s s u re s
are
of
s tro n g e r
o u ts i d e
th e
m ate ri al s ,
s co p e
of
th i s
l arg e r
th re ad
d i m ensi on s
an d /o r
l arg e r
d esi g n s
th at
are
rate d
fo r
h i g h er
wo rki n g
s p e ci fi cati o n .
1 4.5.2.4 Thread Engagement
T h re ad e d
m ati n g
co n n e ct o rs
p arts
in
s h al l
co n f o rm
co n f o rm an ce
wi th
to
1 4. 3 .
T abl e
Bu l l pl u g s
41 .
T h re ad
wi th
AP I
5B
co m p o u n d s
line
te s te d
pi pe
in
th re a d s
s h al l
acco rd a n ce
be
wi th
as s e m b l e d
AP I
5 A3
u sed.
Table 41 —Recommended Bullplug Installation Procedure
Size
Minimum Recommended Turns
Past Hand-tight Condition
a
in.
1
3
/2 ,
2
1
/4 ,
an d
th ro u g h
1
1
4
/2
2
F O O TN O TE S
Th re ad
a
com po u n d s
R e com m e n d e d
pre s s u re s
s om e
up
cas e s .
to
s h al l
be
in
s e rvi ce abl e
tu rn s
pas t
h an d - ti g h t
1 03. 5
M P a.
H o we ve r,
co n d i ti o n
is
to
n o rm al l y
re ti g h t e n i n g
pro vi d e
l e ak- fre e
s u ffi ci e n t
up
to
an
to
pe rfo rm an ce .
co n tai n
ad d i t i on al
rate d
on e
or
wo rki n g
two
tu rn s
pre s s u re
m ay
be
an d
te s t
re q u i re d
in
wi th
s h al l
be
1 1 2
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 4.5.3 Materials
Bu l l pl u g
in
m ate ri al
acco rd an ce
p re s s u re .
s h al l ,
wi t h
as
a
m inim um ,
m ate ri al
Bu l l pl u g s
s h al l
m eet
d e s i g n at i o n
be
m ate ri al
th e
60K
cl as s
fo r
DD,
re q u i re m e n ts
1 3. 8
FF,
M Pa
or
of
6. 2,
(20 00
PSL
ps i )
to
3
an d
69. 0
6. 3,
M Pa
PSL
3.
(1 0, 000
M ate ri al
ps i )
s h al l
be
rate d
wo rki n g
Th e
th re ad s
HH.
1 4.5.4 Quality Control/Testing
1 4.5.4.1 General
Bu l l pl u g s
N O TE
s h al l
P S Ls
m eet
are
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
n o t ap pl i cab l e
to
of
1 0 . 4. 1 0 .
bu l l pl u g s .
1 4.5.4.2 Coating
Bu l l pl u g
s h al l
be
th re ad s
g au g e d
s h al l
be
co ate d
to
m i n i m i ze
g al l i n g
an d
d e ve l o p
m ax i m u m
l e ak
re s i s tan ce .
af te r co at i n g .
1 4.5.5 Marking
Bullplugs shall be marked with “API 6A” or “6A” followed by the nominal size, material class
manufacturer’
s
n am e
o r m ark,
N O TE
1
B u l l pl u g s
m ay b e
N O TE
2
B u l l pl u g s
wi th
an
as
m arke d
i n te rn al
,
an d
a m inim um .
on
th e
e xp o s e d
h e x m ay b e
en d
m arke d
or on
on
th e
th e
fl at o f th e
s m al l e r,
h e x,
as
app l i cabl e .
n o n e xp o s e d
h e x.
1 4.5.6 Storing and Shipping
Bu l l pl u g s
s h al l
be
s to re d
an d
sh i p ped
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
S e cti o n
1 3.
1 4.6 Valve-removal Plugs
1 4.6.1 General
N O TE
1
N O TE
2
wi th
th e
N O TE
Val ve - re m o val
Val ve - re m o val
s tan d ard
3
p re p a rati o n s
pl u g s
d i m en s i o n s
H i g h - p re s s u re
of
val ve
in
an d
th i s
val ve - re m o val
s p e ci fi cati o n
are
pl u g s
n ot
are
s p e ci fi e d
d esi g n e d
fo r
in
u se
1 4. 6 .
wi th
te s t
an d
bl i n d
fl an g e s
m an u factu re d
1 4. 1 .
re m o val
( H P VR )
p re p arati o n s
m ay b e
u sed
fo r al l
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
o u tl e ts .
1 4.6.2 Design
1 4.6.2.1 General
Th e
VR
Th e
H P VR
I n te rn a l
d es i g n
s h al l
d esi g n
n ot be
s h al l
p re s s u re - re l i e f
p e rm i tte d
n ot
u sed
be
ch e ck
fo r val ve - re m o val
f o r o u t l e ts
u se d
fo r o u tl e ts
val ve s ,
pl u g s
rate d
bu t
rat e d
i n te rn a l
are
n ot
ab o ve
69. 0
a b o ve
t h re a d e d
s p e ci f i e d
in
M Pa (1 0, 000
1 3 8. 0
M Pa (2 0, 00 0
co n n e ct o rs ,
th i s
psi ) .
an d
s p e ci f i cati o n .
psi ) .
o th e r
i n te rn al
d e vi ce s
s h al l
be
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 1 3
1 4.6.2.2 Dimensions
VR
p re p arati o n
s i ze s
VR
s h al l
pl u g
s h al l
be
be
d i m en si on s
1 -in-1 6
d i m en si on s
1 -in-1 6
on
H P VR
p re p arat i o n
H P VR
pl u g
H P VR
pl u g
be
Acm e
in
acco rd an ce
be
in
acco rd an ce
d i a m e te r ( ref e re n ce
s h al l
f o rm
wi th i n
be
d i am e te r ( re f e re n ce
d i m en si on s
th re ad
in
s h al l
th e
s h al l
th e
d i m en si on s
co n ce n tri c
S tu b
on
s h al l
be
in
be
mm
acco rd a n ce
in. )
AS M E
Tab l e
΄
24
be
wi th
in
to tal
T abl e
D . 1 7 /T abl e
E . 1 7.
I n cl u d e d
th re a d
tap e r
fo r
al l
47΄ 24˝ with the centerline).
˝
acco rd an ce
s h al l
(0. 005
wi th
47
acco rd an ce
d i m en si on s
0. 1 3
in
wi th
1 °
wi t h
1 °
D . 1 6 /T abl e
wi th
th e
wi th
Ta b l e
T abl e
I n cl u d e d
D . 2 1 /T abl e
D . 2 0 /Tab l e
a cco rd an ce
i n d i cato r
E. 1 6.
th re ad
tap e r
fo r
al l
si zes
ce n te rl i n e ) .
wi th
re ad i n g .
E . 21 .
E. 20.
T abl e
H P VR
D . 2 0 /Tab l e
E. 20.
pl u g
f o rm
th re a d
Al l
d i am e te rs
d im en si on s
s h al l
s h al l
be
B 1 . 8.
1 4.6.3 Materials
Val ve - re m o va l - p l u g
M ate ri al
s h al l
re m o val
pl u g s
Th e
be
in
fo r
m ate ri al
acco rd an ce
s h al l
m ate ri al s
co n n e cto rs
bo d y
in
be
VR
Tabl e
m ate ri al
an d
s h al l ,
wi th
cl as s
H P VR
as
a
m ate ri al
DD,
m inim um ,
m eet
d e s i g n at i o n
FF,
60 K
PSL
fo r
3
VR
m ate ri al
pl u g s
re q u i re m e n ts
an d
75K
fo r
of
H P VR
6. 2
an d
pl u g s .
6. 3.
Va l ve -
or H H .
p re p arati o n s
s h al l
m eet
th e
m ate ri al
d e s i g n ati o n s
fo r
f l an g e d
i n te g ra l
en d
7.
1 4.6.4 Quality Control/Thread Gauging
1 4.6.4.1 Thread Gauging
VR
pl u g s
an d
pl u g
N O TE
1
VR
pl u g
N O TE
2
VR
pl u g s
H P VR
pl u g s
acco rd an ce
p re p ara ti o n s
p re p arati o n s
m ay b e
an d
pl u g
s h al l
m ay be
i n s pe cte d
be
d i m e n s i o n al l y
i n s p e cte d
in
p re parat i o n s
in
acco rd an ce
s h al l
be
i n s p e cte d .
acco rd an ce
wi th
Tab l e
wi th
Tab l e
D . 1 8 /Tab l e
d i m e n s i o n al l y
D . 1 9 /Tab l e
E. 1 9.
E. 1 8.
i n s p e cte d .
I n s p e cti o n
m e th o d s
s h al l
be
in
with the manufacturer’s documented procedures.
1 4.6.4.2 Coating
VR
pl u g
s h al l
be
t h re ad s
g au g e d
s h al l
be
co ate d
to
m i n i m i ze
g al l i n g
an d
d e ve l o p
m ax i m u m
l e ak
re s i s tan ce .
Th e
th re ad s
af te r c o at i n g .
1 4.6.4.3 Quality Control
Val ve - re m o va l
pl u g s
N O TE
1
P S Ls
N O TE
2
Th i s
are
s h al l
m eet
n o t ap pl i cab l e
s pe ci fi cati o n
d oes
th e
to
n ot
re q u i re m e n ts
val ve - re m o val
re q u i re
of
1 0. 4. 1 0 .
pl u g s .
p re s s u re
te s ti n g
fo r val ve - re m o val
p re parati o n s
an d
val ve - re m o val
pl u g s.
1 4.6.5 Marking
removal plugs shall be marked with “API 6A” or “6A” followed by the nominal size and “VR” for
psi) working pressure or “HPVR” for
manufacturer’
Val ve -
M Pa
an d
(1 0, 000
1 38. 0
s
n am e
o r m ark,
as
a m i n im um .
MPa
(20, 0 00
ps i )
wo rki n g
p re s s u re ,
m ate ri al
69 . 0
cl as s ,
1 1 4
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 4.6.6 Storing and Shipping
Val ve - re m o va l
1 4.7
pl u g s
s h al l
be
s to re d
an d
s h i p pe d
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
S e cti o n
1 3.
Top Connectors
1 4.7.1 General
N O TE
Li f t
1
To p
th re ad s
p u rp o s e s
N O TE
2
c o n n e cto rs
in
to p
th at p ro vi d e
co n n e c to rs
acc e s s
are
n ot
to
th e
tre e
d esi g n ed
b o re
fo r
are
co ve re d
p re s s u re
in
1 4. 7 .
co n t ai n m e n t
an d
s h al l
be
u sed
fo r
l i f ti n g
o n l y.
Th i s
s pe ci fi cati o n
is
n ot
app l i cab l e
to
th e s e
l i ft
th re ad s .
1 4.7.2 Design
1 4.7.2.1 General
To p
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
be
d esi g n ed
to
s a ti s f y th e
s e rvi ce
To p
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
be
d esi g n ed
to
s a ti s f y th e
re q u i re m e n ts
To p
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
co n fo rm
A
m e an s
s h al l
be
p ro vi d e d
to
th e
s u ch
re q u i re m e n ts
th at
an y
of
p re s s u re
co n d i ti o n s
5. 3,
of
5. 4,
5. 1 . 3
an d
u n d e rn e ath
s p e ci fi e d
an d
in
4. 3.
5. 1 . 4.
5. 5.
th e
to p
co n n e c to r
can
be
ve n te d
p ri o r
to
to p
co n n e cto r re l e as e .
1 4.7.2.2 Dimensions
To p
of
co n n e cto rs
1 4. 1 ,
To p
1 4. 2 ,
co n n e cto rs
N O TE
Fo r a
t h at
an d
u se
end
c o n n e cto rs
as
s p e ci f i e d
in
th i s
s p e c i f i cati o n
s h al l
c o n f o rm
to
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
1 4. 3.
th a t
u se
OECs
re co m m e n d e d
s h al l
s tan d ard
co n f o rm
d esi g n
of
to
to p
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
c o n n e cto r p arts
an d
of
1 4. 9 .
as s e m bl i e s ,
see
An n e x K.
1 4.7.3 Materials
P re s s u re - co n ta i n i n g
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
S tru ctu ra l
bol ti
an d
of
p arts
of
S e cti o n
s e al i n g
th e
to p
co n n e cto r
th at
com e
i n to
co n tact
wi th
i n te rn al
fl u i d s
s h al l
co n fo rm
to
al l
6.
m e m b e rs
of
ng, shall meet the manufacturer’
th e
s
to p
wri tte n
co n n e ct o r,
s u ch
s p e ci f i cati o n
in
as
ca p s ,
co l l ars ,
acco rd an ce
wi t h
h am m e r
n u ts ,
cl am p s ,
an d
6. 2.
1 4.7.4 Quality Control/Testing/Welding
1 4.7.4.1 Welding
An y
we l d i n g
re q u i re m e n ts
An y wel d i n g
p e rf o rm e d
of
7. 3
an d
perform ed
on
th e
p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
p arts
of
th e
to p
co n n e cto r
s h al l
co n fo rm
to
th e
7. 4.
on
th e s tru ctu ral
m em bers of th e top co n n ecto r s h al l
con fo rm
to th e re q u i rem en ts of 7. 2.
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 1 5
1 4.7.4.2 Quality Control
Q u al i t y
pl u g s )
c o n tro l
s h al l
Q u al i t y c o n tro l
an d
o th e r
AS TM
—
—
—
re q u i re m e n ts
co n f o rm
to
fo r th e
te n s i l e
te s ti n g ;
i m p act
te s ti n g ;
h ard n e s s
fo r
p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
re q u i re m e n ts
re q u i re m e n t s
l o a d - b e ari n g
E1 8
th e
of
fo r s tru ctu ral
p art s )
s h al l
p arts
of
th e
to p
co n n e cto r
(e. g .
bo d i e s
an d
b l a n ki n g
bo n n e t
n u ts ,
1 0. 4. 2.
m em b e rs
co n f o rm
to
th e
o f th e
to p
ap p l i cab l e
co n n e cto r m e m b e rs
re q u i re m e n ts
of
(e. g .
AS T M
A3 7 0 ,
AS T M
c l am p s ,
E1 0 ,
an d
f o l l o wi n g :
te s ti n g .
Acceptance criteria shall be in conformance with the manufacturer’s material specification.
Q u al i t y
c o n tro l
re q u i re m e n ts
fo r
ch e m i cal
co m p o s i ti o n
an al ys i s
an d
d i m e n s i o n al
i n s p e ct i o n
s h al l
be
in
conformance with the manufacturer’s material specification and other documented design requirements.
Q u al i t y c o n tro l
f o r cl o s u re
bo l ti n g
s h al l
Q u al i t y c o n tro l
f o r n o n i n te g ral
m e tal
Q u al i t y c o n tro l
f o r n o n m e tal l i c
s e al s
co n f o rm
s e al s
s h al l
to
s h al l
8. 3.
co n f o rm
co n f o rm
to
to
1 0 . 4. 5.
1 0 . 4. 6 .
1 4.7.4.3 Testing
To p
co n n e cto r as s e m b l i e s
s h al l
be
te s te d
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
S e ct i o n
1 1
(see
T abl e
33) .
1 4.7.5 Marking
Top
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
be
m arke d
as
s p e ci f i e d
in
S e cti o n
1 2
an d
T abl e
42.
1 4.7.6 Storage and Shipping
To p
co n n e cto rs
1 4.8
s h al l
be
s to re d
an d
s h i p pe d
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
S e cti o n
1 3.
Crossover Connectors
1 4.8.1 General
C ro s s o ve r
an d
co n n e ct o r
t yp e s
cro s s o ve r tu b i n g - h e a d
s h al l
i n cl u d e
ad ap te rs .
cro s s o ve r
s po o l s ,
m u l ti s tag e
cro s s o ve r
s poo l s ,
cro s s o ve r
ad ap te rs ,
1 1 6
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
—
Table 42 Marking for Top Connectors
Required Markings
AP I
Required Location(s)
6A or 6A
Te m p e ratu re
M ate ri al
P ro d u ct
D ate
cl as s ( e s )
or
rati n g s
c l as s
s pe ci fi cati o n
l e ve l
( P SL)
N am e pl ate
an d /o r b o d y
N am e pl ate
an d /o r b o d y
o f m an u factu re
Manufacturer’s
S e ri al
n am e
o r m ark
n u m b e r ( i f app l i cab l e )
Mi n i m u m
ve rti cal
b o re
N o m i n al
bo re
End
o u tl e t co n n e cto r s i z e
an d
R ate d
Ri n g
si ze
wo rki n g
g ro o ve
Th re ad
si ze
H ard n e s s
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
p re s su re
typ e
an d
val u e s
o u ts i d e
d i am e te r o f co n n e c to r
n u m b e r ( i f app l i cabl e )
( th re ad e d
te s t
an d
p ro d u cts
o n l y)
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
N am e pl ate
(see
1 2. 8)
an d /o r b o d y o r n e ar th re ad
Ad j ace n t
to
te s t
l o cati o n
FO O TN O TE
P e rfo rm an ce
re q u i rem e n t m arki n g
C ro s s o ve r co n n e cto rs
Th e
a)
f o l l o wi n g
C ro s s o ve r
be
rati n g
at
of
F i g u re
8
or
th e
as
A
n e ar
th e
l o we r
of
cas i n g
m e an s
at
e ach
an d
d)
tu bi n g
of
of
1 4. 1 4
f o r tu b i n g - h e ad
a d ap t e rs .
s tag e ,
th e
A
in
or
l o we r
th e
A
s u spe n d
a
tu b i n g
an d
s e al
s po o l .
co n n e cto r,
s e cti o n
m u l ti p l e
tu b i n g .
Th e
p e rm i tti n g
b e l o w.
F i g u re
to
s h al l
s poo l
aro u n d
Th e
s po o l
p e rm i tti n g
ab o ve
th e
a
a
s tri n g
s h al l
p re s s u re
re s tri cte d - are a
of
cas i n g
co n tai n
ra ti n g
s e al i n g
a
or
tu b i n g
an d
re s tri cte d - are a
g re at e r
m ean s
t h an
(see
th e
s h al l
s e al i n g
p re s s u re
F i g u re
7
an d
cro s s o ve r s p o o l s ) .
s po o l :
s poo l s ,
of
C ro s s o ve r
of
an d /o r
a d a p te r:
tu bi n g
e x am p l e
f ace
i m m e d i ate l y
C ro s s o ve r
fo r to p co n n e cto rs .
re q u i re m e n ts
s poo l
cas i n g
co n n e ct o r
l o we r co n n e ct o r ( s e e
c)
a
cro s s o ve r
s tri n g s
co n n e cto r
th e
cro s s o ve r
ei th er
fo r e x am p l e s
M u l t i s tag e
m eet
n o t re q u i re d
ap p l y.
s po o l :
i d e n ti fi e d
m e an s
b)
s h al l
s h al l
is
9
Th e
an
i n cre as e
u p per
f o r an
cro s s o ve r
al l o w
an
s tag e
cro s s o ve r
m u l ti s tag e
ad a p te r
on e
co n n e cto r
e x am p l e
i n cre as e
of
of
s h al l
in
s po o l
cro s s o ve r
or
m o re
s h al l
be
be
u se d
l e as t
co n ta i n
rati n g s
one
an d
a
s e al
g re a te r
p re s s u re
aro u n d
m u l ti p l e
re s tri cte d - are a
th an
rati n g
th e
g re ate r
s e al i n g
s ta g e
th a n
or
th e
cro s s o ve r s p o o l ) .
b e twe e n
rati n g
su s pen d
s h al l
p re s s u re
at
a m u l ti s tag e
p re s s u re
s h al l
s poo l
two
b e t we e n
cas i n g
th e
s po o l s ,
spool s
or
(see
b e t we e n
F i g u re
1 0
cas i n g
fo r
an
a cro s s o ve r ad ap te r) .
tu b i n g - h e ad
h ead
to
al l o w an
a d ap te r:
i n cre as e
A
in
cro s s o ve r
pre s s u re
tu b i n g - h e ad
ra ti n g
ad ap t e r
b e twe e n
th e
s h al l
t wo
be
(see
u sed
1 4. 1 4) .
b e t we e n
a
tre e
an d
th e
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 1 7
Key
1
u p p e r co n n e cto r o f
4
l o we r c o n n e cto r
7
l o we r- p re s s u re
2
re s tri cte d - are a p acko ff
th e
s po o l
5
spool
8
i n n e r cas i n g
3
ri n g
6
u p p e r- p re s s u re
9
te s t p o rt
g as ke t
rati n g
rati n g
Figure 7 —Crossover Spool with Restricted-area Packoff Supported by the Lower Head
Key
1
u p p e r co n n e cto r o f
4
l o we r co n n e c to r
7
l o we r- p re s s u re
2
re s tri cte d - are a p acko ff
5
s po ol
8
i n n e r cas i n g
3
ri n g
6
u p p e r- p re ss u re
9
te s t p o rt
g as ke t
th e
s po o l
rati n g
rati n g
Figure 8 —Crossover Spool with Restricted-area Packoff Supported by the Upper Spool
1 1 8
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Key
1
u p p e r co n n e cto r o f
7
s tag e
2
o u tl e t
8
h i g h e r- p re s s u re
3
re s tri cte d - are a p acko ff
9
s tag e
4
l o we r co n n e cto r
1 0
i n te rm e d i ate
5
i n n e r s tri n g
1
1 1
s tag e
6
i n n e r s tri n g
2
1 2
l o we r- p re s s u re
1 3
te s t p o rt
th e
s po o l
3
rati n g
2
p re s s u re
rati n g
1
rati n g
Figure 9 —Multistage Crossover Spool
Key
1
u p p e r co n n e cto r o f
7
s e co n d
2
re s tri cte d - are a p acko ff
th e
8
cro ss o ve r
3
ri n g
9
l o we r- p re s s u re
4
s e co n d
1 0
l o we r c o n n e cto r
5
spool
1 1
i n n e r cas i n g
6
u p p e r- p re s s u re
1 2
te s t p o rt
g as ke t
co n n e cto r
rati n g
s po o l
p re ss u re
Figure 1 0—Crossover Adapter
rati n g
rati n g
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 1 9
1 4.8.2 Design
1 4.8.2.1 Performance Requirements
C ro s s o ve r
F i g u re
9,
co n n e cto rs
o r F i g u re
C ro s s o ve r
o u tl i n e d
in
co n n e cto rs
Tab l e
s h al l
be
d es i g n ed
s h al l
m eet
to
be
u sed
in
an
as s e m b l y
as
i l l u s trate d
in
F i g u re
7,
F i g u re
8,
1 0.
th e
g e n e ral
re q u i re m e n ts
of
4. 2
an d
s h al l
be
capabl e
of
p e rf o rm i n g
as
43 .
—
Table 43 Performance Requirements for Crossover Connectors
Performance Requirement Level
Pressure Integrity
PR1
1
PR2
a
cycl e
3
cycl e s
F O O TN O TE
a
S h al l
s e al
rate d
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
i n te rn al l y.
1 4.8.2.2 End Connectors
En d
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
Th e
u pp e r co n n e cto r
co n f o rm
of
a
to
th e
cro s s o ve r s p o o l
1 4.8.2.3 Rated Working Pressure
Th e
s e cti o n
s u s tai n
be
th e
of
d es i g n ed
th e
u p pe r
Th e
th e
rat e d
to
bod y
s u s tai n
f ro m
n ot
th e
e xce e d
p acko ff
th e
an d
co n tai n m e n t
re q u i re m e n t s
of
of
be
1 4. 1 ,
at
re s tri cte d - are a
of
wo rki n g
on
s h al l
of
1 4. 3 ,
l e as t o n e
or 1 4. 9.
pre s s u re
rati n g
a b o ve
th e
l o we r co n n e cto r.
—Body
th e
p re s s u re
th e
acti n g
re s tri cte d - are a
tran s f e rre d
ab o ve
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
re q u i re m e n ts
th e
u ppe r
p re s s u re
of
th at
re s tri cte d - are a
i ts
re te n ti o n
th e
fu l l
5. 1 . 3
at
p ackoff
co n n e cto r.
of
a
cro s s o ve r
S e cti o n s
s e cti o n
pl u s
co n n e cto r
bel o w
an y
th e
s h al l
be
re s tri cte d - are a
p re s s u re - i n d u ce d
l o ad s
d esi g n ed
to
p acko ff
s h al l
re s u l t i n g
f ro m
p acko ff .
m e an s
wo rki n g
s h al l
p re s s u re
an y p art
of
th e
be
by
d es i g n ed
th e
bod y o r
u pper
l o we r
so
t h at
th e
co n n e cto r
p re s s u re - i n d u ce d
an d /o r
an y
u ppe r
l o ad s
s t ag e
do
co n n e cto r.
1 4.8.2.4 Restricted-area Packoffs
E ach
s h al l
cro s s o ve r
h a ve
d esi g n ed
Fo r
to
cas i n g
b y AP I
N OTE
In
at
Th e
g e n e ral ,
on e
m u l ti s tag e
tu b i n g
th e
si zes
th e
of
to l e ran ce
s h al l
casi n g
h as
spo o l ,
p acko ff.
cro s s o ve r
by
be
an d
AP I
per
tu bi n g
i n cre as e d
5 C T,
an
th e
o u tsi d e
to l e ran ce s
d i am e te rs
th i s
can
an d
p acko ffs
to
cro s s o ve r
s e al
on
tu b i n g - h e ad
cas i n g
vary
in
AP I
u sed
5CT
s h al l
( f o r e x am p l e ,
su bs tan ti al l y
affe ct e q u i p m e n t
between
a p pl y.
AP I
an d
re s tri cte d - are a
p acko ff s
tu b i n g
ad a p te r
sh al l
be
th e
For
s h al l
be
vari o u s
i n te rch an g e ab i l i ty.
d esi g n e d
to
c o n f o rm
to
si zes
n ot
co ve re d
5 L) .
1 4.8.2.5 Crossover Connectors and Restricted-area Packoffs
C ro s s o ve r co n n e cto rs
or
t o l e ran ce s .
i n d u s tr y s tan d ard
o ve r ti m e ;
a d ap t e r ,
R e s tri cte d - are a
o u ts i d e - d i am e te r p i p e
d e fi n ed
to l e ran c e s
tol eran ces
th e
cro s s o ve r
re s t ri cte d - are a
acco m m o d ate
or
5C T,
spo o l ,
l e as t
5. 1 . 3.
e d i ti o n s
of
API
5CT.
1 20
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 4.8.2.6 Test, Vent, Gauge, and Injection Connectors
T e s t,
ve n t,
g au g e ,
co n n e cto rs ,
s h al l
an d
h a ve
i n j e cti o n
a p re s s u re
co n n e ct o rs ,
rati n g
e q u al
to
l o cat e d
ab o ve
th e
o r g re ate r t h an
th e
re s tri cte d - are a
h i g h est
ra te d
p acko ff
wo rki n g
in
cro s s o ve r
p re s s u re .
1 4.8.3 Materials
P re s s u re - co n ta i n i n g
S e cti o n
p arts
t h at
co m e
i n to
co n tact
wi t h
i n te rn a l
fl u i d s
s h al l
co n f o rm
to
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
6.
S tru ctu ra l
an d
se al i n g
m em b
ers shall meet the manufacturer’
s
wri tte n
s p e c i f i cati o n
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
6. 2.
1 4.8.4 Quality Control/Testing
C ro s s o ve r co n n e cto rs
s h al l
s u cce s s f u l l y c o m p l e te
s h al l
be
th e
te s ti n g
re q u i re d
an d
d e s cri b e d
in
S e cti o n
1 1 .
1 4.8.5 Marking
C ro s s o ve r co n n e cto rs
m arke d
as
s p e ci f i e d
in
S e cti o n
1 2
an d
T abl e
4 4.
Table 44—Marking for Crossover Connectors
Required Markings
AP I
Required Location(s)
6A or 6A
Te m p e ratu re
M ate ri al
P ro d u ct
cl ass ( e s )
s pe ci fi cati o n
P e rfo rm an ce
D ate
or
rati n g s
cl as s
l e ve l
re q u i re m e n t
( P S L)
an d /o r b o d y
N am e pl ate
an d /o r b o d y
o f m an u factu re
Manufacturer’s
S e ri al
n am e
n u m be r (i f
o r m ark
app l i cab l e )
N o m i n al
bo re
En d
o u tl e t co n n e cto r s i z e
an d
si ze
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
an d
R ate d
wo rki n g
Th re ad
Ri n g
N am e pl ate
( P R)
si ze
g ro o ve
H ard n e s s
d i am e te r o f co n n e cto r
p re s s u re
( th re ad e d
typ e
te s t
o u ts i d e
an d
p ro d u cts
o n l y)
N am e pl ate ,
n u m be r
val u e s
N e ar e ach
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
(s e e
1 2. 8)
b o d y,
o r n e ar th re ad
co n n e cto r o r th re ad
Ad j ace n t
to
te s t
l o cati o n
1 4.8.6 Storing and Shipping
Al l
cro s s o ve r co n n e cto rs
1 4.9
s h al l
be
s t o re d
an d
sh i p ped
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
S e ct i o n
1 3.
Other End Connectors
1 4.9.1 General
N O TE
OE C s
d i m en si o n s
are
th at
m ay
be
n o t s p e ci fi e d
in
u s ed
th i s
fo r
j oi n i n g
s p e ci fi cati o n
p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
are
co ve re d
in
1 4. 9 .
1 4.9.2 Design
1 4.9.2.1 General
OECs
s h al l
be
cap ab l e
of
p e rf o rm i n g
as
o u tl i n e d
in
Ta b l e
45.
or
p re ss u re - co n tro l l i n g
eq u i pm e n t
an d
wh o s e
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 21
Table 45 —Performance Requirements for Other End Connectors
Performance Requirement Level
Pressure Integrity
PR1
1
PR2
3
Bending Moments Make-and-break
a
cycl e
b
c
c ycl e s
b
c
FO O TN O TE S
a
S h al l
s e al
rate d
wo rki n g
pre s s u re
Shall withstand manufacturer’
Shall withstand manufacturer’
b
c
i n te rn al l y.
s
rate d
s
m ake - an d - b re ak cycl es ,
ben d i n g
m om e n t s,
if
ap pl i cabl e .
i f ap pl i cabl e .
1 4.9.2.2 Nominal Size and Pressure Rating
OECs
th e
s h al l
si zes
be
d esi g n ed
s h o wn
in
wi th
th e
s am e
n o m i n al
si zes
an d
p re s s u re
rat i n g s
s h o wn
in
1 4. 1
o r,
if
app ro p ri ate ,
1 4. 3 .
1 4.9.2.3 Dimensions
No
d i m e n s i o n al
re q u i re m e n ts
fo r O E C s
s h al l
ap p l y e xce pt
as
in
1 4. 9 . 2. 2 .
1 4.9.3 Materials
OEC
m ate ri al s
sh al l
m eet
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
S e cti o n
6.
1 4.9.4 Quality Control/Testing
E q u i pm e n t
th at
s u b s e cti o n
of
N O TE
u ses
OECs
S e cti o n
H yd ro s tati c
s h al l
s u cce s s f u l l y
co m p l e te
th e
te s ts
re q u i re d
in
S e ct i o n
1 1
an d
th e
ap p ro p ri ate
1 4.
te s ti n g
is
not
re q u i re d
fo r
l o os e
OE C s .
1 4.9.5 Marking
OECs
s h al l
be
m arke d
wi th
th e
si ze
an d /o r p re s s u re
rati n g
fo l l o we d
by
“OEC ”
.
1 4.9.6 Storing and Shipping
OECs
1 4.1 0
s h al l
be
s to re d
an d
sh i p ped
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
S e cti o n
1 3.
Spools (Adapter and Spacer)
1 4.1 0.1 General
N O TE
Ad ap te r
m e m b e rs
an d
s poo l s
th at c an
S p ace r s p o o l s
s h al l
Ad a p te r s p o o l s
s h al l
an d
h ave
h ave
s p ace r
no
en d
h a ve
spoo l s
p ro vi s i o n
co n n e cto rs
en d
are
we l l h e ad
fo r s e al i n g
of
co n n e cto rs
of
th e
of
s e cti o n s
th at
h ave
no
p ro vi s i o n
fo r
su s p e n s i o n
of
tu b u l ar
tu b u l ar m e m b e rs .
s am e
d i f f e re n t
s i ze ,
rate d
s i ze s ,
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
p re s s u re ,
rati n g s ,
an d
d esi g n .
a n d /o r d e s i g n s .
1 4.1 0.2 Design
1 4.1 0.2.1 Rated Working Pressure
Th e
rate d
wo rki n g
co n n e cto rs
on
th e
p re s s u re
ad apt e r.
of
th e
ad ap te r
or
s p ace r
spool
s h al l
be
th e
l o we s t
rati n g
of
th e
en d
an d
o u tl e t
1 22
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 4.1 0.2.2 End and Outlet Connectors
N O TE
1 4. 3 ,
En d
an d
o r h ave
o u tl e t
OE C s
in
co n n e cto rs
acco rd an ce
m ay
wi th
be
1 4. 9
fl an g e d
o r cl am p
or
s tu d d e d
h u bs
in
in
acco rd an ce
acco rd an ce
wi th
wi th
AP I
1 4. 1 ,
th re ad e d
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
1 6 A.
1 4.1 0.3 Materials
M ate ri al s
s h al l
co n f o rm
to
S e cti o n
6.
1 4.1 0.4 Quality Control/Testing
Al l
ad apt e r an d
s p ace r s p o o l s
s h al l
p as s
th e
te s ts
of
S e cti o n
1 1 .
1 4.1 0.5 Marking
Spo o l s
s h al l
be
m arke d
as
s p e ci f i e d
in
S e cti o n
1 2
an d
Tab l e
46 .
Table 46—Marking for Spools
Required Markings
AP I
Required Location(s)
6A or 6A
Te m p e ratu re
M ate ri al
P ro d u ct
D ate
cl ass ( e s )
or
rati n g s
c l as s
s pe ci fi cati o n
l e ve l
( P S L)
Manufacturer’
S e ri al
s
n am e
n u m be r (i f
an d /o r b o d y
N am e pl ate
an d /o r b o d y
o r m ark
app l i cab l e )
N o m i n al
bo re
En d
o u tl e t co n n e cto r s i z e
an d
si ze
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
an d
R ate d
wo rki n g
Th re ad
Ri n g
N am e pl ate
o f m an u factu re
si ze
H ard n e s s
typ e
te s t
d i am e te r o f co n n e cto r
p re s su re
( th re ad e d
g ro o ve
o u ts i d e
an d
val u e s
p ro d u cts
o n l y)
N am e pl ate ,
n u m be r
N e ar e ach
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
(s e e
1 2. 8)
b o d y,
o r n e ar th re ad
co n n e cto r o r th re ad
Ad j ace n t
to
te s t
l o cati o n
F O O TN O TE
P e rfo rm an ce
re q u i rem e n t m arki n g
is
n ot
re q u i re d
fo r s p o o l s .
be
s to re d
an d
1 4.1 0.6 Storing and Shipping
Al l
ad apt e r an d
s p ace r s p o o l s
s h al l
sh i p ped
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
S e cti o n
1 3.
1 4.1 1 Valves
1 4.1 1 .1 General
1 4.1 1 .1 .1 Single Valves
Val ve s ,
g re ate r
m eet
al l
i n cl u d i n g
th an
th e
1 3. 8
actu ate d
M Pa
re q u i re m e n ts
N O TE
1
Val ve s
N O TE
2
S afe ty val ve s
s h u to f f
(2000
m ay b e
of
u s ed
are
ps i ) ,
an d
ch e ck
s h al l
S e cti o n
fo r we l l
ad d re ss e d
4
an d
co n tro l ,
in
val ve s ,
s at i s f y t h e
S e cti o n
fl o wl i n e
1 4. 1 7.
an d
val ve s
re q u i re m e n ts
wi th
rate d
s ti p u l ate d
in
wo rki n g
1 4. 1 1 . 2
p re s s u re s
to
1 4. 1 1 . 6.
5.
co n tro l ,
re p re s s u ri n g ,
an d
cycl i n g
s e rvi ce s .
e q u al
to
Val ve s
an d
s h al l
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 23
1 4.1 1 .1 .2 Multiple Valves
M u l ti pl e
th e
val ve s
s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts
M u l ti pl e
b o d y.
val ve s
M u l ti pl e
N O TE
1
M u l ti pl e
N O TE
s h al l
M u l ti p l e
wi n g
val ve s
2
An
be
val ve s
co n n e ct o rs
i n cl u d e i n teg ral
s ati s f y
S e cti o n
va l ve s
M u l t i p l e - s tri n g
m u l ti p l e
of
be
s h al l
e xam p l e
of
g at e ,
d u al ,
s ti p u l ate d
in
1 4. 1 1 . 2
to
1 4. 1 1 . 6.
M u l ti pl e
val ve s
s h al l
m eet
al l
5.
bal l ,
or
pl u g
val ve s
arr an g e m en t
tri p l e ,
q u ad ru p l e ,
of
th at
h ave
va l ve s
an d
t wo
or
co ve re d
q u i n tu p l e
m o re
val ve s
in
a
si n g l e
u n i ti z e d
by 1 4. 1 1 . 2 .
p aral l e l
b o re s
te rm i n ati n g
in
si n g l e
or
en d .
m ay
m eet
S e cti o n
a co m p o s i te
h ave
at e ach
val ves i n
s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts
an d
f u l l - b o re ,
s h al l
val ve s
th e
4
i n co rp o rate
o u tl e t
th e ou tl et bores.
al l
th e
a m u l ti p l e
d esi g n
val ve
b o re s
an d
o u tl e t
co n n e c to rs
in
ad d i ti o n
Ou tl e t bores are typi cal l y at 90 ° or 45 ° wi th
re q u i re m e n ts
co n fi g u rati o n
is
of
val ve s
s h o wn
in
in
1 4. 1 1 . 2,
F i g u re
to
th e
en d
co n n e cto rs
an d
m ay
respe ct to th e m ai n con d u i t b ores.
u n l ess
o th e rwi s e
i n d i cate d .
1 1 .
Figure 1 1 —Single-string and Dual-string Multiple Valve Assemblies
1 4.1 1 .1 .3 Actuated Valves
Actu at e d
N O TE
pl u g
1
typ e
N O TE
2
va l ve s
s h al l
Actu ate d
val ve s ,
be
val ve s
o r bal l
p r o vi d e d
can
type
be
wi th
fl an g e d ,
an
actu ato r t o
th re ad e d ,
or
o th e r
val ve s .
Actu ato r s p e ci fi cati o n s
are
co n tai n e d
in
a u to m ati cal l y o pe n
1 4. 1 6 .
e n d - co n n e cte d ,
o r cl o s e
fu l l - b o re
or
th e
val ve .
re d u ce d - o pe n i n g ,
g ate
val ve s ,
1 24
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 4.1 1 .1 .4 Valves Prepared for Actuators
Val ve s ,
i n cl u d i n g
as s e m b l e d
s e al s ,
s h al l
actu ato r,
wi th
be
s h al l
m u l ti p l e ,
th e
p re p are d
actu ato r.
p art
of
e i th e r
m eet
al l
th e
Th e
th e
fo r
actu ato rs
va l ve
va l ve
bo n n e t
or
re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
actu ato r.
of
i n cl u d e
as s e m b l y,
actu at e d
Th e
al l
p arts
i n cl u d i n g
val ve
re q u i re d
as s o ci ate d
p re p are d
fo r
to
p ro p e rl y
p arts ,
actu ato r,
if
s u ch
f u n cti o n
as
wh e n
s te m
as s e m b l e d
wi th
val ve s .
1 4.1 1 .1 .5 Check Valves
C h e ck val ve s
sh al l
be
N O TE
1
Th e
N O TE
2
C h e ck val ve s
—
—
—
val ve s
re g u l ar s wi n g
fu l l - o p e n i n g
re g u l ar l i ft
of
th e
m ay be
fu rn i s h e d
F i g u re
ch e ck ( s e e
ch e ck ( s e e
an d
fu l l - o pe n i n g
m ay b e
ch e ck (s e e
s wi n g
s wi n g
Fi g u re
l i ft
ch e ck t yp e s .
o r re d u ce d - o pe n i n g
in
th e
fo l l o wi n g
an d
are
u sed
to
pe rm i t
typ e s :
1 2);
F i g u re
1 3) ;
1 4) .
Key
1
co ve r cl o s u re
4
disc
2
co ve r
5
se at
3
bod y
6
su p p o rt
a
b
F ace - to - face
D i re cti o n
of
b o l ti n g
ri n g
ri bs
or l eg s
d i m en si o n .
fl o w.
Figure 1 2 —Regular Swing Check Valve
fl u i d
fl o w i n
on l y on e
d i re cti o n .
an d
th e
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
Key
1
co ve r c l o s u re
4
disc
2
co ve r
5
se at
3
bod y
6
su p p o rt
a
b
F ace - to - face
D i re cti o n
of
b o l ti n g
ri n g
ri bs
or l eg s
d i m en si o n .
fl o w.
Figure 1 3 —Full-opening Swing Check Valve
Key
1
co ve r c l o s u re
2
co ve r
3
bod y
a
b
F ace - to - face
D i re cti o n
of
b o l ti n g
4
p i s to n
5
se at
ri n g
d i m en si o n .
fl o w.
Figure 1 4—Regular Lift Check Valve
1 25
1 26
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 4.1 1 .2 Design
1 4.1 1 .2.1 Performance Requirements
Val ve s
Th i s
s h al l
m eet
i n cl u d e s
th e
g e n e ral
p e rf o rm an ce
m an u al l y actu ate d
val ve s
an d
re q u i re m e n ts
val ve s
of
d esi g n ed
4. 2
wh e n
o p e rati n g
as
i n d i cate d
in
Tab l e
47.
fo r actu at o rs .
Table 47—Operating Cycle Requirements for Valves
Performance Requirement Level
Operating Cycles
PR1
3
PR2
cycl e s
200
cycl e s
1 4.1 1 .2.2 Dimensions
1 4.1 1 .2.2.1 Single Valves
Th e
a)
f o l l o wi n g
N o m i n al
s h al l
si ze:
D . 2 3 /Tab l e
b)
2)
Th e
h o ri z o n t al
F l an g e d
of
4)
wi t h
val ve s
F u l l - b o re
g ate s
T abl e
or
th e
F l an g e d
an d
s tu d d e d
wi th
g ate
th e
n o m i n al
va l ve
si ze
in
T abl e
D . 2 2 /Tab l e
E . 22
an d
T abl e
OECs
i n te rn al
va l ve
face - to - f ace
T abl e
n o t l i s te d
wi th
g at e
or
in
va l ve :
E. 23,
th e
OEC :
s tu d d e d
be
d efi n e d
as
m ach i n e d
d i m en si on s
D . 2 3 /T abl e
co n n e cto r
or
s h al l
be t we e n
as
s h al l
th e
l on g est
o ve ra l l
d i s tan ce
m e as u re d
on
s u rf ace s .
co rre s p o n d
to
th e
d i m en si on s
s h o wn
in
T abl e
ap p l i cab l e .
tab l e s
sh al l
T h e re
are
be
no
p e r m an u f actu re r re q u i re m e n ts .
re q u i re m e n ts
fo r
th e
f ace - to - face
d i m en si on s
co n n e cto rs .
T h e re
are
no
re q u i re m e n ts
fo r
f ace - to - f ace
d i m en si on s
of
re d u ce d -
val ve s .
val ve s :
pl u g s,
of
d i m en si on s
Al l
an d
D . 2 2 /T abl e
re l ate d
by
d i m en si on
R e d u ce d - o p e n i n g
o pe n i n g
c)
i d e n ti f i e d
f ace - to - f ace
E . 22
F ace - to - f ace
Val ve s
be
ce n te rl i n e
val ve s :
D . 2 2 /T abl e
3)
s h al l
di m en si on s.
G e n e ral :
th e
Va l ve s
E . 23.
F ace - to - f ace
1 )
ap p l y.
f u l l - b o re
en d
E . 22
p arts
va l ve s
co n n e cto rs .
an d
sh al l
T abl e
h ave
s h al l
h ave
Bod y
b o re
D . 2 3 /T abl e
th e
s am e
ro u n d
p as s ag e wa ys
d i am e te r
E. 23.
d i m en si on s
Th e
s h al l
b o re
( b o re s )
co n fo rm
to
d i am e te r
of
t h ro u g h
th e
b o re
s e at s ,
th e
bo d i e s,
d i m en si on s
g ate s ,
pl u g s ,
s e ats ,
g i ve n
or
in
o th e r
o r l arg e r.
1 4.1 1 .2.2.2 Multiple Valves
Th e
a)
f o l l o wi n g
s h al l
ap p l y.
Val ve
si ze:
T ab l e
g i ve n
b o re
ce n te r- to - ce n t e r,
f u rn i s h e d
on
th e
ce n te r- to - ce n te r.
D . 2 5 /T abl e
s p e ci f i e d
E. 25
or
an d
f l an g e
T ab l e
ce n te r
ce n te r- to - ce n t e r.
A l arg e r f l an g e
m ay b e
D . 2 6 /T abl e
to
Th e
u sed .
b o re
f l an g e
E . 26
ce n t e r.
s h o wn
s p e ci f y
S m al l e r
is
th e
th e
m axi m u m
val ve
n o m i n al - s i ze d
m in im um
re q u i re d
si ze
val ve s
fo r
a
fo r
m ay
a
be
s p e ci f i e d
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
b)
E n d - to- en d
N O TE
c)
B o re
d i m en si on s:
Th e re
are
l o cat i o n s :
B as e d
on
th e
acco rd i n g
1 27
to
no
e n d - to - e n d
Di m en si on s
ce n te rl i n e
T ab l e
of
d i m en s i on
s h al l
th e
D . 2 5 /Tab l e
be
re q u i re m e n ts
m e as u re d
en d
from
co n n e cto rs ,
E. 25
an d
T abl e
fo r m u l ti p l e
val ve s .
e n d - co n n e cto r ce n te r.
th e
s e ve ra l
D . 2 6 /T abl e
b o re s
of
th e
m u l ti p l e
va l ve
s h al l
be
l o c ate d
E. 2 6.
1 4.1 1 .2.2.3 Actuated Valves
Val ve s
s h al l
N O TE
as
A
part
m eet
th e
p ro vi s i o n
o f e i th e r th e
fo r
re q u i re m e n ts
re l i e f
val ve
of
of
p re s s u re
1 4. 1 1 . 2 . 2 . 1 .
bu i l d -u p
m ay
Ac tu ato rs
be
i n cl u d e d
sh al l
in
th e
m eet
val ve
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
bon n et
as s e m b l y
of
1 4. 1 6. 2.
( an d
as s o ci ate d
p arts )
o r actu ato r.
1 4.1 1 .2.2.4 Valves Prepared for Actuators
Val ve s
p re p are d
f o r actu ato rs
s h al l
m eet
th e
ap p l i cab l e
re q u i re m e n ts
f o r actu ate d
val ve s .
1 4.1 1 .2.2.5 Check Valves
Th e
a)
f o l l o wi n g
N o m i n al
s h al l
si ze:
ap p l y.
C h e ck
va l ve s
s h al l
be
i d e n ti f i e d
b y th e
n o m i n al
val ve
si ze
in
co l u m n
1
of
T abl e
D . 2 4 /T abl e
E . 24.
b)
F ace - to - f ace
th e
c)
B o re s ,
—
of
th e
s h o wn
in
fo l l o wi n g
Fu l l - o pe n i n g :
B o re
—
d i m en si on :
d i m en si on s
Al l
Th e
f ace - to - f ace
Tabl e
d i m en si on
D . 2 4 /T abl e
fo r
f l an g e d
en d
ch e ck
val ve s
s h al l
co rre s p o n d
to
E . 2 4.
t yp e s .
f u l l - o pe n i n g
d i am e te r s h al l
co n f o rm
va l ve s
to
th e
s h al l
bo re
h ave
ro u n d
d i m en si on s
p as s ag e wa ys
g i ve n
in
T ab l e
th ro u g h
D . 2 4 /Tab l e
th e
bo d y
an d
s e ats .
E . 24.
R e d u ce d - o p e n i n g :
N O TE
s i ze d
R e g u l ar- l i ft
at
th e
o p ti o n
an d
of
th e
s wi n g
ch e ck val ve s
are
cu s to m ari l y
m ad e
wi th
re d u ce d
b o re s
th ro u g h
th e
s e at
an d
are
m an u factu re r.
1 4.1 1 .2.3 Flanged End and Outlet Connectors
Val ve
en d
S tu d d e d
Fo r
f l an g e s
en d
s h al l
co n n e cto rs
m u l ti p l e - s tri n g
i n d i vi d u al
N O TE
b o re
En d
co n n e cto r
is
is
a
u sed
of
typ i cal l y
val ve
s h al l
val ve s ,
s e al s
co n n e cto rs
si ze
l o we rm o s t tre e
co n f o rm
to
co n f o rm
p ai r
in
th e
en d
m u l ti p l e
of
to
bol t
th e
val ve s
by
m ay
th e
of
1 4. 1 .
re q u i re m e n ts
h ol es
co n n e cto rs
d e te rm i n e d
be i n g
re q u i re m e n ts
in
of
b o th
en d
of
fl an g e s
m u l ti p l e - s tri n g
h ave
a
n o m i n al
l arg e r
s i ze
of
1 4. 1 . 2. 5.
s h al l
val ve s
n o m i n al
th e
si z e
tu b i n g
s trad d l e
s h al l
th an
h e ad
be
th e
or
th e
co n d u i t
val ve s
s h al l
attach e d .
h ave
line
pi pe,
cas i n g ,
or
tu b i n g
th re ad s
co n f o rm i n g
to
b y th e
bo re ( s ) .
tu b i n g - h e ad
1 4.1 1 .2.4 Threaded End and Outlet Connectors
T h re ad e d
co m m o n
s p e ci fi e d
1 4. 3 .
ce n te rl i n e .
Th e
m an u factu re r.
Th e
ad ap te r
b o tto m
to
wh i ch
en d
th e
1 28
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1
T h re ad e d
wo rki n g
wi th
val ve s
s h al l
p re s s u re s
of
be
1 3. 8
s u ppl i e d
M Pa,
on l y
20. 7
in
M P a,
si zes
an d
of
52
3 4. 5
mm
M Pa
to
1 03
(200 0
mm
ps i ;
3 000
1
/
(2
in.
1 6
psi
to
an d
4
/
in. )
1 6
5000
an d
psi )
in
fo r
rate d
acco rd an c e
4. 3. 1 .
1 4.1 1 .2.5 Other End Connectors
OECs
s h al l
co n f o rm
to
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
1 4. 9 .
1 4.1 1 .2.6 Stuffing Boxes
Open
s l o ts
in
g l an d s
o r s tu ff i n g
box
f l an g e s
s h al l
n ot
be
pe rm i tte d .
1 4.1 1 .2.7 Backseat
F o r g ate
val ve s ,
a
b acks e at
o r o th e r m e an s
f o r re - e s tab l i s h i n g
a s te m
s e al
s h al l
be
pro vi d e d .
1 4.1 1 .2.8 Direction of Operation
M e ch an i cal l y
d i re cti o n
to
o p e rate d
val ve s
s h al l
be
t u rn e d
in
th e
an ti c l o ckwi s e
d i re cti o n
to
o pe n
an d
th e
cl o ckwi s e
cl o s e .
1 4.1 1 .2.9 Operating Mechanisms
M an u al l y
va l ve
s h al l
at
o p e rat e d
th e
be
rate d
f u rn i s h e d
m ech an i s m .
Al l
g at e
va l ve s
wo rki n g
wi t h
a
s h al l
p re s s u re
be
s u ppl i e d
wi t h o u t
wre n ch - o pe ra te d
h an d wh e e l s
s h al l
be
th e
(or
wi th
ai d
a
of
h an d wh e e l
to o l s
or
b ar- o p e rate d )
re p l ace ab l e
wh i l e
in
th at
b ars .
p e rm i ts
M an u al l y
m e ch an i s m
or
o pe n i n g
o p e rate d
wi t h
a
an d
pl u g
cl o s i n g
an d
b al l
of
th e
va l ve s
h an d wh e e l - actu a te d
g e ar
s e rvi ce .
1 4.1 1 .2.1 0 Operating Gears
Desi g n
of
p re s s u re
th e
g e are d
d i f f e re n ti al
1 4.1 1 .2.1 1
o p e rati n g
wi th o u t
m e ch an i s m
ai d
of
to o l s
s h al l
p e rm i t
ope n i n g
an d
cl osi n g
of
th e
va l ve
at
th e
rate d
wo rki n g
o r b ars .
Reduced-opening Valves
M an u f actu re rs
s h al l
d o cu m e n t
fl o w ch aracte ri s t i cs
an d
p re s s u re
d ro p
f o r re d u ce d - o p e n i n g
val ve s .
1 4.1 1 .2.1 2 Test Port
Fo r
m u l ti p l e
co n n e cto r
Th i s
te s t
s tri n g
face
po rt
val ve s ,
b e t we e n
s h al l
be
as
th e
th e
l o we r
b o re
s p e ci f i e d
en d
s e al s
in
co n n e cto r
an d
en d
s h al l
h ave
co n n e cto r
a
s e al
te s t
to
p o rt
th e
e x te n d i n g
o u ts i d e
f rom
d i am e te r
a
of
po i n t
th e
on
th e
co n n e cto r.
9. 3.
1 4.1 1 .3 Materials
1 4.1 1 .3.1 Single, Multiple, and Check Valves
Si n g l e,
m u l ti p l e ,
m ech an i s m s ,
an d
an d
c h e ck
s te m s
s h al l
val ve
m eet
m ate ri al s
th e
fo r
bo d i e s,
re q u i re m e n ts
of
b o n n e ts ,
S e cti o n
en d
co n n e cto rs ,
val ve
6.
1 4.1 1 .3.2 Actuated Valves
M ate ri al
fo r actu ate d
val ve s
s h al l
m eet
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
S e cti o n
6
or
1 4. 1 6,
as
app l i cab l e .
b o re
s e al i n g
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 29
1 4.1 1 .3.3 Valves Prepared for Actuators
Val ve s
p re p are d
f o r actu ato rs
s h al l
m eet
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
1 4. 1 1 . 3 . 1 .
1 4.1 1 .4 Quality Control/Testing
1 4.1 1 .4.1 Single Valves
1 4.1 1 .4.1 .1 Drift Test
Al l
as s e m b l e d
fu l l - b o re
va l ve s
s h al l
p as s
a
d ri ft
te s t
as
d e s cri b e d
in
1 1 . 4.
1 4.1 1 .4.1 .2 Acceptance Testing
Al l
as s e m b l e d
val ve s
s h al l
s u cce s s fu l l y co m p l e t e
al l
a p pl i cab l e
te s ts
re q u i re d
an d
d e s cri b e d
in
S e cti o n
1 1 .
1 4.1 1 .4.2 Multiple Valves
Th e
re q u i re m e n ts
Ad d i ti o n al l y,
e ach
of
1 4. 1 1 . 4. 1
co n d u i t
sh al l
b o re
of
ap p l y.
a m u l ti p l e - s tri n g
val ve
s h al l
be
d ri f t
te s te d .
1 4.1 1 .4.3 Actuated Valves
As s e m b l e d
S e cti o n
actu ate d
val ve s
s h al l
s u cce s s f u l l y
co m p l e te
al l
ap p l i cab l e
t e s ts
re q u i re d
by
an d
d e s cri b e d
in
1 1 .
1 4.1 1 .4.4 Valves Prepared for Actuators
Val ve s
p re p are d
as s e m b l y
is
n ot
as s e m b l y wi th
N O TE
fo r
actu at o rs
i n cl u d e d
th e
R e q u i re d
wi th
s h al l
th e
s u cce s s f u l l y
val ve
as
a
p as s
u n i t,
al l
ap p l i cab l e
b ac ks e at
te s ti n g
te s ts
is
n ot
s p e ci f i e d
in
re q u i re d ,
bu t
S e cti o n
s h al l
1 1 .
be
If
a
bon n et
p e rf o rm e d
at
d e s cri b e d
in
actu ato r.
te s ti n g
m ay b e
pe rfo rm e d
u si n g
th e
te s t
fi xtu re s
in
l i eu
o f th e
b o n n e t an d
actu ato r.
1 4.1 1 .4.5 Check Valves
1 4.1 1 .4.5.1 Drift Test
N O TE
C h e ck val ve s
do
n ot
re q u i re
a d ri ft
te s t.
1 4.1 1 .4.5.2 Acceptance Testing
Al l
as s e m b l e d
S e cti o n
ch e ck
val ve s
s h al l
s u cce s s f u l l y
co m p l e te
al l
app l i ca b l e
te s ts
re q u i re d
an d
1 1 .
1 4.1 1 .5 Marking
Val ve s ,
m u l ti p l e
s p e ci f i e d
in
va l ve s ,
S e cti o n
1 2
act u ate d
an d
T abl e
va l ve s ,
48 .
val ve s
p re p are d
fo r
actu ato rs ,
an d
ch e ck val ve s
s h al l
be
m arke d
as
1 30
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Table 48—Marking for Valves
Required Markings
AP I
a, b
6A or 6A
Te m p e ratu re
M ate ri al
Required Location(s)
cl as s ( e s )
o r rati n g s
cl as s
P ro d u ct
s pe ci fi cati o n
l e ve l
( P S L)
N am e pl ate
P e rfo rm an ce
D ate
re q u i re m e n ts
o f m an u factu re
Manufacturer’
S e ri al
s
n am e
n u m be r (i f
R ate d
wo rki n g
N o m i n al
bo re
o r m ark
app l i cab l e )
p re s s u re
N am e pl ate
d
si ze (s )
an d /o r b o d y an d
e ach
En d
an d
Th re ad
Ri n g
an d /o r b o d y
c
(PR)
o u ts i d e
d i am e te r o f
co n n e cto r
o u tl e t co n n e cto r s i z e
si ze
( th re ad e d
g ro o ve
typ e
F l o w d i re cti o n
D i re cti o n
an d
p ro d u cts
( ch e ck an d
te s t
val u e s
N am e pl ate ,
n u m ber
o f m o ve m e n t
H ard n e s s
o n l y)
to
N e ar e ach
u n i d i re cti o n al
val ve s
b o d y,
co n n e cto r o r th re ad
o n l y)
On
open
On
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
(s e e
1 2. 8)
o r n e ar th re ad
bod y
h an d wh e e l
Ad j ace n t
to
te s t
l o cati o n
F O O TN O TE S
a
b
Fo r val ve s
Val ves
of
c
d
th i s
th at
sati s fy th e
m arki n g s
m u l t i p l e - b o re
1
(e. g .
3
fo r actu at o rs ,
m
req u i rem en ts
ark the letter “V” after “API 6A” or “6A ”
.
of AP I
6FA can
be
m arke d
per
th e
re q u i re m e n t s
th e re i n
6
x
2
are
P R1 ,
val ve s
1
/1
9
/1
6
,
2
PR2 ,
h avi n g
o r P R 2 F,
u n e q u al
as
bo re
ap pl i cabl e.
si zes,
S ee
val ve s
1 4. 1 7. 5
s h al l
be
fo r S S V,
U S V,
d e s i g n ate d
ad d i ti o n
to
th e
re q u i rem e n ts
in
d e cre as i n g
by
th e
val ve s
th e
be
d es i g n ate d
n o m i n al
bo re
si zes
1
/1
6
x
2
n u m be r of
s h al l
o r B S DV.
by
/1
6
).
Fo r
val ve s
h avi n g
e q u al
b o re
si zes,
val ve s
s h al l
1
fo l l o we d
Actu ate d
in
s ecti o n .
Al l o wabl e
Fo r
pre pare d
be
bo re s
(e . g .
m arke d
as
2
9
/1
6
q u ad )
o r b y i d e n ti fyi n g
s p e ci f i e d
in
S e cti o n
al l
1 2
bo re
an d
s i z es
(e. g .
T abl e
2
by
th e
n o m i n al
bo re
s i ze
9
/1
6
x 2
/1
6
).
49.
Table 49 —Marking for Actuated Valves (Assemblies of Actuators with Valves Prepared for Actuators)
Required Markings
D ate
of
N am e
fi n al
of
Lo cati o n
Required Location(s)
acce p tan ce
m an u factu re r
Tag
o r n am e p l ate
o f m an u factu re r
1 4.1 1 .6 Storing and Shipping
Al l
val ve s
s h al l
be
s to re d
an d
s h i ppe d
in
acco rd a n ce
wi th
S e ct i o n
1 3.
1 4.1 2 Back-pressure Valves
1 4.1 2.1 General
B ack- p re s s u re
val ve s
sh al l
m eet
th e
ap p l i cab l e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
tu b i n g
h an g e rs
(see
1 4. 1 3 ) .
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 31
1 4.1 2.2 Design
B ack- p re s s u re
val ve
h ave
to
s h al l
a
f e atu re
be
d es
ign shall meet the manufacturer’
e n ab l e
f u rn i s h e d
to
th e
d e te cti o n
of
i n te rn al
p re s s u re .
s
s p e ci f i e d
An
re q u i re m e n t s .
o p e rati n g
p ro ce d u re
B ack- p re s s u re
fo r
th e
val ve
b ack - p re s s u re
s h al l
val ve
p u rch as e r.
1 4.1 2.3 Materials
Bod y
m ate ri al
M ate ri al
s h al l ,
as
fo r o th e r p arts
a
m i n im um ,
s h al l
be
in
a
m eet
th e
ap p l i cab l e
re q u i re m e n ts
ccordance with the manufacturer’
s
of
1 4. 1 3 . 3 ,
wri tte n
PSL
3
tu b i n g
h a n g e rs .
s p e c i f i cati o n s .
1 4.1 2.4 Quality Control/Testing
B ack- p re s s u re
N O TE
P S Ls
val ve s
are
sh al l
m eet
n o t ap pl i cab l e
to
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
b ack- p re s s u re
of
S e cti o n
1 0 . 4. 1 0 .
val ve s .
1 4.1 2.5 Marking
B ack-
pressure valves shall be marked with “API 6A” or “6A” followed by the nominal size, working pressure,
manufacturer’
m ate ri al
cl as s
an d
s
n am e
o r m ark,
as
a m inim um .
1 4.1 2.6 Storing and Shipping
S to ri n g
1 4. 1 3
an d
sh i ppi n g
sh al l
be
in
acco rd a n ce
wi th
S e ct i o n
1 3.
C as i n g an d Tu bi n g H an g ers (Sl i p- an d M an d rel -type)
1 4.1 3.1 General
Th e
a)
f o l l o wi n g
G ro u p
—
—
b)
—
c)
—
—
—
e)
pi p e ;
p re s s u re
f ro m
on e
f ro m
to p
d i re cti o n .
3:
h an g s
s e al s
pi p e ;
p re s s u re
an d
bo t to m
wi t h
or
wi th o u t
ri n g - j o i n t
i s o l ati o n
s e al
an d
d o wn h o l e
l i n es.
4:
s am e
as
re te n ti o n
G ro u p
—
pi p e ;
2:
s e al s
G ro u p
app l y.
a n n u l ar s e al .
h an g s
G ro u p
—
d)
no
s h al l
1 :
h an g s
G ro u p
—
f e at u re s
g ro u p
of
th e
3,
wi th
th e
h an g e r i s
h an g e r h e l d
in
i n d epe n d e n t o f
p l ace
b y m e ch an i ca l
an y s u b s e q u e n t
m e an s
as
g ro u p
4,
wi th
th e
h an g e r re ce i vi n g
to
m e m b e r o r we l l h e ad
5:
s am e
app l i e d
b ack - p re s s u re
val ve .
a
re te n ti o n
p art.
fe atu re ;
1 32
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 4.1 3.2 Design
1 4.1 3.2.1
Performance Requirements
1 4.1 3.2.1 .1
Th e
a)
General
f o l l o wi n g
G ro u p
—
b)
s h al l
c)
s am e
co n n e cto rs
s am e
1 )
al l
2)
if
if
G ro u p
m eet
p re s s u re - re tai n i n g
1
wi th
th e
ad d i t i o n
th at th e
as
g ro u p
2
wi th
th e
ad d i t i o n
th at :
s e al s
a
s h al l
re tai n
cro ss o ve r
wi t h o u t
co l l aps i n g
th e
tu b u l ars
or
h an g e rs
be l o w
re q u i re m e n ts .
pre s s u re
l o ad
s h al l
be
c o n s i d e re d
wi th
th e
h an g i n g
l o ad .
s e al
r ate d
is
wo rki n g
i n cl u d e d
on
p re s s u re
th e
f rom
h an g e r,
e i th e r d i re cti o n ;
th e n
it
s h al l
h ol d
th e
h i g h er
ra te d
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
ab o ve ;
d o wn h o l e
of
l i n es
th e
are
i n cl u d ed ,
pre s s u re
l o ad
th e y
s h al l
be
s h al l
h ol d
i n cl u d ed
th e
in
rate d
th e
l o ad
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
of
th e
h an g e r
an d
an y
rati n g .
4:
s am e
as
fe atu re
G ro u p
—
s h al l
g ro u p
e f fe cts
e)
l o ad
3:
3)
—
rate d
as
f ro m
d)
s
2:
G ro u p
—
be able to suspend manufacturer’
d i am e te r;
th re ad e d
G ro u p
—
ap p l y.
1 :
d ri ft
—
s h al l
g ro u p
s h al l
be
3
wi th
e q u al
th e
to
ad d i ti o n
th e
f o rce
th at
th e
m inim um
g e n e ra te d
b y th e
re te n t
ion load capacity of the hanger’
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
on
th e
s
re te n ti o n
an n u l ar are a.
5:
s am e
1 )
as
g ro u p
m i n im um
wi th
re te n t
g e n e rate d
2)
3
ad d i t i o n
th at :
ion load capacity of the hanger’
b y th e
b ack- p re s s u re
th e
wo rki n g
val ve
p re s s u re
acti n g
on
s h al l
be
p re p arati o n s
th e
s
re te n ti o n
fu l l
are a o f
cap ab l e
of
f e atu re
th e
s h al l
l arg e s t
h ol d i n g
be
e q u al
to
th e
fo rc e
h an g e r s e al ;
rate d
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
f rom
b e l o w.
N O TE
1
m ate ri al
Th e
an d
l o ad
wal l
M an u f actu re rs
an d
s e cti o n
s h al l
pre s s u re
as
be
we l l
as
rati n g s
th e
fo r
cas i n g
we l l h e ad
re s p o n s i b l e
fo r
an d
tu b i n g
eq u i pm en t i n
s u p p l yi n g
h an g e rs
wh i ch
it
is
i n f o rm ati o n
m ay
be
a
fu n cti o n
of
th e
tu b u l ar
g rad e
of
i n s tal l e d .
ab o u t
th e
l o ad /p re s s u re
rati n g s
of
s u ch
h an g e rs .
N O TE
2
Fi e l d
re s tri c ti o n s
N o th i n g
h an g e r.
te s t
p re s s u re s
m ay
be
d i ffe re n t
fro m
th e
rate d
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
of
a
h an g e r
due
to
cas i n g - co l l ap se
o r l o ad - s h o u l d e r l i m i ts .
in
1 4. 1 3. 2. 1 . 1
s h al l
be
i n te rp re te d
as
be i n g
a
re q u i re m e n t
fo r
a
wrap - aro u n d
s e al
t yp e
tu bi n g
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 33
1 4.1 3.2.1 .2 Slip Hangers
Th e
a)
f o l l o wi n g
Lo ad
s h al l
ap p l y.
capac i t y:
h an g e rs
s h al l
Th e
be
l o ad
c ap aci t y
capa b l e
of
fo r
sl i p
p e rf o rm i n g
h an g e rs
as
o u tl i n e d
s h al l
in
m eet
T abl e
th e
g e n e ral
re q u i re m e n ts
of
4. 2
an d
sl i p
50.
Table 50 ―Performance Requirements for Slip Hangers
Performance Requirement Level
Load Capacity
PR1
1
PR2
cycl e
3
a
at m i n i m u m
cycl e s
at
rate d
a
minimum
l o ad
rate d
to
l o ad
m axi m u m
to
rate d
m axi m u m
l o ad
rate d
l o ad
F O O TN O TE
a
b)
c)
Minim um
T e m p e ratu re
P e rf o rm an ce
d)
to
e)
h a ve
P e rf o rm an ce
P e rf o rm an ce
ab o ve .
f)
If
of
in
4. 2
p re s s u re
s h al l
al s o
b o wl
wi th
s e al
th e
h i g h er
wo rki n g
4. 2
h an g e r
rate d
of
3
h an g e rs :
s h al l
G ro u p
as
th e
th e
be
1
in
acco rd a n ce
sl i p
o u tl i n e d
an n u l ar
th e y
4
th e
p re s s u re
f e atu re .
p re s s u re
th e
a
G ro u p
at
in
h an g e rs
T ab l e
h ol d
l o ad
s e al
bel o w
wi th
s h al l
50,
4. 3 . 2.
m eet
e x ce p t
th e
th at
th e y
g e n e ra l
are
n ot
ab o ve .
an y e ff e ct
If
of
th e
h an g e rs
Tabl e
rate d
3
l o ad
sl i p
in
rate d
h ol d
50.
s h al l
Th e y
m eet
s h al l
h an g e rs
50.
s h al l
Th e y
cap aci t y
h i g h er
wo rki n g
rate d
of
rate d
g e n e ra l
th e
rate d
p re s s u re .
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
th e
s e al
th at
g e n e ra l
th e
p re s s u re .
m eet
s h al l
fo r
th e
s e al
cap aci ty f o r th at
Tabl e
l o ad
th e
rate d
G ro u p
as
at
4
sl i p
o u tl i n e d
th e
rate d
an n u l ar
p acko ff
d o wn h o l e
th e
in
p re s s u re
th e
If
a
f rom
h an g e r.
An y
rati n g .
th e
cro s s o ve r
sl i p
o u tl i n e d
th e
s h al l
h an g e rs :
an n u l ar
If
it
2
o u tl i n e d
at t h e
as
p e rf o rm i n g
f ro m
f ro m
s h al l
in
of
s e al
th e n
sl i p
cap ab l e
h an g e r a n d
h an g e rs :
p e rf o rm i n g
h an g e r,
g ro u p
G ro u p
as
an n u l ar s e al
of
i n cl u d e d
bel o w
h an g e rs :
p e rf o rm i n g
sl i p
cap ab l e
be
re te n ti o n
th e
h an g e rs
p e rf o rm i n g
sl i p
th e
be
fo r
an d
2
i n cl u d e d ,
wo rki n g
wo rki n g
of
acro s s
on
s h al l
s h al l
ab o ve
sl i p
sl i p
of
be l o w
are
l o ad
an d
of
cap ab l e
g ro u p
be
an d
l i n es
rate d
p re s s u re
fo r
s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts
of
be
i n cl u d e d
pre s s u re
1
capa b l e
g ro u p
d i re cti o n
d o wn h o l e
th e
fo r
on e
is
rati n g
i n te g ri t y.
s h al l
an d
o r com pres s i ve .
g ro u p
be
an d
ab o ve
p acko ff
P e rf o rm an ce
th e
4. 2
fo r
s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts
of
re q u i re m e n ts
wo rki n g
an d
u pward
te m p e ratu re
p re s s u re
p re s s u re
cro s s o ve r
Th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
re q u i re m e n ts
e f f e ct
4. 2
p re s s u re
wo rki n g
m ay be
re q u i re m e n ts
of
re q u i re m e n ts
wo rki n g
l o ad
rati n g :
re q u i re m e n ts
re q u i re d
rate d
is
h an g e rs
Ta b l e
l o ad
s e al
wh i l e
are
l o ad
50.
s h al l
Th e y
ca p aci t y
i n cl u d e d
l i n es
p re s s u re
in
th e
on
th e
i n cl u d e d ,
s h al l
be
fo r
m eet
s h al l
th at
h an g e r
th e y
re ta i n e d
th e n
s h al l
i n cl u d e d
in
g e n e ra l
th e
rat e d
p re s s u re .
is
h an g e r,
th e
s e al
it
h ol d
th e
l o ad
Th e y
in
s h al l
th e
th e
h ol d
rate d
rati n g .
1 4.1 3.2.1 .3 Mandrel Hangers
Th e
a)
f o l l o wi n g
Lo ad
s h al l
ca p aci t y:
m an d re l
wo rki n g
ap p l y.
Th e
h an g e rs
p re s s u re
l o ad
s h al l
capaci t y
be
fo r
capab l e
i n te rn al l y at
th e
m an d re l
of
rate d
h an g e rs
p e rf o rm i n g
l o ad
as
s h al l
m eet
o u tl i n e d
in
th e
g e n e ral
Tabl e
51 .
re q u i re m e n ts
Th e y
s h al l
of
s e al
c apaci t y.
Table 51 —Performance Requirements for Mandrel Hangers
Performance Requirement Level
PR1
Load Capacity
1
PR2
3
cycl e
cycl e s
F O O TN O TE
a
Minim um
rate d
l o ad
m ay be
u pward
o r com pres s i ve .
at m i n i m u m
at
minimum
a
a
rate d
rate d
l o ad
l o ad
to
to
m axi m u m
m axi m u m
rate d
rate d
l o ad
l o ad
4. 2
th e
an d
rate d
1 34
b)
AP I
P e rf o rm an ce
g e n e ral
c)
P e rf o rm an ce
g e n e ral
at
s h al l
th e
th e
of
th e
th e
ab o ve .
If
of
rate d
s e al
at
be l o w
th e
rate d
th e
wi t h
rate d
wo rki n g
l o ad
ID
th e
of
of
on
be
fo r
h an g e r- re te n ti o n
p re s s u re
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
of
f ro m
th e
If
h an g e r a n d
h ol d
l o ad
If
m an d re l
th e n
sh al l
in
th e
rate d
h an g e rs
in
on e
m an d re l
s h al l
m eet
th e
s h al l
m eet
th e
acro s s
th e
d i re ct i o n
p re s s u re .
rat e d
4
are
s h al l
b el ow
on
th e
of
m eet
th e
th e y
th e
th e
an n u l a r
h an g e r,
i n cl u d e d ,
p re s s u re
m an d re l
s e al
wi th
th e
G ro u p
s h al l
th e
i n cl u d e d
l i n es
h an g e rs
a b o ve
th e
ra te d
th e
an d
th e n
sh al l
it
hold
h an g e r.
rate d
p re s s u re
s h al l
be l o w
wo rki n g
h a n g er
h i g h er
wo rki n g
Th e y
pi pe
5
al s o
va l ve
is
An y
wo rki n g
of
th e
m eet
th e
th e
an n u l a r
p re s s u re
re te n ti o n
f ro m
f e atu re .
p re s s u re
h an g e r
s e al
i n cl u d e d
are
th e
ra te d
wh i l e
l o ad
on
th e
th e
be
an d
s h al l
be l o w
wo rki n g
h an g e r
s h al l
be
h an g e r,
i n cl u d e d ,
s h al l
h an g e rs
a b o ve
p re p arati o n s
l i n es
p re s s u re
m an d re l
p re s s u re
su spen d e d
d o wn h o l e
of
h ol d
wo rki n g
a cro s s o ve r p ackoff
an y e f f e ct
an d
If
a
f rom
an d
an y
m eet
th e
rati n g .
B ack- p re s s u re
If
al s o
rate d
no
is
h an g e rs
a b o ve
p re s s u re
b o wl
h an g e rs :
th e
wi th
th e
l o ad
m an d re l
wo rki n g
G ro u p
th e
s h al l
hold
th e
s e al
in
it
3
p re s s u re
p acko f f
s h al l
abo ve .
h an g e rs
i n te g ri t y.
rati n g .
h an g e rs :
re tai n e d
o ff
2
d o wn h o l e
Th e y
f e atu re .
from
c ro s s o ve r
p re s s u re .
b l an ke d
b e l o w.
p re s s u re
a
wo rki n g
5
m an d re l
p re s s u re
p re s s u re
G ro u p
wo rki n g
rate d
is
1
h ave
G ro u p
th e
th e y
th at
to
wo rki n g
ab o ve .
m an d re l
s h al l
fo r
h an g e r
th e
h an g e r,
g ro u p
If
s h al l
in
i n cl u d e d
Th e y
cap aci t y
th e
th e
rate d
f ro m
s e al
h an g e r
i n cl u d ed ,
4. 2.
4
s h al l
rate d
h an g e rs :
th e
p re s s u re .
th at
h an g e rs :
th e
m an d re l
an d
G ro u p
re q u i re d
p re s s u re .
s e al
i n cl u d e d
fo r
th e
s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts
b o wl
wo rki n g
are
s e al
3
abo ve
g ro u p
h an g e rs :
n ot
m an d re l
p re s s u re
Th e y
wh i l e
l o ad
th at
be
fo r
4. 2.
l i n es
pre s s u re
rate d
f ro m
s h al l
i n cl u d e d
re q u i re m e n ts
wi th
h i g h er
is
fo r
cap aci t y
s e al
d o wn h o l e
P e rf o rm an ce
g e n e ral
l o ad
p acko ff
th e
of
2
s h al l
wo rki n g
re q u i re m e n ts
m an d re l
t h e y are
s h al l
g ro u p
Th e y
ca p a ci t y
l o ad
g ro u p
Th e y
fo r
p re s s u re
1
t h at
cap aci t y f o r th at
4. 2.
rate d
pre s s u re
an n u l ar
cro s s o ve r
e f f e ct
l o ad
h i g h er
wo rki n g
th e
fo r
4. 2.
l o ad
of
re q u i re m e n ts
at
be l o w
f)
rate d
P e rf o rm an ce
g e n e ral
s e al
rate d
g ro u p
e x ce pt
re q u i re m e n ts
th e
rate d
e f f e ct
e)
at th e
of
re q u i re m e n ts
hold
fo r
4. 2,
re q u i re m e n ts
P e rf o rm an ce
g e n e ral
s e al
of
re q u i re m e n ts
an n u l ar s e al
d)
re q u i re m e n ts
re q u i re m e n ts
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
th e y
i n cl u d e d
is
th e
p re s s u re
re tai n e d
capa b l e
th e n
s h al l
in
an n u l a r
it
of
s h al l
h old
th e
th e
h ol d i n g
h ol d
th e
l o ad
f ro m
in
th e
rate d
rati n g .
1 4.1 3.2.2 Loads
Th e
—
—
—
f o l l o wi n g
rad i a l
l o ad s
te n s i l e
l o ad s
l o ad s
on
l o ad s
s h al l
be
co n s i d e re d
h an g e r b o d y d u e
to
wh e n
des i g n i n g
ta p e re d
th ro u g h o u t h a n g e r b o d y d u e
i m p arte d
to
h an g e r d u e
to
fi e l d
l an d i n g
to
we i g h t
p re s s u re
an y h an g e r:
s h o u l d e r;
of
s u s pen d e d
tu b u l ars ;
te s t.
1 4.1 3.2.3 Threaded Connectors
T h re ad s
on
th re ad e d
co n n e cto rs
M ate ri al
cas i n g
th re ad e d
s e l e cti o n
m an d re l - t yp e
s h al l
s h al l
be
in
cas i n g
acc o rd a n ce
p ro vi d e
a
j oi n t
an d
wi th
s tre n g th
tu b i n g
h an g e rs
s h al l
be
in
acc o rd an ce
wi th
1 4. 3 .
O th e r
1 4. 9 .
in
th e
h an g e r
th re ad s
e q u al
to ,
or
g re ate r
th an ,
t h at
of
th e
o r tu bi n g .
1 4.1 3.2.4 Maximum Diameter
Th e
m axi m u m
e x ce e d
o u ts i d e
th at s h o wn
in
d i a m e te r
Tab l e
of
an y
D . 2 7 /T abl e
h an g e r
E. 27.
th at
it
is
i n te n d e d
to
ru n
th ro u g h
a
b l o wo u t
p re ve n te r
s h al l
not
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 35
1 4.1 3.2.5 Vertical Bore
Th e
ve rti cal
tu bu l ar
or
th ro u g h - b o re
tre e
su spen d e d
d ri f t
b ar,
tu b u l ar.
of
a
tu bi n g
wh i ch e ve r
h an g e r
is
B ack- p re s s u re
s h al l
s m al l e r.
va l ve
p ro vi d e
C as i n g
fu l l
o pen i n g
h an g e rs
pre p arat i o n
s h al l
s h al l
al s o
be
m eet
to
th e
d ri ft
d i am e te r
fu l l - o p e n i n g
th i s
to
th e
t h ro u g h - b o re
of
d ri ft
th e
s u s pen d e d
d i am e te r
of
th e
s h al l
be
re q u i re m e n t.
1 4.1 3.2.6 Rated Working Pressure
1 4.1 3.2.6.1 Slip-type Hangers
N O TE
Th e re
is
no
re q u i re m e n t
fo r s l i p
h an g e rs
to
h ave
a
p re s s u re
rati n g .
1 4.1 3.2.6.2 Mandrel-type Hangers
Th e
a)
f o l l o wi n g
W i th
e q u al
b)
W i th
no
to
s h al l
e x te n d e d
th e
Li m i tati o n :
th re ad e d
n e ck:
s e al
is
ad a p te r
H an g e rs
n e ck:
p re s s u re
s e al
t yp e
tu b i n g - h e ad
s e al
wo rki n g
e xte n d e d
cro s s o ve r
c)
ap p l y.
Th e
of
th e
abo ve
th e
wo rki n g
h e ad
M ax i m u m
p ro vi d e d ,
can
rate d
in
p re s s u re
s h al l
be
p re s s u re
wh i ch
th e
it
is
rati n g
fo r
l an d e d ,
fo r
wo rki n g
th e
h an g e r
if
no
bo d y
an d
e x te n d e d
s e al
h an g e r
p re s s u re
of
bod y
th e
an d
n e xt
p ri m ary
n e ck i s
e xte n d e d
cas i n g
or
s e al
p ro vi d e d .
n e ck
s e al ,
tu b i n g
if
h ead
a
or
h an g e r.
h a ve
a
l i m i tati o n
on
th e
p re s s u re
rati n g
due
to
th e
p re s s u re
l i m i tati o n s
of
th e
acco m m o d ate
th e
co n n e cto rs .
1 4.1 3.2.7 Welds
Th e
d esi g n
of
an y we l d
s h al l
be
s u ch
th at
it
s at i s f i e s
al l
th e
d esi g n
re q u i re m e n ts
of
1 4. 1 3 . 2.
1 4.1 3.2.8 Pipe Dimensions
S l i p - t yp e
o u ts i d e
Fo r
cas i n g
b y AP I
N O TE
In
h an g e rs
an d
d i am e te r p i p e
or
5C T,
Th e
g e n e ral ,
tu bi n g
th e
si zes
to l e ran ce
s ys t e m s
d efi n ed
to l e ran ce s
to l e ran ce s
th e
s e al i n g
to
s e al
on
cas i n g
or
t u bi n g
s h al l
be
d esi g n ed
to
t o l e ran ce .
of
s h al l
cas i n g
h as
by
be
an d
AP I
tu bi n g
i n cre as e d
5 C T,
pe r an
th e
t o l e ran ce s
i n d u s tr y s tan d ard
o u tsi d e
o ve r ti m e ;
d i am e te rs
th i s
can
in
AP I
5CT
( f o r e x am p l e ,
s h al l
AP I
vary s u bs tan ti al l y be twe e n
affe ct e q u i p m e n t
ap p l y.
For
si zes
n ot
co ve re d
5 L) .
th e
vari o u s
e d i ti o n s
of
AP I
5 C T.
i n te rch an g e ab i l i ty.
1 4.1 3.3 Materials
1 4.1 3.3.1 Slip-type Hangers
M ate ri al s
fo r s l i p
h an g e rs
s h al l
be
pe r
th e
manufacturer’s requirements
.
1 4.1 3.3.2 Mandrel-type Hangers
1 4.1 3.3.2.1 General
Al l
m an d re l - t yp e
re q u i re m e n ts
h an g e rs
s p e ci f i e d
s h al l
b y th e
be
f abri cate d
f ro m
wro u g h t
m ate ri a l s
th at
m ee t
th e
ap p l i cab l e
p ro p e rt y
m an u f actu re r.
1 4.1 3.3.2.2 Processing
1 4.1 3.3.2.2.1 Hot Working Practices
Al l
wrou g h t m ateri al s s h al l
be form ed
u sin g
h ot worki n g
practi ces th at prod u ce a wrou g h t stru ctu re th rou g h ou t.
1 36
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 4.1 3.3.2.2.2 Melting Practices
Th e
a)
f o l l o wi n g
For P SL
re q u i re m e n ts
1 ,
PSL
2,
an d
s h al l
PSL
ap p l y.
3,
th e
m an u f actu re r s h al l
s p e ci f y t h e
m e l ti n g
p racti ce s
f o r al l
h an g e r m an d re l
m ate ri al s .
b)
For
PSL
4,
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
m an u f actu re r s h al l
1 4.1 3.3.2.3
s h al l
d o cu m e n t
th e
be
i d e n ti c al
m e l ti n g
to
th o s e
p racti ce
fo r
u sed
PSL
1 /P S L
fo r P S L
4
2 /P S L
3,
wi th
th e
ad d i t i o n
th at
th e
m ate ri al .
Heat-treating
1 4.1 3.3.2.3.1 Equipment
Al l
h e at- tre atm e n t
re q u i re m e n ts
co n f o rm
to
o p e rat i o n s
s p e ci f i e d
6. 5
an d
by
An n e x
s h al l
th e
be
p e rf o rm e d
m an u factu re r.
Th e
u ti l i z i n g
e q u i pm e n t
re q u i re m e n ts
fo r
q u al i fi e d
in
h e at - tre ati n g
acco rd an ce
fu rn ace
wi t h
cal i b rati o n
th e
s h al l
M.
1 4.1 3.3.2.3.2 Temperatures
Th e
a)
f o l l o wi n g
Fo r
re q u i re m e n ts
PSL 1 ,
P SL
manufacturer’
b)
For
P SL
4,
s
ap p l y.
an d
PSL
h e at- tre atm e n t
th e
te m p e ratu re
2,
s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts
l e ve l s
fo r
3,
s h al l
P SL
ti m e
at
te m p e ratu re
an d
th e rm al
c ycl e s
s h al l
co n fo rm
to
th e
s p e c i f i cati o n s .
4
be
i d e n ti cal
p arts
s h al l
to
be
th o s e
fo r
PSL
d e t e rm i n e d
1
by
to
P SL
u si n g
3,
wi th
e i th e r
a
th e
a d d i ti o n
h eat
si n k
t h at
or
th e
co n t act
th e rm o co u p l e .
Th e
h e at
f o l l o wi n g
an d
si n k
n i cke l - b as e d
m ad e
f ro m
th e
acco rd an ce
l arg e s t
ER
N O TE
PSL
s h al l
c l as s e s :
4
Th e
th an
As
are
th e
Fo r
th e
in
a
al te rn ati ve ,
a
s am e
al l o y
p arts
al l o y
as
th at
th e
of
do
p art
m ate ri a l
m eet
Th e
Th e
h e at - tre atm e n t
of
s tai n l e s s
n ot
p art.
6 . 4. 2 .
p ro d u cti o n
cl as s
s te e l ,
on e
ER
ER
s te e l ,
of
of
wh e n
th e
s e cti o n
th e
th e
p arts
are
ti t an i u m - b as e d
p re ce d i n g
of
h e at
al l
si n k
h e at
s h al l
m ad e
al l o ys ,
cl as s e s ,
s i n ks
be
of
an
al l o y
n i cke l - co pp e r
th e
s h al l
g re at e r
h e at
be
th an
sink
of
s h al l
d e te rm i n e d
or
th e
al l o ys ,
e q u al
to
be
in
th e
l o ad .
m ay
s e rve
as
th e
h e at
s i n k,
p ro vi d e d
al l
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
6. 3 . 4. 2
no
cl o s e r
s ati s fi e d .
tem p e ratu re - s e n s i n g
25
of
s te e l ,
m e th o d s
an y p art
an
m ad e
a l l o ys .
s am e
wi th
of
be
carb o n
mm
(1
in.)
to
ti p
of
th e
an y e x te rn al
th e rm o co u p l e
o r i n te rn a l
s h al l
be
wi th i n
th e
p art
or
h eat
si n k
an d
be
s u rf ace .
1 4.1 3.3.2.3.3 Quenching (for Materials Quenched and Tempered)
Th e
a)
fo l l o wi n g
W ate r
q u e n ch i n g :
e x ce e d
s h al l
b)
40
n ot
O th e r
re q u i re m e n ts
°C
Th e
(1 00
e xce e d
° F)
50
q u e n ch i n g
°C
s h al l
ap p l y.
tem p e ratu re
at
th e
(1 2 0
m e d i a:
s tart
°F)
Th e
at
of
of
th e
th e
wat e r
u sed
q u e n ch .
an y ti m e
te m p e ratu re
Fo r
d u ri n g
ra n g e
th e
an d
to
ap p ro x i m ate
b ath - t yp e
q u e n ch
c o n tro l
th e
co o l i n g
q u e n ch i n g ,
th e
rate
of
wate r
te m p e ratu re
See
AP I
20H
fo r re co m m e n d ati o n s
fo r co n t ro l s
on
s h al l
th e
n ot
wat e r
c ycl e .
of
th e
o th e r
q u e n ch i n g
m edi a
manufacturer’s written specification.
N O TE
of
q u e n ch i n g
o f b atch
h e at- tre atm e n t l o ad s .
s h al l
m eet
th e
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 37
1 4.1 3.3.2.4 Chemical Composition
H an g e r m an d re l
Th e
th e
m ate ri al s
m an u f actu re r
m ate ri al .
g rad e
s h al l
M at e ri a l
m ate ri a l s )
in
sh
all conform to the manufacturer’
s p e ci f y
th e
co m p o s i t i o n
acco rd an ce
n o m i n al
s h al l
wi th
a
be
ch e m i cal
s
wri tt e n
co m p o s i ti o n ,
d e te rm i n e d
on
a
h e at
s p e ci f i cati o n .
i n cl u d i n g
b as i s
(or
th e
a
n at i o n al l y o r i n te rn ati o n al l y re co g n i z e d
co m p o s i ti o n
re m e l t - i n g o t
to l e ran ce s ,
b as i s
fo r
of
rem e l t -
s tan d ard .
1 4.1 3.3.2.5 Material Qualification Testing Requirements
1 4.1 3.3.2.5.1 General
If
m inim um
p e rf o rm e d
A QTC
as
te n s i l e
as
an d /o r
d e s cri b e d
d e s cri b e d
in
i m p act
p ro p e rti e s
6. 3. 2 . 2
an d
in
6. 4
s h al l
be
are
re q u i re d
to
q u al i f y
a
m ate ri al
fo r
s e rvi ce ,
th e
te s ts
s h al l
be
1 20
° F)
6. 3. 2. 3.
u sed.
1 4.1 3.3.2.5.2 Tensile Testing
Th e
f o l l o wi n g
re q u i re m e n ts
a)
Tes t
s p e ci m e n s :
b)
Tes t
m eth od :
in
P e rf o rm
s p e ci fi e d
c)
a
wi th
m inim um
If
f ro m
p e rf o rm e d
th e
th e
to
ap p l y.
te s t
te n si l e
th e
of
on e
te s ts
at
re s u l ts
of
0. 2
th e
%
be
re m o ve d
tem peratu re
te s t.
Th e
in
I SO
t e s t( s )
wi th i n
m a te ri al .
th e
Th e
do
be twe e n
of
s h al l
n ot
s am e
re s u l ts
from
6892 -1
re s u l ts
o ff s e t m e th o d
te n s i l e
l o cati o n
th e
a
s h al l
s pe ci fi e d
te n s i l e
Th e
re q u i re d
q u al i f y
s p e ci m e n s
p ro c e d u re s
re q u i re m e n ts .
R e te s ti n g :
te s ts
Ten si l e
P erform
acco rd an ce
s h al l
of
th e
be
4
or
a QTC
°C
and
AS T M
te n s i l e
u se d
s ati s f y
QTC
e ach
as
50
d e s cri b e d
°C
( b e twe e n
th e
of
6. 4. 4. 1 .
40
°F
an d
A3 7 0 .
te s t( s )
shall satisfy the manufacturer’
fo r d e te rm i n at i o n
ap p l i cab l e
wi th
in
no
t e s ts
th e
yi e l d
re q u i re m e n ts ,
ad d i t i o n al
th e s e
of
two
ad d i t i o n al
h e at - tre atm e n t
s h al l
s ati s f y
s
s tre n g th .
m ay
be
th e
a p p l i cab l e
o u tl e t
co n n e cto rs
re q u i re m e n ts .
1 4.1 3.3.2.5.3 Impact Testing
I m p act
(see
re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
co n f o rm
to
th e
re q u i re m e n t s
fo r
bod i e s ,
b o n n e ts ,
an d
en d
an d
6. 3) .
1 4.1 3.4 Quality Control/Testing
H an g e rs
N O TE
s h al l
It
is
m eet
n ot a
th e
q u a l i t y co n tro l
re q u i re m e n t
o f th i s
re q u i re m e n ts
s p e ci fi cati o n
to
o f s e cti o n
1 0. 4. 8
h yd ro s tati cal l y te s t
or
h an g e rs .
1 4.1 3.5 Marking
1 4.1 3.5.1 General
H an g e rs
s h al l
be
m arke d
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
S e ct i o n
1 2
an d
1 0 . 4. 9,
Tabl e
52.
as
ap p l i cab l e .
1 38
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Table 52 —Marking for Hangers
Location
Marking
AP I
Mandrel-type Hangers
Slip-type Hangers
6A or 6A
Te m p e ratu re
M ate ri al
P ro d u ct
o r rati n g s
cl as s
s pe ci fi cati o n
P e rfo rm an ce
D ate
cl as s ( e s )
l e ve l
( P S L)
re q u i rem e n ts
(PR)
N am e pl ate
an d /o r b o d y
N am e pl ate
an d /o r b o d y
S e ri al
n am e
n u m be r (i f
Mi n i m u m
Th re ad
o r m ark
app l i c ab l e )
bo re
si ze
H ard n e s s
N am e pl ate ,
te s t
val u e s
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
(s e e
1 2. 8)
val ve
s tyl e
b o d y,
Ad j ace n t
N am e pl ate
B ack- p re s s u re
to
si ze
R ate d
an d
cas i n g
wo rki n g
rati n g
Mi n i m u m
i n fo rm ati o n
ve rti cal
(i f
Ad j ace n t
o n l y)
—
( o p ti o n al )
( o p ti o n al )
to
te s t
l o cati o n
—
an d /o r b o d y ( tu bi n g
s i ze
b o re
Orientation “DOWN”
l o cati o n
o r m o d el
o r tu b i n g
p re s s u re
—
—
o r n e ar th re ad
te s t
h an g e rs
Lo ad
an d /o r b o d y
o f m an u factu re
Manufacturer’s
B o wl
N am e pl ate
a
N am e pl ate
an d /o r
bod y
N am e pl ate
an d /o r b o d y
N am e pl ate
an d /o r b o d y
N am e pl ate
an d /o r b o d y
N am e pl ate
an d /o r b o d y
N am e pl ate
an d /o r b o d y
re q u i re d )
B o tto m
of
—
bo d y
B o tto m
of
bo d y
F O O TN O TE
a
Al l o wa bl e
m arki n g s
are
P R1 ,
PR2 ,
o r P R 2 F,
as
app l i cabl e .
1 4.1 3.5.2 Marking of Mandrel Hangers
If
m an d re l
h an g e rs
h a ve
d i f f e re n t
to p
an d
b o tto m
th re ad s ,
b o th
th re ad s
s h al l
be
l i s te d
wi t h
th e
b o t to m
th re ad
plus the word “
” Any hanger that can be installed upside
down shall have the word “DOWN” on the end that faces downhole when properly installed. Marking of rated
f i rs t,
f o l l o we d
wo rki n g
by
th e
p re s s u re
s p e ci f i e d
in
T abl e
to p
an d
th re ad
l o ad
d e s cri p ti o n
rati n g
is
TO P .
o p ti o n al
fo r
m an d re l
h an g e rs .
M an d re l
h an g e rs
s h al l
be
m arke d
as
52 .
1 4.1 3.5.3 Marking of Slip Hangers
Th e
s l i ps
in
a sl i p
h an g e r s h al l
be
s e q u e n ti a l l y m arke d
if
th e y are
n ot
i n te rc h an g e ab l e .
Any hanger that can be installed upside down shall have the word “DOWN” on the end that faces downhole
wh e n
p ro p e rl y
h an g e rs
s h al l
i n s t al l e d .
be
M arki n g
m arke d
as
of
rate d
s p e ci f i e d
in
wo rki n g
T abl e
p re s s u re
an d
l o ad
52.
1 4.1 3.6 Storing and Shipping
H an g e rs
Th e
s l i ps
s h al l
of
be
a sl i p
s to re d
an d
sh i pped
h an g e r s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
s to re d
an d
wi th
s h i p pe d
as
S e cti o n
a s e t.
1 3.
rati n g
is
o p ti o n al
fo r
sl i p
h an g e rs .
Sl i p
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 4. 1 4
1 39
C as i n g an d Tu bi n g H ead s
1 4.1 4.1 General
Th e
a)
f o l l o wi n g
s h al l
C as i n g - h e a d
cas i n g .
to
acce p t
T u bi n g - h e ad
s po o l s .
on
to
as
p acki n g
th e
i ts
co m p l e t i o n
co n n e ct
G ro u p
th e
1
we l l
an d
end
p acki n g
are
to
h o u si n g s
th e
to p
s po o l s
are
th at can
be
th at
attach e d
to
acce pt
u sed
to
th e
bei n g
u sed.
tu bi n g
ad ap te rs
an n u l u s
an
i n d epen d en t
In
b o re ( s )
s e al
an d
ad d i t i o n
to
th e
th at
we l l
su spe n d
to
of
b o re
th e
a ttach e d
to
th e
to p
of
s e rvi n g
th e
an d
s e al
s e al
m ay
be
as
an n u l u s .
of
or
end
o th e r
c as i n g
s e al
are
h ou si n g s
cas i n g
i n te g ral
can
al s o
s u s pe n d
2
s u rf ace
B o th
s tri n g s
or
an d
s tri n g s .
th e y
G ro u p
th e
s tri n g s .
wi th
C o n fi g u rati o n s
to
of
s po o l s .
c as i n g - h e ad
th at
e i th e r
ad ap te rs ,
val ve
u p per
or
tu b i n g
e q u i p m e n t.
m as te r
f ro m
th e
c o n n e cto r
an d
ad ap te rs
p i e ce
to
h o u si n g s
m e ch an i s m s
s u spe n d
th e
of
su spe n d
p acki n g
Tu b i n g - h e a d - to - m as te r- val ve
or
are
co n n e cto r
m e ch an i s m s
d esi g n e d
co n n e cto r
m e th o d
th e
C as i n g - h e ad
attach e d
m e ch an i s m s
s e al
from
an d
spool s
tu b i n g - h e ad
b o re
are
T u bi n g - h e a d
ad ap te rs :
l o we r
s poo l s :
h an g i n g
spool s:
T u bi n g - h e ad
va l ve
an d
s po o l s
T u bi n g - h e ad
h an g e r an d
c)
h ou si n g s
C as i n g - h e ad
d esi g n ed
b)
ap p l y.
th e
th e
are
p ro vi d e
tu b i n g
t u b i n g - h e ad
m as te r
d e pe n d e n t
a
m e an s
s tri n g ( s ) .
ad ap t e rs
s e al
tu bi n g .
1 4.1 4.2 Design
1 4.1 4.2.1
Th e
Performance Requirements
p ro d u cts
ad d i ti o n
to
m e n ti o n e d
th e
F o r tu b i n g - h e ad
a)
in
1 4. 1 4. 1
re q u i re m e n ts
ad apte rs
of
( see
re q u i re m e n ts
re q u i re m e n ts
of
an d
an d
1 4. 1 4. 1
1 4. 1 4. 2 . 1 0 ) ,
P e rf o rm an ce
4. 2
a)
b)
wi th
p e n e trati o n s
s h al l
m e et
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
9. 2
in
4. 2.
fo r
s h al l
g ro u p
be
th e
1
fo l l o wi n g
s h al l
t u b i n g - h e ad
ca p ab l e
of
app l y.
a d ap te rs :
p e rf o rm i n g
as
Th es e
o u tl i n e d
in
p ro d u cts
Tabl e
s h al l
m eet
th e
g e n e ral
th e
g e n e ra l
53.
—
Table 53 Performance Requirements for Group 1 Tubing-head Adapters
Performance Requirement Level
Pressure Integrity
PR1
1
PR2
3
a
cycl e
cycl e s
FO O TN O TE
a
b)
C apabl e
of
P e rf o rm an ce
re q u i re m e n ts
re q u i re m e n ts
of
4. 2
an d
wi t h s t an d i n g
fo r
s h al l
g ro u p
be
th e
2
rate d
wo rki n g
tu b i n g - h e a d
cap ab l e
of
p re s s u re
i n t e rn al l y.
a d ap t e rs :
p e rfo rm i n g
as
Th e s e
o u tl i n e d
in
p ro d u cts
Tab l e
s h al l
m eet
54.
—
Table 54 Performance Requirements for Group 2 Tubing-head Adapters
Performance Requirement Level
Pressure Integrity
PR1
1
PR2
3
cycl e
cycl e s
F O O TN O TE S
a
b
C apabl e
of
wi th s tan d i n g
At m i n i m u m
rat e d
l o ad
th e
rate d
wo rki n g
to m axi m u m
rat e d
pre s s u re
l o ad .
i n te rn al l y.
a
Load Capacity
1
3
cycl e
cycl e s
b
1 40
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 4.1 4.2.2 Loads
Th e
—
—
—
—
f o l l o wi n g
h an g i n g
l o ad s
s h al l
be
co n s i d e re d
wh e n
des i g n i n g
h e ad s :
tu b u l ar l o ad s ;
th e rm al
tu b u l ar
pre s s u re
e x te rn al
l o ad s
axi al
l o ad s;
from
an d
bl o w- o u t- pre ve n ter te s ti n g
ben d i n g
l o ad s
co n s i s t e n t
an d
wi th
fi e l d
th e
pre s su re
ca p ab i l i ti e s
tes ti n g
of
th e
o f h an g er packi n g
end
co n n e c to rs
m ech an i s m s ;
on
th e
h e ad s .
1 4.1 4.2.3 End Connectors
Th e
re q u i re m e n ts
in
1 4. 1
fo r
f l an g e d
or
s tu d d e d
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
ap p l y
to
al l
h e ad
en ds
u si n g
f l an g e d
en d
co n n e cto rs .
Fo r
be
cas i n g - h e ad
th re ad e d
OECs
s h al l
N O TE
in
be
h ou si n g
wi th
acco rd an ce
in
acco rd a n ce
H o u s i n g - to - cas i n g
a
wi th
we l d
th re ad e d
b o tt o m
co n n e cto r,
th re ad e d
b o tto m
co n n e cto rs
fo r
h ou si n g s
s h al l
1 4. 3 .
wi th
1 4. 9 .
p re parati o n s
are
o u ts i d e
th e
s co p e
o f th i s
s p e ci fi cati o n .
1 4.1 4.2.4 Outlet Connectors
1 4.1 4.2.4.1 Pressure Rating
P re s s u re
rati n g
of
o u tl e t co n n e cto rs
s h al l
be
co n s i s te n t
wi t h
th at
of
th e
u p per e n d
co n n e cto r.
1 4.1 4.2.4.2 Flanged or Studded
F l an g e d
or
s tu d d e d
o u tl e t
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
be
in
ac co rd an ce
wi th
1 4. 1 .
Al s o ,
f l an g e d
or
stu d d e d
o u tl e ts
1
79
mm
(3
/
8
in. )
an d
s m al l e r
s h al l
be
f u rn i s h e d
wi th
val ve - re m o val
pl u g
p re pa rati o n .
Fl an g e d
or
s tu d d e d
1
o u tl e ts
1 03
mm
Val ve - re m o va l
(4
/
1 6
pl u g
in. )
or
l arg e r m a y b e
p re p arati o n s
s h al l
be
fu rn i s h e d
in
wi th
acco rd a n ce
or
wi th o u t
wi th
val ve - re m o val
pl u g
pre p arat i o n .
1 4. 6 .
1 4.1 4.2.4.3 API 5B Threaded
AP I
5B
th re ad e d
o u tl e ts
s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
1 4. 3 .
1 4.1 4.2.4.4 Other End Connectors
OECs
s h al l
be
in
acco rd a n ce
wi th
1 4. 9 .
1 4.1 4.2.5 Flange Counterbores
N O TE
Th e
i n te n d e d
If
s u ch
to
p ro vi s i o n s
acce p t
co u n te rb o re s
o ve rs i z e
of
th i s
s p e ci fi cati o n
we ar b u s h i n g s
p re p arati o n
are
d oes
an d
u sed
n ot
are
n ot
app l i cabl e
to
th e
d i am e te r
an d
d e p th
of
o ve rs i z e
co u n te rb o re s
p acke r m e ch an i s m s .
in
fl a n g e d
cau s e
th e
or
s tu d d e d
f l an g e
s tre s s e s
co n n e cto rs ,
to
e xce e d
th e
th e
m an u f actu re r
d es i g n
s h al l
e n s u re
t h at
th e
cri t e ri a.
1 4.1 4.2.6 Vertical Bores
1 4.1 4.2.6.1 Full-opening Vertical Bore
In
o rd e r
bod i e s
o ve r
to
p e rm i t
s h al l
wh i ch
be
th e
i n te rn al
0. 8
mm
bo d y i s
p as s ag e
(0. 03
be i n g
in.)
of
to o l s
l arg e r
u sed.
or
th an
b o tto m
th e
h ol e
d ri ft
e q u i p m e n t,
d i am e te r
T ab l e
th e
m inim um
D . 2 8 /Tab l e
ve rti cal
E. 28
of
b o re
th e
of
we l l h e ad
l arg e s t
cas i n g
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
W e l l h e ad
ve rti ca l
s h al l
bod i e s
be
as
s h o wn
1 4.1 4.2.6.2
Th e
be
in
0. 8
th e
mm
T yp i ca l
b o re s
(0. 03
fo r
ap p l i cati o n
bei n g
o rd e r
th at
to
in
th e
re q u i re m e n t
b o re ,
fo r
are
th e
re f e rre d
m ax i m u m
to
as
cas i n g
h avi n g
si ze
fu l l - o p e n i n g
wi th
wh i c h
th e
b o re s .
Th e
bod i es
can
m inimum
be
u sed ,
th a n
th o s e
E . 2 8.
in. )
s h al l
in
T ab l e
b y s u i ta b l e
l arg e r
th an
of
s u ch
of
cas i n g
be
0. 8
D . 2 8 /T abl e
re d u c i n g
th e
d ri ft
mm
(0. 03
are
th an
in. )
th e
s h o wn
th o se
l arg e r
m ay
pi l o t
d i am e te r o f
ad apt ati o n s
h e avi e r
E. 28
th re ad s ,
th an
T abl e
d ri ft
Th e
o ve r
F i g u re
in
th e
ad ap t e d
e tc.
cas i n g
in
l i s te d
be
ri n g s ,
to
wh i ch
1 5.
cas i n g
th e
unit
R e d u ce d
D . 2 8 /T abl e
d i am e te r
si zes
th ro u g h - b o re
of
s m al l e r
th e s e
e l e m e n ts
s h al l
u sed .
ve rti cal
E. 28.
th e
is
of
b o re s
R e d u ce d
h e a vi e s t
wal l
m ay
ve rti cal
cas i n g
al s o
b o re s
o ve r
be
fo r
wh i c h
u sed.
1 4.1 4.2.6.3
In
th i s
bod y
D . 2 8 /T abl e
s p e ci fi e d
we i g h ts
it
va l u e s
T abl e
tab u l ati o n
th i s
is
in
i l l u s trat i o n s
s u pp l i e d
to
we l l h e ad
Reduced-opening Vertical Bore
ve rti ca l
l i s te d
co n f o rm i n g
fu l l - o p e n i n g
1 41
Increased-opening Vertical Bore
acce pt
co l u m n
o ve rs i ze
6
we ar
of
bu s h i n g s
Tab l e
an d
D . 2 8 /T abl e
p re p arat i o n
d oes
n ot
p acke r
E. 2 8.
ca u s e
m ech an i s m s ,
H o we ve r,
th e
it
is
b o d y s tre s s
th e
th e
to
ve rti cal
b o re
re s p o n s i b i l i t y
e xce e d
th e
m ay
of
be
th e
d esi g n
i n cre as e d
ab o ve
m an u f actu re r
to
th e
e n s u re
cri te ri a.
1 4.1 4.2.7 Rated Working Pressure
Th e
rate d
wo rki n g
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
p re s s u re
l i m i tati o n s
of
h e ad s
s h al l
fo r th re ad e d
be
in
acco rd an ce
co n n e ct o rs
b as e d
wi th
on
4. 3. 1 .
si ze
an d
Acco u n t
t yp e
of
s h al l
be
t ake n
of
th re ad .
Key
1
we l l h e ad
2
re g u l ar fu l l - o p e n i n g
bod y
3
th re ad e d
4
b o tto m
5
m axi m u m
b o tto m
6
re d u ce d
b o re
7
cas i n g
co n n e cto r
8
s m al l e r s i z e
9
i n te g ral
co n n e cto r
si ze
c as i n g
( attach e d
—
o r be n e ath
th e
fu l l - o p e n i n g
b o re
th re ad
cas i n g
b o re ,
b o d y)
Figure 1 5 Typical Reduced-opening Vertical Bore
ad ap te r ,
o r pi l ot
th e
rate d
1 42
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 4.1 4.2.8 Test, Vent, Injection, and Gauge Connectors
1 4.1 4.2.8.1 General
T e s t,
ve n t,
i n j e cti o n ,
an d
g au g e
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
9. 3.
1 4.1 4.2.8.2 Special Test Port
C as i n g - h e ad
s po o l s
p ro vi d e d
a te s t
wi th
an d
p o rt
tu b i n g - h e ad
in
th e
s poo l s
wi t h
ei th er
a
s e co n d ar y
s e al
or
a
cro s s o ve r
s e al
s h al l
be
l o we r co n n e cto r.
1 4.1 4.2.8.3 Trapped Pressure
A m e an s
ve n te d
s h al l
be
p ri o r t o
p ro vi d e d
o pen i n g
s u ch
th e
th at
a n y p re s s u re
be h i n d
a
te s t,
ve n t,
i n j e ct i o n ,
an d
g au g e
co n n e ct o r c an
be
co n n e cti o n .
1 4.1 4.2.9 Crossover Spools
If
cas i n g - h e ad
re q u i re m e n ts
s poo l s
of
or
tu bi n g - h e ad
s poo l s
are
u sed
as
cro s s o ve r
s poo l s ,
th e y
s h al l
s ati s f y
th e
1 4. 8 .
1 4.1 4.2.1 0 Tubing-head Adapters
1 4.1 4.2.1 0.1 Loads
Th e
—
—
f o l l o wi n g
l o ad s
h an g i n g
an d
e x te rn al
axi al
s h al l
th e rm al
an d
be
co n s i d e re d
tu b u l a r l o ad s
ben d i n g
l o ad s
wh e n
on
d es i g n i n g
ad a p te rs
co n s i s t e n t
th a t
wi th
tu b i n g - h e ad
i n co rp o rate
th e
ad ap te rs :
h an g e r m e ch an i s m s ;
ca p ab i l i ti e s
of
th e
end
co n n e c to rs .
1 4.1 4.2.1 0.2 End Connectors
Th e
a)
f o l l o wi n g
Lo we r
s h al l
co n n e cto r:
co n n e cto rs
b)
U ppe r
s h al l
hub
T h ro u g h -
wi th
en d
F l an g e d
be
co n n e cto r:
acco rd an ce
cl am p
ap p l y.
in
or
s tu d d e d
acco rd an ce
Th e
1 4. 1 ,
u p per
or
in
l o we r
in
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
be
in
of
an
i n d e pen d e n t
acco rd an ce
acco rd an ce
wi th
wi th
AP I
1 4. 3 ,
1 6A
or
ad ap te r
or
h ave
s wi ve l
s h al l
an
OE C
f l an g e s
bore tolerances for 5” upper connectors shall be +1 .0 mm
co n n e cto rs ,
th ro u g h - b o re
to l e ra n ce s
acco rd a n ce
wi t h
1 4. 1 .
O th e r
1 4. 9 .
co n n e cto r
th re ad e d
co n n e cto rs
wi th
s h al l
be
+0. 8
mm
(+0. 0 3
in.)
of
th e
be
in
in
fl an g e d
acco rd an ce
(+0. 04
n o m i n al
or
acco rd an ce
in. ).
b o re
For
s tu d d e d
wi t h
wi th
al l
in
1 4. 9
AP I
or
1 7D .
o th er
to p
d i m en si on .
1 4.1 4.2.1 0.3 Rated Working Pressure
Th e
rate d
N O TE
wo rki n g
Th e
rate d
p re s s u re
wo rki n g
of
tu b i n g - h e ad
p re s s u re
of
ad a p te rs
th re ad e d
s h al l
co n n e cto rs
be
m ay
in
acco rd an ce
limit
th e
rate d
wi t h
4. 3 . 1 .
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
of
th e
tu b i n g - h e ad
ad ap te r.
1 4.1 4.2.1 0.4 Test, Vent, and Injection Connectors
T e s ti n g ,
ve n t,
an d
i n j e cti o n
co n n e cto rs
u se d
in
tu b i n g - h e ad
ad ap te rs
s h al l
be
in
a cco rd an ce
wi th
9 . 3.
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 4.1 4.2.1 0.5
If
Crossover Adapters
tu b i n g - h e a d
ad ap te rs
1 4.1 4.2.1 0.6
Th e
p ro d u cts
1 43
are
u sed
as
cro s s o ve r ad apte rs ,
th e y s h a l l
s ati s f y th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
1 4. 8.
Penetrations
wi t h
p e n e trati o n s
s h al l
m eet
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
9. 2.
1 4.1 4.3 Materials
M ate ri al
u sed
fo r b o d i e s ,
M ate ri al
fo r l o ck s cre ws
fl an g e s ,
an d
an d
o th e r co n n e cto rs
o th e r p arts
s h al l
co n fo rm
s h al l
to
co n f o rm
S e cti o n
to
S e ct i o n
6.
6.
1 4.1 4.4 Quality Control/Testing
Al l
h e ad s
an d
ad a p te rs
s h al l
s u cce s s f u l l y c o m p l e te
th e
te s ts
re q u i re d
an d
d e s cri b e d
in
S e cti o n
1 1 .
1 4.1 4.5 Marking
Al l
we l l h e a d s
s h al l
be
m arke d
in
acco rd a n ce
wi th
S e ct i o n
1 2
an d
Tabl e
55.
—
Table 55 Marking for Wellhead Equipment
Required Markings
AP I
Required Location(s)
6A or 6A
Te m p e ratu re
M ate ri al
P ro d u ct
cl as s ( e s )
s pe ci fi cati o n
P e rfo rm an ce
D ate
or
rati n g s
cl ass
l e ve l
re q u i re m e n ts
( P SL)
(PR)
an d /o r b o d y
N am e pl ate
an d /o r b o d y
o f m an u factu re
Manufacturer’
S e ri al
s
n am e
o r m ark
n u m b e r ( i f app l i cab l e )
N o m i n al
bo re
End
o u tl e t co n n e cto r s i z e
an d
R ate d
s i ze
wo rki n g
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
p re s s u re
an d
B o tto m
Th re ad
o u ts i d e
d i am e te r o f co n n e c to r
p re parati o n
Mi ni m u m
Ri n g
N am e pl ate
a
ve rti cal
si ze
g ro o ve
H ard n e ss
b o re
( th re ad e d
typ e
te s t
an d
val u e s
p ro d u c ts
o n l y)
N am e pl ate ,
n u m ber
N e ar e ach
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
(s e e
1 2. 8)
b o d y,
o r n e ar th re ad
co n n e cto r o r th re ad
Ad j ace n t
to
te s t
l o cati o n
F O O TN O TE
a
Al l
Al l o wabl e
cas i n g - h e ad
acco rd an ce
wi th
m arki n g s
s poo l s
are
an d
S e ct i o n
1 2
P R1 ,
PR2 ,
o r P R 2 F,
tu b i n g - h e ad
an d
Tabl e
5 6.
as
spool s
ap pl i cabl e .
u sed
as
cro s s o ve r
s poo l s
s h al l
ad d i t i o n al l y
be
m arke d
in
1 44
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Table 56—Marking for Wellhead Connectors
Required Markings
AP I
Required Location(s)
6A or 6A
Te m p e ratu re
M ate ri al
P ro d u ct
D ate
cl as s ( e s )
o r rati n g s
cl as s
s pe ci fi cati o n
l e ve l
( P S L)
N am e pl ate
an d /o r
bod y
N am e pl ate
an d /o r
bod y
o f m an u factu re
Manufacturer’s
S e ri al
n am e
n u m be r (i f
o r m ark
app l i cab l e )
N o m i n al
bo re
En d
o u tl e t co n n e cto r s i z e
an d
si ze
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
an d
R ate d
wo rki n g
Th re ad
s i ze
o u ts i d e
d i am e te r o f co n n e cto r
p re s s u re
( th re ad e d
p ro d u cts
o n l y)
N am e pl ate ,
N am e pl ate
P acko ff cas i n g
o r b o d y,
b o d y,
an d
o r n e ar th re ad
o u ts i d e
d i am e te r o f b o tto m
si ze
co n n e cto r
N am e pl ate
Mi n i m u m
ve rti cal
or
b o d y,
an d
o u ts i d e
d i am e te r o f e ach
b o re
co n n e cto r
Ri n g
g ro o ve
H ard n e s s
C as i n g - h e ad
h ou si n g s,
T abl e
56
N O TE
typ e
te s t
val u e s
n u m ber
N e ar e ach
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
h ou si n g s,
m u l ti s tag e
(s e e
c as i n g - h e ad
s poo l s ,
an d
1 2. 8)
Ad j ace n t
s po o l s ,
a d ap te r
an d
tu b i n g - h ead
s p ace r
s po o l s ,
spool s
s h al l
to
co n n e cto r
te s t
cro s s o ve r
be
m arke d
as
l o cati o n
s poo l s ,
m u l ti s tag e
s p e ci f i e d
in
T ab l e
h e ad
55
an d
. The bore size shall be preceded by the word “Bore.”
P e rfo rm an ce
W e l l h e ad
f o l l o we d
an d
o u tl e ts
b y th e
re q u i re m e n t
wi th
val ve
n o m i n al
m arki n g
re m o val
si ze
an d
is
n ot
re q u i re d
p re p arati o n s
“VR” or “HPVR”
fo r
we l l h e ad
s h al l
as
be
co n n e cto rs .
m arke d
n e ar
th e
o u tl e t
wi th
“
AP I
6A” or “6A”
ap p l i cab l e .
1 4.1 4.6 Storing and Shipping
Al l
h e ad s
1 4.1 5
s h al l
be
s t o re d
an d
s h i p pe d
in
acco rd a n ce
wi th
S e ct i o n
1 3.
Chokes
1 4.1 5.1 General
N O TE
1
P o s i ti ve
N O TE
2
C h o ke s
N O TE
3
Ad j u s tab l e
m e ch an i sm
as
an d
are
s h o wn
ad j u s tab l e
ch o ke s
n o t i n te n d e d
ch o ke s
in
h ave
F i g u re
1 6.
to
an
be
are
ch o ke s
u s ed
as
e xte rn al l y
Ac tu ato rs
th at
i n cl u d e
re s tri cti o n s
o r o ri f i ce s
to
co n tro l
th e
fl o w rate
of
fl u i d s .
s h u to ff val ve s .
co n tro l l e d
fo r ad j u s tab l e
vari abl e - are a
ch o ke s
are
o ri fi ce
c o ve re d
in
co u p l e d
1 4. 1 6.
wi th
an
o ri fi ce - are a- i n d i cati n g
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 45
Key
1
m axi m u m
2
re m o vabl e
3
s te m
4
5
6
i n d i cati n g
a
o ri fi ce
d i am e te r
7
o u tl e t
8
o ri fi ce
9
s te m
bo d y
1 0
i n l e t co n n e cto r
bo n n et
1 1
h an d wh e e l
s e at
ti p
m e ch an i s m
( typ e
is
co n n e cto r
are a
o r l e ve r
o p ti o n al )
F l o w d i re cti o n .
b
D i m en s i on s
u si n g
A
F i g u re
an d
B
are
B. 1 1 .
ag re e d
b e twe e n
m an u factu re r an d
pu rch as e r an d
m ay b e
s pe ci fi e d
—
Figure 1 6 Typical Adjustable Choke
N O TE
4
fl o w b e an s ,
P o s i ti ve
as
ch o ke s
s h o wn
in
acco m m o d ate
F i g u re
re p l ace ab l e
parts
h avi n g
fi xe d
o ri fi ce
d i m e n si o n s ,
wh i ch
are
co m m o n l y
cal l e d
1 7.
Key
1
cag e
2
re m o vabl e
3
o ri fi ce
4
o ri fi ce
a
b
n i pp l e
( o p ti o n al )
5
pl u g
6
o u tl e t
l e n g th
7
bo d y
d i am e te r
8
i n l e t co n n e cto r
fl o w b e an
o r cap
co n n e cto r
F l o w d i re cti o n .
Di m en si on s
Fi g u re
A
B. 1 1 .
an d
B
are ag reed
—
between m an u factu rer an d
Figure 1 7 Typical Positive Choke
pu rch aser an d m ay be speci fi ed u si n g
1 46
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 4.1 5.2 Design
1 4.1 5.2.1 General
Ch okes sh al l m eet th e req u i rem en ts of Secti on 4 an d Secti on 5,
i n ad d i ti o n to th ose i n 1 4. 1 5. 2. 2 th rou g h 1 4. 1 5. 2. 9.
1 4.1 5.2.2 Performance Requirements
C h o kes
in
Tabl e
s h al l
5 7.
m e et th e
Th i s
g en e ral
s h al l
i n cl u d e
p e rfo rm an ce
p o s i ti ve
req u i re m e n ts
ch o ke s ,
of
4. 2
an d
m an u al l y actu at e d
s h al l
be
ch o kes ,
cap ab l e
an d
of
pe rform i n g
ch o ke s d es i g n ed
as
o u tl i n ed
for actu ato rs .
Table 57—Performance Requirements for Chokes
Performance Requirement Level
Operating Cycles
PR1
3
PR2
200
Seat-to-body Sealing
a
cycl e s
1
cycl e s
cycl e
3
cycl e s
FO O TN O TE
a
O pe rati n g
cycl es
do
n ot
app l y
to
po s i ti ve
ch o kes .
1 4.1 5.2.3 End Connectors
En d
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
co n f o rm
to
1 4. 1 ,
1 4. 3 ,
or
1 4. 9 .
1 4.1 5.2.4 Nominal Size
Th e
n o m i n al
s i ze
a va i l ab l e
si ze
d e s i g n ati o n
of
th e
ch o ke
s h al l
be
th e
i nlet
co n n e cto r
s i ze,
fo l l o we d
by
th e
m axi m u m
o ri fi ce
1
fo r
th at
ch o ke
in
u n i ts
of
0. 4
mm
/
(
64
in. ).
If
th e
ch o ke
o ri fi ce
is
n ot
a
si n g l e
ci rcu l ar
o ri f i ce ,
th e
1
m ax i m u m
to
th e
s i ze
to tal
s h o wn
ch o ke
s h al l
o ri f i ce
be
th e
d i am e te r
of
a
ci rcl e ,
in
i n cre m e n ts
of
0. 4
mm
(
/
in. ) ,
64
wh o s e
are a
is
e q u al
are a.
1 4.1 5.2.5 Rated Working Pressure
For
ch o ke s
ch o ke
For
s h al l
ch o ke s
co n n e cto r,
of
th e
h avi n g
be
th e
h avi n g
th e
20. 7
an
ch o ke
u ps tre am
e x am p l e ,
en d
rate d

wo rki n g
en d
h ave
a
co n n e cto r
1 3. 8
M Pa
of
th e
p re s s u re
u p s tre am
s h al l
en d
M Pa
co n n e cto rs
s am e
of
th e
co n n e cto r
t wo - p art
an d
th e
(3000
ps i
rate d
en d
of
rate d
rate d

wo rki n g
h i g h er
wo rki n g
wo rki n g
200 0
p re s s u re ,
th e
rat e d
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
of
th e
c o n n e ct o rs .
rate d
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
p re s s u re
p re s s u re
co n s i s ti n g
of
th e
of
th an
th e
th e
rat e d
d o wn s tre am
d o wn s tre am
wo rki n g
en d
en d
p re s s u re
co n n e cto r,
fo r
ps i ) .
1 4.1 5.2.6 Flow Design
C h o ke s
pl u g ,
of
s h al l
be
p o s i ti ve
d esi g n ed
to
d i re ct
fl o w
awa y
f ro m
th e
bon n e t
of
ad j u s tab l e
ch o ke s
an d
th e
cap ,
or
b l an ki n g
ch o ke s .
1 4.1 5.2.7 Vent Requirement
Al l
ch o ke s
ad j u s tab l e
s h al l
be
ch o ke s
d esi g n ed
o r th e
to
ve n t
b o d y- to - cap
trap p e d
p re s s u re
co n n e cto r o n
p ri o r
p o s i ti ve
to
re l e as i n g
th e
b o d y - to - b o n n e t
co n n e cto r
on
ch o ke s .
1 4.1 5.2.8 Flow Beans for Positive Chokes
N O TE
Th e
1
F l o w b e an s
o ri fi ce
si ze
of
are
an y
d e fi n e d
as
i n d i vi d u al
th e
re p l ace ab l e
p ro d u cti o n
fl o w
o ri fi ce
b e an
p arts
an d
o f p o s i ti ve
th e
ch o ke s .
i n cre m e n t
b e t we e n
s i ze s
are
o p ti o n a l
wi t h
th e
1
m an u f actu re r b u t
P ro rati o n
b e an s
s h al l
s h al l
be
s p e ci f i e d
h ave
a
n et
in
d i am e te r i n cre m e n ts
e f f e cti ve
o ri fi ce
l e n g th
of
of
0. 4
mm
1 52 . 4
(
mm
/
64

in. ) .
1 .5
mm
1
d i am e te rs
of
th e s e
b e an s
s h al l
be
s p e ci f i e d
in
(6
in.

5
/
64
in.
d i am e tri cal
i n cre m e n ts ,
i . e.
0. 06
i n. ) .
6
/
64
in. ,
Th e
7
/
64
in. ,
o ri fi ce
8
/
64
in. ,
/
64
in.
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
N O TE
2
Th e
o ri fi c e
si ze
of
an y
i n d i vi d u al
p ro d u cti o n
b e an
an d
th e
1 47
i n cre m e n t
be twe e n
si ze s
are
o p ti o n al
wi th
th e
m an u factu re r.
1 4.1 5.2.9
Adjustable Choke Indicating Mechanism
Ad j u s tab l e
ch o ke s
are a
at
an y
i n d i cate
s h al l
ad j u s te d
d i am e te rs
be
e q u i p ped
ch o ke
of
s e tti n g
ci rcu l ar
wi t h
a
vi s i b l e
th ro u g h o u t
o ri f i ce s
h avi n g
i ts
o ri fi ce - are a- i n d i ca ti n g
o p e rati n g
are as
ra n g e .
e q u i val e n t
to
Th i s
th e
m e ch an i s m
m e ch an i s m
m inim um
fl o w
to
d efi n e
s h al l
are as
be
at
th e
o ri f i ce
ca l i b rate d
an y
to
ad j u s tab l e
1
ch o ke
s e tti n g .
Th es e
m arki n g s
s h al l
be
in
d i am e tri cal
i n cre m e n ts
1
(
of
e i th e r
0. 4
mm
/
(
64
in. )
or
0. 8
mm
3
/
in. )
32
fo r
ch o ke
s e tti n g s
b e t we e n
0. 0
mm
(0
in. )
an d
3
1 9. 2
mm
u sed .
It
(
is
1 4.1 5.3
M ate ri al
s te m
mm
(
/
4
in. ),
1
/
in. ),
4
d i am e tri cal
n o t re q u i re d
to
i n cre m e n ts
equi p
actu ate d
of
0. 4
ch o ke s
mm
wi th
(
i n cl u s i ve .
Fo r
ch o ke
1
/
64
an
in. ),
0. 8
i n d i cati n g
mm
(
s e tti n g s
fo r bo d i e s ,
fo r
al l
an d
bo n n e ts ,
o th e r
co rro s i o n -
ti p s
1
/
in. ),
32
or
1 .6
mm
(
/
in. )
1 6
m ay
As s e m b l e d
1 4.1 5.5
p arts
an d
pl u g s
s h al l
o r caps ,
m e et
th e
ab ra s i o n - re s i s tan t
p o s i ti ve - ch o ke
ch o ke s
an d
en d
co n n e ct o rs
re q u i re m e n ts
m ate ri al s ,
of
s h al l
S e ct i o n
co ati n g s ,
or
co n f o rm
6
or
o ve rl a ys
to
1 4. 1 6,
s h al l
S e cti o n
as
be
6.
app l i c abl e .
u sed
fo r
Ad d i t i o n al l y,
ad j u s tab l e - ch o ke
fl o w b e an s .
s h al l
s u cce s s f u l l y co m p l e t e
th e
te s t s
re q u i re d
b y an d
d e s cri b e d
in
S e ct i o n
1 1 .
Marking
m arki n g
sh al l
be
as
s p e ci f i e d
in
S e cti o n
1 2
an d
T abl e
58.
—
Table 58 Marking for Chokes
Required Markings
AP I
Required Location(s)
6A or 6A
Te m p e ratu re
M ate ri al
P ro d u ct
cl as s ( e s )
D ate
rati n g s
l e ve l
re q u i re m e n ts
( P SL)
(PR)
a
N am e pl ate
o f m an u fac tu re
Manufacturer’s
S e ri al
n am e
an d /o r
bod y
o r m ark
n u m b e r ( i f app l i cab l e )
N o m i n al
bo re
M a xi m u m
End
or
cl ass
s pe ci fi cati o n
P e rfo rm an ce
an d
s i ze
o ri fi ce
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
si ze
o u tl e t co n n e cto r s i z e
N am epl ate an d /o r bod y an d ou tsi d e d i am eter of
R ate d
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
con n ector
Th re ad
si ze
( th re ad e d
p ro d u c ts
o n l y)
N am e pl ate ,
b o d y,
F l o w d i re cti o n
D i re c ti o n
Ri n g
of
typ e
te s t
an d
val u e s
to
o pen
H an d wh e e l
n u m ber
N e ar e ach
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
(see
1 2. 8)
FO O TN O TE
Al l o wabl e
o r n e ar th re ad
Bod y
m o ve m e n t
g ro o ve
H ard n e s s
a
be
m e ch an i s m .
1 4.1 5.4 Quality Control/Testing
C h o ke
a b o ve
Materials
M ate ri al s
s p e ci al
1 9. 2
m arki n g s
are
P R1 ,
PR2 ,
o r P R 2 F,
as
ap pl i cabl e .
co n n e cto r o r th re ad
Ad j ace n t
to
te s t
l o cati o n
1 48
AP I
C h o ke s
C h o ke
s h al l
be
bean s
m ark o n
i ts
m arke d
s h al l
o u ts i d e
be
wi th
th e i r n o m i n al
m arke d
as
si ze
s p e ci f i e d
in
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
an d
m ax i m u m
T abl e
59 ,
wi t h
o ri f i ce
th e
or
as
s p e ci f i e d
in
1 4. 1 5. 2 . 4.
ifice size and the manufacturer’
s
n am e
or
d i am e te r o r e n d .
Table 59 ―Marking for Choke Beans
Marking
Manufacturer’
Si ze ;
s
n o m i n al
n am e
o ri fi ce
Location
o r m ark
si ze ;
b e an
s i ze
O u ts i d e
d i am e te r o r e n d
O u ts i d e
d i am e te r o r e n d
1 4.1 5.6 Storing and Shipping
C h o ke s
s h al l
be
s to re d
an d
sh i pp e d
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
S e ct i o n
1 3.
1 4.1 6 Actuators
1 4.1 6.1 General
1 4.1 6.1 .1 Types
Th i s
s e cti o n
e q u i pm e n t
If
th e
are
actu ato r
n ot
ap pl y
is
actu ate d
if
to
h yd rau l i c,
s i n g l e - acti n g
s u p pl i e d
co n s i d e re d
actu ato r,
N O TE
s h al l
i n cl u d i n g
p art
as s e m b l e d
wi th
of
th e
wi th
a
p n e u m ati c ,
l i n e ar,
th e
as s o ci a te d
actu ato r
val ve
an d
d o u b l e - acti n g
an d
p arts
s h al l
p re p are d
e l e ctri c - p o we re d
l i n e ar,
an d
of
th e
val ve
m eet
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
fo r
an
a ctu ato r,
n ot
wi th i n
actu at o rs
fo r
we l l h e ad
an d
tre e
ro tary t yp e s .
or
ch o ke
s h al l
( b o n n e t,
of
m eet
1 4. 1 1
th e
s te m ,
or
s e al s ) ,
1 4. 1 5 ,
th e s e
p art s
re s p e ct i ve l y.
re q u i re m e n ts
of
Th e
1 4. 1 1 . 1 . 3
fo r
val ve s .
Actu ato rs
p o we re d
usi n g
re tai n e d
fl u i d
are
th e
s co p e
o f th i s
d o cu m e n t.
1 4.1 6.1 .2 Temperature Rating
Actu ato rs
q u al i fi e d
Th e
s h al l
as
h a ve
re q u i re d
m inim um
rati n g
m an u f actu re r an d
Th e
m axi m u m
N O TE
Th e
a
te m p e ratu re
b y th i s
s h al l
rati n g ,
fo r
wh i c h
m e tal l i c
m ate ri al s
an d
n o n m e tal l i c
s e al s
s h al l
be
s p e ci f i cati o n .
be a temperature listed under “min”
in
Tab l e
2,
u n l ess
s p e ci f i e d
o th e rwi s e
by
th e
pu rch as e r.
rati n g
s tan d ard
s h al l
be
no
l ess
u p p e r te m p e ratu re
th an
65
rati n g
°C
is
65
(1 50
°C
° F) .
( 1 50
° F) .
1 4.1 6.2 Design
1 4.1 6.2.1 General
Actu ato rs
1 4. 1 6 . 2 . 2
s h al l
to
m eet
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
S e cti o n
4
an d
S e cti o n
1 4. 1 6 . 2 . 8 .
1 4.1 6.2.2 Performance Requirements
Actu ato rs
s h al l
be
capa b l e
of
p e rf o rm i n g
as
o u tl i n ed
in
T abl e
60 .
5,
in
a d d i ti o n
to
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
in
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 49
Table 60 —Performance Requirements for Actuators
Performance Requirement Level
Number of Operating Cycles
PR1
3
cycl e s
PR2
200
cycl e s
1 4.1 6.2.3 Pressure
Th e
m an u factu re r s h al l
H yd ra u l i c
an d
i d e n ti f y th e
pn e u m ati c
a ctu ato rs
s u p p l y p re s s u re
s h al l
be
ra ti n g
d esi g n ed
to
of
th e
actu at o r.
wi t h s tan d
actu ato r p ro o f
te s t
p re s s u re .
1 4.1 6.2.4 Fluid Connectors
H yd ra u l i c
h ave
a
an d
p n e u m ati c
p re s s u re
rat i n g
co n n e ct o rs
e q u al
to
s h al l
co n fo rm
o r g re ate r t h an
th e
to
th e
m an u factu re r
s u p p l y p re s s u re
s p e ci f i cati o n s .
rati n g
of
th e
Th e
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
actu ato r.
1 4.1 6.2.5 Pressure Relief
Al l
actu at o rs
va l ve ,
s h al l
ch o ke ,
N O TE
A
p ro vi s i o n
as
part
In
p n e u m ati cal l y
th e
be
d es i g n ed
to
p re ve n t
p re s s u re
bu i l d - u p
wi th i n
th e
actu ato r
ca s e
due
to
l e akag e
f ro m
th e
o r actu ato r.
o f e i th e r th e
fo r
re l i e f
val ve
of
p re s s u re
o r th e
actu ato r.
o p e rate d
s u p p l y p re s s u re
rati n g
actu ato rs ,
of
th e
bu i l d -u p
a
re l i e f
m ay
be
d e vi ce
i n cl u d e d
s h al l
be
in
th e
val ve
p ro vi d e d
bon n et
to
as s e m b l y
re l i e ve
at
no
( an d
as s o ci ate d
h i g h er
th an
1 20
p arts )
%
of
actu ato r.
1 4.1 6.2.6 Electrical Specifications
E l e ctri cal
p arts
I E C /C E N E L E C .
s p e ci f i cati o n .
s h al l
be
C o n tro l
T h e rm al
in
acco rd an ce
l at ch i n g
p ro te cti o n
wi th
( h o l d - o pe n )
fo r
th e
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
p o we r
m o to r s h al l
s h al l
be
be
in
of
AP I
1 4F
acco rd an ce
or
th e
wi th
app l i cab l e
th e
s tan d ard s
manufacturer’
s
of
wri tte n
p ro vi d e d .
1 4.1 6.2.7 Actuation Forces
Actu ato r
o u tp u t
f o rce s
s h al l
m eet
or
e xce e d
th e
o pe rati n g
re q u i re m e n ts
s p e ci f i e d
by
th e
val ve
or
ch o ke
m an u f actu re r.
1 4.1 6.2.8 Interface Requirements
Parts sh al l con form
to appl i cabl e i n terface d i m en si on s
an d
oth er re q u i rem en ts s peci fi ed
by th e val ve m an u factu rer.
1 4.1 6.3 Materials
1 4.1 6.3.1 Pneumatically or Hydraulically Powered Actuators
M e ta l l i c
an d
n o n m e tal l i c
The manufacturer’
—
—
—
m e ch an i cal
ch e m i cal
s
m ate ri a l s
wri tte n
u se d
s p e ci fi cati o n s
p ro p e rt y re q u i re m e n ts ;
com p o s i ti o n s ;
h e at- tre atm e n t.
in
actu ato rs
s h al l
f o r m e tal l i c
h ave
m ate ri a l s
wri t te n
s h al l
m ate ri a l
d e fi n e
th e
s p e ci fi cati o n s .
f o l l o wi n g :
1 50
AP I
I m p act
te s ti n g
c yl i n d e rs ,
fo r
actu ato r
p i s to n s ,
an d
The manufacturer’
s
p arts
th at
d i ap h rag m
wri tte n
re tai n
h ou si n g s)
s p e ci fi cati o n s
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
p n e u m ati c/h yd rau l i c
sh al l
fo r
be
in
co n tro l
a cco rd an ce
n o n m e tal l i c
m ate ri al s
wi th
s h al l
fl u i d
an d
6. 3. 2. 3 ,
be
in
p re s s u re
P SL
1
(e. g .
p re s s u re
re q u i re m e n ts .
acco rd an ce
wi th
6. 2. 3.
1 4.1 6.3.2 Electric Actuators
M ate ri al s
u sed
fo r e l e ctri c
a ctu ato rs
s h al l
co n f o rm
the manufacturer’
to
s
wri t te n
s p e ci f i cati o n s .
1 4.1 6.3.3 Traceability
Actu ato r
an d
p arts
th at
d i ap h rag m
m ate ri al
re tai n
trace ab i l i t y.
i n cl u d e d
h e at
manufacturer’
N O TE
If
l o t( s ) .
s
p n e u m ati c/h yd rau l i c
h ou si n g s)
h avi n g
Trace abi l i t y
Al l
wri tte n
p arts
in
a
rat e d
s h al l
a
be
co n tro l
wo rki n g
s u ff i ci e n t
m u l ti h e at
j ob
l ot
fl u i d
an d
p re s s u re
if
th e
s h al l
p art
be
p re s s u re
g re ate r
can
be
re j e cte d
(e. g .
th an
trace d
if
an y
p re s s u re
2. 6
M Pa
to
h e at
a
j ob
l ot
c yl i n d e rs ,
(375
psi )
l ot
d oes
th at
not
p i s to n s ,
s h al l
re q u i re
i d en ti fi e s
th e
co n f o rm
to
th e
actu ato r
wi th i n
s p e c i fi cati o n s .
h e at l o t trace abi l i ty i s
m ai n tai n e d ,
co n fo rm i n g
h e at l o ts
m ay be re tai n e d .
1 4.1 6.3.4 Nonmetallic Sealing Elements
N o n m e tal l i c
th e
an d
s e al
te m p e ratu re
s h al l
Se al i n g
h a ve
m ate ri al s
rati n g
s h al l
d o cu m e n tati o n
e l e m e n ts
be
s p e ci f i e d
s h al l
be
cap ab l e
by
of
th e
th e
c o n tro l l e d
of
wi th s ta n d i n g
m an u f actu re r.
co m p ati b i l i t y o f
in
acco rd a n ce
Th e
th e
th e
fl u i d
wi t h
s u p pl y
p re s s u re
m an u factu re r
wi t h
1 0. 4. 6,
s h al l
n o n m e tal l i c
PSL
rati n g
of
s p e ci f y
th e
th e
o p e rati n g
fl u i d ( s )
s e al s .
1 .
1 4.1 6.3.5 Welding Requirements
Wel d i n g
s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts
m ag n e ti c
be
in
s h al l
p arti c l e
acco rd an ce
be
vi s u al
wi th
th e
e x am i n at i o n
e x am i n at i o n ,
as
ap p l i cab l e
fo r
re q u i re m e n ts
f abri cati o n
app l i ca b l e ,
we l d s .
fo r m ate ri al
of
S e cti o n
R e p ai r
d e fe cts
we l d s
7,
e xce pt
s h al l
th at
i n cl u d e
q u al i t y
liquid
co n tro l
p e n e tran t
or
o n l y.
1 4.1 6.4 Quality Control/Testing
1 4.1 6.4.1 Actuator Shell Test
Actu ato r
an d
N O TE
In
1
cas e
s ati s f y
Th e
th e
th e
re q u i re d
N O TE
Th e
—
—
as
2
t h at
re tai n
p arts
bon n et
p art
of
th re e
s h al l
m ay b e
fo r
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
p re s s u re
of
p n e u m ati c
h ou si n g s)
th e
W ate r wi th
te s t
co n s i s t
—
p arts
d i ap h ra g m
be
te s te d
1 4. 1 1
va l ve
or
actu ato r p ro o f
o r wi th o u t
s h al l
be
a
to
th e
p re s s u re
s e co n d ar y p re s s u re - h o l d i n g
p re s s u re - h o l d i n g
bee n
h as
i s o l ate d
co n tro l
p ro o f
fl u i d
te s t
to
an d
p re s s u re
d e m o n s trate
(e. g .
p re s s u re
s tru ctu ral
c yl i n d e rs ,
p i s to n s ,
i n te g ri t y.
or
ch o ke
f o rm s
an
re s p e ct i ve l y.
i n te g ra l
T e s ti n g
p art
of
of
th e
a
l oos e
bon n et
actu ato r,
s te m
th e
p acki n g
bon n et
s h al l
s h al l
n ot
be
te s t.
g as ,
m inim um
re d u cti o n
B o th
a
of
o r h yd rau l i c
1 .5
ti m e s
fl u i d
th e
m ay b e
s u ppl y
u sed
as
th e
te s ti n g
p re s s u re
rati n g
of
Th e
p e ri o d
fl u i d .
th e
actu ato r.
Th e
te s t
s h al l
p arts :
p e ri o d ;
p re s s u re
to
1 4. 1 5,
ad d i ti ve s ,
p ri m ary p re s s u re - h o l d i n g
of
h yd ra u l i c
s i m u l tan e o u s l y o r s e p arate l y.
m ati n g
of
or
s u b j e cte d
been
fro m
p e ri o d s
re ach e d
th e
ze ro ;
p e ri o d .
s h al l
an d
pre s s u re
n ot
h as
be
l ess
s tabi l i z e d ,
s o u rce ,
an d
th e
th an
th e
3
m in.
e q u i pm e n t
e x te rn al
s u rf ace s
te s t
an d
of
th e
th e
s h al l
n ot
beg i n
p re s s u re - m o n i to ri n g
p arts
h ave
be e n
u n ti l
th e
d e vi ce
tes t
h ave
th o ro u g h l y d ri e d .
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
Acce ptan ce
cri te ri a:
Th e
e q u i pm e n t
s h al l
sh ow n o
vi s i b l e
l e akag e
d u ri n g
1 51
e ach
h ol d i n g
pe ri o d .
1 4.1 6.4.2 Functional Testing
E ach
actu ato r
actu ato r
p n e u m ati c
s u i tab l e
a)
be
h yd rau l i c
wi th
f o l l o wi n g
Tes t
fo r
%
read i n g
an d
s m o o th l y
p re s s u re
S e cti o n
c)
G as
b o th
1 00
%
fu l l y
or
an d
%
Test
Test
or
as s em b l y
te s te d
m ed i a
p o we r
ac tu ato r
no
Th e m i n i m u m
for
not
be
fo r
s u ppl i e d
fo r
a
an d
s e parate l y.
h yd rau l i c
to
s h al l
be
%
th e
1 00
th e
of
for e ach
actu ators
test
i s ol ated
e l e ctri c
o p e rat i o n .
Test
Th e
m ed i a
fo r
actu ato rs
s h al l
be
a
act u ato rs
s h al l
be
in
p ro pe r
s t i ck - s l i p
acco rd an ce
or
wi th
3
min
each
be en
by
c ycl i n g
ch att e ri n g
fo r
tes t
th e
1 0
th e
m in
press u re
an d
at
for
h as
Th e test pressu re
act u ato r,
actu ato r
b e h avi o r.
1 1
be
s t e ps
of
be record e d .
th e
Th e
t wo
rati n g
re ach e d
s ou rce.
peri od s h al l
ti m e s .
S e cti o n
at
h as
th e pressu re
th re e
in
s u pp l y p res s u re
pressu re
from
o p e rati o n
of
p re s s u re - te s te d
tes t pre s su re s h al l
an d
press u re- h ol d i n g
m inim um
n o ti ce ab l e
in
u n ti l
be en
of each
te s te d
s e al s
th an
te st d u rati o n
beg i n
pos i ti o n ,
te s te d
l es s
pn eu m ati c
d e vi ce h as
wi t h o u t
be
Th e
an d
at th e e n d
s h al l
s h al l
s e al :
20
s h al l
s tro ke d
an d
ch o ke
p ro p e r
i n te n d e d
n i tro g e n .
n i tro g e n .
press u re
peri o d
actu ato r
th e
d i re cti o n s
an
o p e rati o n al
ag re e d
1 1 .
th e
b acks e at
If
in
te s t
b e t we e n
l atch i n g
te s ts
te s t:
If
bo n n e t
wi th
s h al l
th e
(h ol d
re q u i re d
th e
wi th
an d
be
p e rf o rm e d
m an u f actu re r
open )
an d
o pe n i n g
an d
m e ch an i s m
b y S e ct i o n
bon n et
acco rd a n ce
th e
acco rd an ce
to
Th e
d u ri n g
N O TE
Al l
Th e
to
va l ve
co n d u cte d
1 4.1 6.5
actu ato r
al l o we d .
te st
is
Th e
f ro m
s h al l
f i n al
th e
o p e rat e
as s e m b l y
ap p ro p ri at e
P SL
of
of
th e
ent. For BSDVs with actuators sized at differential pressures lower than the valve’s rated working
p re s s u re ,
te s te d
Th i s
at
or
d e m o n s trate
it
be l o w .
g re ate r th an
is
ai r
or
to
w h i ch
re q u i re m e n ts .
o rd e r s h o wn
no
te s t
fo r
as
ai r
th e press u re- m o n i to ri n g
t e s t:
in
as
p n e u m ati c
m in
f u n cti o n al
s u ch
s u ch
ti m e at th e be g i n n i n g
to
a
d es i g n
th e
of
5
to
e q u i pm e n t
g as ,
g as ,
l e akag e
an d
p o s i ti o n
eq u i pm
an d
vi s i b l e
O p e rati o n a l
actu ato r
a
a
e l e ctri cal
actu ators .
an d
n o rm al
or
th e
be
ap p l y i n
press u re
stabi l i zed ,
wi th
pres s u re s
No
h yd rau l i c
b)
th e
h yd ra u l i c
actu ator.
s u b j e cte d
s h al l
fl u i d
s h al l
b y app l yi n g
20
be
te s te d
actu ato rs
acco rd an ce
Th e
s h al l
m ay
th e
p u rch as e r
p o we r
va l ve
af te r
a g ai n s t
al l
re q u i re m e n ts
o th e r
fo r
th e
si zi n g
te s ti n g
e l e ctri c
is
d i ff e re n ti a l
co m p l e te d
actu ato rs
s h al l
in
be
1 1 .
act u ato r
are
f u rn i s h e d
as
a
a
PSL
unit
fo r
P SL
4
val ve s ,
a
te s t
s h al l
be
1 1 . 3.
actu ato r
are
fu rn i s h e d
as
unit
fo r
3G
val ve s ,
a
te s t
m ay
be
co n d u cte d
in
1 1 . 3.
Marking
actu ato rs
co n s i d e re d
s h al l
p art
of
be
m arke d
th e
va l ve
as
s pe ci fi e d
fo r m arki n g
in
S e ct i o n
1 2
an d
Table 61
B o n n e ts
attach e d
Required Location(s)
6A or 6A
Te m p e ratu re
cl as s ( e s )
P e rfo rm an ce
re q u i re m e n ts
D ate
or
rati n g s
(PR)
a
N am e pl ate
o f m an u factu re
Manufacturer’s
S e ri al
n am e
an d /o r b o d y
o r m ark
n u m b e r ( i f app l i cab l e )
S u ppl y
p re s s u re
H ard n e ss
te s t
rati n g
val u e s
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
(s e e
1 2. 8)
FO O TN O TE
a
61 .
—Marking for Actuators
Required Markings
AP I
T abl e
p u rp o s e s .
Al l o wabl e
m arki n g s
are
P R1 ,
PR2 ,
o r P R 2 F,
as
ap pl i cabl e .
Ad j ace n t
to
te s t
l o cati o n
to
act u at o rs
s h al l
be
1 52
AP I
M arki n g
l i m i te d
fo r
to ,
e l e ctri c
are a
actu ato rs
m ay
cl as s i fi cati o n ,
be
on
vo l tag e ,
a
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
s e parat e
f re q u e n c y,
n am e pl ate
am p e rag e
on
th e
act u ato r
( s tarti n g
an d
an d
s h al l
ru n n i n g ) ,
i n cl u d e ,
an d
bu t
m o to r
n ot
be
i n s u l ati o n
re q u i re m e n ts .
1 4.1 6.6 Storage and Shipping
S to ra g e
an d
s h i pp i n g
s h al l
be
p e r S e ct i o n
1 3.
1 4.1 7 Safety Valves, Shutdown Valves, and Actuators
1 4.1 7.1
General
1 4.1 7.1 .1 Valves
S af e ty
va l ve s
s h al l
co n f o rm
to
th e
ap p l i cab l e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
1 4. 1 1
fo r
actu ate d
va l ve s
or
val ve s
p re p are d
f o r actu ato r.
The term “safety valve”
N O TE
s h u td o wn
S S Vs
val ve
an d
can
re fe r
to
s u rface
s afe ty
val ve
(S S V) ,
u n d e rwate r
s afe ty
val ve
( U S V) ,
or
b o ar d i n g
( B S D V) .
U S Vs
s h al l
B S D Vs
s h al l
R e co rd
re q u i re m e n ts
co n fo rm
co n fo rm
to
th e
to
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
re q u i re m e n ts
fo r P SL
f o r S S V s /U S Vs /B S D Vs
fo r P S L
3
s h al l
as
be
2
as
a m inim um .
a m inim um .
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
S e ct i o n
1 5.
1 4.1 7.1 .2 Actuators
Actu ato rs
N O TE
val ve
f o r S S Vs ,
Th e
( U S V) ,
U S Vs ,
an d
B S D Vs
“safety valve actuator”
te rm
o r b o ard i n g
s h u td o wn
val ve
s h al l
can
m eet
re fe r
to
th e
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
actu ato r
of
a
of
1 4. 1 6.
s u rface
s afe ty
val ve
( S S V) ,
u n d e rwate r
s afe t y
( B S D V) .
1 4.1 7.2 Design
1 4.1 7.2.1 General
S af e ty
va l ve s
s h al l
s ati s f acto ri l y i n
Th e
s af e ty val ve
d am ag e
or
to
th e
s h al l
p re s s u re
g re as e
th e
Desi g n
S af e ty
be
or
g re as e
be
s e al an t
val ve s
be
to
is
of
a
an d
by
s afe ty
i n te rn al
p re s s u re
re q u i re d
in
h ave
en d
of
d esi g n .
actu ato r,
va l ve
bod y
at t h e
th e
i n cl u d e
cl o s e d
val ve
m ate ri al s
th e
co n n e cto rs
p re s s u re
va l ve
co n f o rm i n g
s afe t y va l ve
in
wate r
co n f o rm i n g
th e
or
th e
val ve
wi th i n
d epth
bod y
p re s s u re
m ax i m u m
Th e
wh e n
m ax i m u m
s af e t y
wi th o u t re d u c i n g
s h al l
co n s tru cte d
to
S e cti o n
6
an d
s h al l
p e rf o rm
1 4. 1 7. 2. 3 . 3 .
n o rm al l y
or
an y
sea
fo r U S Vs
s h al l
fo r
re q u i re d
val ve
u n der
up
o r s e al a n t
cri te ri a
d esi g n ed
te s ts
s afe t y
d e p re s s u ri z e d ,
e x te rn al
If
th e
i ts
is
s h al l
be
actu a te d
p re s s u re
d esi g n ed
o pen
rati n g ,
or
an d
to
o p e rat e ,
cl o s e d ,
fo r
wi th o u t
p re s s u ri z e d
U S V,
u n d er
an y
rati n g .
s te m
are a,
p ro vi s i o n s
s h al l
be
m ad e
fo r
i n j e cti n g
s afe t y val ve .
d e p th .
to
1 4. 1 1 ,
e xce p t
th at
th re ad e d
en d
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
n ot
u sed .
1 4.1 7.2.2 Performance Requirements
1 4.1 7.2.2.1 Valves
S af e ty
va l ve s
va l i d ate d
as
s h al l
be
s p e ci f i e d
d esi g n ed
in
to
s ati s f y
1 4 . 1 7. 2 . 3 . 3 .
th e
p e rf o rm an ce
re q u i re m e n ts
s p e ci f i e d
in
Tab l e
62
an d
s h al l
be
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
Table 62
―S u m m ary of Val i d ati on Req u i rem en ts for S afety Val ves
Performance Requirements
Operating
Thermal Cycles
Cycles
Safety Valve
Service Class
1 53
Testing Requirements
Design Validation
Testing
I
200
3
PR2F
II
200
3
PR2F
III
200
3
PR2F
6AV1 Sand Slurry Testing
N ot
AP I
AP I
re q u i re d
6 AV1
a
C l as s
6 AV1
C l as s
II
III
FO O TN O TE
a
M an u fact u re r m ay pe rfo rm
an
AP I
6 AV1
C l as s
II
t es t
re pl aci n g
th e
s an d
s l u rry
wi t h
p l ai n
wate r as
th e
t e s t fl u i d .
1 4.1 7.2.2.2 Actuators
Actu ato rs
f o r s af e ty va l ve s
s h al l
be
d esi g n ed
to
s ati s f y th e
PR2
l e ve l
of
1 4. 1 6. 2
as
a m inim um .
1 4.1 7.2.3 Product-specific Design Requirements
1 4.1 7.2.3.1 SSV Design
N O TE
An
M u l ti pl e
SSV
an d
b l o ck
re q u i re m e n ts
l e n g th ,
an d
val ve
of
m ay be
val ve s
th i s
a si ng l e
s h al l
be
s p e ci f i cati o n .
o th e r ap p l i cab l e
l o os e
val ve
or on e
m an u f actu re d
Si n g l e-u n i t
di m en si on s
SSV
s p e ci f i e d
in
val ve
an d
in
m u l ti p l e
a
s u ppl i e d
val ve s
s h al l
in
val ve
b o d y.
acco rd an c e
co n f o rm
to
th e
wi th
b o re
al l
o th e r
d i am e te r,
a p p l i cab l e
f ace - to - f ace
1 4. 1 1 .
1 4.1 7.2.3.2 USV and BSDV Design
N O TE
U SV
A U S V/B S D V
an d
BS D V
val ve
m ay b e
d es i g n s
s h al l
a si n g l e
m eet
l oose
th e
val ve
or on e
re q u i re m e n ts
val ve
of
in
a m u l ti pl e
1 4. 1 7. 2. 3 . 1
val ve
fo r
bo d y.
SSV
d esi g n ,
wi th
th e
f o l l o wi n g
e x ce pti o n s .
—
U S V/B S D V
m ay
s p e ci f i cati o n ,
—
U S Vs
m ay
be
re q u i re m e n ts
—
B S D Vs
m ay
i n si d e
of
of
of
of
en d
as
co n n e ct o rs
n o ted
in
n o n s tan d ard
th i s
be
re q u i re m e n ts
th e
u se
e x ce pt
d i am e te rs
s p e ci f i e d
in
AP I
1 7D
as
we l l
as
end
co n n e cto rs
in
th i s
b o re s
a n d /o r
f ace - to - f ace
l e n g th s .
En d
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
m eet
al l
o th e r
m eet
al l
o th e r
s p e c i fi cati o n .
n o n s t an d ard
th i s
as
1 4. 1 7 . 2 . 1 .
b o re s
s p e ci f i cati o n .
of
pi pi n g
an d /o r
f ace - to - face
R e d u ce d - o p e n i n g
u p s tre am
l e n g th s .
BSDV
o r d o wn s tre am
of
fl o w
th e
En d
p o rts
co n n e cto rs
s h al l
be
si zed
s h al l
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
B S D V.
1 4.1 7.2.3.3 Valve Design Validation Testing
N O TE
1
See
Val i d ati o n
of
re q u i re m e n t
i n te rn al
a
as
t e s ti n g ,
f o l l o wi n g
62
fo r a s u m m ary o f val i d ati o n
si n g l e-u n i t
P R2F
d esi g n
va l i d ati o n
Th e
Tab l e
an d
a
an d
s h al l
s af e t
if
s af e ty
C l as s
al l
ap p l y.
I,
II,
va l ve
or
III
s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts .
val i d ate
s e rvi ce ,
a
wi th o u t
m u l ti p l e -
ad d i ti o n al
y valve within the manufacturer’
o th e r s cal i n g
re q u i re m e n ts
are
s
or
p ro d u ct
s ati s f i e d .
b l o ck- t yp e
va l i d at i o n
line
val ve
t e s ti n g ,
th at
h as
if
fo r
it
is
p as s e d
p e rfo rm an ce
of
th e
th e
s am e
re q u i re d
1 54
AP I
a)
C l as s
b)
C l as s
I
s e rvi ce :
II
an d
III
re q u i re m e n ts
acco rd an ce
c)
Tes t
To
s e rvi ce :
( P R 2 F)
wi th
AP I
re q u i re m e n ts
N O TE
2
Th i s
1 )
F o r AP I
2)
For
of
N O TE
be
3
It
an d
is
s ca l i n g
not
II
6 AV 1
a
s p e ci f i c
s ati s f i e d .
In
th e
s afe t y
ad d i t i o n ,
wi t h
Fo r P R 2 F
PR2F
val ve
th e
or I I I
th e
an
re q u i re d
val i d ati o n ,
b y te m pe ratu re
val i d at i o n ,
va l i d ati o n :
wi th
te s te d
s af e t y val ve ,
val i d at e
be
s cal i n g :
C l as s
va l ve
I
p ro ce d u re s
d esi g n
va l ve
fo r
s h al l
of
An n e x
s e rvi ce
p as s
th e
F
s h al l
C l as s
C l as s
II
II
or
be
or
co m p l e te d .
III,
C l as s
th e
III
C l as s
te s t i n g
I
in
6 AV1 .
i n cl u d e s
PR2F
a C l as s
To
s h al l
an d
6 AV 1
s af e t y
s h al l
val i d ate
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
s am e
rati n g ,
th e
of
b o re
th at
a
si n g l e
val ve
an
th e
be
p ro vi s i o n s
rati n g ,
p ro vi s i o n s
SSV
s e al i n g
actu ato r th at m e e ts
s cal i n g
p re s s u re
s cal i n g
Va l i d ati o n
val ve
th e
or
an d
of
U SV
re q u i re m e n ts
co n s e cu ti ve l y
desi g n
AP I
or
m e ch an i s m
of
te s te d
of
F. 1 . 1 4
app l y.
fam i l y.
6 AV1
BS D V
an d
sh al l
s h al l
ap p l y.
val i d ate s
d esi g n
th e
f am i l y.
o th e r
Th e
two
t yp e s
s af e t y
va l ve
6 AV1 .
to
6A
P R2 F
an d
6 AV1 .
Th e
te s ts
are
not
cu m u l ati ve .
d)
Tes t
ag e n c y:
To
m an u f actu re r
val i d ate
s h al l
a
s u bm i t
a
s p e ci f i c
s afe t y
C l as s
val ve
of
II
or
th e
C l as s
s am e
III
b as i c
s afe t y
d esi g n
val ve
an d
d esi g n
fo r
m ate ri al s
of
s an d y
s e rvi ce ,
co n s tru c ti o n
to
a
th e
te s t
ag e n c y ( 3 . 1 . 9 5 ) .
N O TE
of
th e
4
An
va l ve
val i d ati o n
Th e
te s ti n g
te s t
s h i ppi n g
i n d e pe n d e n t
b o re
s e al i n g
o f An n e x
ag e n c y
re po rt
an d
(see
te s t
ag e n cy
m e ch an i s m
F
P R2
tes t
is
fo r
re q u i re d
C l as s
II
fo r
or
th e
te s ti n g
C l as s
III
s pe ci fi e d
s e rvi ce .
An
in
AP I
6 AV1
i n d epe n d e n t
to
te s t
val i d ate
ag e n cy
th e
is
p e rfo rm an ce
n ot
re q u i re d
fo r
(P R2F) .
re po rt
n u m ber
fo r
C l as s
II
or
C l as s
III
s af e ty
val ve s
s h al l
be
i d e n ti fi e d
in
th e
1 5 . 4. 2) .
1 4.1 7.2.3.4 Actuator Design
Th e
actu ato r
s e ve re
I n te rn a l
wh i ch
cl o s i n g
f o rc e
d e s i g n - cl o s i n g
p arts
sh ou l d
th e y can
be
s h al l
co n d i ti o n
be
re s i s tan t
e xp o s e d
P e rm an e n tl y a ttach e d
be
s u f f i ci e n t
s peci fi e d
to
cl o s e
f e atu re s
th e
va l ve
e n vi ro n m e n tal
u n d e r o p e rati n g
l o ck- o pe n
to
b y th e
co rro s i o n ,
co n d i ti o n s
sh al l
n ot
S S V/U S V/B S D V
be
s af e ty
va l ve
wh e n
it
is
at
th e
m ost
m an u factu re r.
th e
d e fi n e d
o p e rat i n g
b y th e
p e rm i tte d
on
m edi u m ,
an d
th e
m an u factu re r an d /o r th e
S SV
or B SD V
o th e r
fl u i d s
to
pu rc h as e r.
actu at o rs .
1 4.1 7.2.3.5 Heat-sensitive Lock-open Devices (SSVs and BSDVs Only)
1 4.1 7.2.3.5.1 General
H e at- s e n s i ti ve
l o ck- o pe n
at
tem peratu re s
atm os ph eri c
an d
th e
s u ch
Th e
—
actu at o r
th at
fo l l o wi n g
Th e
t e m p e ratu re
an d
in
th e
to
val ve
in,
u po n
wh e n
65
s h al l
bo d y
a
°C
bl e d
i n cl u d e d ,
(1 50
to
of
th e
co n d i ti o n s
al l o w
or
° F)
th e
e n e rg y
co n tro l l e d
s h al l
wi th
m ai n tai n
th e
atm o s p h e ri c
actu ati o n
actu at i o n
d e vi ce
m ai n tai n e d
up
p re s s u re
re l e as e d
l o ck- o p e n
p re s s u re
to ,
s u pp l y
an y p art
d e vi ce s ,
val ve
s u ppl y
be
th e
s h al l
Th e
n o t cre at e
or
BSD V
to
l o c k- o p e n
a
p o te n t i al
in
i ts
th e
fu l l y
rate d
d e vi ce
h a z ard
open
worki n g
s h al l
to
be
p o s i ti o n
pres s u re
d esi g n ed
p e rs o n n e l .
m e t.
to
au to m ati c a l l y
to
th e
e n vi ro n m e n tal
SSV
b o d y pres s u ri ze d
co n d i t i o n s .
d e vi ce
s h al l
val ve
actu ato r
cl ose
f ro m
c yl i n d e r)
t e m p e ratu re
of
540
actu ato r
wi t h i n
°C

1 4
6
m in
°C
f o rce s
afte r
(1 000
al o n e
bei n g
°F

25
(i . e.
no
s u bj e cte d
° F) .
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
—
E u te ct i c
m ate ri al s
te m p e ratu re
d esi g n ed
to
u sed
ran g e

of
act u ate
at
s h al l
1 0
%
m eet
th e
aro u n d
a m axi m u m
m an u factu
th e
n o m i n al
s u s tai n e d
rer’
s
d es i g n
m e l ti n g
te m p e ra tu re
of
p o i n t.
200
°C
1 55
re q u i re m e n ts
fo r
fu s i n g
Th e
h e at - s e n s i t i ve
(400
° F) .
wi th i n
d e vi ce
s h al l
a
be
1 4.1 7.2.3.5.2 Validation Testing of Heat-sensitive Lock-open Devices
T e s ts
p as t
th at
to
th e
th e
co n fi rm
SSV
th e
d esi g n
actu ato r
d e vi ce
h as
due
be e n
re q u i re m e n ts
to
n atu ral
of
1 4. 1 7. 2. 3 . 5
a i r co n ve cti o n
s u ff i ci e n tl y t e s te d
to
s h al l
o n l y.
e n s u re
Th e
t h at i t
be
don e
in
an
ai r
e n vi ro n m e n t
m an u fact u re r s h al l
c an
s ati s f y t h e
h ave
d esi g n
d ata
wi th
ai r
a vai l a b l e
ve l o ci t y
to
sh ow
re q u i re m e n ts .
1 4.1 7.3 Materials
1 4.1 7.3.1
Valves
P re s s u re - co n ta i n i n g
m ate ri al s
in
an d
p re s s u re - co n tro l l i n g
co n fo rm an ce
wi th
S e cti o n
p arts
of
s afe t y
val ve s
s h al l
be
d esi g n ed
fo r
an d
co n s tru ct e d
of
6.
1 4.1 7.3.2 Actuators
M ate ri al s
fo r s afe t y va l ve
actu ato rs
s h al l
m eet
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
1 4. 1 6 . 3 .
1 4.1 7.4 Quality Control/Testing
1 4.1 7.4.1
Al l
Drift Test
as s e m b l e d
d e s cri b e d
in
m ech an i s m
N O TE
D ri ft
fu l l - b o re
1 1 . 4.
i n s tal l e d
te s ti n g
s af e t y
S af e ty
to
of
val ve s
val ve s
ve ri f y th e
an d
s af e ty
p re p are d
fo r
val ve s
p re pare d
actu ato rs
s h al l
be
fo r
d ri ft
actu ato rs
te s te d
s h al l
wi th
p as s
th e
a
val ve
d ri ft
b o re
te s t
as
s e al i n g
cap ab i l i t y.
re d u ce d - b o re
U S Vs
o r B S D Vs
is
n ot
re q u i re d .
1 4.1 7.4.2 Acceptance Testing
Al l
as s e m bl ed
ap pl i cabl e
safet y
tes ts
val ve s
re q u i re d
or
an d
s afe ty
val ve s
d e scri be d
in
pre pare d
Secti on
for
1 1 ,
as
actu ato rs
a
wi th
m inim um .
s i m u l ated
Fo r
BS D Vs
bo n n ets
wi th
s h al l
actu ators
pas s
s i ze d
al l
at
differential pressures lower than the valve’s rated working pressure, an operational test shall be performed
open i n g
al l
th e
val ve ag ai n st th e si zi n g
oth er tes ti n g
of Secti on
1 1
d i ffere n ti al
i s com pl eted .
Al l
pressu re
ag re ed
tes t d ata s h al l
to
betwe en
be record e d
th e m an u factu rer an d
on
pu rch aser after
a test d ata sh eet (see 1 5. 4. 3) .
1 4.1 7.5 Marking
S af e ty
va l ve s
m ate ri al
an d
h avi n g
S af e ty va l ve s
s afe t y
co rro s i o n
s h al l
be
val ve
actu ato rs
re s i s tan ce
m arke d
as
s h al l
e q u i val e n t
s peci fi e d
in
to
h ave
or
n am e pl ate s
b e tte r th an
S e cti o n
1 2
an d
1 8-8
T abl e
aff i x e d .
N am e p l ate s
au s te n i ti c
63.
s tai n l e s s
s h al l
s te e l .
be
m ad e
of
1 56
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Table 63—Marking for Safety Valves
Required Markings
AP I
6 A o r 6 A an d
Te m p e ratu re
M ate ri al
Required Location(s)
val ve
cl ass ( e s )
a, b
typ e
or
rati n g s
c l ass
P ro d u ct
s pe ci fi cati o n
P ro d u ct
cl as s
l e ve l
( P SL)
c
N am e pl ate
D ate
Manufacturer’s
S e ri al
n am e
bod y
o r m ark
n u m be r
N o m i n al
bo re
En d
o u tl e t co n n e cto r s i z e
an d
R ate d
si ze
wo rki n g
M a xi m u m
Th re ad
Ri n g
an d /o r
o f m an u factu re
p re s s u re
val ve
s i ze
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
( th re ad e d
g ro o ve
N am e pl ate
d i ffe re n ti al
typ e
an d
p re s s u re
p ro d u cts
( u n i d i re cti o n al
o n l y)
N am e pl ate ,
H ard n e ss
val u e s
b o d y,
N e ar e ach
val ve s
( i f ap pl i cab l e )
o u ts i d e
d i am e te r o f
e ach
co n n e cto r
n u m be r
F l o w d i re cti o n
te s t
an d /o r b o d y an d
d
o n l y)
o r n e ar th re ad
co n n e cto r
Bod y
(see1 2 . 8)
Ad j ace n t
to
te s t
l o cati o n
F O O TN O TE S
a
Ad d i t i o n al
b
c
d
al l o wabl e
F o r val ve s
Al l o wab l e
M a xi m u m
m arki n g s
p re p are d
m arki n g s
val ve
fo r
are
are
S S V,
U SV,
o r B S D V.
actuators, mark the letter “V” after “API 6A” or “6A.”
I,
C l as s
( fl o w bo re
I,
s e al i n g
II,
C l as s
II,
III,
m e ch an i s m )
o r C l as s
III.
d i ffe re n ti al
pre s s u re
fo r B S D V
on l y.
1 4.1 7.6 Storage and Shipping
1 4.1 7.6.1 Valves
Al l
s af e ty val ve s
s h al l
be
s t o re d
an d
s h i ppe d
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
S e ct i o n
1 3.
1 4.1 7.6.2 Actuators
Al l
s af e ty val ve
act u ato rs
s h al l
be
s to re d
an d
s h i p pe d
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
S e cti o n
1 3.
1 4.1 7.6.3 Assembled SSV/USV/BSDV
Al l
as s e m b l e d
1 4. 1 8
1 4.1 8.1
N O TE
tre e s
s af e ty
val ve s
s h al l
be
s to re d
an d
acco rd a n ce
wi th
S e ct i o n
1 3.
General
R e q u i re m e n ts
an d
fo r
tre e
as s e m b l i e s ,
m u l ti pl e - tu b i n g
s tri n g
i n cl u d i n g
i n s ta l l ati o n s,
1 4.1 8.2 Design
See
d esi g n
re q u i re m e n ts
fo r e q u i pm e n t.
1 4.1 8.3 Materials
N O TE
in
Tree As s em bl i es
fo r s i n g l e -
N O TE
s h i ppe d
See
m ate ri al
re q u i re m e n ts
fo r e q u i pm e n t.
tre e s
are
fo r
si ng le-
co ve re d
in
an d
m u l ti p l e - tu bi n g
1 4. 1 8.
s tri n g
i n s tal l ati o n s ,
an d
b l o ck
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 57
1 4.1 8.4 Quality Control/Testing/Assembly
Al l
parts an d
T re e s
s h al l
eq u i pm en t sh al l
co n form
s u cce s s fu l l y co m p l e te
to th e re q u i rem en ts of th i s speci fi cati o n
th e
te s ts
re q u i re d
b y an d
d e s cri b e d
in
before be i n g
S e ct i o n
ass em bl ed
i n to tre es .
1 1 .
1 4.1 8.5 Marking
As s e m b l e d
tre e s
s h al l
be
t ag g e d
wi th
th e
i n f o rm ati o n
as
s p e ci f i e d
in
T abl e
6 4.
Table 64―Marking for Trees
Marking
D ate
o f fi n al
N am e
Tag
o r n am e p l ate
m an u factu re r
Tag
o r n am e p l ate
o f m an u factu re r
Tag
o r n am e p l ate
of
Lo cati o n
Location
ac ce p tan ce
1 4.1 8.6 Storing and Shipping
T re e s
of
s h al l
p arts
15
be
s to re d
o r e q u i pm e n t
an d
s h i p ped
af te r
te s ti n g
in
acco rd a n ce
s h al l
be
as
wi t h
ag re e d
1 3.
An y d i s as s e m bl y,
re m o val ,
or
re p l ace m e n t
p u rch as e r.
G en eral
1 5.1 .1
NACE MR01 75/ISO 1 51 56 Record Requirements
R e co rd s
re q u i re d
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
by th i s
s u b s tan ti ate
co n f o rm an ce
re q u i re m e n ts
al s o
s h al l
s ati s f y t h e
be
N AC E
in
of
m ateri al
ad d i ti o n
c o n tro l
d am ag e ,
Q u al i t y
re co rd s
re q u i re d
d e t e ri o rat i o n ,
co n tro l
re co rd s
1 0
ye ars
Al l
q u al i t y co n tro l
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
cl as s e s
th o s e
DD,
E E,
d e s cri b e d
1 51 5 6
in
FF ,
an d
1 5. 2,
HH
u n l ess
e q u i pm e n t
th e
to
re co rd s
N AC E
re q u i re d
re q u i re m e n ts .
f o l l o wi n g
th e
by
re q u i re d
d ate
re co rd s
m a y be
th i s
s p e c i f i cati o n
by
th i s
s p e c i f i cati o n
o f m an u f actu re
re q u i re d
by th i s
as
s p e ci f i cati o n
1 5. 2
Record s M ai n tai n ed b y M an u factu rer
Records of Pressure Tests
Fo r P S L
3
p re s s u re
d e vi ce ,
N O TE
1
of
th e
re co rd i n g
s h al l
R e co rd s
4,
be
g as
fo l l o wi n g
d e vi c e
d at e d ,
te s t i n g
P re s su re
be
l e g i bl e ,
i d e n t i f i abl e ,
re tri e va b l e ,
an d
p ro t e cte d
on
be
th e
s h al l
re ta i n e d
by
e q u i pm e n t
be
si g n ed
th e
m an u f actu re r
as s o ci ate d
an d
wi t h
th e
fo r
a
m inim um
of
re co rd s .
d ate d .
d i g i tal .
1 5.2.1
P SL
s h al l
m arke d
S i g n atu re s
an d
s h al l
or l oss.
N O TE
A
to
Record Control
Q u al i t y
f ro m
to
1 51 56
s p e c i f i cati o n
1 5.1 .2
—
th e
Record s
1 5. 1
—
S e cti o n
wi th
an d
s h al l
s h al l
s h al l
re co rd i n g
re co rd s
be
be
u sed
g as
be
on
al l
m ai n tai n e d .
h yd ro s tati c
te s ts .
Th e
re co rd
s i g n ed.
d o cu m e n t
of
s h al l
te s t
te s ti n g
is
p aram e te rs
n o t re q u i re d .
an d
acce ptan ce .
s h al l
i d en ti fy th e
re co rd i n g
1 58
—
AP I
If
th e
p re s s u re
1 0. 2. 2,
it
re co rd i n g
s h al l
m e as u ri n g
be
d e vi ce
u sed
d e vi ce
in
re a d i n g s
is
n ot
p ara l l e l
at
th e
q u al i f i e d
wi t h
s tart
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
a
an d
as
a
cal i b rat e d
s to p
of
p re s s u re - m e as u ri n g
p re s s u re - m e as u ri n g
e ach
h old
p e ri o d
s h al l
d e vi ce
in
d e vi ce ,
be
acco rd an ce
an d
i n cl u d e d
th e
as
wi th
p re s s u re -
p art
of
th e
re co rd .
N O TE
N O TE
3
2
B o th
th e
Th e
p re ss u re
ch art
an d
th e
s i g n atu re
te s t re q u i re m e n ts
do
can
be
d i g i tal
n o t ap p l y to
o r an al o g .
PSL
1
an d
PSL
2.
1 5.2.2 Body, Bonnet, End and Outlet Connectors, Stem, Valve Bore Sealing Mechanism, Mandrel
Tubing Hanger, Mandrel Casing Hanger, Slip Bowl, and Slip Segment Records
1 5.2.2.1 PSL 1 Equipment
Fo r
PSL
va l ve
1 ,
th e
b o re
f o l l o wi n g
s e al i n g
re co rd s
s h al l
m e ch an i s m s ,
be
m ai n tai n e d
m an d re l
tu b i n g
fo r
bod i e s ,
h an g e rs ,
b o n n e ts ,
m an d re l
en d
cas i n g
an d
o u tl e t
h an g e rs ,
co n n e cto rs ,
sl i p
b o wl s ,
s te m ,
an d
sl i p
s e g m e n ts :
1 )
m ate ri al
—
—
—
—
2)
re co rd s :
ch e m i cal
an a l ys i s ,
te n s i l e
te s t,
i m p act
te s t
h ard n e s s
we l d i n g
—
—
—
te s t
(i f
re q u i re d ) ,
te s t;
pro ce s s
re co rd s :
we l d
p ro ce d u re
we l d
P QR ,
s p e c i f i cati o n ,
we l d e r q u al i f i cati o n
3)
N DE
p e rs o n n e l
4)
h ard n e s s
te s t
re co rd ;
q u a l i f i cati o n
(i f
re co rd s ,
wh e n
NDE
is
re q u i re d ;
app l i ca b l e ) .
1 5.2.2.2 PSL 2 Equipment
Fo r
PSL
va l ve
2,
b o re
th e
f o l l o wi n g
s e al i n g
re co rd s
m e ch an i s m s ,
s h al l
be
m ai n tai n e d
m an d re l
tu b i n g
s e g m e n ts :
1 )
al l
2)
N DE
—
—
—
3)
re co rd s
re q u i re d
fo r P S L
1
(see
1 5. 2. 2. 1 ) ;
re co rd s :
s u rf ace
we l d
N DE
re co rd s ,
vo l u m e tri c
re pai r
we l d
h e at- tre atm e n t
N DE
NDE
re co rd s ,
re co rd s ;
ce rti f i cati o n
of
com p l i an ce .
fo r
bod i e s ,
h an g e rs ,
b o n n e ts ,
m an d re l
en d
cas i n g
an d
o u tl e t
h an g e rs ,
co n n e cto rs ,
sl i p
b o wl s ,
s te m ,
an d
sl i p
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 59
1 5.2.2.3 PSL 3 Equipment
Fo r
PSL
va l ve
3,
th e
b o re
f o l l o wi n g
s e al i n g
re co rd s
s h al l
m e ch an i s m s ,
be
m ai n tai n e d
m an d re l
tu b i n g
fo r
bod i e s ,
h an g e rs ,
b o n n e ts ,
m an d re l
en d
cas i n g
an d
o u tl e t
h an g e rs ,
co n n e cto rs ,
sl i p
b o wl s ,
s te m ,
an d
sl i p
s e g m e n ts :
1 )
al l
re co rd s
2)
al l
re q u i re d
3)
vo l u m e tri c
4)
h e at- tre atm e n t
—
—
—
re co rd s
N DE
s h al l
re co rd s
te m p e ratu re ,
actu al
ti m e s
h ard n e s s
6)
we l d i n g
te s t
2
(see
1 5. 2. 2. 2) ;
re f e re n ce
( e x ce pt
th e
val ve
s p e ci f i c
b o re
p art
s e al i n g
s e ri al
n u m b e r;
m e ch an i s m s ) ;
re co rd :
ce rti f i cati o n
—
—
—
—
fo r P S L
actu al
5)
7)
re q u i re d
at te m p e ratu re ,
of
co m p l i an ce
re co rd ,
pro ce s s
actu a l
is
n ot
re q u i re d ;
h ard n e s s ;
re co rd s :
we l d e r i d e n t i f i cati o n ,
we l d
p ro ce d u re s ,
fi l l e r m ate ri al
p o s t- we l d
re co rd s
th at
typ e ,
h e at- tre atm e n ts ;
d i m e n s i o n al
i n s p e cti o n
was
p e rf o rm e d
( th o s e
acti vi ti e s
re q u i re d
by 1 0 . 4. 2 . 5) .
1 5.2.2.4 PSL 4 Equipment
Fo r
PSL
4,
th e
re co rd s
m ech an i s m s ,
m an d re l
s am e
3
For
as
bod i e s ,
actu al
Th e
PSL
1 5.2.3
fo r
bo d i e s,
h an g e rs ,
b o n n e ts ,
m an d re l
cas i n g
en d
an d
h an g e rs ,
o u tl et
sl i p
co n n e cto rs ,
b o wl s ,
an d
s te m ,
sl i p
val ve
s e g m e n ts
b o re
s h al l
s e al i n g
be
th e
(1 5. 2. 2. 3) .
b o n n e ts ,
h e at- tre atm e n t
m e l ti n g
m ai n tai n e d
tu b i n g
p racti ce
en d
an d
o u tl e t
te m p e ratu re
u sed
co n n e cto rs ,
ch arts
( bod i e s ,
s h o wi n g
b o n n e ts ,
an d
s te m s ,
ti m e s
en d
m an d re l
an d
an d
tu b i n g
an d
cas i n g
h an g e rs
s h al l
re q u i re
te m p e ratu re s .
o u tl e t co n n e cto rs
o n l y)
s h al l
be
i d en ti fi e d .
Ring Gaskets and Nonintegral Metal Seals Records
N O TE
No
re co rd s
are
re q u i re d .
1 5.2.4 Closure Bolting Records
If
to
BSL
be
2
or
BS L
s u bm i tte d
3
to
is
s pe ci fi e d
th e
pe r
T ab l e
p u rc h as e r s h a l l
be
1 5,
cl o s u re
bo l ti n g
re co rd s
t h at
are
re q u i re d
by
m ai n tai n e d .
1 5.2.5 Nonmetallic Sealing Material Records
N o n m e tal l i c
s e al i n g
m ate ri al
re co rd s
are
re q u i re d
an d
s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
1 0 . 4. 6.
AP I
20E
or
AP I
20F
1 60
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
1 5.2.6 Bullplugs, Valve-removal Plugs, and Back-pressure Valve Records
Th e
—
—
—
—
f o l l o wi n g
ch e m i cal
m ate ri al
re co rd s
s h al l
be
m ai n tai n e d :
an al ys i s ;
te n s i l e
te s t;
i m p act
te s t
h ard n e s s
te s t
(i f
te s ti n g
is
p e rf o rm e d ) ;
te s t.
1 5.2.7
Assembled Equipment Records
Fo r P S L
1
as s e m b l e d
e q u i p m e n t,
no
Fo r P S L
2
as s e m b l e d
e q u i p m e n t,
th e
f o l l o wi n g
an d
B S D Vs ,
th e
f o l l o wi n g
—
—
—
actu al
h ol d i n g
—
al l
p e ri o d
fo r U S Vs ,
th e
SS Vs ,
e q u i p m e n t,
re q u i re d
ad d i ti o n a l l y,
fo r P S L
fo l l o wi n g
re co rd s
as s e m b l y trace ab i l i t y re co rd s ,
b)
h yd ro s t ati c
f u rth e rm o re ,
p re s s u re
th e
actu al
te s t
b)
actu al
h old i n g
p re s s u re
te s t
re co rd s
s h al l
be
m ai n tai n e d :
p e ri o d
re q u i re m e n ts
re c o rd s
s h al l
be
of
1 5. 4
s h al l
ap p l y.
m ai n tai n e d :
s h al l
be
m ai n tai n e d :
re co rd s ;
g as - te s t
re co rd s
s h al l
be
m ai n tai n e d
fo r e q u i pm e n t
d e s i g n at e d
PSL
3G :
th e
fo r P S L
fo l l o wi n g
a)
actu al
te s t
b)
actu al
h old i n g
d u rat i o n s .
e q u i p m e n t,
re q u i re d
ad d i ti o n a l l y,
th e
pre s s u re s ,
as s e m b l e d
re co rd s
te s t
fo l l o wi n g
a)
al l
re q u i re d .
2;
a)
4
be
d u rati o n ;
as s e m b l e d
re co rd s
Fo r P S L
—
—
3
s h al l
pre s s u re ;
ad d i ti o n a l l y,
Fo r P S L
—
—
te s t
re co rd s
th e
f o l l o wi n g
re c o rd s
s h al l
be
m ai n tai n e d :
3;
g as - te s t
re co rd s
s h al l
be
m ai n tai n e d :
pre s s u re s ,
p e ri o d
d u rat i o n s .
1 5.2.8 Choke Trim Records
Fo r P S L
1
an d
P SL
2
ch o ke
tri m ,
no
re co rd s
Fo r P S L
3
an d
P SL
4
ch o ke
tri m ,
s u rf ace
s h al l
N DE
be
re q u i re d .
re co rd s
s h al l
be
m ai n ta i n e d .
1 5.3 Records Furnished to Purchaser
1 5.3.1
Th es e
General
re co rd s
co n f o rm
to
th i s
s h al l
be
p ro vi d e d
s p e ci f i cat i o n .
by
th e
m an u factu re r
to
th e
o ri g i n al
p u rch a s e r
of
e q u i pm e n t
m ad e
to
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
Th es e
re co rd s ,
if
app l i cab l e ,
s h al l
be
i d e n ti ca l
to
or
co n tai n
th e
s am e
1 61
i n fo rm ati o n
as
th o s e
re tai n e d
by
th e
m an u f actu re r.
Th ese record s pro vi d ed
b y th e m an u factu rer s h al l
prom i n en tl y referen ce part s eri al
n u m ber(s)
( PS L 3
an d
P SL 4) .
1 5.3.2 Body, Bonnet, End and Outlet Connectors, Stem, Valve Bore Sealing Mechanism, Mandrel
Tubing Hanger, Casing Hanger, and Back-pressure Valve Records
Fo r
PSL
s te m ,
For
1 ,
P SL
4
h an g ers,
—
—
—
—
P SL
val ve
an d
PSL
s e al i n g
bod i es,
cas i n g
N DE
2,
b o re
3,
no
re co rd s
m e ch an i s m s ,
bon n ets ,
h an g ers ,
end
an d
an d
s h al l
m an d re l
ou tl e t
be
re q u i re d
tu b i n g
co n n ectors ,
back-press u re val ves,
fo r
h an g e rs ,
stem ,
bo d i e s ,
cas i n g
val ve
th e fol l owi n g
b o n n e ts ,
h a n g e rs ,
bore
s eal i n g
record s s h al l
en d
an d
an d
o u tl et
co n n e ct o rs ,
b ack - p re s s u re
m ech an i sm s,
be fu rn i sh e d
va l ve s .
m an d re l
tu bi n g
to th e pu rch as er:
re co rd s ;
h ard n e s s
m ate ri al
te s t
te s t
re co rd s ;
re co rd s ;
h e at- tre atm e n t
re co rd s .
1 5.3.3 Ring Gasket and Nonintegral Metal Seals Records
No
re co rd s
s h al l
be
re q u i re d .
1 5.3.4 Closure Bolting Records
No
re co rd s
s h al l
be
re q u i re d .
1 5.3.5 Nonmetallic Sealing Material Records
Fo r P S L
Fo r
PSL
s h al l
be
1 ,
P SL
4,
a
2,
an d
PSL
ce rti f i cat e
f u rn i s h e d
to
of
th e
3,
no
n o n m e tal l i c
co n f o rm an ce
s e al i n g
s tati n g
th a t
m ate ri al
re co rd s
n o n m e tal l i c
s e al s
s h al l
be
re q u i re d .
co n fo rm
to
P SL
4
of
th i s
s p e ci f i cati o n
p u rch as e r.
1 5.3.6 Slip Hanger Records
A
ce rti f i cate
th e
of
co n f o rm an ce
t e m p e ratu re
cl as s /rati n g
s tati n g
an d
t h at
m ate ri al
e q u i pm e n t
cl as s ,
s h al l
m e e ts
be
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
f u rn i s h e d
to
th e
of
th i s
s p e ci f i cati o n ,
i n cl u d i n g
p u rch as e r .
1 5.3.7 Assembled Equipment Records
N O TE
See
1 5. 4
fo r ad d i ti o n al
Fo r P S L
1
an d
Fo r P S L
3
as s e m b l e d
—
—
—
ce rti fi cate
an d
of
2
as s e m b l e d
e q u i p m e n t,
e q u i p m e n t,
co n f o rm an ce
t e m p e ratu re
an d
re q u i re m e n ts
th e
no
f o l l o wi n g
s tati n g
m ate ri al
th at
o f B S D Vs ,
re co rd s
re c o rd s
e q u i pm e n t
U S Vs ,
s h al l
s h al l
be
be
m e e ts
an d
S S Vs .
re q u i re d .
f u rn i s h e d
th e
to
th e
re q u i re m e n ts
p u rch as e r:
of
PSL
3
of
th i s
s p e ci f i cati o n ,
cl as s ;
as s em b l y trace ab i l i t y re co rd s ;
p re s s u re
Fo r P S L
—
—
th e
P SL
re co rd
al l
3G
te s t
an d
re co rd s
P SL
4
(see
as s e m b l e d
re co rd s /ce rti f i cati o n s
g as - te s t
re co rd s
1 5. 2. 1 ) .
(see
e q u i p m e n t,
fo r P S L
1 5. 2. 1 ) .
3;
th e
fo l l o wi n g
re co rd s
s h al l
be
f u rn i s h e d
to
th e
p u rch as e r:
1 62
AP I
1 5.4
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
SSV, USV, and BSDV Records
1 5.4.1
General
R e co rd
re q u i re m e n ts
ad d i ti o n a l
fo r
re q u i re m e n ts
S S V/U S V/B S D V
g i ve n
in
val ve s
s h al l
be
in
acco rd an ce
wi t h
1 5 . 2 . 7,
1 5. 3. 7,
an d
th e
1 5. 4.
1 5.4.2 Shipping Report
Th e
te s t
s h i ppi n g
ag e n c y
re po rt,
an d
as
te s t
s h o wn
re p o rt
in
th e
n u m ber
e xam p l e
fo r
of
C l as s
F i g u re
II
or
C l as s
III
s afe t y
val ve s
s h al l
be
i d e n ti f i e d
in
th e
1 8.
Safety Valve Assembly Shipping Report
Safety valve data:
Val ve
p art n o .
( ci rcl e
or m od el
S e rvi ce
cl as s
cl as s
Acce p te d
wo rki n g
p re s su re
________________
___________ Te s t
Val ve
d i ffe re n ti al
o r Te m pe ratu re
rati n g :
p re s s u re
fo r actu ato r s i z i n g
( ci rcl e
( B S D Vs
n o . ____________________ S e ri al
Acce p te d
rati n g
n o.
D ate
Acce p te d
no.
o n l y) :
n o.
_____________
_______________
____________________
___________________________
o f m an u factu re
( m o n th
o f m an u factu re
___________________ Te m p e ratu re
Safety valve and actuator assembly:
As s e m b l y part
M a x. _______________ M i n .
an d
( m o n th
an d
__________________________
b y ________________________________ D ate
As s e m b l e r/m an u factu re r
c l as s
ye ar)
________________
Hydraulic Pneumatic Electric
typ e ) :
M an u factu re r _______________________________
s u p p l y p re s s u re
M ate ri al
ag e n cy__________________________ Te s t re p o rt
Actuator data:
M a x.
________________________________
n o.
______________ P S L ____________
b y ________________________________ D ate
P art/m o d e l
___________________________________
M an u factu re r
_______________________________ S e ri al
S i z e ___________ R ate d
Te m p e ratu re
SSV USV BSDV
typ e )
of
rati n g
( ci rcl e
typ e )
Si ze
__________
m an u factu re
( m o n th
ye ar)
________________
___________________
______________________
an d
ye ar)
________________
SSV USV BSDV
_____________________________________________________________________
or m o d el
___________________________ S e ri al
b y _______________________________ D ate
n o . ________________________________
o f m an u factu re
( m o n th
an d
y e ar)
Figure 1 8—Example of a Safety Valve Shipping Report
_________________
1 5.4.3 Test Data Sheet
Al l
te s t
i n cl u d e
d at a
s h al l
ap p l i ca b l e
be
re co rd e d
te s ts
are
on
a
te s t
acce ptab l e ,
d at a
bu t
s h e e t.
th e y s h al l
An
e xam p l e
i n cl u d e
th e
is
s h o wn
s am e
in
F i g u re
i n fo rm ati o n
as
1 9;
o th er
f o rm ats
to
a m inim um .
1 5.4.4 Records Furnished to Purchaser
Th e
—
—
fo l l o wi n g
co m p l e te d
s h i ppi n g
N O TE
—
—
s h al l
An
o p e rat i n g
f u rn i s h e d
fu n cti o n al
re po rt
i n fo rm ati o n
be
in
is
th e
p u rch as e r
d ata s h e e t as
acco rd an ce
e xam p l e
as
te s t
to
s h o wn
wi th
in
s p e ci f i e d
F i g u re
F i g u re
f o r e ach
in
val ve :
1 4 . 1 7. 4 . 2 ;
1 8;
1 8;
o th e r
fo rm ats
are
acce p tab l e ,
bu t
th e y
s h al l
i n cl u d e
a m inimum.
m an u al
m e e ti n g
th e
as s em b l y trace ab i l i t y re co rd s .
re q u i re m e n ts
of
1 5. 4. 5. 4
s h al l
be
fu rn i s h e d
to
th e
p u rch as e r;
th e
s am e
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 63
Safety Valve Assembly Factory Acceptance Test Data Sheet
Safety valve data:
Val ve
S i ze
p art n o .
o r m o d el
___________
PSL
__________
Val ve
d i ffe re n ti al
Actuator data:
P art/m o d e l
M a x.
n o.
( c i rcl e
typ e )
wo rki n g
S e rvi ce
c l ass
p re s s u re
20
At
1 00
S tart
ti m e
%
________________
P e rfo rm e d
___________
P re s s u re
___________
cycl e s
S tart
ti m e
ti m e
ti m e
ti m e
S tart
ti m e
S tart
ti m e
ti m e
S tart
ti m e
C e rti fi e d
p e ri o d
(Si d e
/
M an u factu re r
rati n g
____________
Si ze
____________________________
___________
End
ti m e
End
ti m e
_____________
by
___________
by
_____________
PSL
___________
_________________
D ate
P re s s u re
at
end
P re s s u re
at
end
____________________________________
C o m m e n t ( o p t)
D ate
____________
____________
________________
_________________________
________________
________________________________________ D ate
ti m e
_____________ P re s s u re
at s tart
p e ri o d
(Si d e
pe ri o d
(Si de
at
en d
_____________
(Si d e
(Si d e
_____________P re s s u re
_________________________________________
at e n d
D ate
_____________
________________
at s tart
___________ E n d
ti m e
_____________ P re s s u re
at e n d
_____________
at s tart___________ E n d
ti m e
_____________ P re s s u re
at
en d
at s tart___________ E n d
ti m e
_____________ P re s s u re
at
en d
at s tart___________ E n d
ti m e
_____________ P re s s u re
at
en d
at s tart___________ E n d
ti m e
_____________ P re s s u re
at
en d
at s tart___________ E n d
ti m e
_____________ P re s s u re
at
en d
_____________
_____________
B) :
_____________
B) :
___________ P re s s u re
p e ri o d
ti m e
A) :
___________ P re s s u re
p e ri o d
by
___________ E n d
_____________
B) :
___________ P re s s u re
b y __________________________________________ Ti tl e
C o m p an y
____________________________
A) :
___________ P re s s u re
Te rti ary h o l d
________________
A) :
___________ P re s s u re
S e co n d ary h o l d
S tart
(Si de
___________ P re s s u re
P ri m ary h o l d
n o.
_____________________________
at s tart___________ E n d
P e rfo rm e d
pe ri o d
S e co n d ary h o l d
S tart
re p o rt
p e ri o d :
___________ P re s s u re
Te rti ary h o l d
____________________
___________________________
______________________________
P e rfo rm e d
Valve seat test:
S tart
n o.
Te s t
_______________________________________
at s tart
P e rfo rm e d
___________ P re s s u re
P ri m ary h o l d
by
cl ass /rati n g
_____________________
o n l y) :
S e ri al
Te m p e ratu re
pe ri o d :
S e co n d ary h o l d
S tart
( B S D Vs
_________________________________
rati n g :
co m pl e te d
Valve shell test:
P ri m ary h o l d
ag e n cy
Te m p e ratu re
at s tart
P re s s u re
Actuator operational test:
N u m ber of
Te s t
n o.
rati n g :
o f s u pp l y p re s s u re
ti m e
_________
_____________________________________
S e ri al
Hydraulic Pneumatic Electric
typ e ) :
% o f s u p pl y p re s s u re
S tart
M an u factu re r
_________________
fo r actu ato r s i z i n g
Actuator seal test:
At
p re s s u re
____________________________
s u p p l y p re s s u re
/
_______________________________
R ate d
( c i rcl e
SSV USV BSDV
____________________________________________
_____________
_____________________________________
D ate
_________________________________
Figure 1 9―Example of a Safety Valve Factory Acceptance Test Data Sheet
1 64
AP I
1 5.4.5 M inimum
1 5.4.5.1
t yp e ,
—
m odel ,
te m p e ratu re
—
d ra wi n g s
—
p arts
s
o pe rat i n g
an d
p e rf o rm an ce
—
Contents of Manufacturer’ s Operating Manual
Design Information
The manufacturer’
—
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
s i ze
m an u al
fo r wh i ch
re q u i re m e n ts
an d
an d
wo rki n g
i l l u s trati o n s
fo r s afe t y va l ve s
th e
m an u al
f o r wh i ch
p re s s u re
g i vi n g
th e s e
ran g e s
is
i n cl u d e
th e
fo l l o wi n g :
ap p l i cab l e ;
t yp e s ,
fo r
d i m e n s i o n al
s h al l
m od el ,
wh i ch
d at a o f
th e
an d
s i zes
u n i t( s )
u n i t( s ) ,
is
as
are
s u i tab l e ;
d esi g n e d ;
re q u i re d ,
f o r i n s tal l ati o n
o r o p e rati o n ;
l i s t.
1 5.4.5.2 Inspection and Testing
Th e
—
f o l l o wi n g
ch e ckl i s t
—
wri tte n
—
m inim um
fo r vi s u al
an d
i n s p e cti o n
i n s p e cti o n
g ra p h i c
ap p ro p ri at e
te s t
an d
t e s ti n g
p ri o r to
i n s tru cti o n s
i n f o rm ati o n
s h al l
be
i n cl u d e d :
h o o k - u p;
fo r fi e l d
h o o k - u ps ;
p ro ce d u re s .
1 5.4.5.3 Installation
P ro pe r
i n s t al l ati o n
l u bri c ati o n
or
m e th o d s
g re as i n g
s h al l
s h al l
be
be
cl e arl y
s p e ci f i e d
wri tte n
in
an d
d e t ai l .
i l l u s trate d
W arn i n g s
to
as
n e ce s s ary.
i n d i cate
An y
p o te n ti al
n e ce s s ary
d an g e r
to
p re l i m i n ary
p e rs o n n e l
or
cautions to indicate potential danger to equipment shall be clearly marked “Warning” or “Caution .”
1 5.4.5.4 Operation and Maintenance
Th e
f o l l o wi n g
o pe rat i n g
—
m inim um
m ai n te n an ce
—
re q u i re m e n ts ,
p ro p e r o p e rat i n g
—
re pai r
an d
m ai n te n a n ce
i n f o rm ati o n
s h al l
be
i n cl u d e d
in
manufacturer’
th e
s
i n s tru cti o n s
re p ai rs
i n cl u d i n g
re co m m e n d e d
i n t e rva l s
of
m ai n te n an ce ;
as s e m b l y i n s tru cti o n s ;
as s em b l y d i a g ram
—
an d
te ch n i q u e s ;
d i s as s e m b l y an d
—
o p e rati o n
m an u al :
s h o wi n g
an d
i n d i vi d u al
p re c au ti o n s ,
p arts
in
i n cl u d i n g
p ro p e r re l at i o n s h i p
a
ch art
l i s ti n g
to
on e
s ym p to m ,
an o th e r;
p ro b ab l e
cau s e ( s )
of
th e
p ro b l e m ,
n e ce s s ary.
1 5.4.6 Failure Reporting
N O TE
th e
F ai l u re
re p o rti n g
O u te r Co n ti n e n tal
Af te r
re ce i vi n g
re s p o n d
n o ti f y
wi th i n
th e
cau s e s
f ai l u re
we e ks
o p e rat o r
th e
e q u i p m e n t,
an d
a
6
kn o wn
in
an
e ss e n ti al
re po rt
of
e l em e n t
o f th e
of
th e
of
s h al l ,
e q u i pm e n t
th e
US
o p e rato r,
d e s cri b i n g
re s u l ts
m an u f actu re r
m an u f actu re r
o pe ra to rs
f rom
re ce i p t,
wri t i n g
e q u i pm e n t
th e
is
fe d e ral
re g u l ato ry p ro g ram
c o ve ri n g
g as
an d
oi l
p ro d u cti o n
in
S h e l f.
to
of
ch an g e
wi th i n
h a vi n g
30
th e
p ro g re s s
th e
th e
d ays
p o te n t i al
m an u factu re r
in
an al ys i s
d esi g n ,
of
s u ch
th e
f ai l u re
an d
th e
p ro bl e m s .
th e
co rre cti ve
as s e m b l y,
ch an g e s ,
of
s af e ty
an al ys i s .
or
Th e
acti o n .
o p e rat i n g
re po rt
va l ve
th em
eq u i pm e n t
m an u factu re r
If
th e
f ai l u re
p ro ce d u re s
in
wri ti n g
s h al l
to
of
al l
a
s h al l
al s o
an al ys i s
m od el
of
p u rch as e rs
Annex A
( i n fo rm ati ve )
API Monogram Program
Use of the API Monogram by Licensees
A.1 Scope
®
Th e
AP I
M o n o g ram
au th o ri z e d
p ro d u ct
fo r
is
a
l i ce n s i n g
m an u f actu re rs
an d
h ave
be e n
AP I
m ai n tai n s
re g i s te re d
by
to
th e
ap pl y
m an u f actu re d
a
co m p l e te ,
ce rt i f i cati o n
AP I
B o ard
th e
AP I
u n der
a
of
M o n o g ram
q u al i ty
s e arch ab l e
m ark
l i st
o wn e d
D i re ct o rs .
to
al l
th e
n ew
Am e ri can
P e tro l e u m
th e
AP I
M o n o g ram
p ro d u cts
th at
co m p l y
m an ag e m e n t
of
by
Th ro u g h
s ys te m
M o n o g ram
th at
m e e ts
l i ce n s e e s
on
wi th
th e
th e
I n s ti tu te
P ro g ram ,
p ro d u ct
an d
l i ce n s e s
s p e ci f i cati o n s
re q u i re m e n ts
AP I
( AP I )
AP I
C o m p o s i te
of
AP I
Li s t
Q1 .
we b s i te
( h ttp : //co m po s i te l i s t. ap i . o rg ) .
Th e
ap p l i ca ti o n
warran t y b y
we re
th e
an d
an d /o r
P ro g ram
th a t
an d
th e
M o n o g ram
AP I
a
in
an d
q u al i t y
e ve r y
l i ce n s e s
co n t i n u al l y
re s u l t i n g
to
an d
are
m an ag e m e n t
wi th
i ssu ed
m ai n tai n e d
an y
th e m ,
l i ce n s e
p u rch as e rs
d e tai l
p ro d u cts
Al th o u g h
m o n o g ram m i n g
a
af te r
th e
m ay
o n s i te
cl ai m
wi th
th at,
a
as
to
co n s ti t u te s
of
th e
s tan d ard ( s )
au d i ts
m an ag e m e n t
m an u f actu re rs
p ro d u cts
co n fo rm i n g
re q u i re m e n ts
m an u factu re r
on l y
on
p ro d u cts
a p p l i cab l e
q u al i t y
s ati s f y
th e
s ys te m
th e
on l y
n u m be r
of
s ys t e m
of
th at
h ave
th e
i ts
l i ce n s e
th e
a
re pre s e n t ati o n
i n d i cat e d ,
re q u i re m e n ts
or
p ro d u ct
ve ri fi e d
th at
p ro d u cts
AP I
th at
m e e ts
app l i ca b l e
f rom
d ate
AP I
m eet
ca n
th e
of
AP I
AP I
an d
p ro d u cts
Q1
an d
th a t
s p e c i f i cati o n ( s ) .
AP I
an
h as
o rg an i z ati o n
re q u i re m e n ts
p ro d u ct
appl y
th e
p ro d u ct
th e
of
AP I
s p e ci f i cati o n ( s )
AP I
re q u i re m e n ts
M o n o g ram
to
p ro d u cts .
To g e th e r
wi th
re q u i re m e n ts
th e
fo r
m o n o g ram m e d
s tan d ard ( s )
Fo r
to
u n der
s tan d ard ( s ) .
wi th o u t
AP I
co n f o rm s
i m p l e m e n te d
th e i r
th e
l i ce n s e e
m an u factu re d
p ro d u ct
M o n o g ram
Q1
of
th e
p ro d u cts
an d
AP I
i n f o rm ati o n
S tre e t,
NW,
re q u i re m e n ts
th o s e
on
th at
th e
s ati s f y
M o n o g ram
b e co m i n g
W as h i n g t o n ,
of
o rg an i z ati o n s
DC
th e
P ro g ram
an
AP I
20005
AP I
wh o
M o n o g ram
wi s h
re q u i re m e n ts
l i ce n s e
vo l u n tari l y
of
th e
ag re e m e n t,
o b tai n
app l i cab l e
an
AP I
th i s
AP I
an n e x
l i ce n s e
p ro d u ct
e s t abl i s h e s
to
p ro vi d e
s p e ci f i cati o n ( s )
th e
AP I
an d /o r
re q u i re m e n ts .
M o n o g ram
at
to
l i ce n s e e ,
p l e as e
co n t act
AP I ,
C e rti f i cat i o n
P ro g ram s ,
1 220
L
ce rti fi cat i o n @ ap i . o rg .
A.2 Normative References
For
l i ce n s e e s
re q u i re m e n ts
u n d er
th e
i d e n ti fi e d
M o n o g ram
th e re i n
are
P ro g ram ,
th e
l ate s t
ve rs i o n
of
th i s
d o cu m e n t
s h al l
be
u sed .
Th e
m an d ato r y.
A.3 Terms and Definitions
F o r p u rp o s e s
of
th i s
an n e x ,
th e
fo l l o wi n g
te rm s
an d
d e fi n i ti o n s
ap p l y.
A.3.1
API monogrammable product
P ro d u ct
q u al i t y
th at
h as
be e n
m an ag e m e n t
s p e ci f i cati o n ( s )
n e wl y m an u factu re d
s ys t e m
an d
th at
b y an
m e e ts
al l
AP I
th e
l i ce n s e e
u ti l i z i n g
AP I - s p e ci f i e d
a
f u l l y i m p l e m e n te d
re q u i re m e n ts
of
th e
AP I
Q1
app l i cabl e
c o m p l i an t
AP I
p ro d u ct
an d /o r s tan d ard ( s ) .
A.3.2
API product specification
P re s cri b e d
d efi n i ti o n
set
of
of
ru l e s ,
te rm s ;
c o n d i ti o n s ,
cl as s i fi cati o n
or
of
re q u i re m e n ts
co m p o n e n ts ;
attri b u t e d
d e l i n e at i o n
1 65
to
a
of
s p e ci f i e d
p ro d u ct
p ro ce d u re s ;
th at
s p e ci f i e d
ad d re s s
th e
d i m en si on s;
1 66
AP I
m an u f actu ri n g
cri te ri a;
m e as u re m e n t
of
m ate ri al
q u al i t y
an d
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
re q u i re m e n ts ,
q u an ti ty
wi t h
p e rfo rm an ce
re s p e ct
to
te s ti n g ,
m ate ri al s ;
d esi g n
p ro d u cts ,
of
acti vi ti e s ;
p ro ce s s e s ,
an d
s e rvi ce s ,
th e
an d /o r
p racti ce s .
A.3.3
API-specified requirements
R e q u i re m e n ts ,
app l i cab l e
N O TE
i n cl u d i n g
AP I
pro d u ct
p e rf o rm an ce
an d
s p e ci f i cati o n ( s )
Li ce n s e e - s p e ci fi e d
re q u i re m e n ts
l i ce n s e e - s p e ci f i e d
re q u i re m e n ts ,
set
fo rth
in
AP I
Q1
an d
th e
an d /o r s tan d ard ( s ) .
i n cl u d e
th o s e
acti vi ti e s
n e ce s s ary to
s ati s fy AP I - s p e c i fi e d
re q u i re m e n ts .
A.3.4
design package
R e co rd s
an d
acco rd an ce
d o cu m e n ts
wi th
AP I
Q1
re q u i re d
an d
th e
to
p ro vi d e
e vi d e n ce
re q u i re m e n ts
of
th e
th at
th e
a p pl i cab l e
a p p l i ca b l e
pro d u ct
p ro d u ct
h as
s p e ci f i cati o n ( s )
bee n
d esi g n e d
in
an d /o r s tan d ard ( s ) .
A.3.5
licensee
O rg an i z at i o n
l i ce n s e
th at
b y AP I
to
h as
u se
s u c ce s s f u l l y
th e
AP I
co m p l e te d
M o n o g ram
th e
a p pl i cati o n
an d
au d i t
p ro ce s s
an d
h as
been
i ssu ed
a
M ark.
A.4 Quality Management System Requirements
An
o rg an i z ati o n
a p p l yi n g
q u a l i t y m an ag e m e n t
th e
s ys te m
AP I
M o n o g ram
co n f o rm i n g
to
to
AP I
p ro d u cts
s h al l
d e ve l o p ,
m ai n tai n ,
an d
o p e rate
at
al l
ti m e s
a
Q1 .
A.5 Control of the Application and Removal of the API Monogram
E ach
l i ce n s e e
s h al l
co n tro l
th e
ap p l i cat i o n
an d
re m o val
of
th e
AP I
M o n o g ram
in
acco rd an ce
wi th
th e
d o cu m e n ts
th e
f o l l o wi n g .
a)
b)
P ro d u cts
E ach
t h at
do
l i ce n s e e
n o t co n f o rm
s h al l
d e ve l o p
m arki n g /m o n o g ram m i n g
to
AP I - s p e ci f i e d
an d
m ai n tai n
re q u i re m e n ts
s p e ci fi cati o n ( s )
an d /o r s t an d ard ( s ) .
1 )
au t h o ri t y
d efi n e
th e
Th e
re s p o n s i b l e
re q u i re m e n ts
an
AP I
s p e ci f i e d
m arki n g
fo r
s h al l
M o n o g ram
by
th i s
p ro ce d u re
ap p l i cati o n
an d
n ot
b e ar th e
m arki n g
an n e x
an d
AP I
M o n o g ram .
p ro ce d u re
an y
th at
ap p l i cab l e
AP I
p ro d u ct
sh al l :
re m o val
of
th e
AP I
M o n o g ram
an d
l i ce n s e
n u m b e r;
2)
d efi n e
3)
i d e n ti f y t h e
4)
re q u i re
AP I
5)
re q u i re
AP I
m e th o d ( s )
l o cat i o n
th e
t h at
th e
an d
th e
on
th e
of
to
of
th e
th e
ap p l i cati o n
d ate
of
al l
M o n o g ram
wh e re
of
th e
AP I
an d
l i ce n s e
M o n o g ram
m an u f actu re
of
th e
n u m b e r;
an d
l i ce n s e
p ro d u ct
in
n u m b e r are
co n j u n cti o n
to
wi th
be
th e
appl i e d ;
u se
of
th e
n u m b e r;
m an u f actu re ,
ye a r
s p e ci fi cat i o n ( s )
re q u i re m e n ts .
ap p l y th e
p ro d u ct
l i ce n s e
d at e
re p re s e n ti n g
p ro d u ct
d efi n e
u sed
a p p l i cat i o n
M o n o g ram
d i g i ts
6)
th e
(e. g .
at
05 -1 2
a
fo r
o r s tan d ard ( s ) ;
o th e r
re q u i re d
m inim um ,
M ay
be
201 2)
two
d i g i ts
u n l ess
re pre s e n ti n g
o th e rwi s e
th e
s ti p u l at e d
m o n th
in
th e
an d
two
ap p l i ca b l e
an d
AP I
p ro d u ct
s p e ci f i cati o n ( s )
an d /o r
s t an d ard ( s )
m arki n g
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
c)
On l y
an
AP I
l i ce n s e e
m o n o g ram m ab l e
d)
Th e
AP I
e)
Th e
AP I
s h al l
in
ce rtai n
be
th e
AP I
be
to
app l i e d
wi th
be
n u m b e r,
M o n o g ram
out
m an u factu ri n g
th e
of
an d
Ag re e m e n t
( AM A) ,
at
an y
ti m e
l i ce n s e e
an d
or
fo r
i ts
d e s i g n ate d
l i ce n s e
n u m be r
to
AP I
AP I
is
s i te - s p e ci f i c
an d
s u bs e q u e n tl y
th e
AP I
f aci l i t y l o cati o n .
app ro p ri ate
wi th
an y
M o n o g ram
t yp e s
are
l i cen sed
d u ri n g
th e
p ro d u cti o n
p ro ce s s
bu t
s h al l
be
’s API Monogram marking procedure if the product is
of
al te rn ati ve
wh i ch
i ssu ed ,
s p e ci f i c
co n f o rm an ce
p ro ce s s e s
R e q u i re m e n ts
wh e n
at th at s i t e
an d /o r s t an d ard ( s )
acce p tab l e .
M arki n g
m ay
fo u n d
s p e ci fi cati o n ( s )
m ay
l i ce n s e
appl i e d
acco rd a n ce
s u b s e q u e n tl y
Fo r
an d
o n l y be
M o n o g ram
re m o ve d
app l y
pro d u cts .
M o n o g ram
M o n o g ram
s h al l
1 67
of
p ro d u cts ,
AP I
th e
a l te rn ati ve
M o n o g ram
a va i l ab l e
re q u i re m e n ts
of
th e
ap p l i cab l e
AP I
p ro d u ct
P ro g ram .
on
AP I
m arki n g
th e
AP I
M o n o g ram
are
d e t ai l e d
M o n o g ram
m arki n g
in
th e
p ro ce d u re s
AP I
P ro g ram
Al te rn a ti ve
we b s i te
at
h ttp s : //www. a p i . o rg /~ /m e d i a/F i l e s /C e rt i f i cati o n /M o n o g ram - AP I Q R /0 _AP I - M o n o g ra m - AP I Q R /R e s o u rce s /AP I -
M o n o g ram - Al t- M arki n g - Ag re e m e n t_R e v- 8 _F M - 0 1 1 _M o d i f i e d - 2 0 1 8 0 6 0 1 . p d f .
A.6
Design Package Requirements
E ach
l i ce n s e e
p ro d u cts
th at
o bj e cti ve
p ro d u ct
a p p l i can t
u n der
e vi d e n ce
th e
t h at
th e
In
s p e ci f i c
fo r
s co pe
th e
s p e ci fi cati o n ( s )
of
in
an d /o r
f al l
l i ce n s i n g
of
p ro d u ct
an d /o r
e ach
s h al l
m ai n tai n
M o n o g ram
d esi g n
s tan d ard ( s ) .
m e e ts
Th e
a
cu rre n t
l i ce n s e .
th e
Th e
re q u i re m e n ts
d esi g n
p ackag e ( s )
d esi g n
d esi g n
of
s h al l
p ackag e
p ackag e
th e
fo r
ap p l i cabl e
be
m ad e
al l
of
th e
i n f o rm ati o n
an d
avai l ab l e
ap p l i cab l e
s h al l
m ost
p ro vi d e
cu rre n t
d u ri n g
AP I
AP I
au d i ts
faci l i t y.
i n s tan ce s ,
Ad vi s o ry
#
6,
th e
e x cl u s i o n
avai l ab l e
on
of
th e
d esi g n
AP I
act i vi ti e s
M o n o g ram
is
al l o we d
P ro g ram
u n d er
we bs i te
th e
at
M o n o g ram
P ro g ram ,
as
d e tai l e d
h ttp s : //www. ap i . o rg /p ro d u cts - an d -
s e rvi ce s /ap i - m o n o g ram - an d - ap i q r/ad vi s o ri e s - u p d ate s .
A.7 Manufacturing Capability
Th e
AP I
M o n o g ram
m an u f actu re
P ro g ram
eq u i pm en t
th a t
is
d esi g n e d
co n f o rm s
to
AP I
to
i d en ti fy
faci l i ti e s
s p e ci fi cat i o n s
a n d /o r
th at
h a ve
s tan d ard s .
d e m o n s trate d
AP I
m ay re fu s e
th e
ab i l i t y
i n i ti a l
to
l i ce n s i n g
or suspend current licensing based on a facility’s level of manufacturing capability. If API determines that
ted, API may perform additional audits (at the organization’s expense) of any
ad d i ti o n a l
re vi e w
is
warra n
p ri m ary s u b co n tracto rs
F aci l i ti e s
wi th
—
b as i s
—
—
—
—
In
cap ab i l i t y
fo r l i ce n s i n g
cap ab i l i ti e s
ag e n c i e s
b u yi n g ,
d esi g n
th at
as
an d
al l
are
l i m i te d
in
AP I
AP I
l i m i te d
AP I
to
wh e re
to
wi t h
th e
p e rfo rm i n g
fi n i s h ed
new
or
p ro d u cts ,
s p e ci f i cat i o n s .
acti vi t i e s
an d
d efi n e d
th e re f o re ,
bel o w
s h al l
n ot
do
be
not
m eet
l i ce n s e d
or
th e
be
P ro g ram :
f i n al
AP I
app l i ca b l e
p ro ce s s e s
p ro d u ce
1 4 A an d /o r
i n s p e cti o n
an d
t e s ti n g
of
th e
p ro d u ct,
e x ce pt
fo r
te s ti n g
6 AV1 ;
p ro d u cts
an d
m ate ri al s ;
acti vi t i e s ;
a n d /o r re as s e m b l i n g
p ro d u ct
to
M o n o g ram
an d /o r d i s tri b u ti n g
o r re m an u factu ri n g
i n s t an ce s
th e
are
u n d e r th e
d e ve l o p m e n t
te ari n g - d o wn
wi th i n
th at
th e i r co m p l i an ce
re q u i re m e n ts
s p e ci f i e d
sel l i n g ,
re pai ri n g
e n s u re
cap abi l i ti e s
m an u f actu ri n g
th e
to
of
p ro d u cts /co m p o n e n ts ;
e x i s ti n g ,
re q u i re m e n ts
s p e c i f i cati o n ,
of
fo r
th o s e
u se d ,
wo rn ,
or
m an u f actu ri n g
re q u i re m e n t s
an d
d am ag e d
or
s h al l
p ro d u cts .
m an u factu ri n g
take
f aci l i ti e s
pre ce d e n ce
are
o ve r th i s
e x p l i ci tl y
a d vi s o ry.
i d e n ti fi e d
1 68
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
A.8 Product Marking Requirements
A.8.1 General
Th es e
m arki n g
co n j u n cti o n
re q u i re m e n ts
wi th
th e
s h al l
re q u i re m e n ts
app l y
of
th e
on l y
AP I
to
th os e
AP I
M o n o g ra m
l i ce n s e e s
wi s h i n g
to
m ark
ap p l i cab l e
p ro d u cts
in
P ro g ram .
A.8.2 Product Specification Identification
M an u f actu re rs
s h al l
i n cl u d e
s h al l
m ark
re f e re n ce
p ro d u cts
to
th e
as
s p e ci f i e d
ap p l i ca b l e
AP I
by
th e
ap p l i ca b l e
s p e ci f i cati o n
AP I
an d /o r
s p e ci f i cati o n s
s tan d ard .
or
U n l ess
s tan d ard s .
o th e rwi s e
M arki n g
s p e ci f i e d ,
shall be, as a minimum, “API [Document Number]” (e.g.
API 6A, or API 600). Unless otherwise specified, when space allows, the marking may include use of “Spec”
or “Std ” as applicable (e.g. API Spec 6A or API Std 600).
re f e re n ce
to
th e
AP I
s p e ci f i cati o n s
an d /o r
s tan d ard s
,
A.8.3 Units
P ro d u cts
s h al l
e q u i pm e n t
be
s h al l
acce p tab l e ,
if
m arke d
be
s u ch
wi th
m arke d
u n i ts
are
u n i ts
wi th
as
U SC
al l o we d
s p e ci f i e d
u n i ts .
b y th e
in
U se
th e
of
ap p l i cabl e
AP I
d u al
s p e ci f i cati o n
u n i ts
p ro d u ct
[U S C
a n d /o r
u n i ts
s p e ci f i cati o n
s tan d ard .
an d
m e tri c
If
(SI )
n ot
s p e ci f i e d ,
u n i ts ]
m ay
be
a n d /o r s tan d ard .
A.8.4 Nameplates
N am e pl ate s ,
th e
AP I
an d /o r
s tan d ard .
d e ta i l i n g
d u ri n g
Th e
wh e n
a p pl i ca b l e ,
s p e ci f i cati o n
th e
th e
AP I
If
th e
l o cati o n
wh i ch
an d
re q u i re m e n ts
s h al l
be
m ad e
s tan d ard .
l o c ati o n
to
m an u f actu ri n g
M o n o g ram
m arki n g
a n d /o r
is
n ot
th e
of
a
co rro s i o n - re s i s tan t
N am e p l ate
s p e ci f i e d ,
n am e pl ate
s h al l
th en
s h al l
be
th e
be
m ate ri al
l o cate d
l i ce n s e e
ap p l i e d .
as
s h al l
u n l ess
s p e ci fi e d
d e ve l o p
N am e p l ate s
o th e rwi s e
by
an d
m ay
th e
AP I
m ai n tai n
be
s p e ci f i e d
by
s p e ci f i cati o n
a
att ach e d
p ro ce d u re
at
an y
ti m e
p ro ce s s .
l i cen se
s p e ci fi e d
n u m ber
b y th e
s h al l
be
app l i cab l e
m arke d
p ro d u ct
on
th e
n am e pl ate ,
s p e ci f i cati o n
in
a d d i ti o n
to
th e
o th e r
p ro d u ct
a n d /o r s ta n d ard .
A.8.5 License Number
Th e
AP I
M o n o g ram
M o n o g ram .
Th e
l i ce n s e
l i ce n s e
n u m be r
n u m b e r s h al l
s h al l
be
n ot
u sed
in
be
u sed
cl ose
u n l ess
p ro x i m i t y to
it
is
th e
m arke d
AP I
in
co n j u n cti o n
wi t h
th e
AP I
M o n o g ram .
A.9 API Monogram Program: Nonconformance Reporting
AP I
s o l i ci ts
we l l
as
fi e l d
d e f i ci e n ci e s
AP I
al l
i n f o rm ati o n
f ai l u re s
or
(or
on
p ro d u cts
n o n co n f o rm i ti e s
p ro b l e m s
N o n co n f o rm an ce
wi th
th at
m al f u n cti o n s ) ,
AP I
R e p o rti n g
are
wh i ch
ag a i n s t
to
p ro d u cts .
avai l ab l e
at
be
j u dg ed
AP I - s p e ci fi e d
m o n o g ram m e d
S ys t e m
fo u n d
are
to
n o n co n fo rm i n g
be
cau s e d
re q u i re m e n ts .
A
by
to
AP I - s p e ci f i e d
e i th e r
C u s to m e rs
n o n co n f o rm an ce
h ttp : //n cr. api . o rg /n cr. as p x .
re q u i re m e n ts ,
s p e ci f i cati o n
m ay
are
be
an d /o r
re q u e s te d
re p o rte d
to
using
as
s tan d ard
re p o rt
th e
to
AP I
Annex B
( i n fo rm ati ve )
Purchasing Guidelines
B.1 General
An n e x
B
co n s i s t
p ro vi d e s
of
d ata
an d
a d eci si on
Th e
d ata s h e e ts
a)
as s i s t
b)
we l l
To
u se
th e
th i s
of
are
d esi g n ed
p u rch as e r
an n e x,
B. 1 5,
to
a
be
t o g e th e r
e q u i pm e n t
en q u i ry
sh ou l d
in
an d
th e
p e rf o rm
two
of
i ts
of
a
we l l h e ad
s e ri e s
of
an d
tre e
typ i cal
e q u i p m e n t.
we l l h e ad
an d
Th ese
tre e
g u i d el i n es
co n f i g u rati o n s ,
f u n cti o n s :
p ro ce s s ;
s peci fi c
m an u factu re r fo r
th e
re f e rre d
p u rch a s e
p u rch as e r,
P S Ls .
co m m u n i cati n g
th e
wi th
be
to
by
d e ci s i o n - m aki n g
co p y
sh ou l d
o rd e r o r re q u e s t
fo r
co m p l e ti o n
fo r d e te rm i n i n g
e n vi ro n m e n t,
co n f i g u rat i o n s
F i g u re
tre e
fo r
p u rch as e r ’ s
th e
as s i s t
g u i d el i n es
s h e e ts
d ata
to ,
as
u se
s h e e ts
m an u f actu re d .
A
to
of
be
s e l e ct
p ro vi d e s
co p y
n eed s
an d
d esi g n i n g
sh ou l d
n eed e d ,
i n s tru cti o n s ,
in
th e
th e
re q u i re m e n ts ,
an d
p ro d u ci n g
co m p l e te d
th e
as
re q u i re d
sh eet
we l l
accu rate l y
e q u i p m e n t.
re co m m e n d e d
d at a
as
p racti ce
sh ou l d
as
i n f o rm ati o n
on
th e
e q u i p m e n t.
th e n
as
Th e
as
be
to
pos s i bl e .
d e ci s i o n
wh i ch
att ach e d
Th e
tre e ,
PSL
to
t yp i ca l
g i ve n
e ach
th e
in
p i e ce
p u rch as e
f o r p ro p o s al .
B.2 Data Sheets
Th e
fo l l o wi n g
i n cl u d i n g
F i g u re
Th e
p ag e s
ch o ke s
B. 2
th ro u g h
e ff e cts
ad d re s s e d
of
co n tai n
an d
F i g u re
e x te rn al
by
th i s
q u es ti o n s
actu ato rs .
B. 1 2
l o ad s
are
(i . e.
s p e ci f i cati o n
an d
F i g u re
B. 1
d esi g n ed
ben d i n g
(see
i n fo rm ati o n
co n tai n s
fo r u s e
m o m e n ts ,
4. 3 . 1 . 3) .
t h at
can
g e n e ra l
wi th
e ach
te n s i o n s ,
Th e
be
u sed
i n fo rm ati o n
t yp e
e tc. )
p u rch as e r
of
on
to
s e l e ct
th at
we l l h e ad
p e rtai n s
to
th e
e q u i p m e n t,
e n ti re
we l l .
e q u i p m e n t.
th e
sh ou l d
as s e m bl y o f
s pe ci fy
p arts
an y
are
n ot
e x ce pt i o n al
e xp l i ci t l y
l o ad i n g
co n f i g u rat i o n .
Th e
p u rch as e r
vi a al te rn ate
Th e
sh ou l d
d esi g n
i d e n ti f y
m e th o d s
p u rch as e r s h o u l d
ap p l i cati o n s
th at
o r o th e r m e an s
s p e ci f y wh e th e r th e
i n vo l ve
th at
d esi g n
h ave
f ati g u e
be e n
val i d ati o n
1 69
an d
p ro ve n
t ake
app ro p ri ate
acti o n s
to
m i ti g at e
e f fe cti ve .
p ro ce d u re s
in
An n e x
F
are
ap p l i cab l e .
ri s k
1 70
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —General
W el l
n am e ( s )
M a xi m u m
l o cati o n ( s ) :
o p e rati n g
An ti ci p ate d
ran g e s
am b i e n t
M a xi m u m
fl o wi n g
An ti ci p ate d
______________________________________________________________________
p re s s u re :
we l l h e ad
Te m p e ratu re
Mi n i m u m
an d
sh u t-i n
______________________________________________________________________
p re s su re :
an ti ci p ate d :
te m p e ratu re :
fl u i d
____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
te m p e ratu re
co m p o s i ti o n
_______________________________________________________________
at
_________________
(m g )
_____________
__________________________________ H 2 S
_________________
(m g )
______________
Does
N AC E
pH :
fl u i d s :
________________________________________________________
CO2
W ate r o r b ri n e
o f p ro d u ce d
we l l h e ad :
C h l o ri d e s
_______ ( m g )
O th e r _____________
_______________________________________________________________________________
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
1 51 56
app l y?
______________________________________________________________
3
An ti ci p ate d
p ro d u cti o n
rate s :
_______________________________________________________
m
/d
o i l /c o n d e n s ate
3
_______________________________________________________________________________________
m
/d
g as
3
_____________________________________________________________________________________ m
Wi l l
e ro s i o n
Wi l l
s cal e ,
be
I n te rn al
be
co ati n g ?
co rro s i o n ,
Ye s ,
D e l i ve ry re q u i re m e n ts :
C as i n g
o r o th e r typ e s
p e rfo rm e d ?
Ye s ,
co ati n g ?
S p e ci al
C au s e :
________________
aci d i fi cati o n
E xte rn al
co n ce rn ?
p araffi n ,
I n h i bi to r type :
Wi l l
a
s h i ppi n g ,
typ e
typ e
/d
S &W
a
___________________________________________________________
of
i n h i b i to rs
I n h i b i to r carri e r:
be
u sed?
_________________________________________
___________ B atch
_________________________ Typ e
o r co n ti n u o u s
of
aci d :
i n h i b i ti o n ?
_______________
_____________________________
_________________________ N o
__________________________
_________________________ N o
__________________________
___________________________________
packi n g ,
an d
s to rag e
i n s tru cti o n s :
_____________________________________________________
p ro g ram
Size
kg/m
Top Joint in String
Grade
Connection
( l b /ft)
(OD )
Max./Min.
Casing Load
d aN
Bit Size
mm
(i n . )
(l b)
C o n d u cto r
____________
____________
____________
___________
____________
____________
S u rface
____________
____________
____________
___________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
___________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
___________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
___________
____________
____________
____________
____________
___________
____________
____________
cas i n g
P ro te cti ve
c as i n g
P ro d u cti o n
c as i n g
Tu b i n g
Type of com pl eti on : si n g l e o r m u l ti pl e
FO O TN O TE
a
S an d
an d
wate r.
Figure B.1 —Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —General
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 71
Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Casing-head Housing
C as i n g - h e ad
B o tto m
h o u si n g
co n n e cto r:
P S L:
______________________
S i ze :
___________________________________________________
R ate d
wo rki n g
Typ e :
To p
S i ze :
co n n e cto r:
wo rki n g
wo rki n g
Val ve - re m o val
pl u g :
Val ve s
( ri g h t ) :
Q ty
Val ve s
( l e ft ) :
B u l l pl u g s :
N i ppl es:
N eed l e
S p e ci al
Casi n g
_______
m ate ri al
h an g er:
M ate ri al
R e tai n e d
fl u i d
W i tn e s s ?
E xte rn al
I n te rn al
F l an g e
Ye s
ru n
______
fl an g e s :
Q ty
Q ty
Q ty
Q ty
____
Typ
______ P S L
( Tab l e
( Tab l e
3):
___________________________________________
____________________________________________
Q ty
_______________________________________
____________________________________________
Lo ck s cre w fu n cti o n :
______________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
a
2) :
_______________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
co rro s i vi ty
( Tab l e
B. 1 ) :
_________________________________________________________________
No
__________________________
No
No
_______________________
________
Ye s
________ I f
ye s ,
typ e
_____________________________________________
_________
Ye s
________ I f
ye s ,
typ e
_____________________________________________
re q u i re m e n ts
( s tu d s ) :
( Tab l e
N o n e xp o s e d
1 6)
______________
i n b o ard
( n u ts ) :
________
__________
( n u ts ) :
________
____________
( n u ts ) :
________
( s tu d s ) :
_____
E xp o s e d
_____
E xp o s e d
( l o w s tre n g th )
Ru n n i n g
an d
pl u g :
____________________________________
re tri e vi n g
to o l s :
_________________________
_______________________________________
O th e r re q u i re m e n ts :
______________________________________________________________________________
FO O TN O TE
I f ye s,
_____
au xi l i ary e q u i p m e n t:
W e ar bu s h i n g :
a
_______
_____________________________________________________________________________
o th e r (s tu d s ) :
Te s t
______
____ P R
______________________________________________________________________________
O u tl e t
an d
____ P R
PSL
P S L:
O u tl e t
Te s t
PSL
___
_____________________________________________________________________________
co ati n g ?
b o l ti n g
___
Typ e :
co ati n g ?
M ai n
_________
Typ
__________
Typ
S i ze :
rati n g
cl as s
______
_______________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
re q u i re m e n ts :
PR:
Te m p e ratu re
No
Q ty
val ve s :
G au g e s :
Ye s
___________________________________
________________________________________________
C o m p an i o n
re q u i re m e n ts :
p re s su re :
__________________________________________________
N u m b e r:
B as e pl ate
___________________________________
__________________________________________________
Typ e :
Lo ck s cre ws ?
p re s su re :
___________________________________________________
R ate d
E q u i pm e n t fo r o u tl e ts :
___________________________________
__________________________________________________
Typ e :
S i ze :
________________________
___________________________________________________
R ate d
O u tl e ts :
p re s su re :
PR:
Figure B.2 —Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Casing-head Housing
s pe ci fy wh at
an d
by wh o m .
1 72
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Casing-head Spool
C as i n g - h e ad
B o tto m
spo ol
co n n e cto r:
P S L:
______________________
Si ze:
___________________________________________________
R ate d
wo rki n g
Typ e :
To p
co n n e cto r:
Si ze:
wo rki n g
wo rki n g
Val ve - re m o val
pl u g :
Val ve s
( ri g h t ) :
Q ty
Val ve s
( l e ft) :
B u l l pl u g s :
N i ppl es :
N eed l e
B o tto m
c as i n g
_______
spool
PR:
h an g er:
M ate ri al
R e tai n e d
fl u i d
W i tn e s s ?
E xte rn al
I n te rn al
F l an g e
____
PSL
____ P R
_____
Q ty
Q ty
Q ty
____
Typ
_________
PSL
___________________________________________
____________________________________________
Q ty
_______________________________________
____________________________________________
Lo ck s cre w fu n cti o n :
______________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
( Tab l e
3) :
a
2) :
_______________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
( Tab l e
B. 1 ) :
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________
No
No
No
_______________________
________
Ye s
________ I f
ye s ,
typ e
______________________________________________
_________
Ye s
________ I f
ye s ,
typ e
______________________________________________
re q u i re m e n ts
i n b o ard
O u tl e t
o th e r (s tu d s ) :
( s tu d s ) :
( Tab l e
1 6)
E xp o s e d
_________
__________
( n u ts ) :
_________
___________
( n u ts ) :
_________
N o n e xp o s e d
_______________
au xi l i ary e q u i p m e n t:
W e ar bu s h i n g :
Ru n n i n g
_______________________________________
an d
pl u g :
re tri e vi n g
to o l s :
________________________
_______________________________________
O th e r re q u i re m e n ts :
___________________________________________________________________________
F O O TN O TE
a
I f ye s,
____________
_____________________________________________________________________________
co ati n g ?
Te s t
Typ
Q ty
P S L:
co ati n g ?
an d
__________
______________________________________________________________________________
O u tl e t
Te s t
_____
_____________________________________________________________________________
co rro s i vi ty
b o l ti n g
____ P R
_____________________________________________________________________________
( Tab l e
Ye s
PSL
Typ e :
rati n g
cl ass
____
Si ze:
PR:
Te m p e ratu re
______
Typ
______________________________________________________________________
p acko ff s i z e :
Typ e :
Casi n g
No
re q u i re m e n ts :
Q ty
_______________________________________
_________
fl an g e s :
val ve s :
G au g e s :
Ye s
___________________________________
________________________________________________
C o m p an i o n
m ate ri al
p re s su re :
__________________________________________________
N u m b e r:
S p e ci al
___________________________________
___________________________________________________
Typ e :
Lo ck s cre ws ?
p re s su re :
__________________________________________________
R ate d
E q u i pm e n t fo r o u tl e ts :
___________________________________
__________________________________________________
Typ e :
Si ze:
________________________
___________________________________________________
R ate d
O u tl e ts :
p re s su re :
PR:
s pe ci fy wh at
Figure B.3 —Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Casing-head Spool
an d
by wh o m .
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 73
Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Tubing-head Spool
Tu b i n g - h e ad
B o tto m
spo ol
co n n e cto r:
P S L:
______________________ P R :
Si ze:
__________________________________________________
R ate d
To p
co n n e cto r:
Si ze:
__________________________________________________
wo rki n g
Si ze:
__________________________________________________
wo rki n g
Val ve - re m o val
pl u g :
Val ve s
( ri g h t) :
Q ty
Val ve s
( l e ft ) :
N i ppl es :
N eed l e
B o tto m
tu bi n g
s poo l
No
_____
packo ff:
Si ze:
PR:
h an g er:
Si ze:
fl u i d
W i tn e s s?
E xte rn al
I n te rn al
F l an g e
Ye s
ru n
val ve
3) :
a
No
No
val ve s :
Q ty
Q ty _______________________________________
___________________________________________
Lo ck s cre w fu n cti o n :
______________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
typ e :
____________________________________________________________
s u b s u rface
val ve
c o n tro l
l i n es:
( s tu d s ) :
__________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
B. 1 ) :
________________________________________________________________
No
________________________
_______
Ye s
_________I f ye s ,
typ e
_____________________________________________
Ye s
_________I f ye s ,
typ e
_____________________________________________
req u i re m e n t s
( Tab l e
1 6)
o th e r (s tu d s ) :
N o n e xp o s e d
( n u ts ) :
________
_________
( n u ts ) :
________
___________
( n u ts ) :
________
_____________
( s tu d s ) :
_____ E xp o s e d
______
E xp o s e d
( l o w s tre n g th )
Ru n n i n g
an d
pl u g :
___________________________________
re tri e vi n g
to o l s :
________________________
_______________________________________
O th e r re q u i re m e n ts :
________________________________________________________________________ _______
F O O TN O TE
If
yes ,
____
au xi l i ary e q u i p m e n t:
W e ar bu s h i n g :
a
____________
________
O u tl e t
Te s t
__________
PSL
____________________________________________
__________________________
i n b o ard
an d
2) :
co rro s i vi ty ( Tab l e
O u tl e t
Te s t
Q ty _____ Typ
__________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
( Tab l e
( Tab l e
co ati n g ?
M ai n
fl an g e s :
_____________________________________________________________________________
co ati n g ?
b o l ti n g
______
PR:
rati n g
cl as s
______
____ P R
_____________________________________________________________________________
S u rface - co n tro l l e d
R e tai n e d
____ P R
PSL
P S L:
B ack- p re ss u re
M ate ri al
PSL
___
____________________________________________________________________________
Typ e :
Te m p e ratu re
___
Q ty ___________ Typ
____________________________________________________________________________
Typ e :
Tu bi n g
______________________________________
_________ Typ
Q ty
Q ty
G au g e s :
_______
___________________________________
_______________________________________________
B u l l pl u g s :
Ye s
p re s s u re :
__________________________________________________
C o m p an i o n
re q u i re m e n ts :
___________________________________
__________________________________________________
N u m b e r:
M ate ri al
p re s s u re :
Typ e :
Typ e :
Lo ck s cre ws ?
___________________________________
__________________________________________________
R ate d
E q u i pm e n t fo r o u tl e ts :
p re s s u re :
Typ e :
R ate d
O u tl e ts :
wo rki n g
________________________
s p eci fy wh at
Figure B.4—Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Tubing-head Spool
an d
by
wh o m .
1 74
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Crossover Flange
C ro s s o ve r fl an g e
P S L:
______________________
B o tto m
Si ze:
___________________________________________________
co n n e cto r:
R ate d
Typ e :
To p
co n n e cto r:
Si ze:
R ate d
Typ e :
P acko ff
typ e :
Si ze:
R e tai n e d
rati n g
fl u i d
W i tn e s s ?
E xte rn al
F l an g e
____________________________________
__________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
wo rki n g
p re s s u re :
____________________________________
__________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
cl as s
I n te rn al
p re s s u re :
________________________
________________________________
Te m p e ratu re
M ate ri al
wo rki n g
PR:
a
ru n
2) :
_______________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
B. 1 ) :
_________________________________________________________________
__________________________
co ati n g ?
b o l ti n g
3):
c o rro s i vi ty ( Tab l e
Ye s
co ati n g ?
M ai n
( Tab l e
( Tab l e
No
No
________________________
_______
Ye s
_________ I f ye s ,
typ e
______________________________________________
________
Ye s
_________ I f ye s ,
typ e
______________________________________________
req u i re m e n t
( s tu d s ) :
No
( Tab l e
1 6)
N o n e xp o s e d
______________
( n u ts ) :
_____
E xp o s e d
_____
E xp o s e d
( l o w s tre n g th )
_____
________
FO O TN O TE
a
I f ye s ,
s pe ci fy wh at
Figure B.5—Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Crossover Flange
an d
by
wh o m .
Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Tubing-head Adapter
Tu b i n g - h e ad
B o tto m
ad ap te r
co n n e cto r:
P S L:
______________________
Si ze:
___________________________________________________
R ate d
Typ e :
To p
co n n e cto r:
Si ze:
R ate d
Typ e :
S u rface - co n tro l l e d
N u m b e r:
Si ze:
fe e d - th ro u g h
Te m p e ratu re
R e tai n e d
fl u i d
W i tn e s s ?
I n te rn al
F l an g e
Ye s
ru n
3):
___________________________________________________
wo rki n g
p re s s u re :
____________________________________
__________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________
a
2) :
__________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
co rro s i vi ty
( Tab l e
B. 1 ) :
_________________________________________________________________
__________________________
co ati n g ?
b o l ti n g
( Tab l e
( Tab l e
co ati n g ?
M ai n
c o n n e cti o n ?
re q u i re m e n ts :
rati n g
cl as s
E xte rn al
o u tl e ts :
____________________________________
__________________________________________________
_____________________________
m ate ri al
M ate ri al
s afe ty val ve
p re s s u re :
________________________
________________________________
E l e ctri cal
S p e ci al
s u b s u rface
wo rki n g
PR:
No
No
________________________
_______
Ye s
_________ I f ye s ,
typ e
______________________________________________
________
Ye s
_________ I f ye s ,
typ e
______________________________________________
req u i re m e n t
( s tu d s ) :
No
( Tab l e
1 6)
______________
N o n e xp o s e d
( n u ts ) :
_____
E xp o s e d
_____
E xp o s e d
( l o w s tre n g th )
________
FO O TN O TE
a
I f ye s ,
s pe ci fy wh at
Figure B.6—Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Tubing-head Adapter
an d
by wh o m .
_____
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 75
Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Tree and Choke
Tre e
Si n g l e
___
D u al
___
Sol i d
Si ze
b l o ck ___
M ate ri al
a
S tacke d
PSL
___
PR
Wi tness?
b
E xte rn al
F l an g e d
co ati n g ?
b o l ti n g
I f ye s ,
re q u i re m e n ts
s tate
S tu d s
typ e
Ri n g
c
N u ts
g as ke t
typ e
Lo we r m as te r val ve :
_____________________________________________________________________________
U p p e r m as te r val ve :
_____________________________________________________________________________
S wab
—
( cro wn )
Wi n g
val ve
Wi n g
val ve (s )
Te e /cro s s
C h o ke :
End
____________________________________________________________________________
o th e r:
( ci rcl e
____________________________________________________________________________
on e) :
I n s tru m e n t
____________________________________________________________________________________
fl an g e s :
fl an g e s :
cap /to p
fl u i d
Te m p e ratu re
M ate ri al
—
—
______________________________________________________________________________
p re s s u re :
( Tab l e
( Tab l e
3):
U p p e r m as te r p re p are d
Wi n g
val ve
Wi n g
val ve
C h o ke :
i n b o ard
P re s s u re
F l o wl i n e
2) :
B. 1 ) :
__________________________________________________________________________
p re p are d
o r fi xe d :
fo r actu ato r:
fo r actu ato r:
Ye s
___
No
_____
I f ye s,
s pe ci fy Cl as s
Ye s
_____
No
_____
I f ye s ,
s p e ci fy
C l as s
I
or I I
bel ow P R
co l u m n
Ye s
_____
No
_____
I f ye s ,
s p e ci fy
C l as s
I
or I I
bel ow P R
co l u m n
______________________________________
N o m i n al
d ro p :
II,
or I I I
be l o w PR co l u m n
si ze:
__________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
co n n e cto r:
m ate ri al
I,
________________________________________________________________________
S i ze:
Typ e :
S p e ci al
________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
fo r actu ato r:
o th e r p re pare d
ad j u s tab l e
si ze:
__________________________________________________________________________
co rro s i vi ty ( Tab l e
rati n g
cl ass
_____________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
co n n . :
wo rki n g
R e tai n e d
O ri fi c e
___________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
C o m p an i o n
R ate d
—
_____________________________________________________________________________
i n b o ard :
fl an g e :
Tre e
val ve :
re q u i re m e n ts :
_____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
O th e r re q u i re m e n ts :
U ppe r m as te r val ve type
P n e u . /pi s to n
actu ato r
_______________
H yd r. /p i s to n
_________
E l e ctri c
___
_____
E l e ctri c
___
_________
E l e ctri c
___
E l e ctri c
___
re q u i re m e n ts :
S u p p l y p re s s u re /po we r:
Ai r
_____________
Wi n g
val ve
type
_________________ P n e u . /d i aph rag m
G as
_______________
actu ato r re q u i re m e n ts :
P n e u . /pi s to n
_______________
H yd r. /p i s to n
P n e u . /d i aph rag m
S u p p l y p re s s u re :
O th e r:
___________
H yd r. /d i ap h rag m
___________
H yd r. /d i ap h rag m
_____
_______________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
FO O TN O TE S
a
D e fi n e
or
m ate ri al
b
c
If
yes ,
s peci fy
type /cl ad
m ate ri al
m ate ri al
s peci fy wh at
I n d i cate
re q u i re d
an d
re q u i re m e n t s
typ e ,
e. g .
an d ,
if
cl ad d i n g
or
oth e r
co rro s i o n - re s i s tan t
m at e ri al s
are
to
4 1 3 0 /6 2 5 .
by wh o m .
Figure B.7—Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Tree and Choke
b o l ti n g
fo r th e
appl i cab l e
ret ai n e d
fl u i d
an d
tem pe ratu re
cl as s
s p e ci fi e d
in
Tabl e
1 7.
be
i n l ai d ,
s tat e
b as e
1 76
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Multistage Crossover Spool
Multistage crossover spool
Bottom connector:
Outlets lower:
P S L:
____________________
S i ze :
___________________________________________
E q u i pm e n t fo r l o we r o u tl e ts :
wo rki n g
Typ e :
___________________________________________
S i ze :
___________________________________________
R ate d
wo rki n g
Typ e :
___________________________________________
Q ty: ____ Typ : _____ P S L:
_______
PR:
___
( l e ft ) :
Q ty: ____ Typ : _____ P SL:
_______
PR:
___
N eed l e
S i ze :
Q ty
R e tai n e d
fl u i d
Lo ck s cre ws ?
( Tab l e
( Tab l e
Ye s
p re s su re :
____________________________
________________________________________
Val ve - re m o val
pl u g :
Val ve s
( ri g h t) :
Q ty: ____ Typ : _____ P S L:
_______________________________
_____ P R :
_____
Val ve s
( l e ft ) :
Q ty: ____ Typ : _____ P S L:
_____ P R :
_____
fl an g e s :
Q ty
Q ty
______ P S L:
______
____________________________________
_____________________________________
val ve s :
Q ty
Q ty
Q ty
________________________________
_____________________________________
S i ze :
___________________________________________
R ate d
wo rki n g
Typ e :
___________________________________________
p re s su re :
____________________________
___________________________________________________________
2):
___________________________________________________________
3) :
co rro s i vi ty
________________________________
wo rki n g
G au g e s :
rati n g
Q ty
_____________________________________
___________________________________________
N eed l e
c l ass
_______
Typ e :
N i ppl es:
M ate ri al
P S L:
R ate d
B u l l pl u g s :
Te m p e ratu re
_______
___________________________________________
C o m p an i o n
re q u i re m e n ts :
Q ty
____________________________________
_____________________________________
val ve s :
N u m b e r:
m ate ri al
fl an g e s :
Q ty
Q ty
G au g e s :
S p e c i al
_______________________________
( ri g h t) :
N i ppl es:
Top connector:
pl u g :
Val ve s
B u l l pl u g s :
u p p e r o u tl e ts :
____________________________
Val ve s
C o m p an i o n
E q u i pm e n t fo r
p re s su re :
____________________________
________________________________________
Val ve - re m o val
Outlets upper:
__________________
R ate d
N u m b e r:
p re s su re :
PR:
___________________________________________________________
( Tab l e
B. 1 ) :
___________________
___________________________________________________________
No
______
Lo ck s cre w fu n cti o n :
_______________________________
Figure B.8—Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Multistage Crossover Spool
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 77
Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Multistage Crossover Spool (continued)
Casing hanger (lower)
:
R e s tri cte d - are a p acko ff ( l o we r) :
Si ze:
_______________________________________________
Typ e :
_______________________________________________
PR:
_______________________________________________
P S L:
_______________________________________________
Si ze:
_______________________________________________
Typ e :
Te m p e ratu re
M ate ri al
rati n g
cl as s
R e tai n e d
fl u i d
( Tab l e
( Tab l e
2):
____________________________________________________________
3):
____________________________________________________________
co rro s i vi ty ( Tab l e
B. 1 ) :
Casing hanger (upper):
M ate ri al
cl as s
R e tai n e d
F l an g e
rati n g
fl u i d
b o l ti n g
( Tab l e
( Tab l e
u p p e r ( s tu d s ) :
ru n
W i tn e s s ?
E xte rn al
I n te rn al
Te s t
No
co ati n g ?
Te s t
an d
pl u g s:
PR:
__________________________________________________ __
P S L:
__________________________________________________ __
Si ze:
__________________________________________________ __
Typ e :
__________________________________________________ __
1 6)
___________________
N o n e xp o s e d
________
E xp o s e d
_______
E xp o s e d
( l o w s tre n g th )
_____________________________________________________
_______________( n u ts ) :
_____________________________________________________
__________( n u ts ) :
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
No
No
a
_______________________________________________________
_________________ Ye s
_______________
If
ye s ,
typ e :
______________________________
__________________ Ye s
_______________
If
ye s ,
typ e :
______________________________
( to p
an d /o r b o tto m )
_______________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
re tri e vi n g
to o l s :
________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
O th e r re q u i re m e n ts :
_______________________________________________________________________________
F O O TN O TE
a
If
ye s ,
____
________________( n u ts ) :
au xi l i ary e q u i p m e n t:
W e ar bu s h i n g s :
Ru n n i n g
__________________________________________________ __
________________________ Ye s
co ati n g ?
an d
B. 1 ) :
( Tab l e
( s tu d s ) :
O th e r re q u i re m e n ts :
Typ e :
___________________
re q u i re m e n ts
O u tl e t
__________________________________________________ ___
___________________
co rro s i vi ty ( Tab l e
l o we r ( s tu d s ) :
M ai n
2):
3):
O u tl e t
____________________________________________________________
Si ze:
R e s tri cte d - are a p acko ff ( u pp e r)
Te m p e ratu re
______________________________________________ _
Figure B.8—Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Multistage Crossover Spool (continued)
s p eci fy wh at
an d
by wh o m .
1 78
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Wellhead Safety Valves
Wellhead safety valves
G e n e ral
S p e ci al
e n vi ro n m e n tal
co n d i ti o n s
_____________U n u s u al
am b i e n t o r o pe rati n g
atm o s p h e ri c co n d i ti o n s
te m pe ratu re s ,
co n d u ci ve
to
or
c o rro s i o n
or
u n d e rwate r u s e
C o ati n g
_________________________________
S h i ppi n g
S S V/U S V
i n s tru cti o n s
val ve
( C l as s
I,
II,
or I I I
M an u factu re r
S i ze
S S V/U S V)
__________________
____________________________M o d e l
an d
typ e
__________________________________
an d
typ e
__________________________________
___________________________________
R ate d
wo rki n g
Te m p e ratu re
S S V/U S V
______________________
p re s s u re
ran g e
____________________
________________________
actu ato r
M an u factu re r
____________________________M o d e l
C yl i n d e r rate d
O p e rati n g
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
p re ss u re
______________
________________________P u rch as e r to
s p e ci fy avai l ab l e
s u p pl y p re s s u re ,
if
ap p l i cab l e
Te m p e ratu re
Lo ck- o p e n
U SV
ran g e
d e vi ce
________________________
_________________________
___________________________________W o rki n g
wate r d e p th
______________________________
Figure B.9 —Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Wellhead Safety Valves
Equipment Data Sheet —Boarding Shutdown Valves
G e n e ral
S p e ci al
e n vi ro n m e n tal
co n d i ti o n s
_________
U n u s u al
am b i e n t o r o pe rati n g
atm o s p h e ri c co n d i ti o n s
th e
C o ati n g
o ffs h o re
s p l as h
te m pe ratu re s ,
co n d u ci ve
to
or
c o rro s i o n ,
or
u se
in
zo n e
___________________________
S h i ppi n g
______________
i n s tru cti o n s
B S D V val ve
( C l as s
I,
II,
or I I I
M an u factu re r
Si ze
B S D V)
________________
__________________________
Mod el
an d
typ e
__________________________________
Mod el
an d
typ e
__________________________________
_________________________________
R ate d
wo rki n g
Te m p e ratu re
p re s s u re
ran g e
__________________
______________________
B S D V actu ato r
M an u factu re r
________________________
C yl i n d e r rate d
O p e rati n g
wo rki n g
p re s s u re
p re s s u re
____________
______________________
P u rch as e r to
s p e ci fy avai l ab l e
s u p pl y p re s s u re ,
ap p l i cab l e
Te m p e ratu re
ran g e
______________________
Figure B.1 0—Equipment Data Sheet —Boarding Shutdown Valves
if
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 79
Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Choke Sizing
Ap p l i cati o n
Fl u i d
Q u an ti ty
En d
co n n e cto rs / A&B
P re s s u re
a
rati n g /i n l e t
Te m p e ratu re
M ate ri al
Di m en si o n s
O u tl e t
rati n g
c l ass
Bod y
PSL
Tri m
PR
S e rvi ce
co n d i ti o n s
P re s s u re
at
M a x.
fl o w ( u n i ts )
N o rm al
fl o w ( u n i ts )
I n l et
O u tl e t
Te m p e ratu re
Oi l
or
P
at i n l e t
F l o w rate
S. G .
G as
( i f avai l ab l e )
F l o w rate
or G . O. R.
S. G .
Li q u i d
( i f avai l ab l e )
F l o w rate
S. G .
( i f avai l ab l e )
M an u al /actu ate d
Actu ato r typ e /m ake /m o d e l
P o we r s o u rce
M an u al
P o s i ti o n
o ve rri d e
i n d i cati o n
Lo cal
R e m o te /p o s i ti o n
tran sm i tte r
P o s i ti o n e r
Ad d i ti o n al
co m m e n ts
Ad j u s tab l e
M a xi m u m
Typ e
of
o r p o si ti ve :
o ri fi ce
d i am e te r:
fl o w b e an :
F O O TN O TE
a
See
F i g u re
1 6
an d
Figure B.1 1 —Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Choke Sizing
F i g u re
1 7.
Mi n .
fl o w ( u n i ts )
1 80
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Actuator and Bonnet
Q u an ti ty
Q u an ti ty
Pneumatic
D i ap h rag m
Si n g l e
Electric
C o n ve n ti o n al
Ri si n g
D ou bl e
P i s to n
s te m
N o n ri s i n g
s te m
Si n g l e
D ou bl e
W i re cu tte r
_____
W i re /cab l e
S e l f- co n tai n e d
_____
S tan d - al o n e
Supply requirements/specifications
Pneumatic
Avai l ab i l i ty
si ze
_____
p o we r s o u rce
_____
Hydraulic
M Pa
M a x.
C l e an
Q u an ti ty
Hydraulic
(psi )
Avai l ab i l i ty
Min .
M Pa
M a x.
(psi )
Min .
ai r
N i tro g e n
S e l f- co n tai n e d
O th e r
O th e r
Electric
Vo l tag e
DC
AC
C u rre n t
P h as e
F re q u e n cy
avai l abl e
O th e r
Actuator requirements/specifications
Actuator
Field data
Te m p e ratu re
Fi e l d
rati n g
( Tab l e
C u s to m e r
2)
l o cati o n
P l atfo rm
M ate ri al s
E xte rn al
cl as s
( Tab l e
co ati n g ?
3)
Wel l
No
I f ye s ,
Ye s
N o.
Cl o sed - i n
tu b i n g - h e ad
p re s s u re
M P a (psi )
typ e
Accessories
Fu s i bl e
h o l d - o pen
d e vi ce
M an u al
h o l d -o pen
d e vi ce
Q u i ck e xh au s t
P o s i ti o n
Bonnet requirements
S i ze
Mod el
Rated
p re s s u re
M Pa
a)
l o cal
b)
re m o te
Specification
PSL
S S V/U S V/B S D V
2
PR2
wo rki n g
val ve
i n d i cati o n
______
_________
(psi )
3
3G
4
Material class:
Temperature rating:
Figure B.1 2 —Wellhead Equipment Data Sheet —Actuator and Bonnet
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 81
B.3 Typical Wellhead and Tree Configurations
E x am p l e s
i n cl u d e d
of
are
t yp i ca l
we l l h e ad
e xam p l e s
of
an d
cas i n g
tre e
an d
bi t
co n f i g u rati o n s
p ro g ram s
th at
are
are
s h o wn
in
co n s i s te n t
F i g u re
wi th
th e
B. 1 3
an d
we l l h e ad s
F i g u re
B. 1 4.
Al s o
s h o wn .
Key
1
tu b i n g - h e ad
2
cas i n g - h e ad
to p
to p
fl an g e
fl an g e
3 4. 5
20 . 7
M Pa (5000
MPa
ps i )
(3 0 00
ps i )
or 3 4. 5
MPa
(5000
ps i )
Typical Programs
Casing Program
mm
Bit Program
(i n . )
mm
5
21 9. 1
(8
x 1 39. 7
(5
(9
/8 )
x 1 77. 8
(1 0
/2 )
200. 0
(7
x 1 93. 7
(7)
—
(7
(i n . ;
psi )
mm;
MPa
21 5. 9
(8
(i n . ;
p si )
/8 )
279;
20 . 7
(1 1 ;
3000)
1 79 ;
34. 5
(7
/1
6
;
5000)
3
/2 )
o r 222 . 2
5
/4 )
MPa
1
1
3
273. 1
mm;
Tubing-head Top Flange
7
5
244. 5
(i n . )
1
/8 )
Casing-head Top Flange
(8
/4 )
or
7
/8 )
250. 8
(9
/8 )
279;
34. 5
(1 1 ;
5000)
Figure B.1 3 Typical Wellhead and Tree Configuration for a 34.5 MPa (5000 psi) Rated Working Pressure
1 82
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Key
a
b
69. 0
MPa
(1 0 , 0 00
34. 5
MPa
(5000
ps i ) .
psi ) .
Typical Programs
Bit Program
Casing-head
Housing Top
Flange
Casing Program
mm
(i n . )
mm
(i n . )
mm;
40 6. 4
x 2 73 . 1
x 1 93. 7
3
(1 6
40 6. 4
x 1 0
x 298. 5
x 1 1
x 7
x 244. 5
3
(1 6
374. 7 x 250 . 8 or 241 . 3
5
/4
3
/8 )
x 1 77. 8
(1 4
l i n er
3 74. 7
5
/4 x 9
7
/4
x 9
l i n er
(1 4
or 9
x 269. 9
x 1 0
(1 6
x 8
mm;
p si )
34. 5
(i n . ,
279;
50 00 )
34. 5
(1 1 ;
(1 6
x 2 44. 5
3
273. 1
x 9
31 1 . 2
x 21 5. 9
1
/8
x 1 93. 7
3
(1 0
x 1 77. 8
5
/8
x 7)
x 1 27. 0
(1 2
x 7
—
x 8
250. 8
5
/4
x 5)
(9
69 . 0
1 79 ;
(7
50 00 )
(1 3
x 6)
3 46 ;
x 1 65. 1
(1 3
69 . 0
34. 5
1 0, 000)
x 6
/1
6
;
ps i )
69. 0
1 0 , 00 0 )
1 79 ;
(7
/1
6
;
69. 0
1 0 , 00 0 )
69 . 0
1 0, 0 00 )
279;
69 . 0
1 79 ;
69. 0
1
/8 ;
2 79 ;
50 00 )
34. 5
(1 1 ;
1 0, 0 00 )
279;
(7
69 . 0
/1
6
;
1 0 , 00 0 )
1 79 ;
1
/8
MPa
1
/8 ;
5
/2
7
/8
x 1 52. 4
1
/4
(i n . ,
5
/4 ;
279;
(1 3
mm;
ps i )
1 0, 0 00 )
346;
3
/2 )
(1 1 ;
339. 7
MPa
1
/4 ;
425;
1
/8
(i n . ,
Tubing-head
Top Flange
3
/2 )
x 21 5. 9
5
/4
425;
1
/8
3
/8 x 7 )
MPa
Casing-head
Spool Top Flange
69. 0
1
/2 )
(1 1 ;
5000)
(1 1 ;
1 0, 0 00 )
(7
/1
6
;
1 0 , 00 0 )
Figure B.1 4 Typical Wellhead and Tree Configuration for a 69.0 MPa (1 0,000 psi) Rated Working Pressure
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 83
B.4 Product Specification Levels
B.4.1 General
Th i s
s p e ci f i cati o n
an d
val i d at i o n
h as
s p e ci f i c
(see
4. 3 . 4) .
PSL
1
wh i ch
l e ve l
PSL
e s tab l i s h e s
a
P SL
on
2
m ay
be
i n te n d e d
in
vari an ce
th e
set
th i s
of
th e
th e
te m p e ratu re
we l l
3
we tte d
co n ta i n s
in
ch an g e s
th i s
to
te s ti n g
fo r
s te m s ;
we t
to
th e
al l
20
an d
an d
q u al i t y
m ate ri al
m ag n e t i c
PSL
th e
be l o w,
Th es e
re q u i re m e n ts
by
th e
P SL
an d
P S Ls
fo r
q u al i t y,
fo r
or
m ay
ca n n o t
1
bu t
i n s p e cti o n
It
of
be
be
an d
wi th
we l d s ,
te s ti n g ;
en d
an d
Th e
Q TC
in
te s t i n g
re q u i re m e n ts
ad d i t i o n al
re l at i o n
t e m p e ratu re s ;
p art i cl e
co n n e cto rs
PSL
4
co n tai n s
PSL
4
e q u i pm e n t
th e
by
a
PSL
s p e ci f i cati o n
Al l
p ro d u cts
s p e ci f i cati o n .
ad d i ti o n a l
th e
to
H ig h er
p u rch as e r ,
re q u i re m e n ts
i n cl u d e
re q u i re m e n ts
an d
th i s
ve ri f i cati o n
wi th
1 .
m ag n e t i c
to
th e
s e cti o n
vo l u m e tri c
i n s p e c ti o n
of
of
re q u i re m e n ts
al l
PSL
2
i n cl u d e
th i ckn e s s
i n s p e cti o n
acce s s i b l e
of
bu t
of
al l
s u rf ace s ;
i m pos e s
re s tri cte d
fo r
as
l i m i tati o n s
C h arp y
p arti cl e
th e
e q u i pm e n t
m ate ri al
an d
ad d i ti o n a l
to l e ran ce
in
exte n d e d
an d
h an g e rs
h i g h est
m e e ts
al l
l e ve l
th e
do
of
n ot
re q u i re
q u al i t y
g as
an d
re q u i re m e n ts
te s ti n g ,
te s ti n g
of
PSL
3
so
PSL 3G
d oes
re q u i re m e n ts
an d
wo u l d
fo r
n ot
to
te s ti n g
i n s p e cti o n
of
to
re q u i re m e n ts
m ate ri al
It
i n cl u d e s
b o n n e ts ,
h yd ro s tati c
3
wi th
as
ch e m i s try,
C h arp y
f l an g e s ,
an d
te s t ti m e s .
th e
ad d i ti o n
of
g as
app l y.
an y
ap p l y
of
p arts .
b o d y,
The designation “PSL 3G” contains the same quality and testing requirements of PSL
N O TE
by
te s t i n g .
th i s
re q u i re m e n ts
i n cl u d e s
of
E q u i pm e n t
s p e ci f i e d
PSL
i m pos e s
ad d i t i o n al
m ate ri al .
i n d e pe n d e n t
co ve re d
m ate ri al ,
co n f o rm an ce
PSL
Th e
are
re q u i re m e n ts .
e q u i pm e n t
B S D Vs
of
2.
p ro d u cti o n
vo l u m e tri c
fo r
m an u factu re r
U S Vs ,
be
fo u r
m an u factu ri n g
re q u i re m e n ts
can n o t
an d
of
re q u i re m e n ts
S S Vs ,
te s t i n g
PSLs.
re q u i re m e n ts
1
e q u i pm e n t
QTC
°F
te s ti n g
m inim um
B S D Vs
fo u r
l e ve l s
s u rf ace s .
th e
s e rvi ce
an d
s at i s f y
th e
q u al i t y
–
or
fo r
d i f fe re n t
e q u i p m e n t.
s p e c i f i cati o n .
th e
al l
b as i c
m ate ri al
f o r s e rvi ce
PSL
of
ap p l i e d
acce s s i b l e
d e ta i l e d
m ate ri al ,
s p e ci f i cati o n .
b e twe e n
d e fi n e
m i n i m al l y
u se
al l
re q u i re m e n ts
an d
co n tro l ,
appl i e s
co n ta i n s
d e ta i l e d
p ro d u ct
q u al i t y
re pre s e n ts
a
P S Ls
b as e d
of
p ro d u ct
wi th i n
h i g h - p re s s u re
th i s
s p e ci f i cati o n .
e q u i pm e n t
u se d
in
s o u r s e rvi ce .
F i g u re
B. 1 5
we l l h e ad
—
—
—
tu b i n g
h e ad ;
tu b i n g
h an g e r;
tu b i n g - h e ad
—
Al l
s h o ws
th e
re co m m e n d e d
as s e m b l y i n cl u d e s
th e
s p e ci f i cat i o n
f o l l o wi n g ,
as
l e ve l
fo r
p ri m ary
e q u i p m e n t.
P ri m ary
e q u i pm e n t
of
a
a m inimum :
ad a p te r;
l o we r m as te r va l ve .
o th er
d i f fe re n t
Th e
we l l h e ad
th an
s e l e cti o n
app ro ach
peo p l e ,
Th e
th e
to
of
p arts
l e ve l
a
PSL
i d e n t i f yi n g
e n vi ro n m e n t,
f o l l o wi n g
are
cl as s i f i e d
as
s e co n d ar y.
Th e
s p e ci f i cat i o n
l e ve l
fo r
s e co n d ary
e q u i pm e n t
m ay be
fo r p ri m ary e q u i p m e n t.
sh ou l d
an d
co m m e n ts
be
p o te n t i al l y
b as e d
re s o u rce s ,
app l y to
on
a
h az ard o u s
th e
of
q u an t i tati ve
e ve n ts
acci d e n ts
b as i c
an d
ri s k
d e ve l o p i n g
q u e s ti o n s
as ke d
an al ys i s ,
e s ti m ati n g
fro m
in
th e
th e s e
F i g u re
wh i ch
e ve n ts .
B. 1 5.
is
a
l i ke l i h o o d
f o rm al
an d
an d
s ys te m ati c
co n s e q u e n ce s
to
1 84
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Figure B.1 5 —Recommended Minimum PSL for Primary Parts
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 85
B.4.2 NACE MR01 75/ISO 1 51 56
Th i s
ap p l i e s
s p e ci f i e d
if
th e
p arti a l
b y N AC E
p re s s u re
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
of
H
1 51 56
2
S
in
th e
p ro d u ce d
fl u i d
e q u al s
or
e xce e d s
th e
m inim um
am o u n t
f o r s o u r s e rvi ce .
B.4.3 High H 2S Concentration
Use “Yes” if the H
[70
p pm
( parts
3
2
p er
S
co n ce n trati o n
m ill ion) ]
can
of
th e
d e ve l op
p ro d u ce d
in
cas e
of
a
fl u i d
is
s u ch
th at
l e ak
( h u m an
in
ai r
sen se
of
an
H
2
sm el l
S
co n ce n trati o n
can n o t
d ete ct
of
70
m l /m
co n ce n trati o n s
3
h i g h er th an
70
).
m l /m
Alternatively, use “Yes” if the radius of exposure (ROE) to 1 00
(50
ft)
Ru l e
f rom
3. 3 6,
Th e
abo ve
H
can
th e
b)
we l l h e a d .
3) ;
see
re q u i re s
B. 4. 5.
th e
ROE
is
d efi n e d
O th e r m e th o d s
kn o wl e d g e
of
th e
of
in
T e x as
(1 00
Ad m i n i s trati ve
cal cu l ati n g
ad j u s te d
3
m l /m
ROE
ope n
fl o w
m ay a p pl y,
rat e
of
p pm )
Co d e,
H
2
Ti tl e
d epen d i n g
o ffs e t
we l l s .
If
S
is
g re at e r
1 6,
on
th i s
P art
l o cal
is
not
1 ,
th an
1 5
m
C h ap te r 3 ,
re g u l ati o n s .
ava i l abl e ,
bu t
if
3
2
S
be
e xp e cte d ,
a
1 00
m l /m
(1 00
ppm )
ROE
e q u al
to
1 000
m
(3000
f t)
m ay be
as s u m e d .
B.4.4 Close Proximity
U s e rs
wh o
are
accu s to m e d
cl o s e - p ro x i m i t y f o r g as
Th e
p o te n t i a l
sh ou l d
be
i m p act
of
e val u at e d
d e te rm i n i n g
po te n ti al
to
we l l
in
an
as
th e
u se
F i g u re
of
th e
u n co n tro l l e d
p art
of
cl o s e - p ro x i m i ty an d
rad i u s - o f - e x p o s u re
co n ce pts
m a y s u bs t i tu t e
B. 1 5.
th e
em i ssi on
p ro x i m i t y
of
H
2
S
on
as s e s s m e n t.
l i fe
Th e
an d
th e
f o l l o wi n g
e n vi ro n m e n t
l i st
of
n e ar
i te m s
th e
can
be
we l l h e ad
u sed
fo r
ri s k.
3
a)
1 00
m l /m
(1 00
p pm )
ROE
of
H
2
S
is
g re ate r
th a n
1 5
m
(50
f t)
f ro m
th e
we l l h e ad
an d
i n cl u d e s
an y
p art
of
a public area except a public road. ROE is defined in B.4.5. “Public area” means a dwelling, place of
bu s i n e s s ,
an y
p l ace
p o rt i o n
of
“Public road”
of
a
wo rs h i p ,
p ark,
m e an s
ci t y,
s ch o o l ,
to wn ,
an y s tre e t
h o s p i tal ,
vi l l ag e ,
o r ro ad
s ch o o l
or
o wn e d
o th e r
bu s
s to p,
s i m i l ar
g o ve rn m e n t
are a
o r m ai n tai n e d
th at
on e
fo r pu bl i c
bu i l d i n g ,
can
acce s s
a
pu bl i c
e xp e ct
to
ro a d ,
be
al l
or
p o p u l ate d .
or u se.
3
b)
500
m l /m
a pu b l i c
(500
are a
as
p pm )
we l l
ROE
as
of
H
2
a p u bl i c
S
c)
Wel l
is
l o cate d
in
d)
Wel l
is
l o cate d
wi t h i n
46
m
(1 50
e)
Wel l
is
l o cate d
wi t h i n
1 5
m
(50
f)
Wel l
is
l o cate d
in
o r n e ar i n l an d
g)
Wel l
is
l o cate d
in
o r n e ar s u rf ace
h)
Wel l
is
l o cate d
wi t h i n
Th ese co n d i ti on s
is
g re ate r
th an
an y e n vi ro n m e n tal l y s e n s i ti ve
1 07
m
f t)
f t)
of
of
an
open
a pu bl i c
n a vi g ab l e
(350
are recom m en d e d
1 5
m
(50
f t)
f ro m
th e
we l l h e ad
an d
i n cl u d e s
an y
p art
of
ro ad .
of
f l am e
s u ch
as
o r fi re d
a p ark,
wi l d l i f e
pre s e rve ,
ci t y l i m i ts ,
e tc.
e q u i p m e n t.
ro ad .
wate rs .
d o m e s ti c
ft)
are a ,
wate r s u p p l i e s .
an y d we l l i n g .
m in im um
con s i d erati o n s.
An y l ocal re g u l atory re q u i rem en ts s h o u l d
be m et.
B.4.5 Radius of Exposure of H 2S
Th e
n ot
f o l l o wi n g
g i ve n ,
cal cu l a ti n g
as
i n f o rm ati o n
th e
ROE
is
m e th o d
m a y app l y,
take n
of
f ro m
T e xas
d e te rm i n i n g
depen d i n g
on
R ai l ro ad
th e
l o c al
ROE
is
Com m i ss i on
Ru l e
u sed
U n i ted
re g u l ati o n s .
in
th e
36.
SI
m e tri c - e q u i va l e n t
S tat e s
o n l y.
O th e r
ru l e s
are
m e th o d s
of
1 86
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
3
Th e
l o cati o n ,
X
1 00
,
of
th e
1 00
m l /m
(1 00
pp m )
ROE
is
d e te rm i n e d
as
g i ve n
in
E q u ati o n
(B. 1 ) :
0 . 6258
X
[( 1 . 5 8 9 ) ( y
=
1 00
H
2
) (q ) ]
S
(B. 1 )
3
Th e
l o cati o n ,
X
500
,
of
th e
50 0
m l /m
(500
pp m )
ROE
is
d e te rm i n e d
as
g i ve n
in
E q u ati o n
(B. 2) :
0 . 62 58
X
=
500
[( 0 . 4 5 4 6 ) ( y
H
2
S
) (q ) ]
(B. 2)
wh e re
yH
is
th e
X
is
ROE,
q
is
2
S
m ol e
th e
fracti o n
e x p re s s e d
m ax i m u m
H 2S
in
in
th e
g as e o u s
m i x tu re
avai l a b l e
fo r e s cap e ;
fe e t;
vo l u m e
fl o w
rate
d e te rm i n e d
to
be
a va i l a b l e
fo r
e s cap e ,
e x p re s s e d
in
cu b i c
fe e t
p e r d a y.
Th e
vo l u m e
fl o w
rate
u sed
as
th e
e s cap e
ra te
in
d e te rm i n i n g
th e
ROE
s h al l
be
t h at
s p e ci fi e d
b e l o w,
as
ap p l i cab l e .
a)
For
n ew
o pe n
b)
Th e
e s cap e
( 1 4. 65
B.5
To
s e l e ct
Th e
al l
th e
u sed
1 6
d e s i re d
l i s te d
vari ab l e s
in
°C
are as ,
we l l s ,
in
o r th e
th e
e s cape
rate
fi e l d - a ve ra g e
d e te rm i n i n g
(60
th e
ROE
s h al l
be
d e t e rm i n e d
cu rre n t- ad j u s te d
s h al l
be
open
co rre cte d
to
by
u si n g
f l o w rate ,
s tan d ard
th e
cu rre n t - ad j u s te d
wh i ch e ve r
c o n d i ti o n s
of
is
l arg e r.
0 . 1 01
M Pa
° F) .
m ate ri al
or
th e
sh ou l d
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
res i s tan ce
to
of
p ro d u cti o n
vari ab l e s ,
a)
te m p e ratu re ;
b)
H
c)
pH ;
d)
ch l o ri d e
e)
s an d
f)
wate r p ro d u cti o n
g)
t yp e s
2
S
m ight
p re s s u re
s u ch
on
Tab l e
by
co rro s i o n ,
th e
wh e th e r
Th e
of
th e
p u rch as e r
SCC,
th e
i n fl u e n c e
m ate ri al s
on l y
wi t h
i m pact
we l l s ,
carb o n
of
th e
as s h o wn
th e
fi e l d
d i o xi d e
co rro s i o n
rate
f ac to rs
fl u i d
s h al l
th e
m eet
parti al
in
p ro d u cti o n ;
an d
an d
re l ati ve
c o m po s i ti o n ;
am o u n ts
of
p ro d u ce d
h yd ro carb o n s .
an d
su l fi d e
p ro d u cti o n
co rro s i vi t y
an d
s tre s s
of
th e
p ro d u cti o n
cracki n g
vari a b l e s .
N AC E
M R 0 1 7 5 /I S O
1 51 56
re q u i re m e n ts
to
B. 1 .
to
s tro n g l y
co n ce n trati o n ;
th e
th e
f acto rs
m ate ri al
p e rf o rm an ce
l e ve l ;
i on
an d
pres s u re
Tabl e
as :
d e te rm i n e
e n vi ro n m e n tal
O th e r
(SSC)
facto rs
co rro s i vi t y.
m e tal l i c
re q u i re d
are
sh ou l d
vari o u s
e ro s i o n - co rro s i o n ,
e n vi ro n m e n tal
n o t p re d i ct
th e
3,
c o n s i d e ri n g
m a y al s o
co rro si vi t y i n
p re s s u re s
in
co n ce rn e d
co rros i o n .
fl u i d s
p arti al
p arti a l
is
of
B. 1
d e te rm i n e
g e n e ral
i n cre as i n g
G e n e ral
F i g u re
1 51 56
p ro d u ce d
m inim um
B. 1 .
fl u i d
i n t e racti o n
in
g e n eral l y re l ate s to
An a l ys i s
cl as s
i n j e cte d
F i g u re
by
n o t l i s te d
p u rch as e r
wh i ch
Th e
rate
an d
i n f l u e n ce d
N AC E
wi th
d e ve l o p e d
o ff s e t
p ro d u ce d ,
vari ab l e s
an d
p s i a)
in
of
Corrosivity of Retained Fluid
re tai n e d ,
are
we l l s
f l o w rat e
of
Th i s
carb o n
tab l e
o f m e tal l i c
i n i t i ate
is
or
d i ox i d e
by
sh ou l d
a g u i deli ne
o th e r
an d
sou r
th e
S SC
be
s e rvi ce .
an d
n ot
as s e s se d ,
o n l y.
n o n m e tal l i c
co rro s i o n
i n fl u e n ce d
fo r
p re ve n t
m ate ri al .
re l at i ve
e n vi ro n m e n tal
e f f e ct
facto rs
of
an d
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 87
Table B.1 —Relative Corrosivity of Retained Fluids as Indicated by CO 2 Partial Pressure
Retained Fluids
Partial Pressure of CO2
Relative Corrosivity
M Pa
G e n e ral
s e rvi ce
N o n co rro s i ve
G e n e ral
s e rvi ce
S l i g h tl y c o rro s i ve
G e n e ral
s e rvi ce
M o d e rate l y to
<
N o n co rro s i ve
S o u r s e rvi ce
S l i g h tl y c o rro s i ve
S o u r s e rvi ce
F i n a l l y,
th e
s e rvi ci n g
M o d e rate l y to
p u rc h as e r
n eeds
sh ou l d
sh ou l d
p ro d u cti o n
or
i n cre as e d
an ti c i p at e d
o pe ra ti o n s
wate r
s u ch
f u tu re
e va l u ati o n
p ro d u cti o n
as
aci d i f i cati o n
or
>
s e rvi c e
of
th e
an ti ci p ate d
or
wi t h o u t
o th e r
we l l
<
0. 21
7
0 . 21
to
>
7
0. 21
we l l
i n cre as e d
in
s e l e ct i n g
th e
a
ch l o ri d e
co n te n t.
cl as s .
p arti al
It
al s o
30
30
m ate ri al
ac i d - g as
7
to
>
wh e n
30
30
<
0. 21
ch an g e s
7
to
0. 05
0. 05
of
wi th
to
>
<
h i g h l y co rro s i ve
co n s i d e r
i n cl u d e
0. 05
0. 05
h i g h l y co rro s i ve
S o u r s e rvi ce
psi a
F u tu re
p re s s u re s
sh ou l d
fo r
i n cl u d e
tre atm e n ts .
B.6 Use of Castings
P u rc h as e r
Th e
sh ou l d
q u a l i t y,
p arts
g ra i n
of
wro u g h t
si ze
can
s tan d ard
s u rf ace
P u rc h as e rs
h ave
cl o s e
s tru ctu re
aff e ct
re q u i re m e n ts
( wro u g h t)
re s i s tan ce
m o re
p ro b l e m s
an d
an d
vo l u m e tri c
wi th
ca vi ti e s .
to u g h n e s s
i n s p e cti o n s
app l i cati o n s
th e
or
p o ro s i t y,
of
of
p re s s u re - co n t ai n i n g
s am e
m ay
P S L.
b as e d
on
cavi ti e s ,
th e
p art.
cas ti n g s
i n cre as e
/s e co n d ary)
p art s
fo r
cas t,
cas ti n g s
Ad d i ti o n a l l y,
pment’s classification (primary
f o r p re s s u re - co n tai n i n g
of
an d
p ro d u ce
H o we ve r,
p arts
fo r
d i ff e re n ce s
cas ti n g s
an
in
m ay
a p pl i cat i o n .
p e rf o rm an ce ,
be
b e n e fi ci al
fo r
s h ap e .
p o ro s i t y
lim it
an d
f o rg i n g
co rro s i o n
co rro s i o n
an d
m ay
an d
u se
fo r
o r co m p l e x
i n h e re n tl y
p arts
th e
m e th o d s
s tru ctu re ,
l arg e
C as ti n g s
equ i
e val u ate
m an u f actu ri n g
th e
or
i n cl u s i o n s .
s tru ctu re
S p e c i f yi n g
P SL
f o r i n te n d e d
P SL
s e rvi ce
e q u i pm e n t
an d
g rai n
fo r
a
cas t
an d
or
Th e
h ot
i m p ro ve d
P SL
3
wo rki n g
by
wi l l
h ot
e n ab l e
p racti ce s
wo rk.
of
G rai n
ap p l i cat i o n
of
s e rvi ce .
co n d i ti o n s .
cl as s i f i cati o n
2
is
p art
T abl e
s e rvi ce
as
d eem ed
B. 2
p ro vi d e s
ap p ro p ri ate
an
fo r
ap p l i cati o n
th e
guide
co n d i t i o n s .
B.7 Fire Testing
Wh en
wi th
f i re
AP I
s p e ci f i e d
re s i s tan ce
6 FA
or
( fo r
as
q u al i f i cati o n
g ate ,
ag re e d
pl u g ,
to
an d
b e t we e n
of
b al l
th e
e q u i pm e n t
val ve s ) ,
in
AP I
th i s
6FB
m an u f actu re r an d
s p e ci f i cati o n
( fo r
th e
OECs)
is
or
re q u i re d ,
AP I
6 FD
q u a l i f i cati o n
( fo r
ch e ck
in
acco rd an ce
val ve s )
sh ou l d
p u rch as e r.
Table B.2 —Recommended Service Limits for Castings
Rated Working
Pressure
1 3. 8
AA, BB, CC
20. 7
W ro u g h t
o r c as t
W ro u g h t
o r c as t
W ro u g h t
o r c as t
W ro u g h t
o r cas t
W ro u g h t
o r c as t
W ro u g h t
o r c as t
W ro u g h t
o r cas t
W ro u g h t
o r c as t
W ro u g h t
o r c as t
W ro u g h t
o r c as t
ps i )
MPa
(3 000
psi )
MPa
(5000
69. 0
ps i )
1 03. 5
Wrought
Wrought
Wrought
Wrought
Wrought
Wrought
Wrought
ps i )
MPa
(1 5 , 0 00
1 38. 0
Wrought
MPa
(1 0 , 0 00
ps i )
MPa
(2 0 , 0 00
ps i )
F O O TN O TE
S ee
Tabl e
5
HH
MPa
(2000
3 4. 5
Material Class
DD, EE, FF
fo r m i n i m u m
P S L an d
Fi g u re
B. 1 5
fo r ad d i ti o n al
PSL
g u i d an ce .
be
Annex C
( i n fo rm ati ve )
Conversion Procedures —Units of Measure
C.1 General Information
C.1 .1 General
An n e x
th o s e
C
SI
Th es e
Th e
th e
b)
d i m en si on s
u se d
in
co n ve rs i o n
ch an g e s
a)
p ro vi d e s
u n i ts
t h at
m an y
d i m en si on s
d e ci m al - fo rm at
2. 56
in.
2. 56
in.
x
25. 4

Rou n d i n g
e xam p l e ,
an d
bod y of
p ro c e d u re s
af f e cte d
i n ch
th e
=
are
wi t h
e xp re s s e d
ch an g e d
f racti o n al
o ri g i n
in
wh e re as
wh i ch
m ay
be
co m p l e te
e d i ti o n s .
Th e re
u sed
as
al te rn ati ve
u n i ts
to
i n t e rch an g e ab i l i t y.
are
two
s i g n i fi can t
co n ve rs i o n
m i l l i m e te rs .
n ot
co n ve rte d
e d i ti o n .
p re vi o u s
u n i ts ,
m ai n tai n i n g
p re vi o u s
in
are
th i s
U SC
wh i l e
fro m
s p e ci f i e d
s p e ci f i e d
mm,
in
s p e c i f i cati o n ,
d i m en si on s
val u e
65. 0
d ata
th i s
Fo r
e d i ti o n s
f ro m
e x am p l e ,
co n ve rt e d
th e
e xact
2. 56
as
in.
d e ci m al
are
e q u i val e n t,
co n ve rte d
j u st
bu t
as
f ro m
wri tte n :
fo l l o ws :
9
/
2
in.
1 6
ru l e s
=
fo r
f l an g e
2. 5625
SI
ODs
in.
=
2. 5625
d i m en s i o n s
are
we re
n o w ro u n d e d
in.
x
25. 4
re vi s e d
to
1
to
mm
=
65. 1
re d u ce
i n s te ad
mm .
vari ati o n s
of
5
in
g e o m e try b e twe e n
e q u i p m e n t.
Fo r
mm.
C.1 .2 Conversion Rules
Th e
d i m en si on s
wi th
th e
a)
M u l ti pl y
25. 4
b)
in
f o l l o wi n g
th e
m m /i n .
SI
o bta i n
4. 3 1
N O TE
p e ri o d
Th en ,
do
th e
d i m en si on s,
we re
pu bl i sh ed
to
E XAM P LE
Th e
u n i ts
p ro ce d u re s .
in.
e x act

ro u n d i n g
d e pe n d i n g
val u e
u se d
as
th e
or
f ro m
i l l u s trate d
th e
in
d e ci m al
d i m e n s i o n al
th e
fo l l o wi n g
e q u i val e n t
tab l e s
of
AP I
6A
in
acco rd a n ce
e x am p l e .
of
a
f racti o n al - i n ch
d i m en si on
by
mm.
th e
i n d i cate d
on
co n ve rti n g
is
m i l l i m e te r d i m e n s i o n .
1 0 9 . 47 4
al ways
by
co n ve rs i o n
d e ci m al
th e
x 25. 4
is
o b tai n e d
Th e
d e ci m al
fo r
th e
a p pl i cat i o n
si g n .
p art i cu l ar
of
th e
d i m en si on .
Rou n d i n g
ru l e s
m ay
var y
fo r
d i f f e re n t
d i m en si o n .
E XAM P LE
—
—
I f th e abo ve
If
th e
mm,
d i m en si on
ab o ve
an d
th e
we re to
d i m e n si o n
re s u l ti n g
we re
be
to
ro u n d e d
be
d i m en s i o n
to
ro u n d e d
wo u l d
be
th e
to
n eare st e ve n
th e
1 09. 5
accu rac y
5 mm,
n e are s t
th e
to
re s u l ti n g
th e
i n ch
d i m en si on
d i m en si on ,
wo u l d
th at
be 1 1 0
wo u l d
be
mm.
XXX. X
mm.
C.2 6B and 6BX Flanges and Studded Outlets
C.2.1 Pressure Ratings
Th e
wa y
s e l e cte d
as
to
co n ve n i e n t
ra ti n g s
p re s e rve
s i m pl e
in
m e g ap as ca l s
th e
ra ti o
n u m b e rs ,
of
as
h a ve
p re s s u re
g i ve n
in
be e n
co n ve rte d
rat i n g s ,
Tabl e
f ro m
e x p re s s e d
C. 1 .
1 88
in
th e
d i m e n s i o n al
pou n d s
per
tab l e s
s q u are
of
AP I
i n ch ,
6A
wh i l e
in
s u ch
s ti l l
a
using
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 89
Table C.1 —Pressure Rating Conversion between SI and USC for API 6A Equipment
Megapascals (MPa)
Pounds per Square Inch (psi)
1 3. 8
2000
20. 7
3000
3 4. 5
5000
69. 0
1 0 , 0 00
1 03. 5
1 5, 000
1 38. 0
20 , 0 00
C.2.2 Nominal Sizes
N o m i n al
o n l y.
b o re
Th e
si zes
n o m i n al
fo r
si ze
fl an g e s
is
an d
s tu d d e d
f o r i d e n ti f i cat i o n
o u t l e ts
p u rp o s e s
in
an d
th i s
is
s p e ci f i cati o n
are
e x p re s s e d
n o t a m an u factu ri n g
C.2.3 Rounding Rules
Th e
a)
f o l l o wi n g
F o r th e
ru l e s
m ax i m u m
E XAM P LE
b)
F o r th e
N O TE
F o r th e
2. 09
fl an g e
Th i s
E XAM P LE
c)
we re
is
b o re ,
in.
OD ,

to
8. 1 2
in.
53. 086
ro u n d

to
in.
0. 25
in.
d)
F o r th e
rai s e d
face
e)
F o r th e
t h i ckn e s s
f)
F o r th e
d i m en si on s
g)
F o r th e
rad i u s


mm
th e
2 0 6. 2 48
mm
6 . 3 50
mm
f l an g e ,
J 2,

AN S I


ro u n d
at b ack f ace ,

to
1
o r p re vi o u s
206
mm.
th e
n e are s t
6
mm.
to
up
th e
to
1
n e are s t
th e
ro u n d
as
mm.
mm.
p racti ce
mm;
co n ve rt
0. 1
mm.
3
J 3,
d i m en si on s.
n e are s t
53. 1
ro u n d
an d
f l an g e
n e are s t
mm
3 . 0 48
J1 ,
th e
ro u n d
d i am e te r,
of
to
wi th
ch am f e r,
0. 1 2
d e ve l o p
ro u n d
n o t co n s i s te n t
m ax i m u m
E XAM P LE
u s ed
to
n e xt
th e
g i ve n
in
e d i ti o n s
o f th i s
s pe ci fi cati o n .
mm.
1
mm.
0. 1
mm.
n e are s t
T abl e
0. 1
mm.
C. 2.
Table C.2—Conversions for the Radius at Back Face
Millimeters
Inches
9. 6
0. 38
1 5. 7
0. 62
1 9. 0
0 . 75
20. 6
0. 81
25. 4
1 . 00
in
d i m en si on .
U SC
unit
val u e s
1 90
AP I
h)
F o r th e
t o l e ran ce
fo r th e
i)
F o r th e
bo l t
ci rcl e ,
j)
F o r th e
bo l t
hole
bo l t
ro u n d
to
d i am e te r,
h ol e
th e
l o cati o n
n e are s t
ro u n d
up
to
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
± 0. 8
0. 1
th e
mm.
mm.
n e xt
e ve n
m i l l i m e te r.
To l e ran ce s
are
as
g i ve n
in
Tabl e
C. 3.
Table C.3 —Rounding Values for Hole Sizes and Tolerances
Tolerance
Hole Size
mm
+2
<
42
–
mm
0. 5
+2. 5
≥ 42 mm and ≤
74 m m
–
0. 5
+3
>
k)
F o r th e
l)
S e g m e n te d
—
—
—
l e n g th s ,
fl a n g e
ro u n d
E
d i m en si on :
Rou n d
F
d i m en si on :
0. 1 2
Q
For
D
ri n g
of
th e
Ro u n d
g as ke t
RX
an d
an d
BX
to
in.
Rou n d
d i m en si on :
th e
s i ze
to
th e
d i m en si on s
K d i m en si on :
—
m)
s tu d
th e
to
th e
g ro o ve
ri n g
5
ro u n d e d
n e are s t
b e co m e s
to
mm
n e are s t
are
th e
74
3
–
0. 5
mm.
as
0. 1
f o l l o ws :
mm;
mm;
n e are s t
n e are s t
0. 1
mm;
0. 01
d i m en si on s ,
mm.
co n ve rt
e xactl y
to
th e
n e are s t
0. 1
n e are s t
0. 01
mm
e x ce pt
fo r
th e
h ol e
j o i n ts .
C.3 Other Equipment Dimensions
C.3.1
Bore Dimensions
F o r th e
m axi m u m
o r n o m i n al
b o re
d i am e te r,
ro u n d
to
th e
mm.
C.3.2 Valve Face-to-face Dimensions
F o r al l
val ve s ,
th e
d i m en si o n
is
ro u n d e d
to
th e
n e are s t
1
mm.
C.3.3 Cross and Tee Center-to-face Dimensions
Th es e
di m en si on s
are
ro u n d e d
to
th e
n e are s t
0. 5
mm.
C.3.4 Multiple Completion Centerline Spacing
Th es e
s h al l
d i m en si on s
be
to l e ra n ce
s e l e cte d
of

0. 1 2
are
so
co n ve rte d
th at
mm
is
th e
an d
e x p re s s e d
p h ys i cal
ap p l i e d .
si ze
is
to
t wo
al wa ys
d e ci m al s .
wi t h i n
th e
Th e
re s u l ti n g
to l e ran ce
d i m en si on
ra n g e
of

an d
0. 005
to l e ran ce
in.
wh e n
a
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
E XAM P LE
—
—
—
—
D i m en s i on
Lo we r l i m i t:
1 . 3 85
C e n te r:
1 . 390
U p p e r l i m i t:
Ch oose
th e
1 . 3 95
fi rs t
1 . 390

i n.
fl an g e
mm
35. 306

i n.
fro m
3 5. 1 79

in.
in.
mm
3 5 . 43 3
(35. 1 8
(35. 3 0
mm
ce n te r d i m e n si o n
c e n te r,
(35. 42
35. 30
mm ,

0. 0 05
i n.
Al te rn ati ve s
or 3 5. 1 9) .
o r 3 5. 3 1 ) .
or 3 5. 43 ) .
s i n ce
it is
a
ro u n d
n u m b e r.
C.4 Conversion Factors
C.4.1 Length
1
i n ch
(i n . )
e q u al s
25. 4
m i l l i m e te rs
(m m ) ,
e x actl y.
C.4.2 Pressure/Stress
1
p o u n d - f o rce
pe r s q u are
1
m e g apas cal
( M P a)
N O TE
1
b ar

0. 1
i n ch
e q u al s
1
( ps i )

0. 0 0 6 8 94 757
n e wt o n
p e r s q u are
m e g ap as cal
m i l l i m e te r
( N /m m
M P a.
C.4.3 Impact Energy
1
fo o t- p o u n d
( f t- l b )
e q u al s
1 . 35581 8
j ou l e
(J ) .
e q u al s
1 . 3 5 5 81 8
n e wto n - m e te r ( N - m ) .
C.4.4 Torque
1
fo o t- p o u n d
( f t- l b )
C.4.5 Temperature
5
D e g re e s
C el si u s
e q u al s
/
9
( d e g re e s
F a h re n h e i t
m inus
32) .
C.4.6 Force
1
p o u n d - f o rce
( l bf)
e q u al s
4 . 448 222
n e wt o n
(N ) .
C.4.7 Mass
1
p o u n d - m as s
( l bm )
e q u al s
0 . 45 3 59 237
ki l o g ram
( kg )
( M P a) .
e x actl y.
2
).
are
1 91
as
fo l l o ws .
Annex D
( n o rm ati ve )
Dimensional Tables—SI Units
Table D. 1―Type 6B Flanges for 1 3.8 MPa
Table D. 2―Type 6B Flanges for 20.7 MPa
Table D. 3―Type 6B Flanges for 34.5 MPa
Table D. 4―Type 6BX Flanges for 69.0 MPa
Table D. 5―Type 6BX Flanges for 1 03.5 MPa
Table D. 6―Type 6BX Flanges for 1 38.0 MPa
Table D. 7―Type 6BX La rge-bore Flanges for 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, and 34.5 MPa
Table D. 8―Type R Ring Grooves
Table D. 9―Type R Ring Gaskets
Table D. 10―Type RX Ring Gaskets
Table D. 11―Type BX Ring Grooves
Table D. 12―Type BX Ring Gaskets
Table D. 13―Flanged Crosses and Tees
Table D.1 4―Studded Crosses and Tees
Table D. 15―Bullplugs
Table D. 16―VR Plug Dimensions, 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa
Table D. 17―VR Prep aration Dimensions, 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa
Table D. 18―VR Plug Thread Ga uging Dimensions, 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa
Table D. 19―VR Prep aration Thread Gauging Dimensions, 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa
Table D. 20―HPVR Plug Dimensions, 1 03.5 MPa and 1 38.0 MPa
Table D. 21―H PVR Preparation Dimensions, 1 03.5 MPa and 1 38.0 MPa
Table D. 22―Flanged Full-bore Gate Valves
1 92
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
1 93
Table D.23―Flanged Plug and Ball Valves
Table D.24―Flanged Swing and Lift Check Valves
Table D.25―Center Spacing of Conduit Bores for Dual Parallel Bore Valves for 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa,
34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa
Table
D.26―Center Spacing of Conduit Bores for Triple, Quadruple, and Quintuple Parallel Bore
Valves for 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa
Table D.27―Maximum Hanger Outside Diameter for Wellheads
Table D.28―Minimum Vertical Full-opening Wellhead Body Bores and Maximum Casing Sizes
Table D.29 —Pipe Thread Counterbore and Standoff Dimensions
Table D.30 —Gauging of Casing and Tubing Threads
1 94
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Table D.1 ―Type 6B Flanges for 1 3.8 MPa
D i m en s i on s
in
m i l l i m e te rs
u n l ess
n o te d
o th e rwi s e
F O O TN O TE S
a
b
c
d
Ri n g
g ro o ve
s h al l
be
co n ce n tri c
B re ak s h arp co rn e r 0 . 8
R ai s e d
face
D i am e te r
X
K
is
an d
mm
co u n t e rbo re
a re fe re n ce
wi th
bo re
B
wi t h i n
0. 25 m m
m ax.
E
are
d i m en si on .
o pti o n al
fe atu re s .
d i am e tri c al
ru n o u t.
S ee
Tabl e
D. 8
fo r ri n g
g ro o ve
d im en si ons.
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 95
Table D .1 ―Type 6B Flanges for 1 3.8 MPa (continued)
D i m en s i on s
Nominal
Size of
Flange
in
m i l l i m e te rs
u n l ess
n o te d
o th e rwi s e
Maximum
Bore
Outside
Diameter
of Flange
Max.
Chamfer
Diameter
of Raised
Face
Total
Thickness
of Flange
Basic
Thickness
of Flange
Diameter
of Hub
Counterbore
Depth
B
OD
C
K
T
Q
X
E
m ax.
min.
min.
Reference
a
in.
To l e ran ce >
m ax.
As
n o te d
+3. 0/
−
0
−
+0. 5/
0
1
2
/1
6
53. 1
1 65
±2
3
1 08
33. 3
25. 4
84. 0
7. 9
/1
6
65. 8
1 91
±2
3
1 27
36. 6
28. 4
1 00. 0
7. 9
81 . 8
21 0
±2
3
1 46
39. 7
31 . 8
1 1 7. 0
7. 9
1 08. 7
273
±2
3
1 75
46 . 0
38. 1
1 52. 0
7. 9
1 31 . 1
330
±2
3
21 0
52. 4
44. 5
1 89. 0
7. 9
1 81 . 9
356
±3
6
241
55. 6
47. 8
222. 0
7. 9
9
229. 4
41 9
±3
6
302
63. 5
55. 6
273. 0
7. 9
1 1
280. 2
508
±3
6
356
71 . 4
63. 5
3 43. 0
7. 9
/8
3 47. 0
559
±3
6
41 3
74. 7
66. 5
40 0. 0
7. 9
/4
426. 2
686
±3
6
508
84. 1
76 . 2
495. 0
7. 9
/4
540. 5
81 3
±3
6
635
98. 6
88. 9
61 0. 0
9. 7
9
2
1
3
/8
1
4
/1
6
1
5
/8
1
7
/1
6
5
1 3
3
1 6
1
21
F O O TN O TE
a
3
F o r fl an g e
si zes
Nominal
Size of
Flange
a
26
/4 i n .
an d
30
in.,
see
Tabl e
Diameter
of Bolt
Circle
Number
of Bolts
BC
N
in.
To l e ran ce >
See
fi g u re
D . 7.
Bolt Size
and TPI
( R e f. )
1
2
1 27. 0
6
8
9
D i am e te r
To l e ran ce
/8 - 1 1
20
+2/
/1
1 49 . 4
6
8
/4 - 1 0
23
3
/8
1 68. 1
8
/4 - 1 0
6
/8 - 9
/8
/1
6
23
+2/
0. 5
54
26
+2/
0. 5
62
89
R
37
R
41
292. 1
1 2
1 -8
29
+2/
0. 5
75
1 1 4
R
45
/8 - 8
32
+2/
0. 5
84
1 27
R
49
/4 - 8
35
+2/
0. 5
94
1 33
R
53
/4 - 8
35
+2/
0. 5
1 00
1 00
R
57
/2 - 8
42
+2. 5/
0. 5
1 1 4
1 1 4
R
65
/8 - 8
45
+2. 5/
0. 5
1 37
1 37
R
73
1 2
1
1 6
489. 0
1
20
603. 2
1
20
1
5
723 . 9
24
1
3
si zes
31
1 02
1
Fo r fl an g e
R
68
F O O TN O TE
a
26
0. 5
1
/4
R
+2/
1
21
23
29
431 . 8
/4
R
1 -8
3
1 6
―
―
―
8
5
/8
min.
266. 7
1
1 3
C
8
3 49 . 3
1 1
Ring
Groove
Number
21 5. 9
1
9
min.
49
1
7
L
L
0. 5
1
5
L
+2/
7
/1
Casing
Flange
44
3
1
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Line Pipe
Flange
0. 5
3
1
4
BH
5
/1
2
Bolt Holes
in.
fo r G D T
Hub Length,
Threaded Flange
26
/4 i n .
an d
30
in.,
see
Tabl e
D. 7.
1 96
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Table D.2 ―Type 6B Flanges for 20.7 MPa
D i m en s i on s
in
m i l l i m e te rs
u n l es s
n o te d
o th e rwi s e
F O O TN O TE S
a
b
c
d
Ri n g
g ro o ve
B re ak s h arp
R ai s e d
face
D i am ete r
X
s h al l
be
co n ce n tri c
co rn e r 0 . 8
K
is
an d
mm
co u n te rbo re
a re fe re n ce
wi th
bo re
B
wi th i n
0. 25 m m
m ax.
E
are
d i m en s i o n .
o pt i o n al
fe atu re s.
d i am e tri cal
ru n o u t.
See
Tabl e
D. 8
fo r ri n g
g ro o ve
d i m en si on s.
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 97
Table D .2―Type 6B Flanges for 20.7 MPa (continued)
D i m e n s i on s
Nominal
Size of
Flange
m i l l i m e te rs
u n l ess
n o te d
Outside
Diameter
of Flange
Max.
Chamfer
Diameter
of Raised
Face
B
OD
C
K
T
Q
X
E
m ax.
min.
+ 3 . 0 /− 0
min.
Reference
+ 0 . 5 /− 0
in.
m ax.
As
n o te d
Total
Basic
Diameter
Thickness Thickness of Hub
of Flange of Flange
o th e rwi s e
Maximum
Bore
a
To l e ran ce>
in
Counterbore
Depth
1
2
/1
6
/1
6
53. 1
21 6
±2
3
1 24
46 . 0
38. 1
1 0 4. 6
7. 9
244
±2
3
1 37
49 . 3
41 . 1
1 2 4. 0
7. 9
241
±2
3
1 55
46 . 0
38. 1
1 2 7. 0
7. 9
292
±2
3
1 81
52. 4
44. 4
1 58. 8
7. 9
3 49
±2
3
21 6
58. 7
50. 8
1 90. 5
7. 9
381
±3
6
241
63. 5
55. 6
235. 0
7. 9
470
±3
6
308
71 . 4
63. 5
298. 5
7. 9
546
±3
6
362
77. 8
69. 9
368. 3
7. 9
61 0
±3
6
41 9
87. 4
79. 2
41 9. 1
7. 9
70 5
±3
6
524
1 00. 1
88. 9
508. 0
1 1 .1
857
±3
6
648
1 20. 7
1 08. 0
622. 3
1 2. 7
9
2
65. 8
1
3
/8
81 . 8
1
4
/1
6
1 08. 7
1
5
/8
1 31 . 1
1
7
/1
6
1 81 . 9
9
229. 4
1 1
280. 2
5
1 3
/8
3 47. 0
3
1 6
/4
426. 2
3
20
/4
527. 8
FO O TN O TE
3
a
F o r fl an g e
si zes
Nominal
Size of
Flange
a
26
/4
in.
an d
Diameter
of Bolt
Circle
To l e ran ce >
See
in.,
see
N
D . 7.
fi g u re
Bolt Holes
BH
in.
fo r G D T
( R e f. )
1
2
Tabl e
Number Bolt Size
of Bolts and TPI
BC
in.
30
Hub Length,
Threaded Flange
Line
Tubing
Pipe Casing
Flange
Flange
Flange
L
L
L
C
L
Ring
Groove
T
D i am e te r
To l e ran ce
min.
min.
min.
26
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
65. 0
―
65. 0
R
24
29
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
71 . 4
―
71 . 4
R
27
26
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
62. 0
―
74. 7
R
31
/8 - 8
32
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
77. 7
88. 9
88. 9
R
37
/4 - 8
35
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
87. 4
1 01 . 6
―
R
41
/8 - 8
32
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
93. 7
1 1 4. 3
―
R
45
/8 - 8
39
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
1 09. 5
1 27. 0
―
R
49
/8 - 8
39
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
1 1 5. 8
1 33. 4
―
R
53
/8 - 8
39
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
1 25. 5
1 25. 5
―
R
57
/8 - 8
45
+ 2 . 5 /− 0 . 5
1 28. 5
1 44. 5
―
R
66
54
+ 2 . 5 /− 0 . 5
1 71 . 5
1 71 . 5
―
R
74
7
/1
6
1 65. 1
8
/1
6
1 90. 5
8
/8 - 9
9
2
1 -8
1
3
7
/8
1 90. 5
8
/8 - 9
1
4
1
/1
6
235. 0
8
1
1
5
1
/8
2 79 . 4
8
1
1
7
1
/1
6
3 1 7. 5
1 2
1
3
9
393. 7
1 2
1
3
1 1
469. 9
1 6
1
5
1 3
3
/8
533. 4
20
1
3
1 6
5
/4
61 6. 0
20
/4
749 . 3
20
1
3
20
2-8
F O O TN O TE
a
3
F o r fl an g e
si zes
26
/4
in.
an d
30
in. ,
see
Tabl e
D . 7.
1 98
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Table D.3 ―Type 6B Flanges for 34.5 MPa
D i m e n s i on s
in
m i l l i m e te rs
u n l ess
n o te d
o th e rwi s e
F O O TN O TE S
a
b
c
d
.
Ri n g
g ro o ve
B re ak s h arp
R ai s e d
face
D i am ete r
X
s h al l
be
co n ce n tri c
co rn e r 0 . 8
K
is
an d
mm
bo re
B
wi th i n
0. 25 m m
m ax.
co u n te rbo re
a re fe re n ce
wi th
E
are
d i m en s i o n .
o pt i o n al
fe atu re s.
d i am e tri cal
ru n o u t.
See
Tabl e
D. 8
fo r ri n g
g ro o ve
d i m en si on s.
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
1 99
Table D .3―Type 6B Flanges for 34.5 MPa (continued)
D i m e n s i on s
Nominal
Size of
Flange
Maximum
Bore
Outside
Diameter
of Flange
B
OD
a
in.
To l e ran ce >
m ax.
As
in
m i l l i m e te rs
Max.
Diameter
Total
Basic
Chamfer
of
Thickness Thickness
Raised
of Flange of Flange
Face
n o te d
u n l ess
n o te d
o th e rwi s e
Diameter
of Hub
Counterbore
Depth
C
K
T
Q
X
E
m ax.
min.
+ 3 . 0 /− 0
min.
R e fe re n ce
+ 0 . 5 /− 0
1
2
/1
6
53. 1
21 6
±2
3
1 24
46. 0
38. 1
1 04. 6
7. 9
/1
6
65. 8
2 44
±2
3
1 37
49. 3
41 . 1
1 24. 0
7. 9
81 . 8
267
±2
3
1 68
55. 7
47. 8
1 33. 3
7. 9
1 08. 7
31 1
±2
3
1 94
62. 0
53. 8
1 62. 1
7. 9
1 31 . 1
3 75
±2
3
229
81 . 0
73 . 2
1 96. 8
7. 9
1 81 . 9
394
±3
6
248
92. 0
82. 6
228. 6
9. 7
9
229. 4
483
±3
6
31 8
1 03. 2
91 . 9
292. 1
1 1 .1
1 1
280. 2
584
±3
6
371
1 1 9. 2
1 08. 0
368. 3
1 1 .1
9
2
1
3
/8
1
4
/1
6
1
5
/8
1
7
/1
6
FO O TN O TE
a
5
Fo r fl an g e
si zes
Nominal
Size of
Flange
a
1 3
3
/8
i n. ,
1 6
3
/4 i n . ,
1
/4 i n . ,
Diameter Number
of Bolt of Bolts
Circle
BC
in.
To l e ran c e >
1 8
See
N
fi g u re
21
/4 i n . ,
see
Tabl e
Bolt Holes
Line
Pipe
Flange
BH
L
in.
fo r G D T
D. 7.
Hub Length, Threaded
Flange
Bolt
Size
and
TPI
( R e f. )
1
2
an d
L
Ring
Groove
Casing Tubing
Flange Flange
L
C
L
T
D i am e te r
To l e ran ce
min.
min.
min.
26
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
65. 0
―
65. 0
R
24
29
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
71 . 4
―
71 . 4
R
27
/8 - 8
32
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
81 . 0
―
81 . 0
R
35
/4 - 8
35
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
98. 6
98. 6
98. 6
R
39
/2 - 8
42
+ 2 . 5 /− 0 . 5
1 1 2. 8
1 1 2. 8
―
R
44
/8 - 8
39
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
1 28. 5
1 28. 5
―
R
46
/8 - 8
45
+ 2 . 5 /− 0 . 5
1 53. 9
1 53. 9
―
R
50
/8 - 8
51
+ 2 . 5 /− 0 . 5
1 69. 9
1 69. 9
―
R
54
7
/1
6
1 65. 1
8
/1
6
1 90. 5
8
/8 - 9
9
2
1 -8
1
3
1
/8
203. 2
8
1
1
4
1
/1
6
241 . 3
8
1
1
5
1
/8
292. 1
8
1
1
7
3
/1
6
3 1 7. 5
1 2
1
5
9
393. 7
1 2
1
7
1 1
482. 6
1 2
1
F O O TN O TE
a
5
F o r fl an g e
si zes
1 3
3
/8
i n. ,
1 6
3
/4
in. ,
1 8
1
/4 i n . ,
an d
21
/4
i n. ,
see
Tabl e
D. 7.
200
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Table D.4 ―Type 6BX Flanges for 69.0 MPa
D i m e n s i on s
in
m i l l i m e te rs
u n l ess
n o te d
o th e rwi s e
F O O TN O TE S
a
b
c
d
e
B re ak s h arp co rn e r 0 . 8
Q’’
m ax.
O pti o n al
=
E Q’’
;
g
h
mm
=
3
m ax.
mm
( m ay b e
om i t te d
fo r s tu d d e d
fl an g e s ) .
fe atu re .
1
Te s t
co n n ecti o n
Ri n g
g ro o ve
s h al l
s h al l
d i m en si on s.
f
m in.
Te st fl an g e
Bl i n d
If
th e
fl an g e
s tyl e
s tyl e
minimum
or l ess.
—
—
be
be
/2
i n.
N PT
o r pe r 9. 3
co n ce n t ri c
wi t h
( F i g u re
bo re
B
1 3
ap pl i es
to
si zes
1
val u e
of
J
3
5
0. 25
mm
d i am e t ri cal
ru n o u t.
See
Tabl e
D. 1 1
fo r
ri n g
g ro o ve
1
/1
6
t h ro u g h
5
1
app l i es
5) .
wi t h i n
/8 o n l y.
1
to
si zes
/8 th ro u g h
is
e xce e d e d ,
th e
21
/4 o n l y.
m axi m u m
d e p th
P
of
th e
co u n te rb o re
m ay
be
i n cre as e d
by
th e
s am e
am o u n t
S P E C I FI C ATI O N F O R W E LLH E AD AN D T R E E E Q U I P M E N T
201
Table D .4―Type 6BX Flanges for 69.0 MPa (continued)
D i m en s i on s
Nominal
Size
Maximum
Bore
B
in.
To l e ran ce >
m ax.
Outside
Diameter
of Flange
OD
As
in
m i l l i m e te rs
u n l ess
n o te d
o th e rwi s e
Diameter
Total
Max. Large Hub Small
Length Hub
of Raised Thickness Chamfer Diameter Hub
of Hub Height
Face
Diameter
K
T
C
J
J
J
J
1
n o te d
2
3
4
± 1 .5
+ 3 . 0 /− 0
m ax.
+ 0 /− 3 . 0
min.
min.
min.
1 3
1
/1
6
46. 7
1 87
±2
1 05
42 . 2
3
88. 9
65. 0
48. 5
―
1
2
/1
6
53. 1
200
±2
1 1 1
44. 0
3
1 00. 1
74. 7
51 . 6
―
/1
6
65. 8
232
±2
1 32
51 . 3
3
1 20. 7
91 . 9
5 7. 2
―
/1
6
78. 5
270
±2
1 52
58. 5
3
1 42. 0
1 1 0. 2
63. 5
―
/1
6
1 03. 9
31 6
±2
1 85
70 . 4
3
1 82. 6
1 46. 1
73. 2
―
1 31 . 1
357
±2
221
79 . 3
3
223. 8
1 82. 6
81 . 0
6. 4
9
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
/8
1
7
/1
1 80. 1
480
±2 . 5
302
1 03. 2
6
301 . 8
2 5 4. 0
95. 3
9. 7
9
229. 4
552
±2 . 5
359
1 24. 0
6
3 74. 7
3 2 7. 2
93. 7
9. 7
1 1
280. 2
654
±2 . 5
429
1 41 . 3
6
450. 9
40 0. 1
1 03. 1
1 4. 2
/8
347. 0
768
±2 . 5
51 8
1 68. 2
6
552. 5
495. 3
1 1 4. 3
1 7. 5
/4
42 6 . 2
871
±2 . 5
576
1 68. 2
6
655. 6
601 . 7
76. 2
30. 2
/4
477. 0
1 040
±2 . 5
697
223. 0
6
752. 3
6 74. 6
1 55. 4
25. 4
/4
540 . 5
1 1 43
±2 . 5
781
2 41 . 3
6
8 47. 9
762. 0
1 65. 1
31 . 8
6
5
1 3
3
1 6
3
1 8
1
21
Nominal
Size
in.
To l e ran ce >
Radius
of Hub
Bolt
Circle
Number
of Bolts
R
BC
N
± 1
See
fi g u re
fo r G D T
1 3
1
6
1 0
1 46 . 1
BH
in.
( R e f. )
8
1
Counterbore
Depth
Ring
Groove
E
P
m ax.
h
h
D i am e te r
To l e ran ce
m ax.
/4 - 1 0
23
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
6. 0
48. 0
BX 1 51
/4 - 1 0
23
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
6. 4
51 . 3
BX 1 52
26
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
7. 2
61 . 5
BX 1 53
29
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
8. 0
71 . 9
BX 1 54
/8 - 8
32
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
8. 8
8 7. 6
BX 1 55
/8 - 8
32
+ 2 /− 0 . 5
9. 5
98. 0
BX 1 69
3
/1
6
1 0
1 58. 8
8
9
2
Bolt Holes
3
/1
2
Bolt
Size
and TPI
7
/1
6
1 0
1 84. 2
8
/1
6
1 0
21 5. 9
8
/8 - 9
1
3
1 -8
1
4
1
/1
6
1 0
258. 8
8
1
1
5
1
/8
1 0
300. 0
1 2
1
1
7
1
/1
6
1 6
403 . 2
1 2
1
/2 - 8
42
+ 2 . 5 /− 0 . 5
1 1 .1
1
9
1 6
476 . 3
1 6
1
/2 - 8
42
+ 2 . 5 /− 0 . 5
1 2. 7
3
1 1
1 6
565. 2
1 6
1
5
1 3
/8
1 6
6 73 . 1
20
1
3
1 6
1 9
776 . 2
24
1
3
+ 2 . 5 /− 0 . 5
1 4. 3
/8 - 8
51
+ 2 . 5 /− 0 . 5
1 5. 9
/8 - 8
51
+ 2 . 5 /− 0 . 5
8. 3
1
/4
1 6
925. 6
24
2
1
21
48
7
/4
1 8
/4 - 8
7
/4 - 8
61
+ 2 . 5 /− 0 . 5
1 8. 3
1
/4
21
1 022. 4
24
2
/2 - 8
67
+ 2 . 5 /− 0 . 5
1 9. 1
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
BX 1 56
BX 1 57
BX 1 58
BX 1 59
BX 1 62
BX 1 64
BX 1 66
202
AP I
S P E C I FI C ATI O N 6 A
Table D.5 ―Type 6BX Flanges for 1 03.5 MPa
D i m en s i on s
in
m i l l i m e te rs
u n l ess
n o te d
o th e rwi s e
F O O TN O TE S
a
b
c
d
e
B re ak s h arp
Q’’
m ax.
O pti o n al
=
co rn e r 0 . 8
E Q’’
;
g ro o ve
s h al l
s h al l
d i m en si ons.
f
g
h
Te st fl an g e
Bl i n d
If
th e
fl an g e
s tyl e
—
—
s tyl e
m i nimum
o r l ess.
mm.
=
3
m ax.
mm
( m ay b e
om i t te d
fo r s tu d d e d
fl an g e s ) .
fe atu re .
Te s t co n n e cti o n
Ri n g
m in.
be
be
pe r 9 . 3
( Fi g u re
co n cen tri c
wi t h
5) .
bo re
B
wi t h i n
1 3
ap pl i es
to
si zes
1
val u e
of
J
3
5
mm
d i am etri c al
ru n o u t.
See
Tabl e
D. 1 1
fo r
ri n g
g ro o ve
1
/1
6
t h ro u g h
5
1
appl i es
0. 25
/8 o n l y.
3
to
si zes
/8 th ro u g h
is
exce e d e d ,
th e
1 8
/4 o n l y.
m axi m u m
d e pt h
P
of
th e
co u n te rbo re
m ay
be
i n cre as ed
by
th e
s am e
am o u n t
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table D
. 5―Type 6B X F l a n g es for
203
1 03.5 MPa (continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal
Size of
Flange
Maximum
Bore
Outside
Diameter
of Flange
in.
B
OD
Tolerance>
max.
As noted
± 1 .5
+3.0/− 0
max.
+0/− 3.0
min.
min.
max. h
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6
3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
71 /1 6
9
11
1 3 5/8
1 8 3 /4
46.7
53.1
65.8
78.5
1 03.9
1 31 .1
1 80.1
229.4
280.2
347.0
477.0
208 ±2
222 ±2
254 ±2
287 ±2
360 ±2
41 9 ±2
505 ±3
648 ±3
81 3 ±3
886 ±3
1 1 62 ±3
1 06
114
1 33
1 54
1 94
226
305
381
454
541
722
45.3
50.8
57.2
64.3
78.5
98.6
1 1 9.1
1 46.1
1 87.5
204.7
255.5
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
6
97.5
1 1 1 .3
1 28.5
1 53.9
1 95.3
244.3
325.4
431 .8
584.2
595.4
81 2.8
71 .4
82.5
1 00.1
1 22.2
1 58.7
200.2
276.4
349.3
427.0
528.6
730.2
47.8
53.8
57.2
63.5
73.2
81 .8
91 .9
1 24.0
235.7
1 1 4.3
1 55.4
50.3
60.5
67.3
77.7
95.8
1 1 8.1
Nominal
Size of
Flange
Radius
of Hub
Bolt Circle
in.
R
BC
Tolerance>
±1
13
1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
71 /1 6
9
11
1 3 5/8
1 8 3/4
10
10
10
10
10
16
16
16
16
25
25
Diameter
Total
Max. Large Hub Small
Hub
Test
of
Thickness Chamfer Diameter
Hub
Length Flange
Raised of Flange
Diameter
Face
Depth
K
T
C
J1
J2
J3
Ph
C ’ bore
Number
Bolt
of Bolts Size and
TPI
1 60.3
1 74.8
200.2
230.1
290.6
342.9
428.6
552.4
71 1 .2
771 .7
1 01 6.0
in.
N
See figure for GDT
8
8
8
8
8
12
16
16
20
20
20
Bolt Holes
(Ref.)
7
/8-9
/8-9
1 -8
1 1 /8-8
1 3/8-8
1 1 /2-8
1 1 /2-8
1 7/8-8
2-8
2 1 /4-8
3-8
7
BH
Blind Flange
CounterHub
bore
Height
Depth
E
J4
Diameter
Tolerance
max.
min.
26
26
29
32
39
42
42
51
54
61
80
+2/− 0.5
+2/− 0.5
+2/− 0.5
+2/− 0.5
+2/− 0.5
+2.5/− 0.5
+2.5/− 0.5
+2.5/− 0.5
+2.5/− 0.5
+2.5/− 0.5
+3/− 0.5
6.0
6.4
7.2
8.0
8.8
9.5
1 1 .1
1 2.7
1 4.3
1 5.9
1 8.3
―
―
―
―
―
6.4
7.9
1 4.2
1 2.7
1 7.5
35.1
―
―
―
―
―
Ring
Groove
BX 1 51
BX 1 52
BX 1 53
BX 1 54
BX 1 55
BX 1 69
BX 1 56
BX 1 57
BX 1 58
BX 1 59
BX 1 64
204
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table D.6
―Type 6BX Flanges for 1 38.0 MPa
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
FOOTNOTES
a Break sharp corner 0.8 mm max.
b Q’’ max. = E; Q’’ min. = 3 mm (may be omitted for studded flanges).
c Optional feature.
d Test connection shall be per 9.3 (Figure 5).
e Ring groove shall be concentric with bore B within 0.25 mm. diametrical runout. See Table D.1 1 for ring
groove dimensions.
Test flange style applies to sizes 1 1 3/1 6 through 41 /1 6 only.
g Blind flange style applies to sizes 7 1 /1 6 through 1 8 3/4 only.
h If the minimum value of J3 is exceeded, the maximum depth P of the counterbore may be increased by the same amount
or less.
f
—
—
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table D
. 6―Typ e 6B X F l a n g es for
205
1 38.0 MPa (continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal
Size of
Flange
Maximum
Bore
Outside
Diameter
of Flange
Diameter
Total
of Raised Thickness
Face
of Flange
Max.
Chamfer
Large
Small
Hub
Hub
Diameter Diameter
Hub
Length
in.
B
OD
K
T
C
J1
J2
J3
Depth
Ph
Tolerance>
max.
As noted
± 1 .5
+3.0 /− 0
max.
+0/− 3.0
min.
min.
max. h
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6
71 /1 6
9
11
1 3 5/8
46.7
53.1
65.8
78.5
1 03.9
1 80.1
229.4
280.2
347.0
257 ±2
287 ±2
325 ±2
357 ±2
446 ±2
656 ±3
805 ±3
883 ±3
1 1 62 ±3
117
1 32
1 51
1 71
21 9
353
441
505
61 4
63.5
71 .4
79.3
85.9
1 06.5
1 65.1
204.8
223.8
292.1
3
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
1 33.4
1 53.9
1 73.0
1 92.0
242.8
385.8
481 .1
566.7
693.7
1 09.5
1 27.0
1 44.5
1 60.3
206.2
338.1
428.8
508.0
628.6
49.2
52.4
58.7
63.5
73.0
96.8
1 07.9
1 03.2
1 33.3
70.1
79.5
90.9
99.3
1 23.7
Blind Flange
Hub
Depth
Height
J4
E
Ring
Groove
C ’ bore
Nominal
Size of
Flange
Radius
of Hub
Bolt
Circle
Number
of Bolts
Bolt
Size
and TPI
Bolt Holes
in.
R
BC
N
in.
BH
Tolerance>
±1
See figure for GDT
(Ref.)
Diameter
Tolerance
max.
min.
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6
71 /1 6
9
11
1 3 5/8
10
10
10
10
10
16
25
25
25
203.2
230.1
261 .9
287.3
357.1
554.0
685.8
749.3
1 01 6.0
1 -8
1 1 /8-8
1 1 /4-8
1 3/8-8
1 3/4-8
2-8
2 1 /2-8
2 3/4-8
3-8
29
32
35
39
48
54
67
74
80
+2/− 0.5
6.0
6.4
7.2
8.0
8.8
1 1 .1
1 2.7
1 4.3
1 5.9
―
8
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
20
+2/− 0.5
+2/− 0.5
+2/− 0.5
+2.5/− 0.5
+2.5/− 0.5
+2.5/− 0.5
+2.5/− 0.5
+3/− 0.5
Test
Flange
C ’ bore
―
―
―
―
7.9
6.4
1 2.7
1 4.2
―
―
―
―
BX 1 51
BX 1 52
BX 1 53
BX 1 54
BX 1 55
BX 1 56
BX 1 57
BX 1 58
BX 1 59
206
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table D.7
―Type 6BX Large-bore Flanges for 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, and 34.5 MPa
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
FOOTNOTES
a Ring groove shall be concentric with bore B within 0.25 mm diametrical runout. See Table D.1 1 for ring groove dimensions.
b Test connection shall be 1 /2 in. NPT or per 9.3 (Figure 5).
c Q’’ min. = 3 mm (may be omitted for studded flanges).
d Counterbore E for blind and test flanges is optional.
e Break sharp corner 0.8 mm max.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table D
. 7 ―Type 6B X Larg e
207
-bore Flanges for 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, and 34.5 MPa (continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal
Size
Maximum
Bore
OD
of Flange
in.
B
OD
Raised
Face
Depth
Q"
Tolerance>
max.
As noted
max.
Raised
Total
Face
Thickness
Diameter
K
T
± 1 .5
Large
Hub
Diameter
J1
Small
Hub
Diameter
J2
Length
of Hub
+3.0/− 0
+0/− 3.0
min.
min.
1 26.3
1 34.2
835.9
931 .9
743.0
833.1
1 85.7
1 96.9
1 61 .1
1 67.2
870.0
970.0
776.2
871 .2
1 85.7
1 96.9
1 1 2.8
1 30.1
1 65.9
1 80.9
481 .1
555.8
674.7
759.0
423.9
527.1
598.4
679.5
1 1 4.3
76.2
1 52.4
1 65.1
J3
1 3.8 MPa
26 3/4
30
680.2
762.8
1 041 ±3
1 1 22 ±3
6.4
6.4
805
908
20.7 MPa
26 3/4
30
680.2
762.8
1 1 02 ±3
1 1 86 ±3
6.4
6.4
832
922
34.5 MPa
5
1 3 /8
1 6 3/4
1 8 3/4
21 1 /4
347.0
426.2
477.0
540.5
673 ±3
772 ±3
905 ±3
991 ±3
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
457
535
627
702
Blind Flange
CounterHub
bore Depth
Height
E
J4
Nominal
Size
Radius
of Hub
Bolt
Circle
Number
of Bolts
Bolt Size
and TPI
Bolt Hole
Diameter
in.
R
BC
N
in.
BH
Tolerance>
±1
(Ref.)
+2.5/− 0.5
max.
min.
48
45
21 .4
23.0
9.7
1 7.5
BX 1 67
BX 303
54
51
21 .4
23.0
NA
1 2.7
BX 1 68
BX 303
45
51
54
54
1 4.3
8.3
1 8.3
1 9.1
23.9
1 7.5
1 9.1
22.4
BX 1 60
BX 1 62
BX 1 63
BX 1 65
See figure for GDT
Ring
Groove
1 3.8 MPa
3
26 /4
30
16
16
952.5
1 039.9
20
32
3
1 /4-8
1 5/8-8
20.7 MPa
3
26 /4
30
16
16
1 000.3
1 090.7
24
32
2-8
1 7/8-8
34.5 MPa
1 3 5/8
1 6 3/4
1 8 3/4
21 1 /4
16
19
16
18
590.6
676.1
803.1
886.0
16
16
20
24
1 5/8-8
1 7/8-8
2-8
2-8
208
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table D.8
―Type R Ring Grooves
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise; surface roughness in micrometers
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table D
. 8 ―Type R Ri n g G rooves
209
(continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Groove
Number
Nominal
Size of
Flange
Pitch
Diameter
Depth of
Groove
Width of
Groove
Radius in
Groove
Tolerance>
in.
(Ref.)
P
± 0.1 3
E
+0.5/− 0
F
± 0.20
R2
max.
R 23
2 1 /1 6
82.55
7.9
1 1 .91
0.8
R 24
2 1 /1 6
95.25
7.9
1 1 .91
0.8
R 26
9
2 /1 6
1 01 .60
7.9
1 1 .91
0.8
R 27
9
2 /1 6
1 07.95
7.9
1 1 .91
0.8
R 31
1
3 /8
1 23.83
7.9
1 1 .91
0.8
R 35
3 1 /8
1 36.53
7.9
1 1 .91
0.8
1
R 37
4 /1 6
1 49.23
7.9
1 1 .91
0.8
R 39
41 /1 6
1 61 .93
7.9
1 1 .91
0.8
R 41
1
5 /8
1 80.98
7.9
1 1 .91
0.8
R 44
5 1 /8
1 93.68
7.9
1 1 .91
0.8
R 45
71 /1 6
21 1 .1 5
7.9
1 1 .91
0.8
R 46
1
7 /1 6
21 1 .1 5
9.7
1 3.49
1 .5
R 49
9
269.88
7.9
1 1 .91
0.8
R 50
9
269.88
1 1 .2
1 6.66
1 .5
R 53
11
323.85
7.9
1 1 .91
0.8
R 54
11
323.85
1 1 .2
1 6.66
1 .5
R 57
1 3 5/8
381 .00
7.9
1 1 .91
0.8
R 65
3
1 6 /4
469.90
7.9
1 1 .91
0.8
R 66
1 6 3/4
469.90
1 1 .2
1 6.66
1 .5
R 73
1
21 /4
584.20
9.7
1 3.49
1 .5
R 74
20 3/4
584.20
1 2.7
1 9.84
1 .5
21 0
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table D.9
―Type R Ring Gaskets
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise; surface roughness in micrometers
a) Octagonal gasket style
b) Oval gasket style
FOOTNOTE
a Typical four places.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table D
. 9 ―Type R Ri n g G as kets
21 1
(continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Gasket
Number
Pitch
Diameter
Width of
Ring
Height of
Oval Ring
Height of
Octagonal
Ring
Radius on
Octagonal
Ring
Distance
between
Flanges
H
Width of
Flat on
Octagonal
Ring
C
P
A
B
R1
S
Tolerance>
± 0.1 8
± 0.20
± 0.5
± 0.5
± 0.20
± 0.5
(Approx.)
R 23
R 24
R 26
R 27
R 31
82.55
95.25
1 01 .6
1 07.95
1 23.83
1 1 .1 3
1 1 .1 3
1 1 .1 3
1 1 .1 3
1 1 .1 3
1 7.5
1 7.5
1 7.5
1 7.5
1 7.5
1 5.9
1 5.9
1 5.9
1 5.9
1 5.9
7.75
7.75
7.75
7.75
7.75
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
R 35
R 37
R 39
R 41
R 44
1 36.53
1 49.23
1 61 .93
1 80.98
1 93.68
1 1 .1 3
1 1 .1 3
1 1 .1 3
1 1 .1 3
1 1 .1 3
1 7.5
1 7.5
1 7.5
1 7.5
1 7.5
1 5.9
1 5.9
1 5.9
1 5.9
1 5.9
7.75
7.75
7.75
7.75
7.75
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
R 45
R 46
R 49
R 50
R 53
21 1 .1 5
21 1 .1 5
269.88
269.88
323.85
1 1 .1 3
1 2.70
1 1 .1 3
1 5.88
1 1 .1 3
1 7.5
1 9.1
1 7.5
22.4
1 7.5
1 5.9
1 7.5
1 5.9
20.6
1 5.9
7.75
8.66
7.75
1 0.49
7.75
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.1
4.8
R 54
R 57
R 65
R 66
R 73
R 74
323.85
381 .00
469.90
469.90
584.20
584.20
1 5.88
1 1 .1 3
1 1 .1 3
1 5.88
1 2.70
1 9.05
22.4
1 7.5
1 7.5
22.4
1 9.1
25.4
20.6
1 5.9
1 5.9
20.6
1 7.5
23.9
1 0.49
7.75
7.75
1 0.49
8.66
1 2.32
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
4.1
4.8
4.8
4.1
3.3
4.8
21 2
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table D.1 0
―Type RX Ring Gaskets
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise; surface roughness in micrometers
FOOTNOTE
a Typical four places.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table D
. 1 0 ―Typ e RX Ri n g G as kets
21 3
(continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Gasket
Number
Outside
Diameter
Width of
Ring
Width of
Flat
Height of
Ring
Height of
OD Bevel
Radius
on Ring
Distance
between
Flanges
OD
Aa
C
Ha
D
R1
Tolerance>
+0.50/− 0
+0.20/− 0
+0.1 5/− 0
+0.20/− 0
+0/−0 .80
± 0.5
(Approx.)
RX 23
RX 24
RX 26
RX 27
93.27
1 05.97
1 1 1 .91
1 1 8.26
1 1 .91
1 1 .91
1 1 .91
1 1 .91
6.45
6.45
6.45
6.45
25.40
25.40
25.40
25.40
4.24
4.24
4.24
4.24
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 1 .9
1 1 .9
1 1 .9
1 1 .9
RX 31
RX 35
RX 37
RX 39
RX 41
1 34.54
1 47.24
1 59.94
1 72.64
1 91 .69
1 1 .91
1 1 .91
1 1 .91
1 1 .91
1 1 .91
6.45
6.45
6.45
6.45
6.45
25.40
25.40
25.40
25.40
25.40
4.24
4.24
4.24
4.24
4.24
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 1 .9
1 1 .9
1 1 .9
1 1 .9
1 1 .9
RX 44
RX 45
RX 46
RX 49
RX 50
204.39
221 .84
222.25
280.59
283.36
1 1 .91
1 1 .91
1 3.49
1 1 .91
1 6.66
6.45
6.45
6.68
6.45
8.51
25.40
25.40
28.58
25.4
31 .75
4.24
4.24
4.78
4.24
5.28
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 1 .9
1 1 .9
1 1 .9
1 1 .9
1 1 .9
RX 53
RX 54
RX 57
RX 65
RX 66
RX 73
RX 74
334.57
337.34
391 .72
480.62
483.39
596.1 1
600.86
1 1 .91
1 6.66
1 1 .91
1 1 .91
1 6.66
1 3.49
1 9.84
6.45
8.51
6.45
6.45
8.51
6.68
1 0.34
25.40
31 .75
25.40
25.40
31 .75
31 .75
41 .28
4.24
5.28
4.24
4.24
5.28
5.28
6.88
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
1 .5
2.3
1 1 .9
1 1 .9
1 1 .9
1 1 .9
1 1 .9
1 5.0
1 8.3
S
FOOTNOTE
a The variation in width A or height H of any ring shall not exceed 0.1 0 mm throughout its entire circumference.
21 4
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table D.1 1
―Type BX Ring Grooves
Dimensions in millimeters; surface roughness in micrometers
FOOTNOTES
a The 1 .5 x 45° chamfer is optional and only applies to the outside (OD) of the groove.
b Break sharp corner 0.8 mm maximum at inside (ID) of the groove.
c Reference dimension.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table D
. 1 1 ―Typ e B X Ri n g G rooves
21 5
(continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Groove
Number
Nominal
Size of
Flange
Outside
Diameter
of Groove
Depth of
Groove
Width of
Groove
Pitch
Pitch
Diameter Diameter
of Groove of Gasket a
G
E
N
PD1
PD2
Tolerance>
in.
(Ref.)
+0.1 0/− 0
+0.50 /− 0
+0.1 0/− 0
(Ref.)
(Ref.)
BX 1 51
1 1 3/1 6
77.77
5.56
1 1 .84
65.93
66.60
BX 1 52
1
2 /1 6
86.23
5.95
1 2.65
73.58
74.27
BX 1 53
9
2 /1 6
1 02.77
6.75
1 4.07
88.70
89.39
BX 1 54
3 1 /1 6
1 1 9.00
7.54
1 5.39
1 03.61
1 04.27
1
BX 1 55
4 /1 6
1 50.62
8.33
1 7.73
1 32.89
1 33.57
BX 1 56
71 /1 6
241 .83
1 1 .1 1
23.39
21 8.44
21 9.1 3
BX 1 57
9
299.06
1 2.70
26.39
272.67
273.31
BX 1 58
11
357.23
1 4.29
29.1 8
328.05
328.73
BX 1 59
1 3 5/8
432.64
1 5.88
32.49
400.1 5
400.85
BX 1 60
5
1 3 /8
408.00
1 4.29
1 9.96
388.04
388.68
BX 1 61
1 6 3/4
497.94
1 7.07
23.62
474.32
475.03
BX 1 62
1 6 3/4
478.33
8.33
1 7.91
460.42
461 .1 0
BX 1 63
3
1 8 /4
563.50
1 8.26
25.55
537.95
538.62
BX 1 64
1 8 3/4
577.90
1 8.26
32.77
545.1 3
545.80
BX 1 65
1
21 /4
632.56
1 9.05
27.20
605.36
606.05
BX 1 66
21 1 /4
647.88
1 9.05
34.87
61 3.01
61 3.72
BX 1 67
26 3/4
768.33
21 .43
22.91
745.42
746.08
BX 1 68
3
26 /4
774.22
21 .43
25.86
748.36
749.03
BX 1 69
5 1 /8
1 76.66
9.53
1 6.92
1 59.74
1 60.41
BX 1 70
9
220.88
8.33
1 7.91
202.97
203.64
BX 1 71
11
270.28
8.33
1 7.91
252.37
253.05
BX 1 72
5
1 3 /8
335.92
8.33
1 7.91
31 8.01
31 8.68
BX 303
30
862.30
22.62
27.38
834.92
835.61
FOOTNOTE
a PD2 of gaskets provided for comparison purposes. See Table E.1 2 for ring gasket dimensions.
Pitch diameter calculated using dimensions at middle of tolerance range.
21 6
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table D.1 2
―Type BX Ring Gaskets
Dimensions in millimeters; surface roughness in micrometers
FOOTNOTES
a Typical two places (top and bottom).
b Typical four places (all corners).
c Reference dimension (see Table D.1 1 for value).
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table D
. 1 2 ―Typ e B X Ri n g G as kets
21 7
(continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Groove
Number
Outside
Diameter
Width of
Ring
Height of
Ring
Diameter
of Flat
Width
of Flat
Hole
Size
Radius
on Ring
OD
A
H
ODT
C
D
R1
Tolerance>
+0/− 0.1 5
+0.20/− 0
+0.20/− 0
± 0.05
+0.1 5/− 0
± 0.5
min.
max.
BX 1 51
BX 1 52
BX 1 53
BX 1 54
BX 1 55
76.40
84.68
1 00.94
1 1 6.84
1 47.96
9.63
1 0.24
1 1 .38
1 2.40
1 4.22
9.63
1 0.24
1 1 .38
1 2.40
1 4.22
75.03
83.24
99.31
1 1 5.09
1 45.95
8.26
8.79
9.78
1 0.64
1 2.22
1 .6
1 .6
1 .6
1 .6
1 .6
0.8
0.8
0.9
1 .0
1 .1
1 .2
1 .2
1 .4
1 .5
1 .7
BX 1 56
BX 1 57
BX 1 58
BX 1 59
BX 1 60
237.92
294.46
352.04
426.72
402.59
1 8.62
20.98
23.1 4
25.70
1 3.74
1 8.62
20.98
23.1 4
25.70
23.83
235.28
291 .49
348.77
423.09
399.21
1 5.98
1 8.01
1 9.86
22.07
1 0.36
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
1 .5
1 .7
1 .9
2.1
1 .9
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
2.9
BX 1 61
BX 1 62
BX 1 63
BX 1 64
BX 1 65
491 .41
475.49
556.1 6
570.56
624.71
1 6.21
1 4.22
1 7.37
24.59
1 8.49
28.07
1 4.22
30.1 0
30.1 0
32.03
487.45
473.48
551 .89
566.29
620.1 9
1 2.24
1 2.22
1 3.1 1
20.32
1 3.97
3.2
1 .6
3.2
3.2
3.2
2.2
1 .1
2.4
2.4
2.6
3.4
1 .7
3.6
3.6
3.8
BX 1 66
BX 1 67
BX 1 68
BX 1 69
BX 1 70
640.03
759.36
765.25
1 73.51
21 8.03
26.1 4
1 3.1 1
1 6.05
1 2.93
1 4.22
32.03
35.87
35.87
1 5.85
1 4.22
635.51
754.28
760.1 7
1 71 .27
21 6.03
21 .62
8.03
1 0.97
1 0.69
1 2.22
3.2
1 .6
1 .6
1 .6
1 .6
2.6
2.9
2.9
1 .3
1 .1
3.8
4.3
4.3
1 .9
1 .7
BX 1 71
BX 1 72
BX 303
267.44
333.07
852.75
1 4.22
1 4.22
1 6.97
1 4.22
1 4.22
37.95
265.43
331 .06
847.37
1 2.22
1 2.22
1 1 .61
1 .6
1 .6
1 .6
1 .1
1 .1
3.0
1 .7
1 .7
4.6
21 8
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table D.1 3
―Flanged Crosses and Tees
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal Sizes
Bore Diameter
Vertical Run
Horizontal Run
BV
BO
Tolerance>
+0.8/− 0
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
52.3
65.0
65.0
79.3
79.3
79.3
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 03.1
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
52.3
65.0
65.0
79.3
79.3
79.3
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 03.1
+0.8/− 0
1 3.8 MPa
52.3
52.3
65.0
52.3
65.0
79.3
52.3
65.0
79.3
1 03.1
20.7 MPa
52.3
52.3
65.0
52.3
65.0
79.3
52.3
65.0
79.3
1 03.1
Center-to-face
Vertical Run
HHV
Center-to-face
Horizontal Run
HHO
 0.8
 0.8
1 47.5
1 51 .0
1 66.5
1 54.0
1 66.5
1 79.5
1 60.5
1 73.0
1 82.5
21 7.5
1 47.5
1 60.5
1 66.5
1 70.5
1 73.0
1 79.5
201 .5
205.0
208.0
21 7.5
1 85.5
1 89.0
21 1 .0
1 85.5
200.0
1 92.0
1 92.0
206.5
205.0
230.0
1 85.5
200.0
21 1 .0
1 98.5
201 .5
1 92.0
224.0
227.0
224.0
230.0
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table
Nominal Sizes
Tolerance>
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
5 1 /8 x 3 1 /8
5 1 /8 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 5 1 /8
2 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 1 1 3/1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
5 1 /8 x 3 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 5 1 /8
D . 1 3 ―F l an g e d C ro s s es an d Tees
(continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Bore Diameter
Center-to-face
Center-to-face
Vertical Run
Horizontal Run
Vertical Run
Horizontal Run
BV
BO
HHV
HHO
+0.8/− 0
+0.8/− 0
 0.8
 0.8
34.5 MPa
52.3
52.3
1 85.5
1 85.5
65.0
52.3
1 89.0
200.0
65.0
65.0
21 1 .0
21 1 .0
79.3
52.3
1 95.5
21 1 .0
79.3
65.0
209.5
21 4.5
79.3
79.3
236.5
236.5
1 03.1
52.3
201 .5
233.5
1 03.1
65.0
21 6.0
236.5
1 03.1
79.3
227.0
243.0
1 03.1
1 03.1
274.5
274.5
a
52.3
230.0
268.5
1 30.1
a
65.0
244.5
271 .5
1 30.1
79.3
255.5
278.0
1 30.1 a
a
1 03.1
278.0
284.0
1 30.1
309.5
309.5
1 30.1 a
1 30.1 a
69.0 MPa
52.3
46.0
1 69.5
1 74.0
52.3
52.3
1 76.0
1 76.0
65.0
46.0
1 76.5
1 89.5
65.0
52.3
1 83.0
1 91 .5
65.0
65.0
1 99.0
1 99.0
77.8
46.0
1 83.5
209.0
77.8
52.3
1 90.0
21 0.5
77.8
65.0
206.0
21 8.0
77.8
77.8
225.0
225.0
1 03.1
46.0
1 98.5
235.0
1 03.1
52.3
205.0
237.0
1 03.1
65.0
220.5
244.0
1 03.1
77.8
239.5
251 .0
1 03.1
1 03.1
262.5
262.5
46.0
208.0
255.5
1 30.1 a
a
52.3
21 4.5
257.0
1 30.1
65.0
230.0
264.5
1 30.1 a
a
77.8
249.0
271 .5
1 30.1
1 03.1
272.5
284.0
1 30.1 a
a
a
293.0
293.0
1 30.1
1 30.1
FOOTNOTE
a Tolerance on 5 1 /8 bore is +1 .0/− 0.
21 9
220
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table
D . 1 3 ―F l an g e d C ro s s es an d Tees
(continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal Sizes
Bore Diameter
Vertical Run
Horizontal Run
BV
BO
Tolerance>
+0.8/− 0
2 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 1 1 3/1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
5 1 /8 x 3 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 5 1 /8
52.3
52.3
65.0
65.0
65.0
77.8
77.8
77.8
77.8
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 30.1 a
1 30.1 a
1 30.1 a
1 30.1 a
1 30.1 a
1 30.1 a
FOOTNOTE
a Tolerance on 5 1 /8 bore is +1 .0/− 0.
+0.8/− 0
1 03.5 MPa
46.0
52.3
46.0
52.3
65.0
46.0
52.3
65.0
77.8
46.0
52.3
65.0
77.8
1 03.1
46.0
52.3
65.0
77.8
1 03.1
1 30.1 a
Center-to-face
Vertical Run
HHV
Center-to-face
Horizontal Run
HHO
 0.8
 0.8
1 86.5
1 93.5
1 93.0
200.0
21 6.0
1 99.5
207.0
223.0
239.5
220.5
228.0
243.5
260.5
297.0
238.0
244.5
260.5
278.0
31 4.5
343.0
1 88.0
1 93.5
204.0
209.5
21 6.0
220.5
226.0
232.5
239.5
260.5
266.0
272.5
279.5
297.0
290.5
295.5
301 .5
309.5
324.0
343.0
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table
D . 1 3 ―F l an g e d C ro s s es an d Tees
221
(continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal Sizes
Tolerance>
1 1 3 /1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
Bore Diameter
Vertical Run
Horizontal Run
BV
BO
+0.8/− 0
+0.8/− 0
1 38.0 MPa
46.0
46.0
52.3
46.0
52.3
52.3
65.0
46.0
65.0
52.3
65.0
65.0
77.8
46.0
77.8
52.3
77.8
65.0
77.8
77.8
1 03.1
46.0
1 03.1
52.3
1 03.1
65.0
1 03.1
77.8
1 03.1
1 03.1
Center-to-face
Vertical Run
HHV
 0.8
Center-to-face
Horizontal Run
HHO
 0.8
227.0
235.0
250.0
243.0
258.0
277.0
252.5
267.5
286.5
302.5
282.5
297.5
31 6.5
332.5
377.0
227.0
242.0
250.0
261 .0
269.0
277.0
277.0
259.5
293.0
302.5
321 .5
321 .5
337.5
347.0
377.0
222
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table D.1 4
―Studded Crosses and Tees
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal Sizes
Bore Diameter
Vertical Run
Horizontal Run
BV
BO
Tolerance>
+0.8/− 0
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
52.3
65.0
65.0
79.3
79.3
79.3
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 03.1
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
52.3
65.0
65.0
79.3
79.3
79.3
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 03.1
+0.8/− 0
1 3.8 MPa
52.3
52.3
65.0
52.3
65.0
79.3
52.3
65.0
79.3
1 03.1
20.7 MPa
52.3
52.3
65.0
52.3
65.0
79.3
52.3
65.0
79.3
1 03.1
Center-to-face
Vertical Run
HHV
Center-to-face
Horizontal Run
HHO
 0.8
 0.8
89.0
89.0
1 1 4.5
89.0
1 1 4.5
1 1 4.5
1 1 4.5
1 1 4.5
1 1 4.5
1 39.5
89.0
1 01 .5
1 1 4.5
1 1 4.5
1 1 4.5
1 1 4.5
1 39.5
1 39.5
1 39.5
1 39.5
1 1 4.5
1 1 4.5
1 27.0
1 1 4.5
1 27.0
1 27.0
1 1 4.5
1 27.0
1 27.0
1 55.5
1 1 4.5
1 27.0
1 27.0
1 27.0
1 27.0
1 27.0
1 55.5
1 55.5
1 55.5
1 55.5
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table
Nominal Sizes
Tolerance>
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
5 1 /8 x 3 1 /8
5 1 /8 x 41 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 5 1 /8
1 1 3/1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 1 1 3/1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
5 1 /8 x 3 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 5 1 /8
D . 1 4― S tu d d ed C ro s s es an d Tees
(continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Bore Diameter
Center-to-face
Center-to-face
Vertical Run
Horizontal Run
Vertical Run
Horizontal Run
BV
BO
HHV
HHO
+0.8/− 0
+0.8/− 0
 0.8
 0.8
34.5 MPa
52.3
52.3
1 1 4.5
1 1 4.5
65.0
52.3
1 1 4.5
1 27.0
65.0
65.0
1 27.0
1 27.0
79.3
52.3
1 1 4.5
1 39.5
79.3
65.0
1 39.5
1 39.5
79.3
79.3
1 39.5
1 39.5
1 03.1
52.3
1 1 4.5
1 65.0
1 03.1
65.0
1 27.0
1 65.0
1 03.1
79.3
1 39.5
1 65.0
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 65.0
1 65.0
52.3
1 55.5
1 93.5
1 30.1 a
a
65
1 55.5
1 93.5
1 30.1
a
79.3
1
55.5
1 93.5
1 30.1
a
1 03.1
202.5
202.5
1 30.1
202.5
202.5
1 30.1 a
1 30.1 a
69.0 MPa
46.0
46.0
1 1 1 .0
1 1 1 .0
52.3
46.0
1 1 1 .0
1 1 1 .0
52.3
52.3
1 1 1 .0
1 1 1 .0
65.0
46.0
1 1 4.5
1 30.0
65.0
52.3
1 1 4.5
1 30.0
65.0
65.0
1 30.0
1 30.0
79.3
46.0
1 1 4.5
1 49.0
79.3
52.3
1 1 4.5
1 49.0
79.3
65.0
1 30.0
1 49.0
79.3
79.3
1 49.0
1 49.0
1 03.1
46.0
1 1 4.5
1 74.5
1 03.1
52.3
1 1 4.5
1 74.5
1 03.1
65.0
1 30.0
1 74.5
1 03.1
79.3
1 49.0
1 74.5
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 74.5
1 74.5
46.0
1 33.5
1 97.0
1 30.1 a
a
52.3
1
33.5
1 97.0
1 30.1
a
65.0
1 33.5
1 97.0
1 30.1
a
79.3
1 71 .5
1 97.0
1 30.1
1 03.1
1 71 .5
1 97.0
1 30.1 a
a
a
1
97.0
1 97.0
1 30.1
1 30.1
FOOTNOTE
a Tolerance on 5 1 /8 bore is +1 .0/− 0.
223
224
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table
D . 1 4― S tu d d ed C ro s s es an d Tees
(continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal Sizes
Bore Diameter
Vertical Run
Horizontal Run
BV
BO
Center-to-face
Vertical Run
HHV
Center-to-face
Horizontal Run
HHO
Tolerance>
+0.8/− 0
+0.8/− 0
 0.8
 0.8
1 1 3 /1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 1 1 3/1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
5 1 /8 x 3 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 5 1 /8
46.0
52.3
52.3
65.0
65.0
65.0
79.3
79.3
79.3
79.3
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 30.1 a
1 30.1 a
1 30.1 a
1 30.1 a
1 30.1 a
1 30.1 a
1 03.5 MPa
46.0
46.0
52.3
46.0
52.3
65.0
46.0
52.3
65.0
79.3
46.0
52.3
65.0
79.3
1 03.1
46.0
52.3
65.0
79.3
1 03.1
1 30.1 a
1 27.0
1 27.0
1 27.0
1 39.5
1 39.5
1 39.5
1 60.5
1 60.5
1 60.5
1 60.5
1 93.5
1 93.5
1 93.5
1 93.5
1 93.5
1 68.0
1 68.0
1 68.0
1 68.0
235.0
235.0
1 27.0
1 27.0
1 27.0
1 39.5
1 39.5
1 39.5
1 60.5
1 60.5
1 60.5
1 60.5
1 93.5
1 93.5
1 93.5
1 93.5
1 93.5
222.0
222.0
222.0
222.0
235.0
235.0
FOOTNOTE
a Tolerance on 5 1 /8 bore is +1 .0/− 0.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table
D . 1 4― S tu d d ed C ro s s es an d Tees
225
(continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal Sizes
Tolerance>
1 1 3/1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
Bore Diameter
Vertical Run
Horizontal Run
BV
BO
+0.8/− 0
+0.8/− 0
1 38.0 MPa
46.0
52.3
52.3
65.0
65.0
65.0
79.3
79.3
79.3
79.3
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 03.1
1 03.1
46.0
46.0
52.3
46.0
52.3
65.0
46.0
52.3
65.0
79.3
46.0
52.3
65.0
79.3
1 03.1
Center-to-face
Vertical Run
HHV
 0.8
Center-to-face
Horizontal Run
HHO
 0.8
1 64.5
1 64.5
1 64.5
1 85.0
1 85.0
1 85.0
202.5
202.5
202.5
202.5
251 .5
251 .5
251 .5
251 .5
251 .5
1 64.5
1 64.5
1 64.5
1 85.0
1 85.0
1 85.0
202.5
202.5
202.5
202.5
251 .5
251 .5
251 .5
251 .5
251 .5
226
API S PECIFICATION 6A
—
Table D.1 5 Bullplugs
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
a) Round plug
b) Plug with internal hex
Key
1 test or gauge port (optional)
NOTE
c) Plug with external hex
See API 5B for thread dimensions and tolerances.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
227
—
Table D.1 5 Bullplugs (continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
a) Round
Plugs
a), b), c) All Styles of Bullplugs
Nominal
Size
Outside Diameter
in.
D
Tolerance>
Minimum
Length of
Depth of
Diameter of
Thread to Co unterbore Counterbore
Vanish Point
C
d
L4
Diameter
of Chamfer
Overall
Length
e
L
Value
Tolerance
min.
± 0.5
+1 .0 /− 0
+0.5 /− 0
+1 .0 /− 0
/2
21 .43
+0.20 /− 0
1 9.85
None
None
None
51 .0
/4
26.59
+0.20 /− 0
20.1 5
None
None
None
51 .0
1
33.34
+0.25 /− 0
25.01
None
None
None
51 .0
1
1 /4
42.07
+0.25 /− 0
25.62
27.0
22.4
None
51 .0
1
1 /2
48.42
+0.25 /− 0
26.04
27.0
25.4
None
51 .0
2
60.33
+0.25 /− 0
26.88
64.0
41 .0
50.8
1 02.0
1
2 /2
73.03
+0.25 /− 0
39.91
41 .5
44.5
None
1 02.0
3
88.90
+0.25 /− 0
41 .50
41 .5
57.2
None
1 02.0
1
3 /2
1 01 .60
+0.25 /− 0
42.77
44.5
69.9
None
1 02.0
4
1 1 4.30
+0.25 /− 0
44.04
44.5
76.2
None
1 02.0
1
3
b) Plugs with Internal Hex
c) Plugs with External Hex
Nominal
Size
Hex Size
(Across Flats)
Depth of
Hex
Overall
Length
Hex Size
(Across Flats)
Height
of Hex
Overall
Length
in.
Hi
G
Li
He
B
Le
Tolerance>
Value
Tolerance
+1 .0 /− 0
+1 .0 /− 0
Value
Tolerance
+1 .0 /− 0
+1 .0 /− 0
1
/2
9.70
+0/− 0.1 0
7.9
25.4
22.20
+0/− 0.64
7.9
28.7
3
/4
1 4.20
+0/− 0.1 3
7.9
25.4
27.00
+0/− 0.79
9.7
31 .8
1
1 6.00
+0/− 0.1 5
9.7
25.4
34.90
+0/− 1 .04
9.7
35.1
228
API S PECIFICATION 6A
―
Table D.1 6 VR Plug Dimensions, 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise; surface roughness in micrometers
FOOTNOTES
a Full thread.
b Chamfer at end.
c End of taper.
d Drill L diameter, M deep.
e Across flats.
f Across corners.
g Diameter at face.
h Equal to nominal diameter A.
VR Plug Thread Form Detail
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table D.
229
16―VR Plug Dimensions, 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa (continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal Nominal Threads Thread Diameter Diameter Length Length Overall Chamfer Counter- CounterOutlet Thread per Inch Type at Large at Small
of
of Full Length Diameter
bore
bore
Size
OD
End
End
Taper Thread of Plug
Diameter Depth
in.
in.
A
Tolerance>
TPI
B
C
D
E
F
G
L
M
(Ref.)
NA
 0.1 2
 0.1 2
(Ref.)
(Ref.)
 0.8
 0.4
 0.4
 0.8
1
13
1 /1 6
1 .660
1 1 /2
Line
pipe
42.1 6
41 .1 5
1 6.26
25.62
72.1
37.8
22.4
26.9
21 /1 6
1 .900
1 1 1 /2
Sharp
vee
48.26
46.59
26.70
34.93
80.3
43.2
25.4
26.9
29/1 6
23/8
1 1 1 /2
Sharp
vee
60.33
58.26
33.04
41 .28
86.6
54.9
38.1
26.9
31 /8 a
27/8
1 1 1 /2
Sharp
vee
73.03
70.26
44.1 8
52.39
97.5
66.9
44.5
41 .4
41 /1 6
3 1 /2
1 1 1 /2
Sharp
vee
88.90
85.74
50.52
58.74
1 03.9
82.4
69.9
44.5
FOOTNOTES
a 31 /1 6 in. bore for 69.0 MPa RWP.
NOTE 1 Thread taper for all sizes shall be 1 -in-1 6 (reference 1 ° 47' 24'' with the centerline).
NOTE 2 Tolerances on angles, unless otherwise noted, shall be ± 0.5 degrees.
230
API S PECIFICATION 6A
―
Table D.1 7 VR Preparation Dimensions, 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise; surface roughness in micrometers
FOOTNOTES
a Full thread.
b Reference.
c Diameter of counterbore or chamfer.
d Thread bore.
e Standard bore.
f Thread.
g Thread bore taken at face of flange, gauge thread from bottom of chamfer, counterbore is optional.
VR Preparation Thread Form Detail
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table D.
231
17―VR Preparation Dimensions, 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa (continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal
Outlet Size
Nominal
Thread
OD
Threads
per Inch
A
TPI
Tolerance>
Thread
Type
Thread
Bore
Full
Thread
Length
Chamfer and
Counterbore
Diameter
Straight
Bore
B
C
D
E
(Ref.)
NA
 0.1 3
(Ref.)
 0.8
 0.4
1 1 3/1 6
1 .660
1 1 1 /2
Line pipe
38.96
27.4
49.3
36.8
2 1 /1 6
1 .900
1 1 1 /2
Sharp vee
45.03
38.4
55.6
42.2
2 9/1 6
2 3/8
1 1 1 /2
Sharp vee
57.00
44.7
65.0
53.8
3 1 /8 a
2 7/8
1 1 1 /2
Sharp vee
69.65
55.9
77.7
65.7
41 /1 6
3 1 /2
1 1 1 /2
Sharp vee
85.83
62.2
1 03.1
81 .5
FOOTNOTES
a 3 1 /1 6 in. bore for 69.0 MPa RWP.
NOTE Thread taper for all sizes shall be 1 -in-1 6 (reference 1 ° 47' 24'' with the centerline).
232
API S PECIFICATION 6A
―
Table D.1 8 VR Plug Thread Gauging Dimensions, 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa
Dimensions in millimeters
Key
1 gauge standoff with end of VR plug: flush  1 p
NOTE “p” is defined as the distance from a point on a nominal thread form to a corresponding point on the
next thread, measured parallel to the axis. This value can be calculated by dividing 1 mm by the number of
threads per millimeter.
Nominal Size
1 1 3/1 6
Ring Gauge
Outside
Diameter
Ring Gauge
Chamfer
Diameter
Ring Gauge
Length
Face of Ring
Gauge to Plane
of Gauge Point
OD
Q
L2

55.9
43.7
1 7.953
4.41 7
1
2 /1 6
63.5
49.8
28.91 8
5.037
9
2 /1 6
77.7
62.0
35.268
5.037
31 /8 a
93.2
74.7
46.380
5.037
41 /1 6
1 1 4.3
90.4
52.730
5.037
FOOTNOTES
a 31 /1 6 in. bore for 69.0 MPa RWP.
NOTE 1 See Table D.1 8 for location of dimensions.
NOTE 2 See Table D.1 9 for E7, E1 , and L1 .
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table D.1 9
233
―VR Preparation Thread Gauging Dimensions, 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal
Outlet
Size
Major
Diameter
Diameter
of Plug
Gauge
Groove
D4
DU
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
42.2
48.3
60.3
37.1
43.1
55.4
1 1 1 /2
1 1 1 /2
1 1 1 /2
31 /8 a
41 /1 6
73.0
68.1
88.9
83.8
FOOTNOTE
a 31 /1 6 in. bore for 69.0 MPa RWP.
Threads
per Inch
Length:
End of
Pipe to
Handtight
Plane
Pitch
Diameter
at Handtight
Plane
Total
Length:
End of
Pipe to
Vanish
Point
Length:
Gauge
Point
to
Vanish
Point
Pitch
Diameter
at Gauge
Point
Standoff
L1
E1
L4
g
E7
1 1 1 /2
1 0.670
20.589
26.507
36.927
40.21 79
46.2874
58.3255
70.9821
25.61 6
34.925
41 .275
52.388
1 2.080
1 1 .044
1 1 .044
1 1 .044
39.091 6
46.4929
58.5579
71 .2579
1 0.41 9
9.667
1 1 .41 7
1 2.090
1 1 1 /2
43.277
86.8571
58.738
1 1 .044
87.1 329
7.328
S
 2.21
234
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table D.20
―HPVR Plug Dimensions, 1 03.5 MPa and 1 38.0 MPa
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise; surface roughness in micrometers
FOOTNOTES
a Across flats.
b Across corners.
c Install (SAE AS568A O-ring size number).
d Break corners approx. R 0.1 2.
e Typical.
f Optional.
g Thread.
h Drill L diameter, M deep.
FOOTNOTE
a Typical for all full threads.
Thread Form Detail
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table D.20
235
―HPVR Plug Dimensions, 1 03.5 MPa and 1 38.0 MPa (continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal
Outlet
Size
in.
Nominal
Thread
Size
in.
Threads
per Inch
A
TPI
B
D
J
K
L
M
(Ref.)
 0.25
 0.8
NA
 0.8
 0.4
 0.4
6
6
6
6
40.64
46.99
59.66
72.36
95.3
95.3
1 06.4
1 06.4
1 26
1 30
1 38
1 46
38.1
44.5
59.2
72.1
NA
NA
23.8
28.6
NA
NA
1 5.9
1 5.9
Tolerance>
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6
Nominal
Outlet Size
in.
1 3 /4
2
2 1 /2
3
Large
Overall
Taper
Length
Diameter
Nominal
Thread Size
in.
Threads
per Inch
A
TPI
Tolerance>
SAE
AS568A
O-ring
Size No.
Chamfer Counterbore Counterbore
Diameter Diameter
Depth
Stub Acme Class 2G Thread Form Dimensions
Thread Major
Diameter
Thread Pitch Thread Minor
Diameter
Diameter
Width of
Thread at
Root
E
F
G
H
± 0.1 0
± 0.3
± 0.3
(Ref.)
1 1 3/1 6
1 3 /4
6
44.35
42.6
41 .1
1 .73
2 1 /1 6
2
6
50.70
49.0
47.5
1 .73
2 9 /1 6
2 1 /2
6
63.40
61 .6
60.2
1 .73
3 1 /1 6
3
6
76.1 0
74.3
72.9
1 .73
236
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table D.21
―HPVR Preparation Dimensions, 1 03.5 MPa and 1 38.0 MPa
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise; surface roughness in micrometers
FOOTNOTES
a Thread.
b Typical two places.
c Optional counterbore (1 2.7 mm deep max.).
Thread Form Detail
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
NOTE 3
Features and dimensions are typical for all full threads.
Tolerances on angles, unless otherwise noted, are ± 0.5 degrees.
All diameters are to be concentric within 0.1 3 mm (0.005 in.) total indicator reading.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table
D . 2 1 ―H P VR P rep
237
aration Dimensions, 1 03.5 MPa and 1 38.0 MPa (continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal Outlet
Size
Chamfer and
Counterbore
Diameter
in.
E
F
Tolerance>
 0.4
13
1 /1 6
Nominal
Outlet Size
in.
Thread
Relief
Diameter
Depth
to Taper
G
H
K
 0.1 2
 0.1 2
 0.4
 0.4
46.4
37.47
41 .28
46.2
39.70
2 1 /1 6
52.7
43.82
47.63
53.0
39.70
9
2 /1 6
66.7
56.49
60.33
65.7
53.1 4
3 1 /1 6
78.1
69.22
73.03
78.2
53.1 4
Nominal
Thread Size
in.
Threads
per Inch
A
TPI
Tolerance>
Straight Large
Through Diameter
Bore
of Taper
Stub Acme Class 2G Thread Form Dimensions
Thread Major Thread Pitch
Diameter
Diameter
Thread
Minor
Diameter
Width
of Thread
at Root
B
C
D
J
 0.25
 0.25
 0.1 0
(Ref.)
1 1 3/1 6
1 3 /4
6
45.21
43.43
42.01
1 .65
2 1 /1 6
2
6
51 .56
49.78
48.36
1 .65
2 9 /1 6
2 1 /2
6
64.29
62.51
61 .1 6
1 .65
3 1 /1 6
3
6
76.99
75.21
73.76
1 .65
238
API S PECIFICATION 6A
―
Table D.22 Flanged Full-bore Gate Valves
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
239
—
Table D.22 Flanged Full-bore Gate Valves (continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal size
in.
Bore
Tolerance>
1 1 3/1 6
L, Face-to-face Length, millimeters
+ 0.8/− 0
1 3.8 MPa
±2
20.7 MPa
±2
34.5 MPa
±2
69.0 MPa
±2
1 03.5 MPa
±2
1 38.0 MPa
±2
46.0
―
―
―
464.0
457.0
533.0
2 /1 6 x 1 /1 6
46.0
295.0
371 .0
371 .0
―
―
―
2 1 /1 6
52.4
295.0
371 .0
371 .0
521 .0
483.0
584.0
2 9/1 6
1
13
B
65.1
333.0
422.0
422.0
565.0
533.0
673.0
1
3 /1 6
77.7
―
―
―
61 9.0
598.0
775.0
1
3 /8
79.4
359.0
435.0
473.0
―
―
―
3 1 /8 x 3 3/1 6
81 .0
359.0
435.0
473.0
―
―
―
41 /1 6
1 03.1
435.0
51 1 .0
549.0
670.0
737.0
965.0
4 /1 6 x 4 /8
1 04.8
435.0
51 1 .0
549.0
―
―
―
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /4
1 08.0
435.0
51 1 .0
549.0
―
―
―
5 1 /8 a
1 30.2 a
562.0
61 3.0
727.0
737.0
889.0
―
7 /1 6 x 5 /8
1 30.2 a
―
―
737.0
―
―
―
71 /1 6 x 6
1 52.4
562.0
61 3.0
737.0
―
―
―
71 /1 6 x 6 1 /8
1 55.6
―
―
737.0
―
―
―
7 /1 6 x 6 /8
1 61 .9
562.0
61 3.0
737.0
889.0
1 041 .0
PMR
71 /1 6 x 6 5/8
1 68.3
562.0
61 3.0
737.0
―
―
―
71 /1 6
1 79.4
664.0
71 4.0
81 3.0
889.0
1 041 .0
PMR
7 /1 6 x 7 /8
1 80.9
664.0
71 4.0
81 3.0
―
―
―
9
228.6
―
―
1 041 .0
PMR
―
―
11
279.4
―
―
PMR
―
―
―
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
FOOTNOTE
a Bore tolerance for 5 1 /8 in. size is +1 .0/− 0.
240
API S PECIFICATION 6A
―
Table D.23 Flanged Plug and Ball Valves
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Tabl e D . 2 3 ―
241
Flanged Plug and Ball Valves (continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
a) Flanged Full-bore Plug Valves
Nominal Size
Bore
in.
L, Face-to-face Length
34.5 MPa
69.0 MPa
±2
±2
Tolerance>
B
+0.8/− 0
1 3.8 MPa
±2
20.7 MPa
±2
13
46.0
―
―
―
1
2 /1 6
52.4
333.0
384.0
2 9/1 6
1 /1 6
1 03.5 MPa
±2
1 38.0 MPa
±2
464.0
457.0
533.0
394.0
521 .0
483.0
584.0
65.1
384.0
435.0
457.0
565.0
533.0
673.0
1
3 /1 6
77.7
—
—
—
61 9.0
598.0
775.0
1
3 /8
79.3
448.0
473.0
527.0
―
―
―
3 1 /8 x 3 3/1 6
81 .0
448.0
437.0
527.0
―
―
―
1 03.2
51 1 .0
562.0
629.0
670.0
737.0
―
4 /1 6 x 4 /8
1 04.8
51 1 .0
562.0
629.0
―
―
―
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /4
1 08.0
51 1 .0
562.0
629.0
―
―
―
1
5 /8
1 30.2
638.0
664.0
―
737.0
889.0
―
7 /1 6 x 6
1 52.4
727.0
765.0
―
―
―
―
71 /1 6 x 6 3/8
1 61 .9
—
—
―
889.0
1 041 .0
PMR
1 79.4
740.0
803.0
978.0
889.0
1 041 .0
PMR
7 /1 6 x 7 /8
1 81 .0
740.0
803.0
978.0
―
―
―
9
228.6
—
—
―
PMR
1 041 .0
―
1
4 /1 6
1
1
1
1
7 /1 6
1
1
b) Flanged Full-bore and Reduced-opening Ball Valves
Nominal Size
Bore
Tolerance>
13
1
in.
L Face-to-face Length
34.5 MPa
69.0 MPa
±2
±2
,
1 03.5 MPa a 1 38.0 MPa a
±2
±2
+0.8/− 0
1 3.8 MPa
±2
20.7 MPa
±2
46.0
―
―
―
464.0
457.0
533.0
2 /1 6
52.4
295.0
371 .0
371 .0
521 .0
483.0
584.0
9
65.1
333.0
422.0
473.0
565.0
533.0
673.0
1
3 /1 6
77.7
—
—
—
61 9.0
598.0
775.0
1
3 /8
79.3
359.0
384.0
473.0
―
―
―
41 /1 6
1 03.2
435.0
460.0
549.0
670.0
737.0
―
1
5 /8
1 30.2
―
―
―
737.0
889.0
―
7 /1 6 x 6
1 52.4
562.0
61 3.0
71 1 .0
―
―
―
71 /1 6 x 6 3/8
B
1 /1 6
2 /1 6
1
1 61 .9
—
—
—
889.0
1 041 .0
―
1
7 /1 6
1 79.4
—
—
—
889.0
1 041 .0
PMR
9
228.6
―
―
—
PMR
―
―
FOOTNOTE
a Applies to full bore only.
API S PECIFICATION 6A
242
Table D.24
―Flanged Swing and Lift Check Valves
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
a) Minimum Bore Sizes for Full-opening Check Valves,
1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, and 34.5 MPa
Nominal Size
in.
Minimum Bore Size
Tolerance>
1 3.8 MPa
+1 .6/− 0
20.7 MPa
+1 .6/− 0
34.5 MPa
+1 .6/− 0
2 1 /1 6
52.5
49.3
42.9
9
2 /1 6
62.7
59.0
54.0
3 1 /8
77.9
73.7
66.6
41 /1 6
1 02.3
97.2
87.3
1
7 /1 6
1 46.3
1 46.3
1 31 .8
9
1 98.5
1 89.0
1 73.1
11
247.7
236.6
21 5.9
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
243
―
Table D.24 Flanged Swing and Lift Check Valves (continued)
b) Regular and Full-opening Flanged Swing and Lift Check Valves,
1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, and 34.5 MPa RWP
L, Short Pattern
Face-to-face Length, mm
1 3.8 MPa
20.7 MPa
34.5 MPa
Nominal Size
in.
L, Long Pattern
Face-to-face Length, mm
20.7 MPa
34.5 MPa
Tolerance>
±2
±2
±2
2 1 /1 6
295.0
371 .0
371 .0
9
2 /1 6
333.0
422.0
422.0
―
―
3 1 /8
359.0
384.0
473.0
435.0
4 /1 6
435.0
460.0
549.0
51 1 .0
71 /1 6
562.0
61 3.0
71 1 .0
9
664.0
740.0
841 .0
11
790.0
841 .0
1 000.0
1
±2
±2
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
737.0
―
―
c) Regular and Full-opening Flanged Swing and Lift Check Valves,
69.0 MPa, 1 03.5 MPa, and 1 38.0 MPa RWP
Nominal Size
in.
L, Face-to-face Length, in.
Tolerance>
69.0 MPa
±2
1 03.5 MPa
± 21 .5
1 38.0 MPa
±2
1 1 3 /1 6
464.0
457.0
533.0
2 1 /1 6
521 .0
483.0
584.0
9
2 /1 6
565.0
533.0
673.0
3 1 /1 6
61 9.0
598.0
775.0
4 /1 6
670.0
737.0
5 1 /8
71 7.0
1
1
7 /1 6
889.0
―
―
―
―
―
244
API S PECIFICATION 6A
—
Table D.25 Center Spacing of Conduit Bores for Dual Parallel Bore Valves
for 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
245
―
Table D.25 Center Spacing of Conduit Bores for Dual Parallel Bore Valves
for 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa (continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Maximum
Bore Center
Nominal Valve to Bore Center
Size
in.
A
Large-bore to Small-bore to
EndMinimum EndEnd-Connector connector
connector
Size
Center
Center
B
C
Basic Casing Size
Lineic Mass
kg/m
OD
1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, and 34.5 MPa RWP
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8
70.64
90.09
90.09
1 01 .60
1 01 .60
1 1 4.30
1 1 6.28
1 28.1 9
1 28.1 9
35.32
45.05
41 .91
47.63
50.80
57.1 5
51 .00
64.1 0
64.1 0
35.32
45.05
48.1 8
53.98
50.80
57.1 5
65.28
64.1 0
64.1 0
7 1 /1 6
7 1 /1 6
7 1 /1 6
9
9
9
9
11
11
1 39.7
1 77.8
1 77.8
1 93.7
1 93.7
21 9.1
21 9.1
244.5
244.5
25
57
43
58
44
73
73
80
80
7 1 /1 6
7 1 /1 6
7 1 /1 6
9
9
9
11
1 39.7
1 77.8
1 77.8
1 93.7
1 93.7
21 9.1
244.5
25
57
43
58
44
73
80
69.0 MPa RWP
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6
70.64
90.09
90.09
1 01 .60
1 01 .60
1 1 4.30
1 28.1 9
35.32
45.05
41 .91
47.63
50.80
57.1 5
64.1 0
FOOTNOTE
Nominal sizes for valves and end connectors are in inches.
35.32
45.05
48.1 8
53.98
50.80
57.1 5
64.1 0
246
API S PECIFICATION 6A
—
Table D.26 Center Spacing of Conduit Bores for Triple, Quadruple, and Quintuple Parallel Bore
Valves for 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
247
—
Table D.26 Center Spacing of Conduit Bores for Triple, Quadruple, and Quintuple Parallel Bore
Valves for 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, 34.5 MPa, and 69.0 MPa (continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Maximum
Valve Size
in.
Flange Center
to Bore Center
Minimum Endconnector Size
in.
A
Basic Casing Size
Lineic Mass
kg/m
OD
1 3.8 MPa; 20.7 MPa and 34.5 MPa RWP
Triple-conduit Valve
13
1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
47.63
49.21
53.98
71 .44
7 1 /1 6
9
9
11
1 68.3
1 77.8
1 93.7
244.5
35.7
38.7
58.0
79.6
21 9.1
244.5
244.5
273.1
298.5
53.6
All
79.6
82.6
80.4
244.5
79.6
1 68.3
1 77.8
1 93.7
244.5
35.7
38.7
58.0
79.6
273.1
82.6
Quadruple-conduit Valve
13
1 /1 6
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
2 9/1 6
73.03
77.79
77.79
87.31
1 01 .60
11
11
11
11
1 3 5/8
Quintuple-conduit Valve
1
2 /1 6
77.79
11
69.0 MPa RWP
Triple-conduit Valve
13
1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
47.63
49.21
53.98
71 .44
7 1 /1 6
9
9
11
Quadruple-conduit Valve
9
2 /1 6
87.31
11
FOOTNOTE
Nominal sizes for valves and end connectors are in inches.
248
API S PECIFICATION 6A
—
Table D.27 Maximum Hanger Outside Diameter for Wellheads
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal Size a and Minimum
Through-bore of Drill-through
Equipment
Rated Working Pressure
Maximum Outside Diameter of
Hanger
in.
MPa
mm
1 3.8, 20.7, and 34.5
69.0, 1 03.5, and 1 38.0
1 3.8, 20.7, and 34.5
69.0 and 1 03.5
1 3.8, 20.7, and 34.5
69.0 and 1 03.5
1 3.8 and 20.7
34.5 and 69.0
1 3.8 and 20.7
34.5 and 69.0
34.5 and 69.0
1 3.8
20.7
34.5 and 69.0
1 78.05
1 78.05
226.90
226.90
277.32
277.32
343.48
343.48
422.28
422.28
473.08
536.58
523.88
536.58
1
7 /1 6
71 /1 6
9
9
11
11
1 3 5/8
1 3 5/8
1 6 3/4
1 6 3/4
1 8 3/4
21 1 /4
20 3/4
21 1 /4
FOOTNOTE
a Nominal size of upper end connector of wellhead body in which the hanger is used.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table D.28
249
―Minimum Vertical Full-opening Wellhead Body Bores and Maximum Casing Sizes
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal Connector a
Casing Beneath Body
Nominal Size
of Connector
Rated Working
Pressure
Label b
Nominal
Lineic Mass b
Specified Drift
Diameter
in.
71 /1 6
71 /1 6
71 /1 6
71 /1 6
71 /1 6
71 /1 6
9
9
9
9
9
11
11
11
11
11
1 3 5/8
1 3 5/8
1 3 5/8
1 3 5/8
1 6 3/4
1 6 3/4
1 6 3/4
1 6 3/4
1 8 3/4
1 8 3/4
20 3/4
21 1 /4
21 1 /4
21 1 /4
MPa
1 3.8
20.7
34.5
69.0
1 03.5
1 38.0
1 3.8
20.7
34.5
69.0
1 03.5
1 3.8
20.7
34.5
69.0
1 03.5
1 3.8
20.7
34.5
69.0
1 3.8
20.7
34.5
69.0
34.5
69.0
20.7
1 3.8
34.5
69.0
OD
kg/m
25.30
29.76
34.23
43.1 6
56.55
56.55
35.72
47.62
53.57
59.53
72.92
60.27
60.27
75.90
79.62
79.62
81 .1 0
90.78
1 07.1 5
89.29
96.73
1 25.01
1 25.01
1 25.01
1 30.21
1 30.21
1 39.89
1 39.89
1 39.89
1 39.89
mm
1 62.89
1 60.81
1 58.52
1 53.90
1 47.1 9
1 47.1 9
202.49
1 98.02
1 95.58
1 93.04
1 87.60
251 .31
251 .31
246.23
21 2.83
21 2.83
31 6.46
31 3.92
309.65
269.65
382.58
376.48
376.48
376.48
446.20
446.20
480.97
480.97
480.97
480.97
7
7
7
7
7
7
8 5/8
8 5/8
8 5/8
8 5/8
8 5/8
1 0 3/4
1 0 3/4
1 0 3/4
9 5/8
9 5/8
1 3 3/8
1 3 3/8
1 3 3/8
1 1 3/4
16
16
16
16
1 8 5/8
1 8 5/8
20
20
20
20
FOOTNOTES
a Upper end connectors of wellhead body.
b Maximum size and minimum mass of casing on which bore is based.
Minimum Vertical
Full-opening
Wellhead Body
Bore
mm
1 63.8
1 61 .5
1 59.5
1 54.7
1 48.1
1 48.1
203.2
1 98.9
1 96.3
1 93.5
1 88.2
252.0
252.0
247.1
21 3.6
21 3.6
31 7.5
31 4.7
31 0.4
270.8
383.3
377.4
377.4
377.4
446.8
446.8
481 .8
481 .8
481 .8
481 .8
250
API S PECIFICATION 6A
―
Table D.29 Pipe Thread Counterbore and Standoff Dimensions
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Key
1 plane of hand-tight engagement
2 plane of effective thread length
3 plane of vanish point
a
b
c
d
See 1 4.3.2.3.
Internal thread length.
Without counterbore.
With counterbore.
NOTE
See API 5B for dimensions L 1 , L 2, and L 4.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table D
. 29―
251
Pipe Thread Counterbore and Standoff Dimensions (continued)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
(1 )
(2)
(3)
Nominal
Thread Size
Length: Plane
of Vanish
Point to
Hand-tight
Plane
Thread
without
Counterbore
in.
A+M
A0
(4)
Hand-tight Standoff
(5)
(6)
(7)
Thread with
Shallow
Counterbore
Length: Face
of
Counterbore
to Hand-tight
Plane
Counterbore
Diameter
Depth
A
M
Q
q
Line Pipe Threads
1
/8
/4
3
/8
5.40
1 0.02
9.1 6
4.93
9.32
8.45
1 .01
5.45
4.55
4.38
4.57
4.61
1 1 .9
1 5.2
1 8.8
3.3
3.3
3.3
1
/2
/4
1
1 1 .72
1 1 .54
1 4.85
1 0.82
1 0.64
1 3.74
3.45
3.27
6.32
8.28
8.27
8.53
23.6
29.0
35.8
6.4
6.4
6.4
1 1 /4
1 1 /2
2
1 4.95
1 5.37
1 5.80
1 3.84
1 4.27
1 4.70
6.48
6.89
6.87
8.47
8.48
8.94
44.5
50.5
63.5
6.4
6.4
6.4
2 1 /2
3
3 1 /2
22.59
22.04
21 .91
21 .00
20.45
20.33
1 0.04
9.45
9.32
1 2.55
1 2.59
1 2.59
76.2
92.2
1 04.9
9.7
9.7
9.7
4
5
6
22.60
22.94
25.1 0
21 .01
21 .35
23.51
9.99
1 0.35
1 2.48
1 2.61
1 2.58
1 2.62
1 1 7.6
1 44.5
1 71 .5
9.7
9.7
9.7
8
10
12
27.51
29.1 8
30.45
25.93
27.59
28.86
1 4.81
1 6.36
1 6.83
1 2.70
1 2.81
1 3.62
222.3
276.4
328.7
9.7
9.7
9.7
1 4D
1 6D
1 8D
20D
28.49
27.22
27.53
29.43
26.90
25.63
25.94
27.84
1 4.94
1 3.71
1 4.00
1 5.85
1 3.56
1 3.52
1 3.53
1 3.58
360.4
41 1 .2
462.0
51 2.8
9.7
9.7
9.7
9.7
1
3
252
API S PECIFICATION 6A
—
Table D.30 Gauging of Casing and Tubing Threads
a) Internal recess without counterbore
b) Internal recess with shallow counterbore
c) Thread clearance without counterbore
d) Thread clearance with shallow counterbore
Key
1 gauge notch, alignment chamfer bottom, within
tolerance
2 working plug gauge
3 recess clearance
4 L2 (min.) plus thread clearance
—
Application of Working Plug Gauge
Key
1 plane of vanish point
2 plane of hand-tight engagement
3 plane of end of pipe
4 master ring gauge
5 master plug gauge
6 working plug gauge
7 product thread
8 product thread without counterbore
9 product thread with shallow counterbore
1 0 product thread with deep counterbore
NOTE See API 5B for dimensions of S and S1 .
Gauging Line Pipe, Casing and Tubing Internal
Threads, Hand-tight Assembly
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
253
—
Table D.30 Gauging of Casing and Tubing Threads (continued)
(1 )
Nominal
Thread Size
(2)
Length: Plane
of Vanish
Point to Handtight Plane
in.
A+M
(3)
(4)
Hand-tight Standoff
Thread
Thread with
without
Shallow
Counterbore Counterbore
A0
A
4 /2
5
5 1 /2
6 5/8
7
75/8
8 5/8
9 5/8
1 0 3/4 a
1 1 3/4 a
1 3 3/8 a
16 a
20 a
27.41
27.41
27.41
27.41
27.41
29.1 1
29.1 1
29.1 1
29.1 1
29.1 1
29.1 1
29.1 1
29.1 1
25.82
25.82
25.82
25.82
25.82
27.52
27.52
27.52
27.52
27.52
27.52
27.52
27.52
Nonupset Tubing Threads
1 .050
1 .31 5
1 .660
1 .900
2 3/8
2 7/8
3 1 /2
4
41 /2
1 6.41
1 6.41
1 6.41
1 6.41
1 6.41
1 6.41
1 6.41
1 9.91
1 9.91
1 .050
1 .31 5
1 .660
1 .900
2 3/8
2 7/8
3 1 /2
4
41 /2
1 6.41
1 6.41
1 6.41
1 6.41
1 9.91
1 9.91
1 9.91
1 9.91
1 9.91
1 5.00
1 5.00
1 5.00
1 5.07
1 5.00
1 6.72
1 6.72
1 6.72
1 6.65
1 6.65
1 5.95
1 5.89
1 5.89
(7)
Counterbore
Diameter
Depth
Q
q
1 2.40
1 2.40
1 2.40
1 2.34
1 2.40
1 2.39
1 2.39
1 2.39
1 2.46
1 2.46
1 3.1 5
1 3.22
1 3.22
1 1 7.6
1 30.3
1 43.0
1 71 .5
1 81 .1
1 96.9
222.3
247.7
276.4
301 .8
344.4
41 1 .2
51 2.8
9.7
9.7
9.7
9.7
9.7
9.7
9.7
9.7
9.7
9.7
9.7
9.7
9.7
Dimensions in millimeters except nominal size
1 5.1 4
1 5.1 4
1 5.1 4
1 5.1 4
1 5.1 4
1 5.1 4
1 5.1 4
1 8.33
1 8.33
External Upset Tubing Threads
M
(6)
Dimensions in millimeters except nominal size
Long and Short Casing Threads
1
(5)
Length: Face of
Counterbore to
Hand-tight
Plane
8.1 3
8.07
8.1 3
8.1 3
7.69
4.51
4.45
7.65
7.65
8.28
8.34
8.28
8.28
8.72
1 1 .90
1 1 .96
1 2.27
1 2.27
29.0
35.8
44.5
50.5
63.5
76.2
92.2
1 04.9
1 1 7.6
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
9.7
9.7
9.7
9.7
Dimensions in millimeters except nominal size
1 5.1 4
1 5.1 4
1 5.1 4
1 5.1 4
1 8.33
1 8.33
1 8.33
1 8.33
1 8.33
FOOTNOTE
a Short casing threads only (long casing threads not covered).
8.07
7.99
8.04
8.05
1 0.87
7.69
7.65
7.65
7.65
8.34
8.42
8.37
8.36
9.04
1 2.22
1 2.27
1 2.27
1 2.27
35.8
39.9
48.5
55.6
69.1
81 .8
98.6
1 1 1 .3
1 24.0
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
9.7
9.7
9.7
9.7
Annex E
(normative)
Dimensional Tables USC Units
—
Tabl e E . 1 ―T ype 6B F l an g es for 2
Tabl e E . 2 ―T ype 6B F l an g es for 3
Tabl e E . 3 ―T ype 6B F l an g es for 5
000 psi
000 psi
000 psi
Tabl e E . 4―T ype 6B X F l a n g es for 1 0 , 0 0 0 ps i
Tabl e E . 5―T ype 6B X F l a n g es for 1 5, 0 0 0 ps i
Tabl e E . 6―T ype 6B X F l a n g es for 2 0 , 0 0 0 ps i
Table
E . 7 ―T ype 6B X La rg e
-bore Flanges for 2000 psi, 3000 psi, and 5000 psi
Tabl e E . 8 ―T ype R Ri n g G rooves
Tabl e E . 9 ―T ype R Ri n g G as kets
Tabl e E . 1 0 ―Type RX Ri n g G as kets
Tabl e E . 1 1 ―Type B X Ri n g G rooves
Tabl e E . 1 2 ―Type B X Ri n g G as kets
Tabl e E . 1 3 ―F l an g ed
Crosses and Tees
Tabl e E . 1 4―S tu d d ed C ro s s es an d Tees
Tabl e E . 1 5―B u l l pl u g s
T
T
abl e E . 1 6―VR Pl u g D i m en s i on s , 2
abl e E . 1 7 ―VR P rep
Tabl e E . 1 8 ―VR P
Tabl e E . 1 9 ―VR P
000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi, and 1 0,000 psi
aration Dimensions, 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi, and 1 0,000 psi
lug Thread Gauging Dimensions, 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi, and 1 0,000 psi
reparation Thread Gauging Dimensions, 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi, and 1 0,000 psi
Tabl e E . 2 0 ―H P VR Pl u g D i m en s i on s , 1 5, 0 0 0
Tabl e E . 2 1 ―
Tabl e E . 2 2 ―
psi and 20,000 psi
HPVR Preparation Dimensions, 1 5,000 psi and 20,000 psi
Flanges Full-bore Gate Valves
254
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Tabl e E . 2 3 ―
Tabl e E . 2 4―
255
Flanged Plug and Ball Valves
Flanged Swing and Lift Check Valves
Tabl e E . 2 5―
Center Spacing of Conduit Bores for Dual Parallel Bore Valves, 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi,
and 1 0,000 psi
Tabl e
Center Spacing of Conduit Bores for Triple, Quadruple, and Quintuple Parallel Bore
Valves, 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi, and 1 0,000 psi
E . 2 6―
Tabl e E . 2 7 ―M axi m u m H a n g er O u ts i d e D i am ete r fo r Wel l h e ad s
Table E.28 Minimum Vertical Full-opening Wellhead Body Bores and Maximum Casing Sizes
―
Table E.29 Pipe Thread Counterbore and Standoff Dimensions
—
Table E.30 Gauging of Casing and Tubing Threads
—
256
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.1
―Type 6B Flanges for 2000 psi
Dimensions in inches
FOOTNOTES
a Ring groove shall be concentric with bore B within 0.01 0 in. diametrical runout. See Table E.8 for ring groove dimensions .
b Break sharp corner 0.03 in. max.
c Raised face K and counterbore E are optional features.
d Diameter X is a reference dimension.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Tabl e E . 1 ―T ype 6B F l an g es for 2
257
000 psi (continued)
Dimensions in inches
Nominal
Size of
Flange a
Maximum
Bore
Outside
Diameter
of Flange
Max.
Chamfer
Diameter
of Raised
Face
Total
Thickness
of Flange
Basic
Thickness
of Flange
Diameter
of Hub
Counterbore
Depth
B
OD
C
K
T
Q
X
E
max.
As noted
max.
min.
+0.1 2/− 0
min.
Reference
+0.02 /− 0
2.09
2.59
3.22
4.28
5.1 6
7.1 6
9.03
1 1 .03
1 3.66
1 6.78
21 .28
6.50 ±0.06
7.50 ±0.06
8.25 ±0.06
1 0.75 ±0.06
1 3.00 ±0.06
1 4.00 ±0.1 2
1 6.50 ±0.1 2
20.00 ±0.1 2
22.00 ±0.1 2
27.00 ±0.1 2
32.00 ±0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
4.25
5.00
5.75
6.88
8.25
9.50
1 1 .88
1 4.00
1 6.25
20.00
25.00
1 .31
1 .44
1 .56
1 .81
2.06
2.1 9
2.50
2.81
2.94
3.31
3.88
1 .00
1 .1 2
1 .25
1 .50
1 .75
1 .88
2.1 9
2.50
2.62
3.00
3.50
3.31
3.94
4.62
6.00
7.44
8.75
1 0.75
1 3.50
1 5.75
1 9.50
24.00
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.38
Tolerance
1
2 /1 6
2 9 /1 6
3 1 /8
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
71 /1 6
9
11
1 3 5/8
1 6 3 /4
21 1 /4
FOOTNOTE
a For flange sizes 26 3/4 in. and 30 in., see Table E.7.
Nominal
Size of
Flange a
Tolerance>
1
2 /1 6
2 9 /1 6
3 1 /8
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
71 /1 6
9
11
1 3 5/8
1 6 3/4
21 1 /4
Diameter
of Bolt
Circle
Number
of Bolts
BC
N
See figure for GDT
5.00
5.88
6.62
8.50
1 0.50
1 1 .50
1 3.75
1 7.00
1 9.25
23.75
28.50
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
20
20
24
Bolt Size
and TPI
Bolt Holes
BH
(Ref.)
5
/8-1 1
/4-1 0
3
/4-1 0
7
/8-9
1 -8
1 -8
1 1 /8-8
1 1 /4-8
1 1 /4-8
1 1 /2-8
1 5/8-8
3
FOOTNOTE
a For flange sizes 26 3/4 in. and 30 in., see Table E.7.
Hub Length,
Threaded Flange
Line
Casing
Pipe
Flange
Flange
LL
LC
Diameter
Tolerance
min.
min.
0.75
0.88
0.88
1 .00
1 .1 2
1 .1 2
1 .25
1 .38
1 .38
1 .62
1 .75
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.09/− 0.02
+0.09/− 0.02
1 .75
1 .94
2.1 2
2.44
2.69
2.94
3.31
3.69
3.94
4.50
5.38
―
―
―
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.25
3.94
4.50
5.38
Ring
Groove
Number
R 23
R 26
R 31
R 37
R 41
R 45
R 49
R 53
R 57
R 65
R 73
258
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.2
―Type 6B Flanges for 3000 ps i
Dimensions in inches
FOOTNOTES
a Ring groove shall be concentric with bore B within 0.01 0 in. diametrical runout. See Table E.8 for ring groove dimensions.
b Break sharp corner 0.03 in. max.
c Raised face K and counterbore E are optional features.
d Diameter X is a reference dimension.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
for 3000 psi (continued)
Tabl e E . 2 ―T ype 6B F l an g es
Nominal
Size of
Flange a
Tolerance
1
2 /1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /8
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
71 /1 6
9
11
1 3 5/8
1 6 3/4
20 3/4
259
Dimensions in inches
Maximum
Bore
Outside
Diameter
of Flange
Max.
Chamfer
Diameter
Total
Basic
of Raised Thickness Thickness
Face
of Flange of Flange
B
OD
C
K
T
Q
max.
As noted
max.
min.
+0.1 2/− 0
min.
2.09
2.59
3.22
4.28
5.1 6
7.1 6
9.03
1 1 .03
1 3.66
1 6.78
20.78
8.50 ±0.06
9.62 ±0.06
9.50 ±0.06
1 1 .50 ±0.06
1 3.75 ±0.06
1 5.00 ±0.1 2
1 8.50 ±0.1 2
21 .50 ±0.1 2
24.00 ±0.1 2
27.75 ±0.1 2
33.75 ±0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
4.88
5.38
6.1 2
7.1 2
8.50
9.50
1 2.1 2
1 4.25
1 6.50
20.62
25.50
1 .81
1 .94
1 .81
2.06
2.31
2.50
2.81
3.06
3.44
3.94
4.75
1 .50
1 .62
1 .50
1 .75
2.00
2.1 9
2.50
2.75
3.1 2
3.50
4.25
Diameter Counterof Hub
bore
Depth
X
E
Reference +0.02/− 0
4.1 2
4.88
5.00
6.25
7.50
9.25
1 1 .75
1 4.50
1 6.50
20.00
24.50
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.44
0.50
Hub Length,
Threaded Flange
Line
Tubing
Pipe Casing
Flange
Flange
Flange
Ring
Groove
FOOTNOTE
a For flange sizes 26 3/4 in. and 30 in., see Table E.7.
Nominal
Size of
Flange a
Tolerance>
1
2 /1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /8
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
71 /1 6
9
11
1 3 5/8
1 6 3/4
20 3/4
Diameter
of Bolt
Circle
Number
of Bolts
BC
N
See figure for GDT
6.50
7.50
7.50
9.25
1 1 .00
1 2.50
1 5.50
1 8.50
21 .00
24.25
29.50
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
20
20
20
Bolt
Size
and
TPI
Bolt Holes
BH
(Ref.)
7
/8-9
1 -8
7
/8-9
1
1 /8-8
1 1 /4-8
1 1 /8-8
1 3/8-8
1 3/8-8
1 3/8-8
1 5/8-8
2-8
FOOTNOTE
a For flange sizes 26 3/4 in. and 30 in., see Table E.7.
LL
LC
LT
Diameter
Tolerance
min.
min.
min.
1 .00
1 .1 2
1 .00
1 .25
1 .38
1 .25
1 .50
1 .50
1 .50
1 .75
2.1 2
+0.06/− 0.02
2.56
2.81
2.44
3.06
3.44
3.69
4.31
4.56
4.94
5.06
6.75
―
2.56
2.81
2.94
3.50
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.09/− 0.02
+0.09/− 0.02
―
―
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.25
4.94
5.69
6.75
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
R 24
R 27
R 31
R 37
R 41
R 45
R 49
R 53
R 57
R 66
R 74
260
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.3 ―Type 6B Flanges for 5000 psi
Dimensions in inches
FOOTNOTES
a Ring groove shall be concentric with bore B within 0.01 0 in. diametrical runout. See Table E.8 for ring groove dimensions.
b Break sharp corner 0.03 in. max.
c Raised face K and counterbore E are optional features.
d Diameter X is a reference dimension.
.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Tabl e E . 3 ―T ype 6B F l an g es for 50 0 0 ps i
261
(continued)
Dimensions in inches
Nominal
Size of
Flange a
Tolerance
1
2 /1 6
2 9 /1 6
3 1 /8
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
71 /1 6
9
11
Maximum
Bore
Outside
Diameter
of Flange
Max.
Chamfer
Diameter
of
Raised
Face
Total
Thickness
of Flange
Basic
Thickness
of Flange
Diameter
of Hub
Counterbore
Depth
B
OD
C
K
T
Q
X
E
max.
As noted
max.
min.
+0.1 2 /− 0
min.
Reference
+0.02/− 0
2.09
2.59
3.22
4.28
5.1 6
7.1 6
9.03
1 1 .03
8.50 ±0.06
9.62 ±0.06
1 0.50 ±0.06
1 2.25 ±0.06
1 4.75 ±0.06
1 5.50 ±0.1 2
1 9.00 ±0.1 2
23.00 ±0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.25
0.25
0.25
4.88
5.38
6.62
7.62
9.00
9.75
1 2.50
1 4.63
1 .81
1 .94
2.1 9
2.44
3.1 9
3.62
4.06
4.69
1 .50
1 .62
1 .88
2.1 2
2.88
3.25
3.62
4.25
4.1 2
4.88
5.25
6.38
7.75
9.00
1 1 .50
1 4.50
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.38
0.44
0.44
FOOTNOTE
a For flange sizes 1 3 5/8 in., 1 6 3/4 in., 1 8 3/4 in., and 21 1 /4 in., see Table E.7.
Nominal
Size of
Flange a
Tolerance>
1
2 /1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /8
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
71 /1 6
9
11
Diameter
of Bolt
Circle
Number
of Bolts
BC
N
See figure for GDT
6.50
7.50
8.00
9.50
1 1 .50
1 2.50
1 5.50
1 9.00
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
Hub Length, Threaded
Flange
Bolt
Size
and
TPI
(Ref.)
7
/8-9
1 -8
1 1 /8-8
1 1 /4-8
1 1 /2-8
1 3 /8-8
1 5/8-8
1 7/8-8
Bolt Holes
Line
Pipe
Flange
Casing
Flange
Tubing
Flange
BH
LL
LC
LT
Diameter
Tolerance
min.
min.
min.
1 .00
1 .1 2
1 .25
1 .38
1 .62
1 .50
1 .75
2.00
+0.06/− 0.02
2.56
2.81
3.1 9
3.88
4.44
5.06
6.06
6.69
―
2.56
2.81
3.1 9
3.88
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.09/− 0.02
+0.09/− 0.02
FOOTNOTE
a For flange sizes 1 3 5/8 in., 1 6 3/4 in., 1 8 3/4 in., and 21 1 /4 in., see Table E.7.
―
―
3.88
4.44
5.06
6.06
6.69
―
―
―
―
Ring
Groove
R 24
R 27
R 35
R 39
R 44
R 46
R 50
R 54
262
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.4
―Type 6BX Flanges for 10 ,000 psi
Dimensions in inches
FOOTNOTES
a Break sharp corner 0.03 in. max.
b Q’’ max. = E; Q’’ min. = 0.1 2 in.
c Optional feature.
d Test connection shall be 1 /2 in. NPT or per 9.3 (Figure 5).
e Ring groove shall be concentric with bore B within 0.01 0 in. diametrical runout. See Table E.1 1 for ring groove
dimensions.
f Test flange style applies to sizes 1 1 3/1 6 through 5 1 /8 only.
g Blind flange style applies to sizes 5 1 /8 through 21 1 /4 only.
h If the minimum value of J3 is exceeded, the maximum depth P of the counterbore may be increased by the same amount
or less.
—
—
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Tabl e E . 4―T yp e 6B X F l a n g es for 1 0
Nominal
Size
Maximum
Bore
Outside
Diameter
of Flange
Diameter
Total
of
Thickness
Raised
Face
K
T
Tolerance
B
max.
OD
As noted
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
71 /1 6
9
11
1 3 5/8
1 6 3/4
1 8 3/4
21 1 /4
1 .84
2.09
2.59
3.09
4.09
5.1 6
7.09
9.03
1 1 .03
1 3.66
1 6.78
1 8.78
21 .28
7.38 ±0.06
7.88 ±0.06
9.1 2 ±0.06
1 0.62 ±0.06
1 2.44 ±0.06
1 4.06 ±0.06
1 8.88 ±0.1 2
21 .75 ±0.1 2
25.75 ±0.1 2
30.25 ±0.1 2
34.31 ±0.1 2
40.94 ±0.1 2
45.00 ±0.1 2
± 0.06
+0.1 2 /− 0
4.1 2
4.38
5.1 9
6.00
7.28
8.69
1 1 .88
1 4.1 2
1 6.88
20.38
22.69
27.44
30.75
1 .66
1 .73
2.02
2.30
2.77
3.1 2
4.06
4.88
5.56
6.62
6.62
8.78
9.50
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
Radius
of Hub
Bolt
Circle
Tolerance
R
± 0.06
BC
N
See figure for GDT
1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6
3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
71 /1 6
9
11
1 3 5/8
1 6 3 /4
1 8 3 /4
21 1 /4
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
038
0.62
0.62
0.62
0.62
0.75
0.62
0.81
5.75
6.25
7.25
8.50
1 0.1 9
1 1 .81
1 5.88
1 8.75
22.25
26.50
30.56
36.44
40.25
Number
of Bolts
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
16
20
24
24
24
Max.
Chamfer
C
max.
Nominal
Size
13
,000 psi
Bolt
Size
and TPI
(Ref.)
3
/4-1 0
/4-1 0
7
/8-9
1 -8
1 1 /8-8
1 1 /8-8
1 1 /2-8
1 1 /2-8
1 3 /4-8
1 7/8-8
1 7/8-8
2 1 /4-8
2 1 /2-8
3
(continued)
Dimensions in inches
Large
Small
Length
Hub
Hub
of Hub
Diameter Diameter
J1
+0 /− 0.1 2
J2
min.
J3
min.
3.50
3.94
4.75
5.59
7.1 9
8.81
1 1 .88
1 4.75
1 7.75
21 .75
25.81
29.62
33.38
2.56
2.94
3.62
4.34
5.75
7.1 9
1 0.00
1 2.88
1 5.75
1 9.50
23.69
26.56
30.00
1 .91
2.03
2.25
2.50
2.88
3.1 9
3.75
3.69
4.06
4.50
3.00
6.1 2
6.50
Bolt Holes
BH
Diameter
Tolerance
0.88
0.88
1 .00
1 .1 2
1 .25
1 .25
1 .62
1 .62
1 .88
2.00
2.00
2.38
2.62
263
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.06/− 0.02
+0.09/− 0.02
+0.09/− 0.02
+0.09/− 0.02
+0.09/− 0.02
+0.09/− 0.02
+0.09/− 0.02
+0.09/− 0.02
Counterbore
Depth
E
Ph
max.
max.
0.240
0.250
0.290
0.320
0.350
0.375
0.438
0.500
0.562
0.625
0.328
0.71 9
0.750
1 .89
2.02
2.42
2.83
3.45
3.86
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
Hub
Height
J4
min. h
―
―
―
―
―
0.25
0.38
0.38
0.56
0.69
1 .1 9
1 .00
1 .25
Ring
Groove
BX 1 51
BX 1 52
BX 1 53
BX 1 54
BX 1 55
BX 1 69
BX 1 56
BX 1 57
BX 1 58
BX 1 59
BX 1 62
BX 1 64
BX 1 66
264
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.5 ―Type 6BX Flanges for 1 5 ,000 psi
Dimensions in inches
FOOTNOTES
a Break sharp corner 0.03 in. max.
b Q’’ max. = E; Q’’ min. = 0.1 2 in.
c Optional feature.
d Test connection shall be per 9.3 (Figure 5).
e Ring groove shall be concentric with bore B within 0.01 0 in. diametrical runout. See Table E.1 1 for ring groove
dimensions.
f Test flange style applies to sizes 1 1 3/1 6 through 5 1 /8 only.
g Blind flange style applies to sizes 5 1 /8 through 1 8 3/4 only.
h If the minimum value of J3 is exceeded, the maximum depth P of the counterbore may be increased by the same amount or less.
—
—
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Tabl e E . 5―T ype 6B X F l a n g es for 1 5
,000 psi
265
(continued)
Dimensions in inches
Nominal
Size of
Flange
Maximum
Bore
Outside
Diameter
of Flange
Diameter
Total
Max.
Large Small Hub Hub
of
Thickness Chamfer
Hub
Diameter Length
Raised
of Flange
Diameter
Face
K
T
C
J1
J2
J3
Test
Flange
C ’ bore
Depth
Ph
B
OD
Tolerance
max.
As noted
± 0.06
+0.1 2/− 0
max.
+0 /− 0.1 2
min.
min.
max. h
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
71 /1 6
9
11
1 3 5/8
1 8 3/4
1 .84
2.09
2.59
3.09
4.09
5.1 6
7.09
9.03
1 1 .03
1 3.66
1 8.78
8.1 9 ±0.06
8.75 ±0.06
1 0.00 ±0.06
1 1 .31 ±0.06
1 4.1 9 ±0.06
1 6.50 ±0.06
1 9.88 ±0.1 2
25.50 ±0.1 2
32.00 ±0.1 2
34.88 ±0.1 2
45.75 ±0.1 2
4.1 9
4.50
5.25
6.06
7.62
8.88
1 2.00
1 5.00
1 7.88
21 .31
28.44
1 .78
2.00
2.25
2.53
3.09
3.88
4.69
5.75
7.38
8.06
1 0.06
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
3.84
4.38
5.06
6.06
7.69
9.62
1 2.81
1 7.00
23.00
23.44
32.00
2.81
3.25
3.94
4.81
6.25
7.88
1 0.88
1 3.75
1 6.81
20.81
28.75
1 .88
2.1 2
2.25
2.50
2.88
3.22
3.62
4.88
9.28
4.50
6.1 2
1 .98
2.38
2.65
3.06
3.77
4.65
Nominal
Size of
Flange
Radius
of Hub
Bolt
Circle
Number
of Bolts
R
BC
N
Tolerance
13
1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
71 /1 6
9
11
1 3 5/8
1 8 3/4
± 0.06
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.62
0.62
0.62
0.62
1 .00
1 .00
See figure for GDT
6.31
6.88
7.88
9.06
1 1 .44
1 3.50
1 6.88
21 .75
28.00
30.38
40.00
8
8
8
8
8
12
16
16
20
20
20
Bolt
Size
and TPI
Bolt Holes
BH
(Ref.)
7
/8-9
/8-9
1 -8
1 1 /8-8
1 3/8-8
1 1 /2-8
1 1 /2-8
1 7/8-8
2-8
2 1 /4-8
3-8
7
Blind Flange
CounterHub
bore
Height
Depth
E
J4
Diameter
Tolerance
max.
min.
1 .00
1 .00
1 .1 2
1 .25
1 .50
1 .62
1 .62
2.00
2.1 2
2.38
3.1 2
+0.06/− 0.02
―
―
+0.06/− 0.02
―
―
+0.06/− 0.02
―
―
+0.06/− 0.02
―
―
+0.06/− 0.02
―
―
+0.09/− 0.02
0.375
0.438
0.500
0.562
0.625
0.71 9
0.25
0.31
0.56
0.50
0.69
1 .38
+0.09/− 0.02
+0.09/− 0.02
+0.09/− 0.02
+0.09/− 0.02
+0.1 2/− 0.02
―
―
―
―
―
Ring
Groove
BX 1 51
BX 1 52
BX 1 53
BX 1 54
BX 1 55
BX 1 69
BX 1 56
BX 1 57
BX 1 58
BX 1 59
BX 1 64
266
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.6
―Type 6BX Flanges for 20 ,000 psi
Dimensions in inches
FOOTNOTES
a Break sharp corner 0.03 in. max.
b Q’’ max. = E; Q’’ min. = 0.1 2 in.
c Optional feature.
d Test connection shall be per 9.3 (Figure 5).
e Ring groove shall be concentric with bore B within 0.01 0 in. diametrical runout. See Table E.1 1 for ring groove dimensions.
f Test flange style applies to sizes 1 1 3/1 6 through 4 1 /1 6 only.
g Blind flange style applies to sizes 7 1 /1 6 through 1 8 3/4 only.
h If the minimum value of J3 is exceeded, the maximum depth P of the counterbore may be increased by the same amount
or less.
—
—
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Tabl e E . 6―T yp e 6B X F l a n g es for 2 0
,000 psi
267
(continued)
Dimensions in inches
Nominal
Size of
Flange
Maximum
Bore
Outside
Diameter
of Flange
Diameter
Total
Max.
Large Hub Small
Hub
of
Thickness Chamfer Diameter
Hub
Length
Raised
of Flange
Diameter
Face
K
T
C
J1
J2
J3
Test
Flange
C ’ bore
Depth
Ph
B
OD
Tolerance
max.
As noted
± 0.06
+0.1 2 /− 0
max.
+0 /− 0.1 2
min.
min.
max. h
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6
71 /1 6
9
11
1 3 5/8
1 .84
2.09
2.59
3.09
4.09
7.09
9.03
1 1 .03
1 3.66
1 0.1 2 ±0.06
1 1 .31 ±0.06
1 2.81 ±0.06
1 4.06 ±0.06
1 7.56 ±0.06
25.81 ±0.1 2
31 .69 ±0.1 2
34.75 ±0.1 2
45.75 ±0.1 2
4.62
5.1 9
5.94
6.75
8.62
1 3.88
1 7.38
1 9.88
24.1 9
2.50
2.81
3.1 2
3.38
4.1 9
6.50
8.06
8.81
1 1 .50
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
5.25
6.06
6.81
7.56
9.56
1 5.1 9
1 8.94
22.31
27.31
4.31
5.00
5.69
6.31
8.1 2
1 3.31
1 6.88
20.00
24.75
1 .94
2.06
2.31
2.50
2.88
3.81
4.25
4.06
5.25
2.76
3.1 3
3.58
3.91
4.87
Nominal
Size of
Flange
Radius
of Hub
Bolt
Circle
Number
of Bolts
R
BC
N
Tolerance
± 0.60
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6
71 /1 6
9
11
1 3 5/8
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.62
1 .00
1 .00
1 .00
Bolt
Size
and TPI
Bolt Holes
BH
Blind Flange
Hub
Depth Height
J4
E
C ’ bore
See figure for GDT
(Ref.)
Diameter
Tolerance
max.
min.
8.00
9.06
1 0.31
1 1 .31
1 4.06
21 .81
27.00
29.50
40.00
1 -8
1 1 /8-8
1 1 /4-8
1 3/8-8
1 3/4-8
2-8
2 1 /2-8
2 3/4-8
3-8
1 .1 2
1 .25
1 .38
1 .50
1 .88
2.1 2
2.62
2.88
3.1 2
+0.06/− 0.02
―
―
+0.06 /− 0.02
+0.06 /− 0.02
+0.06 /− 0.02
+0.09 /− 0.02
+0.09 /− 0.02
+0.09 /− 0.02
+0.09 /− 0.02
+0.1 2 /− 0.02
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
0.438
0.500
0.562
0.625
0.31
0.25
0.50
0.56
8
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
20
―
―
―
―
Ring
Groove
BX 1 51
BX 1 52
BX 1 53
BX 1 54
BX 1 55
BX 1 56
BX 1 57
BX 1 58
BX 1 59
268
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.7
―Type 6BX Large-bore Flanges for 2000 psi, 3000 psi, and 5000 psi
Dimensions in inches
FOOTNOTES
a Ring groove shall be concentric with bore B within 0.01 0 in. diametrical runout. See Table E.1 1 for ring groove dimensions.
b Test connection shall be 1 /2 in. NPT or per 9.3 (Figure 5).
c Q’’ min. = 0.1 2 in. (may be omitted for studded flanges).
d Counterbore E for blind and test flanges is optional.
e Break sharp corner 0.03 in. max.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Tabl e E . 7 ―T yp e 6B X La rg e
Nominal
Size
Tolerance
-bore Flanges for 2000 psi, 3000 psi, and 5000 psi
B
Outside
Diameter
of Flange
OD
max.
As noted
Maximum
Bore
269
Raised Raised
Total
Face
Face
Thickness
Depth Diameter
Q"
K
T
max.
± 0.06
Large
Hub
Diameter
J1
(continued)
Dimensions in inches
Small
Length
Hub
of Hub
Diameter
J2
J3
+0.1 2 /− 0
+0/− 0.1 2
min.
min.
4.97
5.28
32.91
36.69
29.25
32.80
7.31
7.75
6.34
6.58
34.25
38.1 9
30.56
34.30
7.31
7.75
4.44
5.1 2
6.53
7.1 2
1 8.94
21 .88
26.56
29.88
1 6.69
20.75
23.56
26.75
4.50
3.00
6.00
6.50
2000 psi
26 3/4
30
26.78
30.03
41 .00 ±0.1 2
44.1 9 ±0.1 2
0.25
0.25
31 .69
35.75
3000 psi
26 3/4
30
26.78
30.03
43.38 ±0.1 2
46.68 ±0.1 2
0.25
0.25
32.75
36.31
5000 psi
5
1 3 /8
1 6 3/4
1 8 3/4
21 1 /4
Nominal
Size
Tolerance
1 3.66
1 6.78
1 8.78
21 .28
26.50 ±0.1 2
30.38 ±0.1 2
35.62 ±0.1 2
39.00 ±0.1 2
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
Radius
of Hub
Bolt
Circle
Number
of Bolts
R
BC
N
± 0.06
See figure for GDT
1 8.00
21 .06
24.69
27.62
Bolt Size
and TPI
Bolt Hole
Diameter
BH
(Ref.)
+0.09/− 0.02
Blind Flange
CounterHub
bore Depth
Height
E
J4
Ring
Groove
max.
min.
1 .88
1 .75
0.844
0.906
0.38
0.69
BX 1 67
BX 303
2.1 2
2.00
0.844
0.906
0.00
0.50
BX 1 68
BX 303
1 .75
2.00
2.1 2
2.1 2
0.562
0.328
0.71 9
0.750
0.94
0.69
0.75
0.88
BX 1 60
BX 1 62
BX 1 63
BX 1 65
2000 psi
3
26 /4
30
0.62
0.62
37.50
40.94
20
32
3
1 /4-8
1 5/8-8
3000 psi
3
26 /4
30
0.62
0.62
39.38
42.94
24
32
2-8
1 7/8-8
5000 psi
1 3 5/8
1 6 3/4
1 8 3/4
21 1 /4
0.62
0.75
0.62
0.69
23.25
26.62
31 .62
34.88
16
16
20
24
1 5/8-8
1 7/8-8
2-8
2-8
270
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.8
―Type R Ring Grooves
Dimensions in inches; surface roughness in microinches
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
271
Table E.8―Type R Ring Grooves (continued)
Dimensions in inches
Groove
Number
Tolerance>
Nominal
Size of
Flange
Pitch
Diameter
Depth of
Groove
Width of
Groove
Radius in
Groove
in.
(Ref.)
P
± 0.005
E
+0.02/− 0
F
± 0.008
R2
max.
1
R 23
2 /1 6
3.250
0.31
0.469
0.03
R 24
2 1 /1 6
3.750
0.31
0.469
0.03
R 26
9
2 /1 6
4.000
0.31
0.469
0.03
R 27
9
2 /1 6
4.250
0.31
0.469
0.03
R 31
1
3 /8
4.875
0.31
0.469
0.03
R 35
3 1 /8
5.375
0.31
0.469
0.03
1
R 37
4 /1 6
5.875
0.31
0.469
0.03
R 39
41 /1 6
6.375
0.31
0.469
0.03
R 41
1
5 /8
7.1 25
0.31
0.469
0.03
R 44
5 1 /8
7.625
0.31
0.469
0.03
R 45
71 /1 6
8.31 3
0.31
0.469
0.03
1
R 46
7 /1 6
8.31 3
0.38
0.531
0.06
R 49
9
1 0.625
0.31
0.469
0.03
R 50
9
1 0.625
0.44
0.656
0.06
R 53
11
1 2.750
0.31
0.469
0.03
R 54
11
1 2.750
0.44
0.656
0.06
R 57
1 3 5/8
1 5.000
0.31
0.469
0.03
R 65
3
1 6 /4
1 8.500
0.31
0.469
0.03
R 66
1 6 3 /4
1 8.500
0.44
0.656
0.06
R 73
1
21 /4
23.000
0.38
0.531
0.06
R 74
20 3 /4
23.000
0.50
0.781
0.06
272
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.9 ―Type R Ring Gaskets
Dimensions in inches; surface roughness in microinches
a) Octagonal gasket style
b) Oval gasket style
FOOTNOTE
a Typical four places.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
273
Table E.9―Type R Ring Gaskets (continued)
Dimensions in inches
Gasket
Number
Pitch
Diameter
Width of
Ring
Height of
Oval Ring
P
A
B
Tolerance>
± 0.007
± 0.008
R 23
R 24
R 26
R 27
R 31
3.250
3.750
4.000
4.250
4.875
R 35
R 37
R 39
R 41
R 44
Height of Width of Radius on
Octagonal
Flat on
Octagonal
Ring
Octagonal
Ring
Ring
Distance
between
Flanges
H
C
R1
S
± 0.02
± 0.02
± 0.008
± 0.02
(Approx.)
0.438
0.438
0.438
0.438
0.438
0.69
0.69
0.69
0.69
0.69
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.305
0.305
0.305
0.305
0.305
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.1 9
0.1 9
0.1 9
0.1 9
0.1 9
5.375
5.875
6.375
7.1 25
7.625
0.438
0.438
0.438
0.438
0.438
0.69
0.69
0.69
0.69
0.69
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.305
0.305
0.305
0.305
0.305
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.1 9
0.1 9
0.1 9
0.1 9
0.1 9
R 45
R 46
R 49
R 50
R 53
8.31 3
8.31 3
1 0.625
1 0.625
1 2.750
0.438
0.500
0.438
0.625
0.438
0.69
0.75
0.69
0.88
0.69
0.63
0.69
0.63
0.81
0.63
0.305
0.341
0.305
0.41 3
0.305
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.1 9
0.1 9
0.1 9
0.1 6
0.1 9
R 54
R 57
R 65
R 66
R 73
R 74
1 2.750
1 5.000
1 8.500
1 8.500
23.000
23.000
0.625
0.438
0.438
0.625
0.500
0.750
0.88
0.69
0.69
0.88
0.75
1 .00
0.81
0.63
0.63
0.81
0.69
0.94
0.41 3
0.305
0.305
0.41 3
0.341
0.485
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.1 6
0.1 9
0.1 9
0.1 6
0.1 3
0.1 9
274
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.1 0 ―Type RX Ring Gaskets
Dimensions in inches; surface roughness in microinches
FOOTNOTE
a Typical four places.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
275
Table E.1 0―Type RX Ring Gaskets (continued)
Dimensions in inches
Groove
Number
Outside
Diameter
Width of
Ring
Width of
Flat
Height of
Ring
Height of
OD Bevel
Radius
on Ring
Aa
Tolerance>
OD
+0.020/− 0
+0.008/− 0
C
+0.006/− 0
Ha
+0.008/− 0
D
+0/− 0.030
R1
± 0.02
RX 23
RX 24
RX 26
RX 27
3.672
4.1 72
4.406
4.656
0.469
0.469
0.469
0.469
0.254
0.254
0.254
0.254
1 .000
1 .000
1 .000
1 .000
0.1 67
0.1 67
0.1 67
0.1 67
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
RX 31
RX 35
RX 37
RX 39
RX 41
5.297
5.797
6.297
6.797
7.547
0.469
0.469
0.469
0.469
0.469
0.254
0.254
0.254
0.254
0.254
1 .000
1 .000
1 .000
1 .000
1 .000
0.1 67
0.1 67
0.1 67
0.1 67
0.1 67
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
RX 44
RX 45
RX 46
RX 49
RX 50
8.047
8.734
8.750
1 1 .047
1 1 .1 56
0.469
0.469
0.531
0.469
0.656
0.254
0.254
0.263
0.254
0.335
1 .000
1 .000
1 .1 25
1 .000
1 .250
0.1 67
0.1 67
0.1 88
0.1 67
0.208
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
RX 53
RX 54
RX 57
RX 65
RX 66
RX 73
RX 74
1 3.1 72
1 3.281
1 5422
1 8.922
1 9.031
23.469
23.656
0.469
0.656
0.469
0.469
0.656
0.531
0.781
0.254
0.335
0.254
0.254
0.335
0.263
0.407
1 .000
1 .250
1 .000
1 .000
1 .250
1 .250
1 .625
0.1 67
0.208
0.1 67
0.1 67
0.208
0.208
0.271
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.59
0.72
FOOTNOTE
a The variation in width A or height H of any ring shall not exceed 0.004 in. throughout its entire circumference.
Distance
between
Flanges
S
(Approx.)
276
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.1 1 ―Type BX Ring Grooves
Dimensions in inches; surface roughness in microinches
FOOTNOTES
a The 0.06 x 45° chamfer is optional and only applies to the outside (OD) of the groove.
b Break sharp corner 0.03 in. maximum at inside (ID) of the groove.
c Reference dimension.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
277
Table E.1 1 ―Type BX Ring Grooves (continued)
Dimensions in inches
Groove
Number
Nominal
Size of
Flange
Outside
Diameter
Depth of
Groove
Width of
Groove
Pitch
Pitch
Diameter of Diameter of
Groove
Gasket a
Tolerance>
in.
(Ref.)
G
+0.004/− 0
E
+0.02/− 0
N
+0.004/− 0
PD1
(Ref.)
PD2
(Ref.)
BX 1 51
1 1 3 /1 6
3.062
0.22
0.466
2.596
2.622
BX 1 52
1
2 /1 6
3.395
0.23
0.498
2.897
2.924
BX 1 53
9
4.046
0.27
0.554
3.492
3.51 9
1
4.685
0.30
0.606
4.079
4.1 05
1
BX 1 54
2 /1 6
3 /1 6
BX 1 55
4 /1 6
5.930
0.33
0.698
5.232
5.253
BX 1 56
71 /1 6
9.521
0.44
0.921
8.600
8.627
BX 1 57
9
1 1 .774
0.50
1 .039
1 0.735
1 0.760
BX 1 58
11
1 4.064
0.56
1 .1 49
1 2.91 5
1 2.942
BX 1 59
1 3 5/8
1 7.033
0.62
1 .279
1 5.754
1 5.781
BX 1 60
5
1 3 /8
1 6.063
0.56
0.786
1 5.277
1 5.302
BX 1 61
1 6 3/4
1 9.604
0.67
0.930
1 8.674
1 8.702
BX 1 62
3
1 6 /4
1 8.832
0.33
0.705
1 8.1 27
1 8.1 53
BX 1 63
3
1 8 /4
22.1 85
0.72
1 .006
21 .1 79
21 .205
BX 1 64
3
1 8 /4
22.752
0.72
1 .290
21 .462
21 .488
BX 1 65
1
21 /4
24.904
0.75
1 .071
23.833
23.860
BX 1 66
21 1 /4
25.507
0.75
1 .373
24.1 34
24.1 62
BX 1 67
3
26 /4
30.249
0.84
0.902
29.347
29.373
BX 1 68
3
26 /4
30.481
0.84
1 .01 8
29.463
29.489
BX 1 69
1
5 /8
6.955
0.38
0.666
6.289
6.31 5
BX 1 70
9
8.696
0.33
0.705
7.991
8.01 7
BX 1 71
11
1 0.641
0.33
0.705
9.936
9.962
BX 1 72
1 3 5/8
1 3.225
0.33
0.705
1 2.520
1 2.546
BX 303
30
33.949
0.89
1 .078
32.871
32.898
FOOTNOTE
a PD2 of gaskets provided for comparison purposes. See Table E.1 2 for ring gasket dimensions.
Pitch diameter calculated using dimensions at middle of tolerance range.
278
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.1 2 ―Type BX Ring Gaskets
Dimensions in inches; surface roughness in microinches
FOOTNOTES
a
Typical two places (top and bottom).
b
Typical four places (all corners).
Reference dimension (see Table E.1 1 for value).
c
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
279
Table E.1 2―Type BX Ring Gaskets (continued)
Dimensions in inches
Groove
Number
Outside
Diameter
Width of
Ring
BX 1 51
BX 1 52
BX 1 53
BX 1 54
BX 1 55
OD
+0
− 0.006
3.008
3.334
3.974
4.600
5.825
A
+0.008
−0
0.379
0.403
0.448
0.488
0.560
H
+0.008
−0
0.379
0.403
0.448
0.488
0.560
BX 1 56
BX 1 57
BX 1 58
BX 1 59
BX 1 60
9.367
1 1 .593
1 3.860
1 6.800
1 5.850
0.733
0.826
0.91 1
1 .01 2
0.541
BX 1 61
BX 1 62
BX 1 63
BX 1 64
BX 1 65
1 9.347
1 8.720
21 .896
22.463
24.595
BX 1 66
BX 1 67
BX 1 68
BX 1 69
BX 1 70
BX 1 71
BX 1 72
BX 303
Tolerance>
Height of Diameter
Ring
of Flat
Width
of Flat
Hole
Size
Radius
on Ring
D
R1
2.954
3.277
3.91 0
4.531
5.746
C
+0.006
−0
0.325
0.346
0.385
0.41 9
0.481
0.733
0.826
0.91 1
1 .01 2
0.938
9.263
1 1 .476
1 3.731
1 6.657
1 5.71 7
0.638
0.560
0.684
0.968
0.728
1 .1 05
0.560
1 .1 85
1 .1 85
1 .261
25.1 98
29.896
30.1 28
6.831
8.584
1 .029
0.51 6
0.632
0.509
0.560
1 0.529
1 3.1 1 3
33.573
0.560
0.560
0.668
ODT
± 0.002
± 0.02
min.
max.
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.03
0.03
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.629
0.709
0.782
0.869
0.408
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.06
0.07
0.07
0.08
0.08
0.09
0.1 0
0.1 1
0.1 2
0.1 1
1 9.1 91
1 8.641
21 .728
22.295
24.41 7
0.482
0.481
0.51 6
0.800
0.550
0.1 2
0.06
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.09
0.04
0.09
0.09
0.1 0
0.1 3
0.07
0.1 4
0.1 4
0.1 5
1 .261
1 .41 2
1 .41 2
0.624
0.560
25.020
29.696
29.928
6.743
8.505
0.851
0.31 6
0.432
0.421
0.481
0.1 2
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.1 0
0.1 1
0.1 1
0.05
0.04
0.1 5
0.1 7
0.1 7
0.07
0.07
0.560
0.560
1 .494
1 0.450
1 3.034
33.361
0.481
0.481
0.457
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.04
0.04
0.1 2
0.07
0.07
0.1 8
280
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.1 3 ―Flanged
Crosses and Tees
Dimensions in inches
Bore Diameter
Center-to-face
Center-to-face
Nominal Sizes
Vertical Run
Hori zontal Run
Vertical Run
Hori zontal Run
BO
HHV
HHO
Tolerance>
+0.03/− 0.0
+0.03/− 0.0
 0.03
 0.03
5.81
5.94
6.56
6.06
6.56
7.06
6.31
6.81
7.1 9
8.56
5.81
6.31
6.56
6.69
6.81
7.06
7.94
8.06
8.1 9
8.56
7.31
7.44
8.31
7.31
7.88
7.56
7.56
8.1 2
8.06
9.06
7.31
7.88
8.31
7.81
7.94
7.56
8.81
8.94
8.81
9.06
BV
2000 psi
1
1
1
1
2 /1 6 x 2 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
2.06
2.56
2.56
3.1 2
3.1 2
3.1 2
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
2.06
2.06
2.56
2.06
2.56
3.1 2
2.06
2.56
3.1 2
4.06
3000 psi
2 /1 6 x 2 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
2.06
2.56
2.56
3.1 2
3.1 2
3.1 2
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
2.06
2.06
2.56
2.06
2.56
3.1 2
2.06
2.56
3.1 2
4.06
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table
281
E.1 3―Flanged Crosses and Tees (continued)
Dimensions in inches
Bore Diameter
Center-to-face
Center-to-face
Nominal Sizes
Vertical Run
Hori zontal Run
Vertical Run
Hori zontal Run
Tolerance>
+0.03/− 0.0
+0.03/− 0.0
 0.03
 0.03
7.31
7.44
8.31
7.69
8.25
9.31
7.94
8.50
8.94
1 0.81
9.06
9.62
1 0.06
1 0.93
1 2.1 9
7.31
7.88
8.31
8.31
8.44
9.31
9.1 9
9.31
9.56
1 0.81
1 0.56
1 0.69
1 0.94
1 1 .1 9
1 2.1 9
6.67
6.92
6.95
7.20
7.83
7.23
7.48
8.1 1
8.86
7.81
8.06
8.69
9.44
1 0.34
8.1 9
8.44
9.06
9.81
1 0.72
1 1 .53
6.84
6.92
7.47
7.55
7.83
8.22
8.30
8.58
8.86
9.25
9.33
9.61
9.89
1 0.34
1 0.06
1 0.1 2
1 0.42
1 0.69
1 1 .1 9
1 1 .53
BV
BO
HHV
HHO
5000 psi
1
1
1
13
2 /1 6 x 2 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
5 1 /8 x 3 1 /8
5 1 /8 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 5 1 /8
2.06
2.56
2.56
3.1 2
3.1 2
3.1 2
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
2.06
2.06
2.56
2.06
2.56
3.1 2
2.06
2.56
3.1 2
4.06
2.06
2.56
3.1 2
4.06
5.1 2 a
1 0,000 psi
2 /1 6 x 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 1 1 3/1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
5 1 /8 x 3 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 5 1 /8
2.06
2.06
2.56
2.56
2.56
3.06
3.06
3.06
3.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
FOOTNOTE
a Tolerance on 5 1 /8 bore is +0.04/− 0.00.
1 .81
2.06
1 .81
2.06
2.56
1 .81
2.06
2.56
3.06
1 .81
2.06
2.56
3.06
4.06
1 .81
2.06
2.56
3.06
4.06
5.1 2 a
282
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table
E.1 3―Flanged Crosses and Tees (continued)
Dimensions in inches
Bore Diameter
Nominal Sizes
Tolerance>
Center-to-face
Center-to-face
Vertical Run
Hori zontal Run
Vertical Run
Hori zontal Run
BV
BO
HHV
HHO
+0.03/− 0.0
+0.03/− 0.0
 0.03
 0.03
7.34
7.62
7.59
7.88
8.50
7.86
8.1 6
8.78
9.44
8.69
8.97
9.59
1 0.25
1 1 .69
9.38
9.63
1 0.25
1 0.94
1 2.38
1 3.50
7.41
7.62
8.03
8.25
8.50
8.69
8.91
9.1 6
9.44
1 0.25
1 0.47
1 0.72
1 1 .00
1 1 .69
1 1 .44
1 1 .63
1 1 .88
1 2.1 8
1 2.75
1 3.50
1 5,000 psi
2 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 1 1 3/1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
5 1 /8 x 3 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 5 1 /8
2.06
2.06
2.56
2.56
2.56
3.06
3.06
3.06
3.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
FOOTNOTE
a Tolerance on 5 1 /8 bore is +0.04/− 0.00.
1 .81
2.06
1 .81
2.06
2.56
1 .81
2.06
2.56
3.06
1 .81
2.06
2.56
3.06
4.06
1 .81
2.06
2.56
3.06
4.06
5.1 2 a
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table
283
E.1 3―Flanged Crosses and Tees (continued)
Dimensions in inches
Bore Diameter
Nominal Sizes
Tolerance>
Vertical Run
BV
+0.03/− 0.0
Hori zontal Run
BO
+0.03/− 0.0
Center-to-face
Center-to-face
Vertical Run
Hori zontal Run
HHV
 0.03
HHO
 0.03
8.94
9.25
9.84
9.56
1 0.1 6
1 0.91
9.94
1 0.53
1 1 .28
1 1 .91
1 1 .1 2
1 1 .72
1 2.47
1 3.09
1 4.84
8.94
9.53
9.84
1 0.28
1 0.59
1 0.91
1 0.91
1 0.22
1 1 .53
1 1 .91
1 2.66
1 2.66
1 3.28
1 3.66
1 4.84
20,000 psi
13
13
1 /1 6 x 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
1 .81
2.06
2.06
2.56
2.56
2.56
3.06
3.06
3.06
3.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
1 .81
1 .81
2.06
1 .81
2.06
2.56
1 .81
2.06
2.56
3.06
1 .81
2.06
2.56
3.06
4.06
284
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.1 4 ―Studded
Crosses and Tees
Dimensions in inches
Bore Diameter
Nominal Sizes
Tolerance>
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
Center-to-face
Center-to-face
Vertical Run
Hori zontal Run
Vertical Run
Hori zontal Run
BV
BO
HHV
HHO
+0.03/− 0.0
+0.03/− 0.0
 0.03
 0.03
3.50
3.50
4.50
3.50
4.50
4.50
4.50
4.50
4.50
5.50
3.50
4.00
4.50
4.50
4.50
4.50
5.50
5.50
5.50
5.50
4.50
4.50
5.00
4.50
5.00
5.00
4.50
5.00
5.00
6.1 2
4.50
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
6.1 2
6.1 2
6.1 2
6.1 2
2000 psi
2.06
2.56
2.56
3.1 2
3.1 2
3.1 2
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
2.06
2.06
2.56
2.06
2.56
3.1 2
2.06
2.56
3.1 2
4.06
3000 psi
1
1
2 /1 6 x 2 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
2.06
2.56
2.56
3.1 2
3.1 2
3.1 2
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
2.06
2.06
2.56
2.06
2.56
3.1 2
2.06
2.56
3.1 2
4.06
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table
E.1 4―Studded Crosses and Tees (continued)
Bore Diameter
Nominal Sizes
Tolerance>
Vertical Run
BV
+0.03/− 0.0
Hori zontal Run
BO
+0.03/− 0.0
285
Dimensions in inches
Center-to-face
Center-to-face
Vertical Run
Hori zontal Run
 0.03
 0.03
4.50
4.50
5.00
4.50
5.50
5.50
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.50
6.1 2
6.1 2
6.1 2
7.97
7.97
4.50
5.00
5.00
5.50
5.50
5.50
6.50
6.50
6.50
6.50
7.62
7.62
7.62
7.97
7.97
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.50
4.50
5.1 2
4.50
4.50
5.1 2
5.88
4.50
4.50
5.1 2
5.88
6.88
5.25
5.25
5.25
6.75
6.75
7.75
4.38
4.38
4.38
5.1 2
5.1 2
5.1 2
5.88
5.88
5.88
5.88
6.88
6.88
6.88
6.88
6.88
7.75
7.75
7.75
7.75
7.75
7.75
HHV
HHO
5000 psi
1
1
2 /1 6 x 2 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
5 1 /8 x 3 1 /8
5 1 /8 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 5 1 /8
2.06
2.56
2.56
3.1 2
3.1 2
3.1 2
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
1 1 3 /1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 1 1 3/1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
5 1 /8 x 3 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 5 1 /8
1 .81
2.06
2.06
2.56
2.56
2.56
3.06
3.06
3.06
3.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
2.06
2.06
2.56
2.06
2.56
3.1 2
2.06
2.56
3.1 2
4.06
2.06
2.56
3.1 2
4.06
5.1 2 a
1 0,000 psi
FOOTNOTE
a Tolerance on 5 1 /8 bore is +0.04/− 0.00.
1 .81
1 .81
2.06
1 .81
2.06
2.56
1 .81
2.06
2.56
3.06
1 .81
2.06
2.56
3.06
4.06
1 .81
2.06
2.56
3.06
4.06
5.1 2 a
286
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table
E.1 4―Studded Crosses and Tees (continued)
Dimensions in inches
Bore Diameter
Nominal Sizes
Tolerance>
Center-to-face
Center-to-face
Vertical Run
Hori zontal Run
Vertical Run
Hori zontal Run
BV
BO
HHV
HHO
+0.03/− 0.0
+0.03/− 0.0
 0.03
 0.03
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.50
5.50
5.50
6.31
6.31
6.31
6.31
7.62
7.62
7.62
7.62
7.62
6.62
6.62
6.62
6.62
9.25
9.25
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.50
5.50
5.50
6.31
6.31
6.31
6.31
7.62
7.62
7.62
7.62
7.62
8.75
8.75
8.75
8.75
9.25
9.25
1 5,000 psi
13
13
1 /1 6 x 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 1 1 3/1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
5 1 /8 x 3 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8 x 5 1 /8
1 .81
2.06
2.06
2.56
2.56
2.56
3.06
3.06
3.06
3.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
5.1 2 a
FOOTNOTE
a Tolerance on 5 1 /8 bore is +0.04/− 0.00.
1 .81
1 .81
2.06
1 .81
2.06
2.56
1 .81
2.06
2.56
3.06
1 .81
2.06
2.56
3.06
4.06
1 .81
2.06
2.56
3.06
4.06
5.1 2 a
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table
287
E.1 4―Studded Crosses and Tees (continued)
Dimensions in inches
Bore Diameter
Nominal Sizes
Tolerance>
Vertical Run
Hori zontal Run
+0.03/− 0.0
+0.03/− 0.0
BV
BO
Center-to-face
Center-to-face
Vertical Run
Hori zontal Run
HHV
 0.03
HHO
 0.03
6.47
6.47
6.47
7.28
7.28
7.28
7.97
7.97
7.97
7.97
9.91
9.91
9.91
9.91
9.91
6.47
6.47
6.47
7.28
7.28
7.28
7.97
7.97
7.97
7.97
9.91
9.91
9.91
9.91
9.91
20,000 psi
13
13
1 /1 6 x 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
2 9/1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 1 1 3/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 1 1 3 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 2 9/1 6
41 /1 6 x 3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /1 6
1 .81
2.06
2.06
2.56
2.56
2.56
3.06
3.06
3.06
3.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.06
1 .81
1 .81
2.06
1 .81
2.06
2.56
1 .81
2.06
2.56
3.06
1 .81
2.06
2.56
3.06
4.06
288
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.1 5
a)
—
Bull pl ug s
Round pl ug
b)
Plug with internal h ex
c)
Plug with extern al hex
Key
1 test or gauge port (optional)
NOTE See API 5B for thread dimensions and tolerances.
Dimensions in inches
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table E.1 5
—
Bu llplu g s
(continued)
289
Dimensions in inches
a) Round
a), b), c) All Styles of Bul lplu g s
Plug s
Minimum
Nominal
Size
Leng th of
Outside Diameter
Depth of
Diameter of
Diameter
Overall
Counterbore
Counterbore
of Chamfer
Leng th
L4
C
d
e
L
Thread to
Vanish
Point
in.
Tolerance>
D
Value
Tolerance
Minimum
± 0.02
+0.04/− 0
+0.02/− 0
+0.04/− 0
/2
0.840
+0.008/− 0
0.781 5
None
None
None
2.00
/4
1 .050
+0.008/− 0
0.7935
None
None
None
2.00
1
0.320
+0.01 0/− 0
0.9845
None
None
None
2.00
1
1 /4
1 .660
+0.01 0/− 0
1 .0085
1 .06
0.88
None
2.00
1
1 /2
1 .900
+0.01 0/− 0
1 .0252
1 .06
1 .00
None
2.00
2
2.380
+0.01 0/− 0
1 .0582
2.52
1 .61
2.00
4.00
1
2 /2
2.880
+0.01 0/− 0
1 .571 2
1 .63
1 .75
None
4.00
3
3.500
+0.01 0/− 0
1 .6337
1 .63
2.25
None
4.00
1
3 /2
4.000
+0.01 0/− 0
1 .6837
1 .75
2.75
None
4.00
4
4.500
+0.01 0/− 0
1 .7337
1 .75
3.00
None
4.00
1
3
b) Plug s with Internal Hex
c) Plu g s with External Hex
Nominal
Hex Size
Depth of
Overal l
Hex Size
Heig h t
Overall
Size
(Across Flats)
Hex
Leng th
(Across Flats)
of Hex
Leng th
in.
Hi
G
Li
He
B
Le
Tolerance>
Value
Tolerance
+0.04/− 0
+0.04/− 0
Value
Tolerance
+0.04/− 0
+ 0.04/− 0
1
/2
0.38
+0/− 0.004
0.31
1 .00
0.88
+0 /− 0.025
0.31
1 .1 3
3
/4
0.56
+0/− 0.005
0.31
1 .00
1 .06
+0/− 0.031
0.31
1 .25
1
0.63
+0/− 0.006
0.38
1 .00
1 .38
+0/− 0.041
0.38
1 .38
290
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.1 6
―
VR Plug Dim ensions, 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi, and 1 0,000 psi
Dimensions in inches; surface roughness in microinches
FOOTNOTES
a
Full thread.
b
Chamfer at end.
c
End of taper.
d
Drill L, M deep.
e
Across flats.
f
Across corners.
g
Diameter at face.
h
Equal to nominal diameter A.
VR Plug Th read Form Detail
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table E.
16―
291
VR Plug Dim ensions, 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi, and 1 0,000 psi
(continued)
Dimensions in inches
Nominal Nominal Threads Thread Diameter Diameter Length
Outlet
Thread
Size
OD
A
Tolerance>
per Inch
Type
TPI
(Ref.)
NA
Line
pipe
Sharp
vee
Sharp
vee
Sharp
vee
Sharp
vee
1 1 3/1 6
1 .660
1 1 1 /2
21 /1 6
1 .900
1 1 1 /2
29/1 6
23/8
1 1 1 /2
3 1 /8
27/8
1 1 1 /2
41 /1 6
3 1 /2
1 1 1 /2
Length
Overall
Chamfer
Counter-
at Large
at Small
of
of Full
Length
Diameter
bore
bore
End
End
Taper
Thread
of Plug
Diameter
Depth
B
C
D
E
F
G
L
M
 0.005
 0.005
(Ref.)
(Ref.)
 0.03
 0.01 5
 0.01 5
 0.03
1 .660
1 .620
0.640
1 .009
2.84
1 .488
0.88
1 .06
1 .900
1 .834
1 .051
1 .375
3.1 6
1 .702
1 .00
1 .06
2.375
2.294
1 .301
1 .625
3.41
2.1 62
1 .50
1 .06
2.875
2.766
1 .739
2.063
3.84
2.634
1 .75
1 .63
3.500
3.376
1 .989
2.31 3
4.09
3.244
2.75
1 .75
FOOTNOTES
a 31 /1 6 in. bore for 1 0,000 psi RWP.
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
Thread taper for all sizes shall be 1 -in-1 6 (reference 1 ° 47' 24'' with the centerline).
Tolerances on angles, unless otherwise noted, are ± 0.5 degrees.
Counter-
292
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.1 7 ―VR
Prep arati on
Di mensions, 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi , and 1 0,000 psi
Dimensions in inches; surface roughness in microinches
FOOTNOTES
a Full thread.
b Reference.
c Diameter of counterbore or chamfer.
d Thread bore.
e Standard bore.
f Thread.
g Thread bore taken at face of flange, gauge thread from bottom of chamfer, counterbore is optional.
VR Preparation Thread Form Detai l
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table E. 1 7―VR
Prep arati on
293
Dimensions, 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi, and 1 0,000 psi
(continued)
Dimensions in inches
Nominal Outlet
Nominal
Th reads
Thread
Th read
Ful l
Chamfer and
Strai g ht
Size
Th read OD
per Inch
Type
Bore
Th read
Counterbore
Bore
Leng th
Diameter
B
C
D
E
A
Tolerance>
TPI
(Ref.)
NA
 0.005
(Ref.)
 0.03
 0.01 5
1 1 3/1 6
1 .660
1 1 1 /2
Line pipe
1 .532
1 .08
1 .94
1 .449
2 1 /1 6
1 .900
1 1 1 /2
Sharp vee
1 .771
1 .51
2.1 9
1 .662
2 9/1 6
2 3/8
1 1 1 /2
Sharp vee
2.242
1 .78
2.56
2.1 1 7
31 /8 a
2 7/8
1 1 1 /2
Sharp vee
2.740
2.20
3.06
2.588
41 /1 6
3 1 /2
1 1 1 /2
Sharp vee
3.377
2.45
4.06
3.209
FOOTNOTES
a 31 /1 6 in. bore for 1 0,000 psi RWP.
Thread taper for all sizes shall be 1 -in-1 6 (reference 1 ° 47' 24'' with the centerline).
294
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.1 8
―VR Pl u g
Thread Gauging Dimensions, 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi, and 1 0,000 psi
Dimensions in inches
Key
1 gauge standoff with end of VR plug: flush  1 p
NOTE “p” is defined as the distance from a point on a nominal thread form to a corresponding point on the
next thread, measured parallel to the axis. This value can be calculated by dividing 1 mm by the number of
threads per millimeter.
Nominal Size
1 1 3/1 6
Ring Gauge
Outside
Diameter
Ring Gauge
Chamfer
Diameter
Ring Gauge
Length
Face of Ring
Gauge to Plane
of Gauge Point
OD
Q
L2

2.20
1 .72
0.7068
0.1 739
1
2 /1 6
2.50
1 .96
1 .1 385
0.1 983
9
2 /1 6
3.06
2.44
1 .3885
0.1 983
31 /8 a
3.67
2.94
1 .8260
0.1 983
41 /1 6
4.50
3.56
2.0760
0.1 983
FOOTNOTES
a 3 1 /1 6 in. bore for 1 0,000 psi RWP.
NOTE 1 See Table E.1 8 for location of dimensions.
NOTE 2 See Table E.1 9 for E7, E1 , and L1 .
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
295
Table E.1 9 ―VR Preparation Thread Gauging Dimensions, 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi, and 1 0,000 psi
Dimensions in inches
Nominal
Outlet Size
Major Diameter Threads Length:
Pitch
Total Length:
Pitch
Standoff
Diameter of Plug per Inch End of Diameter Length: Gauge Diameter
Gauge
Pipe to at Hand- End of Point at Gauge
Groove
Handtight
Pipe to
to
Point
tight
Plane
Vanish Vanish
Plane
Point
Point
D4
DU
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
1 .660
1 .900
2.375
1 .46
1 .70
2.1 8
31 /8 a
41 /1 6
2.875
3.500
FOOTNOTE
a 31 /1 6 in. bore for 1 0,000 psi RWP.
L1
E1
L4
g
E7
1 1 1 /2
1 1 1 /2
1 1 1 /2
0.4200
0.81 06
1 .0436
1 .58338
1 .82234
2.29628
1 .0085
1 .3750
1 .6250
0.4756
0.4348
0.4348
1 .59043
1 .83043
2.30543
0.41 02
0.3806
0.4495
2.68
1 1 1 /2
1 .4538
2.79457
2.0625
0.4348
2.80543
0.4760
3.30
1
1 .7038
3.41 957
2.31 25
0.4348
3.43043
0.2885
1 1 /2
S
± 0.087
296
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.20 ―H P VR
Pl u g
Dimensions, 1 5, 000 psi an d 20,000 psi
Dimensions in inches; surface roughness in microinches
FOOTNOTES
a Across flats.
b Across corners.
c Install (SAE AS568A O-ring size number).
d Break corners approx. R 0.005.
e Typical.
f Optional.
g Thread.
h Drill L diameter, M deep.
FOOTNOTE
a Typical for all full threads.
Th read Form Detail
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table E.20 ―H P VR
Pl u g D i m e n s i on s
297
, 1 5, 000 psi an d 20,000 psi
(continued)
Dimensions in inches
Nominal
Nominal
Th reads
Larg e
Overal l
SAE AS568A
Chamfer
Counterbore
Counterbore
Outlet
Th read
per Inch
Taper
Leng th
O-ring Size No.
Diameter
Diameter
Depth
Size
Size
in.
in.
D
K
L
M
 0.03
 0.01 5
 0.01 5
A
Diameter
(Ref.)
 0.01 0
 0.03
J
NA
13
1 /1 6
3
1 /4
6
1 .600
3.75
1 26
1 .50
NA
NA
2 1 /1 6
2
6
1 .850
3.75
1 30
1 .75
NA
NA
9
1
2 /2
6
2.349
4.1 9
1 38
2.33
0.938
0.625
1
3
6
2.849
4.1 9
1 46
2.84
1 .1 25
0.625
Tolerance>
2 /1 6
3 /1 6
TPI
B

Nominal
Nominal
Th reads
Outl et Size
Thread Size
per Inch
in.
in.


Th read Major Thread Pitch
Diameter
Diameter


Th read
Wi dth of
Minor
Th read at
Diameter
Root
A
TPI
(Ref.)
E
 0.004
F
 0.01 0
G
 0.01 0
H
(Ref.)
13
1 3/4
6
1 .746
1 .679
1 .620
0.068
1
2 /1 6
2
6
1 .996
1 .928
1 .869
0.068
9
2 /1 6
1
2 /2
6
2.496
2.427
2.369
0.068
3 1 /1 6
3
6
2.996
2.925
2.869
0.068
Tolerance>
1 /1 6
298
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Tabl e E.21
—
HPVR Preparation Dimension s, 1 5,000 psi and 20,000 psi
Dimensions in inches; surface roughness in inches
FOOTNOTES
a Thread.
b Typical two places.
c Optional counterbore (0.50 in. deep) max.
Thread Form Detail
NOTE 1 Features and dimensions are typical for all full threads.
NOTE 2 Tolerances on angles, unless otherwise noted, shall be ± 0.5 degrees.
NOTE 3 All diameters shall be concentric within 0.005 in. total indicator reading.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
299
Table E.21 —HPVR Preparation Dimensions, 1 5,000 psi and 20,000 psi (continued)
Dimensions in inches
Nominal
Outlet Size
Chamfer Straight Large
Thread
Depth
and
Through Diameter Relief
to Taper
Counterbore Bore of Taper Diameter
Diameter
E
F
G
H
K
Tolerance>
 0.01 5
 0.005
 0.005
 0.01 5
 0.01 5
1 1 3/1 6
1 .825
1 .475
1 .625
1 .820
1 .563
2 1 /1 6
2.075
1 .725
1 .875
2.086
1 .563
2 9/1 6
2.625
2.224
2.375
2.585
2.092
3 1 /1 6
3.075
2.725
2.875
3.080
2.092
Nominal
Nominal
Outlet Size Thread Size
in.
A
Tolerance>
Threads
per Inch
Stub Acme Class 2G Thread Form Dimensions
Thread Major Thread Pitch Thread Minor Width of Thread
at Root
Diameter
Diameter
Diameter
(Ref.)
B
 0.01 0
C
 0.01 0
D
 0.004
J
(Ref.)
TPI
1 1 3/1 6
1 3/4
6
1 .780
1 .71 0
1 .654
0.065
2 1 /1 6
2
6
2.030
1 .960
1 .904
0.065
2 9/1 6
2 1 /2
6
2.561
2.461
2.408
0.065
3 1 /1 6
3
6
3.031
2.961
2.904
0.065
300
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.22 —Flanged Full-bore Gate Valves
Dimensions in inches
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
301
Table E.22 —Flanged Full-bore Gate Valves (continued)
Nominal Size
Bore
Tolerance>
1 1 3/1 6
in.
Dimensions in inches
L, Face-to-face Length, in.
+0.03/− 0
2000 psi
± 0.06
3000 psi
± 0.06
5000 psi
± 0.06
1 0,000 psi
± 0.06
1 5,000 psi
± 0.06
20,000 psi
± 0.06
1 .81
―
―
―
1 8.25
1 8.00
21 .00
2 /1 6 x 1 /1 6
1 .81
1 1 .62
1 4.62
1 4.62
―
―
―
2 1 /1 6
2.06
1 1 .62
1 4.62
1 4.62
20.50
1 9.00
23.00
2 9 /1 6
1
13
B
2.56
1 3.1 2
1 6.62
1 6.62
22.25
21 .00
28.50
1
3 /1 6
3.06
—
—
—
24.38
23.56
30.50
1
3 /8
3.1 2
1 4.1 2
1 7.1 2
1 8.62
―
―
―
3 1 /8 x 3 3 /1 6
3.1 9
1 4.1 2
1 7.1 2
1 8.62
―
―
―
4.06
1 7.1 2
20.1 2
21 .62
26.38
29.00
38.00
4 /1 6 x 4 /8
4.1 2
1 7.1 2
20.1 2
21 .62
―
―
―
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /4
4.25
1 7.1 2
20.1 2
21 .62
―
―
―
5 1 /8 a
5.1 2 a
22.1 2
24.1 2
28.62
29.00
35.00
―
7 /1 6 x 5 /8
5.1 2 a
—
—
29.00
―
―
―
71 /1 6 x 6
6.00
22.1 2
24.1 2
29.00
―
―
―
71 /1 6 x 6 1 /8
6.1 2
—
—
29.00
―
―
―
7 /1 6 x 6 /8
6.38
22.1 2
24.1 2
29.00
35.00
41 .00
PMR
71 /1 6 x 6 5/8
6.62
22.1 2
24.1 2
29.00
―
―
―
71 /1 6
7.06
26.1 2
28.1 2
32.00
35.00
41 .00
PMR
7 /1 6 x 7 /8
7.1 2 a
26.1 2
28.1 2
32.00
―
―
―
9
9.00
―
―
41 .00
PMR
―
―
11
1 1 .00
—
—
PMR
—
—
—
1
4 /1 6
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
FOOTNOTE
a Bore tolerance for 5 1 /8 in. size is +0.04/− 0.
302
API S PECIFICATION 6A
—
Table E.23 Flanged Plug Valves and Ball Valves
Dimensions in inches
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table E.23
—
Flang ed Plug Valves and Bal l Valves
in.
Tolerance>
1 1 3 /1 6
Fl ang ed Fu ll -bore Pl ug Valves
Bore
B
+ 0.03/− 0
1 .81
(continued)
Dimensions in inches
a)
Nominal Size
303
L, Face-to-face Leng th
5000 psi
1 0,000 psi
± 0.06
± 0.06
2000 psi
± 0.06
3000 psi
± 0.06
―
―
―
1 8.25
1 5,000 psi
± 0.06
1 8.00
20,000 psi
± 0.06
21 .00
1
2 /1 6
2.06
1 3.1 2
1 5.1 2
1 5.50
20.50
1 9.00
23.00
9
2.56
1 5.1 2
1 7.1 2
1 8.00
22.25
21 .00
28.50
1
3 /1 6
3.06
—
—
—
24.38
23.56
30.50
1
3.1 2
1 7.62
1 8.62
20.75
―
―
―
3.1 9
1 7.62
1 8.62
20.75
―
―
―
2 /1 6
3 /8
1
3
3 /8 x 3 /1 6
1
4.06
20.1 2
22.1 2
24.75
26.38
29.00
38.00
1
4 /1 6
1
4.1 2
20.1 2
22.1 2
24.75
―
―
―
1
1
4 /1 6 x 4 /4
4.25
20.1 2
22.1 2
24.75
―
―
―
1
5.1 2
25.1 2
26.1 2
―
29.00
35.00
―
7 /1 6 x 6
6.00
28.62
30.1 2
―
―
―
―
1
6.38
—
—
―
35.00
41 .00
PMR
7.06
29.1 2
31 .62
38.50
35.00
41 .00
PMR
7.1 2
29.1 2
31 .62
38.50
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
20,000 psi a
± 0.06
21 .00
4 /1 6 x 4 /8
5 /8
1
3
7 /1 6 x 6 /8
1
7 /1 6
1
1
7 /1 6 x 7 /8
9
b)
Nominal Size
in.
Tolerance>
1 1 3 /1 6
PMR
Flang ed Full -bore and Redu ced -opening Ball Valves
Bore
L, Face-to-face Leng th
5000 psi
1 0,000 psi
± 0.06
± 0.06
1 .81
―
―
―
1 8.25
1 5,000 psi a
± 0.06
1 8.00
1
2 /1 6
2.06
1 1 .62
1 4.62
1 4.62
20.50
1 9.00
23.00
9
2 /1 6
2.56
1 3.1 2
1 6.62
1 8.62
22.25
21 .00
28.50
3 1 /1 6
3.06
—
—
—
24.38
23.56
30.50
1
3.1 2
1 4.1 2
1 5.1 2
1 8.62
―
―
―
1
4 /1 6
4.06
1 7.1 2
1 8.1 2
21 .62
26.38
29.00
―
5 1 /8
5.1 2
—
—
—
29.00
35.00
―
7 /1 6 x 6
6.00
22.1 2
24.1 2
29.00
―
―
―
1
7 /1 6 x 6 /8
6.38
—
—
—
35.00
41 .00
―
71 /1 6
7.06
—
—
—
35.00
41 .00
PMR
9
9.00
―
―
—
PMR
―
―
3 /8
1
3
B
+0.03/− 0
2000 psi
± 0.06
3000 psi
± 0.06
FOOTNOTE
a Applies to full bore only.
304
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.24
a)
—
Flang ed Swing and Lift Check Val ves
Dimensions in inches
Minimum Bore Sizes for Ful l -openi ng Check Valves,
2000 psi, 3000 psi , and 5000 psi
Minimum Bore Size
Nominal Size
in.
Tolerance>
2000 psi
+0.06/− 0
3000 psi
+0.06/− 0
5000 psi
+0.06/− 0
2 1 /1 6
2.067
1 .939
1 .689
9
2 /1 6
2.469
2.323
2.1 25
1
3 /8
3.068
2.900
2.624
4 1 /1 6
4.026
3.826
3.438
7 1 /1 6
5.761
5.761
5.1 89
9
7.81 3
7.439
6.81 3
11
9.750
9.31 4
8.500
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table E.24
b)
—
305
Flang ed Swing and Lift Check Valves
(continued)
Reg ular and Fu ll -openi ng Flanged Swing and Lift Check Valves,
2000 psi , 3000 psi, and 5000 psi RWP
L,
Nominal Size
L,
Short Pattern
Face-to-face Leng th
in.
Long Pattern
Face-to-face Leng th
2000 psi
3000 psi
5000 psi
3000 psi
5000 psi
± 0.06
± 0.06
± 0.06
± 0.06
2 1 /1 6
1 1 .62
1 4.62
1 4.62
2 9/1 6
1 3.1 2
1 6.62
1 6.62
―
―
± 0.06
1
3 /8
1 4.1 2
1 5.1 2
1 8.62
1 7.1 2
41 /1 6
20.1 2
―
―
―
Tolerance>
1 7.1 2
1 8.1 2
21 .62
1
7 /1 6
22.1 2
24.1 2
28.00
9
26.1 2
29.1 2
33.1 2
11
31 .1 2
33.1 2
39.36
c)
―
―
―
29.00
―
―
Reg ular and Ful l -openi ng Fl anged Swing and Lift Check Valves,
1 0,000 psi, 1 5,000 psi , and 20,000 psi RWP
Nominal Size
L,
Face-to-face Leng th,
in.
in.
Tolerance>
1 0,000 psi
± 0.06
1 1 3 /1 6
1 8.25
1 8.00
21 .00
2 1 /1 6
20.50
1 9.00
23.00
9
2 /1 6
22.25
21 .00
26.50
3 1 /1 6
24.38
23.56
30.50
4 /1 6
26.38
29.00
5 1 /8
29.00
1
1
7 /1 6
35.00
1 5,000 psi
± 0.06
―
―
20,000 psi
± 0.06
―
―
―
306
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.25
—
Center Spaci ng of Condu it Bores for Dual Paral lel Bore Valves
for 2000 psi, 3000 psi , 5000 psi, and 1 0,000 psi
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table E.25
—
307
Center Spaci ng of Condu it Bores for Dual Paral lel Bore Valves
for 2000 psi, 3000 psi , 5000 psi, and 1 0,000 psi
(continued)
Dimensions in inches
Larg e-bore to
Maximum
Nominal Valve
Bore Center
End-
to Bore Center
connector
Center
Size
A
B
Small -bore to
End-connector
Center
Basic Casing Size
Minimum End-
Li neic Mass
connector Si ze
C
lb/ft
OD
2000 psi , 3000 psi , and 5000 psi
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 1 /1 6
3 1 /8 x 2 9/1 6
3 1 /8
2.781
3.547
3.547
4.000
4.000
4.500
4.578
5.047
5.047
1 .390
1 .774
1 .650
1 .875
2.000
2.250
2.008
2.524
2.524
1 .390
1 .774
1 .897
2.1 25
2.000
2.250
2.570
2.524
2.524
7 1 /1 6
7 1 /1 6
7 1 /1 6
9
9
9
9
11
11
5 1 /2
7
7
7 5/8
7 5/8
8 5/8
8 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
17
38
29
39
29.7
49
49
53.5
53.5
7 1 /1 6
7 1 /1 6
7 1 /1 6
9
9
9
11
5 1 /2
7
7
7 5/8
7 5/8
8 5/8
9 5/8
17
38
29
39
29.7
49
53.5
1 0,000 psi
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6 x 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6
2.781
3.547
3.547
4.000
4.000
4.500
5.047
1 .390
1 .774
1 .650
1 .875
2.000
2.250
2.524
1 .390
1 .774
1 .897
2.1 25
2.000
2.250
2.524
308
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.26
—
Center Spaci ng of Condu it Bores for Triple, Quad ru ple, and Qui ntuple Parall el Bore
Valves for 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi, and 1 0,000 psi
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table E.26
—
309
Center Spaci ng of Condu it Bores for Triple, Quad ruple, and Qui ntuple Parall el Bore
Valves for 2000 psi, 3000 psi, 5000 psi, and 1 0, 000 psi
(continued)
Dimensions in inches
Maximum
Flang e Center
Minimum End-
Valve Si ze
to Bore Center
connector Size
Basic Casing Size
Lineic Mass
A
OD
lb/ft
6 5/8
7
7 5/8
9 5/8
24
26
39
53.5
8 5/8
9 5/8
9 5/8
1 0 3/4
1 1 3/4
36
All
53.5
55.5
54
9 5/8
53.5
6 5/8
7
7 5/8
9 5/8
24
26
39
53.5
1 0 3/4
55.5
2000 psi ; 3000 psi and 5000 psi RWP
Triple-conduit Valve
13
1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
1 .875
1 .938
2.1 25
2.81 2
7 1 /1 6
9
9
11
Quadruple-condui t Valve
13
1 /1 6
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
2 9/1 6
2.875
3.062
3.062
3.438
4.000
11
11
11
11
1 3 5/8
Quintu ple-condu it Valve
1
2 /1 6
3.062
11
1 0,000 psi RWP
Triple-conduit Valve
13
1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
1 .875
1 .938
2.1 25
2.81 2
7 1 /1 6
9
9
11
Quadruple-condui t Valve
9
2 /1 6
3.438
11
31 0
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.27
—
M aximu m Hang er Outside Di ameter for Wellheads
Dimensions in inches
Nomi nal Size
a and
Minimum
Th roug h-bore of Dril l-through
Rated Working Pressure
Equ ipment
in.
71 /1 6
71 /1 6
9
9
11
11
1 3 5/8
1 3 5/8
1 6 3/4
1 6 3/4
1 8 3/4
21 1 /4
20 3/4
21 1 /4
psi
2000, 3000, and 5000
1 0,000, 1 5,000, and 20,000
2000, 3000, and 5000
1 0,000 and 1 5,000
2000, 3000, and 5000
1 0,000 and 1 5,000
2000 and 3000
5000 and 1 0,000
2000 and 3000
5000 and 1 0,000
5000 and 1 0,000
2000
3000
5000 and 1 0,000
FOOTNOTE
a Nominal size of upper end connector of wellhead body in which the hanger is used.
Maximum Outside
Diameter of Hang er
in.
7.01 0
7.01 0
8.933
8.933
1 0.91 8
1 0.91 8
1 3.523
1 3.523
1 6.625
1 6.625
1 8.625
21 .1 25
20.625
21 .1 25
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table E.28
―Minimum
31 1
Vertical Fu ll-opening Wellh ead Bod y Bores and M aximu m Casing Sizes
Dimensions in inches unless noted otherwise
Nominal Connector
a
Nominal Size
Rated Working
of Connector
Pressure
in.
71 /1 6
71 /1 6
71 /1 6
71 /1 6
71 /1 6
71 /1 6
9
9
9
9
9
11
11
11
11
11
1 3 5/8
1 3 5/8
1 3 5/8
1 3 5/8
1 6 3/4
1 6 3/4
1 6 3/4
1 6 3/4
1 8 3/4
1 8 3/4
20 3/4
21 1 /4
21 1 /4
21 1 /4
psi
2000
3000
5000
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
2000
3000
5000
1 0,000
1 5,000
2000
3000
5000
1 0,000
1 5,000
2000
3000
5000
1 0,000
2000
3000
5000
1 0,000
5000
1 0,000
3000
2000
5000
1 0,000
Minimum Vertical
Casing Beneath Bod y
Label
b
Nominal
Lineic Mass
OD
7
7
7
7
7
7
8 5/8
8 5/8
8 5/8
8 5/8
8 5/8
1 0 3/4
1 0 3/4
1 0 3/4
9 5/8
9 5/8
1 3 3/8
1 3 3/8
1 3 3/8
1 1 3/4
16
16
16
16
1 8 5/8
1 8 5/8
20
20
20
20
FOOTNOTES
a Upper end connectors of wellhead body.
b Maximum size and minimum mass of casing on which bore is based.
lb/ft
17
20
23
29
38
38
24
32
36
40
49
40.5
40.5
51 .0
53.5
53.5
54.5
61 .0
72.0
60.0
65
84
84
84
87.5
87.5
94
94
94
94
b
Specifi ed Drift
Diameter
in.
6.41 3
6.331
6.241
6.059
5.795
5.795
7.972
7.796
7.700
7.600
7.386
9.894
9.894
9.694
8.379
8.379
1 2.459
1 2.359
1 2.1 91
1 0.61 6
1 5.062
1 4.822
1 4.822
1 4.822
1 7.567
1 7.567
1 8.936
1 8.936
1 8.936
1 8.936
Ful l-openi ng
Well head Bod y
Bore
in.
6.45
6.36
6.28
6.09
5.83
5.83
8.00
7.83
7.73
7.62
7.41
9.92
9.92
9.73
8.41
8.41
1 2.50
1 2.39
1 2.22
1 0.66
1 5.09
1 4.86
1 4.86
1 4.86
1 7.59
1 7.59
1 8.97
1 8.97
1 8.97
1 8.97
API S PECIFICATION 6A
31 2
Table E.29
―
Pipe Thread Cou nterbore and Standoff Dimensions
Dimensions in inches
Key
1
2
3
plane of hand-tight engagement
plane of effective thread length
plane of vanish point
a
See 1 4.3.2.3.
Internal thread length.
Without counterbore.
With counterbore.
b
c
d
NOTE
See API 5B for dimensions L 1 , L 2, and L 4.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table
31 3
E.29―Pipe Th read Cou nterbore and Standoff Dimensions (continued)
Dimensions in inches
Nominal
Leng th : Pl ane
Thread Size
of Vani sh
Poi nt to Handtig ht Plane
AM
Hand-tig ht Standoff
Th read
Th read with
with ou t
Shallow
Counterbore
Counterbore
A0
A
Counterbore
Leng th : Face
of
Diameter
Depth
M
Q
q
Counterbore
to Hand-tig ht
Plane
Line Pi pe Threads
1
/8
/4
3
/8
0.21 24
0.3946
0.3606
0.1 939
0.3668
0.3328
0.0398
0.21 45
0.1 791
0.1 726
0.1 801
0.1 81 5
0.47
0.60
0.74
0.1 3
0.1 3
0.1 3
1
/2
/4
1
0.461 5
0.4545
0.5845
0.4258
0.41 88
0.541 0
0.1 357
0.1 289
0.2488
0.3258
0.3256
0.3357
0.93
1 .1 4
1 .41
0.25
0.25
0.25
1 1 /4
1 1 /2
2
0.5885
0.6052
0.6222
0.5450
0.561 7
0.5787
0.2552
0.271 4
0.2703
0.3333
0.3338
0.351 9
1 .75
1 .99
2.50
0.25
0.25
0.25
2 1 /2
3
3 1 /2
0.8892
0.8677
0.8627
0.8267
0.8052
0.8002
0.3953
0.371 9
0.3671
0.4939
0.4958
0.4956
3.00
3.63
4.1 3
0.38
0.38
0.38
4
5
6
0.8897
0.9030
0.9882
0.8272
0.8405
0.9257
0.3933
0.4076
0.491 2
0.4964
0.4954
0.4970
4.63
5.69
6.75
0.38
0.38
0.38
8
10
12
1 .0832
1 .1 487
1 .1 987
1 .0207
1 .0862
1 .1 362
0.5832
0.6442
0.6626
0.5000
0.5045
0.5361
8.75
1 0.88
1 2.94
0.38
0.38
0.38
1 4D
1 6D
1 8D
1 .1 21 7
1 .071 7
1 .0837
1 .0592
1 .0092
1 .021 2
0.5880
0.5396
0.551 2
0.5337
0.5321
0.5325
1 4.1 9
1 6.1 9
1 8.1 9
0.38
0.38
0.38
20D
1 .1 587
1 .0962
0.6239
0.5348
20.1 9
0.38
1
3
31 4
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table E.30 —Gauging of Casing and Tubing Threads
a) Internal recess without counterbore
b) Internal recess with shallow counterbore
c) Thread clearance without counterbore
Key
d) Thread Clearance with Shallow Counterbore
Key
—
1 gauge notch, alignment chamfer bottom, within
tolerance
2 working plug gauge
3 recess clearance
4 L2 (min.) plus thread clearance
Application of Working Plug Gauge
1 plane of vanish point
2 plane of hand-tight engagement
3 plane of end of pipe
4 master ring gauge
5 master plug gauge
6 working plug gauge
7 product thread
8 product thread without counterbore
9 product thread with shallow counterbore
1 0 product thread with deep counterbore
NOTE See API 5B for dimensions of S and S1 .
Gauging Line Pipe, Casing and Tubing Internal
Threads, Hand-tight Assembly
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
31 5
Table E.30 —Gauging of Casing and Tubing Threads (continued)
(1 )
Nominal
Thread Size
(2)
(3)
(4)
AM
A0
A
Hand-tight Standoff
Length: Plane
of Vanish
Thread
Thread with
Point to Handwithout
Shallow
tight Plane
Counterbore Counterbore
(5)
Length: Face
of
Counterbore
to Hand-tight
Plane
M
(6)
(7)
Q
q
Counterbore
Diameter
Depth
Long and Short Casing Threads
1
4 /2
5
5 1 /2
6 5/8
7
75/8
8 5/8
9 5/8
1 0 3/4 a
1 1 3/4 a
1 3 3/8 a
16 a
20 a
1 .079
1 .079
1 .079
1 .079
1 .079
1 .1 46
1 .1 46
1 .1 46
1 .1 46
1 .1 46
1 .1 46
1 .1 46
1 .1 46
1 .01 65
1 .01 65
1 .01 65
1 .01 65
1 .01 65
1 .0835
1 .0835
1 .0835
1 .0835
1 .0835
1 .0835
1 .0835
1 .0835
1 .050
1 .31 5
1 .660
1 .900
2 3/8
2 7/8
3 1 /2
4
41 /2
0.646
0.646
0.646
0.646
0.646
0.646
0.646
0.784
0.784
0.5960
0.5960
0.5960
0.5960
0.5960
0.5960
0.5960
0.721 5
0.721 5
1 .050
1 .31 5
1 .660
1 .900
2 3/8
2 7/8
3 1 /2
4
41 /2
0.646
0.646
0.646
0.646
0.784
0.784
0.784
0.784
0.784
0.5960
0.5960
0.5960
0.5960
0.721 5
0.721 5
0.721 5
0.721 5
0.721 5
0.5907
0.5907
0.5907
0.5932
0.5907
0.6581
0.6581
0.6581
0.6556
0.6556
0.6281
0.6256
0.6256
0.4883
0.4883
0.4883
0.4858
0.4883
0.4879
0.4879
0.4879
0.4904
0.4904
0.51 79
0.5204
0.5204
4.63
5.1 3
5.63
6.75
7.1 3
7.75
8.75
9.75
1 0.88
1 1 .88
1 3.56
1 6.1 9
20.1 9
Nonupset Tubing Threads
0.3201
0.31 76
0.3201
0.3201
0.3026
0.1 776
0.1 751
0.301 0
0.301 0
0.3259
0.3284
0.3259
0.3259
0.3434
0.4684
0.4709
0.4830
0.4830
1 .1 4
1 .41
1 .75
1 .99
2.50
3.00
3.63
4.1 3
4.63
0.31 76
0.31 45
0.31 64
0.31 70
0.4279
0.3029
0.301 0
0.301 0
0.301 0
0.3284
0.331 5
0.3296
0.3290
0.3561
0.481 1
0.4830
0.4830
0.4830
1 .41
1 .57
1 .91
2.1 9
2.72
3.22
3.88
4.38
4.88
External Upset Tubing Threads
FOOTNOTE
a Short casing threads only (long casing threads not covered).
Dimensions in inches
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
Dimensions in inches
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
Dimensions in inches
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
Annex F
(informative)
Design Validation Procedures for PR2 (PR2F Level)
F.1 Design Validation —General Requirements
F.1 .1 Application
F.1 .1 .1 General
This annex provides design validation procedures for qualification of equipment specified by this
specification, which shall be applied if specified by the manufacturer or purchaser.
NOTE 1
PR2F is to designate a product validated to PR2 level according to this annex.
The performance requirements shall apply to all products being manufactured and delivered for service (see
4.2). If this annex is applied, the design validation procedures in this annex shall be applied to designs of
products, including design changes. It is intended that the validation specified in this annex shall be
performed on prototypes or production models (see also 5.5).
NOTE 2 Design validation testing is not required for specified designs or features that are completely specified
(dimensions and material strength) in this specification.
F.1 .1 .2 Alternative Procedures
NOTE
Other procedures may be used, provided the test requirements of this annex are met or exceeded.
F.1 .2 General
F.1 .2.1
Previous Validation Conformance
NOTE Validation tests that have been completed in accordance with PR2 validation requirements of Appendix/Annex F of
previous editions of API 6A during their validity are in conformance with the requirements of PR2F.
F.1 .2.2 Effect of Changes in Product
F.1 .2.2.1 Design Changes
A design that undergoes a substantive change shall become a new design requiring design validation. A
substantive change shall be a change identified by the manufacturer that affects the performance of the
product in the intended service condition.
NOTE
This may include changes in fit, form, function, or material.
Fit, when defined as the geometric relationship between parts, shall include the tolerance criteria used during
the design of a part and its mating parts. Fit, when defined as the state of being adjusted to or shaped for,
shall include the tolerance criteria used during the design of a seal and its mating parts.
F.1 .2.2.2 Metallic Materials
NOTE A change in metallic materials might not require new design validation if the suitability of the new material can
be substantiated by other means.
31 6
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
31 7
F.1 .2.2.3 Nonmetallic Seals
Substantive changes in the original, documented design configuration of nonmetallic seals resulting in a new
design, shall require design validation in accordance with F.1 .1 3.
NOTE A change in nonmetallic materials might not require new design validation if the suitability of the new material
can be substantiated by other means.
F.1 .3 Conformance
All products evaluated in design validation tests shall conform to the applicable design requirements of this
specification. As a minimum, test articles shall be hydrostatically tested to PSL 1 prior to validation.
F.1 .4 Products for Design Validation
F.1 .4.1 General
Design validation, if applicable, shall be performed on prototypes or production models of equipment made in
accordance with this specification to confirm that the performance requirements specified for pressure,
temperature, load, mechanical cycles, and standard test fluids are met in the design of the product.
F.1 .4.2 Testing Product
Design validation shall be conducted on full-size products or fixtures that represent the specified dimensions
for the relevant parts of the end product being validated, unless otherwise specified in this annex.
F.1 .4.3 Product Dimensions
The actual dimensions of equipment subjected to validation shall be within the allowable tolerance range for
dimensions specified for normal production equipment. Worst-case conditions for dimensional tolerances
should be addressed by the manufacturer, including impacts on sealing and mechanical functioning.
F.1 .4.4 External Paint or Coatings
The product used in any pressure test shall be free of paint or other coatings that can impede leak detection
and/or leak observation.
F.1 .4.5 Maintenance Procedures
Maintenance shall be limite d to the manufacturer’ s published maintenance procedures. Maintenance should
not be performed during pressure hold periods. Maintenance procedures under this clause shall not include
repairs.
NOTE
Maintenance procedures may include lubrication of bearings and greasing of valves.
F.1 .5 Safety
Due consideration shall be given to the safety of personnel and equipment.
F.1 .6 Acceptance Criteria
F.1 .6.1
Structural Integrity
The product tested shall not permanently deform to the extent that any other performance requirement
cannot be met. Products that support tubulars shall be capable of supporting the rated load without
collapsing the tubulars below the drift diameter.
31 8
API S PECIFICATION 6A
F.1 .6.2 Pressure Integrity
F.1 .6.2.1 Hydrostatic Test at Ambient Temperature
The hydrostatic test at a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F) shall be identified
as passed if no visible leakage occurs during the specified pressure hold periods of the test. The pressure
change observed on the pressure-measuring device during the hold period shall be less than 5 % of the test
pressure or 3.45 MPa (500 psi), whichever is less.
F.1 .6.2.2 Gas Test at Ambient Temperature
The gas test at a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F) shall be acceptable if no
sustained bubbles are observed. If leakage is observed, the rate shall be less than the rates shown in Table F.1 ,
measured at atmospheric pressure, during specified pressure-hold periods.
Table F.1 —Ambient Temperature Gas Leakage Acceptance Criteria
Equipment
Seal Type
Allowable Leakage
3
Through-bore
30 cm /h/25.4 mm of nominal bore size
Stem seal
60 cm 3/h
Static (bonnet seal, end connectors)
20 cm 3/h
Through-bore
5 cm 3/min/25.4 mm of nominal bore
size
Stem seal
60 cm 3/h
Static (bonnet seal, end connectors)
20 cm 3/h
Dynamic (stem seal)
60 cm 3/h
Static (bonnet seal, end connectors)
20 cm 3/h
Actuators
All actuator fluid retaining seals
60 cm 3/h
Hangers
Annular packoff or bottom
casing/tubing packoff
1 0 cm 3 /h/25.4 mm of tubing/casing size
External closure
20 cm 3/h
Valves, gate, ball, and plug
Valves, check
Chokes
Tubing-head adapter, other end
connectors, closures according to
this specification
F.1 .6.2.3 Minimum/Maximum Temperature Tests
The hydrostatic or gas test at high or low temperature shall be acceptable if the pressure change observed
on the pressure-measuring device is less than 5 % of the test pressure or 3.45 MPa (500 psi), whichever is less.
F.1 .6.3 Fluid Compatibility of Nonmetallic Seals
The acceptance criteria for the standard test fluid compatibility of nonmetallic seals shall be as specified in
F.1 .1 3.5.4.
F.1 .6.4 Post-test Examination
The tested prototype shall be disassembled and inspected. All relevant items should be photographed. The
examination shall include a written statement that neither the final product nor part design contains defects to
the extent that any performance requirement is not met.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
31 9
F.1 .7 Hydrostatic Testing
F.1 .7.1 Test Medium
The test medium shall be a fluid suitable for the testing temperatures. Water with or without additives, gas,
hydraulic fluid, or other mixtures of fluids may be used as the test medium. The test medium shall be a fluid
that remains in the liquid or gaseous state throughout the test.
F.1 .7.2 Substitution of Gas
The manufacturer may substitute gas for liquid if hydrostatic testing is specified, provided the testing method
and acceptance criteria for gas testing are used.
F.1 .8 Gas Testing
F.1 .8.1
NOTE
Test Medium
Air, nitrogen, methane, or other gases or mixtures of gases may be used.
F.1 .8.2 Equipment for 69.0 MPa (1 0,000 psi) and Above
Equipment with rated working pressures of 69.0 MPa (1 0,000 psi) and higher shall be gas tested.
F.1 .8.3 Leak Detection
Gas testing at a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F) shall be conducted with a
method for leak detection.
NOTE For gas testing, the product may be completely submerged in a liquid, or the product may be flooded in the seal
areas being validated, such that all possible leak paths are covered. The product may be assembled with one end of a
tube connected to a blind connector enclosing all possible leak paths being validated .
The other end of the tube shall be immersed in a liquid or attached to a leakage measurement device. Other
methods that can detect leakage accurately are acceptable.
F.1 .9 Temperature Testing
F.1 .9.1 Location of Temperature Measurement
The temperature shall be measured in contact with the equipment being tested and within 1 3 mm ( 1 /2 in.) of
the through-bore, where applicable, and within 1 3 mm ( 1 /2 in.) of the surface wetted by the retained fluid on
other equipment.
NOTE As an alternative for maximum-temperature measurement, the temperature of the fluid used for heating may be
employed, as long as the part is not artificially cooled.
Ambient conditions shall be at a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F) .
F.1 .9.2 Application of Heating for Maximum Temperature Testing
NOTE
The heating for maximum-temperature testing may be applied internally in the through-bore or externally.
320
API S PECIFICATION 6A
The heating shall be applied such that the entire through-bore or equivalent wetted surface is at or above the
maximum temperature, or such that all fluid used for heating contained within the test articles is at or above
the maximum temperature.
F.1 .9.3
Appli cation of Cooling for M inimu m Temperatu re Testing
The cooling for minimum temperature testing shall be applied to the entire external surface of the equipment.
F.1 .1 0
F.1 .1 0. 1
Hold Peri ods
Start of Hold Periods
Hold periods shall start after pressure and temperature stabilization has occurred and the equipment with a
pressure-monitoring device has been isolated from the pressure source. The time specified for hold times
shall be a minimum.
F.1 .1 0. 2
Pressu re Stabilization
Pressure shall be considered stabilized when the rate of change is no more than 5 % of the test pressure per
hour or 3.45 MPa (500 psi), whichever is less. Pressure shall remain within 5 % of the test pressure or within
3.45 MPa (500 psi), whichever is less, during the hold period.
F.1 .1 0. 3
Temperatu re Stabilization
Temperature shall be considered stabilized when the rate of change is less than 0.5 °C/min (1 °F/min). The
temperature shall remain at or beyond the extreme during the hold period but should not go beyond the
upper and lower temperatures by more than 1 1 °C (20 °F).
F.1 .1 1
F.1 .1 1 . 1
Pressure and Temperature Cycles
Pressu re/Temperatu re Cycles
Pressure/temperature cycles shall be performed as specified in F.1 .1 1 .3, unless otherwise specified in F.2
for the specific product being tested.
F.1 .1 1 . 2
Test Pressure and Temperatu re
The test pressure and temperature extremes shall be as specified in 4.3.
F.1 .1 1 . 3
Test Procedu re
Pressure shall be monitored and controlled during temperature change. The following procedure shall be
followed.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Fig u re F.1
—
321
Test Procedu re
NOTE Letters correspond to the steps in the following list. There are three thermal cycles identified in the procedure of F.1 .1 1 .3:
1 st thermal cycle is steps a) through e); 2nd thermal cycle is steps f) through j); and 3rd thermal cycle is steps k) through o).
a) Start at a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F) with atmospheric pressure
and raise temperature to the maximum.
b) Apply the test pressure, hold for a minimum period of 1 h, and then release the pressure.
c) Lower temperature to the minimum.
d) Apply the test pressure, hold for a minimum period of 1 h, and then release the pressure.
e) Raise the temperature to a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F).
f) Apply the test pressure at a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F) and
maintain at 50 % to 1 00 % of test pressure while raising temperature to the maximum.
g) Hold for a minimum period of 1 h at test pressure.
h) Reduce the temperature to the minimum while maintaining 50 % to 1 00 % of test pressure.
i) Hold for a minimum period of 1 h at test pressure.
j) Raise the temperature to a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F) while
maintaining 50 % to 1 00 % of test pressure.
k) Release the pressure, then raise the temperature to the maximum.
l) Apply the test pressure, hold for a minimum period of 1 h, and then release the pressure.
m) Reduce the temperature to the minimum.
n) Apply the test pressure, hold for a minimum period of 1 h, and then release the pressure.
o) Raise the temperature to a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F).
p) Apply the test pressure, hold for a minimum period of 1 h, and then release the pressure.
q) Apply 5 % to 1 0 % of the test pressure, hold for a minimum period of 1 h, and then release the pressure.
322
API S PECIFICATION 6A
F.1 .1 2 Load and Mechanical Cycles
Load testing and mechanical cycles shall be performed as specified in F.2 for the specific product being
tested.
F.1 .1 3 Testing of Nonmetallic Seals
F.1 .1 3.1 Nonmetallic Seals
Nonmetallic seals that are exposed to retained fluids shall undergo the design validation procedure
described in F.1 .1 3.
F.1 .1 3.2 Intent of Procedure
The intent of this procedure is to validate the performance of the seal for the standard test fluid rating as
specified in F.1 .1 3.4, not the performance of products containing the seal. The full-size seals shall be tested
as specified in F.1 or F.2 to determine temperature and pressure performances.
F.1 .1 3.3 Temperature of Record
The temperature of record shall be the stabilized temperature measured in contact with the fixture as
specified in F.1 .9.
F.1 .1 3.4 Test Medium
The test medium shall be the standard test fluid specified in Table F.2 for the material s class rating.
’
F.1 .1 3.5 Thermochemical Performance of Seal Materials
F.1 .1 3.5.1 General
The fluid compatibility of the seal materials for the intended service shall be validated by a test
demonstrating the response of the seal material to exposure to the standard test fluid, at or above the
maximum rated temperature of the seal.
F.1 .1 3.5.2 Immersion Testing
F.1 .1 3.5.2.1 General
A sample immersion test, comparing physical and mechanical properties prior to and after exposure to the
standard test fluids, temperature, and pressure as stated below, shall be performed. This test shall be in
addition to the full-scale pressure and temperature testing of F.1 or F.2, as specified.
F.1 .1 3.5.2.2 Test Fluid
The standard test fluids for the material classes are listed in Table F.2. The nonmetallic material being
evaluated shall be totally immersed in the hydrocarbon liquid. A hydrocarbon liquid quantity equal to 60 % of
the test vessel volume shall be charged in the test vessel. Water equal to 5 % of the test vessel volume shall
also be charged in the test vessel. The hydrocarbon liquid shall be overpressurized with the appropriate gas
or gas mixture for the standard test fluid.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
323
Table F.2—Standard Test Fluids for Nonmetallic Seals
Material Class
Hydrocarbon
Liquid Phase a
AA/BB
CC
DD/EE
FF/HH
b
b
b
b
Gas Phase
5 % vol. fraction CO2/95 % vol. fraction CH 4
80 % vol. fraction CO 2/20 % vol. fraction CH 4
1 0 % vol. fraction H 2S/5 % vol. fraction CO 2/85 % vol. fraction CH 4
1 0 % vol. fraction H 2S/80 % vol. fraction CO 2/1 0 % vol. fraction CH 4
FOOTNOTES
a Water shall be added to the liquid phase.
b Hydrocarbon liquid phase selected at the manufacturer’s discretion may include, but is not limited to, jet fuel, diesel, kerosene, etc.
F.1 .1 3.5.2.3 Temperature
The test temperature shall be either the maximum specified temperature rating for the temperature class
being tested or the maximum temperature at the seal location (see F.1 .9) for the equipment at the maximum
test temperature class of the test product, as established by product testing and/or design analysis.
During the exposure period, the rate of temperature change shall be less than 0.5 °C (1 °F) per minute and
shall not exceed the extreme by more than 1 1 °C (20 °F).
F.1 .1 3.5.2.4 Pressure
The test pressure, after heating to the test temperature, shall be maintained at 6.9 MPa ± 0.7 MPa (1 000 psi
± 1 00 psi), with adjustments made as necessary.
F.1 .1 3.5.2.5 Exposure Period
The test exposure period shall be a minimum of 1 60 h (see F.1 .1 0).
F.1 .1 3.5.3 Fixture Testing
F.1 .1 3.5.3.1 General
NOTE Alternatively, the standard test fluid tests may be run at or above the maximum rated temperature and pressure
with a reduced or full-size seal in fixtures or products that represent the nominal specified clearances and extrusion gaps
specified on the manufactured part.
F.1 .1 3.5.3.2 Exposure Test Conditions
The following shall apply.
a) Test fluid: The standard test fluids for the material classes are listed in Table F.2. The fixture shall be
positioned so the seal is partially exposed to both the liquid and gas phases. A hydrocarbon liquid
quantity equal to 60 % of the test fixture volume shall be charged in the test fixture. Water equal to 5 %
of the test fixture volume shall also be charged in the test fixture. The hydrocarbon liquid shall be
overpressurized with the appropriate gas or gas mixture for the material class being tested.
b) Temperature: The test temperature shall be either the maximum specified temperature rating for the
temperature class being tested (see F.1 .9) or the maximum temperature at the seal location for the
equipment at the maximum test temperature class of the test product, as established by product testing
and/or design analysis.
The temperature shall remain at or beyond the extreme during the exposure period, but shall not exceed
the extreme by more than 1 1 °C (20 °F) with a rate of change less than 0.5 °C (1 °F) per minute.
324
API S PECIFICATION 6A
c) Pressure: The test pressure, after heating to the test temperature, shall be the rated working pressure of
the seal.
d) Time period: The test exposure period shall be a minimum of 1 60 h.
F.1 .1 3. 5.3. 3
Exposure Test Requ irem ents
The following shall apply.
a) High-temperature pressure test: After the completion of a minimum of 1 60 h of exposure, monitor for
leakage for a minimum of 1 h.
b) Room-temperature pressure test: At the completion of the high-temperature pressure test, cool the test
fixture and release the pressure. At a temperature of 25  5 °C (75  1 0 °F) and no pressure in the test
fixture, pressurize the test fixture using air, nitrogen, methane, or other gases or mixture of gases to the
rated working pressure of the seal. Hold for a minimum of 1 h (see F.1 .1 0). At the end of the hold period,
reduce the pressure to zero.
c) Low-temperature pressure test: Lower the temperature of the test fixture to the minimum specified
temperature rating for the temperature class being tested (see F.1 .9). Pressurize the test fixture using
air, nitrogen, methane, or other gases or mixture of gases to the rated working pressure of the seal. Hold
for a minimum of 1 h (see F.1 .1 0). At the end of the hold period, reduce the pressure to zero and let the
test fixture temperature return to a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F).
F.1 .1 3. 5.4
F.1 .1 3. 5.4. 1
Acceptan ce Criteri a
—
Th ermochemi cal Performance
Acceptan ce Criteri a
The acceptance criteria for the standard test fluid compatibility of nonmetallic seals exposed to sample
immersion testing of F.1 .1 3.5.2 shall be documented. The acceptance criteria for the nonmetallic seals
exposed to the fixture testing of F.1 .1 3.5.3 shall be as follows.
F.1 .1 3. 5.4. 2
1 60-h our Exposu re Period
The pressure change recorded on the pressure-measuring device during the exposure period shall be less
than 5 % of the test pressure or 3.45 MPa (500 psi), whichever is less.
F.1 .1 3. 5.4. 3
Hig h -temperatu re Pressu re Test
The pressure change recorded on a pressure-measuring device during the high-temperature hold period
shall be less than 5 % of the test pressure or 3.45 MPa (500 psi), whichever is less. Fluid displacement for
fixture leak detector (bubble-type indicator) shall be less than 1 00 cm 3. Sustained leakage of bubbles shall
not exceed 20 cm 3/h.
F.1 .1 3. 5.4. 4
Room-temperature Pressu re Test
The pressure change recorded on the pressure-measuring device during the hold period shall be less than
5 % of the test pressure or 3.45 MPa (500 psi), whichever is less. Fluid displacement for fixture leak detector
(bubble-type indicator) shall be less than 20 cm 3. Sustained leakage of bubbles shall not exceed 20 cm 3/h.
F.1 .1 3.5.4. 5
Low-temperatu re Pressu re Test
The pressure change recorded on the pressure-measuring device during the hold period shall be less than
5 % of the test pressure or 3.45 MPa (500 psi), whichever is less. Fluid displacement for fixture leak detector
(bubble type indicator) shall be less than 20 cm 3. Sustained leakage of bubbles shall not exceed 20 cm 3/h.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
325
F.1 .1 3.5.4.6 Alternative Testing Acceptance
A material that passes the immersion testing of F.1 .1 3.5.2 shall be acceptable without running the fixture
testing of F.1 .1 3.5.3.
A material that passes the fixture testing of F.1 .1 3.5.3 shall be acceptable even if it fails the immersion
testing of F.1 .1 3.5.2.
A material that fails the fixture testing of F.1 .1 3.5.3 shall not be acceptable.
F.1 .1 4 Scaling
F.1 .1 4.1 Scaling
NOTE Scaling may be used to validate the members of a product family in accordance with the requirements and
limitations described in F.1 .1 4.
F.1 .1 4.2 Product Family
A product family shall meet the following design requirements.
a) Configuration: The design principles of physical configuration and functional operation are the same.
b) Design stress levels: The design stress levels in relation to material mechanical properties are based on
the same criteria.
F.1 .1 4.3 Limitations of Scaling
F.1 .1 4.3.1 Design Validation by Pressure Rating
NOTE
The test product may be used to validate products of the same family having equal or lower-pressure ratings.
F.1 .1 4.3.2 Design Validation by Size
F.1 .1 4.3.2.1 General
Testing of one size of a product family shall validate products one nominal size larger and one nominal size
smaller than the tested size.
NOTE
Testing of two sizes also validates all nominal sizes between the two sizes tested.
F.1 .1 4.3.2.2 Determination of Choke Nominal Size
The choke nominal size shall be defined as the size of the maximum orifice that can be used in that choke
(orifice sizes smaller than the nominal size do not require testing). Choke nominal sizes are in 25 mm (1 in.)
increments.
F.1 .1 4.3.2.3 Determination of Valve Nominal Size
The valve nominal size shall be defined as the nominal size of the end connectors, as defined in
F.1 .1 4.3.2.6.
NOTE For valves of the same product family (as defined in F.1 . 1 4.2), 46 mm and 52 mm (1 1 3/1 6 in. and 2 1 /1 6 in.) sizes
may be considered as one size for scaling purposes.
F.1 .1 4.3.2.4 Determination of Other End-connector Nominal Sizes
The nominal sizes of OECs shall be defined as the nominal size of the end connector, as defined in
F.1 .1 4.3.2.6 1 ).
326
F.1 .1 4. 3.2. 5
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Determination of Hang er and Packoff Nominal Sizes
The nominal size of hangers and packoffs that are sized by pipe ODs and wellhead IDs shall be defined by
either the wellhead connector or the pipe. The manufacturer shall choose whether the size is determined by
the connector or the pipe. The manufacturer shall be consistent in the practice of choosing sizes.
F.1 .1 4. 3.2. 6
Nominal Sizes
The following shall apply.
1 ) Nominal connector sizes shall be as given in Table F.3.
Table F.3
—
Nominal End Connector Sizes
Inches
1 1 3 /1 6 or 2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6 or 3 1 /8
41 /1 6 or 4 1 /8
5 1 /8
71 /1 6
9
11
1 3 5/8
1 6 3/4
1 8 3/4
3
20 /4 or 21 1 /4
26 3/4
30
2) Nominal pipe sizes shall be as given in Table F.4.
Table F.4
—
Nominal Pipe Sizes
Inches
2 1 /1 6
2 3/8
2 7/8
3 1 /2
4
41 /2
5
5 1 /2
6 5/8
7
75/8
8 5/8
9 5/8
1 0 3/4
1 1 3/4
1 3 3/8
16
1 8 5/8
20
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
F.1 .1 4. 3.2. 7
327
Determin ation of Actuator Nominal Si ze
Sizes shall be determined by the manufacturer.
F.1 .1 4. 3.3
Desig n Valid ation by Temperatu re Rating
The temperature range validated by the test product shall validate all temperature classes that fall entirely
within that range.
F.1 .1 4. 3.4
Desig n Valid ation by Stan dard Test Flu id Rating for Nonmetalli c Seals
The standard test fluid rating validated by the test product shall validate all products of the same product
family and material properties as the test product (see Table F.5).
Table F.5
F.1 .1 4. 3.5
—
Scaling for Nonmetallic Seals
Material of
Classes of
Produ cts Tested
Products Vali dated
AA/BB
CC
DD/EE
FF/HH
AA, BB
AA, BB, CC
AA, BB, DD, EE
AA through HH
Desig n Valid ation by PSL
Validation of equipment shall be independent of the PSL of the production equipment.
F.1 .1 5
Documentati on
F.1 .1 5. 1
Desig n Valid ation Files
The manufacturer shall maintain a file on each design validation.
F.1 .1 5. 2
Contents of Valid ation Fi les
Validation files shall contain or reference the following information, if applicable:
a) test number and revision level, or test procedure;
b) complete identification of the product being tested, including identification of product family, if applicable;
c) date of test completion;
d) test results and post-test examination conclusions (see F.1 .6.4);
e) maintenance performed on tested equipment.
NOTE
This may include a record that identifies the test phase in which the maintenance was performed.
EXAMPLE Examples include quantity/type of lubricant, plastic packing, applied maintenance torque, lubrication of
fittings, or pressure boundary penetrations.
328
f)
API S PECIFICATION 6A
model numbers and other pertinent identifying data on all other sizes, rated working pressures,
temperature ranges, and standard test fluid ratings of products of the same product family that are
qualified by the validation of this particular product;
g) class of seal designs (static, dynamic);
h) all detailed dimensional drawings and material specifications applicable to the tested product, including
seals and nonextrusion devices;
i)
sketch of test fixture, product and seal or sample; temperature and pressure measurem ent locations
should be shown;
j)
actual sealing-surface dimensions;
k) all test data specified in this annex, including actual test conditions (pressure, temperature, etc.) and
observed leakages or other acceptance parameters;
l)
identification of testing media used;
m) test equipment identification and calibration status;
n) certification of manufacturer report, including the supplier of test seals, molding dates, compound
identifications, and batch numbers for nonmetallic materials;
o) certificate of conformance that the tested equipment is in accordance with the design requirements of
this specification.
F.1 .1 6 Test Equipment Calibration Requirements
F.1 .1 6.1
General
NOTE The calibration requirements for equipment necessary to conduct the design validation tests described in this
annex are described in F.1 .1 6.
Test equipment for pressure-measuring, load-measuring, temperature-measuring, torque-measuring,
elastomer physical and mechanical-property-measurement, and any other equipment used to measure, or
record test conditions and results shall be calibrated.
Except for specific requirement
s instructions shall provide all the
requirements for the identification, control, calibration, adjustment, intervals between calibrations and
accuracy of all the testing equipment to which this specification is applicable.
s
in
F. 1 . 1 6. 2,
th e
m a n u fa ctu re r’
F.1 .1 6.2 Measuring and Testing Equipment
Equipment for measuring dimensions shall be controlled and calibrated by the methods specified in this
specification to maintain the accuracy required by the manufacturer s specification. Equipment for measuring
dimensions for which this specification is not applicable shall be controlled and calibrated by the
manuf
s written specifications to maintain the accuracies required by this annex. Test pressuremeasuring devices shall conform to the requirements of 1 0.2.
’
a ctu re r’
F.1 .1 6.3 Status
When used for validation, equipment shall be calibrated in accordance with the requirements of the
manufacturer and this specification.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
329
F.2 Product-specific Design Validation
F.2.1 General
F.2.1 .1
NOTE
Design Validation
Procedures that are specific and unique to the product being tested are contained in F.2.
The procedures shall be in addition to the procedures of F.1 , unless otherwise specified in Annex F.
F.2.1 .2 Acceptance Criteria
Unless noted otherwise, acceptance criteria for specific steps in F.2 shall be in accordance with F.1 .
F.2.1 .3 Re-energization
Any seal requiring re-energization during the test, except as specified in the product operating procedures,
shall be retested.
F.2.1 .4 Actuated Valves, Chokes, or Other Actuated Products
Valves, chokes, or other products designed for actuators shall have the same design validation as the
manually actuated products.
Design validation of a manual valve or choke shall validate an actuated valve or choke and design validation
of actuated valve or choke shall validate a manual valve or choke, provided that the basic design is the
same, and functional differences between manual and actuated designs are subjected to appropriate
validation through fixture testing or product testing. These functional differences shall include, but not be
limited to, the following:
—
—
—
—
—
stem-seal design;
stem size;
stem movement (linear vs. rotary);
bonnet design;
relative speed of operation (hydraulic vs. pneumatic).
The manufacturer shall have documentation and/or validation to support the application of the actuated
valve, choke, or other product to the type of actuator, hydraulic or pneumatic.
F.2.1 .5 Bottom Casing Packoff
NOTE
Bottom casing packoffs are considered part of the hanger but may be tested separately.
F.2.2 Design Validation for PR2F Valves
F.2.2.1
NOTE
General
See Table F.6 for a summary of design validation requirements for valves.
330
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table F.6—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Valves
Performance Requirement
PR2F
Open/close cycling dynamic pressure test at a
temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F
and 1 20 °F)
1 60 cycles as specified in F.2.2
Low-pressure seat test at a temperature between 4 °C
and 50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F)
1 h hold period at
5 % to 1 0 % of rated working pressure as specified in F.2.2
Open/close cycling dynamic pressure gas test at
maximum and minimum temperatures
20 cycles at each extreme as specified in F.2.2
Low-pressure seat test at maximum and minimum
temperatures
1 h hold period at
5 % to 1 0 % of rated working pressure as specified in F.2.2
Operating force or torque
As specified in F.2.2
Pressure/temperature cycling
As specified in F.1 .1 1
Testing of nonmetallic seals
As specified in F.1 .1 3
Acceptance criteria, unless noted otherwise for specific steps in F.2.2, shall be in accordance with F.1 .
F.2.2.2
Design Validation Procedure
F.2.2.2.1
Force or Torque Measurement
F.2.2.2.1 .1 General
The break-away and running torques or forces shall be measured.
NOTE 1
This is not applicable to check valves.
NOTE 2
The torque or forces may be determined by direct or indirect measurements (i.e. pressure applied to an area).
F.2.2.2.1 .2 Procedure
The procedure shall be determined and documented by the manufacturer.
F.2.2.2.1 .3
Acceptance Criteria
The operating forces or torques shall be with in the m anufactu rer’ s specifications.
F.2.2.2.2
Dynamic Test at Ambient Temperature
F.2.2.2.2.1 Procedure for Gate, Ball, and Plug Valves
Gate, ball, and plug valves shall be tested as follows.
a) Fill the downstream end of the valve with the test medium at 1 % or less of test pressure.
b) Apply pressure equal to the rated working pressure against the upstream side of the gate, ball, or plug.
All subsequent seat tests shall be in the same direction.
c) Open the valve fully, starting against the full differential pressure. Pressure shall be maintained at a
minimum of 50 % of the initial test pressure after the initial partial opening. The opening stroke may be
interrupted to adjust the pressure within the above limits.
d) Close the valve fully while pressure is maintained within the limits of the preceding step.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
331
e) Bleed the downstream pressure to 1 % or less of test pressure after the valve is fully closed.
f)
Repeat the above steps until a minimum of 1 60 open-and-close cycles have been carried out.
F.2.2.2.2.2 Procedure for Check Valves
Check valves shall be tested as follows.
a) Apply pressure equal to the rated working pressure to the downstream side of the valve, while the
upstream side is vented to atmosphere.
b) Relieve the pressure to 1 % or less of test pressure and unseat the valve.
Repeat F.2.2.2.2.2 a) and F.2.2.2.2.2 b) until a minimum of 1 60 pressure cycles have been carried out.
F.2.2.2.3 Dynamic Test at Maximum Rated Temperature
This test shall be performed at maximum rated temperature in accordance with F.2.2.2.2, except that the
minimum number of open-and-close cycles shall be 20 and the test medium shall be gas.
F.2.2.2.4 Gas Body Test at Maximum Rated Temperature
This test shall be performed at maximum rated temperature as follows.
a) Gate, ball, and plug valves shall be in the partially open position during testing. Test check valves from
the upstream side.
b) Test pressure shall be the rated working pressure.
c) The hold period shall be as specified in F.1 .1 1 .3 b), but do not release the pressure at the end of the
hold period.
F.2.2.2.5 Gas Seat Test at Maximum Rated Temperature
At the end of the hold period of F.2.2.2.4, the valve shall be closed. The rated working pressure shall be
maintained on the upstream side of the gate, ball, or plug and release it on the downstream side. Check
valves shall be tested from the downstream side. There shall be one hold period of not less than 1 h
duration; then release the pressure.
F.2.2.2.6 Low-pressure Seat Test at Maximum Rated Temperature
The valves shall be subjected to a differential pressure of no less than 5 % and no more than 1 0 % of the
rated working pressure. The pressure shall be applied on the upstream side of the gate, ball, or plug and
released on the downstream side for one hold period of a minimum of 1 h. For check valves, the lowpressure seat test pressure shall be applied on the downstream end of the valve with the opposite end
vented to the atmosphere.
F.2.2.2.7 Dynamic Test at Minimum Rated Temperature
A dynamic test at minimum rated temperature shall be performed as specified in F.2.2.2.2, except that the
minimum number of open-and-close cycles shall be 20, and the test medium shall be gas.
F.2.2.2.8 Gas Body at Minimum Rated Temperature
This test shall be performed in accordance with F.2.2.2.4, except at minimum rated temperature.
332
API S PECIFICATION 6A
F.2.2.2.9
Gas Seat Test at Minimum Rated Temperature
This test shall be performed in accordance with F.2.2.2.5, except at minimum rated temperature.
F.2.2.2.1 0 Low-pressure Seat Test at Minimum Rated Temperature
This test shall be performed in accordance with F.2.2.2.6, except at minimum rated temperature.
F.2.2.2.1 1
Body Pressure Cycling Test at Ambient Temperature
Steps F.1 .1 1 .3 e) through F.1 .1 1 .3 o) shall be performed with gate, ball, and plug valves partially open.
F.2.2.2.1 2 Body Pressure Holding Test at Ambient Temperature
Step F.1 .1 1 .3 p) shall be performed with gate, ball, and plug valves partially open, but do not release the
pressure.
F.2.2.2.1 3 Gas Seat Test at Ambient Temperature
The valve shall be closed. The rated working pressure shall be maintained on the upstream side of the gate,
ball, or plug and released on the downstream side. Check valves shall be tested from the downstream side.
There shall be one pressure-holding period of not less than 1 5 min duration; then release the pressure.
F.2.2.2.1 4 Body Low-pressure Holding Test at Ambient Temperature
Step F.1 .1 1 .3 q) shall be performed on gate, ball, and plug valves with the valve partially open.
F.2.2.2.1 5 Low-pressure Seat Test at Ambient Temperature
Valves shall be subjected to a differential pressure of no less than 5 % and no more than 1 0 % of the rated
working pressure. One hold period of a minimum of 1 h duration shall be applied (in each direction, for
bidirectional valves). For check valves, the low-pressure seat test pressure shall be applied on the
downstream end of the valve, with the opposite end vented to atmosphere.
F.2.2.2.1 6 Final Force or Torque Measurement
This test shall be performed in accordance with F.2.2.2.1 .
F.2.3 Design Validation for PR2F Actuators
F.2.3.1 General
NOTE
See Table F.7 for a summary of design validation requirements for actuators.
Actuators, including electric actuators, shall be subjected to a functional test to demonstrate proper assembly
and operation. Test medium for pneumatic actuators shall be a gas. Test medium for hydraulic actuators
shall be a suitable hydraulic fluid. The actuator shall be tested either on a valve/choke or on a fixture that
simulates the opening/closing dynamic force profile of a valve/choke. A fixture test of a valve operator shall
include the reduction in resisting force and resulting motion of the stem that occur when the valve is opened
against differential pressure. If the bonnet assembly is part of the actuator, a validation of the stem seal and
bonnet design shall be performed to validate these design elements to the requirements for valves.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
333
Table F.7—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Actuators
Performance Requirement
PR2F
Operating force or torque measurement
Actuator seal test at a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C
(between 40 °F and 1 20 °F)
As specified in F.2.2.2.1
3 cycles as specified in F.2.3.2.1
Dynamic open/close pressure cycling at a temperature between
4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F)
1 60 cycles as specified in F.2.3.2.2
Dynamic open/close cycling test at maximum temperature
20 cycles as specified in F.2.3.2.3
Dynamic open/close cycling at minimum temperature
20 cycles as specified in F.2.3.2.4
Pressure/temperature cycles
As specified in F.2.3.2.5
F.2.3.2 Testing
F.2.3.2.1 Actuator Seal Test at Ambient Temperature
Actuator seals shall be pressure-tested in two steps by applying a pressure of 20 % and of 1 00 % of the
rated working pressure to the actuator. The minimum hold period for each test pressure shall be 1 0 min at
20 % pressure and 5 min at 1 00 % pressure for pneumatic actuators and 3 min at each test pressure for
hydraulic actuators. This actuator seal test shall be repeated a minimum of three times.
F.2.3.2.2 Dynamic Open/Close Cycling Test at Ambient Temperature
The actuator shall be tested for proper operation by cycling the actuator an equivalent of 1 60 open-close
valve cycles. The acceptance criteria s hall be within the manufacturer’ s specifications. The pressure applied
shall be equal to the rated working pressure of the actuator. Test power supplied to electric actuators shall
be in accordance with the electrical design requirements.
F.2.3.2.3 Dynamic Open/Close Cycling Test at Maximum Rated Actuator Temperature
The actuator shall be tested for proper operation by cycling the actuator an equivalent of 20 open-close valve
cycles at the maximum rated temperature of the actuator. The acceptance criteria shall be within the
manufacturer’ s specifications. The pressure applied shall be equal to the rated working pressure of the
actuator. Test power supplied to electric actuators shall be in accordance with the electrical design
requirements.
F.2.3.2.4 Dynamic Open/Close Cycling Test at Minimum Rated Actuator Temperature
The actuator shall be tested for proper operation by cycling the actuator an equivalent of 20 open-close valve
cycles, at minimum rated temperature of the actuator. The acceptance criteria shall be within the
manufacturer’ s specifications. The pressure applied shall be equal to the rated working pressure of the
actuator. Test power supplied to electric actuators shall be in accordance with the electrical design
requirements.
F.2.3.2.5 Pressure/Temperature Cycles
The pressure/temperature cycles shall be steps F.1 .1 1 .3 e) through F.1 .1 1 .3 q).
F.2.4 Design Validation for PR2F Chokes
F.2.4.1 General
NOTE 1 Design validation of an adjustable choke also validates a positive choke which has th e same body design and
seat seal design. For testing of a positive choke, the dynamic test cycles (F.2.4.4, F.2.4.5, and F.2.4.7) are not required.
334
NOTE 2
API S PECIFICATION 6A
See Table F.8 for a summary of design validation requirements for chokes.
Table F.8—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Chokes
Performance Requirement
PR2F
Operating force or torque measurement
Body static pressure test
Seat-to-body seal test at a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F
and 1 20 °F)
Dynamic open/close cycling pressure test at a temperature between 4 °C and
50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F) a
Dynamic open/close cycling pressure test at maximum temperature a
Gas body test at maximum rated temperature
Dynamic open/close cycling pressure test at minimum temperature a
Gas body at minimum rated temperature
Body pressure/temperature cycling
Body pressure-holding test at a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between
40 °F and 1 20 °F)
Body low-pressure holding test
Second seat-to-body at a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F
and 1 20 °F)
Testing of nonmetallic seals
As specified in F.2.4.2
Not applicable
As specified in F.2.4.3
1 60 cycles as specified in F.2.4.4
20 cycles as specified in F.2.4.5
As specified in F.2.4.6
20 cycles as specified in F.2.4.7
As specified in F.2.4.8
As specified in F.2.4.9
As specified in F.2.4.1 0
As specified in F.2.4.1 1
As specified in F.2.4.1 2
As specified in F.1 .1 3
FOOTNOTE
a Does not apply to a positive choke.
F.2.4.2 Force or Torque Measurement
F.2.4.2.1 General
The break-away and running torques or forces shall be measured.
NOTE
The forces may be determined by direct or indirect measurements (i.e. pressure applied to an area).
F.2.4.2.2 Procedure
The procedure shall be determined and documented by the manufacturer.
F.2.4.2.3 Acceptance Criteria
The operating forces or torque s hall be within the manufacturer’ s specifications.
F.2.4.3 Hydrostatic Seat-to-body Seal Test
The hydrostatic seat-to-body seal test shall be performed at a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C
(between 40 °F and 1 20 °F) by applying rated working pressure and holding for a minimum of 1 h to confirm
the integrity of the seat-to-body seal.
NOTE 1
A blind seat may be used fo r this test at the manufacturer’ s option.
NOTE 2 For an adjustable choke, a separate test or fixture test may be performed to confirm the integrity of the seatto-body seal, in accordance with F.2.4.3, F.2.4.9, F.2.4.1 0, and F.2.4.1 1 . In this case, F.2.4.1 2 may be omitted.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
335
F.2.4.4 Dynamic Open/Close Cycling Pressure Test at Ambient Temperature
The rated working pressure shall be applied, and the stem cycled at rated working pressure a minimum
1 60 times open-close-open. The mating parts shall be free of all lubrication not specified in the
manufactu rer’ s part or assembly specifications or maintenance procedures. The acceptance criteria shall be
with in th e m anu factu rer’ s written specifications. Adjust the internal pressure to compensate for expansion
and contraction of the test fluid chamber.
F.2.4.5 Dynamic Open/Close Cycling Pressure Test at Maximum Rated Temperature
A dynamic cycling test shall be performed at the maximum rated temperature by repeating F.2.4.4, except as
follows.
—
The temperature shall be equal to the maximum temperature.
—
The test medium shall be gas.
—
Cycle the stem 20 times open to close and back to open.
F.2.4.6 Gas Body at Maximum Rated Temperature
A gas body test shall be performed at maximum rated temperature as follows.
—
The choke shall be in the partially open position during testing.
—
Test pressure shall be the rated working pressure.
—
One hold period of a minimum of 1 h duration shall be applied.
F.2.4.7 Dynamic Test at Minimum Rated Temperature
A dynamic test shall be performed at the minimum rated temperature by repeating F.2.4.5, except at the
minimum rated temperature.
F.2.4.8 Gas Body at Minimum Rated Temperature
A gas body test shall be performed at the minimum rated temperature as follows.
—
The choke shall be in the partially open position during testing.
—
Test pressure shall be the rated working pressure.
—
One hold period of a minimum of 1 h duration shall be applied.
F.2.4.9 Body Pressure/Temperature Cycles
Steps F.1 .1 1 .3 e) through F.1 .1 1 .3 o) shall be performed with the seat open.
F.2.4.1 0 Body Pressure Holding Test at Ambient Temperature
Step F.1 .1 1 .3 p) shall be performed with the seat open, but do not release the pressure.
F.2.4.1 1 Body Low-pressure Holding Test at Ambient Temperature
Step F.1 .1 1 .3 q) shall be performed with the seat open.
336
API S PECIFICATION 6A
F.2.4.1 2 Second Seat-to-body Seal Test at Ambient Temperature
A second hydrostatic seat-to-body seal test shall be performed by applying rated working pressure at a
temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F) and holding for a minimum of 1 h to
confirm the integrity of the seat-to-body seal after pressure/temperature cycle testing.
NOTE
A blind seat may be used fo r th i s test at the m anufactu rer’ s option.
F.2.5 Design Validation for PR2F Casing-head Housings, Casing-head Spools, Tubinghead Spools, Crossover Connectors, and Adapter and Spacer Spools
F.2.5.1
General
NOTE See Table F.9 for a summary of design validation requirements for casing-head housings, casing-head spools,
tubing-head spools, crossover connectors, and adapter and spacer spools.
F.2.5.2 Deformation
NOTE The deformation of casing-head housings, casing-head spools, and tubing-head spools due to hanger loading is
outside the scope of this annex.
Products shall be capable of sustaining rated loads without deformation to the extent that other required
performance characteristics cannot be met.
Table F.9—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Casing-head Housings, Casing-head
Spools, Tubing-head Spools, Crossover Connectors, and Adapter and Spacer Spools
Performance Requirement
PR2F
Pressure
As specified in F.2.5.4
Thermal cycles
Objective evidence
Penetrations
As specified in F.2.1 5
Fluid compatibility
Objective evidence
F.2.5.3 Penetrations
NOTE 1 Penetrations for lock screws, hanger pins, and retainer screws are not addressed in performance testing of
these members but are addressed in F.2.1 5.
NOTE 2
Fittings and pressure boundary penetrations are addressed in F.2.20.
F.2.5.4 Testing
Design validation shall be achieved through production hydrostatic pressure testing as required for the PSL
to which the equipment is manufactured (see 1 0.4.7).
F.2.6 Design Validation for PR2F Group 1 Slip-type Hangers
F.2.6.1 General
Load cycling capacity testing shall consist of three hold periods at maximum rated load capacity, and two
hold periods at the minimum rated load capacity, with 5 min minimum for each hold period, as shown in
Figure F.2.
NOTE
The pressure/temperature cycles of F.1 .1 1 are not required.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
337
FOOTNOTE
a
Five minutes.
Figure F.2 —Load Cycle Testing for Hangers
F.2.6.2 Load Cycling
The load cycle test in accordance with Figure F.2 shall be performed.
F.2.7 Design Validation for PR2F Group 2 Slip-type Hangers
F.2.7.1 General
NOTE
See Table F.1 0 for a summary of design validation requirements for group 2 slip-type hangers.
Table F.1 0—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 2 Slip-type Hangers
Performance Requirement
PR2F
Load cycling
As specified in F.2.6
Pressure seal(s)
As specified in F.1 .1 1
Fluid compatibility
As specified in F.1 .1 3
F.2.7.2 Pressure/Temperature Testing with Load
Cycle testing shall be performed in accordance with F.1 .1 1 from either direction A or direction B (see Figure
F.3
s pressure rating at the maximum rated load is not equal to the rated working
pressure, the test shall be repeated using the rated working pressure of the hanger
s
rated hanging load at that pressure.
).
If
th e
m a n u fa ctu re r’
wi th
th e m a n u fa ctu re r’
338
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Key
1 well bore pressure area
2 annular pressure area
A, B Directions of pressure application (see text).
Figure F.3 —Group 2 and Group 3 Hangers
F.2.8 Design Validation for PR2F Group 3 Slip-type Hangers
NOTE
See Table F.1 1 for a summary of design validation requirements for group 3 slip-type hangers.
Table F.1 1 —Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 3 Slip-type Hangers
Performance Requirement
PR2F
Load cycling
Pressure from above seal(s)
Thermal cycle
Fluid compatibility
Pressure from below seal(s)
As specified in F.2.6
As specified in F.1 .1 1 and F.2.8
As specified in F.1 .1 1 and F.2.8
As specified in F.1 .1 3
As specified in F.1 .1 1 and F.2.8
Validation testing shall be the same as for PR2F group 2 slip-type hangers, with the addition of a separate
test in the same manner but with external pressure across the annular packoff in the other direction, as
identified in Figure F.3. The bottom casing packoff shall be tested from above in the same manner. The ring
joint pressure area shall be hydrostatically tested, as identified in Figure F.4, at the rated working pressure at
a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F), one time for a 5 min minimum hold
period.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
339
Key
1 ring-gasket pressure area
2 bottom casing packoff
3 annular seal
A, B, C, D Directions of pressure application (see text).
Figure F.4 —Group 3 Hangers with Crossover Seal
I f the m anu factu rer’ s pressure rating from below is different from the pressure rating from above, a test at the
appropriate pressure for each direction shall be performed.
NOTE The bottom casing packoff may be cycle-tested separately, as shown in Figure F.6, or concurrently with the
packoff, as shown in Figure F.7 or Figure F.8 .
F.2.9 Design Validation for PR2F Group 4 Slip Hangers
NOTE
See Table F.1 2 for a summary of design validation requirements for group 4 slip-type hangers.
Table F.1 2—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 4 Slip-type Hangers
Performance Requirement
PR2F
Load cycling
Pressure from above seal(s)
Thermal cycle
Fluid compatibility
Pressure from below seal(s)
As specified in F.2.6
As specified in F.1 .1 1
As specified in F.1 .1 1
As specified in F.1 .1 3
As specified in F.1 .1 1
As specified in F.1 .1 1 with the hanger held in place by a
retention feature with minimum rated tubular load and
maximum annular pressure from below only
Retention feature test by annular pressure
Validation testing shall be the same as PR2F group 3 hangers, with an additional test of the retention feature
in accordance with Table F.1 2.
340
API S PECIFICATION 6A
F.2.1 0 Design Validation for PR2F Group 1 Mandrel-type Hangers
F.2.1 0.1 General
NOTE
See Table F.1 3 for a summary of design validation requirements for group 1 mandrel-type hangers.
Table F.1 3—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 1 Mandrel-type Hangers
Performance Requirement
PR2F
Load cycling
Internal pressure test
As specified in F.2.1 0
As specified in F.2.1 0
F.2.1 0.2 Internal Pressure Test
One internal pressure test shall be performed at a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and
1 20 °F) with a hold period of 1 5 min at rated working pressure.
If the product does n ot meet the thread manufacturer’ s dimensional and material strength requirements, then
the threaded connector shall be tested.
NOTE
The test may be performed in a fixture separate from the hanger.
F.2.1 0.3 Load Cycling
The hanger shall be load-tested per F.2.6. Load testing of the end connectors shall not be required.
F.2.1 1 Design Validation for PR2F Group 2 Mandrel-type Hangers
F.2.1 1 .1 General
NOTE
See Table F.1 4 for a summary of design validation requirements for group 2 mandrel-type hangers.
Table F.1 4—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 2 Mandrel-type Hangers
Performance Requirement
PR2F
Load cycling
Pressure seal(s)
Thermal cycling seal(s)
Fluid compatibility
Internal pressure test
As specified in F.2.1 1
As specified in F.1 .1 1
As specified in F.1 .1 1
As specified in F.1 .1 3
As specified in F.2.1 1
F.2.1 1 .2 Load Cycling
The load cycle test shall be performed as specified in F.2.6.
F.2.1 1 .3 Internal Pressure Test
The hangers shall be internally pressure-tested as specified for PR2F group 1 mandrel hangers (see
F.2.1 0.2).
F.2.1 2 Design Validation for PR2F Group 3 Mandrel-type Hangers
F.2.1 2.1 General
NOTE
See Table F.1 5 for a summary of design validation requirements for group 3 mandrel-type hangers.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
341
Table F.1 5—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 3 Mandrel-type Hangers
Performance Requirement
PR2F
Load cycling
Internal pressure tests
Thermal cycling seal(s)
Fluid compatibility
Pressure from below seal(s)
Pressure from above seal(s)
As specified in F.2.1 2
As specified in F.2.1 2
As specified in F.1 .1 1 and F.2.1 2
As specified in F.1 .1 3
As specified in F.1 .1 1 and F.2.1 2
As specified in F.1 .1 1 and F.2.1 2
F.2.1 2.2 Downhole Control Line
If downhole control-line or electric-cable preparations are included, they shall hold the rated working
pressure and be subjected to the same testing requirements as the hanger.
F.2.1 2.3 Pressure Cycle
Validation testing shall be the same as for PR2F group 2 mandrel-type hangers, with the addition of a
separate test in the same manner, but with external pressure from the opposite side of the annular seal, as
identified in Figure F.3.
NOTE 1
For extended-neck hangers, see Figure F.4.
The bottom casing packoff shall be tested in the same manner from the top and the bottom. The ring-gasket
pressure area shall be hydrostatically tested for extended-neck hangers at the rated working pressure at a
temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F), one time for a 5 min minimum hold period.
NOTE 2 Figures F.5, F.6, F.7, and F.8 show schematic representations of the pressure and temperature cycle test
requirements.
FOOTNOTES
a
5 % to 1 0 %.
NOTE Pressure directions A and B are shown in Figures F.3 and F.4.
Figure F.5 —Pressure/Temperature Cycles for Group 3 Slip and Mandrel-type Hangers
without Bottom Casing Packoff
342
API S PECIFICATION 6A
FOOTNOTES
a
5 % to 1 0 %.
NOTE Pressure directions C and D are shown in Figure F.4.
Figure F.6 —Pressure/Temperature Cycles for Group 3 Slip and Mandrel-type Hangers
with Bottom Casing Packoff Tested Separately
FOOTNOTES
a
5 % to 1 0 %.
NOTE Pressure directions A, B, C, and D are shown in Figure F.4.
Figure F.7—Pressure/Temperature Cycles for Group 3 Slip and Mandrel-type Hangers
with Bottom Casing Packoff Tested Concurrently
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
343
FOOTNOTES
a
5 % to 1 0 %.
NOTE Pressure directions A, B, C, and D are shown in Figure F.4, with A and C tested together.
Figure F.8—Pressure/Temperature Cycles for Group 3 Slip and Mandrel-type Hangers
with Bottom Casing Packoff Tested Concurrently
F.2.1 2.4 Internal Pressure Test
Hangers shall be internally pressure-tested as specified for PR2F group 1 mandrel-type hangers in F.2.1 0.2.
F.2.1 2.5 Load Cycling
The load cycle test shall be performed as specified in F.2.6.
F.2.1 3 Design Validation for PR2F Group 4 Mandrel Hangers
F.2.1 3.1 General
NOTE
See Table F.1 6 for a summary of design validation requirements for group 4 mandrel hangers.
Table F.1 6—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 4 Mandrel-type Hangers
Performance Requirement
PR2F
Load cycling
Internal pressure test
Thermal cycling seal(s)
Fluid compatibility
Pressure from below seal(s)
Pressure from above seal(s)
As specified in F.2.6
As specified in F.2.1 3
As specified in F.1 .1 1 and F.2.1 3
As specified in F.1 .1 3
As specified in F.1 .1 1 and F.2.1 3
As specified in F.1 .1 1 and F.2.1 3
As specified in F.1 .1 1 and F.2.1 3 with the hanger held in place by a
retention feature with minimum rated tubular load and maximum
annular pressure from below only
Retention feature test by annular pressure
344
API S PECIFICATION 6A
F.2.1 3.2 Pressure/Temperature Cycling
Validation testing shall be the same as for PR2F group 3 hangers. Three pressure/temperature cycles shall
be performed as specified in F.1 .1 1 while the hanger is held in place by the retention feature.
F.2.1 3.3 Internal Pressure Test
Hangers shall be internally pressure-tested as specified for PR2F group 1 mandrel hangers in F.2.1 0.2.
F.2.1 4 Design Validation for PR2F Group 5 Mandrel-type Hangers
F.2.1 4.1 General
NOTE
See Table F.1 7 for a summary of design validation requirements for group 5 mandrel-type hangers.
Table F.1 7—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 5 Mandrel-type Hangers
Performance Requirement
PR2F
Load cycling
Internal pressure test
Thermal cycling
Fluid compatibility
Pressure from below seal(s)
Pressure from above annular seal(s)
Retention feature test by full blind pressure
As specified in F.2.6
As specified in F.2.1 4
As specified in F.1 .1 1 and F.2.1 4
As specified in F.1 .1 3
As specified in F.1 .1 1 and F.2.1 4
As specified in F.1 .1 1 and F.2.1 4
As specified in F.1 .1 1 and F.2.1 4 with the hanger held in
place by a retention feature with minimum rated tubular
load and maximum full blind pressure from below only
As specified in F.2.1 4
Back-pressure valve preparation test
F.2.1 4.2 Pressure/Temperature Cycling
Validation testing shall be the same as for PR2F group 4 hangers, except for the test hanger retention
feature with a full blind annular seal load as specified in F.1 .1 1 with pressure from below. The back-pressure
valve preparation shall be independently pressure-tested at a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C
(between 40 °F and 1 20 °F) to rated working pressure of the hanger, cycled from atmospheric to rated
working pressure three times with 5 min minimum hold periods with the pressure applied against the lower
end of the back-pressure valve preparation.
F.2.1 4.3 Internal Pressure Test
Hangers shall be internally pressure-tested as specified for PR2F group 1 mandrel-type hangers in F.2.1 0.2.
F.2.1 5 Design Validation for Packing Mechanisms for PR2F Lock Screws, Alignment Pins,
and Retainer Screws
NOTE See Table F.1 8 for a summary of design validation requirements for packing mechanisms for lock screws,
alignment pins, and retainer screws.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
345
Table F.1 8—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Packing Mechanisms
for Lock Screws, Alignment Pins, and Retainer Screws
Performance Requirement
PR2F
Pressure and thermal cycling
Operating force or torque
As specified in F.1 .1 1
Shal l with stand m an u factu rer’ s rated force or torque as specified in F.2.1 5
A simulated maximum load shall be applied at the m anu factu rer’ s recommended torque and then the
pressure/temperature cycle test of F.1 .1 1 shall be performed.
F.2.1 6 Design Validation for PR2F Group 1 Tubing-head Adapters
Design validation shall be achieved through production hydrostatic pressure testing as required for the PSL
to which the equipment is manufactured (see 1 1 .2).
F.2.1 7 Design Validation for PR2F Group 2 Tubing-head Adapters
F.2.1 7.1 General
NOTE
See Table F.1 9 for a summary of design validation requirements for group 2 tubing-head adapters.
Table F.1 9—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Group 2 Tubing-head Adapters
Performance Requirement
PR2F
Load cycling
Internal pressure test
Thermal cycling
Fluid compatibility
As specified in F.2.1 7
As specified in F.2.1 7
Objective evidence
Objective evidence
F.2.1 7.2 Load Cycling
The load cycle test shall be performed as specified in F.2.1 1 .
F.2.1 7.3 Internal Pressure Test
The internal pressure test of the tubing-head adapter shall be performed, including the end connectors, as
specified in F.2.1 6.
One internal pressure test shall be performed at a temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and
1 20 °F) with a hold period of 1 5 min at rated working pressure.
If the product does not meet the th read m anu factu rer’ s dimensional and material strength requirements, then
the threaded connector shall be tested.
NOTE
The test may be performed in a fixture separate from the hanger.
F.2.1 8 Design Validation for PR2F Other End Connectors
F.2.1 8.1 General
NOTE
See Table F.20 for a summary of design validation requirements for OECs.
346
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table F.20—Summary of Design Validation Requirements for Other End Connectors
Performance Requirement
PR2F
Pressure and thermal cycles
As specified in F.1 .1 1
Subject connector to manufacturer’ s rated load that produces the highest
stress case for one cycle
Subject connector to manufacturer's rated make-and-break cycles (if
applicable)
As specified in F.1 .1 3
Bending moments
Make-and-break
Fluid compatibility
F.2.1 8.2 PR2F Validation Test
The entire connector shall be tested as specified in F.1 .1 1 .
F.2.1 8.3 Make-and-break Cycles
The connector shall b e subjected to the manufacturer’ s rated make-and-break cycles independent of the test
in F.2.1 8.2. The working pressure shall be applied to the connector for a 5 min hold period after each makeup of the connector.
F.2.1 8.4 Bending Moments
The connector shall b e subjected to the manufacturer’ s rated load case for one cycle to the highest stress
case determined for the connector, independent of the tests in F.2.1 8.2 and F.2.1 8.3.
F.2.1 9 Design Validation for Ring Gaskets, Bolting, and Other Specified Products
NOTE Validation testing is not required for specified flanged or studded end and outlet connectors, threaded end and
outlet connectors, closure bolting, ring joint gaskets, bullplugs, tees and crosses, test and gauge connector ports, and
other specified products that are completely specified (dimensions and materials) by this specification.
F.2.20 Qualification for Fittings and Pressure Boundary Penetrations
F.2.20.1 General
Fittings and pressure boundary penetrations shall be validated either separately or installed on the equipment.
Fittings and pressure boundary penetrations shall be free of all lubrication, unless specified in the
specifications or maintenance procedures.
manufacturer’ s
If validation of the fittings is performed independently from the equipment, the test pressure shall be, at a
minimum, the rated working pressure of the fitting. If validation of the fitting is performed installed on
equipment, the test pressure shall be, at a minimum, the rated working pressure of the equipment.
F.2.20.2 Test Procedure
This test shall be performed with the secondary sealing device removed or compromised if allowed by the
design. An additional step shall be completed to validate the sealing capability of the secondary device. If
there is more than one sealing device in series, they shall be qualified separately.
Test the complete assembly as follows.
a) Apply test pressure to the fitting.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
347
b) Bleed pressure. If the fitting function requires bleeding or equalizing pressure, bleed pressure to zero by
unseating the fitting.
c) Reseat the primary sealing device, if applicable.
d) Apply test pressure, hold for a period of 1 5 min, then release the pressure.
e) Test the complete assembly in accordance with F.1 .1 1 .
f)
Apply test pressure to the fitting.
g) Bleed pressure. If the fitting function requires bleeding or equalizing pressure, bleed pressure to zero by
unseating the fitting.
h) Reseat the primary sealing device, if applicable.
i)
Apply test pressure, hold for a period of 1 5 min, then release the pressure.
If a secondary barrier is included in the design, defeat the primary sealing device, replace the secondary
sealing device to the fitting and repeat steps a) through i) for the secondary sealing device.
Annex G
(informative)
Design and Rating of Equipment for Use at Elevated Temperatures
G.1 General
In accordance with 4.3.2, the design of equipment for temperatures above 1 21 °C (250 °F) shall include the
effects of temperature on material strength.
NOTE 1 This annex provides two methods that may be used for the design and rating of equipment for use at elevated
temperatures. The first is to de-rate the working pressure of the equipment at the elevated temperature to a pressure
less than the room-temperature full-rated working pressure of the equipment. The second is to design the equipment for
full-rated working pressure at the elevated temperature.
NOTE 2 Data on the performance of flanged end connectors, as specified in this specification, at elevated
temperatures are available in API 6AF1 .
Caution —Annex G is not intended as a material selection guide for high-temperature use. Some
alloys are embrittled after repeated or prolonged exposure to elevated temperatures. Care should be
used in selection of alloys for these ratings. If plated or coated materials are used at temperatures
greater than 1 80 °C (350 °F), the cracking potential can be increased.
G.2 Elevated Temperature Ratings
NOTE The temperature ratings given in Table G.1 may be used for equipment for service temperatures in excess of
those covered by Section 4.
Table G.1 —Temperature Ratings
Classification
X
Y
Temperature Range
°C
− 1 8 to 1 80
− 1 8 to 345
°F
0 to 350
0 to 650
G.3 Pressure-temperature De-rating
NOTE 1
The rated working pressure of equipment may be de-rated for temperature ratings X and Y.
De-rated equipment shall be marked in accordance with G.4.
NOTE 2 The de-rated temperatures and pressures of Table G. 2 may be used for equipment with 6B flanges.
Alternative de-rated pressures may be used for OECs, or for flanges specified in this specification based on the data of
API 6AF1 .
Table G.2—Optional Pressure-temperature Ratings for 6B Flanges
Pressure Rating for Classes K to U
MPa (psi)
1 3.8 (2000)
20.7 (3000)
34.5 (5000)
FOOTNOTE
See Table G.1 for temperature ratings.
De-rated Pressure
Class X, MPa (psi)
Class Y, MPa (psi)
1 3.1 (1 905)
1 9.7 (2860)
32.8 (4765)
348
9.9 (1 430)
1 4.8 (21 45)
24.7 (3575)
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
349
G.4 Marking of De-rated Equipment
In addition to the marking requirements of Section 1 2, equipment supplied for temperature ratings above
250° F (1 21 ° C) that is de-rated shall have the de-rated working pressure for the applicable maximum
temperature marked on the equipment.
G.5 Design of Equipment for Use at Elevated Temperature
G.5.1 General
It has been demonstrated that some flanges specified in this specification are capable of being used at full
working pressure at elevated temperatures. In addition, some OECs are capable of being used at full-rated
working pressure at elevated temperature. One purpose of this annex is to provide rules for the design of
equipment for operation at full-rated working pressure at elevated temperature.
A second purpose of this annex is to provide rules for the design of de-rated equipment for use at elevated
temperatures.
G.5.2 Procedure
G.5.2.1 General
De-rated equipment may be designed in accordance with the rules of API 6X, extended to include hightemperature cases as follows.
There is no change to the rules of design for hydrostatic test conditions, since shell testing is carried out at a
temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F).
For the operating conditions that include rated working pressure and loading at rated temperature, an Sm
value may be used equal to two-thirds of a de-rated material yield strength, Se, at rated temperature. Derated yield strength may be determined by one of the methods given in G.5.2.2 or G.5.2.3.
Elevated-temperature tensile strength shall be determined in the same manner as the elevated-temperature
yield strength.
G.5.2.2 Testing at Elevated Temperature
G.5.2.2.1 QTC Testing
Se at temperature shall be the minimum measured yield strength of the material tested at the rated
temperature of the equipment. The room-temperature mechanical properties of the material shall equal or
exceed the minimum requirements for the strength class of Table 8. The elevated-temperature tensile test(s)
shall be performed on specimens removed from the required location within the same QTC used for roomtemperature tensile testing. At least one elevated-temperature tensile test shall be performed at the rated
temperature of the equipment, using the methods of ASTM E21 or equivalent methods.
If the elevated-temperature yield strength, E ty, meets or exceeds the minimum specified room-temperature
yield strength, Smy, of Table 8, then Smy may be used as Se for the design. If the E ty is less than the Smy, then
a value no greater than E ty shall be used as Se for the design.
If the elevated-temperature test fails to meet the above requirements on the first attempt, two additional
tensile tests may be performed to qualify the material. The results of each of these tests shall satisfy the
required yield strength.
350
API S PECIFICATION 6A
G.5.2.2.2 Material Grade Qualification Testing
Se at temperature shall be minimum yield strength of the material strength class of Table 8, reduced by the
amount of de-rating of yield strength at the elevated temperature compared to the measured yield strength a
temperature between 4 °C and 50 °C (between 40 °F and 1 20 °F).
Qualification testing shall be performed on a minimum of five heats of the material grade (same UNS alloy
number or individual material composition and same heat-treat condition) for a particular strength class at
elevated temperature and at room temperature. In addition, the room -temperature and elevated-temperature
tensile specimens shall be obtained from the required location within the same QTC for a given heat. The
yield strength values, E ty and R ty, shall each be averaged for use in determining the amount of yield derating at a particular temperature.
The yield reduction ratio at temperature, Yr, shall be calculated as given in Equation (G.1 ):
Yr 
E ty
R ty
(G.1 )
where
R ty is the room-temperature yield strength (measured, 5 heats minimum);
E ty is the elevated-temperature yield strength (measured, 5 heats minimum).
The elevated-temperature yield strength, Se, is then calculated as given in Equation (G.2):
Se  Yr Sy
(G.2)
where
Sy is the minimum specified room-temperature yield strength for the material.
The elevated-temperature tensile data along with the room-temperature data for the material grade shall be
contained in a material qualification file for each material grade, and it is not necessary that this test be
performed on a heat lot basis.
G.5.2.3 Reference Sources
G.5.2.3.1
API 1 7TR8
Technical Report API 1 7TR8 provides guidance regarding HPHT applications that are beyond the scope of
this specification.
G.5.2.3.2 API TR 6AF1
The material may be de-rated using the de-rating factors, Yr, shown in Table G.3, which, in part, are taken
from API 6AF1 , Table 1 .
G.5.2.3.3 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
Se can be found for some materials in ASME BPVC:2004 with 2005 and 2006 addenda, Section II, Part D,
Table Y-1 .
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
351
Table G.3—Optional Material De-rating Factors for Elevated Temperature
De-rating Factor, Yr
Material
Carbon and low-alloy steels
Martensitic, ferritic, and precipitation-hardened stainless steels
Austenitic and duplex stainless steels
Corrosion-resistant alloys (CRAs)
1 80 °C (350 °F)
345 °C (650 °F)
0.85
0.85
0.80
0.95
0.75
0.75
0.73
0.85
Caution —This table does not constitute a recommendation of the use of any specific alloy at high
temperature. Some materials are embrittled after repeated or prolonged exposure to elevated
temperatures. Care should be taken when choosing a material for use at temperatures permitted
by temperature classes X and Y in Table G.1 .
G.5.2.3.4 Other Data
The material may be de-rated using the de-rating factors, Yr, shown in Table G.4.
Table G.4—Optional Material De-rating Factors for Elevated Temperature
Material
De-rating Factor, Yr
1 49 °C
(300 °F)
1 77 °C
(350 °F)
232 °C
(450 °F)
25 Cr super duplex
ASTM 453/453M Gr 660 (UNS S66286)
71 8 (as per API 6ACRA) (UNS N0771 8)
925 (UNS N09925)
AISI 41 30
0.81
0.97
0.94
0.92
0.91
0.78
0.96
0.93
0.92
0.90
0.73
0.94
0.91
0.90
0.88
AISI 8630 (Modified)
2- 1 /4 Cr 1 Mo (UNS K21 590)
AISI 41 40
AISI 41 0 SS (UNS S41 000)
F6NM (UNS S42400)
725/625 Plus (UNS N07725 and UNS N0771 6)
0.92
0.92
0.92
0.91
0.92
0.93
0.90
0.91
0.90
0.90
0.91
0.92
0.87
0.89
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.89
FOOTNOTES
a Section size affects hardenability.
CAUTION —This table does not constitute a recommendation of the use of any specific alloy at
high temperature. Some materials are embrittled after repeated or prolonged exposure to
elevated temperatures. Care should be taken when choosing a material for use at temperatures
permitted by temperature classes X and Y in Table G.1 .
Annex H
(informative)
Recommended Assembly of Closure Bolting
H.1 Lubrication
H.1 .1 Gasket Lubrication
Ring gaskets installed in 6B or 6BX flanged and studded connectors should be lightly lubricated prior to
assembly. Appropriate lubricants include mineral-base oil (20 W or higher), synthetic motor oil (5W or higher)
or a general-purpose grease suitable for high-pressure metal-to-metal application. Greases or thread
compounds with metallic additives shall not be used. Lubricant, if applied, shall be applied as a thin film,
never in sufficient amount to have any possibility of filling the grooves.
This is recommended to avoid galling of the gasket and/or ring groove mating seal surfaces and is
particularly important for stainless steel or CRA ring grooves. The connections are designed to achieve a
mechanical preload between the gasket OD seal surface and the outside flank of the groove on initial
assembly. To ensure a reliable metal seal, the 6B and 6BX connector designs produce contact bearing
stresses at the 23° mating surfaces that are many times higher than the rated working pressure.
As the flange bolting is made up, the narrow 23° gasket seal surfaces must slide along the 23° flanks of the
grooves, under very high load. Without lubrication, this could cause damage to the seal surfaces. If the
connection is disassembled and re-assembled for service, lubrication of the metal gasket for assembly is
essential to allow repeated use of the equipment without repair of the ring grooves. Because of the high
bearing stress, the film thickness of lubricant initially applied to the gasket is not critical.
H.1 .2 Bolting Lubrication
To achieve the desired tensile preload in the studs, the stud threads and the bearing face of the nuts should
be well lubricated. Paint thickness should be minimal (e.g. primer coat only) in the bearing areas of the
flange back-face where the nuts contact it. Multipart coating systems have been known to creep over time
under the high crushing loads of the nuts, resulting in leakage.
H.2 Bolt Tightening Pattern
Flange bolting shall be tightened gradually, repeatedly working around the bolt pattern in a “ crisscross ” or
As an alternative, multihead tools may be used per the manuf acturer’ s procedures.
“star” pattern .
NOTE
Examples of bolt make-up sequence are shown in Figure H.1 and in ASME PCC-1 .
352
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
353
Figure H.1 —Recommended Bolting Make-up Patterns
H.3 Recommended Make-up Torque
H.3.1 General Principles
It has been shown that the torque values given in Table H.1 and Table H.2 are acceptable values for use in
type 6B and 6BX flanges in some applications.
NOTE Refer to API TR 6AF, API TR 6AF1 , or API TR 6AF2 for data on the effects on flange performance of bolt
preload stress and other factors.
It should be recognized that torque applied to a nut is only one of several ways to approximate the tension
and stress in a fastener.
Table H.1 and Table H.2 are based on calculations that assume certain friction coefficients for the friction
between the studs and nuts, and between the nuts and the flange face.
Some factors that affect the relationship between nut torque and stud stress are as follows:
—
—
—
—
thread dimensions and form;
surface finish of studs, nuts, and flange face;
degree of parallelism between nut face and flange face;
type of lubrication and coatings of the threads and nut bearing surface areas.
354
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table H.1
Stud
Th reads
Diameter
per in.
―
Recommended Torqu es for Flang e Bolting (SI Units)
Studs with
Sy = 550 MPa
Studs with
Sy = 720 MPa
Bolt Stress Equal to
Bolt Stress Equal to
275 MPa
360 MPa
Studs with
Sy = 655 MPa
Bolt Stress Equal to
327.5 MPa
Tension
Torque
Torque
Tension
Torque
Torque
Tension
Torque
Torque
D
N
F
f = 0.07
f = 0.1 3
F
f = 0.07
f = 0.1 3
F
in.
1 /in.
kN
N-m
N-m
kN
N-m
N-m
kN
N-m
N-m
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1 .000
1 .1 25
1 .250
1 .375
1 .500
1 .625
1 .750
1 .875
2.000
2.250
2.500
13
11
10
9
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
25
40
59
82
1 07
1 40
1 77
21 9
265
31 5
369
428
492
631
788
36
70
1 22
1 93
288
41 3
569
761
991
1 263
1 581
1 947
2366
3375
4635
61
118
206
328
488
706
981
1 320
1 727
221 1
2777
3433
41 83
5997
8271
33
52
78
1 07
1 41
1 84
232
286
346
41 2
484
561
644
826
1 032
48
92
1 60
253
376
540
745
996
1 297
1 653
2069
2549
3097
441 8
6068
80
1 55
270
429
639
925
1 285
1 727
2261
2894
3636
4493
5476
7851
1 0,828
2.625
2.750
3.000
3.250
3.750
3.875
4.000
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
1 040
1 1 46
1 375
1 624
21 85
2338
2496
6394
7354
9555
1 2,1 54
1 8,685
20,620
22,683
1 1 ,429
1 3,1 68
1 7,1 56
21 ,878
33,766
37,293
41 ,057
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
f = 0.07 f = 0.1 3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table H.2
Stud
Diameter
Threads
per in.
—
355
Recommended Torques for Flang e Bolting (USC Units)
Studs with
Sy = 80 ksi
Bolt Stress Equal to
40 ksi
Studs with
Sy = 1 05 ksi
Bolt Stress Equal to
52.5 ksi
Studs with
Sy = 95 ksi
Bolt Stress Equal to
47.5 ksi
Tension
Torque
Torque
Tension
Torque
Torque
Tension
Torque
Torque
D
N
F
f = 0.07
f = 0.1 3
F
f = 0.07
f = 0.1 3
F
f = 0.07
f = 0.1 3
in.
1 /in.
lbf
ft-lbf
ft-lbf
lbf
ft-lbf
ft-lbf
lbf
ft-lbf
ft-lbf
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
13
11
10
9
5676
9040
1 3,378
1 8,469
27
52
90
1 43
45
88
1 53
243
7,450
1 1 ,865
1 7,559
24,241
35
68
118
1 88
59
115
200
31 9
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1 .000
1 .1 25
1 .250
1 .375
1 .500
1 .625
1 .750
1 .875
2.000
2.250
2.500
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
24,230
31 ,61 8
39,988
49,340
59,674
70,989
83,286
96,565
1 1 0,825
1 42,292
1 77,685
21 3
305
421
563
733
934
1 1 69
1 440
1 750
2496
3429
361
523
726
976
1 278
1 635
2054
2539
3094
4436
61 1 8
31 ,802
41 ,499
52,484
64,759
78,322
93,1 73
1 09,31 3
1 26,741
1 45,458
1 86,758
233,21 2
279
401
553
739
962
1 226
1 534
1 890
2297
3276
4500
474
686
953
1 281
1 677
21 46
2696
3332
4061
5822
8030
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.625
2.750
3.000
3.250
3.750
3.875
4.000
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
233,765
257,694
309,050
365,070
491 ,099
525,521
561 ,1 08
471 6
5424
7047
8965
1 3,782
1 5,208
1 6,730
8430
971 2
1 2,654
1 6,1 36
24,905
27,506
30,282
Two coefficients of friction are used in the tables. A coefficient of friction of 0.1 3 approximates the friction
with threads and nut bearing surfaces being bare metal, well lubricated. For applications above 260 °C
(500 °F), lubrication shall not contain lead, tin, antimony or bismuth. A coefficient of friction of 0.07
approximates threads and nut face coated with fluoropolymer material.
Lubricants, surface finishes, etc., may influence the accuracy of the actual bolt tension when measuring
torque. Therefore, the torque values listed in Table H.1 and Table H.2 are provided only as an informative
guide. The torque and the make-up practices employed should be verified by the manufacturer.
The tables show material properties equivalent to ASTM A1 93/A1 93M grades B7 and B7M, which are the
most commonly used. Values of torque for materials having other strength levels may be obtained by
multiplying the tabulated torque value b y the ratio of the new material’ s yield strength to the tabulated
material’ s yield strength.
356
API S PECIFICATION 6A
H.3.2
Equati ons
For the values in Table H.1 and Table H.2, the stress area, A s , expressed in square millimeters (square
inches), is calculated as given in Equation (H.1 ); the force per stud, F, expressed in newtons (pound-force),
is calculated as given in Equation (H.2); the torque,  , is calculated as given in Equation (H.3):
–
As = ¼ x π [D (0.9743 x P)] 2
(H.1 )
(H.2)
F   As

F E P
 

f  E 

cos   6  
H  D K

4

 F f



P f
2  E 
cos
  6  

(H.3)
where
D
is the thread major diameter, expressed in millimeters (inches);
E
is the pitch diameter of thread, expressed in millimeters (inches);
ƒ
is the friction coefficient;
H
is the hex size (nut), equal to 1 .5 D  3.1 75 mm (0.1 25 in.);
K
is the nut internal chamfer, equal to 3.1 75 mm (0.1 25 in.);
P

is the thread pitch, equal to
1
, expressed in millimeters (inches);
number of threads per unit length
is the stress in the stud/bolt.
The torque obtained using units of millimeters and newtons is in units of newton-millimeters and is divided by
1 000 to obtain newton-meters (N-m). The torque obtained using units of inches and pounds is in units of
inches-pound-force and is divided by 1 2 to obtain foot-pound-force (ft-lbf).
NOTE The stresses in these calculations are based on stress area, and not on the minimum cross-sectional area of
the bolting as required for stress calculations in 8.1 .
H.3.3
Recommendati on for Specifi c Flang es
The following flanges should not be assembled with a make-up torque that would produce a bolt stress
greater than 275 MPa (40,000 psi):
—
—
—
—
1 3 5/8 in.: 1 3.8 MPa (2000 psi);
1 6 3/4 in.: 1 3.8 MPa (2000 psi);
21 1 /4 in.: 1 3.8 MPa (2000 psi);
1 3 5/8 in.: 20.7 MPa (3000 psi).
Annex I
(informative)
Recommended Bolt Lengths
I.1 Calculation
I.1 .1 General
NOTE Figure I.1 and Figure I.2 are provided for illustration of flange bolting and studded bolting configurations,
respectively.
Figure I.1 ―Flange Bolting Configurations
Figure I.2 ―Studded Bolting Configurations
357
358
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Equation (I.1 ) is used in establishing stud bolt lengths listed in Table I.1 and Table I.2 and is included here
for the convenience of industry. Length shown in tables results from rounding as specified in I.1 .2.
L = 2(T + t + d) + S + 2(P)
(I.1 )
where
L
is calculated stud bolt length;
T is total flange thickness;
t
is plus tolerance for flange thickness;
d
i s heavy hex nut thickness (equals nominal bolt diameter; see ASME B1 8.2.2);
S
is flange face standoff; S = 0 for BX assemblies [see Table D.9 (gasket)/Table E.9 (gasket) Type R
and Table D.1 0 (gasket)/Table E.1 0 (gasket) Type RX];
—
—
P is maximum end point height (1 .5 x pitch of thread).
I.1 .2
Roundi ng Off Procedure
0.01 0 in. (or more) greater than any 1 /4 in. increment, round off upward to the next 1 /4 in. increment; if less
than 0.01 0 in., round off downward to the next 1 /4 in. increment.
I.1 .3
End Point-hei g ht of Stud Bolts
The end point is the end portion of a stud bolt beyond the complete thread and may be chamfered, rounded,
or sheared. The maximum height of each end point shall be 1 .5 x pitch of thread.
I.1 .4
Flang e Face Standoff Values,
S
The approximate distance between faces of made-up flanges, S (see Figure I.1 ) is given in Table D.9/Table
E.9 Type R gasket and Table D.1 0/Table E.1 0 Type RX gasket.
—
—
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
359
Table I.1 ―Stud Bolt Length Table for 6B Flange Connectors with “R” and “RX” Gaskets
LENGTH = 2(T + t + d) + S + 2(P)
T is total flange thickness;
t is plus tolerance for flange thickness;
d is heavy hex nut thickness;
S is flange face standoff (with “RX” gasket);
P is point max. (1 .5 x pitch).
Dimensions in inches
Flange Size
and Pressure
2 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
2 9/1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /8
3 1 /8
3 1 /8
41 /1 6
41 /1 6
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
5 1 /8
5 1 /8
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
FOOTNOTES
* Tolerance on bolt length:
Bolt Size
and Thread
5
/8-1 1 UNC
7
/8-9 UNC
7
/8-9 UNC
3
/4-1 0 UNC
1 -8 UNC
1 -8 UNC
3
/4-1 0 UNC
7
/8-9 UNC
1 1 /8-8 UN
7
/8-9 UNC
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 1 /4-8 UN
1 -8 UNC
1 1 /4-8 UN
1 1 /2-8 UN
+0.1 25/−0 in. for lengths up to 1 2 in.
+0.250/− 0 in. for lengths over 1 2 in.
Length*
5.000
6.500
6.500
5.500
7.000
7.000
5.750
6.500
7.750
6.500
7.500
8.500
7.250
8.250
1 0.500
Flange Size
and Pressure
71 /1 6
71 /1 6
71 /1 6
9
9
9
11
11
11
1 3 5/8
1 3 5/8
1 6 3/4
1 6 3/4
21 1 /4
20 3/4
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
2000
3000
2000
3000
Bolt Size
and Thread
Length*
1 -8 UNC
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 5/8-8 UN
1 1 /4-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 7/8-8 UN
1 1 /4-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 1 /2 -8 UN
1 5/8-8 UN
1 5/8-8 UN
2-8 UN
7.500
8.500
1 1 .250
8.500
9.500
1 2.500
9.250
1 0.000
1 4.250
9.500
1 0.750
1 0.750
1 2.250
1 2.250
1 5.000
360
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table I.2
―
Stud Bolt Leng th Table for 6BX Fl ang e Connectors
LENGTH = 2(T + t + d) + S + 2(P)
T is total flange thickness;
t is plus tolerance for flange thickness;
d is heavy hex nut thickness;
S is flange face standoff ( NOTE S = 0 for BX connection which has no standoff height);
P is point max. (1 .5 x pitch).
Fl an g e Size an d
B olt Si ze an d
Pressure
Th read
1 1 3/1 6
1 1 3/1 6
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
2 9/1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6
41 /1 6
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
5 1 /8
71 /1 6
71 /1 6
7 1 /1 6
9
9
9
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
1 0,000
1 5,000
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
3
/4-1 0 UNC
/8-9 UNC
1 -8 UNC
3
/4-1 0 UNC
7
/8-9 UNC
1 1 /8-8 UN
7
/8-9 UNC
1 -8 UN
1 1 /4-8 UN
1 -8 UNC
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 3/4-8UN
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 1 /2 -8 UN
1 1 /2 -8 UN
1 1 /2 -8 UN
2-8 UN
1 1 /2 -8 UN
1 7/8-8 UN
2 1 /2-8UN
7
FOOTNOTES
* Tolerance on bolt length:
+0.1 25/−0 in. for lengths up to 1 2 in.
+0.250/− 0 in. for lengths over 1 2 in.
Len g th *
5.500
6.000
7.750
5.500
6.500
8.500
6.500
7.250
9.500
7.250
8.000
1 0.250
8.500
9.750
1 2.500
9.250
1 1 .500
1 1 .750
1 3.000
1 7.750
1 3.500
1 6.000
21 .750
Dimensions in inches
Fl an g e Size an d
Bolt Si ze an d
Pressure
Th read
11
11
11
1 3 5/8
1 3 5/8
1 3 5/8
1 3 5/8
1 6 3/4
1 6 3/4
1 8 3/4
1 8 3/4
1 8 3/4
21 1 /4
21 1 /4
26 3/4
26 3/4
30
30
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
5000
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
5000
1 0,000
5000
1 0,000
1 5,000
5000
1 0,000
2000
3000
2000
3000
1 3/4-8 UN
2-8 UN
2 3/4-8 UN
1 5 /8-8 UN
1 7/8-8 UN
2 1 /4-8 UN
3-8 UN
1 7/8-8 UN
1 7/8-8 UN
2-8 UN
2 1 /4-8 UN
3-8 UN
2-8 UN
2 1 /2-8 UN
1 3/4-8 UN
2-8 UN
1 5/8-8 UN
1 7/8-8 UN
Len g th*
1 5.250
1 9.500
23.750
1 2.750
1 7.750
21 .250
29.750
1 4.750
1 7.750
1 7.750
22.750
26.750
1 9.000
24.750
1 4.250
1 7.500
1 4.500
1 7.750
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
I.2
361
Method of Calculating Tap End Stud Lengths for Type 6B and 6BX Flang es
I.2.1
Calcul ati on
Equation (I.2) is used in establishing tap end stud lengths listed in Table I.3, Table I.4, Table I.5, and Table
I.6 and is included here for convenience of industry. Length shown in tables results from rounding as
specified in I.2.2.
L = T + t + d + S + P + TL + RF
(I.2)
where
L
is calculated tap end stud length;
T is total flange thickness;
t
is plus tolerance for flange thickness;
d
is heavy hex nut thickness (equals nominal bolt diameter; see ASME B1 8.2.2);
S
is flange face standoff; S = 0 for BX assemblies [see Table D.8 (groove)/Table E.8 (groove) and
Table D.9 (gasket)/Table E.9 (gasket) —Type R and Table D.1 0 (gasket)/Table E.1 0 (gasket) —Type
RX];
P is maximum end point height (1 .5 x pitch of thread);
TL is tap end thread length, maximum [(one diameter + 1 .5 pitch) + 1 /1 6];
RF add amount of raised face present on studded flanges, if not omitted, to the length of studs in table.
I.2.2
Roundi ng off Procedure
Add 1 /1 6 in. to the calculated length and then round up to the next 1 /8 in. increment after this addition. This
rounding procedure allows for variation in stud installation methods and ensures sufficient extension for full
nut engagement.
I.2.3
Endpoint Hei g ht of Tap End Studs
The endpoint is the end portion of a stud bolt beyond the complete thread and may be chamfered, rounded,
or sheared. The maximum height of each endpoint shall be 1 .5 x pitch of thread.
I.2.4
Tap End Thread Leng th
One diameter of tap end stud + 1 .5 pitch of thread, with a tolerance of + 1 /1 6 /− 0 (this includes point height).
I.2.5
Nut End Thread Length
2.5 x diameter of tap end stud minimum. However, if necessary, this length shall be limited to provide
minimum unthreaded portion equal to one thread pitch between the tap end threads and nut end threads.
I.2.6
Flange Face Standoff Values,
S
The approximate distance between faces of made-up flanges, S (see Figure I.2) is given in Table D.9/Table
E.9 —Type R gasket and Table D.1 0/Table E.1 0 —Type RX gasket.
362
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table I.3―Tap End Stud Length Table for 6B Studded Flange Connectors with “R” and “RX” Gaskets
LENGTH = T + t + d + S + P + TL + RF
T is total flange thickness;
t is plus tolerance for flange thickness;
d is heavy hex nut thickness;
S is flange face standoff (with “RX” gasket);
P is point, max. (1 .5 x pitch);
TL is tap end thread length, max. [(one diameter + 1 .5 pitch) + 1 /1 6];
RF add amount of raised face present on studded flanges, if not omitted, to the length of studs in table.
Dimensions in inches
Bolt Size Tap End
Nut
Flange Size Bolt Size Tap End Nut End Length** Flange Size and
Thread
End
and Pressure and Thread Length* Length
and Pressure
Length* Length Length**
2 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
2 9/1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /8
3 1 /8
3 1 /8
41 /1 6
41 /1 6
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
5 1 /8
5 1 /8
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
5
/8-1 1 UNC
7
/8-9 UNC
7
/8-9 UNC
3
/4-1 0 UNC
1 -8 UNC
1 -8 UNC
3
/4-1 0 UNC
7
/8-9 UNC
1 1 /8-8 UN
7
/8-9 UNC
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 1 /4-8 UN
1 -8 UNC
1 1 /4-8 UN
1 1 /2 -8 UN
0.761
1 .042
1 .042
0.900
1 .1 88
1 .1 88
0.900
1 .042
1 .31 3
1 .042
1 .31 3
1 .438
1 .1 88
1 .438
1 .688
FOOTNOTES
* Tolerance on tap end thread length: +0.063/− 0 in.
** Tolerance on tap end stud length: +0.1 25/− 0 in.
1 .563
2.1 88
2.1 88
1 .875
2.500
2.500
1 .875
2.1 88
2.81 3
2.1 88
2.81 3
3.1 25
2.500
3.1 25
3.750
3.625
4.625
4.625
4.000
5.1 25
5.1 25
4.1 25
4.625
5.625
4.625
5.500
6.1 25
5.250
6.000
7.375
7 1 /1 6
7 1 /1 6
7 1 /1 6
9
9
9
11
11
11
1 3 5/8
1 3 5/8
1 6 3/4
1 6 3/4
21 1 /4
20 3/4
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
2000
3000
2000
3000
1 -8 UNC
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 5/8-8 UN
1 1 /4-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 7/8-8 UN
1 1 /4-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 1 /2 -8 UN
1 5/8-8 UN
1 5/8-8 UN
2-8 UN
1 .1 88
1 .31 3
1 .563
1 .31 3
1 .563
1 .81 3
1 .438
1 .563
2.063
1 .438
1 .563
1 .688
1 .81 3
1 .81 3
2.1 88
2.500
2.81 3
3.438
2.81 3
3.438
4.063
3.1 25
3.438
4.688
3.1 25
3.438
3.750
4.063
4.063
5.000
5.375
5.875
7.500
5.875
6.750
8.500
6.500
7.000
9.625
6.625
7.375
7.500
8.375
8.375
1 0.1 25
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
Table I.4
―
363
Tap End Stu d Leng th Table for 6BX Studded Flang e Connectors
LENGTH = T + t + d + S + P + TL + RF
T is total flange thickness;
t is plus tolerance for flange thickness;
d is heavy hex nut thickness;
S is flange face standoff;
P is point, max. (1 .5 x pitch);
TL is tap end thread length, max. [(one diameter + 1 .5 pitch) + 1 /1 6];
RF add amount of raised face present on studded flanges, if not omitted, to the length of studs in table.
Dimensions in inches
Fl ang e Si ze
and Pressure
1 1 3 /1 6
1 1 3 /1 6
1 1 3 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6
2 9 /1 6
2 9 /1 6
3 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6
4 1 /1 6
4 1 /1 6
4 1 /1 6
5 1 /8
5 1 /8
7 1 /1 6
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
1 0,000
1 5,000
1 0,000
7 1 /1 6
7 1 /1 6
9
9
9
1 5,000
20,000
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
Bolt Si ze
Tap En d
Nu t End
and Th read
Leng th *
Len g th
3
/4-1 0 UNC
/8-9 UNC
1 -8 UNC
3
/4-1 0 UNC
7
/8-9 UNC
1 1 /8-8 UN
7
/8-9 UNC
1 -8 UNC
1 1 /4-8 UN
1 -8 UNC
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 3/4-8 UN
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 1 /2-8 UN
1 1 /2-8 UN
1 1 /2-8 UN
2-8 UN
1 1 /2-8 UN
1 7/8-8 UN
2 1 /2-8 UN
7
Leng th **
0.900
1 .042
1 .1 88
0.900
1 .042
1 .31 3
1 .042
1 .1 88
1 .438
1 .1 88
1 .31 3
1 .563
1 .31 3
1 .563
1 .938
1 .31 3
1 .688
1 .688
1 .875
2.1 88
2.500
1 .875
2.1 88
2.81 3
2.1 88
2.500
3.1 25
2.500
2.81 3
3.438
2.81 3
3.438
4.375
2.81 3
3.750
3.750
3.750
4.1 25
5.1 25
3.875
4.375
5.750
4.375
4.875
6.250
5.000
5.500
6.750
5.750
6.500
8.375
6.000
7.625
7.750
1 .688
2.1 88
1 .688
2.063
2.688
3.750
5.000
3.750
4.688
6.250
8.375
1 1 .1 25
8.500
1 0.1 25
1 3.750
FOOTNOTES
* Tolerance on tap end thread length: + 0.063/− 0 in.
** Tolerance on tap end stud length: + 0.1 25/− 0 in.
Fl ang e Si ze
Bolt Si ze
and Pressu re
and Th read
Leng th *
1 3/4-8 UN
2-8 UN
2 3/4-8 UN
1 5/8-8 UN
1 7/8-8 UN
2 1 /4-8 UN
3-8 UN
1 7/8-8 UN
1 7/8-8 UN
2-8 UN
2 1 /4-8 UN
3-8 UN
2-8 UN
2 1 /2-8 UN
1 3/4-8 UN
2-8 UN
1 5/8-8 UN
1 7/8-8 UN
1 .938
2.1 88
2.938
1 .81 3
2.063
2.438
3.1 88
2.063
2.063
2.1 88
2.438
3.1 88
2.1 88
2.688
1 .938
2.1 88
1 .81 3
2.063
11
11
11
1 3 5 /8
1 3 5 /8
1 3 5 /8
1 3 5 /8
1 6 3 /4
1 6 3 /4
1 8 3 /4
1 8 3 /4
1 8 3 /4
21 1 /4
21 1 /4
26 3/4
26 3/4
30
30
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
5000
1 0,000
1 5,000
20,000
5000
1 0,000
5000
1 0,000
1 5,000
5000
1 0,000
2000
3000
2000
3000
Tap En d
Nu t End
Len g th
4.375
5.000
6.875
4.063
4.688
5.625
7.500
4.688
4.688
5.000
5.625
7.500
5.000
6.250
4.375
5.000
4.063
4.688
Leng th **
9.750
1 2.000
1 5.000
8.375
1 1 .000
1 3.250
1 8.1 25
9.500
1 1 .000
1 1 .250
1 4.000
1 6.750
1 1 .750
1 5.1 25
9.1 25
1 1 .000
9.250
1 1 .000
364
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table I.5―Stud Bolt Length Table for 6B Flange Connec tors with “R” Gaskets (USC Units)
LENGTH = 2(T + t + d) + S + 2(P)
T is total flange thickness;
t is plus tolerance for flange thickness;
d is heavy hex nut thickness;
S is flange face standoff (with “R” gasket);
P is point max. (1 .5 x pitch).
Dimensions in inches
Flange Size
and Pressure
2 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
2 9/1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /8
3 1 /8
3 1 /8
41 /1 6
41 /1 6
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
5 1 /8
5 1 /8
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
Bolt Size
and Thread
5
/8-1 1 UNC
7
/8-9 UNC
7
/8-9 UNC
3
/4-1 0 UNC
1 -8 UNC
1 -8 UNC
3
/4-1 0 UNC
7
/8-9 UNC
1 1 /8-8 UN
7
/8-9 UNC
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 1 /4-8 UN
1 -8 UNC
1 1 /4-8 UN
1 1 /2-8 UN
FOOTNOTES
* Tolerance on bolt length:
+0.1 25, −0 in. for lengths up to 1 2 in.
+0.250, −0 in. for lengths over 1 2 in.
Length*
4.750
6.250
6.250
5.250
6.750
6.750
5.500
6.250
7.500
6.250
7.250
8.250
7.000
8.000
1 0.250
Flange Size and
Pressure
7 1 /1 6
7 1 /1 6
7 1 /1 6
9
9
9
11
11
11
1 3 5/8
1 3 5/8
1 6 3/4
1 6 3/4
21 1 /4
20 3/4
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
2000
3000
2000
3000
Bolt Size
and Thread
Length*
1 -8 UNC
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 5/8-8 UN
1 1 /4-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 7/8-8 UN
1 1 /4-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 1 /2-8 UN
1 5/8-8 UN
1 5/8-8 UN
2-8 UN
7.250
8.250
1 1 .000
8.250
9.250
1 2.250
9.000
9.750
1 4.000
9.250
1 0.500
1 0.500
1 2.000
1 1 .750
1 4.500
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
―
365
Table I.6 Tap End Stud Length Table for 6B Studded Flange Connectors with
“R” Gaskets
LENGTH = T + t + d + S + P + TL + RF
T is total flange thickness;
t is plus tolerance for flange thickness;
d is heavy hex nut thickness;
S is f
gasket);
P is point, max. (1 .5 x pitch);
TL is tap end thread length, max. [(one diameter + 1 .5 pitch) + 1 /1 6];
RF add amount of raised face present on studded flanges, if not omitted, to the length of studs in table.
Dimensions in inches
lan ge
fa ce
s ta n d o ff ( wi th
Bolt Size
Flange Size
and Pressure and Thread
“ R”
Tap End
Length*
Nut End
Length
5
0.761
2 1 /1 6 2000
1 .563
/8-1 1 UNC
1
7
1 .042
2 /1 6 3000
2.1 88
/8-9 UNC
7
1 .042
21 /1 6 5000
2.1 88
/8-9 UNC
9
3
0.900
2 /1 6 2000
1 .875
/4-1 0 UNC
1 .1 88
2.500
29/1 6 3000
1 -8 UNC
9
1 .1 88
2.500
2 /1 6 5000
1 -8 UNC
3
2000
0.900
3 1 /8
1 .875
/4-1 0 UNC
7
3000
1 .042
3 1 /8
2.1 88
/8-9 UNC
1
1
5000
1 .31 3
3 /8
2.81 3
1 /8-8 UN
7
1
.042
41 /1 6 2000
2.1
88
/8-9 UNC
1
1
1 .31 3
4 /1 6 3000
2.81 3
1 /8-8 UN
1
1
.438
41 /1 6 5000
3.1 25
1 /4-8 UN
1
2000
1 .1 88
5 /8
2.500
1 -8 UNC
3000
1 .438
5 1 /8
3.1 25
1 1 /4-8 UN
5000
1 .688
5 1 /8
3.750
1 1 /2-8 UN
FOOTNOTES
* Tolerance on tap end thread length: +0.063/ 0 in.
** Tolerance on tap end stud length; +0.1 25/ 0 in.
−
−
Length**
3.375
4.375
4.375
3.750
4.750
4.750
3.875
4.375
5.250
4.375
5.1 25
5.750
4.875
5.625
7.000
Bolt Size
Flange Size
and Pressure and Thread
7 1 /1 6
7 1 /1 6
7 1 /1 6
9
9
9
11
11
11
1 3 5 /8
1 3 5 /8
1 6 3 /4
1 6 3 /4
21 1 /4
20 3/4
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
5000
2000
3000
2000
3000
2000
3000
1 -8 UNC
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 5/8-8 UN
1 1 /4-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 7/8-8 UN
1 1 /4-8 UN
1 3/8-8 UN
1 1 /2-8 UN
1 5/8-8 UN
1 5/8-8 UN
2-8 UN
Tap End
Length*
1 .1 88
1 .31 3
1 .563
1 .31 3
1 .563
1 .81 3
1 .438
1 .563
2.063
1 .438
1 .563
1 .688
1 .81 3
1 .81 3
2.1 88
Nut End Length**
Length
2.500
2.81 3
3.438
2.81 3
3.438
4.063
3.1 25
3.438
4.688
3.1 25
3.438
3.750
4.063
4.063
5.000
5.000
5.625
7.250
5.625
6.375
8.1 25
6.1 25
6.625
9.250
6.250
7.000
7.1 25
8.000
8.000
9.625
Annex J
(normative)
Weld-neck Flanges
J.1
General
J.1 .1 Application
There shall be two applications of weld-neck flanges as follows.
—
—
Standard: Weld-neck flanges designed and manufactured to be welded to equipment covered by this
specification, with or without additional machining, to meet the requirements of 1 4.1 for integral flanges
when completed.
Nonstandard: Weld-neck flanges designed and manufactured to be welded to piping or other types of
equipment not covered by this specification.
J.1 .2 Type and Pressure Rating
There shall be two types of weld-neck flanges.
—
—
J.2
Type 6B weld-neck flanges shall be designed and manufactured such that they can be bolted to a
matching 6B flanged or studded connector with a rated working pressure of 1 3.8 MPa, 20.7 MPa, or
34.5 MPa (2000 psi, 3000 psi, or 5000 psi).
Type 6BX weld-neck flanges shall be designed and manufactured such that they can be bolted to a
matching 6BX flanged or studded connector with a rated working pressure of 69.0 MPa, 1 03.5 MPa, or
1 38.0 MPa (1 0,000 psi, 1 5,000 psi, or 20,000 psi).
Design
J.2.1 Design Responsibility
NOTE A loose weld-neck flange has two distinct sections as shown in Figure J.1 , a flange (rim) section and a hub
(neck) section.
The following shall apply.
—
—
Design of the flange section in the finished state as an integral flange shall be fully established by the
requirements in part 1 4.1 .
Design of the hub section shall be the responsibility of the manufacturer.
366
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
367
Dimensions in inches (millimeters)
Figure J.1
J.2.2
—Weld-neck Flange Dimensions
Flange Dimensions
Dimensions of the weld-neck flange section shall conform to Table D.1 /Table E.1 , Table D.2/Table E.2,
Table D.3/Table E.3, Table D.4/Table E.4, Table D.5/Table E.5, Table D.6/Table E.6 or Table D.7/Table E.7
for the following from Figure J.1 :
B
OD
C
K
T
is maximum bore diameter;
BC
is bolt circle diameter;
N
is number of bolt holes;
BH
is diameter of bolt holes;
Q
is height of raised face (if applicable).
is outside diameter of flange;
is chamfers (2) on flange OD;
is raised face diameter (if applicable);
is total thickness of flange;
J.2.3
J.2.3.1
Hub Dimensions
Hub Dimensions for Standard Applications
For weld-neck flanges that are welded to a body or a piece of equipment and subsequently completed as
integral flanges, dimensions of the hub section should conform to Table D.1 /Table E.1 , Table D.2/Table E.2,
368
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Table D.3/Table E.3, Table D.4/Table E.4, Table D.5/Table E.5, Table D.6/Table E.6 or Table D.7/Table E.7
for the following from Figure J.1 :
X is hub diameter (at flange), 6B flanges;
J is hub diameter (at flange), 6BX flanges;
1
J is reduced (optional) hub diameter for 6BX flanges;
2
J is minimum length of optional taper from J to J for 6BX flanges;
3
1
2
R is fillet radius (between hub section and flange section).
NOTE The taper dimensions J2 and J3 are minimum values; a more gradual taper or a straight hub diameter of J1 is
permitted.
For Type 6BX flanges, hub dimensions beyond the J3 length shall be established by the manufacturer in
conformance with Section 5.
For Type 6B flanges, hub dimensions beyond the radius, R, at diameter X shall be established by the
manufacturer in conformance with Section 5.
Hub dimensions on equipment for which reduced bores are permitted (for example, chokes, check valves)
shall be established by the manufacturer in conformance with Section 5.
J.2.3.2
Hub Dimensions for Nonstandard Applications
For weld-neck flanges designed to be welded to piping or other types of equipment outside the scope of this
specification, hub dimensions shall be established by the manufacturer in conformance with Section 5 or
other design standard that is applicable to the equipment.
If the nominal bore of the welding end is smaller than the nominal bore of the pipe by a difference of 4.8 mm
(0.1 8 in.) or more, the flange shall be taper bored from the weld end at a slope not exceeding 3 to 1 .
However, requirements for minimum wall thickness shall apply.
J.2.4
Weld End Preparation
The weld end preparation shall be designed to achieve full penetration of the pressure wall after all
machining.
NOTE
A recommended preparation design is shown in Figure J.2.
Other preparations shall be acceptable.
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
a) Dimensions in millimeters
—
b) Dimensions in inches
Figure J.2 Recommended Weld End Preparation for Type 6B and 6BX Weld-end Flanges
369
Annex K
(informative)
Top Connectors
K.1
General
Annex K recommends dimensions and material strengths for top connectors, also known as tree caps, for
the most common sizes and pressure ratings. The dimensions and material specifications indicated allow for
conformance with all other requirements for top connectors, as specified in this specification.
If this annex is applied, the following requirements shall be met.
K.2 Materials
Materials shall meet the requirements of 6.2 and have a minimum 0.2 % offset yield strength of 51 7 MPa
(75,000 psi) and a maximum hardness of 237 HBW to be suitable for H 2 S service. The appropriate material
selection shall be made in accordance with Table 3.
K.3 Design
NOTE 1 The top connectors are designed for use in combinations of nominal size ranges and rated working pressure
as shown in Table K.1 and Table K.2 and Figure K.1 and Figure K.2.
NOTE 2 Provisions on the bonnet nut other than those indicated in Figure K.1 and Figure K.2 for transfer of make-up
torque may be provided but are not specified in this specification.
The threads shall conform to ASME B1 .5 Acme screw threads, as specified in Table K.1 .
—
K.4 Dimensions Top Connector, Seal, Bleeder Connector
Dimensions for top connectors shall conform to Table K.1 , Table K.2, Table K.3 and Table K.4; flanges shall
conform to the appropriate tables and requirements of 1 4.1 , and 1 6B and 1 6BX clamp hubs shall conform to
API 1 6A.
The dime
-ring seals of the caps are specified in Table K.5, Table K.6, and
Table K.7 and shall conform to SAE AS568A.
n si on s
an d
m a te ri a l s
of
th e
“O”
The dimensions of the bleeder connector shall conform to 9.3 depending on the pressure rating of the top
connector.
K.5 Quality Control
The quality control requirements shall be in accordance with 1 4.7.4.
K.6 Marking
Marking shall be as specified in Section 1 2.
K.7 Storing and Shipping
Storing and shipping shall be as specified in Section 1 3.
370
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
371
—
Table K.1 Standard Top Connector Sizes
Nominal Tree Cap
Bore Size
in.
2 9 /1 6
2 9 /1 6
3 1 /8
3 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6
41 /1 6
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
5 1 /8
5 1 /8
6 3/8
6 3/8
Rated Working
Pressure
MPa
1 03.5
1 38.0
34.5
69.0
1 03.5
34.5
69.0
1 03.5
34.5
69.0
1 03.5
34.5
69.0
Thread Size
Aa
in.
psi
b
1 5,000
20,000
5000 b
1 0,000
1 5,000
5000 b
1 0,000
1 5,000
5000 b
1 0,000
1 5,000
5000 b
1 0,000
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5 /4 4THD Acme-2G
6 1 /4 4THD Acme-2G
5 3/4 4THD Acme-2G
5 3/4 4THD Acme-2G
7 1 /2 4THD Acme-2G
8 3/8 4THD Acme-2G
8 3/8 4THD Acme-2G
9 1 /2 4THD Acme-2G
9 4THD Acme-2G
9 4THD Acme-2G
1 2 1 /4 4THD Acme-2G
9 1 /2 4THD Acme-2G
1 1 1 /2 4THD Acme-2G
FOOTNOTES
a See Figure K.1 and Figure K.2.
b
Pressures up to and including this rated working pressure.
Seal Bore Diameter
mm
1 01 .60
1 01 .60
1 01 .60
1 01 .60
1 39.70
1 33.35
1 33.35
1 58.75
1 71 .45
1 71 .45
1 77.80
203.20
209.55
in.
4.000
4.000
4.000
4.000
5.500
5.250
5.250
6.250
6.750
6.750
7.000
8.000
8.250
—
Table K.2 Top Connector Body, Inside and Outside Diameter Combinations
Nominal
Size
in.
2 9/1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /8
3 1 /1 6
3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6
41 /1 6
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
5 1 /8
5 1 /8
6 3/8
6 3/8
Rated Working
Pressure
MPa
1 03.5
1 38.0
34.5
69.0
1 03.5
34.5
69.0
1 03.5
34.5
69.0
1 03.5
34.5
69.0
FOOTNOTE
a See Figure K.1 and Figure K.2.
psi
1 5,000
20,000
5000
1 0,000
1 5,000
5000
1 0,000
1 5,000
5000
1 0,000
1 5,000
5000
1 0,000
ID
Maximum Inside Diameter a
mm
65.8
65.8
81 .8
78.5
78.5
1 08.7
1 03.9
1 03.9
1 31 .1
1 31 .1
1 31 .1
1 62.8
1 62.8
in.
2.59
2.59
3.22
3.09
3.09
4.28
4.09
4.09
5.1 6
5.1 6
5.1 6
6.41
6.41
OD
Minimum Outside Diameter
mm
1 09.0
1 44.5
94.5
1 04.6
1 26.7
1 25.7
1 39.2
1 66.4
1 57.0
1 74.0
21 2.1
200.2
221 .7
in.
4.29
5.69
3.72
4.1 2
4.99
4.95
5.48
6.55
6.1 8
6.85
8.35
7.88
8.73
API S PECIFICATION 6A
372
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise;
surface roughness in micrometers
a) Blanking plug
b) Body
c) Bonnet nut
Key
1 bleed port connector
2 back-up ring (if used)
3 O-ring (if back-up ring is used)
4 seal
5 flange in accordance with 1 4.1
6 ID in accordance with Table K.2
a
b
c
d
e
f
Use 1 .5 x 45° for radial wall thickness less than 1 0.1 6 mm.
A-4 thread 29° Acme 2G.
Remove feather edge (see Table K.1 ).
If applicable.
Thread relief.
Gripping grooves 1 .5  0.5 wide x 1 .0  0.5 deep x 45° walls. Typically, there are 36 grooves along entire length
equally spaced around OD. Visually inspect grooves only.
—
—
Figure K.1 Top Connector for Tree SI Units
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
—
373
—
Table K.3 Dimensions for Top Connectors SI Units
(See Figure K.1 for Location of Dimensions)
Dimensions in millimeters
Nominal Size
Dimensions
2 9/1 6
3 1 /8
2 9/1 6
3 1 /1 6
4 1 /1 6
4 1 /1 6
34.5
69.0
Rated Working Pressure
MPa
1 03.5
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
AA
3 1 /1 6
34.5
1 1 3.3/1 1 4.3
88.9/91 .9
1 66.1 /1 65.1
1 1 5.6/1 1 6.1
1 39.70/1 40.00
1 47.57/1 48.08
1 40.7/1 39.7
1 46.05/1 45.72
1 01 .60/1 01 .75
86.9/85.9
75.7/76.7
1 37.52/1 37.01
1 26.5/1 27.5
1 01 .50/1 01 .35
66.5
51 .3/50.3
92.35/92.20
6.6/7.6
1 8.5/1 9.6
60.5/61 .5
1 06.2/1 05.2
1 66.9
76.2
1 1 4.8/1 1 4.3
1 39.4/1 38.9
69.0
1 38.0
1 03.5
1 1 4.3/1 1 5.3
91 .9/92.5
1 91 .5/1 90.5
1 34.6/1 35.1
1 52.40/1 52.70
1 60.27/1 60.78
1 40.7/1 39.7
1 58.75/1 58.42
1 01 .60/1 01 .75
82.8/81 .8
91 .4/92.5
1 50.1 6/1 49.68
1 45.5/1 46.6
1 01 .50/1 01 .35
66.5
51 .3/50.3
92.35/92.20
1 7.0/1 8.0
34.5/35.6
60.5/61 .5
1 1 4.8/1 1 3.8
1 74.5
88.9
1 33.9/1 33.4
1 51 .9/1 51 .4
1 1 3.8/1 1 4.3
88.9/89.4
21 6.9/21 5.9
1 55.2/1 55.7
1 84.1 5/1 84.45
1 92.02/1 92.53
1 40.7/1 39.7
1 90.50/1 90.1 7
1 39.70/1 39.85
91 .4/90.4
75.7/76.7
1 81 .81 /1 81 .31
1 64.6/1 65.6
1 39.60/1 39.45
91 .7
51 .3/50.3
1 30.45/1 30.30
1 7.5/1 8.5
34.5/35.6
60.5/61 .5
1 06.2/1 05.2
1 65.4
76.2
1 54.4/1 53.9
1 81 .9/1 81 .4
1 1 8.6/1 1 9.1
92.2/92.7
242.6/242.1
1 82.1 /1 82.6
206.38/206.68
21 4.25/21 4.76
1 40.0/1 38.9
21 2.73/21 2.39
1 33.35/1 33.50
95.8/94.7
67.6/68.6
203.96/203.45
1 88.5/1 89.5
1 33.25/1 33.1 0
1 02.1
51 .3/50.3
1 21 .46/1 21 .31
9.1 /1 0.2
1 8.5/1 9.6
36.1 /37.1
97.0/96.0
1 48.3
70.4
1 78.3/1 77.8
204.7/204.2
374
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise;
surface roughness in micrometers
a) Blanking plug
b) Body
c) Bonnet nut
Key
1 bleed port connector
2 back-up ring (if used)
3 O-ring (if back-up ring is used)
4 seal
5 flange in accordance with 1 4.1
6 ID in accordance with Table K.2
a
Use 1 .5 x 45° for radial wall thickness less than 1 0.1 6 mm.
b
A-4 thread 29° Acme 2G.
c
Remove feather edge (see Table K.1 ).
d
If applicable.
e
Thread relief.
f
Gripping grooves 1 .5  0.5 wide x 1 .0  0.5 deep x 45° walls. Typically, there are 36 grooves along entire length
equally spaced around OD. Visually inspect grooves only.
—
—
Figure K.1 Top Connector for Tree SI Units (repeated)
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
—
375
—
Table K.3 Dimensions for Top Connectors SI Units ( continued)
(See Figure K.1 for Location of Dimensions)
Dimensions in millimeters
Nominal Size
1
Dimensions
4 /1 6
5 /8
1
5 /8
5 1 /8
6 3/8
6 3/8
1 03.5
34.5
69.0
1 77.8/1 78.3
1 36.7/1 37.2
369.3/368.3
261 .4/261 .9
304.80/305.1 0
31 2.67/31 3.1 8
222.8/221 .7
31 1 .1 5/31 0.82
1 77.80/1 77.95
1 1 8.6/1 1 7.6
1 1 1 .3/1 1 2.3
302.1 1 /301 .60
289.1 /290.1
1 77.70/1 77.55
1 30.0
51 .3/50.3
1 65.91 /1 65.76
1 9.8/20.8
40.6/41 .7
51 .3/52.3
1 59.3/1 58.2
236.0
1 1 4.3
260.6/260.1
303.5/303.0
1 1 3.8/1 1 4.3
1 01 .6/1 02.1
267.7/266.7
21 7.2/21 7.7
234.95/235.25
242.82/243.33
1 40.7/1 39.7
241 .30/240.97
203.20/203.35
1 02.1 /1 01 .1
68.6/69.6
232.46/231 .95
228.1 /229.1
203.1 0/202.95
1 77.8
51 .3/50.3
1 91 .31 /1 91 .1 6
9.1 /1 0.2
20.3/21 .3
53.3/54.4
91 .4/90.4
1 50.6
53.3
21 6.4/21 5.9
233.9/233.4
1 53.4/1 53.9
1 23.7/1 25.2
331 .2/330.2
253.2/253.7
285.75/286.05
293.62/294.1 3
1 86.2/1 85.2
292.1 0/291 .77
209.55/209.70
1 1 7.9/1 1 6.8
94.7/95.8
283.1 1 /282.60
272.5/273.6
209.45/209.30
1 62.6
51 .3/50.3
1 97.66/1 97.51
1 9.8/20.8
40.6/41 .7
51 .3/52.3
1 24.5/1 23.4
1 89.5
96.5
252.5/252.0
284.2/283.7
Rated Working Pressure
MPa
1 03.5
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
AA
1
1 1 6.8/1 1 7.3
1 01 .6/1 02.1
277.9/276.9
209.6/21 0.1
234.95/235.25
242.82/243.33
1 40.7/1 39.7
241 .30/240.97
1 58.75/1 58.90
82.3/81 .3
88.9/89.9
234.44/233.93
21 8.2/21 9.2
1 58.65/1 58.50
1 02.1
51 .3/50.3
1 46.86/1 46.71
1 7.0/1 8.0
31 .2/32.3
52.8/53.8
1 1 8.9/1 1 7.9
1 72.0
83.8
206.8/206.2
233.4/232.9
34.5
69.0
1 1 3.8/1 1 4.3
1 01 .6/1 02.1
267.7/266.7
200.9/201 .4
222.25/222.55
230.1 2/230.63
1 40.7/1 39.7
228.60/228.27
1 71 .45/1 71 .60
1 00.6/99.6
72.6/73.7
21 9.81 /21 9.30
202.7/203.7
1 71 .35/1 71 .20
1 40.7
51 .3/50.3
1 59.56/1 59.41
9.1 /1 0.2
23.1 /24.1
53.3/54.4
1 02.1 /1 01 .1
1 57.7
95.0
200.2/1 99.6
220.7/220.2
376
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Dimensions in inches unless noted otherwise;
surface roughness in microinches
a) Blanking plug
b) Body
c) Bonnet nut
Key
1 bleed port connector
2 back-up ring (if used)
3 O-ring (if back-up ring is used)
4 seal
5 flange in accordance with 1 4.1
6 ID in accordance with Table K.2
a
b
c
d
e
f
Use 0.06 x 45° for radial wall thickness less than 0.40 in.
A-4 THD 29° Acme 2G.
Remove feather edge (see Table K.1 ).
If applicable.
Thread relief.
Gripping grooves 0.06  0.02 wide x 0.04  0.02 deep x 45° walls. Typically, there are 36 grooves along entire
length equally spaced around OD. Visually inspect grooves only.
—
—
Figure K.2 Top Connector for Tree USC Units
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
—
377
—
Table K.4 Dimensions for Top Connectors USC Units
(See Figure K.2 for Location of Dimensions)
Dimensions in inches
Nominal Size
9
Dimensions
1
2 /1 6
3 /8
3 /1 6
9
2 /1 6
3 1 /1 6
4 1 /1 6
4 1 /1 6
5000
1 0,000
Rated Working Pressure
psi
1 5,000
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
AA
1
5000 1 0,000
4.46/4.50
3.50/3.62
6.54/6.50
4.55/4.57
5.500/5.51 2
5.81 0/5.830
5.54/5.50
5.750/5.737
4.000/4.006
3.42/3.38
2.98/3.02
5.41 4/5.394
4.98/5.02
3.996/3.990
2.62
2.02/1 .98
3.636/3.630
0.26/0.30
0.73/0.77
2.38/2.42
4.1 8/4.1 4
6.57
3.00
4.52/4.50
5.49/5.47
20,000
1 5,000
4.50/4.54
3.62/3.64
7.54/7.50
5.30/5.32
6.000/6.01 2
6.31 0/6.330
5.54/5.50
6.250/6.237
4.000/4.006
3.26/3.22
3.60/3.64
5.91 2/5.893
5.73/5.77
3.996/3.990
2.62
2.02/1 .98
3.636/3.630
0.67/0.71
1 .36/1 .40
2.38/2.42
4.52/4.48
6.87
3.50
5.27/5.25
5.98/5.96
4.48/4.50
3.50/3.52
8.54/8.50
6.1 1 /6.1 3
7.250/7.262
7.560/7.580
5.54/5.50
7.500/7.487
5.500/5.506
3.60/3.56
2.98/3.02
7.1 58/7.1 38
6.48/6.52
5.496/5.490
3.61
2.02/1 .98
5.1 36/5.1 30
0.69/0.73
1 .36/1 .40
2.38/2.42
4.1 8/4.1 4
6.51
3.00
6.08/6.06
7.1 6/7.1 4
4.67/4.69
3.63/3.65
9.55/9.53
7.1 7/7.1 9
8.1 25/8.1 37
8.435/8.455
5.51 /5.47
8.375/8.362
5.250/5.256
3.77/3.73
2.66/2.70
8.030/8.01 0
7.42/7.46
5.246/5.240
4.02
2.02/1 .98
4.782/4.776
0.36/0.40
0.73/0.77
1 .42/1 .46
3.82/3.78
5.84
2.77
7.02/7.00
8.06/8.04
378
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Dimensions in inches unless noted otherwise;
surface roughness in microinches
a) Blanking plug
b) Body
c) Bonnet nut
Key
1 bleed port connector
2 back-up ring (if used)
3 O-ring (if back-up ring is used)
4 seal
5 flange in accordance with 1 4.1
6 ID in accordance with Table K.2
a
b
c
d
e
f
Use 0.06 x 45° for radial wall thickness less than 0.40 in.
A-4 THD 29° Acme 2G.
Remove feather edge (see Table K.1 ).
If applicable.
Thread relief.
Gripping grooves 0.06  0.02 wide x 0.04  0.02 deep x 45° walls. Typically, there are 36 grooves along entire
length equally spaced around OD. Visually inspect grooves only.
—
—
Figure K.2 Top Connector for Tree USC Units (repeated)
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
—
379
—
Table K.4 Dimensions for Top Connectors USC Units ( continued)
(See Figure K.2 for Location of Dimensions)
Dimensions in inches
Nominal Size
1
Dimensions
4 /1 6
5 /8
1
5 /8
5 1 /8
6 3 /8
6 3/8
1 5,000
5000
1 0,000
7.00/7.02
5.38/5.40
1 4.54/1 4.50
1 0.29/1 0.31
1 2.000/1 2.01 2
1 2.31 0/1 2.330
8.77/8.73
1 2.250/1 2.237
7.000/7.006
4.67/4.63
4.38/4.42
1 1 .894/1 1 .874
1 1 .38/1 1 .42
6.996/6.990
5.1 2
2.02/1 .98
6.532/6.526
0.78/0.82
1 .60/1 .64
2.02/2.06
6.27/6.23
9.29
4.50
1 0.26/1 0.24
1 1 .95/1 1 .93
4.48/4.50
4.00/4.02
1 0.54/1 0.50
8.55/8.57
9.250/9.262
9.56/9.58
5.54/5.50
9.500/9.487
8.000/8.006
4.02/3.98
2.70/2.74
9.1 52/9.1 32
8.98/9.02
7.996/7.990
7.00
2.02/1 .98
7.532/7.526
0.36/0.40
0.80/0.84
2.1 0/2.1 4
3.60/3.56
5.93
2.1 0
8.52/8.50
9.21 /9.1 9
6.04/6.06
4.87/4.93
1 3.04/1 3.00
9.97/9.99
1 1 .250/1 1 .262
1 1 .56/1 1 .58
7.33/7.29
1 1 .500/1 1 .487
8.250/8.256
4.64/4.60
3.73/3.77
1 1 .1 46/1 1 .1 26
1 0.73/1 0.77
8.246/8.240
6.40
2.02/1 .98
7.782/7.776
0.78/0.82
1 .60/1 .64
2.02/2.06
4.90/4.86
7.46
3.80
9.94/9.92
1 1 .1 9/1 1 .1 7
Rated Working Pressure
psi
1 5,000
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
AA
1
4.60/4.62
4.00/4.02
1 0.94/1 0.90
8.25/8.27
9.250/9.262
9.560/9.580
5.54/5.50
9.500/9.487
6.250/6.256
3.24/3.20
3.50/3.54
9.230/9.21 0
8.59/8.63
6.246/6.240
4.02
2.02/1 .98
5.782/5.776
0.67/0.71
1 .23/1 .27
2.08/2.1 2
4.68/4.64
6.77
3.30
8.1 4/8.1 2
9.1 9/9.1 7
5000
1 0,000
4.48/4.50
4.00/4.02
1 0.54/1 0.50
7.91 /7.93
8.750/8.762
9.060/9.080
5.54/5.50
9.000/8.987
6.750/6.756
3.96/3.92
2.86/2.90
8.654/8.634
7.98/8.02
6.746/6.740
5.54
2.02/1 .98
6.282/6.276
0.36/0.40
0.91 /0.95
2.1 0/2.1 4
4.02/3.98
6.21
3.74
7.88/7.86
8.69/8.67
380
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
FOOTNOTES
a For O-ring size, see Table K.5.
b Make 1 cut as shown 0.8 mm wide flush; steps not allowed.
NOTE
Material is nylon. Prior to installation, soften by boiling in water for 4 h.
—
Figure K.3 Back-up Ring for Seal
—SI Units
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
381
—
Table K.5 Seals for Top Connector Plugs for H 2 S Service
Nominal Size
in.
Rated Working Pressure
MPa
psi
9
2 /1 6
3 1 /8
3 1 /1 6
1 03.5
34.5
69.0
1 5,000
5000
1 0,000
2 9/1 6
1 38.0
20,000
3 1 /1 6
1 03.5
1 5,000
41 /1 6
41 /1 6
34.5
69.0
5000
1 0,000
41 /1 6
1 03.5
1 5,000
5 1 /8
5 1 /8
34.5
69.0
5000
1 0,000
5 1 /8
1 03.5
1 5,000
6 3/8
34.5
5000
6 3/8
69.0
1 0,000
Seals a
Back-up Ring
Required b
SAE AS 568-342-90 FKM
SAE AS 568-342-90 FKM
SAE AS 568-342-90 FKM
—
—
—
SAE AS 568-342-90 FKM
SAE AS 568-1 53-80 FKM c
SAE AS 568-354-90 FKM
SAE AS 568-1 59-80 FKM c
SAE AS 568-427-90 FKM
SAE AS 568-427-90 FKM
SAE AS 568-435-90 FKM
SAE AS 568-1 61 -80 FKM c
SAE AS 568-438-90 FKM
SAE AS 568-438-90 FKM
SAE AS 568-439-90 FKM
SAE AS 568-1 66-80 FKM c
SAE AS 568-443-90 FKM
SAE AS 568-444-90 FKM
SAE AS 568-1 68-80 FKM c
Yes
Yes
—
—
Yes
—
—
Yes
—
Yes
FOOTNOTES
All O-rings specified are suitable for H 2S service.
a FKM according to ASTM D1 41 8.
b See Figure K.3 and Table K.6 for back-up ring details and dimensions.
c The O-rings marked 80 (durometer) are used on the outside of a back-up ring.
—
—
Table K.6 Back-up Ring for Seal SI Units
(See Figure K.3 for Location of Dimensions)
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal Size
Rated Working Pressure
in.
MPa
OD
IDR
ID
9
1 38.0
1 03.5
1 03.5
1 03.5
69.0
1 02.84/1 02.95
1 40.94/1 41 .1 0
1 59.94/1 60.1 0
1 78.59/1 78.74
21 0.34/21 0.49
97.79/98.04
1 35.64/1 36.1 4
1 54.69/1 54.94
1 72.97/1 73.23
204.72/204.98
93.65/93.75
1 31 .80/1 31 .95
1 48.31 /1 48.46
1 66.70/1 66.85
1 98.45/1 98.60
2 /1 6
3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
6 3/8
382
API S PECIFICATION 6A
Dimensions in inches unless noted otherwise
FOOTNOTES
a For O-ring size, see Table K.5.
b Make 1 cut as shown 0.03 in. wide flush; steps not allowed.
Material is nylon. Prior to installation, soften by boiling in water for 4 h.
—
—
—
—
Figure K.4 Back-up Ring for Seal USC Units
Table K.7 Back-up Ring for Seal USC Units
(See Figure K.4 for Location of Dimensions)
Dimensions in inches
Nominal Size
Rated Working
Pressure
in.
psi
OD
IDR
ID
9
20,000
1 5,000
1 5,000
1 5,000
1 0,000
4.049/4.053
5.549/5.555
6.297/6.303
7.031 /7.037
8.281 /8.287
3.85/3.86
5.34/5.36
6.09/6.1 0
6.81 /6.82
8.06/8.07
3.687/3.691
5.1 89/5.1 95
5.839/5.845
6.563/6.569
7.81 3/7.81 9
2 /1 6
3 1 /1 6
41 /1 6
5 1 /8
6 3/8
Annex L
(informative)
Segmented Flanges
L.1
General
NOTE 1 Segmented flanges for dual completion are included in this specification to provide interchangeable
replacement equipment for existing installations.
NOTE 2 Segmented flanges are of the ring-joint type and are designed with the ring groove in a recessed
counterbore. Depending on tolerances and whether the gasket has been properly seated, the connection make-up
bolting force can react on the surface outside the recessed face of the flange.
The segmented flange shall be of the through-bolted or studded design.
NOTE 3
Face-to-face contact is not necessary for the proper functioning of segmented flanges.
L.2 Dimensions
Segmented flange dimensions shall conform to Table L.1 or Table L.2. Ring groove dimensions shall
conform to Table D.1 0/Table E.1 0.
L.3 Flange Face
The flange face shall be fully machined. The nut-bearing surface shall be parallel to the flange gasket
counterbored face within 1 °. The back face may be fully machined or spot-faced at the bolt holes.
L.4 Gaskets
Segmented flanges shall use RX gaskets specified in Table L.2 that conform to the requirements of 1 4.2.
L.5 Corrosion-resistant Ring Grooves
Corrosion-resistant ring grooves manufactured in segmented flanges shall meet the specified minimum yield
strength of the base material.
L.6 Service Limitations
These flanges shall not be used for H 2S service, and shall not be marked with material classes DD, EE, FF, or HH.
NOTE
The use of these flanges for gas service with or without H 2 S is not recommended.
L.7 Installation
Segmented flanges should be used in pairs (i.e. two flanges side-by-side, for dual completions). Manifolds
should be rigidly clamped together to add stability to the flanges when subjected to bending loads.
L.8 Ring Groove Surface
The 23° surfaces
on
ri n g
g ro o ve s
sh al l
h a ve
a
s u rfa ce
fi n i s h
383
no
ro u g h e r th a n
1 .6
μm
Ra
(63
μin
. RMS).
384
API S PECIFICATION 6A
―
Table L.1 Dimensions for 34.5 MPa Rated Working Pressure, Segmented Flanges for Dual Completion
a) SI units
Dimensions in millimeters
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
385
Table L.1 —Dimensions for 34.5 MPa Rated Working Pressure, Segmented Flanges for Dual
Completion a) SI Units ( continued)
—
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal
Size of
Flange
Max.
Bore
in.
B
OD
Tolerance>
max.
± 1 .5
1 3/8
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /8
41 /1 6
35.3
46.5
53.1
65.8
80.3
1 03.9
1 08.7
1 30.0
1 55.4
1 66.6
21 2.9
231 .6
269.7
269.7
41 /1 6 x 41 /4
Outside
Total
Distance Minimum
Diameter Thickness Flat to
Radius
of Flange of Flange Center
T
FR
E
+3.0
–0
39.6
52.3
53.8
63.5
69.9
69.9
69.9
Diameter of
Hub
J
+0
min.
29.5
35.1
44.5
56.4
63.5
74.7
74.7
6
3
3
3
3
25
25
–0.5
56.4
69.9
77.0
93.7
1 1 4.3
1 33.4
1 33.4
Diameter of
Depth of
Counterbore Counterbore
K
+0/–0.5
+0/–0.5
+0/–0.8
+0/–0.8
+0/–0.8
+0/–0.8
+0/–0.8
Q
+0.5
−0
52.3
66.5
79.2
1 01 .6
1 1 5.8
1 44.5
1 44.5
+0.25
−0
2.77
1 .83
3.68
3.68
3.30
5.33
5.33
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Nominal
Size of
Flange
in.
Diameter Diameter Number
of Bolt
of Bolt
of Bolt
Circle
Holes
Holes
BC
Tolerance>
1 3/8
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /8
41 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 4 1 /4
98.6
1 1 7.3
1 30.0
1 62.1
1 79.3
206.2
206.3
BH
M
16
20
23
29
29
32
32
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
+1 .5
− 0.5
Bolt
Hole
Offset
X
Bolt
Hole
Offset
Y
Bolt
Hole
Offset
Bolt Size Bore-to- Stud
Stud
and TPI
bore Length, Length,
Spacing Studded Flange
x Flange
x
Flange
Z
See
GDT
See
GDT
See
GDT
1 3°
1 6°
1 9°
21 °
23°
28.5°
28.5°
38.5°
37°
35.5°
34.5°
33.5°
1 9°
1 9°
—
—
—
—
—
23.5°
23.5°
in.
BB
1
/2-1 3 UNC
/8-1 1 UNC
3
/4-1 0 UNC
1 -8 UNC
1 -8 UNC
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 1 /8-8 UN
—
5
70.6
90.2
1 1 4.3
1 28.3
—
—
70
90
95
1 20
1 25
1 35
1 35
115
1 45
1 50
1 85
1 95
21 0
21 0
386
API S PECIFICATION 6A
—
Table L.1 Dimensions for 5000 psi Rated Working Pressure, Segmented Flanges for Dual
Completion (continued)
b) USC units
Dimensions in inches
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
—
387
Table L.1 Dimensions for 5000 psi Rated Working Pressure, Segmented Flanges for Dual
Completion b) USC Units (continued)
—
Dimensions in inches
Nominal
Size
of Flange
Maximum Outside
Total
Distance Minimum Diameter of Hub Diameter Depth of
Bore
Diameter Thickness Flat To
Radius
of
Counterof Flange of Flange Center
Counterbore
bore
in.
B
OD
T
E
FR
Tolerance>
max.
 0.06
+0.1 2
–0
0.02
0
min.
1 3/8
1 1 3/1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9 /1 6
3 1 /8
41 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 41 /4
1 .39
1 .83
2.09
2.59
3.1 6
4.09
4.28
5.1 2
6.1 2
6.56
8.38
9.1 2
1 0.62
1 0.62
1 .56
2.06
2.1 2
2.50
2.75
2.75
2.75
1 .1 6
1 .38
1 .75
2.22
2.50
2.94
2.94
0.25
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
0.1 2
1 .00
1 .00
J
2.22
2.75
3.03
3.69
4.50
5.25
5.25
+0/− 0.02
+0/− 0.02
+0/− 0.03
+0/− 0.02
+0/− 0.02
+0/− 0.02
+0/− 0.02
K
Q
+0.02
−0
+0.01 0
−0
2.06
2.62
3.1 2
4.00
4.56
5.69
5.69
0.1 09
0.072
0.1 45
0.1 45
0.1 30
0.21 0
0.21 0
Dimensions in inches
Nominal Diameter
Size of
of Bolt
Flange
Circle
in.
BC
Tolerance> See GDT
1 3 /8
1 1 3 /1 6
2 1 /1 6
2 9/1 6
3 1 /8
41 /1 6
41 /1 6 x 41 /4
3.88
4.62
5.1 2
6.38
7.06
8.1 2
8.1 2
Diameter
of Bolt
Holes
Number
of Bolt
Holes
Bolt
Hole
Offset
Bolt
Hole
Offset
Bolt
Hole
Offset
BH
M
X
Y
Z
+0.06
− 0.02
0.62
0.75
0.88
1 .1 2
1 .1 2
1 .25
1 .25
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
See
GDT
1 3°
1 6°
1 9°
21 °
23°
28.5°
28.5°
See
GDT
38.5°
37°
35.5°
34.5°
33.5°
1 9°
1 9°
See
GDT
Bolt Size Bore- Length Length
and TPI to-bore
of
of
Equal Double- Threaded
Size
ended
Stud
Stud
Bolt
Bolt
BB
—
1
—
—
5
2.78
3.55
4.50
5.05
—
—
—
23.5°
23.5°
/2 -1 3 UNC
/8-1 1 UNC
3
/4-1 0 UNC
1 -8 UNC
1 -8 UNC
1 1 /8-8 UN
1 1 /8-8 UN
—
—
2.75
3.50
3.75
4.75
5.00
5.25
5.25
4.50
5.75
6.00
7.25
7.75
8.25
8.25
388
API S PECIFICATION 6A
—
Table L.2 Dimensions for Type RX Ring Grooves and Ring Gasket Used on Segmented Flanges for
Dual Completion
a) SI units
Dimensions in millimeters; surface roughness in micrometers
FOOTNOTES
a Counterbore see Table L.1 a).
b Groove and gasket shown rotated 90 degrees with respect to Table L.1 a).
—
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
—
389
Table L.2 Dimensions for Type RX Ring Grooves and Ring Gasket Used on Segmented Flanges for
Dual Completion a) SI Units (continued)
—
Ring Grooves
Dimensions in millimeters unless noted otherwise
Ring
Number
Nominal
Size of
Flange
Pitch
Diameter of
Groove
Depth of
Groove
Width of
Groove
Radius in
Groove
RX
in.
P
E
+0.5
−0
6.4
6.4
4.1
4.1
6.4
7.9
F
R2
± 0.20
max.
8.74
8.74
5.56
5.56
9.53
1 1 .91
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.5
0.8
0.8
Tolerance>
20
25
201
205
21 0
21 5
± 0.1 3
1
2 /1 6
3 1 /8
1 3/8
1 1 3/1 6
2 9 /1 6
41 /1 6
68.28
1 01 .6
46.05
57.1 5
88.90
1 30.1 8
Ring Gaskets
Dimensions in millimeters
Ring
Number
Outside
Diameter
of Ring
Width of
Ring
Width of
Flat
Height of
Outside Bevel
Height of Ring
Radius on
Ring
RX
OD
+0.5
−0
76.20
1 09.55
51 .46
62.31
97.64
1 40.89
A
+0.20
−0
8.74
8.74
5.74
5.56
9.53
1 1 .91
C
+0.1 5
−0
4.62
4.62
3.20
3.05
5.41
5.33
D
H
+0.2
−0
1 9.05
1 9.05
1 1 .30
1 1 .1 0
1 9.05
25.40
R1
Tolerance>
20
25
201
205
21 0
21 5
3.1 8
3.1 8
1 .45
1 .83
3.1 8
4.24
+0/− 0.8
+0/− 0.8
+0/− 0.38
+0/− 0.38
+0/− 0.38
+0/− 0.38
1 .5
1 .5
0.5
0.5
0.8
1 .5
± 0.5
± 0.5
+0.5/− 0
+0.5/− 0
+0.5/− 0
+0.5/− 0
390
API S PECIFICATION 6A
—
Table L.2 Dimensions for Type RX Ring Grooves and Ring Gaskets Used on Segmented Flanges for
Dual Completion (continued)
b) USC units
Dimensions in inches; surface roughness in microinches
FOOTNOTES
a Counterbore see Table L.1 b).
b Groove and gasket shown rotated 90 degrees with respect to Table L.1 b).
—
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
—
391
Table L.2 Dimensions for Type RX Ring Grooves and Ring Gaskets Used on Segmented Flanges for
Dual Completion b) USC Units (continued)
—
Ring Grooves
Dimensions in inches
Ring
Number
Nominal
Size of
Flange
Pitch
Diameter of
Groove
Depth of
Groove
Width of
Groove
Radius in
Groove
RX
in.
P
E
+0.02
−0
0.25
0.25
0.1 6
0.1 6
0.25
0.31
F
R2
± 0.008
max.
0.344
0.344
0.21 9
0.21 9
0.375
0.469
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.03
0.03
Tolerance>
± 0.005
1
20
25
201
205
21 0
21 5
2 /1 6
3 1 /8
1 3/8
1 1 3/1 6
2 9 /1 6
41 /1 6
2.688
4.000
1 .81 3
2.250
3.500
5.1 25
Ring Gaskets
Dimensions in inches
Ring
Number
Outside
Diameter
of Ring
Width of
Ring
Width of
Flat
Height of Outside
Bevel
Height of
Ring
Radius on Ring
RX
OD
+0.02
−0
3.000
4.31 3
2.026
2.453
3.844
5.547
A
+0.008
−0
0.344
0.344
0.226
0.21 9
0.375
0.469
C
+0.006
−0
0.1 82
0.1 82
0.1 26
0.1 20
0.21 3
0.21 0
D
H
+0.008
−0
0.750
0.750
0.445
0.437
0.750
1 .000
R1
Tolerance>
20
25
201
205
21 0
21 5
0.1 25
0.1 25
0.057
0.072
0.1 25
0.1 67
+0/− 0.03
+0/− 0.03
+0/− 0.01 5
+0/− 0.01 5
+0/− 0.01 5
+0/− 0.01 5
0.06
0.06
0.02
0.02
0.03
0.05
± 0.02
± 0.02
+0.02/− 0
+0.02/− 0
+0.02/− 0
+0.02/− 0
Annex M
(normative)
Heat-treat Equipment Survey
M.1 Temperature Survey Method for Batch-type Furnaces
The furnace working zone shall be defined by the manufacturer. A temperature survey within the furnace
working zone(s) shall be performed on each furnace at the maximum and minimum temperatures for which
each furnace is being used.
For furnaces having a working zone less than or equal to 0.3 m 3 (1 0 ft3), a minimum of three thermocouples
located either at the front, center and rear, or at the top, center and bottom of the furnace working zone shall
be used.
For furnaces having a working zone greater than 0.3 m 3 (1 0 ft3) and not greater than 31 .5 m 3 (1 1 25 ft3), a
minimum of nine thermocouples shall be used. For each additional 3.5 m 3 (1 25 ft3) beyond 31 .5 m 3 (1 1 25 ft3 )
of furnace working zone surveyed, at least one additional thermocouple shall be used, up to a total of
40 thermocouples. The first nine thermocouples shall be located as per Figure M.1 and Figure M.2. Each
additional thermocouple location shall be equally spaced in the central additional working zone volume.
After insertion of the temperature-sensing devices, readings shall be taken at least once every three minutes
to determine when the temperature of the furnace working zone approaches the bottom of the temperature
range being surveyed.
Once the furnace temperature has reached the set-point temperature, the temperature of all test locations
shall be recorded at two-minute intervals, maximum, for at least 1 0 min. Then, readings shall be taken at
five-minute intervals, maximum, for sufficient time (at least 30 min) to determine the recurrent temperature
pattern of the furnace working zone.
M.2 Temperature Survey Method for Continuous-type Furnaces
Furnaces used for continuous heat-treatment shall be validated in accordance with procedures specified
in SAE AMS2750 or SAE AMS-H-6875.
a) Top view
b) Side view
Figure M.1 Thermocouple Locations Rectangular Furnace (Working Zone)
—
—
392
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
a) Side view
.
—
b) Top view
—
Figure M.2 Thermocouple Locations Cylindrical Furnace (Working Zone)
393
Bibliography
[1 ]
API Specification 5L,
[2]
API Technical Report 6AF,
[3]
API Technical Report 6AF1 ,
Technical Report on Temperature Derating of API Flanges under
[4]
API Technical Report 6AF2,
Technical Report on Capabilities of API Integral Flanges under
[5]
API Standard 6AV2, Installation, Maintenance, and Repair of Surface Safety Valves and Underwater
Safety Valves Offshore
[6]
API Standard 6FA,
[7]
API Specification 6FB,
Specification for Fire Test for End Connectors
[8]
API Specification 6FD,
Specification for Fire Test for Check Valves
[9]
API Recommended Practice 6HT,
[1 0]
API Technical Report 6MET, Metallic Material Limits for Wellhead Equipment Used in High
Temperature for API 6A and 17D Applications
[1 1 ]
API Specification 7-1 ,
[1 2]
API Recommended Practice 1 7C, Recommended Practice on TFL (Through Flowline) Systems
[1 3]
API Technical Report 1 7TR8, High-pressure High-temperature Design Guidelines
[1 4]
API Specification 20B , Open Die Shaped Forgings for Use in the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industry
[1 5]
API Specification 20C,
[1 6]
API Standard 20D,
[1 7]
API Standard 20H, Heat Treatment Services
Natural Gas Industry
[1 8]
ASME B1 6.34, Valves
[1 9]
ASME B1 8.2.2,
[20]
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:2004 with 2005 and 2006 addenda,
[21 ]
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:2004 with 2005 and 2006 addenda,
Line Pipe
Technical Report on Capabilities of API Flanges Under Combinations of
Load
Combination of Loading
—Phase II
Combination of Loading
Standard for Fire Test for Valves
Heat Treatment and Testing of Carbon and Low Alloy Steel Large
Cross Section and Critical Section Components
Specification for Rotary Drill Stem Elements
Closed Die Forgings for Use in the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industry
Nondestructive Examination Services for Equipment Used in the Petroleum and
Natural Gas Industry
—Batch Type for Equipment Used in the Petroleum and
—Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End
Nuts for General Applications: Machine Screw Nuts, Hex, Square, Hex Flange, and
Coupling Nuts (Inch Series)
Alternative Rules for Construction of High Pressure Vessels
394
Section II, Materials
Section VIII, Division 3,
S PECIFICATION FOR W ELLHEAD AND TREE E QUIPMENT
395
[22]
ASME SPPE 1 , Quality Assurance and Certification of Safety and Pollution Prevention Equipment
7
Used in Offshore Oil and Gas Operations
[23]
ASME PCC-1 , Guidelines for Pressure Boundary Bolted Flange Joint Assembly
[24]
ASTM E21 ,
[25]
ASTM E94/E94M,
[26]
ASTM E747,
[27]
ISO 80000-1 , Quantities and units
[28]
Texas Administrative Code,
7
Standard Test Methods for Elevated Temperature Tension Tests of Metallic Materials
Standard Guide for Radiographic Examination Using Industrial Radiographic Film
Standard Practice for Design, Manufacture and Material Grouping Classification of Wire
Image Quality Indicators (IQI) Used for Radiology
—Part 1: General
Title 16 Economic Regulation, Part 1 Railroad Commission of Texas,
Chapter 3 Oil and Gas Division
Out of print; included to deal with old equipment made to obsolete standards.
1 220 L Street, N W
Wash i n g ton, DC 20005-4070
U SA
202. 682. 8000
Additional copies are available through Techstreet
Email Address :
techstreet.service@clarivate.com
Onl i ne Orders:
www. tech street. com
I nform ati on abou t API Pu bl i cati ons, Program s and Servi ces
is avai labl e on the web at
www.api.org
Produ ct N o.
GX06A21
Download